HYBRID NETWORKS INC
S-4, 1998-05-07
Previous: AT&T CAPITAL CORP /DE/, 424B5, 1998-05-07
Next: REXALL SUNDOWN INC, 424B4, 1998-05-07



<PAGE>
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 7, 1998
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                    FORM S-4
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>                            <C>
            DELAWARE                           3661                    77-0252931
(State or other jurisdiction of    (Primary Standard Industrial     (I.R.S. employer
 incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)    identification no.)
</TABLE>
 
                         ------------------------------
 
                                10161 BUBB ROAD
                          CUPERTINO, CALIFORNIA 95014
                                 (408) 725-3250
 
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   Registrant's principal executive offices)
                         ------------------------------
 
                               CARL S. LEDBETTER
                CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
                                10161 BUBB ROAD
                          CUPERTINO, CALIFORNIA 95014
                                 (408) 725-3250
 
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                         ------------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
         EDWIN N. LOWE, ESQ.                    JAMES N. STRAWBRIDGE, ESQ.
        JOHN W. KASTELIC, ESQ.                       BETSEY SUE, ESQ.
       ROBERT A. FREEDMAN, ESQ.              WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI
          FENWICK & WEST LLP                     PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
         TWO PALO ALTO SQUARE                       650 PAGE MILL ROAD
     PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA 94306               PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA 94304
            (415) 494-0600                            (415) 493-9300
 
                         ------------------------------
 
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: Upon
                  consummation of the Merger described herein.
                         ------------------------------
 
    If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, please check the following box. / /
 
    If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
                         ------------------------------
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         PROPOSED MAXIMUM    PROPOSED MAXIMUM       AMOUNT OF
              TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                    AMOUNT TO         OFFERING PRICE        AGGREGATE          REGISTRATION
           SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED                BE REGISTERED        PER UNIT(3)      OFFERING PRICE(3)         FEE(4)
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, $0.001 par value....................     2,417,794(1)        $1.763177508         $4,263,000            $1,258
Warrants to purchase Common Stock, $0.001 par
  value...........................................  Included above(2)     Included above      Included above      Included above
</TABLE>
 
(1) Represents the maximum number of shares of the Common Stock of the
    Registrant that may be issued pursuant to the merger described herein (the
    "Merger"), consisting of (i) 2,016,055 shares of the Registrant's Common
    Stock, (ii) 281,558 shares of the Registrant's Common Stock subject to
    options and (iii) 120,181 shares of the Registrant's Common Stock subject to
    warrants.
 
(2) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock of the Registrant that may be
    issued upon the exercise of warrants that will, pursuant to the Merger, be
    assumed by the Registrant and converted from warrants to purchase shares of
    Common Stock, no par value, of Pacific Monolithics, Inc. ("Pacific"), is
    included above (see subpart (iii) in note (1) above).
 
(3) Inasmuch as there is no market for the securities of Pacific to be received
    by the Registrant or cancelled in the Merger, the maximum offering price per
    unit and the maximum aggregate offering price are calculated, pursuant to
    Rule 457(f)(2), using the book value of such securities computed as of the
    latest practicable date: $4,263,000 which was the book value of Pacific as
    of March 31, 1998.
 
(4) The amount of the registration fee includes $1,151.00 previously paid
    pursuant to Section 14(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
    amended, in connection with the filing by the Registrant of a Preliminary
    Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus related to the proposed Merger.
                         ------------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                     [LOGO]
 
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                                10161 Bubb Road
                              Cupertino, CA 95014
 
May [  ], 1998
 
Dear Hybrid Stockholder:
 
    On behalf of the Board of Directors, I cordially invite you to attend the
1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "ANNUAL MEETING") of Hybrid Networks,
Inc. ("HYBRID") to be held at Hybrid's headquarters located at 10161 Bubb Road,
Cupertino, California 95014 on May 28, 1998 at 10:00 A.M.
 
    Each of the matters expected to be acted upon at the Annual Meeting is
described in detail in the following Notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders
and Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
 
    At the Annual Meeting, Hybrid stockholders will be asked to approve the
acquisition by Hybrid of Pacific Monolithics, Inc. ("PACIFIC") pursuant to an
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the "REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT") dated as
of March 19, 1998 whereby a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hybrid ("MERGER SUB")
will merge (the "MERGER") with and into Pacific.
 
    Upon completion of the Merger:
 
    - Pacific, as the surviving corporation in the Merger, will thereby become a
      wholly-owned subsidiary of Hybrid;
 
    - Each outstanding share of Pacific Common Stock and each outstanding share
      of Pacific Preferred Stock will be converted into between 0.0688078 and
      0.1117959 of a share of Hybrid Common Stock (the exact number will be
      determined at the time of closing of the Merger and will be derived from
      the "Closing Price" of Hybrid Common Stock as defined in the
      Reorganization Agreement (the "EXCHANGE RATIO"));
 
    - Ten percent of the shares of Hybrid Common Stock issuable to each of the
      Pacific shareholders pursuant to the Merger will be deposited in escrow as
      collateral for the indemnification obligations of the Pacific shareholders
      under the Reorganization Agreement; and
 
    - Each outstanding option or warrant to purchase Pacific Common Stock will
      be assumed by Hybrid and adjusted according to the Exchange Ratio.
 
See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF THE MERGER--MERGER CONSIDERATION" in
the accompanying Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
 
    A detailed description of the Reorganization Agreement and the proposed
Merger is set forth in the accompanying Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, which
you should read carefully.
 
    AFTER CAREFUL CONSIDERATION, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF HYBRID HAS DETERMINED
THAT THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT ARE IN THE
BEST INTERESTS OF THE STOCKHOLDERS OF HYBRID. ACCORDINGLY, THE HYBRID BOARD OF
DIRECTORS HAS APPROVED THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT AND THE MERGER AND
RECOMMENDS THAT ALL HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR THE ADOPTION AND APPROVAL OF
THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT AND THE APPROVAL OF THE MERGER.
<PAGE>
    At the Annual Meeting, you also will be asked to (i) elect two Class I
directors of Hybrid, to serve from the time of their election and qualification
until the earlier of (A) their resignation, which will occur upon the
consummation of the Merger (whereupon the Hybrid Board will appoint two
directors of Pacific to replace such directors as Class I directors on the
Hybrid Board of Directors), or (B) the third annual meeting of stockholders
following election and until their respective successors have been elected and
duly qualified or until their respective earlier resignations or removals, (ii)
approve an amendment to Hybrid's 1997 Equity Incentive Plan to increase the
number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder by 500,000
shares, (iii) approve an amendment to Hybrid's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
to increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
thereunder by 100,000 shares and (iv) ratify the selection of Coopers & Lybrand
L.L.P. as independent accountants for Hybrid for the fiscal year ending December
31, 1998.
 
    The effectiveness of any of the proposals to be voted upon at the Annual
Meeting is not conditioned upon the approval of any of the other proposals by
the Hybrid stockholders.
 
    Your vote on the business to be considered at the Annual Meeting is
important, regardless of the number of shares you own. WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN
TO ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING, PLEASE COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND PROMPTLY RETURN
THE ACCOMPANYING PROXY IN THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE PRIOR TO THE ANNUAL
MEETING SO THAT YOUR SHARES MAY BE REPRESENTED AT THE ANNUAL MEETING. Returning
the proxy does not deprive you of your right to attend the Annual Meeting and to
vote your shares in person.
 
    We look forward to seeing you at the Annual Meeting.
 
                                          Sincerely,
 
                                          /s/ Carl S. Ledbetter
 
                                          Carl S. Ledbetter
 
                                          CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF
                                          EXECUTIVE OFFICER
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
                                10161 BUBB ROAD
                              CUPERTINO, CA 95014
 
                            ------------------------
 
                    NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
 
To the Stockholders of Hybrid Networks, Inc.:
 
    NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "ANNUAL
MEETING") of Hybrid Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), will
be held at the Company's headquarters located at 10161 Bubb Road, Cupertino,
California 95014 on May 28, 1998 at 10:00 A.M., local time, for the following
purposes:
 
1.  To consider and vote upon the approval and adoption of (i) an Agreement and
    Plan of Reorganization, dated as of March 19, 1998 (the "REORGANIZATION
    AGREEMENT"), by and among the Company, HN Acquisition Corp., a Delaware
    corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company ("MERGER SUB"), and
    Pacific Monolithics, Inc., a California corporation ("PACIFIC"), and (ii) an
    Agreement of Merger between Merger Sub and Pacific (the "AGREEMENT OF
    MERGER"). The Reorganization Agreement contemplates, among other things,
    that (a) Merger Sub will merge (the "MERGER") with and into Pacific with the
    result that Pacific will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company,
    (b) each outstanding share of Pacific Common Stock, no par value ("PACIFIC
    COMMON STOCK"), and each outstanding share of Pacific Preferred Stock, no
    par value ("PACIFIC PREFERRED STOCK"), will be converted into between
    0.0688078 and 0.1117959 of a share of Hybrid Common Stock, par value $0.001
    per share ("HYBRID COMMON STOCK") (the exact number will be determined at
    the time of closing of the Merger and will be derived from the "Closing
    Price" of Hybrid Common Stock as defined in the Reorganization Agreement
    (the "EXCHANGE RATIO")), (c) ten percent of the shares of Hybrid Common
    Stock issuable to each of the Pacific shareholders will be deposited in
    escrow as collateral for the indemnification obligations of the Pacific
    shareholders under the Reorganization Agreement and (d) each outstanding
    option or warrant to purchase shares of Pacific Common Stock will be assumed
    by Hybrid and adjusted according to the Exchange Ratio;
 
2.  To elect two Class I directors of the Company, to serve from the time of
    their election and qualification until the earlier of (i) their resignation,
    which will occur upon the consummation of the Merger (whereupon the Board of
    Directors will appoint two directors of Pacific to replace such directors as
    Class I directors on the Board of Directors), or (ii) the third annual
    meeting of stockholders following election and until their respective
    successors have been elected and duly qualified or until their respective
    earlier resignations or removals;
 
3.  To approve an amendment to the Company's 1997 Equity Incentive Plan to
    increase the number of shares of Hybrid Common Stock reserved for issuance
    thereunder by 500,000 shares;
 
4.  To approve an amendment to the Company's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
    to increase the number of shares of Hybrid Common Stock reserved for
    issuance thereunder by 100,000 shares;
 
5.  To ratify the selection of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. as independent
    accountants for the Company for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1998;
    and
 
6.  To transact such other business as may properly come before the Meeting or
    any adjournment or postponement thereof.
 
    The foregoing items of business are more fully described in the Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus accompanying this Notice. To ensure that your vote will be
counted, please complete, date and sign the enclosed proxy card and return it
promptly in the enclosed postage-paid envelope, whether or not you plan to
attend the Annual Meeting. You may revoke your proxy in the manner described in
the accompanying Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus at any time before it is voted
at the Annual Meeting.
<PAGE>
    In the event that there are not sufficient votes to approve and adopt the
Reorganization Agreement and to approve the Merger, it is expected that the
Annual Meeting will be postponed or adjourned in order to permit further
solicitation of proxies by Hybrid.
 
    Only stockholders of record at the close of business on April 30, 1998 are
entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting or any adjournment or
postponement thereof.
 
                                          By Order of the Board of Directors,
                                          /s/ Carl S. Ledbetter
                                          Carl S. Ledbetter
                                          CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF
                                          EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
Cupertino, California
May [  ], 1998
 
WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING, PLEASE COMPLETE, DATE,
SIGN AND PROMPTLY RETURN THE ACCOMPANYING PROXY IN THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE-PAID
ENVELOPE PRIOR TO THE ANNUAL MEETING SO THAT YOUR SHARES MAY BE REPRESENTED AT
THE ANNUAL MEETING.
<PAGE>
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
                            1308 Moffett Park Drive
                              Sunnyvale, CA 94089
 
May [  ], 1998
 
Dear Pacific Shareholder:
 
    On behalf of the Board of Directors, I cordially invite you to attend a
Special Meeting of Shareholders (the "SPECIAL MEETING") of Pacific Monolithics,
Inc. ("PACIFIC") to be held at Pacific's headquarters located at 1308 Moffett
Park Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089 on May 28, 1998 at 10:00 A.M.
 
    At the Special Meeting, Pacific shareholders will be asked to approve the
acquisition by Hybrid Networks, Inc. ("HYBRID") of Pacific pursuant to an
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the "REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT") dated as
of March 19, 1998 whereby a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hybrid ("MERGER SUB")
will merge (the "MERGER") with and into Pacific.
 
    Upon completion of the Merger:
 
    - Pacific will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hybrid;
 
    - Each outstanding share of Pacific Common Stock and each outstanding share
      of Pacific Preferred Stock will be converted into between 0.0688078 and
      0.1117959 of a share of Hybrid Common Stock (the exact number will be
      determined at the time of the closing of the Merger and will be derived
      from the "Closing Price" of Hybrid Common Stock as defined in the
      Reorganization Agreement (the "EXCHANGE RATIO"));
 
    - Ten percent of the shares of Hybrid Common Stock issuable to each of the
      Pacific shareholders pursuant to the Merger will be deposited in escrow as
      collateral for the indemnification obligations of the Pacific shareholders
      under the Reorganization Agreement; and
 
    - Each outstanding option or warrant to purchase Pacific Common Stock will
      be assumed by Hybrid and adjusted according to the Exchange Ratio.
 
See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF THE MERGER--MERGER CONSIDERATION" in
the accompanying Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
 
    It is a condition to Hybrid's obligation to complete the Merger that the
holders of no more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Pacific capital stock be
eligible to exercise dissenters' rights.
 
    A detailed description of the Reorganization Agreement and the proposed
Merger is set forth in the accompanying Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, which
you should read carefully. If the Merger is approved and consummated, you will
receive detailed information on how to transmit your Pacific share certificates
to obtain your shares of Hybrid Common Stock.
 
    AFTER CAREFUL CONSIDERATION, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF PACIFIC HAS
DETERMINED THAT THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT
ARE FAIR AND IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE SHAREHOLDERS OF PACIFIC. ACCORDINGLY,
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF PACIFIC HAS APPROVED THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT AND
RECOMMENDS THAT ALL PACIFIC SHAREHOLDERS VOTE FOR THE ADOPTION AND APPROVAL OF
THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT AND THE APPROVAL OF THE MERGER.
 
    Your vote on the business to be considered at the Special Meeting is
important, regardless of the number of shares you own. WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN
TO ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING, PLEASE COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND PROMPTLY RETURN
THE ACCOMPANYING PROXY IN THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE PRIOR TO THE
SPECIAL MEETING, SO THAT YOUR SHARES MAY BE REPRESENTED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING.
Returning the proxy does not deprive you of your right to attend the Special
Meeting and to vote your shares in person.
 
    We look forward to seeing you at the Special Meeting.
 
                                          Sincerely,
                                          /s/ Matthew D. Miller
                                          Matthew D. Miller
                                          CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
<PAGE>
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
                            1308 Moffett Park Drive
                              Sunnyvale, CA 94089
 
                            ------------------------
 
                   NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
 
To the Shareholders of Pacific Monolithics, Inc.:
 
    NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that a Special Meeting of Shareholders (the "SPECIAL
MEETING") of Pacific Monolithics, Inc., a California corporation ("PACIFIC"),
will be held at Pacific's headquarters located at 1308 Moffett Park Drive,
Sunnyvale, California 94089 on May 28, 1998 at 10:00 A.M. for the following
purposes:
 
1.  To consider and vote upon a proposal to approve and adopt (i) an Agreement
    and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of March 19, 1998 (the "REORGANIZATION
    AGREEMENT"), by and among Pacific, Hybrid Networks, Inc., a Delaware
    corporation ("HYBRID") and HN Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and
    a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hybrid ("MERGER SUB"), and (ii) an Agreement of
    Merger between Merger Sub and Pacific. The Reorganization Agreement
    contemplates, among other things, that (a) Merger Sub will be merged with
    and into Pacific with the result that Pacific will become a wholly-owned
    subsidiary of Hybrid, (b) each outstanding share of Pacific Common Stock, no
    par value ("PACIFIC COMMON STOCK"), and each outstanding share of Pacific
    Preferred Stock, no par value per share ("PACIFIC PREFERRED STOCK"), will be
    converted into between 0.0688078 and 0.1117959 of a share of Hybrid Common
    Stock, par value $0.001 per share ("HYBRID COMMON STOCK") (the exact number
    will be determined at the time of the closing of the Merger and will be
    derived from the "Closing Price" of Hybrid Common Stock as defined in the
    Reorganization Agreement (the "EXCHANGE RATIO")), (c) ten percent of the
    shares of Hybrid Common Stock issuable to each of the Pacific shareholders
    will be deposited in escrow as collateral for the indemnification
    obligations of the Pacific shareholders under the Reorganization Agreement
    and (d) each outstanding option or warrant to purchase shares of Pacific
    Common Stock will be assumed by Hybrid and adjusted according to the
    Exchange Ratio; and
 
2.  To transact such other business as may properly come before the Special
    Meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.
 
    Only shareholders of record at the close of business on April 30, 1998 are
entitled to notice of and to vote at the Special Meeting or any adjournment or
postponement thereof. The affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of Pacific Common Stock and at least 60% of the outstanding
shares of Pacific Preferred Stock is required to approve and adopt the
Reorganization Agreement and to approve the Merger.
 
    The foregoing items of business are more fully described in the Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus accompanying this Notice. To ensure that your vote will be
counted, please complete, date and sign the enclosed proxy and return it
promptly in the enclosed postage-paid envelope, whether or not you plan to
attend the Special Meeting. You may revoke your proxy in the manner described in
the accompanying Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus at any time before it is voted
at the Special Meeting.
 
    A summary of the provisions of Sections 1300-1312 of the California
Corporations Code (the "CALIFORNIA CODE") pertaining to the rights of
shareholders to demand appraisal of the fair value of their shares of Pacific
Common Stock or Pacific Preferred Stock if the Merger is approved and
consummated, including a summary of the requirements with which shareholders
demanding such appraisal must comply, is contained in the Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus under the heading "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER-- APPROVAL OF
THE MERGER--APPRAISAL AND DISSENTERS' RIGHTS." The entire text of Sections
1300-1312 of the California Code is included as Appendix C to the accompanying
Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
 
                                          By Order of the Board of Directors,
                                          /s/ Matthew D. Miller
                                          Matthew D. Miller
                                          CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Sunnyvale, California
May [  ], 1998
 
WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING, PLEASE COMPLETE, DATE,
SIGN AND PROMPTLY RETURN THE ACCOMPANYING PROXY IN THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE-PAID
ENVELOPE PRIOR TO THE SPECIAL MEETING SO THAT YOUR SHARES MAY BE REPRESENTED AT
THE SPECIAL MEETING.
 
               DO NOT SEND ANY STOCK CERTIFICATES WITH YOUR PROXY
<PAGE>
HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.                                  PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
                        JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
 
                         FOR THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE
         STOCKHOLDERS OF HYBRID NETWORKS, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION
                          AND A SPECIAL MEETING OF THE
      SHAREHOLDERS OF PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION
                          TO BE HELD ON MAY 28, 1998.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                 HYBRID NETWORKS, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
    This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is being furnished to the stockholders
of Hybrid Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("HYBRID"), in connection with
the solicitation of proxies by the Hybrid Board of Directors (the "HYBRID
BOARD") for use at the Annual Meeting of Hybrid Stockholders (the "HYBRID ANNUAL
MEETING") to be held at 10:00 A.M., local time, on May 28, 1998, at Hybrid's
corporate headquarters, 10161 Bubb Road, Cupertino, California 95014, and at any
adjournments or postponements of the Hybrid Annual Meeting.
 
    This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is also being furnished to the
shareholders of Pacific Monolithics, Inc., a California corporation ("PACIFIC"),
in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Pacific Board of Directors
for use at the Special Meeting of Pacific Shareholders (the "PACIFIC SPECIAL
MEETING" and, together with the Hybrid Annual Meeting, the "MEETINGS") to be
held at 10:00 A.M., local time, on May 28, 1998, at Pacific's corporate
headquarters, 1308 Moffett Park Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089, and at any
adjournments or postponements of the Pacific Special Meeting.
 
    The Hybrid Annual Meeting has been called to (i) approve and adopt the
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of March 19, 1998 (the
"REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT"), by and among Hybrid, HN Acquisition Corp., a
Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hybrid ("MERGER SUB"), and
Pacific and the accompanying Agreement of Merger between Pacific and Merger Sub
(the "AGREEMENT OF MERGER") whereby Merger Sub will merge with and into Pacific
(the "MERGER") and to approve the Merger, (ii) to elect two Class I directors of
the Company, to serve from the time of their election and qualification until
the earlier of (A) their resignation, which will occur upon the consummation of
the Merger (whereupon the Hybrid Board of Directors will appoint two directors
of Pacific to replace such directors as Class I directors on the Hybrid Board of
Directors), or (B) the third annual meeting of stockholders following election
and until their respective successors have been elected and duly qualified or
until their respective earlier resignations or removals, (iii) approve an
amendment to the Hybrid's 1997 Equity Incentive Plan to increase the number of
shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder by 500,000 shares, (iv)
approve an amendment to Hybrid's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan to increase
the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder by 100,000
shares and (v) ratify the selection of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. as independent
accountants for Hybrid for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1998.
 
    THE ABOVE MATTERS ARE DISCUSSED IN DETAIL IN THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/
PROSPECTUS. THE PROPOSED MERGER IS A COMPLEX TRANSACTION. STOCKHOLDERS AND
SHAREHOLDERS ARE STRONGLY URGED TO READ AND CONSIDER CAREFULLY THIS JOINT PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS IN ITS ENTIRETY, PARTICULARLY THE MATTERS REFERRED TO UNDER
"PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 32.
 
                            ------------------------
 
THE SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/ PROSPECTUS
     HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
   COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
      ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS. ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                            ------------------------
 
      The date of this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is May [  ], 1998.
<PAGE>
    The Pacific Special Meeting has been called to consider and vote upon a
proposal to approve and adopt the Reorganization Agreement and the Agreement of
Merger and the transactions contemplated thereby and to approve the Merger.
 
    This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus constitutes the Prospectus of Hybrid
for use in connection with the offer and issuance of shares of Common Stock of
Hybrid, par value $0.001 per share ("HYBRID COMMON STOCK"), to be issued upon
consummation of the Merger. Each outstanding share of Pacific Common Stock, no
par value (the "PACIFIC COMMON STOCK"), Series A Preferred Stock, Series B
Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, no par value (the Pacific Series
A, B and C Preferred Stock are hereafter collectively referred to as the
"PACIFIC PREFERRED STOCK" and, together with the Pacific Common Stock, the
"PACIFIC CAPITAL STOCK"), outstanding will be converted into an amount of Hybrid
Common Stock equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is obtained by dividing
$12,500,000 by the Closing Price and the denominator of which is the total
number of shares of Pacific Common Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock outstanding
plus the total number of shares of Pacific Common Stock issuable upon exercise
of outstanding Pacific options (the "PACIFIC OPTIONS") and Pacific warrants (the
"PACIFIC WARRANTS") (the "EXCHANGE RATIO"). The "CLOSING PRICE" shall equal the
average of the closing sale prices of one share of Hybrid Common Stock reported
in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL, on the basis of information provided by the Nasdaq
Stock Market for each of the ten trading days ending two trading days preceding
the closing date of the Merger; provided, however, that in no event shall the
Closing Price be greater than $8.40 (resulting in an Exchange Ratio of
0.0688078, assuming the number of Pacific shares as of April 30, 1998 as
indicated below (the "LOW EXCHANGE RATIO")) or less than $5.17 (resulting in an
Exchange Ratio of 0.1117959, assuming the number of Pacific shares as of April
30, 1998 as indicated below (the "HIGH EXCHANGE RATIO")). As of March 19, 1998,
based on Hybrid's ten day average trading price of $6.46 and assuming the number
of shares of Pacific Common Stock, shares of Pacific Preferred Stock and shares
subject to Pacific Options and Pacific Warrants outstanding on April 30, 1998,
the Exchange Ratio would be 0.0894714 of a share of Hybrid Common Stock for each
outstanding share of Pacific Capital Stock (the "ASSUMED EXCHANGE RATIO"). Ten
percent of the shares of Hybrid Common Stock issuable to each of the Pacific
shareholders pursuant to the Merger will be deposited into escrow as collateral
for the indemnification obligations of the Pacific shareholders under the
Reorganization Agreement.
 
    Each outstanding Pacific Option and Pacific Warrant will be assumed and
converted into an option or warrant, respectively, to purchase a number of
shares of Hybrid Common Stock equal to the Exchange Ratio multiplied by the
number of shares purchasable under each Pacific Option or Pacific Warrant,
respectively, rounded down to the nearest whole share, at an exercise price
equal to the exercise price of such Pacific Option or Pacific Warrant, as
applicable, divided by the Exchange Ratio, rounded up to the nearest cent. See
"PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF THE MERGER--MERGER CONSIDERATION."
 
    Affiliates of Pacific, including certain directors and executive officers of
Pacific, beneficially owning 3,357,515 shares of Pacific Common Stock and
7,509,644 shares of Pacific Preferred Stock, or approximately 58.8% and 61.0% of
the outstanding shares of Pacific Common Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock,
respectively, have executed Voting Agreements pursuant to which they have agreed
to vote such shares in favor of the adoption and approval of the Reorganization
Agreement and the Agreement of Merger and approval of the Merger. The vote by
these affiliates in accordance with their Voting Agreements will be sufficient
to approve the Merger. However, it is a condition to Hybrid's obligation to
complete the Merger that the holders of no more than 5% of the outstanding
shares of Pacific Capital Stock be eligible to exercise dissenters' rights.
 
    Holders of Pacific Capital Stock may, by complying with Sections 1300
through 1312 of the California Corporations Code (the "CALIFORNIA CODE"), be
entitled to dissenters' rights with respect to the Merger. Under the Delaware
General Corporation Law, holders of Hybrid Common Stock are not entitled to
dissenters' rights or appraisal rights with respect to the Merger. It is a
condition to Hybrid's obligation to close the Merger that holders of no more
than 5% of the outstanding shares of Pacific Capital Stock shall be eligible to
exercise dissenters' rights. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--APPROVAL OF THE
MERGER-- APPRAISAL AND DISSENTERS' RIGHTS."
 
    On May 1, 1998, the closing sale price on the Nasdaq Stock Market of Hybrid
Common Stock was $6.13.
 
    This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus and the accompanying form(s) of proxy
are first being mailed to stockholders of Hybrid and shareholders of Pacific on
or about May   , 1998. An annual report for Hybrid for the year ended December
31, 1997 is enclosed with this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus being delivered
to the stockholders of Hybrid.
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION......................................................................................           2
 
TRADEMARKS.................................................................................................           3
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.................................................................................           3
 
SUMMARY....................................................................................................           4
  STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS.....................................................................................           4
    Hybrid Annual Meeting..................................................................................           4
      Date, Time, Place and Purpose........................................................................           4
      Record Date and Vote Required........................................................................           4
      Recommendation of the Hybrid Board of Directors......................................................           5
    Pacific Special Meeting................................................................................           5
      Date, Time, Place and Purpose........................................................................           5
      Record Date and Vote Required........................................................................           6
      Recommendation of the Pacific Board of Directors.....................................................           6
  PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER...............................................................................           7
    The Companies..........................................................................................           7
    Risk Factors...........................................................................................           8
    The Merger.............................................................................................           9
    Financial Advisors.....................................................................................          11
    Reasons for the Merger.................................................................................          11
    Terms of the Merger....................................................................................          12
    Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations..............................................................          14
    Accounting Treatment...................................................................................          15
    Appraisal and Dissenters' Rights.......................................................................          15
    Regulatory Matters.....................................................................................          15
    Escrow Agreement.......................................................................................          15
    Certain Related Agreements.............................................................................          16
    Market Price and Dividend Data.........................................................................          16
    Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements............................................          18
  ADDITIONAL MATTERS FOR CONSIDERATION OF HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS..............................................          27
 
INTRODUCTION...............................................................................................          28
 
THE HYBRID ANNUAL MEETING..................................................................................          28
  Date, Time, Place and Purpose of Hybrid Annual Meeting...................................................          28
  Record Date and Outstanding Shares.......................................................................          28
  Voting of Proxies........................................................................................          28
  Vote Required............................................................................................          29
  Quorum; Abstentions; Broker Non-Votes....................................................................          29
  Solicitation of Proxies and Expenses.....................................................................          29
  Appraisal Rights.........................................................................................          30
 
THE PACIFIC SPECIAL MEETING................................................................................          30
  Date, Time, Place and Purpose of Pacific Special Meeting.................................................          30
  Record Date and Outstanding Shares.......................................................................          30
  Voting of Proxies........................................................................................          30
  Vote Required............................................................................................          31
  Quorum; Abstentions......................................................................................          31
  Solicitation of Proxies and Expenses.....................................................................          31
</TABLE>
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
  Dissenters' Rights.......................................................................................          31
 
PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER.................................................................................          32
  RISK FACTORS.............................................................................................          32
    Risks Relating to the Merger...........................................................................          32
    Risk Relating to Hybrid, Pacific and the Combined Company..............................................          35
  APPROVAL OF THE MERGER...................................................................................          52
    General................................................................................................          52
    Hybrid's Reasons for the Merger........................................................................          52
    Pacific's Reasons for the Merger.......................................................................          54
    Board Recommendations..................................................................................          56
    Background of the Merger...............................................................................          57
    Financial Advisors.....................................................................................          60
    Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations..............................................................          64
    Accounting Treatment...................................................................................          65
    Governmental and Regulatory Approvals..................................................................          65
    Appraisal and Dissenters' Rights.......................................................................          65
    Interests of Certain Persons in the Merger.............................................................          66
  TERMS OF THE MERGER......................................................................................          67
    General................................................................................................          67
    Effective Time; Closing Date...........................................................................          68
    Conduct of Combined Company Following the Merger.......................................................          68
    Merger Consideration...................................................................................          68
    Conversion of Shares; Procedures for Exchange of Certificates..........................................          69
    Representations and Warranties.........................................................................          69
    No Other Negotiations..................................................................................          70
    Additional Covenants...................................................................................          70
    Indemnification Agreements.............................................................................          72
    Conditions to the Merger...............................................................................          72
    Termination; Termination Fee...........................................................................          73
    Expenses...............................................................................................          74
    Amendment..............................................................................................          74
    Escrow Agreement.......................................................................................          74
    Voting Agreements......................................................................................          74
    Affiliates Agreements..................................................................................          75
    Employment/Non-Competition Arrangements................................................................          76
    Investor Rights Agreement..............................................................................          76
 
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF HYBRID...............................................................          77
 
HYBRID MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS...............          78
 
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF PACIFIC..............................................................          86
 
PACIFIC MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS..............          88
 
BUSINESS OF HYBRID.........................................................................................          96
 
BUSINESS OF PACIFIC........................................................................................         107
 
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMBINED COMPANY.........................................................................         112
 
SELECTED INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO HYBRID................................................................         114
</TABLE>
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
  Executive Compensation...................................................................................         114
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions...........................................................         117
  Compensation Committee Report............................................................................         117
  Hybrid Stock Price Performance...........................................................................         120
 
SELECTED INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO PACIFIC...............................................................         121
  Executive Officers and Directors.........................................................................         121
  Executive Compensation...................................................................................         122
  Certain Relationships and Certain Transactions...........................................................         125
 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF THE COMBINED COMPANY.................................................................         126
 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF HYBRID...............................................................................         128
 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF PACIFIC..............................................................................         130
 
COMPARATIVE PER SHARE MARKET PRICE AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION................................................         132
 
DESCRIPTION OF HYBRID CAPITAL STOCK........................................................................         133
 
COMPARATIVE RIGHTS OF HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS AND PACIFIC SHAREHOLDERS.........................................         135
 
                              ADDITIONAL MATTERS FOR CONSIDERATION OF HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS:
 
PROPOSAL NO. 2 FOR HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS: ELECTION OF HYBRID DIRECTORS.......................................         140
 
PROPOSAL NO. 3 FOR HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS: AMENDMENT OF HYBRID'S 1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN...................         141
 
PROPOSAL NO. 4 FOR HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS: AMENDMENT OF HYBRID'S 1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN............         145
 
PROPOSAL NO. 5 FOR HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS: RATIFICATION OF SELECTION OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS...............         149
 
STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS......................................................................................         150
 
SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE....................................................         150
 
OTHER BUSINESS.............................................................................................         150
 
EXPERTS....................................................................................................         150
 
LEGAL MATTERS..............................................................................................         150
 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..............................................................................         F-1
 
APPENDICES
  A-1  Agreement and Plan of Reorganization
  A-2  Form of Agreement of Merger between Pacific and Merger Sub
  B    Opinion of NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC
  C    Sections 1300-1312 of California Corporations Code
</TABLE>
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
    NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOLICITATION OF PROXIES OR THE OFFERING OF SECURITIES MADE
HEREBY AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE
RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED. THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY THE
SECURITIES OFFERED BY THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS OR A SOLICITATION OF
A PROXY IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT WOULD BE
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION.
 
    NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS NOR ANY
DISTRIBUTION OF THE SECURITIES TO WHICH THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
RELATES SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    Hybrid is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "EXCHANGE ACT"), and in accordance
therewith files reports, proxy statements and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION"). These materials can be
inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at
the Commission's regional offices at Northwest Atrium Center, 500 West Madison
Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and 7 World Trade Center, Suite
1300, New York, New York 10048. Copies of these materials can also be obtained
from the Commission at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference
Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. The
Commission maintains a World Wide Web site that contains reports, proxy and
information statements and other information regarding registrants that file
electronically with the Commission. The address of the World Wide Web site is
http://www.sec.gov.
 
    Under the rules and regulations of the Commission, the solicitation of
proxies from stockholders of Hybrid and shareholders of Pacific to approve and
adopt the Reorganization Agreement, the Agreement of Merger and the Merger
constitutes an offering of Hybrid Common Stock to be issued in connection with
the Merger. Accordingly, Hybrid has filed with the Commission a Registration
Statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"SECURITIES ACT"), with respect to such offering (together with any amendment
thereto, the "REGISTRATION STATEMENT"). This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus
constitutes the prospectus of Hybrid that is filed as part of the Registration
Statement. Other parts of the Registration Statement are omitted from this Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus in accordance with the rules and regulations of the
Commission. Copies of the Registration Statement, including the exhibits to the
Registration Statement and other material that is not included herein, may be
inspected, without charge, at the regional offices of the Commission referred to
above, obtained at the Commission's World Wide Web site set forth above or
obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the Commission
at the address set forth above.
 
    Statements made in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus concerning the
contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete. With
respect to each contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement, reference is hereby made to that exhibit for a more
complete description of the matter involved, and each such statement is hereby
qualified in its entirety by such reference.
 
    All information contained in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus relating
to Hybrid has been supplied by Hybrid, and all information relating to Pacific
has been supplied by Pacific.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                                   TRADEMARKS
 
    This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus contains trademarks of Hybrid and
Pacific, and may contain trademarks of others, in the U.S. and other countries.
CyberManager-Registered Trademark- and CyberMaster-Registered Trademark- are
registered trademarks of Hybrid. Hybrid Networks-TM- and CyberCommuter-TM- are
trademarks of Hybrid. Pacific Monolithics-Registered Trademark-,
DigiSite-Registered Trademark-, Fil-Tenna-Registered Trademark-,
CypherPoint-Registered Trademark- and Vagi-Registered Trademark- are registered
trademarks of Pacific.
 
                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus contains forward-looking statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the
Exchange Act. Words such as "expects," "anticipates," "intends," "plans,"
"believes," "seeks," "estimates," variations of such words and similar
expressions are intended to identify those forward looking statements. Actual
results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking
statements as a result of certain factors, including those described in the risk
factors set forth under "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK FACTORS" and reference
is made to the particular discussions set forth under "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE
MERGER--APPROVAL OF THE MERGER-- HYBRID'S REASONS FOR THE MERGER" and
"--PACIFIC'S REASONS FOR THE MERGER,"; "HYBRID MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS"; "PACIFIC
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS"; "BUSINESS OF HYBRID"; and "BUSINESS OF PACIFIC."
 
    Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking
statements contained herein, which reflect the analysis of the management of
Hybrid and Pacific, as appropriate, only as of the date hereof. Neither Hybrid
nor Pacific undertakes any obligation to release publicly the results of any
revision to these forward-looking statements which may be made to reflect events
or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of
unanticipated events.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
    THE FOLLOWING IS A BRIEF SUMMARY OF CERTAIN INFORMATION CONTAINED ELSEWHERE
IN THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/ PROSPECTUS. THE SUMMARY DOES NOT CONTAIN A
COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE TERMS OF THE MERGER AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY
BY REFERENCE TO THE FULL TEXT OF THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS AND THE
APPENDICES HERETO. STOCKHOLDERS OF HYBRID AND SHAREHOLDERS OF PACIFIC ARE URGED
TO READ THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS AND THE APPENDICES HERETO IN THEIR
ENTIRETY.
 
                              STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS
 
HYBRID ANNUAL MEETING
 
    DATE, TIME, PLACE AND PURPOSE
 
    The Hybrid Annual Meeting will be held on May 28, 1998 at 10:00 A.M., local
time, at Hybrid's headquarters located at 10161 Bubb Road, Cupertino, California
95014. See "THE HYBRID ANNUAL MEETING."
 
    At the Hybrid Annual Meeting, stockholders of record of Hybrid on the Hybrid
Record Date (as defined below) will be asked to: (i) approve and adopt the
Reorganization Agreement and the Agreement of Merger and the transactions
contemplated thereby and to approve the Merger, (ii) elect two Class I directors
of Hybrid, to serve from the time of their election and qualification until the
earlier of (A) their resignation, which will occur upon the consummation of the
Merger (whereupon the Hybrid Board will appoint two directors of Pacific to
replace such directors as Class I directors on the Hybrid Board) or (B) the
third annual meeting of stockholders following election and until their
respective successors have been elected and duly qualified or until their
respective earlier resignations or removals, (iii) approve an amendment to
Hybrid's 1997 Equity Incentive Plan to increase the number of shares of Common
Stock reserved for issuance thereunder by 500,000 shares, (iv) approve an
amendment to Hybrid's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan to increase the number
of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder by 100,000 shares and
(v) ratify the selection of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. as independent accountants
for Hybrid for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1998.
 
    The Reorganization Agreement and the Agreement of Merger are attached hereto
as Appendices A-1 and A-2, respectively. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS
OF THE MERGER."
 
    RECORD DATE AND VOTE REQUIRED
 
    Only Hybrid stockholders of record at the close of business on April 30,
1998 (the "HYBRID RECORD DATE") have the right to receive notice of and to vote
at the Hybrid Annual Meeting. As of the Hybrid Record Date there were 10,410,050
shares of Hybrid Common Stock outstanding and entitled to vote.
 
    The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares
of Hybrid Common Stock is required to approve and adopt the Reorganization
Agreement and the Agreement of Merger and to approve the Merger as set forth in
Proposal No. 1.
 
    Under Proposal No. 2, directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes
of the shares of Hybrid Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy
at the Hybrid Annual Meeting and entitled to vote on the election of the two
Class I directors. The affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of Hybrid
Common Stock represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the
Hybrid Annual Meeting is required to approve each of Proposal No. 3--the
amendment of Hybrid's 1997 Equity Incentive Plan, Proposal No. 4--the amendment
of Hybrid's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Proposal No. 5-- ratification
of the selection of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. as independent accountants for
Hybrid for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.
 
    As of April 30, 1998, directors and executive officers of Hybrid, and their
affiliated entities, as a group beneficially owned 1,395,709 shares of Hybrid
Common Stock, or approximately 13.4% of the shares of Hybrid Common Stock
outstanding as of such date. Affiliates of Hybrid, including certain of such
directors
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
and executive officers of Hybrid, beneficially owning 1,384,512 shares of Hybrid
Common Stock, or approximately 13.3% of the outstanding shares of Hybrid Common
Stock, have executed Voting Agreements pursuant to which they have agreed to
vote such shares in favor of the adoption and approval of the Reorganization
Agreement and the Agreement of Merger and approval of the Merger.
 
    The effectiveness of any of the proposals to be voted upon at the Hybrid
Annual Meeting is not conditioned upon the approval of any of the other
proposals by the Hybrid stockholders.
 
    RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE HYBRID BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    Proposal No. 1: The Merger.  Hybrid's Board of Directors (the "HYBRID
BOARD") has adopted and approved the Reorganization Agreement and the Agreement
of Merger and the transactions contemplated thereby and approved the Merger and
has determined that the Merger is fair, from a financial point of view to, and
in the best interests of Hybrid.
 
    After careful consideration, the Hybrid Board recommends a vote FOR the
adoption and approval of the Reorganization Agreement and the Agreement of
Merger and the approval of the Merger. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--APPROVAL
OF THE MERGER--HYBRID'S REASONS FOR THE MERGER" AND "-- BACKGROUND OF THE
MERGER."
 
    Proposal No. 2: Election of Hybrid Directors.  The Hybrid Board recommends a
vote FOR the election of each of the nominated directors. See "PROPOSAL NO. 2
FOR HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS: ELECTION OF HYBRID DIRECTORS."
 
    Proposal No. 3: Amendment of Hybrid's 1997 Equity Incentive Plan.  The
Hybrid Board recommends a vote FOR approval of the amendment of Hybrid's 1997
Equity Incentive Plan to increase the number of shares of Hybrid Common Stock
reserved for issuance thereunder by 500,000 shares. See "PROPOSAL NO. 3 FOR
HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS: AMENDMENT OF THE 1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN."
 
    Proposal No. 4: Amendment of Hybrid's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan.  The Hybrid Board recommends a vote FOR approval of the amendment of
Hybrid's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan to increase the number of shares of
Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder by 100,000 shares. See "PROPOSAL
NO. 4 FOR HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS: AMENDMENT OF THE 1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE
PLAN."
 
    Proposal No. 5: Ratification of Selection of Independent Accountants.  The
Hybrid Board recommends a vote FOR ratification of the selection of Coopers &
Lybrand L.L.P. as independent accountants for Hybrid for the fiscal year ending
December 31, 1998. See "PROPOSAL NO. 5 FOR HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS: RATIFICATION OF
SELECTION OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS."
 
PACIFIC SPECIAL MEETING
 
    DATE, TIME, PLACE AND PURPOSE
 
    The Pacific Special Meeting will be held on May 28, 1998 at 10:00 A.M.,
local time, at Pacific's headquarters located at 1308 Moffett Park Drive,
Sunnyvale, California 94089. See "THE PACIFIC SPECIAL MEETING."
 
    At the Pacific Special Meeting, shareholders of Pacific on the Pacific
Record Date (as defined below) will be asked to consider and vote upon a
proposal to approve and adopt the Reorganization Agreement and the Agreement of
Merger and the transactions contemplated thereby and to approve the Merger. The
Reorganization Agreement and the Agreement of Merger are attached hereto as
Appendices A-1 and A-2, respectively. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF
THE MERGER."
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
    RECORD DATE AND VOTE REQUIRED
 
    Pacific shareholders of record at the close of business on April 30, 1998
(the "PACIFIC RECORD DATE") have the right to receive notice of and to vote at
the Pacific Special Meeting. At the close of business on the Pacific Record
Date, there were 5,712,668 shares of Pacific Common Stock and 12,320,681 shares
of Pacific Preferred Stock outstanding, each of which is entitled to one vote on
each matter to be acted upon.
 
    The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares
of Pacific Common Stock and 60% of the outstanding shares of Pacific Preferred
Stock is required to approve and adopt the Reorganization Agreement and the
Agreement of Merger and to approve the Merger set forth in Proposal No. 1.
 
    As of April 30, 1998, directors and executive officers of Pacific, and their
affiliated entities, as a group beneficially owned 3,446,092 shares of Pacific
Common Stock and 2,632,965 shares of Pacific Preferred Stock, or approximately
60.3% of the shares of Pacific Common Stock and 21.4% of the shares of Pacific
Preferred Stock, respectively, outstanding as of such date. Affiliates of
Pacific, including certain directors and executive officers of Pacific,
beneficially owning 3,357,515 shares of Pacific Common Stock and 7,509,644
shares of Pacific Preferred Stock, or approximately 58.8% and 61.0% of the
outstanding shares of Pacific Common Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock,
respectively, have executed Voting Agreements pursuant to which they have agreed
to vote such shares in favor of the adoption and approval of the Reorganization
Agreement and the Agreement of Merger and approval of the Merger. The vote by
these affiliates in accordance with their Voting Agreements will be sufficient
to approve the Merger. However, it is a condition to Hybrid's obligation to
complete the Merger that the holders of no more than 5% of the outstanding
shares of Pacific Capital Stock be eligible to exercise dissenters' rights.
 
    RECOMMENDATION OF THE PACIFIC BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    Pacific's Board of Directors (the "PACIFIC BOARD") has adopted and approved
the Reorganization Agreement and the Agreement of Merger and the transactions
contemplated thereby and approved the Merger and has determined that the Merger
is fair, from a financial point of view to, and in the best interests of Pacific
and its shareholders.
 
    After careful consideration, the Pacific Board recommends a vote FOR the
adoption and approval of the Reorganization Agreement and the Agreement of
Merger and the approval of the Merger. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--
APPROVAL OF THE MERGER--PACIFIC'S REASONS FOR THE MERGER" and "--BACKGROUND OF
THE MERGER."
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                           PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER
 
THE COMPANIES
 
    HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
    Hybrid is a broadband access equipment company that designs, develops,
manufactures and markets wireless and cable systems that provide high speed
access to the Internet and corporate intranets for both businesses and
consumers. Hybrid's products remove the bottleneck over the "last mile"
connection to the end-user which causes slow response time for those accessing
bandwidth-intensive information over the Internet or corporate intranets. Hybrid
is currently generating substantially all of its net sales from its Series 2000
product line and related support and networking services. Hybrid's Series 2000
product line consists of secure headend routers, wireless or cable modems and
management software for use with either cable TV or wireless transmission
facilities. The Series 2000 system also features a router to provide corporate
telecommuters and others in remote locations secure access to their files on
corporate intranets. The Series 2000 is capable of supporting a combination of
speeds, media and protocols in a single wireless or cable system, providing
system operators with flexible, scalable and upgradeable solutions that
interoperate with a range of third-party networking products allowing system
operators to offer cost-effective broadband access to their subscribers.
 
    Hybrid's objective is to be a leader in providing cost-effective, high speed
Internet and intranet access solutions to broadband wireless system operators,
cable systems operators, Intranet service providers ("ISPS") and other
businesses. Hybrid markets and sells its products through its direct sales force
and a network of original equipment manufacturers ("OEMS"), value added
resellers ("VARS") and distributors. The Series 2000 product line allows
wireless and cable operators to conserve scarce bandwidth and to utilize a
variety of data return paths, including the public switched telephone network.
The Series 2000 product line enables cable systems operators to offer Internet
access via either one-way or two-way cable systems, thus minimizing the
operators' capital investment and time-to-market pressures. The Series 2000 also
facilitates the entrance of broadband wireless system operators into the high
speed Internet access market. The Series 2000 has been designed to utilize an
array of wireless frequencies, ranging from UHF to MMDS frequencies, and to
minimize commonly experienced interference problems.
 
    Hybrid was incorporated in Delaware in June 1990. Hybrid's principal
executive offices are located at 10161 Bubb Road, Cupertino, California 95014;
its telephone number is (408) 725-3250. See "BUSINESS OF HYBRID."
 
    PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
    Pacific designs, develops, manufactures and markets radio frequency devices
and systems for providers of wireless communication services. Since its
inception in 1984, Pacific has been involved in the development of radio
frequency integrated circuits ("RFIC") employing gallium arsenide for use in a
variety of commercial and military applications. In 1991, Pacific began applying
its RFIC design expertise and radio frequency system engineering skills to the
development of system solutions for the broadband wireless video market. Since
1991, Pacific has produced and sold over one million broadband wireless
antenna/downconverters. Additionally, since the introduction of Pacific's
CypherPoint video encoding system in 1996, Pacific has produced and sold over 50
encoding systems and 100,000 decoders.
 
    Pacific's strategy is to leverage its position in broadband wireless video
communications to address more extensive "wireless last mile" voice, data and
video applications. It has recently begun field trials of a radio frequency
Transverter which, when used in combination with a two-way cable modem, can
provide high-speed wireless Internet access using the radio frequency spectrum.
 
    Pacific was incorporated in California in March 1984. Pacific's principal
executive offices are located at 1308 Moffett Park Drive, Sunnyvale, California
94089; its telephone number is (408) 745-2700. See "BUSINESS OF PACIFIC."
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
    MERGER SUB
 
    Merger Sub, a Delaware corporation, which was incorporated in March 1998, is
a corporation recently organized by Hybrid for the sole purpose of effecting the
Merger. It has no material assets and has not engaged in any activities except
in connection with the proposed Merger. Merger Sub's principal executive offices
are located at 10161 Bubb Road, Cupertino, California 95014; its telephone
number is (408) 725-3250.
 
RISK FACTORS
 
    The following risk factors, among others set forth under "RISK FACTORS"
below and elsewhere in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, should be
considered by Hybrid stockholders and Pacific shareholders in evaluating the
matters to be voted on at the Hybrid Annual Meeting and the Pacific Special
Meeting and the acquisition of the securities offered hereby.
 
    Risks related to the Merger include the following: (i) the expected
long-term strategic benefits of the Merger are dependent upon the successful
integration of operations and retention of key personnel, and there can be no
assurance that these objectives will be achieved; (ii) disruption of Hybrid's
and Pacific's sales and marketing activities may result from the Merger and
might not be smoothly or effectively resolved, and such disruption could
materially and adversely affect the combined company's financial results; (iii)
the integration of Hybrid's and Pacific's products, technologies and engineering
teams after the Merger might not be timely accomplished or technically feasible,
which could in turn reduce the expected technological benefits of the Merger and
have an adverse impact upon the combined company's product development; (iv)
Hybrid's stock price may be significantly and adversely affected if the
beneficial synergies that the Merger is intended to generate are not achieved or
do not occur as rapidly or to the extent anticipated by securities analysts and
investors; (v) negative reaction to the Merger on the part of Hybrid's and/or
Pacific's suppliers, resellers and customers could result in reduced revenues
and earnings, which could in turn have a negative effect on the price of
Hybrid's stock; (vi) the Merger is expected to result in substantial direct
transaction costs and operating charges relating to the integration of Pacific's
operations into Hybrid's operations, and the integration of the two companies
may involve substantial additional unexpected costs; (vii) in the past, each of
Hybrid and Pacific has required substantial amounts of capital to design,
develop, market and manufacture its products and has not been able to generate
sufficient cash from operations to meet its cash flow needs; Pacific will need
additional near-term financing; and the combined company may need to raise
additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing or from
other sources; (viii) the Merger will dilute Hybrid stockholders' and Pacific
shareholders' ownership interests, compared to their ownership interests in
their respective companies prior to the Merger; and (ix) if certain restrictions
on the transfer of shares of Hybrid Common Stock and, prior to the Merger,
Pacific Common Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock, are not observed by each
company's respective affiliates, the Merger may fail to qualify as a pooling of
interests for financial reporting purposes. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE
MERGER--RISK FACTORS--RISKS RELATING TO THE MERGER."
 
    Risks relating to Hybrid, Pacific and the combined company include the
following: (i) Pacific is currently in need of immediate additional capital in
an approximate amount of $1.0 million to finance its operations and meet its
short term liquidity needs, which proceeds, if not obtained, will require
Pacific to scale back sales and marketing and research and development efforts
(ii) Hybrid has a limited operating history, having shipped its first product
line in 1994, and Hybrid and Pacific each has a history of losses; (iii) each of
Hybrid and Pacific has experienced, and the combined company expects to continue
to experience, significant fluctuations in its results of operations on a
quarterly and on an annual basis attributable to absence of any significant
backlog and a decline in average selling prices for each of Hybrid's and
Pacific's products; (iv) the sales cycle associated with each of Hybrid's and
Pacific's products is typically lengthy and orders are therefore subject to a
number of significant risks; (v) substantially all of Hybrid's current sales are
dependent upon recently introduced products, and the businesses of each of
Hybrid and Pacific are subject to rapid technological change; (vi) the market
for high speed Internet access
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
products is characterized by competing technologies, evolving industry standards
and frequent new product introductions; (vii) the inexperience of each of Hybrid
and Pacific in an emerging market may adversely affect the combined company's
competitiveness vis-a-vis more established and larger competitors; (viii) the
market for the combined company's products will be dependent upon cable operator
installations; (ix) the combined company will be dependent on broadband wireless
system operators to purchase the combined company's wireless video and modem
products and sell its wireless modems to end-users; (x) the combined company
will also be dependent on cable system operators to purchase and sell its cable
modems to end users; (xi) a small number of customers account for a substantial
portion of each of Hybrid's and Pacific's net sales; (xii) the market for high
speed network connectivity products and services is intensely competitive and
many of Hybrid's and Pacific's competitors are substantially larger and have
greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution, customer support and
other resources; (xiii) the cost of Hybrid's and Pacific's products are
relatively expensive for the consumer electronics market; (xiv) the combined
company will be dependent on out-sourcing its manufacturing; (xv) each of Hybrid
and Pacific are dependent on key outside suppliers for component availability;
(xvi) the commercial market for products designed for the Internet and the
TCP/IP networking protocol has only recently begun to develop, and the combined
company's success will depend in large part on the increased use of the
Internet; (xvii) the "asymmetric" architecture of Hybrid's products is not
widely used and is relatively unproven in computer networking; (xviii) products
as complex as those offered by Hybrid and Pacific frequently contain undetected
errors, defects or failures that could result in product returns and other
losses to the combined company or its customers; (xix) the combined company's
success will depend in significant part upon the continued services of its key
technical, sales and senior management personnel, competition for such personnel
is intense and there can be no assurance that the combined company will be able
to attract and/ or retain key personnel; (xx) Hybrid, Pacific and their
customers are subject to varying degrees of federal, state and local regulation
that affect their businesses; (xxi) each of Hybrid and Pacific rely on a
combination of patent, trade secret, copyright and trademark laws to establish
and protect proprietary rights in their products and such claims may not be of
sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or any commercial
advantage to the combined company; (xxii) Hybrid's push to increase its
international sales will expose the combined company to the greater risks
inherent in international sales such as longer payment cycles, unexpected
changes in regulatory requirements, etc.; (xxiii) concentration of ownership by
the combined company's executive officers and directors; (xxiv) Hybrid is
subject to certain restrictive debt covenants which could adversely affect the
combined company's operations; (xxv) sales of substantial amounts of Hybrid
Common Stock in the public market following the acquisition of Pacific by Hybrid
could adversely affect the market price of the combined company's Common Stock
prevailing from time to time and could impair Hybrid's ability to raise capital
through the sale of equity or debt securities; and (xxvi) the market price for
shares of Hybrid's Common Stock is likely to be highly volatile and could be
subject to wide fluctuations in response to a wide variety of factors. See
"PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK FACTORS--RISKS RELATING TO HYBRID, PACIFIC AND
THE COMBINED COMPANY."
 
THE MERGER
 
    EFFECTS OF THE MERGER
 
    The Reorganization Agreement provides, among other things, for the Merger of
Merger Sub with and into Pacific pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement and
the Agreement of Merger, which will result in Pacific, as the surviving
corporation of the Merger, becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hybrid.
 
    CONVERSION OF PACIFIC SECURITIES
 
    Upon consummation of the Merger, each outstanding share of Pacific Capital
Stock will be converted into an amount of Hybrid Common Stock equal to a
fraction, the numerator of which is obtained by dividing $12,500,000 by the
Closing Price and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of
Pacific Capital Stock outstanding plus the total number of shares of Pacific
Common Stock issuable upon
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
exercise of outstanding Pacific Options and Pacific Warrants. The Closing Price
will be equal to the average of the closing sale prices of one share of Hybrid
Common Stock reported in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL, on the basis of information
provided by the Nasdaq Stock Market for each of the ten trading days ending two
(2) trading days preceding the Closing Date; provided, however, that in no event
shall the Closing Price be greater than $8.40 or less than $5.17 (resulting in
the Low Exchange Ratio of 0.0688078 and the High Exchange Ratio of 0.1117959,
respectively, assuming the number of Pacific shares as of April 30, 1998 as
indicated below). As of March 19, 1998, based on Hybrid's ten day average
trading price of $6.46 and the number of shares of Pacific Common Stock, shares
of Pacific Preferred Stock and shares subject to Pacific Options and Pacific
Warrants outstanding on April 30, 1998, the Exchange Ratio would be
approximately 0.0895193 of a share of Hybrid Common Stock for each outstanding
share of Pacific Capital Stock (the Assumed Exchange Ratio).
 
    Each outstanding Pacific Option and Pacific Warrant will be assumed and
converted into an option or warrant, respectively, to purchase a number of
shares of Hybrid Common Stock equal to the Exchange Ratio multiplied by the
number of shares of Pacific Common Stock purchasable under each Pacific Option
or Pacific Warrant, as applicable, rounded down to the nearest whole share, at
an exercise price equal to the exercise price of such Pacific Option or Pacific
Warrant, respectively, divided by the Exchange Ratio, rounded up to the nearest
cent. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF THE MERGER--MERGER
CONSIDERATION."
 
    For a summary of the principal differences between the rights of holders of
Hybrid Common Stock and Pacific Capital Stock, see "COMPARATIVE RIGHTS OF HYBRID
STOCKHOLDERS AND PACIFIC SHAREHOLDERS."
 
    Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, Pacific and Hybrid will enter into
an Escrow Agreement (the "ESCROW AGREEMENT") whereby 10% of the shares of Common
Stock issuable to each of the Pacific shareholders will be deposited in escrow
as collateral for the indemnification obligations of the Pacific shareholders
under the Reorganization Agreement. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF
THE MERGER--ESCROW AGREEMENT."
 
    HOLDERS OF PACIFIC COMMON STOCK OR PACIFIC PREFERRED STOCK SHOULD NOT SEND
ANY CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING PACIFIC COMMON STOCK OR PACIFIC PREFERRED STOCK
WITH THE ENCLOSED PROXY. IF THE MERGER IS APPROVED, A LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL WILL
BE MAILED AFTER THE EFFECTIVE TIME TO EACH PERSON WHO WAS A HOLDER OF
OUTSTANDING PACIFIC COMMON STOCK OR PACIFIC PREFERRED STOCK IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO
THE EFFECTIVE TIME. CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING PACIFIC COMMON STOCK OR PACIFIC
PREFERRED STOCK SHOULD BE SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT (AS DEFINED BELOW) ONLY
AFTER RECEIPT OF, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED IN THE
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
 
    OWNERSHIP OF HYBRID
 
    Based on the Assumed Exchange Ratio and the number of shares of Pacific
Common Stock outstanding or subject to Pacific Options or Warrants as of April
30, 1998, immediately following the Merger, the former shareholders of Pacific
will collectively hold approximately 13.4% of the outstanding shares of Hybrid
Common Stock (15.7% including former optionholders and warrantholders of
Pacific). Based on the High Exchange Ratio, the former shareholders of Pacific
would hold approximately 16.2% of the outstanding shares of Hybrid Common Stock
(18.8% including former optionholders and warrant holders of Pacific); and,
based on the Low Exchange Ratio, the former shareholders of Pacific would hold
approximately 10.7% of the outstanding shares of Hybrid Common Stock (12.5%
including former optionholders and warrant holders of Pacific). In addition,
affiliates of Pacific who currently own approximately 60% of Pacific's
outstanding capital stock, after the consummation of the Merger will own only
8.5% of the outstanding Hybrid Common Stock based on the Assumed Exchange Ratio,
10.4% based on
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
the High Exchange Ratio and 6.7% based on the Low Exchange Ratio. See "SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF THE COMBINED COMPANY."
 
    RESALE OF SECURITIES RECEIVED BY PACIFIC SHAREHOLDERS
 
    Shares of Hybrid Common Stock received by holders of Pacific Capital Stock
who are not also affiliates of Pacific will be freely salable following the
Merger. With respect to shares of Hybrid Common Stock issuable upon the exercise
of assumed Pacific Options, Hybrid has agreed that as soon as practicable
following the closing of the Merger that it will file a registration statement
on Form S-8 registering such shares. Upon such registration, shares of Hybrid
Common Stock issued upon the exercise of the assumed Pacific Options will be
freely salable as well.
 
    Shares of Hybrid Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of assumed Pacific
Warrants are not being registered in connection with the Merger. Shares of
Hybrid Common Stock received upon the exercise of the assumed Pacific Warrants
must either be registered for resale or otherwise qualify for an exemption from
registration under applicable federal and state securities laws as, for example,
by the holder of such shares complying with the provisions of Rule 144 under the
Securities Act.
 
    See "--MARKET AND DIVIDEND DATA" BELOW AND "COMPARATIVE PER SHARE MARKET
PRICE AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION."
 
FINANCIAL ADVISORS
 
    NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC ("NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY") has
delivered its written opinion dated March 19, 1998 stating that the
consideration to be paid by Hybrid in the Merger was fair to Hybrid from a
financial point of view, as of the date of such opinion. The full text of the
opinion of NationsBanc Montgomery, which sets forth the assumptions made,
matters considered and limitations on the review undertaken by NationsBanc
Montgomery is attached as Appendix B to this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
Hybrid stockholders are urged to read the opinion in its entirety.
 
    In connection with the Merger, UBS Securities LLC ("UBS") acted as financial
advisor to Pacific. UBS orally informed the Pacific Board of Directors on March
19, 1998, that, based upon it's review of the businesses of Hybrid and Pacific
and its experience in the investment banking industry, it concurred with the
Board's views as to the advantages of a business combination with Hybrid. UBS
did not render a formal "fairness opinion" on the Merger. No financial or other
advice was rendered by UBS to Hybrid in connection with the Merger. UBS acted as
one of the two managing underwriters in Hybrid's initial public offering and
currently acts as a market maker for Hybrid's stock.
 
REASONS FOR THE MERGER
 
    The Hybrid Board authorized the execution and delivery of the Reorganization
Agreement with the expectation that the Merger will produce substantial
benefits, including (i) combining Hybrid's wireless network products and
expertise with Pacific's wireless transmission products and expertise to provide
an opportunity for the combined company (a) to offer a broader and more complete
suite of products and (b) to accelerate development of integrated, end-to-end
system solutions for high speed wireless Internet access; (ii) combining each
company's market presence, customer base and relationships in the broadband
marketplace to provide additional marketing opportunities; (iii) adding
Pacific's international sales and distribution capability to give Hybrid the
opportunity to expand the international distribution of its products; (iv)
increasing the management breadth, engineering, sales and marketing and other
personnel capacity of the combined company; (v) providing the opportunity to
achieve operational efficiencies; and helping the combined company to achieve
critical mass in revenues and resources to meet the increasing challenges in the
markets in which it will participate. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER-- APPROVAL
OF THE MERGER--HYBRID'S REASONS FOR THE MERGER."
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
    The Pacific Board authorized the execution and delivery of the
Reorganization Agreement with the expectation that the Merger will produce
substantially the same benefits as those envisioned by the Hybrid Board. In
addition, the Pacific Board believes that Hybrid's current reserves of cash and
cash equivalents may enable Pacific to have greater flexibility in managing its
business. Moreover, the Merger will provide a means by which Pacific's
shareholders and optionholders will be able to gain liquidity for their equity
interests. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--APPROVAL OF THE MERGER--PACIFIC'S
REASONS FOR THE MERGER."
 
TERMS OF THE MERGER
 
    EFFECTIVE TIME
 
    It is anticipated that the Merger will become effective (the "EFFECTIVE
TIME") as promptly as practicable after the requisite shareholder and
stockholder approvals have been obtained and all other conditions to the Merger,
as specified in the Reorganization Agreement, have been satisfied or waived. See
"PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF THE MERGER--CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER."
 
    CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER
 
    In addition to the requirement that the Merger be approved by the Hybrid
stockholders and by the Pacific shareholders, the obligations of Hybrid and
Pacific to consummate the Merger are subject to the satisfaction of a number of
other conditions, including, without limitation, effectiveness of and the
absence of any proceedings or stop order commenced or threatened by the
Commission with respect to this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus; the absence of
any order, decree or ruling by any court or governmental agency or threat
thereof, or any other fact or circumstance, that would prohibit or render
illegal the transactions contemplated by the Reorganization Agreement; and the
receipt of all permits or authorizations that may be required by regulatory
authorities. Each party's obligations under the Reorganization Agreement are
also conditioned upon the accuracy of the representations and warranties made
therein by the other party; the obtaining of certain third-party consents; the
performance in all material respects by the other party of its covenants
contained therein; the absence of any material adverse effect with respect to
Hybrid or Pacific; and the receipt of certain legal opinions.
 
    Hybrid's obligations to consummate the Merger will be further conditioned
upon the absence of certain legal proceedings concerning the transactions
provided for in the Reorganization Agreement by Pacific; the execution by the
Pacific parties and delivery to Hybrid of the Escrow Agreement, certain
employment arrangements and noncompetition agreements with Richard B. Gold,
Michael D. Morganstern and Allen F. Podell, who are currently officers of
Pacific (the "EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION ARRANGEMENTS"), and certain Pacific
affiliates agreements; that the holders of no more than 5% of the aggregate
outstanding shares of Pacific Capital Stock be eligible to exercise dissenters'
rights under the California Code; and the receipt of opinions from Coopers &
Lybrand L.L.P. and Deloitte & Touche LLP to the effect that the Merger will be
treated as a pooling of interests for accounting purposes (the "POOLING
OPINIONS").
 
    Pacific's obligations to consummate the Merger will be further conditioned
upon the execution by Hybrid and delivery to Pacific of an investor rights
agreement (providing for registration rights) with certain Pacific shareholders
and the Employment and Noncompetition Arrangements; the appointment of Richard
B. Gold and Matthew D. Miller to the Hybrid Board of Directors, effective upon
the effectiveness of the Merger, and the execution and delivery of indemnity
agreements with such new directors; and Hybrid's authorization for listing on
the Nasdaq Stock Market of the Hybrid Common Stock to be issued in the Merger,
upon notice of issuance.
 
    At any time on or prior to the Merger, to the extent legally allowed, Hybrid
or Pacific, without approval of the stockholders or shareholders of such
company, as the case may be, may waive compliance with any of the agreements or
conditions contained in the Reorganization Agreement for the benefit of that
company. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF THE MERGER--CONDITIONS TO THE
MERGER."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
    SURRENDER OF CERTIFICATES
 
    If the Merger becomes effective, Boston Equiserve (the "EXCHANGE AGENT")
will give specific written instructions to all holders of record of Pacific
Common Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock as of the Effective Time as to the
procedure for surrendering their Pacific stock certificates. Upon the Exchange
Agent's receipt of such certificates, each Pacific shareholder will receive a
certificate representing Hybrid Common Stock and a cash payment in lieu of
fractional shares.
 
    CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING SHARES OF PACIFIC COMMON STOCK OR PREFERRED STOCK
SHOULD NOT BE SURRENDERED UNTIL THE EXCHANGE AGENT'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS ARE
RECEIVED.
 
    TERMINATION
 
    The Reorganization Agreement may be terminated by mutual agreement of both
parties or by either party: (i) as a result of a breach by the other party of a
representation, warranty or covenant set forth in the Reorganization Agreement
which breach has or can reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse
effect on such party and which the other party fails to cure within thirty days
after written notice thereof (except that no cure period will be provided for a
breach which by its nature cannot be cured), (ii) if all the conditions for
closing the Merger are not satisfied or waived on or before the Final Date (as
defined below) other than as a result of the breach of the Reorganization
Agreement by the terminating party or the breach of certain affiliates
agreements by such party's affiliates, (iii) if the required approval of the
stockholders or shareholders of Hybrid or Pacific, as applicable, are not
obtained by reason of the failure to obtain the required vote, or (iv) if a
permanent injunction or other order by a federal or state court which would make
illegal or otherwise restrain or prohibit consummation of the Merger is issued
and has become final and nonappealable.
 
    The term "FINAL DATE" is defined in the Reorganization Agreement as July 31,
1998 except that if a temporary, preliminary or permanent injunction or other
order by any federal or state court which would prohibit or otherwise restrain
consummation of the Merger is issued and in effect on July 31, 1998, and such
injunction has not become final and nonappealable, either Hybrid or Pacific may,
upon written notice to the other party on or before July 31, 1998, extend the
time for consummation of the Merger up to and including the earlier of the date
such injunction becomes final and nonappealable or 45 days after July 31, 1998.
 
    If the Reorganization Agreement is terminated by Hybrid because more than 5%
of Pacific Capital Stock are eligible for the exercise of dissenters' rights
under the California Code, or if Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. does not issue its
Pooling Opinion because of actions taken by Pacific after the date of the
Reorganization Agreement, Pacific would be required to pay Hybrid a termination
payment in the amount of $375,000.
 
    If the Reorganization Agreement is terminated by Pacific because Coopers &
Lybrand L.L.P. does not issue a Pooling Opinion as a result of actions taken by
Hybrid after the date of the Reorganization Agreement, Hybrid would be required
to pay Pacific a termination payment in the amount of $375,000.
 
    MERGER EXPENSES AND FEES AND OTHER COSTS
 
    If the Merger is consummated, Hybrid will bear all costs and expenses in
connection with the Reorganization Agreement and the transactions provided for
therein. Expenses incurred by Pacific for accounting, attorneys and other
professionals' fees and expenses (other than those of its financial advisors,
UBS) in excess of $175,000, if paid by Hybrid, will enable Hybrid to make a
claim under the Escrow. If the Merger is not consummated, each of Pacific and
Hybrid will bear its own costs and expenses with respect to the Reorganization
Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
    Hybrid expects to incur a charge of approximately $3.0 million to $3.5
million in the quarter in which the Merger occurs in connection with the
write-off of certain assets, personnel severance costs, the cancellation and
continuation of contractual obligations and transaction fees for investment
bankers, attorneys, accountants, financial printing and other related charges.
See "UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" below in this
section.
 
    NASDAQ STOCK MARKET LISTING
 
    The shares of Hybrid Common Stock to be issued in the Merger will be traded
on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol "HYBR".
 
    AMENDMENT
 
    The Reorganization Agreement may be amended by Hybrid and Pacific at any
time before or after approval by the Hybrid stockholders or the Pacific
shareholders, except that, after such approval, no amendment may be made which
by law requires the further approval of the Hybrid stockholders or the Pacific
shareholders unless such approval is obtained.
 
    INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE MERGER
 
    Certain management personnel of Pacific have entered into or are expected to
enter into employment agreements or arrangements and noncompetition agreements
with Hybrid that will become effective upon consummation of the Merger, as
described below. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF THE MERGER--
EMPLOYMENT/NONCOMPETITION ARRANGEMENTS." Under the employment arrangements, upon
the consummation of the Merger, Richard B. Gold (the Chief Executive Officer,
President and a director of Pacific) will become the President and Chief
Operating Officer of Hybrid, and Michael D. Morganstern (the Vice President,
Engineering of Pacific) and Allen F. Podell (the Chief Technical Officer of
Pacific) will become employees of Hybrid. Pursuant to the terms of the
Reorganization Agreement, it is anticipated that, following the Merger, Mr. Gold
and Matthew D. Miller (the Chairman of the Board of Pacific), will be appointed
directors of Hybrid. Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, Hybrid has agreed
to indemnify Messrs. Gold and Miller in their capacity as Hybrid directors. See
"PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF THE MERGER--INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS."
In addition, Mr. Miller has been a consultant to Hybrid since October 1994 and
has received options to purchase 18,519 shares of Hybrid Common Stock. A
consulting firm of which Mr. Miller is the President acts as a consultant to
Pacific as well. See "SELECTED INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO PACIFIC--CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS." As a result of the foregoing, the
officers and directors of Pacific referred to above may have personal interests
in the Merger which are not identical to the interests of other Pacific
shareholders. In addition, certain 5% or greater shareholders of Pacific, in May
1996 and September 1997, loaned Pacific an aggregate of $1.0 million and
$750,000, respectively, in connection with bridge loan financings, and such
shareholders received promissory notes and warrants to purchase Pacific Common
Stock. In connection with the Merger, the promissory notes are expected to be
repaid in full, together with accrued interest. James R. Flach, a director of
Hybrid, is an executive partner of Accel Partners. Accel Partners and entities
associated with Accel Partners constitute principal stockholders of Hybrid,
principal shareholders of Pacific and holders of certain of the Pacific
promissory notes that are expected to be repaid following the Merger. See
"PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER-- APPROVAL OF THE MERGER--INTERESTS OF CERTAIN
PERSONS IN THE MERGER" and "SELECTED INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO
PACIFIC--CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS."
 
    William H. Fry, Hybrid's Vice President and Chief Technical Officer, holds
options to purchase 113,010 shares of Hybrid Common Stock, 55,262 of which were
vested as of April 30, 1998. In January 1998, Hybrid's Board of Directors
approved the 12-month accelerated vesting for options held by Mr. Fry if the
Company hires certain senior management and his employment is terminated,
voluntarily or involuntarily, within 12 months after such hiring. Mr. Gold is
expected to be appointed the Chief Operating Officer of Hybrid following the
consummation of the Merger, in which event Mr. Fry would
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
have the right to receive accelerated vesting of options for up to 26,991 shares
of Hybrid Common Stock, should he leave the Company within 12 months thereafter.
This may give Mr. Fry a personal interest in the Merger which is not identical
to the interest of other Hybrid stockholders. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE
MERGER--APPROVAL OF THE MERGER--INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE MERGER."
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
    The Merger is expected to be a tax-free reorganization for federal income
tax purposes, so that no gain or loss will be recognized by Hybrid, Pacific,
Hybrid stockholders or Pacific shareholders on the exchange of Pacific Common
Stock or Pacific Preferred Stock, as the case may be, for Hybrid Common Stock,
except to the extent that Pacific shareholders receive cash in lieu of
fractional shares or upon exercise of dissenters' or appraisal rights. The
Reorganization Agreement does not require the parties to obtain a ruling from
the Internal Revenue Service as to the tax consequences of the Merger. As a
condition to Hybrid's and Pacific's obligations to consummate the Merger, Hybrid
and Pacific are to receive opinions at the Effective Time from their respective
legal counsel to the effect that the Merger will be treated as a tax-free
reorganization for federal income tax purposes. Hybrid Stockholders and Pacific
Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding such tax
consequences. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--APPROVAL OF THE MERGER--CERTAIN
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS."
 
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
    The Merger is intended to be treated as a pooling of interests for
accounting purposes. As a condition to Hybrid's obligations to consummate the
Merger, Hybrid is to receive the Pooling Opinions from Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.,
independent accountants for Hybrid, and Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent
auditors for Pacific, to the effect that the Merger will be treated as a pooling
of interests for accounting purposes. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER-- APPROVAL
OF THE MERGER--ACCOUNTING TREATMENT."
 
APPRAISAL AND DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
 
    If the Merger is approved by the required vote of Pacific's shareholders,
each holder of shares of Pacific Capital Stock who does not vote in favor of the
Merger and who follows the procedures set forth in Sections 1300 through 1312 of
the California Code will be entitled to have shares of Pacific Capital Stock
purchased by Pacific for cash at their fair market value. The fair market value
of shares of Pacific Capital Stock will be determined as of the day before the
first announcement of the terms of the proposed Merger, excluding any
appreciation or depreciation in consequence of the proposed Merger and therefore
valuing the shares of Pacific Capital Stock as if the Merger had not occurred.
The failure of a dissenting Pacific shareholder to timely and properly comply
with the procedures set forth in Sections 1300 through 1312 of the California
Code will result in the termination or waiver of such rights.
 
    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, Hybrid stockholders are not
entitled to dissenters' rights or appraisal rights with respect to the proposed
Merger.
 
    See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--APPROVAL OF THE MERGER--APPRAISAL AND
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS."
 
REGULATORY MATTERS
 
    The Merger is not subject to notification and review under the Hart Scott
Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (the "HSR ACT") or the rules
promulgated thereunder by the Federal Trade Commission ("FTC").
 
ESCROW AGREEMENT
 
    In connection with the Merger, Hybrid, State Street Bank and Trust Co., as
Escrow Agent, and Alan F. Dishlip, as representative of the Pacific
shareholders, will enter into the Escrow Agreement. Pursuant to
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
the Escrow Agreement, upon consummation of the Merger, Hybrid will deposit into
escrow stock certificates representing 10% of the shares of Hybrid Common Stock
issuable to each of the Pacific shareholders pursuant to the Merger. The Escrow
Shares will be held in escrow as collateral for the indemnification obligations
of the Pacific shareholders under the Reorganization Agreement. Pursuant to such
indemnification obligations, the Pacific shareholders will indemnify and hold
harmless Hybrid and its officers, directors, agents, employees and affiliates
from and against all damages arising out of any misrepresentation or breach of
or default in connection with any of the representations, warranties and
covenants given or made by Pacific in the Reorganization Agreement or any
certificate, document or instrument delivered by or on behalf of Pacific
pursuant thereto. Indemnification obligations will not apply unless and until
the "Damages" (as defined) exceed $100,000, in which event such indemnification
obligations will include all Damages. The indemnification obligations of the
Pacific Shareholders with respect to the Pacific financial statements expire
when Hybrid issues its press release regarding its audited financial results for
its fiscal year ending December 31, 1998. The indemnification obligations of the
Pacific Shareholders with respect to all other Pacific representations and
warranties expire on the first anniversary of the Closing Date.
 
CERTAIN RELATED AGREEMENTS
 
    AFFILIATES AGREEMENTS
 
    To help ensure that the Merger will be accounted for as a "pooling of
interests," affiliates of Hybrid ("HYBRID AFFILIATES") and Pacific ("PACIFIC
AFFILIATES") have executed agreements which prohibit such persons from disposing
of their shares (i) during the 30-day period prior to the closing date of the
Merger and (ii) until Hybrid publicly releases its first report including the
combined financial results of Hybrid and Pacific for a period of at least 30
days of "combined operations," as defined by the Commission. Pursuant to such
agreements, the Pacific Affiliates have also acknowledged the resale
restrictions imposed by Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act on shares
received by them in the Merger and have made certain representations pertaining
to the "continuity of interest" requirements for a tax-free reorganization. See
"PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF THE MERGER--AFFILIATES AGREEMENTS."
 
    VOTING AGREEMENTS
 
    Certain affiliates of Hybrid who beneficially own approximately 13.4% of the
outstanding shares of Hybrid Common Stock, and certain affiliates of Pacific who
beneficially own approximately 58.8% and 61.0% of the outstanding shares of
Pacific Common Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock, respectively, have entered
into Voting Agreements pursuant to which such affiliates have agreed to vote
their shares of Hybrid Common Stock or Pacific Capital Stock, as applicable, in
favor of the Merger and against any action or agreement that would be in breach
of any representation, warranty, covenant or obligation of Hybrid or Pacific, as
applicable, in the Reorganization Agreement. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--
TERMS OF THE MERGER--VOTING AGREEMENTS."
 
    INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 
    Hybrid and certain Pacific shareholders will enter into an Investor Rights
Agreement (the "INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT") which grants such shareholders the
right to have "piggyback" registration rights with respect to the shares of
Hybrid Common Stock to be received by it in exchange for their Pacific Capital
Stock pursuant to the Merger. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF THE
MERGER--INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT."
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
MARKET PRICE AND DIVIDEND DATA
 
    Hybrid Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
"HYBR." The following table sets forth the range of high and low sale prices
reported on the Nasdaq National Market for Hybrid Common Stock for the periods
indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    HIGH        LOW
                                                                                                  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                               <C>        <C>
FISCAL YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1998
  Second Quarter (through May 1, 1998)..........................................................  $    7.38  $    6.00
  First Quarter.................................................................................  $   13.00  $    3.88
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
  Fourth Quarter (beginning November 12, 1997)..................................................  $   24.25  $    9.25
</TABLE>
 
    The Pacific Common Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock are not listed on any
exchange and do not trade publicly.
 
    The following table sets forth the closing sales prices per share of Hybrid
Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market on March 19, 1998, the last trading
day before the announcement of the proposed Merger, and on May 1, and the
equivalent per share price for Pacific Capital Stock. The "equivalent per share
price" for Pacific Common Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock as of such dates
equal the closing sale price per share of Hybrid Common Stock on such dates
multiplied by the Assumed Exchange Ratio of 0.0894714. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE
MERGER--TERMS OF THE MERGER--MERGER CONSIDERATION."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     HYBRID COMMON     PACIFIC
                                                                         STOCK       EQUIVALENT
                                                                    ---------------  -----------
<S>                                                                 <C>              <C>
March 19, 1998....................................................     $    7.81      $    0.70
May 1, 1998.......................................................     $    6.13      $    0.55
</TABLE>
 
    At March 31, 1998, the closing price per share of Hybrid Common Stock, book
value per share of Pacific Capital Stock, pro forma combined book value per
share and book value per share of Pacific Capital Stock based on the application
of the Assumed Exchange Ratio to the closing price per share of Hybrid Common
Stock were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         HYBRID COMMON   PACIFIC CAPITAL   PRO FORMA     PACIFIC
                                             STOCK            STOCK        COMBINED    EQUIVALENT
                                        ---------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                     <C>              <C>              <C>          <C>
March 31, 1998........................     $    7.13        $    0.24      $    2.68    $    0.24
</TABLE>
 
    Pacific shareholders are advised to obtain current market quotations for
Hybrid Common Stock. No assurance can be given as to the market prices of Hybrid
Common Stock at any time before the Effective Time or as to the market price of
Hybrid Common Stock at any time thereafter. In the event the market price of
Hybrid Common Stock decreases or increases prior to the Effective Time, the
value at the Effective Time of the Hybrid Common Stock to be received in the
Merger in exchange for the Pacific Capital Stock would correspondingly increase
or decrease, subject to the range described on the cover page of this Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF THE
MERGER-- MERGER CONSIDERATION."
 
    Hybrid and Pacific have never paid cash dividends on their respective shares
of Common Stock or Preferred Stock. Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement,
each of Hybrid and Pacific have agreed not to pay cash dividends pending the
consummation of the Merger without the written consent of the other. Subject to
the completion of the Merger, the Hybrid Board intends to continue a policy of
retaining all earnings to finance the expansion of its business. The terms of an
outstanding $5.5 million debenture (the "$5.5 MILLION DEBENTURE") prevent Hybrid
from paying any cash dividends for so long as the $5.5 Million Debenture remains
outstanding. In addition, in October 1997, Hybrid entered into a $4.0 million
bank credit facility (the "$4.0 MILLION CREDIT FACILITY"), the terms of which
prohibit the declaration of dividends. The Pacific Board currently intends to
retain all earnings for use in the business of the combined company and has no
present intention to pay cash dividends.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                               HYBRID AND PACIFIC
                     UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
                             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
 
    The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements,
including the notes thereto, are qualified in their entirety by reference to,
and should be read in conjunction with, the historical financial statements of
Hybrid and Pacific, including the notes thereto, which are included herein. See
"SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF HYBRID" and "SELECTED HISTORICAL
FINANCIAL DATA OF PACIFIC."
 
    The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements assume a
business combination between Hybrid and Pacific accounted for on a
pooling-of-interests basis and are based on each company's respective historical
financial statements and notes thereto, which are included herein. The unaudited
pro forma condensed combined balance sheets combine Hybrid's balance sheet as of
March 31, 1998 with Pacific's balance sheet as of March 31, 1998, giving effect
to the Merger as if it had occurred on March 31, 1998. The unaudited pro forma
condensed combined statements of operations combine Hybrid's historical results
for the three years ended December 31, 1997 and the three months ended March 31,
1998 with Pacific's historical results for the three years ended September 30,
1997 and the three months ended March 31, 1998, giving effect to the Merger as
if it had occurred at January 1, 1995, the earliest period presented.
 
    The pro forma information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is
not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that
would have occurred if the Merger had been consummated at the beginning of the
earliest period presented, nor is it necessarily indicative of future operating
results or financial position.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                               HYBRID AND PACIFIC
             UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 HYBRID AT     PACIFIC AT
                                                 MARCH 31,      MARCH 31,     PRO FORMA      FOOTNOTE       PRO FORMA
                                                    1998          1998       ADJUSTMENTS    REFERENCE #     COMBINED
                                                ------------  -------------  -----------  ---------------  -----------
                                                                        (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>              <C>
                    ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...................   $    7,248    $       162                                  $   7,410
  Short-term investments......................       12,753        --                                          12,753
  Accounts receivable, net....................        9,846          7,119                                     16,965
  Inventories.................................        5,582          6,498                                     12,080
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets...          369            347                                        716
                                                                                                    --
                                                ------------  -------------  -----------                   -----------
    Total current assets......................       35,798         14,126                                     49,924
Property and equipment, net...................        1,768          2,583                                      4,351
Intangibles and other assets..................        1,628            110                                      1,738
                                                                                                    --
                                                ------------  -------------  -----------                   -----------
  Total assets................................   $   39,194    $    16,819                                  $  56,013
                                                                                                    --
                                                                                                    --
                                                ------------  -------------  -----------                   -----------
                                                ------------  -------------  -----------                   -----------
 
     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Notes payable to bank.......................   $   --        $     4,298                                  $   4,298
  Notes payable to shareholders...............       --              1,750                                      1,750
  Accounts payable............................        2,080          4,407                                      6,487
  Accrued liabilities.........................        1,278          1,063        1,500             C2          3,841
  Current portion of capital lease
    obligations...............................          455            465                                        920
  Deferred revenue............................       --                 24                                         24
                                                                                                    --
                                                ------------  -------------  -----------                   -----------
    Total current liabilities.................        3,813         12,007        1,500                        17,320
Convertible debenture.........................        5,500        --                                           5,500
Capital lease obligations, less current
  portion.....................................          587            458                                      1,045
Other liabilities.............................       --                 90                                         90
                                                                                                    --
                                                ------------  -------------  -----------                   -----------
    Total liabilities.........................        9,900         12,555        1,500                        23,955
                                                                                                    --
                                                ------------  -------------  -----------                   -----------
Stockholders' equity:
  Convertible preferred stock.................       --             14,068    $ (14,068)            C1         --
  Common stock................................           10         15,591      (15,589)            C1             12
  Notes receivable............................       --               (150)                                      (150)
  Additional paid-in capital..................       63,916        --            29,657             C1         93,573
  Accumulated deficit.........................      (34,632)       (25,245)      (1,500)            C2        (61,377)
                                                                                                    --
                                                ------------  -------------  -----------                   -----------
    Total stockholders' equity................       29,294          4,264       (1,500)                       32,058
                                                                                                    --
                                                ------------  -------------  -----------                   -----------
  Total liabilities and stockholders'
    equity....................................   $   39,194    $    16,819       --                         $  56,013
                                                                                                    --
                                                                                                    --
                                                ------------  -------------  -----------                   -----------
                                                ------------  -------------  -----------                   -----------
</TABLE>
 
   See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                               HYBRID AND PACIFIC
                         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             HYBRID         PACIFIC
                                                         FOR THE THREE   FOR THE THREE
                                                          MONTHS ENDED    MONTHS ENDED    PRO FORMA    PRO FORMA
                                                         MARCH 31, 1998  MARCH 31, 1998  ADJUSTMENT    COMBINED
                                                         --------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>             <C>          <C>
Net Sales..............................................    $    3,528      $    5,018                  $   8,546
Cost of goods sold.....................................         2,897           4,140                      7,037
                                                              -------         -------    -----------  -----------
  Gross profit.........................................           631             878                      1,509
Costs and expenses:
  Research and development.............................         2,042           1,059                      3,101
  Sales and marketing..................................           977             633                      1,610
  General and administrative...........................         1,390             453                      1,843
                                                              -------         -------    -----------  -----------
    Total operating expenses...........................         4,409           2,145                      6,554
                                                              -------         -------    -----------  -----------
Loss from operations...................................        (3,778)         (1,267)                    (5,045)
Interest income and other expenses, net................            78            (229)                      (151)
                                                              -------         -------    -----------  -----------
Net loss...............................................    $   (3,700)     $   (1,496)                 $  (5,196)
                                                              -------         -------    -----------  -----------
                                                              -------         -------    -----------  -----------
Basic and diluted loss per share.......................    $    (0.36)     $    (0.28)                 $   (0.48)
                                                              -------         -------                 -----------
                                                              -------         -------                 -----------
Shares used in basic and diluted per share
  calculation..........................................        10,353           5,285        (4,812)      10,826
                                                              -------         -------    -----------  -----------
                                                              -------         -------    -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
   See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                               HYBRID AND PACIFIC
                         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               HYBRID        PACIFIC
                                                            FOR THE YEAR  FOR THE YEAR
                                                             ENDED DEC.    ENDED SEPT.    PRO FORMA    PRO FORMA
                                                              31, 1997      30, 1997     ADJUSTMENT    COMBINED
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>
Net sales.................................................   $   14,270     $  35,369                  $  49,639
Cost of goods sold........................................       12,258        26,014                     38,272
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
  Gross profit............................................        2,012         9,355                     11,367
Costs and expenses:
  Research and development................................        7,108         4,824                     11,932
  Sales and marketing.....................................        4,319         3,690                      8,009
  General and administrative..............................        3,606         1,649                      5,255
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
    Total operating expenses..............................       15,033        10,163                     25,196
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
    Loss from operations..................................      (13,021)         (808)                   (13,829)
Interest income and other expenses, net...................         (569)         (599)                    (1,168)
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
    Net loss..............................................   $  (13,590)    $  (1,407)                 $ (14,997)
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Basic and diluted loss per share..........................   $    (3.84)    $   (0.29)                 $   (3.77)
                                                            ------------  -------------               -----------
                                                            ------------  -------------               -----------
Shares used in basic and diluted per share calculation....        3,541         4,866        (4,431)       3,976
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
   See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                               HYBRID AND PACIFIC
                         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               HYBRID        PACIFIC
                                                            FOR THE YEAR  FOR THE YEAR
                                                             ENDED DEC.    ENDED SEPT.    PRO FORMA    PRO FORMA
                                                              31, 1996      30, 1996     ADJUSTMENT    COMBINED
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>
Net sales.................................................   $    2,962     $  29,141                  $  32,103
Cost of goods sold........................................        3,130        23,246                     26,376
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Gross profit (loss).......................................         (168)        5,895                      5,727
Costs and expenses:
  Research and development................................        5,076         5,421                     10,497
  Sales and marketing.....................................        1,786         3,104                      4,890
  General and administrative..............................        1,714         2,839                      4,553
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
    Total operating expenses..............................        8,576        11,364                     19,940
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
    Loss from operations..................................       (8,744)       (5,469)                   (14,213)
Interest income and other expenses, net...................          229          (474)                      (245)
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
    Net loss..............................................   $   (8,515)    $  (5,943)                 $ (14,458)
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Basic and diluted loss per share..........................   $    (3.36)    $   (1.42)                 $   (4.97)
                                                            ------------  -------------               -----------
                                                            ------------  -------------               -----------
Shares used in basic and diluted per share calculation....        2,535         4,184        (3,810)       2,909
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
   See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
                               HYBRID AND PACIFIC
                         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               HYBRID        PACIFIC
                                                            FOR THE YEAR  FOR THE YEAR
                                                             ENDED DEC.    ENDED SEPT.    PRO FORMA    PRO FORMA
                                                              31, 1995      30, 1995     ADJUSTMENT    COMBINED
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>
Net sales.................................................   $      630     $  24,925                  $  25,555
Cost of goods sold........................................          761        15,964                     16,725
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Gross profit (loss).......................................         (131)        8,961                      8,830
Costs and expenses:
  Research and development................................        3,862         3,169                      7,031
  Sales and marketing.....................................          390         2,514                      2,904
  General and administrative..............................          748         2,434                      3,182
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
    Total operating expenses..............................        5,000         8,117                     13,117
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
    Income (loss) from operations.........................       (5,131)          844                     (4,287)
Interest income and other expenses, net...................         (138)         (300)                      (438)
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Income (loss) before income taxes.........................       (5,269)          544                     (4,725)
Provision for income taxes................................                          3                          3
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
    Net income (loss).....................................   $   (5,269)    $     541                  $  (4,728)
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Basic income (loss) per share.............................   $    (2.37)    $    0.15                  $   (1.85)
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Shares used in basic per share calculation................        2,223         3,701        (3,370)       2,554
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Diluted income (loss) per share...........................   $    (2.37)    $    0.03                  $   (1.85)
                                                            ------------  -------------               -----------
                                                            ------------  -------------               -----------
Shares used in diluted per share calculation..............        2,223        15,553       (15,222)       2,554
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                            ------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
   See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                               HYBRID AND PACIFIC
                NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
 
                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE A:  The Hybrid condensed combined statements of operations for the three
years ended December 31, 1997 have been combined with Pacific condensed combined
statements of operations for the three years ended September 30, 1997.
Additionally, the Hybrid statement of operations for the three months ended
March 31, 1998 has been combined with Pacific's statement of operations for the
three months ended March 31, 1998. This method of combining the two companies is
for the presentation of unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial
statements only. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial
statements, including the notes thereto, should be read in conjunction with the
historical financial statements of Hybrid and Pacific which are included
elsewhere in this document. The selected historical unaudited financial data for
Pacific as of and for the three months and six months ended March 31, 1998
reflect, in the opinion of the management of Pacific, all adjustments consisting
only of normal recurring accruals, necessary for the fair presentation of the
results of operations for such period. These interim operating results of
Pacific are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for
their fiscal year ending September 30, 1998.
 
NOTE B:  The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for Hybrid
and Pacific have been prepared as if the Merger was completed at the beginning
of the earliest period presented. Intercompany transactions between Hybrid and
Pacific have not been significant. The initiation date for the transaction was
February 12, 1998 and the expected consummation date is May 29, 1998. The
unaudited pro forma combined basic and diluted net loss per share is based on
the combined weighted average number of common shares of Hybrid Common Stock and
Pacific Common Stock for each period, based upon the Assumed Exchange Ratio of
0.0894714 shares of Hybrid Common Stock for each share of Pacific Common Stock.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements assume that all
Pacific Preferred Stock and Pacific Common Stock will convert into shares of
Hybrid Common Stock based on the Exchange Ratio. Potentially dilutive shares
from Pacific Options, Pacific Warrants and Pacific Preferred Stock are excluded
from the computation of combined diluted loss per share because their effect is
antidilutive.
 
NOTE C:
 
        1.  PRO FORMA BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    These unaudited pro forma combined financial statements reflect the issuance
of 1,611,680 shares of Hybrid Common Stock in exchange for an aggregate of
12,320,681 shares of Pacific Preferred Stock and 5,692,668 shares of Pacific
Common Stock (outstanding as of March 31, 1998) in connection with the Merger
based on the Assumed Exchange Ratio of 0.0894714 share of Hybrid Common Stock
for every 1.0 share of Pacific Common Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock.
 
    The following table details the pro forma share issuances in connection with
the Merger:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     NUMBER OF
                                                          PREFERRED       COMMON                     SHARES OF
                                                            SHARES        SHARES       EXCHANGE    HYBRID COMMON
                                                         OUTSTANDING   OUTSTANDING      RATIO          STOCK
                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------  --------------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Number of Shares of Pacific Common and
  Preferred Stock Outstanding at March 31, 1998........    12,320,681     5,692,668     0.0894714      1,611,680
Number of Shares of Hybrid Common Stock Outstanding at
  March 31, 1998.......................................                                               10,364,000
                                                                                                   --------------
Total Number of Shares of Hybrid Common
  Stock Outstanding After Completion of Merger.........                                               11,975,680
                                                                                                   --------------
                                                                                                   --------------
</TABLE>
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                               HYBRID AND PACIFIC
                NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
 
                        FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
    The actual number of shares of Hybrid Common Stock to be issued will be
determined at the Effective Time of the Merger based on the number of shares of
Pacific Common Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock outstanding at such time.
 
        2.  TRANSACTION COSTS
 
    Hybrid and Pacific estimated they will incur direct transaction costs of
approximately $1.5 million associated with the Merger consisting of transaction
fees for investment bankers, attorneys, accountants, financial printing and
other related charges. At March 31, 1998, none of the transaction related costs
had been incurred. These nonrecurring transaction costs will be charged to
operations through the quarter ending June 30, 1998.
 
    The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet gives effect to
estimated direct transaction costs and merger related expenses to be incurred
for the Merger. Estimated costs and expenses are not reflected in the Unaudited
Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations.
 
NOTE D:  As the companies have historically adopted similar accounting policies,
no adjustments have been made to conform the accounting policies of the combined
companies.
 
NOTE E:  If more than 5% of Pacific capital stock is eligible for the exercise
of dissenters' rights the planned transaction does not have to be consummated by
Hybrid. Hybrid and Pacific anticipate dissenters' rights to be less than 5%.
 
NOTE F:  Pacific's net revenue, and net income were $13,150,000 and $332,000
respectively for the three months ended December 31, 1996 as compared to net
sales of $6,963,000 and net loss of $819,000 for the three months ended December
31, 1997. The decreases in net sales and net income are due primarily to
reductions in shipments to a major customer due to declined demand.
 
    The Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations of Hybrid and
Pacific for the year ended December 31, 1997, exclude Pacific's operations for
the three months ended December 31, 1997. Had they been included, the Pro Forma
Combined Net loss for the year ended December 31, 1997 would have been increased
by $1,151,000 to a combined total net loss of $16,149,000 or $4.06 diluted net
loss per share.
 
COMPARATIVE PER SHARE DATA
 
    The following tables set forth certain historical per share data of Hybrid
and Pacific and combined per share data on an unaudited pro forma basis after
giving effect to the Merger on a pooling-of-interests basis assuming that
0.0894714 of a share of Hybrid Common Stock is issued in exchange for each share
of Pacific Common Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock in the Merger. This data
should be read in conjunction with the Selected Historical Financial Data, the
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements and the separate historical
financial statements of Hybrid and Pacific and the notes thereto included
elsewhere in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus. The pro forma information is
presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of
the combined financial position or results of future periods or the results that
actually would have been realized had the entities been a single entity during
the periods presented.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
                               HYBRID AND PACIFIC
                NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
 
                        FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                             -------------------------------
                                                               1997       1996       1995
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  AS OF AND FOR THE THREE
                                                                                               MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                              ------------------------
                                                                                                 1998         1997
                                                                                              -----------  -----------
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Historical--Hybrid
Basic and diluted loss per share...........................  $   (3.84) $   (3.36) $   (2.37)  $   (0.36)   $   (1.67)
Book value per share(1)....................................       3.21                              2.83
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                       SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              -------------------------------
                                                                1997       1996       1995
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  AS OF AND FOR THE THREE
                                                                                                MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                               ------------------------
                                                                                                  1998         1997
                                                                                               -----------  -----------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Historical--Pacific
  Basic net income (loss) per share.........................  $   (0.29) $   (1.42) $    0.15   $   (0.28)   $   (0.04)
  Diluted net income (loss) per share.......................      (0.29)     (1.42)      0.03       (0.28)       (0.04)
  Book value per share (1)..................................       0.37                              0.24
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                             -------------------------------
                                                               1997       1996       1995
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  AS OF AND FOR THE THREE
                                                                                               MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                              ------------------------
                                                                                                 1998         1997
                                                                                              -----------  -----------
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Unaudited Pro forma combined per share data (2):
  Pro forma basic and diluted loss per Hybrid share........  $   (3.77) $   (4.97) $   (1.85)  $   (0.48)   $   (1.50)
  Pro forma book value per Hybrid share....................       3.20                              2.68
Unaudited Equivalent pro forma combined per share data (3):
  Equivalent pro forma basic and diluted loss per Pacific
    share:
    -  at Low Ratio of .0688078............................  $   (0.26) $   (0.35) $   (0.13)  $   (0.03)   $   (0.11)
    -  at High Ratio of .1117959...........................      (0.41)     (0.54)     (0.20)      (0.05)       (0.16)
    -  at Assumed Ratio of .0894714........................      (0.34)     (0.44)     (0.17)      (0.04)       (0.13)
  Equivalent pro forma book value per Pacific share:
    -  at Low Ratio of .0688078............................       0.23                              0.19
    -  at High Ratio of .1117959...........................       0.35                              0.31
    -  at Assumed Ratio of .0894714........................       0.29                              0.24
</TABLE>
 
(1) The historical book value per share for Hybrid is computed by dividing
    stockholders' equity by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at
    the end of the period. The historical book value per share for Pacific is
    computed by dividing shareholders' equity by the number of shares of common
    stock and preferred stock outstanding at the end of each period.
 
(2) For purposes of this presentation, pro forma combined net loss per share
    data reflects Hybrid's per share data for the three years ended December 31,
    1997 and three months ended March 31, 1998 and Pacific's per share data for
    the three years ended September 30, 1997 and three months ended March 31,
    1998. The pro forma combined basic and diluted net loss per share data is
    based on the combined weighted average number of shares outstanding of
    Hybrid and Pacific for each period based on the Assumed Exchange Ratio of
    0.0894714 shares of Hybrid Common Stock for each share of Pacific Common
    Stock.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
                               HYBRID AND PACIFIC
                NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
 
                        FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
(3) The Pacific equivalent pro forma basic and diluted per share amounts are
    calculated by multiplying the combined pro forma per share data amounts by
    the Assumed Exchange Ratio of 0.0894714 shares of Hybrid Common Stock for
    each share of Pacific Capital Stock as well as the low and high range of
    0.0688078 and 0.1117959, respectively.
 
          ADDITIONAL MATTERS FOR CONSIDERATION OF HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS
 
    At the Hybrid Annual Meeting, the stockholders of Hybrid will also be asked
to (i) elect two Class I directors of Hybrid, each to serve from the time of
their election and qualification until the earlier of (A) their resignation,
which will occur upon the consummation of the Merger (whereupon the Hybrid Board
will appoint two directors of Pacific to replace such directors as Class I
directors on the Hybrid Board) or (B) the third annual meeting of stockholders
following election and until their successors have been elected and duly
qualified or until their respective earlier resignations or removal, (iii)
approve an amendment to Hybrid's 1997 Equity Incentive Plan to increase the
number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder by 500,000
shares, (iv) approve an amendment to Hybrid's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
to increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
thereunder by 100,000 shares and (v) ratify the selection of Coopers & Lybrand
L.L.P. as independent accountants for Hybrid for the fiscal year ending December
31, 1998.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
                                  INTRODUCTION
 
    This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is furnished in connection with the
solicitation of proxies to be used at the Hybrid Annual Meeting and the Pacific
Special Meeting. This Joint Proxy Statement/ Prospectus is also furnished by
Hybrid to Pacific shareholders in connection with the issuance of shares of
Hybrid Common Stock in connection with the Merger described herein.
 
    The information set forth herein concerning Hybrid and Merger Sub has been
furnished by Hybrid and the information set forth herein concerning Pacific has
been furnished by Pacific.
 
                           THE HYBRID ANNUAL MEETING
 
DATE, TIME, PLACE AND PURPOSE OF HYBRID ANNUAL MEETING
 
    The Hybrid Annual Meeting will be held at Hybrid's headquarters located at
10161 Bubb Road, Cupertino, California 95014 on May 28, 1998 at 10:00 A.M.,
local time.
 
    At the Hybrid Annual Meeting, stockholders of Hybrid will be asked to: (i)
approve and adopt the Reorganization Agreement and the Agreement of Merger,
attached hereto as Appendices A-1 and A-2, respectively, and the transactions
contemplated thereby and to approve the Merger, (ii) elect two Class I directors
of Hybrid, to serve from the time of their election and qualification until the
earlier of (A) their resignation, which will occur upon the consummation of the
Merger (whereupon the Hybrid Board will appoint two directors of Pacific to
replace such directors as Class I directors on the Hybrid Board of Directors),
or (B) the third annual meeting of stockholders following election and until
their respective successors have been elected and duly qualified or until their
respective earlier resignations or removals, (iii) approve an amendment to
Hybrid's 1997 Equity Incentive Plan to increase the number of shares of Common
Stock reserved for issuance thereunder by 500,000 shares, (iv) approve an
amendment to Hybrid's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan to increase the number
of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder by 100,000 shares and
(v) ratify the selection of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. as independent accountants
for Hybrid for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1998.
 
RECORD DATE AND OUTSTANDING SHARES
 
    Only holders of record of Hybrid Common Stock at the close of business on
the Hybrid Record Date are entitled to notice of and to vote at the Hybrid
Annual Meeting. As of the close of business on the Hybrid Record Date, there
were 10,410,050 shares of Hybrid Common Stock outstanding and entitled to vote,
held of record by 192 stockholders (although Hybrid has been informed that there
are in excess of 2,000 beneficial holders). Each Hybrid stockholder is entitled
to one vote for each share of Hybrid Common Stock held as of the Hybrid Record
Date.
 
VOTING OF PROXIES
 
    The Hybrid proxy accompanying this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is
solicited on behalf of the Board of Directors of Hybrid for use at the Hybrid
Annual Meeting. Hybrid stockholders are requested to complete, date and sign the
accompanying proxy and promptly return it in the enclosed envelope or otherwise
mail it to Hybrid. All properly executed proxies received by Hybrid prior to the
vote at the Hybrid Annual Meeting that are not revoked will be voted at the
Hybrid Annual Meeting in accordance with the instructions indicated on the
proxies or, if no direction is indicated, to approve and adopt the proposals
discussed above. A Hybrid stockholder who has given a proxy may revoke it at any
time before it is exercised at the Hybrid Annual Meeting, by (i) delivering to
the Secretary of Hybrid (by any means, including facsimile) a written notice,
bearing a date later than the date of the proxy, stating that the proxy is
revoked, (ii) signing and so delivering a proxy relating to the same shares and
bearing a date later than the proxy previously delivered, or (iii) attending the
Hybrid Annual Meeting and voting in person (although attendance at the Hybrid
Annual Meeting will not, by itself, revoke a proxy). Please note,
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
however, that if a stockholder's shares are held of record by a broker, bank or
other nominee and that stockholder wishes to vote at the Hybrid Annual Meeting,
the stockholder must bring to the Hybrid Annual Meeting a letter from the
broker, bank or other nominee confirming that stockholder's beneficial ownership
of the shares.
 
    It is not anticipated that any matter not referred to herein will be
presented for action at the Hybrid Annual Meeting. If any other matters are
properly brought before the Hybrid Annual Meeting, the persons named in the
proxies will have discretion to vote on such matters in accordance with their
best judgment.
 
VOTE REQUIRED
 
    The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares
of Hybrid Common Stock is required to approve and adopt the Reorganization
Agreement and the Agreement of Merger and to approve the Merger set forth in
Proposal No. 1.
 
    For Proposal No. 2, directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes of
the shares of Hybrid Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy at
the Hybrid Annual Meeting and entitled to vote on the election of the two Class
I directors. The affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of Hybrid Common
Stock represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the Hybrid
Annual Meeting is required to approve each of Proposal No. 3--the amendment of
Hybrid's 1997 Equity Incentive Plan, Proposal No. 4--the amendment of Hybrid's
1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and Proposal No. 5-- ratification of the
selection of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. as independent accountants for Hybrid for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998. The effectiveness of any of the
proposals to be voted upon at the Hybrid Annual Meeting is not conditioned upon
the approval of any of the other proposals by the Hybrid stockholders.
 
    On the Hybrid Record Date, directors and executive officers of Hybrid, and
their affiliated entities, as a group beneficially owned 1,395,709 shares of
Hybrid Common Stock or approximately 13.4% of the outstanding shares of Hybrid
Common Stock on such date. Affiliates of Hybrid, including certain of such
directors and executive officers of Hybrid, beneficially owning 1,384,512 shares
or 13.3% of the outstanding Hybrid Common Stock, have executed Voting
Agreements, pursuant to which they have agreed to vote such shares in favor of
the Merger and have executed irrevocable proxies with respect thereto. See
"PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF THE MERGER--VOTING AGREEMENTS."
 
    In addition, under the Reorganization Agreement, it is a condition to
Hybrid's obligation to complete the Merger that the holders of no more than 5%
of the outstanding shares of Pacific Capital Stock be eligible to exercise
dissenters' rights under the California Code.
 
QUORUM; ABSTENTIONS; BROKER NON-VOTES
 
    The required quorum for the transaction of business at the Hybrid Annual
Meeting is a majority of the shares of Hybrid Common Stock outstanding on the
Hybrid Record Date. Abstentions will be included in determining the number of
shares present and voting at the Hybrid Annual Meeting and will have the same
effect as votes against the proposals. With respect to Proposal No. 1, broker
non-votes will have the same effect as votes against the proposal. With respect
to Proposal Nos. 2, 3, 4 and 5 broker non-votes will not be counted for any
purpose in determining whether a proposal has been approved.
 
SOLICITATION OF PROXIES AND EXPENSES
 
    Hybrid will bear the cost of the solicitation of proxies in the enclosed
form from its stockholders. In addition to solicitation by mail, the directors,
officers and employees of Hybrid may solicit proxies from stockholders by
telephone, telegram, letter or in person. Following the original mailing of the
proxies and other soliciting materials, Hybrid will request brokers, custodians,
nominees and other record holders to
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
forward copies of the proxy and other soliciting materials to persons for whom
they hold shares of Hybrid Common Stock and to request authority for the
exercise of proxies. In such cases, Hybrid, upon the request of the record
holders, will reimburse such holders for their reasonable expenses.
 
APPRAISAL RIGHTS
 
    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, Hybrid stockholders are not
entitled to dissenters' rights or appraisal rights with respect to the proposed
Merger. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--APPROVAL OF THE MERGER--APPRAISAL AND
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS."
 
                          THE PACIFIC SPECIAL MEETING
 
DATE, TIME, PLACE AND PURPOSE OF PACIFIC SPECIAL MEETING
 
    The Pacific Special Meeting will be held at 10:00 A.M., local time, on May
28, 1998 at Pacific's headquarters located at 1308 Moffett Park Drive,
Sunnyvale, California 94089. At the Pacific Special Meeting, shareholders of
Pacific on the Pacific Record Date will be asked to consider and vote upon a
proposal to approve and adopt the Reorganization Agreement, the Agreement of
Merger and the Merger. The Reorganization Agreement and the Agreement of Merger
are attached hereto as Appendices A-1 and A-2, respectively. See "PROPOSAL NO.
1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF THE MERGER."
 
RECORD DATE AND OUTSTANDING SHARES
 
    Only holders of record of Pacific Common Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock
at the close of business on the Pacific Record Date are entitled to notice of
and to vote at the Pacific Special Meeting. As of the close of business on the
Pacific Record Date, there were 5,712,668 shares of Pacific Common Stock
outstanding and entitled to vote, held of record by 255 shareholders and
12,320,681 shares of Pacific Preferred Stock outstanding and entitled to vote,
held of record by 35 shareholders. Each Pacific shareholder is entitled to one
vote for each share of Pacific Common Stock and one vote for each share of
Pacific Preferred Stock held as of the Pacific Record Date.
 
VOTING OF PROXIES
 
    The Pacific proxy accompanying this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is
solicited on behalf of the Board of Directors of Pacific for use at the Pacific
Special Meeting. Pacific shareholders are requested to complete, date and sign
the accompanying proxy and promptly return it in the enclosed envelope or
otherwise mail it to Pacific. All properly executed proxies received by Pacific
prior to the vote at the Pacific Special Meeting that are not revoked will be
voted at the Pacific Special Meeting in accordance with the instructions
indicated on the proxies or, if no direction is indicated, to approve and adopt
the Reorganization Agreement, the Agreement of Merger and the Merger. A Pacific
shareholder who has given a proxy may revoke it at any time before it is
exercised at the Pacific Special Meeting, by (i) delivering to the Secretary of
Pacific (by any means, including facsimile) a written notice, bearing a date
later than the date of the proxy, stating that the proxy is revoked, (ii)
signing and so delivering a proxy relating to the same shares and bearing a date
later than the proxy previously delivered, or (iii) attending the Pacific
Special Meeting and voting in person (although attendance at the Pacific Special
Meeting will not, by itself, revoke a proxy).
 
    It is not anticipated that any matter not referred to herein will be
presented for action at the Pacific Special Meeting. If any other matters are
properly brought before the Pacific Special Meeting, the persons named in the
proxies will have discretion to vote on such matters in accordance with their
best judgment.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
VOTE REQUIRED
 
    Pursuant to the California Code and Pacific's Articles of Incorporation,
approval of the Merger requires the affirmative vote of at least a majority of
the outstanding shares of the Pacific Common Stock entitled to vote at the
Pacific Special Meeting, voting as a class, and at least 60% of the shares of
the Pacific Preferred Stock entitled to vote at the Special Meeting, voting as a
separate class. Since the required vote of the Pacific shareholders is based
upon the number of outstanding shares of Pacific Common Stock and Pacific
Preferred Stock rather than upon the shares actually voted in person or by proxy
at the Pacific Special Meeting, the failure by the holder of any such shares to
submit a proxy or to vote in person at the Pacific Special Meeting (including
abstentions) will have the same effect as a vote against approval and adoption
of the Reorganization Agreement, the Agreement of Merger and the Merger.
 
    Shareholders of Pacific beneficially owning 3,357,515 shares or 58.8% of the
outstanding Pacific Common Stock and 7,509,644 shares or 61.0% of the
outstanding Pacific Preferred Stock have executed Voting Agreements, pursuant to
which they have agreed to vote all such shares in favor of adoption and approval
of the Reorganization Agreement, the Agreement of Merger and for the Merger.
Accordingly, approval of the Reorganization Agreement, the Agreement of Merger
and the Merger at the Pacific Special Meeting is assured. However, it is a
condition to Hybrid's obligation to complete the Merger that the holders of no
more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Pacific Capital Stock be eligible to
exercise dissenters' rights.
 
QUORUM; ABSTENTIONS
 
    The required quorum for the transaction of business at the Pacific Special
Meeting is a majority of the shares of Pacific Common Stock and Pacific
Preferred Stock outstanding on the Pacific Record Date, either present in person
or represented by proxy. Abstentions will be included in determining the number
of shares present and voting at the Pacific Special Meeting and will have the
same effect as votes against the proposal. If an executed Pacific proxy is
returned and the shareholder has specifically abstained from voting on any
matter, the shares represented by such proxy will be considered present at the
Pacific Special Meeting for purposes of determining a quorum. Since the required
vote of the Pacific shareholders is based upon the number of outstanding shares
of Pacific Capital Stock, any abstentions will have the same effect as a vote
against approval and adoption of the Reorganization Agreement and the Agreement
of Merger and approval of the Merger.
 
SOLICITATION OF PROXIES AND EXPENSES
 
    Pacific will bear the cost of the solicitation of proxies in the enclosed
form from its shareholders. In addition to solicitation by mail, the directors,
officers and employees of Pacific may solicit proxies from shareholders by
telephone, telegram, letter or in person. Following the original mailing of the
proxies and other soliciting materials, Pacific will request custodians,
nominees and other record holders to forward copies of the proxy and other
soliciting materials to persons for whom they hold shares of Pacific Common
Stock and/or Pacific Preferred Stock and to request authority for the exercise
of proxies. In such cases, Pacific, upon the request of the record holders, will
reimburse such holders for their reasonable expenses.
 
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
 
    If the Merger is approved by the required vote of Pacific shareholders and
is not abandoned or terminated, each holder of Pacific Capital Stock who does
not vote in favor of the Merger and also follows the procedures set forth in
Sections 1300 through 1312 of the California Code, attached hereto as Appendix
C, will be entitled to have shares of Pacific Capital Stock purchased by Pacific
at their fair market value, determined as of the day before the first
announcement of the terms of the Merger and excluding any appreciation or
depreciation in consequence of the Merger and therefore valuing the shares
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
as if the Merger had not occurred. The failure of a dissenting Pacific
shareholder to timely and properly comply with such procedures will result in
the termination or waiver of such rights. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE
MERGER--APPROVAL OF THE MERGER--APPRAISAL AND DISSENTERS' RIGHTS."
 
                           PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    THE FOLLOWING FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED CAREFULLY IN EVALUATING THE
MATTERS TO BE VOTED ON AT THE HYBRID ANNUAL MEETING AND THE PACIFIC SPECIAL
MEETING AND THE ACQUISITION OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY. THIS JOINT PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES. WORDS SUCH AS "EXPECTS", "ANTICIPATES", "INTENDS", "PLANS",
"BELIEVES", "SEEKS", VARIATIONS OF SUCH WORDS AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE
INTENDED TO IDENTIFY THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. THE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS REFLECT THE BEST JUDGMENT OF THE MANAGEMENT OF HYBRID AND PACIFIC
BASED ON FACTORS CURRENTLY KNOWN AND INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. ACTUAL
RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE DISCUSSED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF CERTAIN FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH BELOW AND
ELSEWHERE IN THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.
 
RISKS RELATING TO THE MERGER
 
    GENERAL RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTEGRATION OF OPERATIONS.  Hybrid and Pacific
have entered into the Reorganization Agreement with the expectation that the
proposed Merger will result in long-term strategic benefits. These anticipated
benefits will depend in part on whether the companies' operations can be
integrated in an efficient and effective manner. There can be no assurance that
this will occur. The successful integration of Pacific with Hybrid will require,
among other things, integration of the companies' respective product offerings
and coordination of the companies' management, sales and marketing and research
and development efforts. It is possible that this integration will not be
accomplished smoothly or successfully, and that efforts to achieve integration
may require more time, expense and management attention than anticipated. The
diversion of the attention of management from day-to-day operations and any
difficulties encountered in the transition process could have an adverse impact
on the combined company's business, operating results or financial condition.
Disruption of the combined company's business might result from employee
uncertainty or lack of focus, as well as from customer or supplier confusion,
following announcement of the Merger. The process of combining the operations of
the two organizations could cause the interruption of, or a loss of momentum in,
the activities of either or both of the companies' businesses, which could have
an adverse effect on their combined operations. In addition, during the
pre-Merger and integration phase, competitors may try to recruit key employees
of Hybrid or Pacific and to gain a competitive advantage with Hybrid's or
Pacific's prospective and existing customers. Despite the efforts of the
combined company, it might not be able to retain key management, technical and
sales personnel.
 
    EXECUTION BY COMBINED SALES AND MARKETING FORCES.  The combined company may
experience disruption in sales and marketing as a result of attempting to
integrate Hybrid's and Pacific's sales force with its own, and may be unable to
effectively correct such disruption, or to successfully execute on its sales and
marketing objectives, even after the companies' respective sales and marketing
forces have been combined. In addition, sales models for the various products
that will make up the combined company's new product line may vary significantly
from product to product. Sales personnel not accustomed to the different
approaches required for products newly added to their portfolio may experience
delays and difficulties in selling these newly added products. Furthermore, it
may be difficult to retain key sales personnel during the period prior to and
after the effectiveness of the Merger. As a result, the combined company may be
unable to take full advantage of the combined sales forces' efforts, and the
sales approach and distribution channels of one company may be ineffective in
promoting the products of the other. Hybrid and Pacific also use a number of
distribution channels in the various geographic locations in which their
respective products are sold, and channel conflicts may develop following the
Merger.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    INTEGRATION OF PRODUCTS AND ENGINEERING TEAMS; DELAY IN DEVELOPMENT OF
INTEGRATED PRODUCTS.  After the Merger, the combined company plans to combine
its product offerings and to develop products to work together in integrated
suites. It is possible that such integration and development efforts will not be
accomplished in a timely manner or prove to be technologically infeasible. There
can be no assurance that either company will retain its key technical personnel,
that the engineering teams of the two companies will successfully cooperate and
realize any technological benefits, or that the focus on product integration and
extension efforts will not have an adverse effect on the development,
introduction or delivery of new or enhanced Hybrid or Pacific products. Any
delays that occur in the development and introduction of the integrated,
end-to-end, system solutions for high speed Internet access that Hybrid plans to
pursue following the Merger could have a materially adverse effect upon the
combined company's business, operating results or financial condition.
 
    FINANCIAL IMPACT OF FAILURE TO ACHIEVE SYNERGIES.  If the integration of
Hybrid's and Pacific's operations is not successful, or the combined company
does not achieve the operational efficiencies and other business synergies that
are anticipated or if such synergies are not achieved as quickly as may be
expected by financial analysts or at the level expected by financial analysts,
or if the effect of the Merger on earnings per share is not in line with the
expectation of financial analysts, the market price of Hybrid's Common Stock
will be significantly and adversely affected. See "RISKS RELATED TO HYBRID,
PACIFIC AND THE COMBINED COMPANY--POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE."
 
    RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH EFFECT OF MERGER ON SUPPLIERS, RESELLERS AND
CUSTOMERS; UNCERTAINTIES OF THE WIRELESS MARKET.  The announcement and
consummation of the Merger could cause suppliers, resellers and present and
potential customers of either company to delay or cancel orders for products as
a result of concerns and uncertainty over evolution, integration and support of
Hybrid's and Pacific's products following the Merger. The combined company's
combination of products and creation of integrated suites could cause present
and potential customers of Hybrid and Pacific to delay or cancel orders for
products. Such delays or cancellations of orders could have a material adverse
effect on the business, operating results or financial condition of Hybrid,
Pacific or the combined company. In particular, such delays or cancellations
could be expected to disrupt revenue and earnings, which in turn would have a
negative effect on the market price of Hybrid Common Stock. In addition,
Hybrid's focus on the broadband wireless market may increase following the
Merger, and there are uncertainties regarding the general economic condition of
that market. There is a risk that the financial condition of increasing numbers
of customers for the combined company's wireless products will adversely affect
such customers' ability or willingness to purchase or pay for those products,
thereby adversely affecting the combined company's business, results of
operation and financial condition.
 
    COSTS OF INTEGRATION; TRANSACTION EXPENSES.  Hybrid expects to incur a
charge of approximately $3.0 million to $3.5 million in the quarter in which the
Merger occurs in connection with the write-off of certain assets, personnel
severance costs, the cancellation and continuation of contractual obligations
and direct transaction fees for investment bankers, attorneys, accountants,
financial printing and other related charges. Actual costs may substantially
exceed such estimates, unanticipated expenses associated with the integration of
the two companies may arise, or Hybrid may incur additional material charges in
subsequent quarters to reflect additional costs associated with the integration
of the two companies. In addition, upon consummation of the Merger, the Company
will pay Pacific's indebtedness of approximately $2.0 million in bridge loans
(inclusive of accrued interest) made by principal shareholders of Pacific. Total
costs associated with the Merger are anticipated to result in an operating loss
and a net loss for Hybrid's quarter ending June 30, 1998 and for its fiscal year
ending December 31, 1998, and could negatively affect financial results in
future periods for the reasons discussed above.
 
    POSSIBLE NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING.  In the past, each of Hybrid and
Pacific has required substantial amounts of capital to design, develop, market,
sell and manufacture its products and to finance customer purchases by providing
extended payment terms and other accommodations and to fund continuing
operations. It is anticipated that these costs will continue. The combined
company's future
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to,
the evolution of the market for broadband access systems, the market acceptance
of the combined company's products, competitive pressure on the price of the
combined company's products, the levels at which the combined company maintains
inventory, the levels of promotion and marketing required to launch such
products and attain a competitive position in the marketplace, the extent to
which the combined company invests in new technology and improvements on its
existing technology, and the response of competitors to the combined company's
products. While Hybrid believes that available bank borrowings, existing cash
balances and funds generated from operations, if any, will provide the combined
company with sufficient funds to pay the costs referred to in "--COSTS OF
INTEGRATION; TRANSACTION EXPENSES" above and to finance its operations for at
least the next 12 months, to the extent that existing resources are insufficient
to fund the combined company's activities over the long-term, the combined
company may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or
debt financing or from other sources. The sale of additional equity or
convertible debt may result in additional dilution to Hybrid's stockholders, and
such securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of
the Hybrid Common Stock. To the extent that the combined company relies upon
debt financing, the combined company will incur the obligation to repay the
funds borrowed with interest and may become subject to covenants and
restrictions that restrict operating flexibility. No assurance can be given that
additional equity or debt financing will be available or that, if available, it
can be obtained on terms favorable to the combined company or its stockholders.
See "HYBRID MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS--LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES" and "PACIFIC
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS--LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES."
 
    SHORT TERM DILUTION OF INTEREST.  A number of shares and shares subject to
options and warrants equal to approximately 15.7% of Hybrid's outstanding Common
Stock (based on the Assumed Exchange Ratio of 0.0894714) will be issued or
subject to issuance to the securityholders of Pacific upon consummation of the
Merger and will cause a dilution of earnings per share which may negatively
impact Hybrid's stock price in the near term. If the Closing Price is less than
$6.46 (the assumed Closing Price used in computing the Assumed Exchange Ratio),
then more shares of Hybrid Common Stock will be issued or issuable in the
Merger; and if the Closing Price is more than $6.46, fewer shares of Hybrid
Common Stock will be issued or issuable in the Merger. At the Low Exchange
Ratio, approximately 14.3% of Hybrid's outstanding Common Stock would be issued
or issuable in the Merger, and at the High Exchange Ratio, approximately 23.2%
would be issued or issuable. Further, as a result of the antidilution provisions
of the $5.5 Million Debenture, the number of shares of Hybrid Common Stock
issuable upon conversion of the debenture (currently 513,433 shares) will be
increased by virtue of the Merger, and the amount of the increase depend upon
the per share market price of Hybrid Common Stock at the time of the Merger (the
lower the market price, the greater number of shares will be issuable upon
conversion of the debenture). For example, if the market price were $6.46 at the
time of the Merger, the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the
debenture would increase by approximately 338,000 shares; and if the market
price were $5.00, the number of shares issuable upon conversion would increase
by approximately 587,000 over the current amount. While Hybrid believes that the
dilution resulting from the Merger will be temporary and that the Merger will
ultimately be accretive to the combined company's earnings per share, there can
be no assurance that this will be the case or that Hybrid's stock price will not
continue to be negatively affected, or that actual results will be as expected.
 
    POOLING OF INTERESTS.  In order to qualify the Merger as a pooling of
interests for accounting and financial reporting purposes, affiliates of Hybrid
and Pacific have agreed not to sell, or otherwise reduce their risk with respect
to, any shares of stock, except for a de minimus number as defined by certain
SEC rules and regulations, of either Hybrid or Pacific during the period
beginning 30 days preceding the Effective Time and continuing until the day that
Hybrid publicly announces financial results covering at least 30 days of
combined operations of Hybrid and Pacific. If the Merger is completed and the
Effective Time occurs after May 1998, it is not expected that such combined
financial results would be published until mid to late October. If affiliates of
Hybrid or Pacific sell their Hybrid Common Stock despite their
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
contractual obligation not to do so, the Merger may not qualify for accounting
as a pooling of interests for financial reporting purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, which would in turn materially and
adversely affect Hybrid's reported earnings and, potentially, its stock price.
See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--APPROVAL OF THE MERGER--ACCOUNTING TREATMENT."
 
RISKS RELATING TO HYBRID, PACIFIC AND THE COMBINED COMPANY
 
    PACIFIC'S NEED FOR IMMEDIATE ADDITIONAL FINANCING.  Pacific is currently in
need of immediate additional capital to finance its operations and to meet its
short term liquidity needs. While Pacific is seeking additional financing up to
an approximate amount of $1.0 million, there can be no assurance that the
additional required financing will be available through equity offerings, bank
borrowings or otherwise, or that, if such financing is available, it will be
available on terms favorable to Pacific or its shareholders. If Pacific is
unable to secure financing prior to the consummation of the Merger, Pacific will
have to scale back sales and marketing and research and development efforts and
Pacific's business, financial condition and operating results will be materially
adversely affected.
 
    LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; HISTORY OF LOSSES.  Hybrid was organized in 1990
and has experienced operating losses each year since that time. As of March 31,
1998, Hybrid had an accumulated deficit of approximately $34.6 million. Because
Hybrid and the market for broadband access through wireless and cable modems are
still in an emerging stage, there can be no assurance that the combined company
will ever achieve profitability on a quarterly or an annual basis or will
sustain profitability once achieved. Hybrid began shipment of its first
products, the Series 1000 product line in 1994 and sold only minimal quantities
before replacing them with its Series 2000 product line, which was first shipped
in October 1996. The revenue and profit potential of Hybrid's business and the
industry is unproven, and Hybrid's limited operating history makes the combined
company's future operating results difficult to predict. Pacific also has a
history of losses, and as of March 31, 1998, Pacific had an accumulated deficit
of $25.2 million. The growth and future success of the combined company will be
substantially dependent upon broadband wireless system operators, cable system
operators and ISPs adopting its technologies, purchasing its products and
selling its client modems to wireless, cable and ISP subscribers. Hybrid has had
limited experience selling its products to broadband wireless system operators,
cable system operators, ISPs and other businesses, and there are many
impediments to its being able to do so. See "--INEXPERIENCE IN EMERGING MARKET."
The market for Hybrid's products has only recently begun to develop, is rapidly
changing and is characterized by an increasing number of competitors and
competing technologies. Certain competitors of Hybrid and Pacific currently
offer more price competitive products. In the event that Hybrid's or Pacific's
current or future competitors release new products or technologies with more
advanced features, better performance or lower prices than Hybrid's or Pacific's
current or future products, demand for the combined company's products would
decline. See "--COMPETITION." Failure of the combined company's products to
achieve market acceptance could have a material adverse effect on the combined
company's business, operating results or financial condition. Although Hybrid
has experienced significant growth in net sales in the past year , Hybrid does
not believe that its growth rate during the past year is sustainable or
indicative of future operating results. For the three months ended March 31,
1998, Hybrid's net sales declined by 31% from its net sales for the three months
ended December 31, 1997. In addition, Hybrid has had negative gross margins in
past periods, and there can be no assurance that any growth in net sales will
result in positive gross profits or operating profits. Pacific's revenue
declined from the first quarter of fiscal 1997 to the first quarter of fiscal
1998 due to a decline in customer demand for its broadband wireless video
downconverts and decoders. Future operating results of the combined company will
depend on many factors, including the growth of the wireless and cable modem
system markets, demands for the Series 2000 and future product lines, demand for
Pacific's product lines, purchasing decisions by wireless and cable companies
and their subscribers, the level of product and price competition, market
acceptance of competing technologies to deliver high speed Internet access,
evolving industry standards, the ability of the combined company to develop and
market new products and control costs, general economic conditions and other
factors. The combined company believes that it will continue to
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
experience net losses for the foreseeable future. See "HYBRID MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."
 
    FLUCTUATIONS IN OPERATING RESULTS; ABSENCE OF SIGNIFICANT BACKLOG;
CONTINUING DECLINE OF AVERAGE SELLING PRICES.  Each of Hybrid and Pacific has
experienced, and the combined company expects to continue to experience,
significant fluctuations in its results of operations on a quarterly and an
annual basis. Historically, Hybrid's and Pacific's quarterly net sales have been
unpredictable due to a number of factors. Factors that have influenced Hybrid
and Pacific and that will continue to influence the combined company's results
of operations in a particular period include: the size and timing of customers
orders and subsequent shipments, particularly with respect to Hybrid's headend
equipment and Pacific's downconverters and antennas; customer order deferrals in
anticipation of new products or technologies; timing of product introductions or
enhancements by the combined company or its competitors; market acceptance of
new products; technological changes in the cable, wireless and
telecommunications industries; competitive pricing pressures; the effects of
extended payment terms, promotional pricing, service, marketing or other terms
offered to customers; accuracy of customer forecasts of end-user demand; changes
in the combined company's operating expenses; personnel changes; quality control
of products sold; regulatory changes; customers' capital spending; delays of
orders by customers; customers' delay in or failure to pay accounts receivable;
and general economic conditions. For example, for the three months ended March
31, 1998, Hybrid's net sales declined 31% from its net sales for the three
months ended December 31, 1997, and Hybrid recorded a $800,000 sales return
reserve. Further, Hybrid increased its reserves for doubtful accounts in the
fourth quarter of 1997 and the first quarter of 1998 by $500,000 and $450,000,
respectively. See "HYBRID'S MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS." In addition, the inability to obtain
components from suppliers or manufacturers has adversely affected Hybrid's and
Pacific's operating results in the past and may materially adversely affect the
combined company's operating results in the future. For example, in the second
quarter and a portion of the third quarter of 1997, Hybrid did not receive the
full shipment of modems anticipated from Sharp Corporation ("SHARP"), its
primary modem manufacturer, because of technical delays in product integration.
As a result, Hybrid was unable to fill all customer orders for the second
quarter. While such problems have since been resolved, there can be no assurance
that the combined company will not experience similar supply problems in the
future with respect to Sharp or any other supplier or manufacturer.
 
    The timing and volume of customer orders are difficult to forecast because
wireless and cable companies typically require delivery of products within 30
days, thus a substantial majority of Hybrid's and Pacific's net sales are
typically booked and shipped in the same quarter. Accordingly, net sales for
Hybrid and Pacific for any future quarter are difficult to predict. Hybrid, at
any given time, has a limited backlog of orders and currently has no backlog.
Further, sales are generally made pursuant to purchase orders, which can be
rescheduled, reduced or canceled with little or no penalty. Historically, a
substantial majority of Hybrid's and Pacific's net sales in a given quarter have
been recorded in the third month of the quarter, with a concentration of such
net sales in the last two weeks of the quarter. Because of the relatively large
dollar size of Hybrid's and Pacific's typical transaction, any delay in the
closing of a transaction can have a significant impact on the combined company's
operating results for a particular period. See "--LENGTHY SALES CYCLE."
 
    Historically, average selling prices ("ASPS") in the wireless and cable
systems industry have decreased over the life of individual products and
technologies. In the past, each of Hybrid and Pacific has experienced decreases
in unit ASPs of each of its products. The combined company anticipates that unit
ASPs of its products will continue to decrease, which would cause continuing
downward pressure on the gross margins for these products. Hybrid's gross
margins are also impacted by the sales mix of points of presence headend
equipment ("POPS" or "HEADENDS") and modems. Hybrid's single-user modems
generally have lower margins than its multi-user modems, both of which have
lower margins than Hybrid's headends. Due to current customer demand, Hybrid
anticipates that the sales mix of modems will continue to be weighted toward
lower-margin single-user modems in the foreseeable future. See "--NEED TO REDUCE
COST
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
OF CLIENT MODEMS, DOWN CONVERTERS, ANTENNAS AND VIDEO DECODERS" below and
"HYBRID MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS."
 
    LENGTHY SALES CYCLE.  The sale of Hybrid's and Pacific's products typically
involves a significant technical evaluation and commitment of capital and other
resources, with the delays frequently associated with customers' internal
procedures to approve large capital expenditures, to engineer deployment of new
technologies within their networks and to test and accept new technologies that
affect key operations. For these and other reasons, the sales cycle associated
with Hybrid's and Pacific's products is typically lengthy, generally lasting
three to nine months and is subject to a number of significant risks, including
customers' budgetary constraints and internal acceptance reviews, that are
beyond control of Hybrid or Pacific, as the case may be. Because of the lengthy
sales cycle and the large size of customers' orders, if orders forecasted for a
specific customer for a particular quarter are not realized in that quarter or
any significant customer delays payment or fails to pay, the combined company's
operating results for that quarter could be materially adversely affected. See
"--FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS; ABSENCE OF SIGNIFICANT BACKLOG;
CONTINUING DECLINE OF AVERAGE SELLING PRICES" above, and "HYBRID MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS," and
"PACIFIC MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS."
 
    DEPENDENCE ON RECENTLY INTRODUCED PRODUCTS AND PRODUCTS UNDER DEVELOPMENT;
RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE.  The market for high speed Internet access products
is characterized by rapidly changing technologies and short product life cycles.
Prior to October 1996, substantially all of Hybrid's product sales were
attributable to its Series 1000 product line. In October 1996, Hybrid introduced
its Series 2000 product line (which replaced the Series 1000 product line).
Hybrid is currently generating, and expects to continue to generate in the near
term, substantially all of its net sales from its Series 2000 product line and
related support and networking services. To date, substantially all products
sold have been for telephone return based systems and have involved single-user
modems. Since the Series 2000 products have been subject to only limited
single-user testing, the reliability, performance and market acceptance of
Hybrid's products are uncertain, and there is increased risk that the products
will be affected by problems beyond those that are generally associated with new
products. The failure of the current generation of products to perform
acceptably in certain beta test situations has caused Hybrid to make engineering
changes to such products, and Hybrid continues to modify the designs of its
products in an attempt to increase their reliability and performance. From time
to time, Pacific has also been required to make engineering changes to its
products and to modify the designs of its products in an attempt to increase
their reliability and performance. There can be no assurance that engineering
and product design efforts of the combined company will be successful. The
combined company's future success will depend in part upon its ability to
develop, introduce and market new products or enhancements to existing products
in a timely manner and to respond to competitive pressures, changing industry
standards or technological advances. For example, in the quarter ended March 31,
1998, Hybrid began offering products for two-way cable transmission using QPSK
technology in response to customer requirements. In addition, Hybrid and Pacific
are developing products for two-way broadband wireless transmission. There can
be no assurance that the combined company will successfully develop or introduce
new products, or that any new products will achieve market acceptance. Any
failure to release new products or to fix, upgrade or redesign existing products
on a timely basis could have a material adverse effect on the combined company's
business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, as the
combined company introduces new products that cause existing products to become
obsolete, the combined company could experience inventory writeoffs, which could
have a material adverse effect on the combined company's business, operating
results and financial condition. For example, to the extent that customers
demand two-way products, demand for the combined company's wireless and cable
systems that utilize telephone return could be adversely affected. See "BUSINESS
OF HYBRID--PRODUCTS, TECHNOLOGY AND SERVICES" and "--RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT".
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    COMPETING TECHNOLOGIES AND EVOLVING INDUSTRY STANDARDS.  The market for high
speed Internet access products is characterized by competing technologies,
evolving industry standards and frequent new product introductions. Market
acceptance of alternative wired technologies, such as Integrated Services
Digital Network ("ISDN") or Digital Subscriber Line ("XDSL"), or wireless
technologies, such as DBS, could decrease the demand for the combined company's
products or render such products obsolete if such alternatives are viewed as
providing faster access, greater reliability or improved cost-effectiveness. In
particular, it is possible that the perceived high speed access advantage
provided by broadband wireless and cable systems may be undermined by the need
to share bandwidth, which results in the reduction in individual throughput
speeds. In addition, the emergence or evolution of industry standards, through
either adoption by official standards committees or widespread use by broadband
wireless system operators, cable system operators or telephone companies
("TELCOS"), could require the combined company to redesign its products to meet
such standards, resulting in delays in the introduction of such products. For
instance, Hybrid's products are not in full compliance with the DAVIC
specifications that are supported in Europe or the versions of the MCNS
specifications or IEEE standards. Cable customers and competitors are giving
increased emphasis to the value of compliance with MCNS specifications. If such
standards do become widespread and Hybrid's products are not in compliance,
Hybrid's customers and potential customers may refuse to purchase Hybrid's
products, materially adversely affecting the combined company's business,
operating results and financial condition. Further, Hybrid's products are not
compatible with headend equipment and modems of other suppliers of broadband
Internet access products. As a result, potential customers who wish to purchase
broadband Internet access products from multiple suppliers may be reluctant to
purchase Hybrid's products. The rapid development of new competing technologies
and standards increases the risk that current or new competitors could develop
products that would reduce the competitiveness of the combined company's
products. Market acceptance of new technologies or the failure of the combined
company to develop and introduce new products or enhancements directed at new
industry standards could have a material adverse effect on the combined
company's business, operating results or financial condition. See "BUSINESS OF
HYBRID--COMPETITION."
 
    INEXPERIENCE IN EMERGING MARKET.  Broadband wireless system operators, cable
system operators, distributors and other customers may prefer to purchase
products from larger, more established manufacturing companies, including
certain of Hybrid's or Pacific's competitors, that can demonstrate the
capability to supply large volumes of products on short notice. In addition,
many broadband wireless system operators, cable system operators and other
customers may be reluctant to adopt technologies that have not gained wide
acceptance among their industry peers. Certain competitors of Hybrid and Pacific
have already established relationships in the market, further limiting Hybrid's
and Pacific's ability to sell products to such potential customers. While each
of Hybrid and Pacific has sold products to certain broadband wireless system
operators, cable system operators and other customers, most of these sales are
not based on long-term contracts and such customers may terminate their
relationships with Hybrid or Pacific, as the case may be, at any time. Further,
Hybrid's and Pacific's contracts generally do not contain significant minimum
purchase requirements. In addition, in order to address the needs and
competitive factors facing the broadband access market sales, each of Hybrid and
Pacific has offered, and in the future the combined company may need to offer,
extended payment, pricing, service, marketing or other promotional terms which
could have a material adverse effect on the combined company's business,
operating results or financial condition. For example, Hybrid increased its
reserves for doubtful accounts in the fourth quarter of 1997 due to the
assessment of the risk associated with the slow pay of several customers, which
adversely affected operating results. If the combined company is unable to
market and sell its products to a significant number of cable system operators,
broadband wireless system operators and other customers, or if such entities
should cease doing business with Hybrid or Pacific, as the case may be, the
combined company's business, operating results or financial condition could be
materially adversely affected. See "BUSINESS OF HYBRID--CUSTOMERS."
 
    LIMITED PENETRATION OF TWO-WAY CABLE; DEPENDENCE ON CABLE OPERATOR
INSTALLATIONS.  Although wired cable systems pass a significant percentage of
U.S. households, very few of those households are currently
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
served by cable plants that support two-way data access. Further, a limited
number of businesses, a major target market for Hybrid, currently have cable
access. To support upstream data on existing Hybrid fiber coax ("HFC") cable
plants, a cable operator must install two-way amplifiers in the cable network to
use the portion of the cable spectrum allocated for upstream use. There can be
no assurance that cable system operators will choose to upgrade existing cable
systems or provide new cable systems with two-way capability. In particular,
certain large cable system operators have announced their intention to slow or
halt plans to upgrade existing cable systems. Adding upstream capabilities to
new or existing cable systems is expensive and generally requires portions of
existing systems to be unavailable during the installation process. Cable system
operators may decide to wait for the next generation of wire infrastructure,
such as optical fiber, before deciding whether to provide two-way communication.
The Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") has required cable system
operators to dedicate the frequency spectrum from 5 MHz to 42 MHz for upstream
transmissions, but this portion of spectrum is more susceptible to ingress noise
and other impairments and, because it is small in comparison to the downstream
portion, it can support only a more limited bandwidth. Due to a scarcity of
channels, cable system operators have been and may continue to be reluctant to
dedicate a portion of their frequency spectrum to new uses such as those for
which Hybrid's products are designed. Consequently, Hybrid expects that upstream
data traffic on cable systems will be limited to narrow or congested parts of
the spectrum, thus limiting the number of potential simultaneous users. If cable
system operators do not install two-way capability on their cable systems in a
timely fashion or if such operators do not dedicate sufficient frequency
spectrum for upstream traffic, the use of cable for upstream data traffic will
be limited. Any such limitation could have a material adverse effect on the
combined company's business, operating results and financial condition. See
"BUSINESS OF HYBRID--CUSTOMERS."
 
    DEPENDENCE ON BROADBAND WIRELESS SYSTEM OPERATORS.  Hybrid depends on
broadband wireless system operators to purchase its wireless modem products and
to sell its client wireless modems to end-users. Pacific also depends on
broadband wireless system operators to purchase its downconverters, antennas and
video encoding systems. Approximately 50.6% and 27.8% of Hybrid's net sales in
1997 and the first quarter of 1998, respectively, were attributable to customers
in the broadband wireless industry. Many broadband wireless system companies are
in the early stage of development or are in need of significant capital to
upgrade and expand their services in order to compete effectively with cable
system operators, satellite TV and telcos. Many of these broadband wireless
system companies in need of such significant capital have had difficulties
financing their businesses and are under-capitalized. Accordingly, to address
the needs of and competitive factors facing these customers, each of Hybrid and
Pacific on occasion has provided certain broadband wireless system operators and
other customers extended payment, promotional pricing or other terms which could
have, and in the case of Hybrid have had, a material adverse effect on the
combined company's business, operating results and financial condition. See
"HYBRID MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS." The principal disadvantage of wireless cable is that it requires
a direct line of sight between the wireless cable system operator's antenna and
the customer's location. Therefore, despite a typical range of up to 35 miles, a
number of factors, such as buildings, trees or uneven terrain, can interfere
with reception, thus limiting broadband wireless system operators' customer
bases. It is estimated that there are only approximately 1.0 million wireless
cable customers in the United States today. In addition, current technical and
legislative restrictions have limited the number of analog channels that
wireless cable companies can offer to 33. In order to better compete with cable
system operators, satellite TV and telcos, broadband wireless system operators
have begun to examine the implementation of both digital TV and Internet access
to create new revenue streams. To the extent that such operators choose to
invest in digital TV, such decision will limit the amount of capital available
for investment in deploying other services, such as Internet access. Broadband
wireless system operators will require substantial capital to introduce and
market Internet access products. There can be no assurance that broadband
wireless system operators will have the capital or be able to obtain the
financing necessary to supply Internet services in a competitive environment. In
addition, there can be no assurance that the broadband wireless system
operators' current customer bases have significant interest in high speed
Internet connectivity at a price greater than that offered by telcos or that
broadband wireless
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
system operators can attract customers, particularly in the business community,
which have not traditionally subscribed to wireless cable services. Moreover, to
the extent that broadband wireless systems operators shift their focus and
spending from video delivery to high speed Internet access, sales of Pacific's
current products could be materially adversely impacted. While broadband
wireless system operators are currently utilizing telephone return for upstream
data transmission, Hybrid believes that wireless operators will demand two-way
wireless transmission as more of these entities obtain licenses for additional
frequencies. Currently, Hybrid and Pacific are developing products to satisfy
the two-way transmission needs of the broadband wireless system operators. There
can be no assurance that the combined company will be successful in such
development efforts, or if successful, that the product will be developed on a
timely basis. The failure of the combined company's products to gain market
acceptance could have a material adverse effect on the combined company's
business, operating results or financial condition. See "BUSINESS OF HYBRID" and
"BUSINESS OF PACIFIC."
 
    DEPENDENCE ON CABLE SYSTEM OPERATORS.  Hybrid depends on cable system
operators to purchase its cable modem systems and to sell its client cable
modems to end-users. Cable system operators have a limited number of programming
channels over which they can offer services, and there can be no assurance that
they will choose to provide Internet access. Even if cable system operators
choose to provide Internet access, there can be no assurance that they would
provide such access over anything other than that portion of their cable system
that has two-way cable transmission capabilities. In addition, there can be no
assurance that if such cable system operators provide Internet access, they
would use Hybrid's products. Hybrid began selling in the first quarter of 1998 a
two-way cable transmission solution utilizing the QPSK technology required by
cable system operators, but there can be no assurance that Hybrid will be
successful in such efforts or that once introduced such products will gain
market acceptance. While many cable system operators are in the process of
upgrading, or have announced their intention to upgrade, their HFC cable
infrastructures to provide increased quality and speed of transmission and, in
certain cases, two-way transmission capabilities, some cable operators have
delayed their planned upgrades indefinitely. Cable system operators have limited
experience with these upgrades, and investments in upgrades have placed a
significant strain on the financial, managerial, operational and other resources
of the cable system operators, most of which are already highly leveraged and
facing intense competition from telcos, satellite TV and broadband wireless
system operators. Because of the substantial capital cost of upgrading cable
systems for high quality and two-way data transmission, it is uncertain whether
such cable upgrades and additional services, such as Internet access, will be
offered in the near term, or at all. For example, to increase television
programming capacity to compete with other modes of multichannel entertainment
delivery systems, cable system operators may choose to roll out digital set-top
boxes, which do not support high speed Internet access. Cable system operators
may not have the capital required to upgrade their infrastructure or to offer
new services that require substantial start-up costs. In addition, Hybrid is
highly dependent on cable system operators to continue to maintain their cable
infrastructure in such a manner that Hybrid will be able to provide consistently
high performance and reliable service. Therefore, the success and future growth
of the combined company's business is subject to economic and other factors
affecting the cable television industry generally, particularly the industry's
ability to finance substantial capital expenditures. See "BUSINESS OF
HYBRID--INDUSTRY BACKGROUND" and "--CUSTOMERS."
 
    CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION.  To date, a small number of customers has accounted
for a substantial portion of each of Hybrid's and Pacific's net sales. Hybrid
expects that net sales from the sale of its Series 2000 products to a small
number of customers will continue to account for a substantial portion of its
net sales for the foreseeable future. Pacific also expects that sales to a small
number of customers will continue to account for a substantial portion of its
net sales. Each of Hybrid and Pacific expect that its largest customers in
future periods could be different from its largest customers in prior periods
due to a variety of factors, including customers' deployment schedules and
budget and regulatory considerations. In addition, the mix of Hybrid's
customers, whether cable, wireless, ISPs or distributors, has changed from
quarter to quarter. As a result, each of Hybrid and Pacific has experienced, and
expects to continue to experience, significant fluctuations in its results of
operations on a quarterly and annual basis. Because
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
limited numbers of cable system operators and broadband wireless system
operators account for a majority of capital equipment purchases in their
respective markets, the combined company's future success will depend upon its
ability to establish and maintain relationships with these companies. Further,
during the latter part of 1997 and the first quarter of 1998 Hybrid has
increased its sales through distributors and value added resellers. During the
first quarter of 1998, Hybrid recorded an $800,000 sales return reserve for
potential adjustments to inventory held by distributors and value added
resellers. While these customers do not have the contractual right to require
product returns or stock rotation, Hybrid considered it prudent to reserve for
requested returns which it would consider accepting in light of current market
weakness. See "HYBRID MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS." In addition, as the market for high speed
Internet and corporate intranet access over broadband wireless and cable systems
continues to evolve, the composition of companies participating in this market
will continue to change. For instance, in 1994, 1995 and 1996, Intel Corporation
("INTEL") accounted for 59.6%, 51.6% and 20.7%, respectively, of Hybrid's net
sales. From 1994 to 1996, Intel manufactured certain products based on Hybrid's
design and jointly marketed Hybrid's products with its own. However, in 1996
Intel stopped purchasing products from Hybrid as it scaled back its direct
participation in the wireless and cable market, though it continues to be a
significant stockholder of Hybrid and maintains certain licensing and
manufacturing rights to certain of Hybrid's products. Should Intel decide to
purchase or support designs or products from competitors of Hybrid it could have
a material adverse effect on the combined company's business, operating results
and financial condition. In the year ended September 30, 1996, two customers
accounted for 35.7% and 12.4% of Pacific's net sales, respectively, and in the
year ended September 30, 1997, two customers accounted for 30.4% and 21.5%,
respectively, of Pacific's net sales. In the six months ended March 31, 1998,
four customers accounted for 31.3%, 13.6%, 11.5% and 10.1%, respectively, of
Pacific's net sales. The loss of any one of Hybrid's or Pacific's major
customers could have a material adverse effect on the combined company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, Hybrid's and
Pacific's customers include companies in the early stage of development or in
need of capital to upgrade or expand their services. Accordingly, in order to
address the needs of and competitive factors facing the emerging broadband
access markets, each of Hybrid and Pacific on occasion has provided customers
extended payment, promotional pricing or other terms. The provision of extended
payment terms, or the extension of promotional payment, pricing or other terms
can have a material adverse effect on the combined company's business, operating
results or financial condition. For example, Hybrid increased its reserves for
doubtful accounts in the fourth quarter of 1997 and first quarter of 1998 by
$500,000 and $450,000, respectively, due to the assessment of the risk
associated with the slow pay of several customers which adversely affected
operating results. Two of Hybrid's customers accounted for 16.7% and 13.2%,
respectively, of Hybrid's accounts receivable for the three months ended March
31, 1998, and one of Pacific's customers accounted for 35.8% for the three
months ended March 31, 1998. The combined company's future success will depend
in significant part upon the decision of Hybrid's and Pacific's current and
prospective customers to continue to purchase products from the combined
company. There can be no assurance that Hybrid's or Pacific's current customers
will continue to place orders with the combined company or that the combined
company will be able to obtain orders from new customers. If orders from current
customers of Hybrid or Pacific are canceled, decreased or delayed, or the
combined company fails to obtain significant orders from new customers, or any
significant customer delays payment or fails to pay, the combined company's
business, operating results or financial condition could be materially adversely
affected. Further, Hybrid's headend equipment does not operate with other
companies' models and, accordingly, Hybrid is typically a sole source provider
to its customers. As a result, the combined company's operating results could be
materially and adversely affected if a major customer of Hybrid or Pacific were
to implement other technologies that impact the future utilization of Hybrid's
and Pacific's products. See "BUSINESS OF HYBRID--CUSTOMERS" and "BUSINESS OF
PACIFIC--CUSTOMERS."
 
    COMPETITION.  The market for high speed network connectivity products and
services is intensely competitive. The principal competitive factors in this
market include product performance and features (including speed of transmission
and upstream transmission capabilities), reliability, price, size and stability
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
of operations, breadth of product line, sales and distribution capability,
technical support and service, relationships with broadband wireless system
operators, cable system operators and ISPs, standards compliance and general
industry and economic conditions. Certain of these factors are outside of
Hybrid's and Pacific's control. The existing conditions in the high speed
network connectivity market could change rapidly and significantly as a result
of technological changes, and the development and market acceptance of
alternative technologies could decrease the demand for Hybrid's or Pacific's
products or render them obsolete. Similarly, the continued emergence or
evolution of industry standards or specifications may put the combined company
at a disadvantage in relation to its competitors.
 
    Hybrid's current and potential competitors include providers of asymmetric
cable modems, other types of cable modems and other broadband access products.
Most of Hybrid's competitors are substantially larger and have greater
financial, technical, marketing, distribution, customer support and other
resources, as well as greater name recognition and access to customers than
Hybrid. In addition, many of Hybrid's competitors are in a better position to
withstand any significant reduction in capital spending by cable or broadband
wireless system operators. Certain of Hybrid's competitors have established
relationships with cable system operators and telcos and, based on these
relationships, may have more direct access to the personnel of such cable system
operators and telcos that are responsible for making purchasing decisions. In
addition, Hybrid could face potential competition from certain of its suppliers,
such as Sharp if it were to develop or license modems for sale to others. In
addition, suppliers such as Cisco Systems, which manufactures routers, could
become competitors should they decide to enter Hybrid's market directly.
Stanford Telecom, which manufacturers QPSK components and is the sole supplied
for certain components used in Hybrid's products, has become a competitor for at
least one of Hybrid's products in the broadband wireless market. There can be no
assurance that Hybrid will be able to compete effectively in its target markets.
 
    The principal competitors in the wireless modem market are Bay Networks,
Harmonic Lightwaves through its acquisition of New Media Communications,
Motorola, NextLevel Systems and Stanford Telecom.
 
    The principal competitors in the cable modem market include Bay Networks,
Motorola, NextLevel Systems and 3Com and its subsidiary U.S. Robotics. Other
cable modem competitors include Cisco Systems, Com21, Hayes Microcomputer
Products, Phasecom, Scientific-Atlanta, Terayon, Toshiba and Zenith Electronics,
as well as a number of smaller, more specialized companies. Certain competitors
have entered into partnerships with computer networking companies that may give
such competitors greater visibility in this market. For example, Cisco Systems
has announced intentions to develop solutions based on the Multimedia Cable
Network System ("MCNS") standard with several cable modem vendors and in
December 1997 announced an MCNS-compliant integrated router and cable modem to
offer high-speed Internet access. Certain of Hybrid's competitors have already
introduced or announced high speed connectivity products that are priced lower
than Hybrid's, and certain other competitors are more focused on and experienced
in selling and marketing two-way cable transmission products. There can be no
assurance that additional competitors will not introduce new products that will
be priced lower, provide superior performance or achieve greater market
acceptance than Hybrid's products.
 
    Pacific's current competitors include other providers of downconverters,
antennas and video encoding systems such as California Amplifier, Inc., Conifer
Corporation, Trans-Systems, Inc. and TeleLynx, Inc. Pacific's potential
competitors include providers of cable modems, such as Motorola, Inc., General
Instrument, Scientific-Atlanta, Bay Networks and 3Com. Most of Pacific's future
and potential competitors are substantially larger and have significantly
greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution, customer support and
other resources than Pacific, as well as greater name recognition and access to
customers than Pacific. In addition, many of Pacific's competitors are in a
better position to withstand any significant reduction in capital spending by
cable or broadband wireless system operators. Certain of Pacific's competitors
have established relationships with current and potential customers of Pacific's
products, and based on those relationships, may have more direct access to the
personnel of such current and potential customers that are responsible for
making purchasing decisions. There can be no assurance that current or potential
competitors will not introduce new products that will be priced lower, provide
superior performance or achieve greater market acceptance than Pacific's
products. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that Pacific will be able to
compete effectively in its target markets, even after the Merger.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
    To be successful, Hybrid's Series 2000 products must achieve market
acceptance, and the combined company must respond promptly and effectively to
the challenges of new competitive products and tactics, alternate technologies,
technological changes and evolving industry standards. The combined company must
continue to develop products with improved performance over two-way cable
transmission facilities and with the ability to perform over two-way wireless
transmission facilities. There can be no assurance that the combined company
will meet these challenges, that it will be able to compete successfully against
current or future competitors, or that the competitive pressures faced by the
combined company will not materially and adversely affect the combined company's
business, operating results or financial condition. Further, as a strategic
response to changes in the competitive environment, the combined company may
make certain promotional pricing, service, marketing or other decisions or enter
into acquisitions or new ventures that could have a material adverse effect on
the combined company's business, operating results or financial condition.
 
    Broadband wireless and cable system operators face competition from
providers of alternative high speed connectivity systems. In the wireless high
speed access market, broadband wireless system operators compete with satellite
TV providers. In telephony networks, xDSL technology enables high speed data to
be transmitted through existing telephone lines to the home. Recently, several
companies, including Compaq, Intel, Microsoft, 3Com, Alcatel, Lucent, several
RBOCs, MCI and others announced the formation of a group focused on accelerating
the pace of ADSL service. In the event that any competing architecture or
technology were to limit or halt the deployment of coaxial or HFC systems, the
combined company's business, operating results and financial condition would be
materially adversely affected. See "BUSINESS OF HYBRID--COMPETITION" and
"BUSINESS OF PACIFIC--COMPETITION."
 
    NEED TO REDUCE COST OF CLIENT MODEMS, DOWNCONVERTERS, ANTENNAS AND VIDEO
DECODERS.  The list prices for the Series 2000 client modems currently range
from approximately $440 to $795, depending upon features and volume purchased.
Customers wishing to purchase client modems generally must also purchase an
Ethernet adapter for their computer. These prices make Hybrid's products
relatively expensive for the consumer electronics and the small office or home
office markets. Market acceptance of Hybrid's products, and the combined
company's future success, will depend in significant part on reductions in the
unit cost of Hybrid's client modems. Certain of Hybrid's competitors currently
offer products at prices lower than those for Hybrid's modems. While Hybrid has
initiated cost reduction programs to offset pricing pressures on its products,
there can be no assurance that these cost reduction efforts will keep pace with
competitive pricing pressures or lead to improved gross margins. If the combined
company is unable to obtain cost reductions, its gross margins and profitability
will be adversely affected. To address continuing competitive and pricing
pressures, Hybrid expects that it will have to reduce the cost of manufacturing
client modems significantly through design and engineering changes. Such changes
may involve redesigning Hybrid's products to utilize more highly integrated
components and more automated manufacturing techniques. Hybrid has entered into
high-volume purchase and supply agreements with Sharp and Itochu Corporation
("ITOCHU") and may evaluate the use of low-cost third party suppliers and
manufacturers to further reduce costs. There can be no assurance that the
combined company will be successful in redesigning its products or using more
automated manufacturing techniques, that a redesign can be made on a timely
basis and without introducing significant errors and product defects, or that a
redesign will result in sufficient cost reductions to allow the combined company
to reduce the list price of Hybrid's client modems. Moreover, there can be no
assurance that additional volume purchase or manufacturing agreements will be
available to the combined company on terms that the combined company considers
acceptable. To the extent that the combined company enters into a high-volume or
long-term purchase or supply agreement and then decides that it cannot use the
products or services provided for in the agreement, the combined company's
business, operating results or financial condition could be materially adversely
affected. See "HYBRID MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" and "BUSINESS OF HYBRID--MANUFACTURING."
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
    The list price for Pacific's downconverter, antenna and video decoder
products also make those products relatively expensive for the consumer
electronics markets. Market acceptance of Pacific's products, and the combined
company's future success, will depend in significant part on reductions in the
unit costs of Pacific's downconverters, antennas and video decoders. Certain of
Pacific's competitors currently offer products at prices lower than those for
Pacific's downconverters, antennas and video decoders. If the combined company
is unable to obtain cost reductions with respect to Pacific's downconverters,
antennas and video decoders, the combined company's gross margins and
profitability will be adversely affected. To address continuing competitive and
pricing pressures, Pacific expects that it will have to continue to
significantly reduce the cost of manufacturing its products through design and
engineering changes. There can be no assurance that the combined company will be
successful in redesigning Pacific's downconverters, antennas and video decoders
or that a redesign can be made on a timely basis and without introducing
significant errors or product defects, or that the redesign will result in
significant cost reductions to allow the combined company to reduce the list
price of Pacific's products. Failure to accomplish any of the foregoing could
have a material adverse effect on the combined company's business, operating
results or financial condition. See "PACIFIC MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS," and "BUSINESS OF
PACIFIC--MANUFACTURING."
 
    LIMITED MANUFACTURING EXPERIENCE; SOLE SOURCE MANUFACTURING.  The combined
company's future success will depend, in significant part, on its ability to
manufacture, or have others manufacture, its products successfully,
cost-effectively and in sufficient volumes. Hybrid maintains a limited in-house
manufacturing capability at its headquarters in Cupertino for performing system
integration and testing on all headend products and for manufacturing small
quantities of modems. Hybrid entered into an agreement pursuant to which Sharp
to date has been the exclusive OEM supplier through Itochu of certain of
Hybrid's client modems, including the substantial majority of those utilized in
the Series 2000. In the second quarter and a portion of the third quarter of
1997, Hybrid did not receive the full shipment of modems anticipated from Sharp
because of technical delays in product integration. While these problems have
since been resolved, there can be no assurance that the combined company will
not experience similar supply problems in the future from Sharp or any other
manufacturer. Hybrid is exploring the possibility of entering into supply
arrangements with other manufacturers to provide additional or alternative
sources of supply for certain of Hybrid's products, although there can be no
assurance that such arrangements will be entered into or that they will provide
for the prompt manufacture of products or subassemblies in quantities or on
terms required to meet the needs of Hybrid's customers. Hybrid has had only
limited experience manufacturing its products to date, and there can be no
assurance that the combined company or Sharp or any other manufacturer of
Hybrid's products will be successful in increasing the volume of its
manufacturing efforts. The combined company may need to procure additional
manufacturing facilities and equipment, adopt new inventory controls and
procedures, substantially increase its personnel and revise its quality
assurance and testing practices, and there can be no assurance that any of these
efforts will be successful. Failure to do so could have a material adverse
effect on the combined company's business, operating results or financial
condition. See "BUSINESS OF HYBRID--MANUFACTURING" and "BUSINESS OF
PACIFIC--MANUFACTURING."
 
    The list price for Pacific's downconverter, antenna and video decoder
products also make those products relatively expensive for the consumer
electronics markets. Market acceptance of Pacific's products, and the combined
company's future success, will depend in significant part on reductions in the
unit costs of Pacific's downconverters, antennas and video decoders. Certain of
Pacific's competitors currently offer products at prices lower than those for
Pacific's downconverters, antennas and video decoders. If the combined company
is unable to obtain cost reductions with respect to Pacific's downconverters,
antennas and video decoders, the combined company's gross margins and
profitability will be adversely affected. To address continuing competitive and
pricing pressures, Pacific expects that it will have to continue to
significantly reduce the cost of manufacturing its products through design and
engineering changes. There can be no assurance that the combined company will be
successful in redesigning Pacific's downconverters, antennas and video decoders
or that a redesign can be made on a timely basis and without introducing
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
significant errors or product defects, or that the redesign will result in
significant cost reductions to allow the combined company to reduce the list
price of Pacific's products. Failure to accomplish any of the foregoing could
have a material adverse effect on the combined company's business, operating
results or financial condition. See "PACIFIC MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS," and "BUSINESS OF
PACIFIC--MANUFACTURING."
 
    LIMITED MANUFACTURING EXPERIENCE; SOLE SOURCE MANUFACTURING.  The combined
company's future success will depend, in significant part, on its ability to
manufacture, or have others manufacture, its products successfully,
cost-effectively and in sufficient volumes. Hybrid maintains a limited in-house
manufacturing capability at its headquarters in Cupertino for performing system
integration and testing on all headend products and for manufacturing small
quantities of modems. Hybrid entered into an agreement pursuant to which Sharp
to date has been the exclusive OEM supplier through Itochu of certain of
Hybrid's client modems, including the substantial majority of those utilized in
the Series 2000. In the second quarter and a portion of the third quarter of
1997, Hybrid did not receive the full shipment of modems anticipated from Sharp
because of technical delays in product integration. While these problems have
since been resolved, there can be no assurance that the combined company will
not experience similar supply problems in the future from Sharp or any other
manufacturer. Hybrid is exploring the possibility of entering into supply
arrangements with other manufacturers to provide additional or alternative
sources of supply for certain of Hybrid's products, although there can be no
assurance that such arrangements will be entered into or that they will provide
for the prompt manufacture of products or subassemblies in quantities or on
terms required to meet the needs of Hybrid's customers. Hybrid has had only
limited experience manufacturing its products to date, and there can be no
assurance that the combined company or Sharp or any other manufacturer of
Hybrid's products will be successful in increasing the volume of its
manufacturing efforts. The combined company may need to procure additional
manufacturing facilities and equipment, adopt new inventory controls and
procedures, substantially increase its personnel and revise its quality
assurance and testing practices, and there can be no assurance that any of these
efforts will be successful. Failure to do so could have a material adverse
effect on the combined company's business, operating results or financial
condition. See "BUSINESS OF HYBRID--MANUFACTURING" and "BUSINESS OF
PACIFIC--MANUFACTURING."
 
    DEPENDENCE ON COMPONENT AVAILABILITY AND KEY SUPPLIERS.  Hybrid is dependent
upon certain key suppliers for a number of the components for its products. For
example, Hybrid currently only has one vendor, Broadcom Corporation, for the 64
QAM demodulator semiconductors that are used in Hybrid's server and client modem
products, and in past periods these semiconductors have been in short supply.
Recently, Broadcom announced a program to develop with certain of Hybrid's
competitors high-speed cable data modems and equipment based on Broadcom's MCNS
compliant semiconductors. As a result of such program, certain of Broadcom's
technological and product enhancements may be made available to certain of
Hybrid's competitors before making them available to Hybrid. This could have the
effect of putting Hybrid at a competitive disadvantage with regard to time to
market or cause Hybrid to have to redesign its products if competitors influence
changes in Broadcom's products. Hitachi is the sole supplier of components used
in the processors used in certain of Hybrid's modems. In addition, certain other
components for products that Hybrid has under development are currently only
available from a single source. For example, Stanford Telecom, which is a
competitor for at least one of Hybrid's broadband wireless products, is
currently the sole supplier for certain components used in Hybrid's products,
although Hybrid is in the process of developing one or more alternative sources.
Pacific is also dependent on certain key suppliers for a number of components in
its products and is dependent on Sun Denki (HK) Limited for most of its
manufacturing needs. Specifically, Pacific is dependent upon Triquint
Semiconductor for gallium arsenide semiconductors, Microchip Corp. for micro
controller integrated circuit semiconductors, General Electric Corp. for printed
circuit board material and Murata Inc. for RF filters. There can be no assurance
that delays in key components or product deliveries will not occur in the future
for Hybrid or Pacific due to shortages resulting from a limited number of
suppliers, the financial or other difficulties of such suppliers or the possible
limitation in component product capacities due to significant worldwide
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
demand for such components. Any significant interruption or delay in the supply
of components for Hybrid's or Pacific's products or significant increase in the
price of components due to short supply or otherwise could have a material
adverse effect on the combined company's ability to manufacture its products
and, therefore, could have a material adverse effect on its business, operating
results or financial condition. See "BUSINESS OF HYBRID--MANUFACTURING" and
"BUSINESS OF PACIFIC--MANUFACTURING."
 
    DEPENDENCE ON THE INTERNET AND INTERNET INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT.  The
commercial market for products designed for the Internet and the TCP/IP
networking protocol has only recently begun to develop, and the combined
company's success will depend in large part on increased use of the Internet.
Critical issues concerning the commercial use of the Internet, including
security, reliability, cost, ease of access and quality of service, remain
unresolved and are likely to affect the development of the market for the
combined company's products. The adoption of the Internet for commerce and
communications, particularly by enterprises that have historically relied upon
alternative means of commerce and communications, generally requires the
acceptance of a new way of conducting business and exchanging information. In
addition, Hybrid is and the combined company will be dependent on the growth of
the use of the Internet by business, particularly for applications that utilize
multimedia content and thus require high bandwidth. If the Internet as a
commercial or business medium fails to develop or develops more slowly than
expected, the combined company's business, operating results and financial
condition could be materially adversely affected. The recent growth in the use
of the Internet has caused frequent periods of performance degradation,
requiring the upgrade of routers, telecommunications links and other components
forming the infrastructure of the Internet by ISPs and other organizations with
links to the Internet. Any perceived degradation in the performance of the
Internet as a whole could undermine the benefits of the combined company's
products. Potentially increased performance provided by the products of the
combined company and others is ultimately limited by and reliant upon the speed
and reliability of the Internet backbone itself. Consequently, the emergence and
growth of the market for the combined company's products are dependent on
improvements being made to the entire Internet infrastructure to alleviate
overloading and congestion.
 
    DEPENDENCE ON ACCEPTANCE OF ASYMMETRIC NETWORKING.  Hybrid's products are
designed to transmit data from the Internet in the downstream direction (i.e.,
to the end-user) much more quickly than data is transmitted in the upstream
direction (i.e., from the end-user). This "asymmetric" architecture has not been
widely used and is relatively unproven in computer networking. Certain
networking protocols and standards, including the TCP/IP protocol, were designed
with the expectation that the network would be symmetric, and Hybrid has spent
considerable engineering resources to enable its products to work with such
protocols. There can be no assurance that Hybrid's current products or the
combined company's future products will be compatible with symmetric standards
or that errors will not occur in connecting the symmetric protocols with
Hybrid's asymmetric design. Because of this asymmetric design, certain
applications do not benefit from the connection to a high bandwidth cable
system. Computer applications that need to transmit data as quickly to the
Internet as from the Internet will not exhibit the performance improvements that
are only available to downstream data traffic, particularly if the upstream
traffic is sent via Plain Old Telephone Service ("POTS"). Certain applications
will not run fast enough in the upstream direction to be acceptable for some
users. As a result, some end-users may not perceive a significant benefit from
the greater downstream performance of Hybrid's products. There can be no
assurance that potential customers will consider the downstream performance
benefits sufficient to justify the purchase and installation costs of Hybrid's
asymmetric products. Failure of asymmetric networking to gain market acceptance,
or any delay in such acceptance, could have a material adverse effect on the
combined company's business, operating results or financial condition.
 
    RISK OF PRODUCT DEFECTS, PRODUCT RETURNS AND PRODUCT LIABILITY.  Products as
complex as those offered by Hybrid and Pacific frequently contain undetected
errors, defects or failures, especially when first introduced or when new
versions are released. In the past, such errors have occurred in Hybrid's and
Pacific's products, and there can be no assurance that errors will not be found
in Hybrid's or Pacific's
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
current products or the combined company's future products. The occurrence of
such errors, defects or failures could result in product returns and other
losses to the combined company or its customers. Such occurrence could also
result in the loss of or delay in market acceptance of the combined company's
products, which could have a material adverse effect on the combined company's
business, operating results or financial condition. Hybrid's products generally
carry a one year warranty which includes factory and on-site repair services as
needed for replacement of parts. In addition, Hybrid's third party manufacturer
provides a 15 month warranty period on all cable modems manufactured by it. The
warranty period begins on the date the modems are completely assembled. Pacific
typically provides a two-year warranty on its broadband wireless downconverters
and decoders. Due to the relatively recent introduction of the Series 2000
products, Hybrid has limited experience with the problems that could arise with
this generation of products. In addition, each of Hybrid's and Pacific's
purchase agreements with its customers typically contain provisions designed to
limit exposure to potential product liability claims. It is possible, however,
that the limitation of liability provisions contained in such purchase
agreements may not be effective as a result of federal, state or local laws or
ordinances or unfavorable judicial decisions. Although neither Hybrid nor
Pacific has experienced any product liability claims to date, the sale and
support of Hybrid's and Pacific's products entails the risk of such claims. A
successful product liability claim brought against the combined company could
have a material adverse effect on the combined company's business, operating
results or financial condition. See "BUSINESS OF HYBRID--MANUFACTURING" and
"BUSINESS OF PACIFIC--MANUFACTURING."
 
    DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL.  The combined company's success will depend in
significant part upon the continued services of its key technical sales and
senior management personnel, including the combined company's Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer, Carl S. Ledbetter, and the combined company's President and
Chief Operating Officer, Richard B. Gold. Hybrid carries a $1.5 million "key
man" life insurance policy on Mr. Ledbetter as required under the terms of the
$5.5 Million Debenture but does not have an employement agreement with Mr.
Ledbetter. Mr. Gold will be party to an employment agreement with the combined
company. See "SELECTED INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO HYBRID--EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION-- EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS." Any officer or employee of the combined
company will be able to terminate his or her relationship with the combined
company at any time. The combined company's future success will also depend on
its ability to attract, train, retain and motivate highly qualified technical,
marketing, sales and management personnel. Competition for such personnel is
intense, and there can be no assurance that the combined company will be able to
attract and retain key personnel. The loss of the services of one or more of the
combined company's executive officers or key employees or the combined company's
failure to attract additional qualified personnel could have a material adverse
effect on the combined company's business, operating results or financial
condition. See "BUSINESS OF HYBRID--EMPLOYEES" and "--MANAGEMENT."
 
    REGULATION OF THE COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY.  Hybrid, Pacific and their
customers are subject to varying degrees of federal, state and local regulation.
For instance, the jurisdiction of the FCC extends to high speed Internet access
products such as those of Hybrid. The FCC has promulgated regulations that,
among other things, set installation and equipment standards for communications
systems. Further regulation of the combined company's customers may adversely
impact its business, operating results and financial condition. For example, FCC
regulatory policies affecting the availability of cable, wireless and telco
services, and other terms on which cable, wireless and telco companies conduct
their business, may impede the combined company's penetration of certain
markets. Changes in current or future laws or regulations which negatively
impact the combined company's products and technologies, in the United States or
elsewhere, could materially and adversely affect the combined company's
business, operating results and financial condition.
 
    In March 1997, the FCC was petitioned to grant broadband wireless operators
the right to use their spectrum for two-way access. Two-way access would enable
voice, video and data over that spectrum. Failure to obtain FCC clearance of
two-way authorization for such spectrum would materially adversely
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
affect sales of Hybrid's and Pacific's products and would materially adversely
affect the combined company's business, operating results and financial
condition. In addition, international regulatory authorities for broadband
wireless communications are currently conducting spectrum auctions. Failure to
complete these auctions in a timely manner would have a material adverse effect
on sales of Pacific's downconverter, antenna and video encoding products and
would materially adversely affect the combined company's business, operating
results and financial condition.
 
    PROTECTION AND ENFORCEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.  Each of Hybrid
and Pacific relies on a combination of patent, trade secret, copyright and
trademark laws and contractual restrictions to establish and protect proprietary
rights in its products. Hybrid currently has two patents issued in the United
States, as well as pending patent applications in the United States, Europe and
Japan that relate to its network and modem technology and the communication
processes implemented in those devices. Pacific currently has 23 patents issued
in the United States, as well as pending patent applications in the United
States, Mexico, Europe and Japan that relate to the design features for its
broadband wireless products. In the future, the combined company will likely to
seek additional United States and foreign patents on its technology. There can
be no assurance any of these patents will issue from any of Hybrid's or
Pacific's pending applications or applications in preparation or that any claims
allowed will be of sufficient scope or strength, or issue in sufficient
countries where the combined company's products can be sold, to provide
meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to the combined company.
Moreover, any patents that have been or may be issued might be challenged, as is
the case with the patent litigation recently initiated by Hybrid discussed
below. Any such challenge could result in time consuming and costly litigation
and result in the combined company's patents being held invalid or
unenforceable. Furthermore, even if the patents are not challenged or are
upheld, third parties might be able to develop other technologies or products
without infringing any such patents.
 
    Each of Hybrid and Pacific has entered into confidentiality and invention
assignment agreements with its employees, and non-disclosure agreements with
certain of its suppliers, distributors and customers in order to limit access to
and disclosure of its proprietary information. There can be no assurance that
these contractual arrangements or the other steps taken by Hybrid and Pacific to
protect its intellectual property will prove sufficient to prevent
misappropriation of its technology or to deter independent third-party
development of similar technologies. The laws of certain foreign countries may
not protect Hybrid's, Pacific's or the combined company's products or
intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United
States.
 
    In the past, each of Hybrid and Pacific has received, and in the future may
receive, notices from third parties claiming that its products or proprietary
rights infringe the proprietary rights of third parties. Hybrid expects that
developers of wireless and cable modems will be increasingly subject to
infringement claims as the number of products and competitors in the combined
company's industry segment grows. Any such claim, whether meritorious or not,
could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, cause product shipment
delays or require the combined company to enter into royalty or licensing
agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements may not be available on terms
acceptable to the combined company or at all, which could have a material
adverse effect upon the combined company's business, operating results and
financial condition.
 
    Each of Hybrid and Pacific has and in the future may license its patents or
proprietary rights for commercial or other reasons, to parties who are
competitors of Hybrid or Pacific, or who may become competitors of the combined
company. Further the combined company may also elect to initiate claims or
litigation against third parties for infringement of Hybrid's, Pacific's or the
combined company's patents or proprietary rights or to establish the validity of
Hybrid's, Pacific's or the combined company's patents or proprietary rights.
Hybrid recently initiated patent infringement litigation against two companies,
and in response one company is seeking a declaration of invalidity,
unenforceability and non-infringement of Hybrid's patents and attorneys fees,
and the other company is seeking to be dismissed from the litigation. Hybrid has
not yet determined if it will initiate litigation against other parties as well.
In addition, Hybrid
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
has sent notices to certain third parties offering to license its patents for
products that may be infringing its patent rights. There can be no assurance
that such notifications will not lead to potential litigation initiated by the
combined company or related countersuits by third parties seeking to challenge
Hybrid's, Pacific's or the combined company patents or asserting infringement by
the combined company. Such litigation could be time consuming and costly and
have a material adverse effect on the combined company's business, operating
results and financial condition. See "BUSINESS OF HYBRID--INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY"
and "BUSINESS OF PACIFIC--INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY."
 
    RISKS OF INTERNATIONAL SALES.  To date, sales of Hybrid's products outside
of the United States have represented an insignificant portion of net sales.
While Hybrid intends to expand its operations in North America and Europe, this
will require significant management attention and financial resources. In order
to gain market acceptance internationally, Hybrid's products will have to be
designed to meet industry standards of foreign countries, such as the DAVIC
specifications that are supported in Europe. Hybrid has committed and continues
to commit resources to developing international sales and support channels.
Sales to customers of Pacific outside the United States have accounted for a
significant portion of net sales. Pacific's international sales accounted for
30.4%, 28.5% and 36.7% of net sales in the years ended September 30, 1997, 1996
and 1995, respectively, and 53.8% of net sales for the six months ended March
31, 1998. International sales are subject to a number of risks, including longer
payment cycles, export and import restrictions and tariffs, including existing
United States restrictions on the export of certain high technology products
that could limit the combined company's sales abroad, unexpected changes in
regulatory requirements, the burden of complying with a variety of foreign laws,
greater difficulty in accounts receivable collection, potentially adverse tax
consequences, currency fluctuations and political and economic instability.
Sales to international customers are typically made in U.S. dollars to minimize
the risks associated with fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates. To date,
substantially all of Pacific's international sales have been denominated in U.S.
currency, however, Pacific expects that, in the future, more international sales
may be denominated in local currencies. Pacific has not engaged in foreign
currency hedging activities. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could cause
Pacific's products to become relatively more expensive to customers in a
particular country, leading to a reduction in sales or profitability in that
country. To the extent that international revenues increase as a percentage of
total revenues in the future, foreign currency fluctuation exposure may also
increase. In addition, Pacific has in the past experienced a decline in sales to
Mexico due to the devaluation of the Mexico peso. There can be no assurance that
future economic or political instability in countries where Pacific sells its
products will not have a material adverse effect on Pacific's sales in such
countries, and consequently, on the business financial condition or results of
operations of Pacific. Additionally, the protection of intellectual property may
be more difficult to enforce outside of the United States. In the event the
combined company is successful in expanding its international operations,
particularly sales of Hybrid's products, the imposition of exchange or price
controls or other restrictions on foreign currencies could materially adversely
affect the combined company's business, operating results and financial
condition. If the combined company increases its international sales, its net
sales may also be affected to a greater extent by seasonal fluctuations
resulting from lower sales that typically occur during the summer months in
Europe and other parts of the world.
 
    CONCENTRATION OF OWNERSHIP BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND
DIRECTORS.  Upon completion of the Merger at the Assumed Exchange Ratio, the
combined company's executive officers, directors and greater than 5%
stockholders (and their affiliates) will, in the aggregate, beneficially own
approximately 37.1% of Hybrid's outstanding Common Stock. As a result, such
persons, acting together, will have the ability to significantly influence all
matters submitted to stockholders of Hybrid for approval (including the election
and removal of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or
substantially all of Hybrid's assets) and to significantly influence the
management and affairs of Hybrid. Accordingly, such concentration of ownership
may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of
Hybrid, impede a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination
involving Hybrid or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer
or otherwise attempting to obtain control of
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
Hybrid, which in turn could have an adverse effect on the market price of
Hybrid's Common Stock. See "SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF THE COMBINED COMPANY."
 
    RESTRICTIVE DEBT COVENANTS.  Under the terms of the outstanding $5.5 Million
Debenture, Hybrid is subject to certain restrictive covenants which could
adversely affect the combined company's operations, including limitations on the
amount of capital expenditures it may incur in any 12-month period and
prohibitions against declaring dividends, retiring any subordinated debt other
than in accordance with its terms or distributing assets to any stockholder, as
long as the $5.5 Million Debenture remains outstanding. In October 1997, Hybrid
entered into the $4.0 Million Credit Facility, which contains a number of
restrictive covenants, including covenants prohibiting the declaration of
dividends. The $5.5 Million Debenture and the Credit Facility are collateralized
by substantially all of Hybrid's assets. In addition, the $5.5 Million Debenture
contains "full ratchet" antidilution provisions under which the number of shares
of Hybrid's Common Stock into which the $5.5 Million Debenture is convertible,
at the option of the holder, may be increased if Hybrid issues any shares (with
certain exceptions for employee stock options and the like) prior to October
1998 for consideration less that $10.71 per share. Commencing with October 1998,
any such issuance would be subject to certain "weighted average" antidilution
provisions. See "HYBRID MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" and "DESCRIPTION OF HYBRID CAPITAL
STOCK--CONVERTIBLE $5.5 MILLION DEBENTURE" and Notes 6 and 7 of Notes to
Financial Statements. Pacific has an $8 million bank line of credit with Coast
Business Credit ("COAST"). Coast may terminate the line of credit at any time
upon the occurrence of certain events of default, including Pacific's failure to
pay any amounts under the line of credit when due. In the event of any such
termination, an amount equal to $240,000 will be payable by Pacific to Coast as
an early termination fee. As of April 30, 1998, the amount outstanding under the
line of credit was $3,733,000. See "PACIFIC MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS--LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL
RESOURCES."
 
    SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE.  Sales of substantial amounts of Hybrid's
Common Stock (including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options
and warrants and upon the conversion of the $5.5 Million Debenture) in the
public market could adversely affect the market price of Hybrid Common Stock
prevailing from time to time and could impair the combined company's ability to
raise capital through the sale of equity or debt securities. There are
approximately 7,180,307 shares of Common Stock outstanding that are restricted
shares ("RESTRICTED SHARES") under the Securities Act. Currently, no Restricted
Shares are eligible for sale in the public market. The 7,180,307 Restricted
Shares became available for sale in the public market on May 12, 1998, although
approximately 2,601,792 of such shares are held by affiliates of Hybrid and are
subject to a pooling lock-up associated with the Merger that prevents them from
selling such shares before July 1998. In addition, upon consummation of the
Merger, the $5.5 Million Debenture could be converted at any time at the option
of the holder into 851,393 shares of Common Stock, assuming that Hybrid Common
Stock is valued at the closing of the Merger at $6.46 per share, the ten day
average price before the execution of the Reorganization Agreement (the number
of shares into which the debenture could be convertible would be greater if the
closing price is lower than $6.46) (see "RESTRICTIVE DEBT COVENANTS" above).
Furthermore, the holders of warrants for 1,340,656 shares of Hybrid Common Stock
can exercise such warrants at any time, but only 158,137 of such shares could
not be sold until the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period on May 12, 1998
and the remaining 1,179,865 cannot be sold until July 1998 due to the pooling
lock-up and the holding period restrictions imposed by Rule 144 of the
Securities Act. NationsBanc Montgomery, the underwriter for Hybrid's initial
public offering, also may, in its sole discretion and at any time without
notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up
agreements. Shares of Hybrid Common Stock issued in the Merger will be freely
tradeable following the closing of the Merger, but shares held by affiliates may
not be sold until the expiration of the pooling lock-up. See "DESCRIPTION OF
HYBRID CAPITAL STOCK--WARRANTS" and "--CONVERTIBLE $5.5 MILLION DEBENTURES." If
such holders sell in the public market, such sales could have a material adverse
effect on the market price of Hybrid's Common Stock.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
    POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE.  The market price of the shares of
Hybrid's Common Stock is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to
wide fluctuations in response to factors such as actual or anticipated
variations in the combined company's results of operations, announcements of
technological innovations, new products introduced by the combined company or
its competitors, developments with respect to patents, copyrights or proprietary
rights, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, conditions and
trends in the Internet and modem systems industries, general market conditions
and other factors. Further, the stock markets, and in particular the Nasdaq
National Market, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that
have particularly affected the market prices of equity securities of many
technology companies and that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to
the operating performance of such companies. There can be no assurance that
these trading prices and price earnings ratios will be sustained. These broad
market factors may adversely affect the market price of Hybrid's Common Stock.
These market fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market
conditions such as recessions, interest rates or international currency
fluctuations, may adversely affect the market price of Hybrid's Common Stock. In
the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's
securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against
such company. Such litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs
and a diversion of management's attention and resources, which would have a
material adverse effect on the combined company's business, operating results
and financial condition.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
                             APPROVAL OF THE MERGER
 
GENERAL
 
    THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION SUMMARIZES THE PROPOSED MERGER AND RELATED
TRANSACTIONS. THE FOLLOWING IS NOT, HOWEVER, A COMPLETE STATEMENT OF ALL
PROVISIONS OF THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT AND RELATED AGREEMENTS. DETAILED
TERMS OF AND CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER ARE CONTAINED IN THE REORGANIZATION
AGREEMENT AND AGREEMENT OF MERGER OF WHICH IS ATTACHED TO THIS JOINT PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS AS APPENDICES A-1 AND A-2, RESPECTIVELY. REFERENCE IS ALSO
MADE TO THE OTHER APPENDICES HERETO. STATEMENTS MADE IN THIS JOINT PROXY
STATEMENT/ PROSPECTUS WITH RESPECT TO THE TERMS OF THE MERGER ARE QUALIFIED IN
THEIR RESPECTIVE ENTIRETIES BY REFERENCE TO THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION SET
FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT AND THE ANNEXES HERETO.
 
    THIS SECTION CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES. WORDS SUCH AS "EXPECTS," "ANTICIPATES," "INTENDS," "PLANS,"
"BELIEVES," "SEEKS," VARIATIONS OF SUCH WORDS AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE
INTENDED TO IDENTIFY THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. THE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS REFLECT THE BEST JUDGMENT OF THE MANAGEMENT OF HYBRID AND PACIFIC
BASED ON FACTORS CORRECTLY KNOWN AND RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. ACTUAL RESULTS
COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF CERTAIN FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH IN "RISK
FACTORS" AND ELSEWHERE IN THE JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/ PROSPECTUS.
 
    The Reorganization Agreement provides, among other things, for the Merger of
Merger Sub (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hybrid) with and into Pacific, whereby
Pacific, as the surviving corporation of the Merger, will become a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Hybrid.
 
    Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, Hybrid has agreed that, upon
consummation of the Merger, Richard B. Gold, the President and Chief Executive
Officer of Pacific, and Matthew D. Miller, the Chairman of the Board of Pacific,
will be appointed to Hybrid's Board of Directors and that Stephen E. Halprin and
Douglas M. Leone, two of Hybrid's current directors (who are nominated for
re-election at the Hybrid Annual Meeting pursuant to Proposal No. 2 below) will
resign as directors (assuming they are re-elected at the meeting). Accordingly,
upon the Merger, Hybrid's Board of Directors will consist of Messrs. Gold and
Miller and Hybrid's three continuing directors, James R. Flach, Gary M. Lauder
and Carl S. Ledbetter. The executive officers of Hybrid will remain in their
current positions, except that Mr. Gold will become Hybrid's President and Chief
Operating Officer. See "MANAGEMENT OF THE COMBINED COMPANY." The shareholders of
Pacific will become stockholders of Hybrid (as described in "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE
MERGER--TERMS OF THE MERGER--MERGER CONSIDERATION"), and their rights will be
governed by Hybrid's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, as well as the
Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
HYBRID'S REASONS FOR THE MERGER
 
    Hybrid believes that the combination of Hybrid's wireless network products,
technology and expertise with Pacific's wireless transmission products,
technology and expertise will provide an opportunity for the combined company to
offer a more complete suite of products and to accelerate development of
integrated, end-to-end system solutions for high speed wireless Internet access.
In addition, combining Hybrid's current products and network capabilities with
Pacific's wireless transmission product capability will allow the combined
company to offer broader high speed Internet access solutions, including
products that provide two-way wireless access, two-way cable access, wireless
downstream and phone-up access and cable downstream and phone-up access. The
ability to provide a more complete and broader product offering may give the
combined company increased leverage with customers who enter into volume
purchase arrangements.
 
    Pacific's market presence, customer base and relationships in the broadband
wireless marketplace should provide additional marketing opportunities for the
products the of the combined company. In addition, Pacific's international sales
and distribution capability will give Hybrid the opportunity to expand the
international distribution of its products.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
    The Merger will increase the management breadth and organization
infrastructure of the combined company by adding Pacific's key executives.
Hybrid's engineering capacity and expertise will be strengthened and expanded by
the addition of Pacific's engineering team and its technical expertise in RF
(radio frequency)/analog product design and engineering. Pacific's engineers are
expected to help Hybrid satisfy a need it had previously identified for hiring a
substantial number of technical personnel in this important area, a difficult
goal to achieve in the current labor market. The Merger will enable Hybrid to
combine its technology with Pacific's technology and should increase the
research and development capacity of the combined company to improve product
offerings. Integrating the sales and marketing staffs and manufacturing and
support functions of the two companies should significantly expand the combined
company's capabilities and provide for greater efficiencies in there areas.
 
    Hybrid anticipates that the combined company may be able to achieve
significant operational efficiencies in the future. Hybrid will gain access to
Pacific's low cost, off-shore volume manufacturing relationships. The combined
company may achieve cost savings by consolidating existing facilities, and by
consolidating or realigning internal and outside administration and operational
functions.
 
    The Merger may help the combined company achieve critical mass in revenues
and resources to meet increasing challenges from larger companies already in or
expected to enter the markets in which the combined company will participate.
The increased size of the combined company may enable it to pursue new
technological and market opportunities by way of internal development and,
possibly, through future acquisitions of new products and technologies.
 
    In the course of its deliberations, the Hybrid Board reviewed with Hybrid's
management and financial advisors a number of factors relevant to the Merger in
addition to the benefits outlined above. The Hybrid Board considered, among
other things, (i) the terms of the Merger; (ii) the likelihood of realizing
superior benefits through alternative business strategies; (iii) information
concerning Hybrid's and Pacific's respective businesses, prospects, financial
positions, results of operations, operations, products, product development and
technologies, based in the case of Pacific on information provided by Pacific
and on Hybrid management's due diligence investigation; (iv) information
regarding comparable companies in the wireless Internet access industry,
including market prices of the companies' stock, market capitalizations,
earnings per share, price earnings ratios, revenues and other results of
operations, based on reported historical information and analysts' reports and
earnings estimates; (v) information regarding reported acquisitions of over the
last three years of other companies in the wireless Internet access industry and
other comparable acquisitions; (vi) an analysis of the relative value that
Pacific might contribute to the future business and prospects of the combined
company; (vii) current financial market conditions and historical market prices,
volatility and trading information with respect to Hybrid Common Stock; (viii)
the number of shares of Hybrid that might be issued by Hybrid under the terms of
the Reorganization Agreement, based on varying assumptions as to the Closing
Price of Hybrid Common Stock as determined in accordance with those terms; (ix)
estimates made by Hybrid's management (based in part upon estimates provided by
Pacific as to its prospective operating results) as to the potential effect of
the Merger upon Hybrid's prospective operating results for 1998 and 1999 before
giving effect to potential cost reduction synergies that might be achieved as a
result of the Merger, indicating that the Merger might have a dilutive effect on
earnings per share (increasing losses) for 1998 and 1999 (recognizing that the
estimates were subject to substantial uncertainties and that actual operating
results would likely be materially different than those estimated); (x)
estimates as to the potential effect of cost reduction synergies that might
possibly be achieved from the Merger, indicating that such synergies, if
achieved to the maximum extent postulated (see "--OPINION OF FINANCIAL
ADVISORS--PRO FORMA ANALYSIS" below), would improve slightly the combined
company's estimated results of operations for 1998, so that the Merger might not
have a significant effect on earnings per share for that year, and would improve
to a greater extent the combined company's estimated results of operations for
1999, so that the Merger might be accretive for that year (recognizing that
achievement of such synergies was subject to substantial uncertainty and that
the actual cost reductions, if any, might be materially less than the maximum
amount postulated);
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
(xi) advice and detailed financial analysis of NationsBanc Montgomery, including
its oral opinion on March 19, 1998, subsequently confirmed in writing, that as
of such date the consideration to be paid by Hybrid in the Merger was fair to
Hybrid from a financial point of view, as of the date of such opinion; (xii) the
compatibility of the businesses products, technologies, management and the
administrative, sales and marketing and technical organizations of Hybrid and
Pacific; (xiii) the expectation that the Merger will qualify for pooling of
interests treatment for financial reporting purposes; (xiv) the expectation that
the Merger will be a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes;
and (xv) reports from management and legal advisors on the results of Hybrid's
due diligence analysis of Pacific. For a discussion of many of the foregoing
factors, see "--OPINION OF FINANCIAL ADVISORS" below.
 
    The Hybrid Board also considered a variety of potentially negative factors
concerning the Merger, including: (i) the risk that, despite the intentions and
efforts of the parties, the benefits sought to be achieved in the Merger might
not be achieved, or that integration of the technologies, products,
organizations or other operations of the two companies might not be accomplished
smoothly and might require more time, expense and management attention than
anticipated; (ii) the potential disruption of the combined company's business
that might result from employee uncertainty or lack of focus, as well as
customer and supplier confusion, following announcement of the Merger; (iii) the
uncertainty of the market's acceptance of Hybrid's combined product offerings
following the Merger; (iv) the risk that delays may occur in the development and
introduction of the integrated, end-to-end, system solutions for high speed
wireless Internet access that Hybrid expects to develop following the Merger;
(v) uncertainties regarding the economic condition of the broadened wireless
market and the risk that the financial condition of many actual and potential
customers for the combined company's wireless products will be such that their
ability to purchase or pay for those products is limited, thereby adversely
affecting the combined company's results of operations; (vi) the risk that the
combination of Hybrid and Pacific, each of which have a history of operating
losses, may result in increased operating losses that Hybrid's current capital
resources may diminish at an accelerated rate resulting in the need to raise
additional capital on terms that might be unfavorable to Hybrid and its
stockholders, (vii) the estimated charges of $3.0 million to $3.5 million to be
incurred due to the Merger in the quarter in which it closes, (viii) the risk
that, during the period prior to consummation of the Merger, Pacific will be
unable to obtain additional funds for its continuing operations and its short
term liquidity needs, during such interim (and the risk that, if the Merger is
not consummated, Pacific will not be able to repay the loan); (ix) the
possibility that the operational efficiencies and other benefits anticipated
from the Merger might not achieved or might not occur as rapidly or to the
extent currently anticipated, so that the initially dilutive effect of the
Merger on Hybrid stock may be greater or continue longer than expected; (x) the
risk that, despite the efforts of the combined company, key technical,
management and sales personnel of Pacific and Hybrid might not be retained by
the combined company; (xi) the risk that the combined company's ability to
increase or maintain revenues might be diminished by intensified competition
among suppliers of similar or related products; (xii) the risk that the public
market price of Hybrid stock might be adversely affected by announcement of the
Merger; and (xiii) the other risks described above in "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE
MERGER-- RISK FACTORS." The Hybrid Board believed that these risks were
outweighed by the potential benefits of the Merger.
 
    In view of the wide variety of factors, both positive and negative,
considered by the Hybrid Board, the Board did not find it practical to, and did
not, quantify or otherwise assign relative weights to the specific factors
considered. After taking into consideration all of the factors set forth above,
the Hybrid Board determined that the Merger was in the best interests of Hybrid
and its stockholders, and the Board continues to recommend approval and adoption
of the Merger by the Hybrid stockholders.
 
PACIFIC'S REASONS FOR THE MERGER
 
    Pacific believes that the combined company has the opportunity to be a
worldwide leader in broadband access equipment.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
    As the wireless data business has become increasingly important, many of
Pacific's customers have expressed interest in integrated, end-to-end system
solutions, and the combination of Pacific's product line with Hybrid's product
line allows the combined company to offer such an end-to-end solution. In
particular, the combination of Hybrid's wireless network equipment with
Pacific's wireless transmission equipment will enable the combined company to
offer an integrated product offering for wireless high speed Internet access.
The combined company's broader, more complete product offering should provide
increased leverage with customers who enter into volume purchase orders.
 
    The combination of Hybrid and Pacific will create a combined company with
significantly greater resources than those of Pacific alone, and may enable
Pacific to compete more effectively in the market. In particular, Hybrid's
significant cash and cash equivalents will enable Pacific to have greater
flexibility in managing its business. Moreover, Hybrid's market presence,
customer base and relationships with existing broadband access providers offer
expanded sales and marketing opportunities for Pacific's products. Additionally,
Hybrid has relationships with global telecommunications companies which are
synergistic with Pacific's business.
 
    There is the potential for significant operating synergies during 1998 and
1999. Hybrid's technical strength in digital hardware and software design
complements Pacific's technical strength in RF/analog product design. Hybrid's
operational strength in system design and integration complements Pacific's
operational strength in product engineering, manufacturing and customer support.
Additionally, Pacific's management team will be bolstered by the addition of key
executive personnel of Hybrid.
 
    Finally, the Merger will be a means by which Pacific's shareholders and
optionholders will be able to obtain liquidity for their equity interests. In
addition, the Merger is expected to be accomplished as a tax-free exchange under
Section 368 of the Code.
 
    In the course of its deliberations, the Pacific Board reviewed with
Pacific's management and financial advisors a number of factors relevant to the
Merger in addition to the benefits outlined above. The Pacific Board considered,
among other things, (i) the terms of the Merger; (ii) Pacific management's view
as to the prospects of Pacific as an independent company; (iii) historical
information concerning Pacific's and Hybrid's respective businesses, financial
performances and condition, results of operations, operations, products, product
development and technologies, management and competitive position, based in the
case of Hybrid on information provided by Hybrid and on Pacific management's due
diligence investigation; (iv) Pacific management's view as to the historical
financial condition, results of operations and businesses of Pacific and Hybrid
before and after giving effect to the Merger based on management due diligence
and publicly available financial information; (v) estimates made by Pacific's
management as to Pacific's prospective operating results for calendar years 1998
and 1999 as a stand alone entity, indicating potential operating losses for both
years (recognizing that the estimates were subject to substantial uncertainties
and that actual operating results would likely be materially different than
those estimated); (vi) estimates (based in part on publicly available analysts'
estimates and on information provided by Hybrid), as to the combined company's
prospective operating results for calendar years 1998 and 1999 before giving
effect to potential cost reduction synergies that might be achieved as a result
of the Merger, indicating that the Merger might have a dilutive effect on
earnings per share (increasing losses) for 1998 and an accretive effect for 1999
(recognizing that the estimates were subject to substantial uncertainties and
that actual operating results would likely be materially different than those
estimated); (vii) estimates as to the potential effect of cost reduction
synergies that might possibly be achieved from the Merger, indicating that such
synergies, if achieved to the maximum extent postulated (see "--OPINION OF
FINANCIAL ADVISORS-- PRO FORMA ANALYSIS" below), would improve the combined
company's estimated results of operations slightly for 1998 and to a greater
extent for 1999 (recognizing that achievement of such synergies was subject to
substantial uncertainty and that the actual cost reductions, if any, might be
materially less than the maximum amount postulated); (viii) Pacific management's
view as to the potential for other third parties to enter into strategic
relationships with or to acquire Hybrid or Pacific; (ix) current financial
market conditions and historical market prices, volatility and trading
information with respect to Hybrid
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
Common Stock; (x) the impact of the Merger on Pacific's customers and employees;
(xi) the number of shares of Hybrid that might be issued by Hybrid under the
terms of the Reorganization Agreement, based on varying assumptions as to the
Closing Price of Hybrid Common Stock as determined in accordance with those
terms; (xii) the compatibility of the businesses products, technologies,
management and the administrative, sales and marketing and technical
organizations of Pacific and Hybrid; (xiii) reports from management on the
results of Pacific's due diligence analysis of Hybrid; and (xiv) advice of UBS,
Pacific's financial advisor with respect to the Merger (UBS was not asked to
render a fairness opinion with respect to the Merger). The Pacific Board also
considered the possible effects of the provisions regarding the termination
fees. In addition, the Pacific Board also took into account that Pacific would
be represented on the Board of Directors of the combined company following the
Merger.
 
    The Pacific Board also considered a variety of potentially negative factors
concerning the Merger, including: (i) the risk that, despite the intentions and
efforts of the parties, the benefits sought to be achieved in the Merger might
not be achieved, or that integration of the technologies, products,
organizations or other operations of the two companies might not be accomplished
smoothly and might require more time, expense and management attention than
anticipated; (ii) the potential disruption of the combined company's business
that might result from employee uncertainty or lack of focus, as well as
customer and supplier confusion, following announcement of the Merger; (iii) the
uncertainty of the market's acceptance of the combined product offerings
following the Merger; (iv) the risk that the combination of Pacific and Hybrid,
each of which have a history of operating losses, may result in increased
operating losses; (v) that Pacific's and Hybrid's combined capital resources may
diminish at an accelerated rate resulting in the need to raise additional
capital on terms that might be unfavorable to the combined company and its
shareholders; (vi) the substantial charges to be incurred, primarily in the
quarter in which the Merger is consummated, in connection with the Merger; (vii)
the possibility that the operational efficiencies and other benefits anticipated
from the Merger might not be achieved and that, as a result, the Merger would
have a dilutive effect on Hybrid stock; (viii) the risk that, despite the
efforts of the combined company, key technical management and sales personnel of
Pacific and Hybrid might not be retained by the combined company; (ix) the risk
that the combined company's ability to increase or maintain revenues might be
diminished by intensified competition among suppliers of similar or related
products; (x) the risk that the public market price of Hybrid stock might be
adversely affected by announcement of the Merger; and (xi) the other risks
described in "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK FACTORS" herein. The Pacific
Board believed that these risks were outweighed by the potential benefits of the
Merger.
 
    In view of the wide variety of factors, both positive and negative,
considered by the Pacific Board, the Board did not find it practical to, and did
not, quantify or otherwise assign relative weights to the specific factors
considered. After taking into consideration all of the factors set forth above,
the Pacific Board determined that the Merger was fair and in the best interests
of Pacific and its shareholders, and the Board continues to recommend approval
and adoption of the Merger by the Pacific shareholders.
 
BOARD RECOMMENDATIONS
 
    Hybrid's Board has adopted and approved the Reorganization Agreement and the
Agreement of Merger and the transactions contemplated thereby and approved the
Merger and has determined that the Merger is fair, from a financial point of
view to, and in the best interests of Hybrid. James R. Flach, a member of the
Hybrid Board and an executive partner of Accel Partners, a venture capital firm
and an affiliate of Hybrid, abstained from the vote on the Reorganization
Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby. Gary M. Lauder, a member of
the Hybrid Board and the General Partner of Lauder Partners, a venture capital
partnership, did not attend the meeting of the Hybrid Board at which the
adoption and approval of the Reorganization Agreement was voted upon but
subsequently voted in favor of the Merger.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
    AFTER CAREFUL CONSIDERATION, THE HYBRID BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR THE
ADOPTION AND APPROVAL OF THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT AND THE AGREEMENT OF
MERGER AND THE APPROVAL OF THE MERGER.
 
    Pacific's Board has adopted and approved the Reorganization Agreement and
the Agreement of Merger and the transactions contemplated thereby and approved
the Merger by the vote of all but one of the members of the Pacific Board and
has determined that the Merger is fair, from a financial point of view to, and
in the best interests of Pacific and its shareholders. Alan F. Dishlip, a member
of the Pacific Board and a general partner of Utah Venture Partners, could not
be present at the meeting of the Pacific Board at which the adoption and
approval of the Reorganization Agreement was voted upon, but subsequent thereto
informed Pacific that he supports the approval and adoption of the
Reorganization Agreement and approval of the Merger.
 
    AFTER CAREFUL CONSIDERATION, THE PACIFIC BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE
FOR THE ADOPTION AND APPROVAL OF THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT AND THE AGREEMENT
OF MERGER AND THE APPROVAL OF THE MERGER.
 
BACKGROUND OF THE MERGER
 
    Pacific and Hybrid have been working together informally in the wireless
broadband access equipment market since 1995 when the companies began
occasionally referring customers to one another. On June 23, 1997, at the
request of Matthew D. Miller, a director of Pacific, Mr. Miller and Carl S.
Ledbetter, Hybrid's President and Chief Executive Officer, met preliminarily to
explore a more structured business relationship between the two companies. A
follow up meeting was held on July 17, 1997 between Richard B. Gold, Pacific's
President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Ledbetter. To facilitate this
meeting, Hybrid entered into a non-disclosure agreement with respect to the
confidential information of Pacific, and Pacific provided Hybrid with certain
information regarding its business. Mr. Ledbetter indicated that he was not then
prepared to propose or actively consider such a combination as such discussions
would be premature, but Hybrid and Pacific agreed to keep the channels of
communication open. Mr. Ledbetter had further meetings with Mr. Miller on August
13, 1997, with Mr. Gold on September 16, 1997 and November 14, 1997 and with Mr.
Miller on November 20, 1997 to apprise each other of developments in their
respective businesses, although no substantive discussions were held.
 
    On December 11, 1997, Mr. Ledbetter met with Mr. Gold and indicated that he
was prepared to commence discussions on a more active basis. On December 12,
1997, Hybrid executed a new non-disclosure agreement, and Pacific delivered
preliminary financial information to Hybrid. Subsequently, Pacific retained UBS
to advise the Pacific Board of Directors, and Hybrid retained NationsBanc
Montgomery to advise the Hybrid Board of Directors, in connection with a
possible business combination between Hybrid and Pacific.
 
    On December 30, 1997, a meeting was held at the offices of Fenwick & West,
legal counsel to Hybrid, among Mr. Gold and Andrew Hartland of Pacific, Mr.
Ledbetter and Dan E. Steimle of Hybrid, Tor Braham and Steven J. Lalli of UBS,
and Michael Richter and David Locala of NationsBanc Montgomery. During the
meeting, the parties engaged in preliminary discussions with respect to a
business combination of the two companies.
 
    On January 15, 1998, at a regular meeting of Hybrid's Board of Directors and
in discussions with Hybrid's directors before and after the meeting, Mr.
Ledbetter discussed his interest in pursuing a business combination with Pacific
and the basic terms that Hybrid might propose. On January 22, 1998, Mr.
Ledbetter called Mr. Miller and presented a preliminary proposal, in the form of
a summary term sheet, for a business combination between the two companies. Mr.
Ledbetter and Mr. Gold met on January 27, 1998 and discussed the proposed
combination in general terms.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
    On January 29, 1998, at a regular meeting of Pacific's Board of Directors,
Mr. Gold and Mr. Braham of UBS presented to the Board the potential business
combination with Hybrid. Mr. Braham reviewed with the Board a detailed package
prepared by UBS relating to Hybrid and the potential business combination. Mr.
Braham also discussed other alternatives and potential business combinations
with companies other than Hybrid. Messrs. Gold and Braham then reviewed the
proposed term sheet in detail with the Board, and the Board discussed the
proposed valuation of Pacific and the preliminary areas of concern with the term
sheet. Mr. Gold then reviewed Hybrid's business and the advantages and
disadvantages of a proposed business combination with Hybrid. After an extended
discussion, the Board authorized Pacific's management, in consultation with
Pacific's legal and financial advisors, to continue discussions with Hybrid
regarding the terms upon which a merger with Hybrid might be structured.
 
    In a conference telephone call on January 30, 1998, Mr. Ledbetter reported
to three of Hybrid's other directors regarding the status of the discussions
with Pacific and his understanding that Pacific was interested in pursuing the
discussions further.
 
    At various times in January 1998, James R. Flach, a director of Hybrid,
worked with Messrs. Gold and Ledbetter to prepare an outline of strategic
reasons for the proposed business combination for presentation to the respective
boards of directors of the two companies. Throughout February and March of 1998,
there continued to be various meetings between representatives of senior
managements of Pacific and Hybrid and their respective advisors to explore the
advisability of a possible business combination, to conduct due diligence
reviews and to discuss the principal terms of a merger. Senior management of the
two companies communicated individually with members of their respective Board
of Directors over this period as well.
 
    On February 2, 1998, a dinner meeting was held among Mr. Gold,
representatives of UBS, Mr. Ledbetter, two directors of Hybrid (Messrs. Halprin
and Leone) and representatives of NationsBanc Montgomery, during which the
potential beneficial synergies of the possible business combination were
discussed.
 
    The following day, the proposed business combination was the subject of a
meeting of Hybrid's Board of Directors, which was attended by Mr. Steimle, by
Hybrid's legal counsel and by representatives of NationsBanc Montgomery. After
extensive discussion, the directors authorized Hybrid's management, in
consultation with Hybrid's legal and financial advisors, to proceed with
discussions regarding the business combination and to continue its due diligence
investigation of Pacific.
 
    During the following week, discussions continued between representatives of
UBS and NationsBanc Montgomery. On February 10, 1998, Mr. Gold met with Gary M.
Lauder, a director of Hybrid, and Howard L. Strachman, who was then director of
Hybrid and discussed Pacific, the possible business combination and questions
about the combination that were required by the Hybrid representatives.
 
    On February 12, 1998, the business combination was the subject of further
extensive discussion at a meeting of Hybrid's Board of Directors. During the
meeting, issues regarding the proposed combination were considered by the
directors and discussed at length with representatives of NationsBanc Montgomery
and with Hybrid's legal counsel.
 
    On February 13, 1998, Mr. Ledbetter spoke with Mr. Gold over the telephone
regarding a proposed meeting to discuss a number of questions regarding Pacific
and the possible business combination. A meeting was held at the offices of
Fenwick & West on February 18, 1998 and was attended by Mr. Gold and Mr.
Hartland of Pacific, representatives of UBS, Messrs. Ledbetter and Quinones of
Hybrid and representatives of NationsBanc Montgomery. Financial aspects of
Pacific and the proposed combination were discussed at length. A further meeting
was held by Hybrid's Board of Directors on February 25, 1998 at which the status
of the negotiations with Pacific and Hybrid's due diligence investigation were
discussed extensively as well as the possible terms that Hybrid might propose
for the business combination.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
    On March 6, 1998, Hybrid sent a revised term sheet to Pacific. On March 12,
1998, at a regular meeting of Pacific's Board of Directors, Mr. Gold and Mr.
Braham of UBS updated the Board on the status of discussions with Hybrid and
reviewed the revised term sheet in detail with the Board. Mr. Braham also
updated the Board on the status of other alternatives. The Board engaged in an
extended discussion of the revised term sheet, Pacific's current position in its
market, the advantages and disadvantages of a potential business combination
with Hybrid, the current state of Hybrid's business and stock price, the
proposed valuation of Pacific, and other alternatives for Pacific. The Board
then authorized management of Pacific to continue negotiation of the revised
term sheet with Hybrid.
 
    On March 13, 1998, following a breakfast meeting among Messrs. Ledbetter,
Miller and Gold, representatives of Pacific, Hybrid, UBS, NationsBanc Montgomery
and Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, legal counsel to Pacific, met and agreed
upon an outline of fundamental terms by which a merger of the two companies
could be accomplished, subject to completion of a comprehensive due diligence
investigation by Hybrid of the technology and operations of Pacific, the
negotiation and approval of a definitive agreement, and final approval by
Hybrid's Board of Directors and Pacific's Board of Directors of such an
agreement.
 
    Beginning on March 16, 1998 and continuing through March 19, 1998,
representatives of senior management of the two companies and their respective
legal counsel met to review and negotiate drafts of the Merger Agreement and
related documents. During this period, representatives of Hybrid continued their
investigation into Pacific's technology and operations.
 
    On March 18, 1998, a special telephonic meeting of the Board of Directors of
Hybrid was held, which included Messrs. Steimle and Quinones all of the
directors (except that Mr. Lauder was present during only a portion of the
meeting) and Hybrid's financial and legal advisors. At the meeting, management
presented its proposal regarding the exchange ratio and other principal terms of
the Merger Agreement and related documents. Senior management and legal and
financial advisors of Hybrid discussed, among other things, the status of
discussions, the principal terms of the Merger, the results of the due diligence
evaluation of Pacific, the benefits and potential risks of the Merger, the
possible impact of the Merger on the financial condition and business of Hybrid,
the potential dilutive effect of the Merger and the potential market reaction to
the proposed Merger. Hybrid's financial advisors then reviewed, among other
things, the strategic rationale for, and certain financial analysis relating to,
the proposed Merger. After extensive discussion, the Hybrid Board of Directors
approved the Merger Agreement and related documents, with Mr. Flach abstaining
due to a potential conflict of interest, subject to receipt of a fairness
opinion from NationsBanc Montgomery regarding the business combination. A
special committee of the Board was appointed to review NationsBanc Montgomery's
opinion and give final approval to the execution and delivery of the Merger
Agreement by Hybrid.
 
    On March 19, 1998, the special committee of the Hybrid Board, consisting of
Messrs. Ledbetter, Halprin and Leone, met by conference call with Mr. Steimle of
Hybrid, representatives of Fenwick & West and representatives of NationsBanc
Montgomery. The representatives of NationsBanc Montgomery made a presentation
regarding the proposed business combination, its potential benefits and risks,
certain principal terms of the Merger Agreement, analysis as to the relative
valuation of Hybrid and Pacific, analysis of valuations of comparable companies
and other valuation analyses and other matters. NationsBanc Montgomery presented
its opinion as to the fairness of the proposed business combination from a
financial point of view to Hybrid and its stockholders. (See "--OPINION OF
FINANCIAL ADVISOR.") After further discussion, the committee, acting pursuant to
authority conferred by the Hybrid Board, authorized the execution and delivery
of the Merger Agreement by Hybrid.
 
    On the same day, a special telephonic meeting of Pacific's Board of
Directors was held, which included various members of Pacific's management, Mr.
Braham of UBS and Pacific's legal advisors. At the meeting, management presented
the exchange ratio and other principal terms of the Merger Agreement and related
documents. Senior management, Mr. Braham and the legal advisors of Pacific
reviewed,
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
among other things, the status of the discussions with Hybrid, the principal
terms of the Merger, the benefits and potential risks of the Merger, and the
potential impact of the Merger on the business and financial condition of
Pacific. Mr. Braham then reviewed, among other things, certain factors
supporting the proposed exchange ratio and terms. Mr. Braham orally informed the
Board that, based upon UBS's review of the businesses of Hybrid and Pacific and
its experience in the investment banking industry, UBS concurred with the
Board's views as to the advantages of a business combination with Hybrid. After
further discussion, the Pacific Board of Directors approved the Merger Agreement
and related documents.
 
    On March 19, 1998, following final approval by the Hybrid Board and the
Pacific Board of Directors, the Merger Agreement and related documents were
executed by both companies. On the afternoon of March 19, 1998, following the
close of the stock market, Hybrid issued a press release announcing the Merger.
 
FINANCIAL ADVISORS
 
    Hybrid engaged NationsBanc Montgomery to act as its financial advisor in
connection with the Merger. NationsBanc Montgomery is a nationally recognized
firm and, as part of its investment banking activities, is regularly engaged in
the valuation of businesses and their securities in connection with merger
transactions and other types of acquisitions, negotiated underwritings,
secondary distributions of listed and unlisted securities, private placements
and valuations for corporate and other purposes. Hybrid selected NationsBanc
Montgomery as its financial advisor on the basis of NationsBanc Montgomery's
experience and expertise in transactions similar to the Merger, its reputation
in the technology and investment communities and its existing investment banking
relationship with Hybrid.
 
    At the March 19, 1998 meeting of the special committee of the Hybrid Board,
NationsBanc Montgomery delivered its opinion that the consideration to be paid
by Hybrid in the Merger was fair to Hybrid from a financial point of view, as of
the date of such opinion. NationsBanc Montgomery did not determine the form or
amount of consideration to be paid by Hybrid in the Merger. The amount of such
consideration was agreed to as a result of negotiations between Hybrid and
Pacific. No limitations were imposed by Hybrid on NationsBanc Montgomery with
respect to the investigations made or procedures followed in rendering its
opinion.
 
    The full text of NationsBanc Montgomery's written opinion to the Hybrid
Board, which sets forth the assumptions made, matters considered and limitations
of review by NationsBanc Montgomery, is attached hereto as Appendix B and is
incorporated herein by reference and should be read carefully and in its
entirety in connection with this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus. The following
summary of NationsBanc Montgomery's opinion is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the full text of the opinion. NationsBanc Montgomery's opinion is
addressed to the Hybrid Board only and does not constitute a recommendation to
any Hybrid stockholder as to how such stockholder should vote at the Annual
Meeting. In furnishing its opinion, NationsBanc Montgomery did not admit that it
is an expert within the meaning of the term "expert" as used in the Securities
Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or that its opinion is
a report or valuation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act,
and statements to such effect are included in NationsBanc Montgomery's opinion.
 
    In connection with its opinion, NationsBanc Montgomery, among other things:
(i) reviewed certain financial and other data with respect to Pacific and
Hybrid, including the consolidated financial statements for recent years and
interim periods to February 28 for Pacific and Hybrid and certain other relevant
financial and operating data relating to Pacific and Hybrid made available to
NationsBanc Montgomery from the internal records of Pacific and Hybrid; (ii)
reviewed the financial terms and conditions of the undated draft Reorganization
Agreement; (iii) compared Pacific and Hybrid from a financial point of view with
certain other companies in the wireless telecommunication equipment industry
which NationsBanc Montgomery deemed to be relevant; (iv) considered the
financial terms, to the extent publicly available, of selected recent business
combinations of companies in the telecommunication equipment industry which
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
NationsBanc Montgomery deemed to be comparable, in whole or in part, to the
Merger; (v) reviewed and discussed with representatives of the management of
Hybrid and Pacific certain information of a business and financial nature
regarding Hybrid and Pacific, furnished to NationsBanc Montgomery by them,
including financial forecasts and related assumptions of Hybrid and Pacific;
(vi) made inquiries regarding, and discussed, the Merger and the draft
Reorganization Agreement and other matters related thereto with Hybrid's
counsel; and (vii) performed such other analyses and examinations as NationsBanc
Montgomery deemed appropriate.
 
    In connection with its review, NationsBanc Montgomery did not assume any
obligation independently to verify the foregoing information and relied on such
information being accurate and complete in all material respects. With respect
to the financial forecasts for Pacific provided to NationsBanc Montgomery by
Hybrid, NationsBanc Montgomery assumed for purposes of its opinion that the
forecasts were reasonably prepared on bases reflecting the best available
estimates and judgments of its management at the time of preparation as to the
future financial performance of Hybrid and that they provided a reasonable basis
upon which NationsBanc Montgomery could form its opinion. NationsBanc Montgomery
also assumed that there were no material changes in Hybrid's or Pacific's
assets, financial condition, results of operations, business or prospects since
the respective dates of their last financial statements made available to
NationsBanc Montgomery. NationsBanc Montgomery has relied on advice of counsel
and independent accountants to Pacific and Hybrid as to all legal and financial
reporting matters with respect to Pacific and Hybrid, the Merger and the
Reorganization Agreement. NationsBanc Montgomery assumed that the Merger would
be consummated in a manner that complies in all respects with the applicable
provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and all other applicable
federal and state statutes, rules and regulations. In addition, NationsBanc
Montgomery did not assume responsibility for making an independent evaluation,
appraisal or physical inspection of any of the assets or liabilities (contingent
or otherwise) of Hybrid or Pacific, nor was NationsBanc Montgomery furnished
with any such evaluations or appraisals. Hybrid informed NationsBanc Montgomery,
and NationsBanc Montgomery assumed, that the Merger would be recorded as a
pooling of interests under generally accepted accounting principles. Finally,
NationsBanc Montgomery's opinion was based on economic, monetary and market and
other conditions as in effect on, and the information made available to it as
of, March 19, 1998. Accordingly, although subsequent developments may affect
NationsBanc Montgomery's opinion, NationsBanc Montgomery has not assumed any
obligation to update, revise or reaffirm its opinion.
 
    The following is a summary of the material analyses and factors considered
by NationsBanc Montgomery in connection with its opinion to the Hybrid Board
dated March 19, 1998.
 
    SELECTED COMPARABLE PUBLIC COMPANY ANALYSIS.  NationsBanc Montgomery
compared the value of the consideration to be paid by the stockholders of Hybrid
in the Merger to certain financial and stock market information of selected
publicly-traded companies engaged in the wireless telecommunication industry
that NationsBanc Montgomery believed were comparable in certain respects to
Pacific (the "COMPARABLE COMPANIES"). The Comparable Companies were chosen by
NationsBanc Montgomery as companies that, based on publicly available data,
possess general business, operating and financial characteristics representative
of companies in the industry in which Pacific operates, although NationsBanc
Montgomery recognizes that each of the Comparable Companies is distinguishable
from Pacific in certain respects.
 
    For each of the Comparable Companies and Pacific, NationsBanc Montgomery
obtained certain publicly available financial, operating and stock market data,
including last 12 months ("LTM") revenue, projected calendar year 1998 revenue,
projected calendar year 1999 revenue, recently reported total debt and cash and
cash equivalents, and closing stock price as of March 18, 1998. Calendar year
1998 revenue and calendar year 1999 revenue estimates for the Comparable
Companies were based on publicly available analysts' estimates, and calendar
year 1998 revenue and calendar year 1999 revenue estimates for Pacific were
based on Hybrid management estimates.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
    NationsBanc Montgomery also compiled the "aggregate value" for each of the
Comparable Companies and for Pacific implied in the Merger. Aggregate value is
the total current equity value plus total debt less cash and cash equivalents.
 
    Based on this data, NationsBanc Montgomery calculated the following ratios
for each of the Comparable Companies and for Pacific implied in the Merger:
aggregate value to LTM revenue; aggregate value to projected calendar year 1998
revenue; and aggregate value to projected calendar year 1999 revenue.
 
    Based on these calculations, NationsBanc Montgomery identified a selected
aggregate value to the LTM revenue range for the Comparable Companies of .66x to
1.82x, compared to .62x for Pacific implied in the Merger. The selected
aggregate value to projected calendar year 1998 revenue range for the Comparable
Companies was .49x to 1.30x, compared to .55x for Pacific implied in the Merger.
The selected aggregate value to projected calendar year 1999 revenue range for
the Comparable Companies was .81x to 1.09x, compared to .50x for Pacific implied
in the Merger.
 
    SELECTED COMPARABLE MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS ANALYSIS.  NationsBanc
Montgomery reviewed certain financial data for selected recently announced
mergers and acquisitions in the telecommunication equipment industry that were
deemed to be comparable to the Merger.
 
    For each such transaction NationsBanc Montgomery calculated the ratio of
aggregate value to LTM revenue. All multiples were based on publicly available
information at the time of announcement of the comparable acquisitions. Based on
these calculations, NationsBanc Montgomery identified a selected aggregate value
to LTM revenue range of 3.40x to 6.36x, compared to .62x for Pacific implied in
the Merger
 
    PRO FORMA MERGER ANALYSIS.  NationsBanc Montgomery analyzed the impact of
the Merger on Hybrid stockholders on a pro forma fully diluted EPS basis for
calendar years 1998 and 1999. NationsBanc Montgomery used internal estimates for
calendar year 1998 for Hybrid and Hybrid management estimates for calendar year
1998 for Pacific and performed the analysis giving effect to approximately $2.5
million of cost reduction synergies anticipated to be achieved by the
managements of Hybrid and Pacific to result from the Merger. The analysis
indicated that, for Hybrid stockholders, the Merger would be accretive in
calendar year 1998 with the realization of the synergies. NationsBanc Montgomery
used NationsBanc Montgomery estimates for calendar year 1999 for Hybrid and
Hybrid management estimates for calendar year 1999 for Pacific and performed the
analysis giving effect to approximately $4.5 million of cost reduction synergies
anticipated to be achieved by the managements of Hybrid and Pacific to result
from the Merger. The analysis indicated that, for Hybrid stockholders, the
Merger would be accretive in 1999 with the realization of the synergies.
 
    The actual results achieved by the combined company may vary from projected
results and the variations may be material.
 
    DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS.  NationsBanc Montgomery performed a
discounted cash flow analysis on certain projected financial statements that
were provided to NationsBanc Montgomery by the management of Pacific.
 
    In performing this analysis, NationsBanc Montgomery calculated the projected
stand-alone unlevered after-tax cash flows for Pacific for calendar years 1998
through 2002. NationsBanc Montgomery calculated Hybrid's terminal values in
calendar year 2002 based on aggregate value to revenue multiples ranging from
 .75x to 1.75x. The unlevered after-tax cash flows and the terminal value were
discounted to the present using discount rates ranging from 17.5% to 22.5%. This
analysis yielded an equity value range for Pacific of $13.3 million to $41.1
million, compared to $12.5 million for Pacific implied by the Merger.
 
    CONTRIBUTION ANALYSIS.  Using estimates and forecasts prepared by Hybrid for
calendar year 1998 and NationsBanc Montgomery for calendar year 1999 with
respect to Hybrid, and by Pacific with respect to
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
Pacific, NationsBanc Montgomery reviewed the estimated contribution of each of
Hybrid and Pacific to estimated calendar 1998 and 1999 revenue, EBIT and net
income for the combined company. NationsBanc Montgomery then compared such
contributions to the pro forma share ownership of the combined company to be to
be contributed by Hybrid and Pacific, assuming consummation of the Merger as
described in the Reorganization Agreement. These comparisons do not consider the
cost reduction synergies resulting from the Merger. Such analysis indicated that
the Hybrid's stockholders would own approximately 85.6% of the combined company.
Hybrid would contribute approximately 53.9%, 94.5% and 80.2% of the combined
company's estimated 1998 revenue, operating income and net income, respectively,
and 60.4%, 69.5% and 101.5% of the combined company's estimated 1999 revenue,
operating income and net income, respectively.
 
    The summary set forth above does not purport to be a complete description of
the presentation by NationsBanc Montgomery to the Hybrid Board or the analyses
performed by NationsBanc Montgomery. The preparation of a fairness opinion is
not necessarily susceptible to partial analysis or summary description.
NationsBanc Montgomery believes that its analyses and the summary set forth
above must be considered as a whole and that selecting portions of its analyses
and of the factors considered, without considering all analyses and factors,
would create an incomplete view of the process underlying the analyses set forth
in its presentation to the Hybrid Board. In addition, NationsBanc Montgomery may
have given various analyses more or less weight than other analyses, and may
have deemed various assumptions more or less probable than other assumptions so
that the ranges of valuations resulting from any particular analysis described
above should not be taken to be NationsBanc Montgomery's view of the actual
value of Pacific. The fact that any specific analysis has been referred to in
the summary above is not meant to indicate that such analysis was given greater
weight than any other analysis. In arriving at its opinion, NationsBanc
Montgomery did not ascribe a specific range of values to Pacific, but rather
made its determination as to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of
the consideration to be paid by Hybrid in the Merger on the basis of the
financial and comparative analyses described above.
 
    In performing its analyses, NationsBanc Montgomery made numerous assumptions
with respect to industry performance, general business and economic conditions
and other matters, many of which are beyond the control of Pacific. The analyses
performed by NationsBanc Montgomery are not necessarily indicative of actual
values or actual future results, which may be significantly more or less
favorable than suggested by such analyses. Such analyses were prepared solely as
part of NationsBanc Montgomery's analysis of the fairness of the transaction
contemplated by the Reorganization Agreement to Hybrid's stockholders and were
provided to the Hybrid Board in connection with the delivery of NationsBanc
Montgomery's opinion. The analyses do not purport to be appraisals or to reflect
the prices at which a company might actually be sold or the prices at which any
securities may trade at the present time or at any time in the future.
NationsBanc Montgomery used in its analyses various projections of future
performance prepared by the management of Hybrid. The projections are based on
numerous variables and assumptions which are inherently unpredictable and must
be considered not certain of occurrence as projected. Accordingly, actual
results could vary significantly from those set forth in such projections.
 
    Pursuant to the terms of NationsBanc Montgomery's engagement, Hybrid has
agreed to pay NationsBanc Montgomery a fee in cash equal to 2.5% of the
consideration involved in the sale (subject to a minimum fee of $600,000),
$300,000 of which became payable upon delivery of its opinion and the remainder
of which is contingent upon the closing of the Merger. Accordingly, a
significant portion of NationsBanc Montgomery's fee is contingent upon the
consummation of the Merger. In addition to the foregoing fees, Hybrid has agreed
to reimburse NationsBanc Montgomery for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and
expenses (including counsel fees). Pursuant to a separate letter agreement,
Hybrid had agreed to indemnify NationsBanc Montgomery, its affiliates and their
respective partners, directors, officers, agents, consultants, employees and
controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under
federal securities laws.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
    Pacific engaged UBS to act as its financial advisor in connection with the
Merger. At the March 19, 1998 telephonic meeting of Pacific's Board of
Directors, UBS orally informed the Board, that, based upon its review of the
businesses of Hybrid and Pacific and its experience in the investment banking
industry, it concurred with the Board's views as to the advantages of a business
combination with Hybrid. UBS did not render a formal "fairness opinion" on the
Merger. UBS acted as one of the two managing underwriters in Hybrid's initial
public offering and currently acts as a market maker for Hybrid's stock.
 
    Pursuant to the terms of UBS's engagement, Pacific has agreed to pay UBS a
fee equal to 1.5% of the consideration involved in the sale, payable in cash
upon the consummation of the Merger. In addition to the foregoing fee, Pacific
has agreed to reimburse UBS for all travel and other out-of-pocket expenses
(including counsel fees), up to a maximum of $30,000.
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
    The following discussion summarizes the material federal income tax
considerations of the Merger that are generally applicable to holders of Pacific
Common Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock. This discussion does not deal with all
income tax considerations that may be relevant to particular Pacific
shareholders in light of their particular circumstances, such as considerations
that might be applicable to shareholders who are dealers in securities, foreign
persons, shareholders who acquired their shares in connection with previous
mergers involving Pacific or an affiliate of Pacific or shareholders who
acquired their shares in connection with stock option or stock purchase plans or
in other compensatory transactions. In addition, the following discussion does
not address the tax consequences of transactions effectuated prior to or after
the Merger (whether or not such transactions are in connection with the Merger),
including, without limitation, transactions in which shares of Pacific Common
Stock or Pacific Preferred Stock were or are acquired or in which shares of
Hybrid Common Stock were or are disposed of. Furthermore, no foreign, state or
local tax considerations are addressed. ACCORDINGLY, PACIFIC SHAREHOLDERS AND
HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE
SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE MERGER, INCLUDING THE APPLICABLE FEDERAL,
STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE MERGER.
 
    The Merger is intended to constitute a "reorganization" within the meaning
of Section 368(a) of the Code, with each of Pacific, Merger Sub and Hybrid
intended to qualify as a "party to a reorganization" under Section 368(b) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE"), in which case the
following federal income tax consequences will result (subject to the
limitations and qualifications referred to herein):
 
        (a) No gain or loss will be recognized by holders of Pacific Common
    Stock or Pacific Preferred Stock solely upon their receipt of Hybrid Common
    Stock in the Merger (except to the extent of cash received in lieu of a
    fractional share thereof) in exchange therefor;
 
        (b) The aggregate tax basis of the Hybrid Common Stock received in the
    Merger by a holder of Pacific Capital Stock will be the same as the
    aggregate tax basis of the Pacific Capital Stock surrendered in exchange
    therefor;
 
        (c) The holding period for the Hybrid Common Stock received in the
    Merger by a holder of Pacific Capital Stock will include the period during
    which the shareholder held the Pacific Capital Stock surrendered in exchange
    therefor, provided that the Pacific Capital Stock is held as a capital asset
    at the time of the Merger;
 
        (d) Cash payments received by holders of Pacific Capital Stock in lieu
    of a fractional share will be treated as if such fractional share of Hybrid
    Common Stock has been issued in the Merger and then redeemed by Hybrid. A
    holder of Pacific Capital Stock receiving such cash generally will recognize
    gain or loss, upon such payment, measured by the difference, if any, between
    the amount of cash received and the basis in such fractional share; and
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
        (e) None of Hybrid, Merger Sub or Pacific will recognize material
    amounts of gain or loss solely as a result of the Merger.
 
    The parties are not requesting a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service
("IRS") in connection with the Merger. Hybrid and Pacific have each received an
opinion from their respective legal counsel, Fenwick & West LLP and Wilson
Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, respectively, that, for
federal income tax purposes, the Merger will constitute a "reorganization"
within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. These opinions, which are
collectively referred to herein as the "Tax Opinions", neither bind the IRS nor
preclude the IRS from adopting a contrary position. In addition, the Tax
Opinions are subject to certain assumptions and qualifications and are based on
the truth and accuracy of certain representations made by Hybrid, Merger Sub and
Pacific, including representations made in certificates delivered to counsel by
the respective managements of Hybrid, Merger Sub and Pacific.
 
    A successful IRS challenge to the "reorganization" status of the Merger
would result in a Pacific shareholder recognizing gain or loss with respect to
each share of Pacific Capital Stock surrendered equal to the difference between
the shareholder's basis in such share(s) and the fair market value, as of the
Effective Time of the Merger, of the Hybrid Common Stock received in exchange
therefor. In such event, a shareholder's aggregate basis in the Hybrid Common
Stock so received would equal its fair market value and such shareholder's
holding period would begin the day after the Merger.
 
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
    The Merger is intended to be treated as a pooling of interests for financial
reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
As a condition to Hybrid's and Pacific's obligations to consummate the Merger,
Pacific and Hybrid are to receive the Pooling Opinions from Coopers & Lybrand
L.L.P., independent accountants for Hybrid, and Deloitte & Touche LLP,
independent accountants for Pacific, concurring in Hybrid management's
conclusion as to the appropriateness of pooling-of-interests accounting
treatment for the Merger under APB No. 16, if consummated in accordance with the
terms of the Reorganization Agreement.
 
GOVERNMENT AND REGULATORY APPROVALS
 
    The Merger is not subject to notification and review under the HSR Act or
the rules promulgated thereunder by the FTC. Neither Hybrid nor Pacific is aware
of any other material governmental or regulatory approvals required for
consummation of the Merger, other than compliance with the federal securities
laws and applicable securities and "blue sky" laws of the various states.
 
APPRAISAL AND DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
 
    RIGHTS OF PACIFIC SHAREHOLDERS.  The following is a brief summary of the
rights of shareholders of Pacific who dissent from the Merger. It is qualified
in its entirety by reference to the applicable statutory provisions of the
California Code attached hereto as Appendix C.
 
    If holders of Pacific Capital Stock exercise dissenters' rights in
connection with the Merger under Sections 1300-1312 of the California Code
("SECTION 1300"), any shares of Pacific Capital Stock as to which such
dissenters' rights are exercised (the "DISSENTING SHARES") will not be converted
into the right to receive shares of Hybrid Common Stock by virtue of the Merger
but instead will be converted into the right to receive such consideration as
may be determined to be due with respect to such Dissenting Shares pursuant to
the laws of the State of California. The following summary of the provisions of
Section 1300 is not intended to be a complete statement of such provisions and
is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of Section 1300, a
copy of which is attached hereto as Annex C and is incorporated herein by
reference. It is a condition to Hybrid's obligation to close the Merger that no
more than 5% of the shares of Pacific Capital Stock are eligible to be
Dissenting Shares.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
    If the Merger is approved by the required vote of Pacific's shareholders,
each holder of shares of Pacific Capital Stock who does not vote in favor of the
Merger and who follows the procedures set forth in Section 1300 will be entitled
to have shares of Pacific Capital Stock purchased by Pacific for cash at their
fair market value. The fair market value of shares of Pacific Capital Stock will
be determined as of the day before the first announcement of the terms of the
proposed Merger, excluding any appreciation or depreciation in consequence of
the proposed Merger and therefore valuing the shares of Pacific Capital Stock as
if the Merger had not occurred.
 
    Within ten days after approval of the Merger by Pacific's shareholders,
Pacific must mail a notice of such approval (the "APPROVAL NOTICE") to all
shareholders who have not voted in favor of the Merger, together with a
statement of the price determined by Pacific to represent the fair market value
of the applicable Dissenting Shares, a brief description of the procedures to be
followed in order for the shareholder to pursue dissenters' rights, and a copy
of Sections 1300-1304 of the California Code. The statement of price by Pacific
constitutes an offer by Pacific to purchase all Dissenting Shares at the stated
amount.
 
    A shareholder of Pacific electing to exercise dissenters' rights must,
within 30 days after the date in which the Approval Notice is mailed to such
shareholder, mail or deliver the written demand to Pacific stating that the
shareholder is demanding purchase of the shareholder's shares of Pacific Capital
Stock, stating the number of shares which Pacific must purchase, what the
shareholder claims to be the fair market value of such shares and enclosing the
share certificates for endorsement by Pacific.
 
    If Pacific and the shareholder agree that the shares are Dissenting Shares
and agree upon the price of the shares, Pacific must pay the shareholder the
agreed upon price plus interest thereon at the legal rate from the date of the
agreement on Dissenting Shares within thirty days from the later of (i) the date
of the agreement on Dissenting Shares or (ii) the date all contractual
conditions to the Merger are satisfied.
 
    If Pacific denies that the shares are Dissenting Shares, or if Pacific and
the shareholder fail to agree upon the fair market value of shares of Pacific
Capital Stock, then within six months after the date the Approval Notice was
mailed to shareholders, any shareholder who has made a valid written purchase
demand and who has not voted in favor of approval and adoption of the Merger may
file a complaint in California superior court requesting a determination as to
whether the shares are Dissenting Shares or as to the fair market value of such
holder's shares of Pacific Capital Stock, or both.
 
    RIGHTS OF HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS.  Under the Delaware General Corporation Law,
Hybrid stockholders are not entitled to dissenters' rights or appraisal rights
with respect to the proposed Merger.
 
INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE MERGER
 
    Certain management personnel of Pacific have entered into or are expected to
enter into employment agreements or arrangements and noncompetition agreements
with Hybrid that will become effective upon consummation of the Merger, as
described below. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF THE MERGER--
EMPLOYMENT/NONCOMPETITION ARRANGEMENTS." Under the employment arrangements, upon
the consummation of the Merger, Richard B. Gold (the Chief Executive Officer,
President and a director of Pacific) will become the President and Chief
Operating Officer of Hybrid, and Michael D. Morganstern (the Vice President,
Engineering of Pacific) and Allen F. Podell (the Chief Technical Officer of
Pacific) will become employees of Hybrid. Pursuant to the terms of the
Reorganization Agreement, it is anticipated that, following the Merger, Mr. Gold
and Matthew D. Miller (the Chairman of the Board of Pacific), will be appointed
directors of Hybrid. Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, Hybrid has agreed
to indemnify Messrs. Gold and Miller in their capacity as Hybrid directors. See
"PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF THE MERGER--INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS."
In addition, Mr. Miller has been a consultant to Hybrid since October 1994 and
has received options to purchase 18,519 shares of Hybrid Common Stock. A
consulting firm of which Mr. Miller is the President acts as a consultant to
Pacific as well. See "SELECTED INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO PACIFIC--CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS." As a result of the foregoing, the
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
officers and directors of Pacific referred to above may have personal interests
in the Merger which are not identical to the interests of other Pacific
shareholders.
 
    In addition, certain 5% or greater shareholders of Pacific, in May 1996 and
September 1997, loaned Pacific an aggregate of $1.0 million and $750,000,
respectively, in connection with bridge loan financings and such shareholders
received promissory notes and warrants to purchase Pacific Common Stock. In
connection with the Merger, the promissory notes are expected to be repaid in
full, together with accrued interest. See "SELECTED INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO
PACIFIC--CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS."
 
    James R. Flach, a director of Hybrid, is an executive partner of Accel
Partners which is an affiliate of both Hybrid and Pacific. As of April 30, 1998,
entities associated with Accel Partners owned 879,562 shares of Hybrid Common
Stock, or 8.3% of all outstanding shares of Hybrid Common Stock. As of April 30,
1998, entities associated with Accel Partners owned 1,818,182 shares of Pacific
Series B Preferred Stock, or 63.5% of all outstanding shares of Pacific Series B
Preferred Stock, as well as 425,532 shares of Pacific Series C Preferred Stock,
or 19.3% of all outstanding shares of Pacific Series C Stock (the 2,243,714
shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock held by these
entities represent 18.2% of all outstanding shares of Pacific Preferred Stock).
As of April 30, 1998, these entities beneficially owned 2,506,102 shares of
Pacific Capital Stock (including shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants),
representing 13.7% of Pacific Capital Stock. Mr. Flach holds no voting or
dispositive power with respect to the Hybrid or Pacific shares owned by any of
these entities. In addition, the entities associated with Accel Partners hold
unsecured demand promissory notes of Pacific in the aggregate amount of $500,000
and warrants to purchase up to 300,000 shares of Pacific Common Stock. In
connection with the Merger, these promissory notes are expected to be repaid in
full, together with accrued interest, and these entities would receive or have
the right to receive (based on the Assumed Exchange Ratio) approximately 226,345
shares of Hybrid Common Stock (including shares subject to issuance upon the
exercise of the warrants assumed by Hybrid in the Merger), or approximately
11.7% of all shares of Hybrid Common Stock that would be issued or issuable by
Hybrid in the Merger. See "SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF THE COMBINED COMPANY";
"SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF HYBRID"; AND "SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF PACIFIC." In view of
the interest of these entities associated with Accel Partners, Mr. Flach
abstained in the vote of Hybrid's Board of Directors to approve the Merger and
recommend it to Hybrid's stockholders for approval.
 
    William H. Fry, Hybrid's Vice President and Chief Technical Officer, holds
options to purchase 113,010 shares of Hybrid Common Stock, 55,262 of which were
vested as of April 30, 1998. In January 1998, Hybrid's Board of Directors
approved the 12-month accelerated vesting for options held by Mr. Fry if the
Company hires certain senior management and his employment is terminated,
voluntarily or involuntarily, within 12 months after such hiring. Mr. Gold is
expected to be appointed the Chief Operating Officer of Hybrid following the
consummation of the Merger, in which event Mr. Fry would have the right to
receive accelerated vesting of options for up to 26,991 shares of Hybrid Common
Stock, should he leave the Company within 12 months thereafter. This may give
Mr. Fry a personal interest in the Merger which is not identical to the interest
of other Hybrid stockholders.
 
                              TERMS OF THE MERGER
 
GENERAL
 
    The discussion in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus of the Merger and
the description of the principal terms of the Reorganization Agreement and the
Agreement of Merger are subject to and qualified in their entirety by reference
to the Reorganization Agreement and the Agreement of Merger, copies of which are
attached to this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus as Appendices A-1 and A-2,
respectively, and incorporated herein by reference.
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
EFFECTIVE TIME; CLOSING DATE
 
    The Merger will become effective upon the filing of the Agreement of Merger
with the Secretary of State of the State of California or at such later time as
may be agreed in writing by Hybrid, Pacific and Merger Sub and specified in the
Agreement of Merger (the "EFFECTIVE TIME"). The closing date ("CLOSING DATE")
will occur at a time and date to be specified by Hybrid, Pacific and Merger Sub
after the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the Merger, or at such
other time as Hybrid, Pacific and Merger Sub agree in writing. Assuming all
conditions to the Merger are satisfied or waived prior thereto, it is currently
anticipated that the Closing Date and Effective Time will be on or about May 28,
1998.
 
CONDUCT OF COMBINED COMPANY FOLLOWING THE MERGER
 
    Once the Merger is consummated, Merger Sub will cease to exist as a
corporation, and all of the business, assets, liabilities and obligations of
Merger Sub will be merged with and into Pacific with Pacific remaining as the
surviving corporation (the "SURVIVING CORPORATION"). Following the Merger, the
headquarters of the combined company will be in Cupertino, California.
 
    Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, at the Effective Time, (i) the
Articles of Incorporation of Pacific will be amended in substantially the form
attached to the Agreement of Merger as Exhibit A thereto, (ii) the Bylaws of
Pacific, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, will be the
Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation, (iii) the initial directors of Merger Sub
immediately prior to the Effective Time will be the directors of the Surviving
Corporation, and (iv) the initial officers of Merger Sub immediately prior to
the Effective Time will be the officers of the Surviving Corporation. See
"MANAGEMENT OF THE COMBINED COMPANY."
 
MERGER CONSIDERATION
 
    CONVERSION OF CAPITAL STOCK.  At the Effective Time, each share of Pacific
Common Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately
prior to the Effective Time will be canceled and extinguished and automatically
converted into a fraction of a share of Hybrid Common Stock equal to a fraction,
the numerator of which is obtained by dividing $12,500,000 by the Closing Price
and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Pacific Common
Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock outstanding plus the total number of shares of
Pacific Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding Pacific Options and
Pacific Warrants. The Closing Price will be equal to the average of the closing
sale prices of one share of Hybrid Common Stock reported in THE WALL STREET
JOURNAL, on the basis of information provided by the Nasdaq Stock Market for
each of the ten trading days ending two (2) trading days preceding the Closing
Date; provided, however, that in no event shall the Closing Price be greater
than $8.40 or less than $5.17. As of March 19, 1998, based on Hybrid's ten day
average trading price of $6.46 and the number of shares of Pacific Common Stock,
shares of Pacific Preferred Stock and Pacific Options and Pacific Warrants
outstanding on such date, the Exchange Ratio would be approximately 0.0895193 of
a share of Hybrid Common Stock for each outstanding share of Pacific Common
Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock. Shares of Hybrid Common Stock received by
holders of Pacific Capital Stock who are not also affiliates of Pacific will be
freely salable following the Merger.
 
    ASSUMPTION OF OPTIONS AND WARRANTS.  At the Effective Time, each outstanding
Pacific Option and Pacific Warrant to purchase shares of Pacific Common Stock,
whether or not exercisable, will be assumed by Hybrid and will continue to have,
and be subject to, the same terms and conditions set forth in the applicable
Pacific Option or Pacific Warrant, as applicable, immediately prior to the
Effective Time and the Stock Option Agreement or Stock Warrant Agreement by
which it is evidenced, except that (i) each Pacific Option or Pacific Warrant
will be exercisable or become exercisable in accordance with its terms for that
number of whole shares (and no fractional shares) of Hybrid Common Stock equal
to the product of the number of shares of Pacific Common Stock that were
issuable upon exercise of such Pacific Option or Pacific Warrant immediately
prior to the Effective Time multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, rounded down
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
to the nearest whole number of shares of Hybrid Common Stock, and (ii) the per
share exercise price for the shares of Hybrid Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of such assumed Pacific Option or Pacific Warrant will be equal to the
quotient determined by dividing the exercise price per share of Pacific Common
Stock at which such Pacific Option or Pacific Warrant was exercisable
immediately prior to the Effective Time by the Exchange Ratio, rounded up to the
nearest whole cent. Hybrid has agreed that as soon as practicable following the
closing of the Merger that it will file a registration statement of Form S-8
registering the shares of Hybrid Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the
assumed Pacific Options. Upon such registration, shares of Hybrid Common Stock
issued upon the exercise of the assumed Pacific Options will be freely salable
as well.
 
    The shares of Hybrid Common Stock that will be issuable upon the exercise of
assumed Pacific Warrants are not being registered in connection with the Merger.
Shares of Hybrid Common Stock received upon the exercise of the assumed Pacific
Warrants must either be registered for resale or otherwise qualify for an
exemption from registration under applicable federal and state securities laws
as, for example, by the holder of such shares complying with the provisions of
Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
 
    NO FRACTIONAL SHARES.  No fractional shares will be issued by virtue of the
Merger, but in lieu thereof each holder of shares of Pacific Capital Stock who
would otherwise be entitled to a fraction of a share of Hybrid Common Stock
(after aggregating all fractional shares to be received by such holder) will
receive from Hybrid an amount of cash (rounded to the nearest whole cent) equal
to the product of (i) such fraction, multiplied by (ii) the average closing
price of one share of Hybrid Common Stock for the ten most recent days that
Hybrid Common Stock has traded ending two trading days immediately prior to the
Closing Date, as reported on the Nasdaq National Market.
 
CONVERSION OF SHARES; PROCEDURES FOR EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATES
 
    Promptly after the Effective Time, Hybrid will cause the Exchange Agent to
mail to each holder of record (as of the Effective Time) of a certificate or
certificates which immediately prior to the Effective Time represented
outstanding shares of Pacific Capital Stock a letter of transmittal in customary
form and instructions for use in effecting the surrender of such certificates
for cancellation and in exchange for certificates representing shares of Hybrid
Common Stock, and cash in lieu of any fractional shares. No dividends or other
distributions declared with respect to Hybrid Common Stock with a record date
after the Effective Time will be paid to the holders of any unsurrendered
certificates until the holders of record of such certificates surrender such
certificates, and no cash payment in lieu of fractional shares will be paid to
such holder until the holder of record of such certificates shall surrender such
certificates. CERTIFICATES SHOULD NOT BE SURRENDERED BY THE HOLDERS OF PACIFIC
CAPITAL STOCK UNTIL SUCH HOLDERS RECEIVE THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL FROM THE
EXCHANGE AGENT.
 
    In the event a certificate representing Pacific Capital Stock has been lost,
stolen or destroyed, the owner of such certificate will be required to provide
an affidavit of such fact, and Hybrid may, in its discretion and as a condition
precedent to the issuance of such certificates representing shares of Hybrid
Common Stock, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate to
deliver a bond in such sum as Hybrid may reasonably direct as indemnity against
any claim that may be made against Hybrid, the surviving corporation in the
Merger or the Exchange Agent with respect to the certificate alleged to have
been lost, stolen or destroyed.
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
    The Reorganization Agreement contains certain representations and
warranties, including, without limitation, representations and warranties by
Pacific as to: (i) due organization and good standing; (ii) corporate power,
authorization and validity; (iii) capital structure and capitalization; (iv)
subsidiaries; (v) no violation of existing charter documents and agreements;
(vi) litigation; (vii) financial statements;
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
(viii) taxes; (ix) title to properties; (x) absence of certain changes; (xi)
agreements and commitments; (xii) intellectual property; (xiii) compliance with
laws; (xiv) certain transactions and agreements; (xv) employees; (xvi) corporate
documents; (xvii) brokers; (xviii) disclosure (xix) books and records; (xx)
insurance; (xxi) environmental matters; (xxii) government contracts; (xxiii)
information supplied; (xxiv) board approval; and (xxv) pooling of interests
accounting. The Reorganization Agreement contains further representations and
warranties of Hybrid and Merger Sub as to: (i) organization and good standing;
(ii) power, authorization and validity; (iii) no violation of existing
agreements or laws; (iv) SEC documents; (v) authorized/outstanding capital
stock; (vi) no material change; (vii) pooling of interests accounting; (viii)
litigation; and (ix) board approval.
 
    The representations and warranties of Hybrid and Merger Sub contained in the
Reorganization Agreement will terminate at the Effective Time. The
representations and warranties of Pacific regarding its financial statements
will terminate on the date of issuance of Hybrid's press release regarding its
audited financial results for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1998. All
other representations and warranties will terminate twelve months after the
Closing.
 
NO OTHER NEGOTIATIONS
 
    Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, Pacific has agreed that, from the
date of the Reorganization Agreement until the termination of the Reorganization
Agreement (provided such termination is not due to a breach of the
Reorganization Agreement by Pacific) or the consummation of the Merger, Pacific
will not, and will not authorize any officer, director, employee or affiliate of
Pacific, or any other person, on its behalf, directly or indirectly, to (i)
solicit, facilitate, discuss or encourage any offer, inquiry or proposal
received from any party other than Hybrid, concerning the possible disposition
of all or any substantial portion of Pacific's business, assets or capital stock
by merger, sale or any other means or to otherwise solicit, facilitate, discuss
or encourage any such disposition (other than the Merger), or (ii) provide any
confidential information to or negotiate with any third party other than Hybrid
in connection with any offer, inquiry or proposal concerning any such
disposition. Pacific will immediately notify Hybrid of any such offer, inquiry
or proposal.
 
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS
 
    COVENANTS REGARDING THE CONDUCT OF BUSINESS OF PACIFIC.  The Reorganization
Agreement requires (subject to certain exceptions described therein) that from
the date of execution of the Reorganization Agreement until the earlier of the
termination of the Reorganization Agreement or the Effective Time:
 
        (i) Pacific will carry on and use reasonable efforts to preserve its
    business in substantially the same manner as it has prior to the date of the
    Reorganization Agreement, and use its reasonable efforts to preserve its
    relationships with its material customers, suppliers, employees and others
    with which it has business dealings; and
 
        (ii) Pacific will not do any of the following without the prior written
    consent of Hybrid, which is not to be unreasonably withheld: (a) borrow more
    than $50,000; (b) make commitments for more than $50,000 that is not in the
    ordinary course of business; (c) encumber its assets for more than $50,000
    except in the ordinary course of its business; (d) dispose of more than
    $50,000 of its assets except in the ordinary course of business; (e) enter
    into any material lease or contract for the purchase or sale of property,
    except in the ordinary course of business; (f) fail to maintain its
    equipment and assets in good working condition; (g) pay any bonus, royalty,
    increased salary (except for annual increases in the ordinary course of
    business or as disclosed to Hybrid); (h) change accounting methods; (i)
    declare or pay any cash or stock dividend; (j) amend or terminate any
    material contract, except those amended or terminated in the ordinary course
    of business; (k) lend any material amount, other than advances for travel
    and expenses which are incurred in the ordinary course of business; (l)
    guarantee any material obligations except for the endorsement of checks and
    other negotiable instruments in the
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
ordinary course of business; (m) waive or release any material right or claim
except in the ordinary course of business; (n) issue or sell any shares of its
capital stock or issue or create any warrants, options, or accelerate the
vesting of any outstanding option or other security, except for (i) the
conversion of Pacific Preferred Stock or the exercise of Pacific Options or
Pacific Warrants or (ii) the issuance of stock options under Pacific's stock
option plans as provided in the Reorganization Agreement; (o) split its capital
stock or enter into any recapitalization; (p) except for the Merger, merge,
consolidate or reorganize with, or acquire any entity; (q) amend its Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws; (r) agree to any audit assessment by any tax authority
or file any federal or state income or franchise tax return unless copies of
such returns have been delivered to Hybrid for its review prior to filing; (s)
license any of Pacific's technology or intellectual property, except in the
ordinary course of business; (t) change any insurance coverage; (u) terminate
the employment of any key employee; or (v) agree to do any of the above.
 
    NOTIFICATION OF CERTAIN MATTERS.  Each party to the Reorganization Agreement
has agreed to give prompt notice to the other parties of the occurrence (or
failure to occur) of any event, which occurrence (or failure to occur) would be
reasonably likely to cause (i) any representation or warranty contained in the
Reorganization Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect at
any time from the date of the Reorganization Agreement to the Effective Time
such that the condition to closing of the Merger regarding the accuracy of
representations and warranties would not be satisfied as a result thereof or
(ii) any Material Adverse Effect on Pacific or Hybrid.
 
    MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT.  For purposes of the Reorganization Agreement, when
used in connection with Pacific, the term "Material Adverse Effect" means any
change, event or effect that is or reasonably likely to be materially adverse to
the business (including, but not limited to the development, sales and marketing
of Pacific's downconverter and CypherPoint line of products), assets (including
intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of
Pacific; provided, however, that a Material Adverse Effect will not include any
adverse effect following the date of this Agreement on the business, financial
condition or results of operations of Pacific that is directly attributable to
adverse reaction to the Merger or the announcement of the Merger or that is
consistent with an economic downturn in the industry in which Pacific operates
or a national economic downturn. When used in connection with Hybrid, the term
"Material Adverse Effect" means any change, event or effect that is or is
reasonably likely to be materially adverse to the business, assets (including
intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of
Hybrid except that a decline in Hybrid's stock price and its failure to meet its
own or analysts' financial expectations for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 as
described in Hybrid's press release dated March 12, 1998 will not be deemed to
be a Material Adverse Effect.
 
    REASONABLE EFFORTS TO EFFECTUATE THE MERGER.  The parties to the
Reorganization Agreement have agreed to use their respective reasonable efforts
to effectuate the Merger and other transactions contemplated by the
Reorganization Agreement, to fulfill and cause to be fulfilled the conditions to
closing of the Merger and to effect the closing of the Merger as soon as
practicable.
 
    CERTAIN OTHER COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES.  The Reorganization Agreement also
contains certain additional covenants of the parties including covenants
relating to: (i) the preparation of this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus and
the Registration Statement; (ii) Pacific's and Hybrid's obligations with respect
to the Pacific Special Meeting and the submission of the Merger to the vote of
Hybrid's stockholders; (iii) confidentiality of, and access to, the parties'
business information, (iv) public statements with respect to the Merger; (v)
compliance with legal requirements; (vi) obtaining required consents of third
parties; (vii) Pacific stock options and employee benefit plans; (viii) listing
of the Hybrid Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market; (ix) affiliate and
voting agreements; (x) regulatory filings; (xi) treatment of the Merger as a
tax-free reorganization; and (xii) accounting for the Merger as a pooling of
interests.
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS
 
    Hybrid has agreed that, from and after the Effective Time, it will enter
into indemnification agreements with Richard B. Gold in his capacity as an
officer and director and Matthew D. Miller in his capacity as a director of
Hybrid.
 
CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER
 
    CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF EACH PARTY TO EFFECT THE MERGER.  The
respective obligations of each party to the Reorganization Agreement to effect
the Merger are subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the closing of the
following conditions: (i) there will be no order or decree of any governmental
agency or threat thereof which would prohibit or render illegal the Merger; (ii)
there will have been obtained any permits or authorizations required to
consummate the Merger by any regulatory authority; (iii) each party will have
received all written consents necessary to consummate the Merger; (iv) the Form
S-4 will have become effective under the Securities Act and will not be the
subject of any stop order or proceedings threatened by the Commission; (v) the
principal terms of the Reorganization Agreement will have been approved and
adopted, and the Merger will have been duly approved, by the requisite vote
under applicable law, by the stockholders of Hybrid and the shareholders of
Pacific; and (vi) the Employment and Noncompetition Arrangements will have been
executed and delivered by Hybrid and the other parties thereto.
 
    ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF PACIFIC TO EFFECT THE MERGER.  The
obligation of Pacific to consummate and effect the Merger will be subject to the
satisfaction at or prior to the closing of each of the following conditions, any
of which may be waived, in writing, exclusively by Pacific: (i) the
representations and warranties of Hybrid contained in the Reorganization
Agreement will be true and correct in all material respects (a) as of the date
of the Reorganization Agreement, except where the failure to be so true and
correct would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Hybrid, and (b) as of the
closing except for changes contemplated by the Reorganization Agreement and
except for those representations and warranties which address matters only as of
a particular date (which will remain true and correct in all material respects
as of the closing) with the same force and effect as if made as of the closing
except in such cases where the failure to be so true and correct would not have
a Material Adverse Effect on Hybrid; (ii) Hybrid will have performed or complied
in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by the
Reorganization Agreement to be performed or complied with by them on or prior to
the closing; (iii) Pacific will have received a certificate with respect to the
two foregoing conditions signed on behalf of Hybrid by the Chief Executive
Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of Hybrid; (iv) no Material Adverse
Effect with respect to Hybrid will have occurred since the date of the
Reorganization Agreement; (v) Hybrid will have executed and delivered to Pacific
the Investor Rights Agreement; (vi) Richard B. Gold and Matthew D. Miller will
have been appointed to the Hybrid Board of Directors and Hybrid will have
executed its standard form of indemnity agreement with Messrs. Gold and Miller
as Hybrid directors; (vii) Pacific will have received a legal opinion from
Fenwick & West LLP; and (viii) the shares of Hybrid Common Stock issuable to
shareholders of Pacific in the Merger will have been authorized for listing on
the Nasdaq National Market upon official notice of issuance.
 
    ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF HYBRID TO EFFECT THE MERGER.  The
obligations of Hybrid to consummate and effect the Merger will be subject to the
satisfaction at or prior to the closing of each of the following conditions, any
of which may be waived, in writing, exclusively by Hybrid: (i) the
representations and warranties of Pacific contained in the Reorganization
Agreement will be true and correct in all material respects (a) as of the date
of the Reorganization Agreement, except where the failure to be so true and
correct would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Pacific, and (b) as of the
closing except for changes contemplated by the Reorganization Agreement and
except for those representations and warranties which address matters only as of
a particular date (which will remain true and correct in all material respects
as of the closing) with the same force and effect as if made as of the closing,
except in such cases where the failure to be so true and correct would not have
a Material Adverse Effect on Pacific;
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
(ii) Pacific will have performed or complied in all material respects with all
agreements and covenants required by the Reorganization Agreement to be
performed or complied with by it on or prior to the closing; (iii) Hybrid will
have received a certificate with respect to the two foregoing conditions signed
on behalf of Pacific by the President and the Chief Financial Officer of
Pacific; (iv) no Material Adverse Effect with respect to Pacific will have
occurred since the date of the Reorganization Agreement; (v) Hybrid will have
received a legal opinion from Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional
Corporation; (vi) Hybrid will have received the Escrow Agreement executed by the
representative of the Pacific shareholders; (vii) Hybrid will have received from
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants for Hybrid, and Deloitte &
Touche LLP, independent accountants for Pacific, the Pooling Opinions dated as
of the closing concurring with Hybrid's management's conclusions that as of that
date, no conditions exist that would preclude Hybrid from accounting for the
Merger as a pooling of interests; (viii) no litigation or proceeding will be
pending which will have the probable effect of enjoining or preventing the
consummation of any of the transactions provided for in the Reorganization
Agreement or which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect not disclosed to Hybrid in such agreement; (ix) the Pacific Affiliates
will have executed and delivered the Pacific Affiliate Agreements (see
"--AFFILIATE AGREEMENTS--PACIFIC AFFILIATE AGREEMENTS" below); and (x) no more
than 5% of the outstanding shares of Pacific Capital Stock will be eligible to
be Dissenting Shares.
 
TERMINATION; TERMINATION FEE
 
    The Reorganization Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the
Effective Time of the Merger, whether before or after approval of the Merger by
the shareholders of Pacific, by mutual written consent of Hybrid and Pacific by
either Hybrid or Pacific (i) as a result of a breach by the other party of a
representation, warranty or covenant set forth in the Reorganization Agreement
which breach has or can reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect on such party and which the other party fails to cure within thirty days
after written notice thereof (except that no cure period will be provided for a
breach which by its nature cannot be cured), (ii) if all the conditions for
closing the Merger are not satisfied or waived on or before the Final Date (as
defined below) other than as a result of the breach of the Reorganization
Agreement by the terminating party or the breach of certain affiliates
agreements by such party's affiliates, (iii) if the required approval of the
stockholders or shareholders of Hybrid or Pacific, as applicable, are not
obtained by reason of the failure to obtain the required vote, or (iv) if a
permanent injunction or other order by a federal or state court which would make
illegal or otherwise restrain or prohibit consummation of the Merger is issued
and has become final and nonappealable.
 
    The term "FINAL DATE" is defined in the Reorganization Agreement as July 31,
1998 except that if a temporary, preliminary or permanent injunction or other
order by any federal or state court which would prohibit or otherwise restrain
consummation of the Merger is issued and in effect on July 31, 1998, and such
injunction has not become final and nonappealable, either Hybrid or Pacific may,
upon written notice to the other party on or before July 31, 1998, extend the
time for consummation of the Merger up to and including the earlier of the date
such injunction becomes final and nonappealable or 45 days after July 31, 1998.
 
    If the Reorganization Agreement is terminated by Hybrid because more than 5%
of Pacific Capital Stock are eligible for the exercise of dissenters' rights
under the California Code, or if Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. does not issue a
Pooling Opinion because of actions taken by Pacific after the date of the
Reorganization Agreement, Pacific would be required to pay Hybrid a termination
payment in the amount of $375,000.
 
    If the Reorganization Agreement is terminated by Pacific because Coopers &
Lybrand L.L.P. does not issue a Pooling Opinion as a result of actions taken by
Hybrid after the date of the Reorganization Agreement, Hybrid would be required
to pay Pacific a termination payment in the amount of $375,000.
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
EXPENSES
 
    Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, all fees and expenses incurred in
connection with the Reorganization Agreement and the transactions contemplated
thereby will be paid by the party incurring such expenses if the Merger is not
consummated. If the Merger is consummated, Hybrid will bear all costs and
expenses in connection with the Reorganization Agreement and the transactions
provided for therein. Expenses incurred by Pacific for accounting, attorneys and
other professionals' fees and expenses (other than those of UBS) in excess of
$175,000, if paid by Hybrid, will constitute a claim under the Escrow.
 
AMENDMENT
 
    The Reorganization Agreement may be amended by Hybrid and Pacific at any
time before or after approval by the Hybrid stockholders or the Pacific
shareholders, except that, after such approval, no amendment may be made which
by law requires the further approval of the Hybrid stockholders or the Pacific
shareholders unless such approval is obtained.
 
ESCROW AGREEMENT
 
    In connection with the Merger, Hybrid, State Street Bank, as escrow agent,
and Alan F. Dishlip, as representative of the Pacific shareholders, will enter
into the Escrow Agreement. Pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, upon consummation
of the Merger, Hybrid will deposit into escrow stock certificates representing
10% of the shares of Hybrid Common Stock issuable to each of the Pacific
shareholders pursuant to the Merger. The Escrow Shares will be held in escrow as
collateral for the indemnification obligations of the Pacific shareholders under
the Reorganization Agreement. Pursuant to such indemnification obligations, the
Pacific shareholders will indemnify and hold harmless Hybrid and its officers,
directors, agents, employees and affiliates from and against all damages arising
out of any misrepresentation or breach of or default in connection with any of
the representations, warranties and covenants given or made by Pacific in the
Reorganization Agreement or any certificate, document or instrument delivered by
or on behalf of Pacific pursuant thereto. Indemnification obligations will not
apply unless and until the "Damages" (as defined) exceed $100,000, in which
event such indemnification obligations will include all Damages. The
indemnification obligations of the Pacific shareholders with respect to the
Pacific financial statements expire when Hybrid issues its press release
regarding its audited financial results for its fiscal year ending December 31,
1998. The indemnification obligations of the Pacific shareholders with respect
to all other Pacific representations and warranties expire on the first
anniversary of the Closing Date.
 
VOTING AGREEMENTS
 
    PACIFIC VOTING AGREEMENT.  As an inducement to Hybrid to enter into the
Reorganization Agreement, affiliates of Pacific (who beneficially own
approximately 3,357,515 shares or 58.8% of the outstanding Pacific Common Stock
and 7,509,644 shares or 61.0% of the outstanding Pacific Preferred Stock) have
entered into a Voting Agreement with Hybrid that they (a) will vote their shares
in favor of the Merger, the execution and delivery by Pacific of the
Reorganization Agreement and the adoption and approval of the terms thereof and
in favor of each of the other actions contemplated by the Reorganization
Agreement and any action required in furtherance hereof and thereof; and against
any action or agreement that would result in a breach of any representation,
warranty, covenant or obligation of Pacific in the Reorganization Agreement; and
(b) will not and will not permit any entity under the undersigned's control to
(i) solicit proxies or become a "participant" in a "solicitation" (as such terms
are defined in Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act), in opposition to or in
competition with the consummation of the Merger or otherwise encourage or assist
any person or entity in taking or planning any action which would compete with,
restrain or otherwise serve to interfere with or inhibit the timely consummation
of the Merger in accordance with the terms of the Plan; (ii) initiate a Pacific
shareholder vote or action by written consent of any Pacific shareholder in
opposition to or in competition with the consummation of the Merger; or (iii)
become a member of a "group" (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the
Exchange Act), with respect
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
to any voting securities of Pacific for the purpose of opposing or competing
with the consummation of the Merger. This Voting Agreement terminates upon the
earlier to occur of the Effective Date or the termination of the Reorganization
Agreement in accordance with its terms.
 
    Pursuant to this Voting Agreement, the Pacific affiliates have also
delivered to Hybrid an irrevocable proxy with respect to matters covered by the
Voting Agreement, empowering Hybrid and certain officers of Hybrid to vote their
shares on these matter. Neither Hybrid nor Pacific paid any additional
consideration to the Pacific affiliates in connection with the execution and
delivery of the Voting Agreement.
 
    HYBRID VOTING AGREEMENT.  As an inducement to Pacific to enter into the
Reorganization Agreement, affiliates of Hybrid (who beneficially own
approximately 1,384,512 shares or 13.3% of the outstanding Hybrid Common Stock)
have entered into a Voting Agreement with Pacific that they (a) will vote their
shares in favor of the Merger, the execution and delivery by Hybrid of the
Reorganization Agreement and the adoption and approval of the terms thereof and
in favor of each of the other actions contemplated by the Reorganization
Agreement and any action required in furtherance hereof and thereof; and against
any action or agreement that would result in a breach of any representation,
warranty, covenant or obligation of Hybrid in the Reorganization Agreement; and
(b) will not and will not permit any entity under the undersigned's control to
(i) solicit proxies or become a "participant" in a "solicitation" (as such terms
are defined in Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act), in opposition to or in
competition with the consummation of the Merger or otherwise encourage or assist
any person or entity in taking or planning any action which would compete with,
restrain or otherwise serve to interfere with or inhibit the timely consummation
of the Merger in accordance with the terms of the Plan; (ii) initiate a Hybrid
stockholder vote or action by written consent of any Hybrid stockholder in
opposition to or in competition with the consummation of the Merger; or (iii)
become a member of a "group" (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the
Exchange Act), with respect to any voting securities of Hybrid for the purpose
of opposing or competing with the consummation of the Merger. This Voting
Agreement terminates upon the earlier to occur of the Effective Date or the
termination of the Reorganization Agreement in accordance with its terms.
 
    Pursuant to this Voting Agreement, the Hybrid affiliates have also delivered
to Pacific an irrevocable proxy with respect to matters covered by the Voting
Agreement, empowering Pacific and certain officers of Pacific to vote their
shares on these matter. Neither Hybrid nor Pacific paid any additional
consideration to the Hybrid affiliates in connection with the execution and
delivery of the Voting Agreement.
 
AFFILIATE AGREEMENTS
 
    PACIFIC AFFILIATE AGREEMENTS.  Each person determined by Pacific to be an
"affiliate" of Pacific within the meaning of Rule 145 promulgated under the
Securities Act has executed an agreement that prohibits: (i) the sale, transfer
or other disposition of Hybrid Common Stock received by such person in
connection with the Merger unless (a) such transaction is permitted pursuant to
Rule 145(d) under the Securities Act; or (b) legal counsel, representing
stockholder and reasonably satisfactory to Hybrid, shall have advised Hybrid in
a written opinion letter (satisfactory in form and content to Hybrid and Hybrid'
legal counsel), and upon which Hybrid and its legal counsel may rely, that such
sale, transfer or other disposition will be exempt from registration under the
Securities Act; or (c) a registration statement under the Securities Act
covering the Merger Securities proposed to be sold, transferred or otherwise
disposed of, shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the
Commission; or (d) an authorized representative of the Commission shall have
rendered written advice to Stockholder to the effect that the Commission would
take no action, or that the staff of the Commission would not recommend that the
Commission take action, with respect to the proposed disposition of such Hybrid
Common Stock if consummated; and (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition
of, or any other similar transaction intended to reduce its risk relative to any
securities of Hybrid or Pacific, during the period beginning 30 days preceding
the Effective Time of the Merger through the date on which financial results
covering at least 30 days' combined operations of Hybrid and Pacific are
published by Hybrid unless the sale or disposition is in accordance
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
with the "de minimis" test set forth in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 76.
Such persons have also made certain representations pertaining to the
"continuity of interest" requirements for the Merger to constitute a
"reorganization" within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. See "PROPOSAL
NO. 1: THE MERGER-- APPROVAL OF THE MERGER--CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSIDERATIONS."
 
    HYBRID'S AFFILIATE AGREEMENTS.  Each person determined by Hybrid to be an
"affiliate" of Hybrid within the meaning of Rule 145 promulgated under the
Securities Act has executed an agreement that prohibits: the sale, transfer or
other disposition of Hybrid Common Stock or any other similar transaction
intended to reduce its risk relative to any securities of Hybrid, during the
period beginning 30 days preceding the Effective Time of the Merger through the
date on which financial results covering at least 30 days' combined operations
of Hybrid and Pacific are published by Hybrid unless the sale or disposition is
in accordance with the "de minimis" test set forth in SEC Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 76.
 
EMPLOYMENT/NONCOMPETITION ARRANGEMENTS
 
    Richard B. Gold (the Chief Executive Officer, President and a director of
Pacific) has entered into an employment agreement with Hybrid, effective as of
the closing of the Merger, which states that (i) as of the closing Mr. Gold will
become President and Chief Operating Officer of Hybrid; (ii) his salary will be
$240,000 per year and he will be eligible for target bonuses of up to $120,000
per year; and (iii) two years from the closing, this employment agreement will
terminate, and thereafter he will be an "at-will" employee of Hybrid, subject to
Hybrid's standard employment policies and practices.
 
    Mr. Gold has also entered into a Noncompetition Agreement with Hybrid,
restricting him for a period of two years from the closing from (i) carrying on
or engaging in the design, research, development, marketing, sale or licensing
of any product that is substantially similar to or competitive with any wireless
or wired cable modem product, including any product similar to the downconverter
or Cypherpoint product lines, created, distributed, or known to be under
development by Pacific prior to the termination of employee's employment with
Hybrid anywhere in the world; or (ii) soliciting any employee of Pacific to
discontinue his or her employment relationship with Hybrid or Pacific.
 
    It is anticipated that Michael D. Morganstern (the Vice President,
Engineering of Pacific) and Allen F. Podell (the Chief Technical Officer of
Pacific) will enter into employment arrangements and noncompetition agreements
with Hybrid, effective upon the closing of the Merger, although the terms of
those arrangements and agreements have not yet been determined. Under the
Reorganization Agreement, it is a condition of Hybrid's and Pacific's
obligations to consummate the Merger that such arrangements and agreements be
entered into before the closing.
 
INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 
    Hybrid and Oak Investment Partners IV, IVP III, Accel IV L.P., Allen F.
Podell and Christopher J. Weseloh will enter into an Investor Rights Agreement
which grants such shareholders certain rights to have their shares of Hybrid
Common Stock registered on certain registration statements that may be utilized
by Hybrid in the future to register its securities.
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
                  SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF HYBRID
 
    The following selected historical financial data should be read in
conjunction with the Hybrid Financial Statements and related notes thereto and
"HYBRID MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS" appearing elsewhere in this Joint Proxy Statement/ Prospectus.
The statement of operations data for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1997 and the balance sheet data at December 31, 1997 and 1996 are
derived from the financial statements of Hybrid which have been audited by
Coopers & Lybrand, L.L.P., independent accountants, and are included elsewhere
in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus. The balance sheet data at December 31,
1995, 1994 and 1993 and the statement of operations data for the years ended
December 31, 1994 and 1993 are derived from financial statements that have been
audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. that are not included in this Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus. Hybrid's unaudited historical financial statement data as
of and for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997 has been prepared on
the same basis as the historical financial information and, in the opinion of
Hybrid's management, contain all adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial
position and results of operations for such periods. See "HYBRID MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      MARCH 31,
                                              -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                                1997       1996       1995       1994       1993       1998       1997
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales...................................  $  14,270  $   2,962  $     630  $     668  $   1,010  $   3,528  $   1,852
Cost of sales...............................     12,258      3,130        761      1,362        746      2,897      1,974
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Gross profit (loss).....................      2,012       (168)      (131)      (694)       264        631       (122)
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating expenses:
  Research and development..................      7,108      5,076      3,862      1,251        271      2,042      1,726
  Sales and marketing.......................      4,319      1,786        390        348        133        977      1,274
  General and administrative................      3,606      1,714        748        533        250      1,390      1,233
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total operating expenses................     15,033      8,576      5,000      2,132        654      4,409      4,233
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Loss from operations..................    (13,021)    (8,744)    (5,131)    (2,826)      (390)    (3,778)    (4,355)
Interest income and other expense, net......        399        257        166         30          5        302         87
Interest expense............................       (968)       (28)      (304)      (101)        --       (224)       (12)
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net loss................................  $ (13,590) $  (8,515) $  (5,269) $  (2,897) $    (385) $  (3,700) $  (4,280)
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Basic and diluted loss per share............  $   (3.84) $   (3.36) $   (2.37) $   (1.30) $   (0.18) $   (0.36) $   (1.67)
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Shares used in basic and diluted per share
  calculations(1)...........................      3,541      2,535      2,223      2,226      2,094     10,353      2,561
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         AS OF DECEMBER 31,                       AS OF
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                          1997       1996       1995       1994       1993        1998
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash, cash equivalent and short term investments......  $  27,148  $   6,886  $   3,353  $   1,426  $   1,031   $  20,001
Working capital.......................................     35,911      6,944      3,149      1,129        484      31,985
Total assets..........................................     43,119     10,539      4,586      1,892      1,353      39,194
Long-term debt........................................      6,118        472        228      2,108        604       6,087
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)..................     33,164      7,709      3,661       (708)         1      29,294
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
 
(1) See Note 2 of Notes to Financial Statements for an explanation of the number
    of shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share.
 
                                       77
<PAGE>
                  HYBRID MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION OF THE FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS OF HYBRID SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE HYBRID FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND RELATED NOTES THERETO INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS JOINT PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS. THIS DISCUSSION CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT
INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. HYBRID'S ACTUAL RESULTS MAY DIFFER
SIGNIFICANTLY FROM THE RESULTS DISCUSSED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
FACTORS THAT MAY CAUSE SUCH A DIFFERENCE INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE
DISCUSSED IN "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK FACTORS."
 
OVERVIEW
 
    Hybrid is a broadband access equipment company that designs, develops,
manufactures and markets wireless and cable systems that provide high speed
access to the Internet and corporate intranets for both businesses and
consumers. Hybrid's products remove the bottleneck over the "last mile"
connection to the end-user which causes slow response time for those accessing
bandwidth-intensive information over the Internet or corporate intranets.
Hybrid's Series 2000 product line consists of secure headend routers, wireless
and cable modems and management software for use with either wireless
transmission or cable TV facilities.
 
    From its inception in June 1990 until September 1996, Hybrid focused on the
design, development, manufacturing and market introduction of the first two
generations of Hybrid's Series 1000 ("SERIES 1000") product line. These product
generations offered 5 and 10 Mbps access speeds for downstream data. In October
1996, Hybrid introduced its third generation product line, the Series 2000,
which provides 30 Mbps downstream access speeds. Hybrid expects to generate
substantially all of its future sales from its Series 2000 products,
enhancements to these products, new products and related support and networking
services. Hybrid recognizes revenue upon shipment of products and accrues for
warranty costs at the time of shipment. To date, net sales include principally
product sales and, to a lesser extent, support and networking services.
 
    Hybrid sells its products primarily in the United States, and markets its
products to a variety of customers, including broadband wireless system
operators, cable system operators, ISPs, resellers and certain distributors and
communications equipment resellers. Historically, a small number of customers
has accounted for a substantial portion of Hybrid's net sales. From
quarter-to-quarter, the Company has experienced a significant variation in the
mix of type of customers, as well as the identity of its largest customers.
Although Hybrid has expanded its customer base, Hybrid expects that a limited
number of customers will continue to account for a substantial portion of
Hybrid's net sales for the foreseeable future. Hybrid expects that its largest
customers in future periods could be different from its largest customers in
prior periods due to a variety of factors, including customers' deployment
schedules and budget considerations. As a result, Hybrid has experienced, and
expects to continue to experience, significant fluctuations in its results of
operations on a quarterly and an annual basis. If orders from significant
customers are delayed, canceled or otherwise fail to materialize in any
particular period, or any significant customer delays payment or fails to pay,
Hybrid can experience significant operating losses in such period. In addition,
historically, a substantial majority of Hybrid's net sales in a given quarter
have been recorded in the third month with a concentration in the last two weeks
of the quarter. Accordingly, any delay in the closing of quarter end
transactions can have a significant impact on Hybrid's operating results for a
particular quarter.
 
    Further, Hybrid's customers include companies in the early stage of
development or in need of capital to upgrade or expand their services. In order
to address the needs and competitive factors facing the emerging broadband
access market, Hybrid on occasion has provided customers extended payment,
promotional pricing or other terms. Hybrid has experienced collectibility
problems with a number of its customers, including major customers. For example,
as of March 31, 1998, 16.7% of Hybrid's outstanding
 
                                       78
<PAGE>
accounts receivable were owed by its principal customer in 1997 (accounting for
13.7% of net sales for that year), and 13.2% and 7.5% of outstanding accounts
receivable were owed by its two principal customers, respectively, for the
quarter ended March 31, 1998 (accounting for 20.6% and 11.5% of net sales for
that quarter, respectively). The provision of extended credit terms and
collection problems have contributed to increases in accounts receivable. The
amounts of outstanding accounts receivable increased from $1,348,000 as of
December 31, 1996 to $10,045,000 as of December 31, 1997 and to $12,153,000 as
of March 31, 1998, and days of sales outstanding increased from 71 as of
December 31, 1996 to 165 as of December 31, 1997 and to 251 as of March 31,
1998. Accounts receivable past due increased to $3,912,000 as of December 31,
1997 and to $4,865,000 as of March 31, 1998. In 1997, Hybrid established a
reserve of $1,175,000 for doubtful accounts and increased the reserve by
$450,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 1998. In addition, Hybrid recorded a
$800,000 sales return reserve for the three months ended March 31, 1998 for
potential adjustments to inventory. These increases in accounts receivable and
collectibility issues have adversely affected Hybrid's business, operating
results and financial condition. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK
FACTORS--RISKS RELATING TO HYBRID, PACIFIC AND THE COMBINED
COMPANY--INEXPERIENCE IN EMERGING MARKET," "--DEPENDENCE ON BROADBAND WIRELESS
SYSTEM OPERATORS," "--DEPENDENCE ON CABLE SYSTEM OPERATORS," "--CUSTOMER
CONCENTRATION" and "--COMPETITION."
 
    The market for high speed network connectivity products and services is
intensely competitive and is characterized by rapid technological change, new
product development and product obsolescence and evolving industry standards.
Hybrid's ability to develop and offer competitive products on a timely basis
that satisfy industry demands and standards, such as MCNS, could have a material
effect on Hybrid's business, operating results or financial condition: See
"PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK FACTORS--RISKS RELATING TO HYBRID, PACIFIC AND
THE COMBINED COMPANY--COMPETING TECHNOLOGIES AND EVOLVING INDUSTRY STANDARDS"
and "--COMPETITION." In addition the market for Hybrid's products has
historically experienced significant price erosion over the life of a product,
and Hybrid has experienced and expects to continue to experience pressure on its
unit average selling prices. While Hybrid has initiated cost reduction programs
to offset pricing pressures on its products, there can be no assurance that
these cost reduction efforts will keep pace with competitive price pressures or
lead to improved gross margins. If Hybrid is unable to reduce costs, its gross
margins and profitability will be adversely affected. Hybrid's gross margins are
also adversely affected by the sales mix of PoPs and modems. Hybrid's
single-user modems generally have lower margins than its multi-user modems, both
of which have lower margins than Hybrid's headends. Due to current customer
demand, Hybrid anticipates that the sales mix of modems will be weighted toward
lower-margin single-user modems in the foreseeable future. As a result, gross
margins could be adversely affected in the near term. "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE
MERGER--RISK FACTORS--RISKS RELATING TO HYBRID, PACIFIC AND THE COMBINED
COMPANY--COMPETITION," "--NEED TO REDUCE COST OF CLIENT MODEMS, DOWNCONVERTERS,
ANTENNAS AND VIDEO DECODERS," and "--LIMITED MANUFACTURING EXPERIENCE; SOLE
SOURCE MANUFACTURING."
 
    Hybrid has recently initiated patent infringement litigation against two
parties, who in response are seeking declarations of invalidity,
unenforceability and non-infringement of Hybrid's patent. Such litigation could
be time consuming and costly and therefore have a material adverse effect on
Hybrid's business, operating results or financial condition. See "Business of
Hybrid--Legal Proceedings."
 
    Hybrid incurred net losses for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 and the
years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 of $3,700,000, $13,590,000,
$8,515,000 and $5,269,000, respectively. As a result, Hybrid had an accumulated
deficit of $34,632,000 as of March 31, 1998. Hybrid expects to increase its
capital expenditures, as well as its research and development and other
operating expenses, in order to support and expand Hybrid's operations. As a
result, Hybrid expects to incur losses for the foreseeable future. See "PROPOSAL
NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK FACTORS--RISKS RELATING TO HYBRID, PACIFIC AND THE
COMBINED COMPANY--LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; HISTORY OF LOSSES,"--FLUCTUATIONS
IN OPERATING RESULTS; ABSENCE OF SIGNIFICANT BACKLOG; CONTINUING DECLINE OF
AVERAGE SELLING PRICES" and "--LENGTHY SALES CYCLE."
 
    As of December 31, 1997, Hybrid had approximately $14,052,000 in gross
deferred tax assets comprised primarily of net operating loss carryforward and
research and development tax credits. Hybrid
 
                                       79
<PAGE>
believes that, based on a number of factors, there is uncertainty regarding the
realizability of the deferred tax assets. These factors include Hybrid's history
of net losses since its inception and the fact that the market in which Hybrid
competes is intensely competitive and characterized by rapidly changing
technology. As a result, Hybrid believes that, based on the current available
evidence, it is more likely than not that Hybrid will not generate sufficient
taxable income to realize its net deferred tax assets. In addition, the
utilization of net operating loss carry forwards may be subject to a substantial
annual limitation due to the "change in ownership" provisions of the Code and
similar state provisions. Hybrid will continue to assess the realizability of
the deferred tax assets based on actual and forecasted operating results. See
Note 12 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
    In the past, Hybrid and Pacific have each required substantial amounts of
capital to design, develop, market, sell and manufacture its products and to
finance customer purchases by providing extended payment terms and other
accommodations. Neither Hybrid nor Pacific has been able to generate sufficient
cash from operations to meet its cash flow needs. See "--LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL
RESOURCES" below and "PACIFIC MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS." In connection with the proposed Merger,
Hybrid anticipates incurring a charge of from $3.0 million to $3.5 million in
the quarter in which the Merger occurs and paying Pacific's indebtedness of
approximately $2.0 million (inclusive of accrued interest) for bridge loans made
by principal shareholders of Pacific. See "--LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES"
below.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth the percentage of net sales represented by
the items in Hybrid's statements of operations for the periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              ENDED MARCH 31,
                                          ----------------------------------     ---------------------
                                            1997         1996         1995         1998         1997
                                          --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Net sales...............................     100.0%       100.0%       100.0%       100.0%       100.0%
Cost of sales...........................      85.9        105.7        120.8         82.1        106.6
                                          --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
    Gross margin........................      14.1         (5.7)       (20.8)        17.9         (6.6)
                                          --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
Operating expenses:
  Research and development..............      49.8        171.4        613.0         57.9         93.2
  Sales and marketing...................      30.2         60.3         61.9         27.7         68.8
  General and administrative............      25.3         57.8        118.7         39.4         66.6
                                          --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
    Total operating expenses............     105.3        289.5        793.6        125.0        228.6
                                          --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
    Loss from operations................     (91.2)      (295.2)      (814.4)      (107.1)      (235.2)
Interest income and other expense,
  net...................................       2.8          8.7         26.3          8.6          4.7
Interest expense........................      (6.8)        (1.0)       (48.2)        (6.3)        (0.6)
                                          --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
    Net loss............................     (95.2)%     (287.5)%     (836.3)%     (104.8)%     (231.1)%
                                          --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
                                          --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
</TABLE>
 
    QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 COMPARED TO QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 1997.
 
    NET SALES.  Net sales were $3,528,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 1998,
compared to net sales of $1,852,000 for the comparable period in 1997. The
significant growth in net sales was primarily due to increased unit shipments as
a result of the introduction of the Series 2000 product line in October 1996
offset in part by price declines on certain products as a result of competitive
pressures and volume purchase commitments. Net sales for the quarter ended March
31, 1998 decreased by $1,590,000, or 31%, from net sales of $5,118,000 for the
quarter ended December 31, 1997 primarily as a result of delays in anticipated
orders and weakness in demand for both cable and wireless systems that utilize
telephone
 
                                       80
<PAGE>
return. Net sales were also adversely affected by cancellation by a major
customer of an order for approximately $400,000 of telco return products that
were scheduled for delivery in the quarter. The cancellation resulted from
litigation involving the customer and others which, though unrelated to Hybrid
or its products, remains unresolved and may affect orders for similar amounts
that were expected in future quarters. In addition, orders for the quarter ended
March 31, 1998 were slowed, reducing net sales by approximately $300,000 from
the amount anticipated, due to a delay in the introduction of Hybrid's new QPSK
two-way transmission product for both cable and wireless environments. Net sales
for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 were further reduced by a $800,000 sales
return reserve which Hybrid reported for the quarter in anticipation of
potential adjustments to inventory held by distributors and value added
resellers. While these customers do not have the contractual right to require
product returns, Hybrid believes that, given current market weakness, it was
appropriate to reserve for potential returns that have been or may be requested.
For the three months ended March 31, 1998, cable systems operators accounted for
47.5% of net sales, broadband wireless systems operators accounted for 27.8% of
net sales and distributors accounted for 24.7% of net sales. During the same
period in 1997, ISPs accounted for 56.0% of net sales, broadband wireless system
operators accounted for 29.5% of net sales and cable system operators accounted
for 14.5% of net sales. International sales accounted for 29.9% and 7.4% of net
sales for the quarters ended March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. Hybrid had
three customers that accounted for 20.6%, 18.5% and 11.1% of net sales,
respectively, during the three months ended March 31, 1998. Hybrid had one
customer that accounted for 50.9% of net sales for the comparable period in
1997.
 
    GROSS PROFIT.  Gross margin was 17.9% and negative 6.6%, for the quarters
ended March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The improvement in gross margin was
primarily due to increased sales of POPs, lower per unit manufacturing costs and
greater absorption of overhead due to increased sales. However, gross margins
for the first quarter of 1998 declined from 21.0% in the quarter ended December
31, 1998, reflecting the continuing competitive pressures in the broadband
access market.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT.  Research and development expenses include ongoing
headend, software and cable modem development expenses, as well as design
expenditures associated with product cost reduction programs and improving
manufacturability of its existing products. Research and development expenses
were $2,042,000 and $1,726,000 during the quarters ended March 31, 1998 and
1997, respectively, representing 57.9% and 93.2% of net sales, respectively.
Research and development expenses grew in absolute dollars as a result of
increased staffing and associated engineering costs related to new and existing
product development. Hybrid intends to continue to increase its investment in
research and development programs in future periods.
 
    SALES AND MARKETING.  Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of
salaries and related payroll costs of sales and marketing personnel,
commissions, advertising, promotions and travel. Sales and marketing expenses
were $977,000 and $1,274,000 during the three months ended March 31, 1998 and
1997, respectively, representing 27.7% and 68.8% of net sales, respectively. The
decrease in sales and marketing expenses in absolute dollars was principally due
to lower trade show, promotion and outside service costs. The decrease in sales
and marketing expenses was offset by increased headcount and related payroll
costs and, increased commissions as a result of higher net sales.
 
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  General and administrative expenses consist
primarily of executive personnel salaries, provision for doubtful accounts,
travel expenses, legal fees and costs of outside services. General and
administrative expenses were $1,390,000 and $1,233,000 during the quarters ended
March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, representing 39.4% and 66.6% of net
sales, respectively. The increase in absolute dollars was due to increased
headcount and related payroll costs, increased legal costs to support the
Hybrid's patent program and higher outside service costs. Included in general
and administrative expense in the first quarter of 1998 and 1997 was a bad debt
provision of $450,000 and $650,000, respectively, for potential customer account
write-offs as a result of the financial condition of certain customers.
 
                                       81
<PAGE>
    INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE) AND OTHER EXPENSE, NET.  Hybrid earned net
interest income of $78,000 and $75,000 during the quarters ended March 31, 1998
and 1997, respectively. Net interest income earned during the quarter ended
March 31, 1998 was the result of higher cash balances as a result of the
issuance of Common Stock in Hybrid's initial public offering in November 1997,
offset in part by the interest expense incurred on outstanding capital lease
obligations and the $5.5 Million Debenture. Net interest income earned during
the first quarter of 1997 was primarily due to higher cash balances as a result
of the issuance of Preferred Stock in February 1997, offset in part by the
interest expense incurred on outstanding capital lease obligations.
 
    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996.
 
    NET SALES.  Net sales were $14,270,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997,
compared to net sales of $2,962,000 for the same period in 1996. The significant
growth in net sales was primarily due to increased unit shipments as a result of
the introduction of the Series 2000 product line in October 1996 offset in part
by price declines on certain products in connection with volume purchases. In
1997, broadband wireless system operators accounted for 50.6% of net sales,
distributors accounted for 20.4% of net sales, cable systems operators accounted
for 19.3% of net sales and ISPs accounted for 9.7% of net sales. During 1996,
cable system operators accounted for 40.6% of net sales, ISPs accounted for
43.5% of net sales and broadband wireless system operators accounted for 15.7%
of net sales. International sales accounted for 8.5% and 10.1% of net sales for
the years ended 1997 and 1996, respectively. Hybrid had one customer that
accounted for 13.7% of net sales during 1997. Hybrid had two customers that
accounted for 41.0% and 20.7%, respectively, of net sales during 1996.
 
    GROSS PROFIT.  Gross margin was 14.1% and negative 5.7%, in 1997 and 1996,
respectively. The improvement in gross margin was primarily due to the shift in
sales mix from the lower margin Series 1000 products to the higher margin Series
2000 products, lower per unit manufacturing costs and greater absorption of
overhead.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT.  Research and development expenses include ongoing
headend, software and cable modem development expenses, as well as design
expenditures associated with product cost reduction programs and improving
manufacturability of its existing products. Research and development expenses
were $7,108,000 and $5,076,000 during the years ended December 31, 1997 and
1996, respectively, representing 49.8% and 171.4% of net sales, respectively.
Research and development expenses grew in absolute dollars as a result of
increased staffing and associated engineering costs related to new and existing
product development. Hybrid intends to continue to increase its investment in
research and development programs in future periods, focusing on wireless
technologies, cost improvement and software enhancements.
 
    SALES AND MARKETING.  Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of
salaries and related payroll costs of sales and marketing personnel,
commissions, advertising, promotions and travel. Sales and marketing expenses
were $4,319,000 and $1,786,000 during the years ended December 31, 1997 and
1996, respectively, representing 30.2% and 60.3% of net sales, respectively. The
increase in sales and marketing expenses in absolute dollars was principally due
to increased headcount and related payroll costs, increased commissions as a
result of higher net sales and increased costs for marketing and promoting
Hybrid's Series 2000 product line. Hybrid expects sales and marketing expenses
to increase in the future.
 
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  General and administrative expenses consist
primarily of executive personnel salaries, provision for doubtful accounts,
travel expenses, legal fees and costs of outside services. General and
administrative expenses were $3,606,000 and $1,714,000 during the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, representing 25.3% and 57.8% of net
sales, respectively. The increase in absolute dollars was due to increased
charges to the provision for doubtful accounts, increased legal costs to support
Hybrid's patent program and increased headcount and related payroll costs.
 
                                       82
<PAGE>
    INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE) AND OTHER EXPENSE, NET.  Hybrid incurred net
interest expense during 1997 of $569,000 and earned net interest income of
$229,000 during 1996. Net interest expense incurred during 1997 was the result
of Hybrid's use of capital lease financing to fund a majority of its capital
expenditures, and interest expense (including noncash expense incurred in the
fourth quarter of 1998 related to issuance of warrants with respect to certain
loans obtained in September 1997) incurred on loans obtained to support working
capital requirements. Net interest income earned during 1996 was primarily due
to higher cash balances as a result of the issuance of Preferred Stock in
December 1995 and July 1996, offset in part by the interest expense incurred on
outstanding capital lease obligations.
 
    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
    NET SALES.  Net sales were $2,962,000 and $630,000 in 1996 and 1995,
respectively. The increase in net sales was due primarily to the increase in
unit sales due to the introduction of the Series 2000 product line in October
1996.
 
    GROSS PROFIT.  Gross margin improved to negative 5.7% in 1996 compared to
negative 20.8% in 1995. The improvement in gross margin was primarily
attributable to the introduction of the Series 2000 product line, which
generally has higher gross margins than the Series 1000 product line, and to the
increase in net sales, which allowed for greater absorption of overhead.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT.  Research and development expenses were $5,076,000
and $3,862,000 for 1996 and 1995, respectively, representing 171.4% and 613.0%
of net sales, respectively. The increase in research and development expenses in
absolute dollars during 1996 was due to increased headcount and related labor
costs, increased cost of development material to support product development and
depreciation expenses associated with capital purchases for product testing.
 
    SALES AND MARKETING.  Sales and marketing expenses were $1,786,000 and
$390,000 for 1996 and 1995, respectively, representing 60.3% and 61.9% of net
sales, respectively. The increase in sales and marketing expenses in absolute
dollars during 1996 was principally due to increased headcount for staff level
positions, the hiring of Hybrid's vice presidents of sales and marketing,
increased commissions as a result of higher net sales and increased costs for
marketing and promoting Hybrid's products.
 
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  General and administrative expenses were
$1,714,000 and $748,000 for 1996 and 1995, respectively, representing 57.8% and
118.7% of net sales, respectively. The increase in general and administrative
expenses in absolute dollars during 1996 was due to increased allowances for
doubtful accounts, higher legal costs to prosecute patents, and increased
headcount and related personnel costs.
 
    INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE) AND OTHER EXPENSE, NET.  During 1996, Hybrid had
net interest income of $229,000 compared to net interest expense of $138,000 in
1995. The increase in 1996 compared to 1995 was primarily due to higher cash
balances as a result of the issuance of Preferred Stock in July 1996. The
interest income earned during 1996 was offset in part by interest expense
incurred on outstanding capital lease obligations.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Hybrid has historically financed its operations primarily through a
combination of debt and equity and equipment lease financing. As of March 31,
1998, Hybrid had working capital of $31,985,000, including $20,001,000 in cash,
cash equivalents and short-term investments, as compared to working capital of
$35,911,000 and $27,148,000 in cash and cash equivalents as of December 31,
1997. This $7,147,000 decrease in cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments during the three months ended March 31, 1998 resulted from the use
of cash in operating activities, investing activities and financing activities
discussed below.
 
                                       83
<PAGE>
    Cash used in operating activities during the quarter ended March 31, 1998
was $6,662,000, resulting primarily from the net loss of $3,700,000; an increase
in accounts receivable of $2,226,000 attributable principally to higher net
sales made late in the quarter and the limited capital resources of and extended
payment terms given to certain customers; the increase in inventories of
$2,214,000 due to anticipated sales increases that did not occur and the delay
of sales orders by several customers in the quarter; and a decrease in accrued
liabilities of $116,000. Cash used in operating activities during the quarter
ended March 31, 1998 was offset principally by the increase of $800,000 in
reserves for potential sales returns by distributors and the increase of
$450,000 in reserves for doubtful accounts as a result of Hybrid's assessment of
the risks associated with several slow paying customers and with continuing
collection problems reflected in an increase of $953,000 accounts receivable
past due during the quarter, from $3,912,000 as of December 31, 1997 to
$4,865,000 as of March 31, 1998. Cash used in operating activities during the
quarter was further offset by depreciation and amortization of $304,000.
 
    Cash used in investing activities during the quarter ended March 31, 1998
was $11,977,000, resulting primarily from purchases of short term investments of
$12,753,000, the change in other assets of $154,000 and purchases of property
and equipment of $51,000, offset by the proceeds from the maturity of short term
investments of $981,000. During the quarter ended March 31, 1998, capital
expenditures for property and equipment were primarily for computers, furniture,
fixtures and engineering test equipment. Hybrid has funded and expects to
continue to fund a substantial portion of its property and equipment
expenditures from a variety of sources including direct vendor leasing programs
and third party commercial leasing arrangements. As of March 31, 1998, Hybrid is
committed to $1.5 to $2.0 million in capital expenditures for tenant
improvements in connection with its new subleased headquarters. Hybrid expects
capital expenditures for the next twelve months (including such tenant
improvements) to be between $4.0 million to $5.0 million.
 
    Cash used in financing activities during the quarter ended March 31, 1998
was $280,000, attributable primarily to payment of capital lease obligations and
additional costs incurred in connection with Hybrid's initial public offering.
 
    Hybrid's principal source of liquidity at March 31, 1998 was cash, cash
equivalents and short-term investments of $20,001,000 and Hybrid's $4.0 Million
Credit Facility. The $4.0 Million Credit Facility, which expires in October
1998, bears interest at the bank's prime rate and is collateralized by certain
of Hybrid's assets. As of March 31, 1998, Hybrid has no borrowings outstanding
under the $4.0 Million Credit Facility.
 
    Under the $5.5 Million Debenture, Hybrid is subject to limitations on the
amount of capital expenditures it may incur in any 12-month period and may not
declare dividends, retire any subordinated debt other than in accordance with
its terms or distribute its assets to any stockholder so long as the $5.5
Million Debenture remains outstanding. In addition, under the $4.0 Million
Credit Facility, Hybrid may not declare dividends. The $5.5 Million Debenture is
collateralized by substantially all of Hybrid's assets. Any borrowings under the
$4.0 Million Credit Facility will be collateralized by a first priority security
interest in certain of Hybrid's assets, and any borrowings under the $4.0
Million Credit Facility will be collateralized by a first priority security
interest in certain of Hybrid's assets. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK
FACTORS--RISKS RELATING TO HYBRID, PACIFIC AND THE COMBINED COMPANY--RESTRICTIVE
DEBT COVENANTS" and Notes 6 and 7 to Financial Statements.
 
    The Merger is intended to be treated as a pooling of interests for
accounting purposes. If the Merger is consummated, Hybrid anticipates incurring
a charge of approximately $3.0 to $3.5 million in the quarter in which the
Merger occurs in connection with the write-off of certain assets, personnel
severance costs, the cancellation and continuation of contractual obligations
and direct transaction fees for investment bankers, attorneys, accountants,
financial printing and other related charges. Actual costs may substantially
exceed such estimates. In addition, upon consummation of the Merger, Hybrid
anticipates paying Pacific's indebtedness of approximately $2.0 million in
bridge loans (inclusive of accrued interest) made by principal
 
                                       84
<PAGE>
shareholders of Pacific. Such repayment is not required under the terms of the
Merger and Hybrid does not expect to make any other cash payments to former
shareholders of Pacific. Total costs associated with the Merger are anticipated
to result in an operating loss and a net loss for Hybrid's quarter ending June
30, 1998 and for its fiscal year ending December 31, 1998 and could negatively
affect financial results in future periods. Holders of Pacific Capital Stock
may, by complying with Sections 1300 through 1312 of the California Code, be
entitled to dissenters' rights with respect to the Merger. It is a condition to
Hybrid's obligation to close the Merger that holders of no more than 5% of the
outstanding shares of Pacific Capital Stock shall be eligible to exercise
dissenters' rights. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK FACTORS--RISKS OF THE
MERGERS;" "--COSTS OF INTEGRATION; TRANSACTION EXPENSES;" "--POSSIBLE NEED FOR
ADDITIONAL FINANCING;" and "--RISKS RELATING TO HYBRID, PACIFIC AND THE COMBINED
COMPANY--LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; HISTORY OF LOSSES" and "--APPROVAL OF THE
MERGER--APPRAISAL AND DISSENTERS' RIGHTS."
 
    Hybrid is seeking to reduce its cash utilization in operations and believes
that, notwithstanding the proposed merger with Pacific, cash generated from
operations, if any, and existing cash resources and credit facilities will
provide Hybrid with sufficient funds to finance its operations for at least the
next 12 months. However, Hybrid may require additional funds to support its
working capital requirements or for other purposes, and may seek to raise such
additional funds through the sale of public or private equity or debt financing
or from other sources. The sale of additional equity or convertible debt
securities may result in additional dilution to Hybrid's stockholders. No
assurance can be given that additional financing will be available or that, if
available, such financing can be obtained on terms favorable to Hybrid or its
stockholders.
 
IMPACT OF ADOPTION OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
    In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No.
130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income." This statement establishes standards for
reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components (revenues,
expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general-purpose financial
statements. Such items may include foreign currency translation adjustments,
unrealized gains/losses from investing and hedging activities, and other
transactions. This statement requires that all items that are required to be
recognized under accounting standards as components of comprehensive income be
reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as
other financial statements. This statement was adopted in the Company's first
quarter of 1998, and its effect on the financial statements was not material.
 
    In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
No.131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information."
This Statement establishes standards for the way that public business
enterprises report information about operating segments in annual financial
statements and requires that those enterprises report selected information about
operating segments in interim financial reports issued to stock holders. It also
establishes standards for related disclosures about products and services,
geographic areas and major customers. This Statement is required to be adopted
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. Hybrid has yet to determine
the affect of adoption of this statement.
 
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
    Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded to
accept only two digit entries in the date code field. Beginning in the year
2000, these date code fields will need to accept four digit entries to
distinguish 21st century dates. While uncertainty exists concerning the
potential effects associated with such compliance, Hybrid does not believe that
year 2000 compliance will result in a material adverse effect on its financial
condition or results of operations.
 
                                       85
<PAGE>
                 SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF PACIFIC
 
    The following selected historical financial data should be read in
conjunction with the Pacific Financial Statements and related notes thereto and
"PACIFIC MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS" appearing elsewhere in this Joint Proxy Statement/ Prospectus.
The statement of operations data for each of the three years in the period ended
September 30, 1997 and the balance sheet data at September 30, 1997 and 1996 are
derived from financial statements of Pacific which have been audited by Deloitte
& Touche LLP, independent auditors, and are included elsewhere in this Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus. The selected historical financial data for the years
ended September 30, 1994 and 1993 were derived from financial statements of
Pacific which were audited and are not included in this Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus. Pacific unaudited historical financial statement data as
of and for the three and six months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997 has been
prepared on the same basis as the historical financial information and, in the
opinion of Pacific management, contains all adjustments, consisting only of
normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the
financial position and results of operations for such periods. March 31, 1998
financial results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be
expected for the year ended September 30, 1998. See "PACIFIC MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED     SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                              YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                      MARCH 31,             MARCH 31,
                                -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------  --------------------
                                  1997       1996       1995       1994       1993       1998       1997       1998       1997
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)              (UNAUDITED)           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Total revenues................  $  35,369  $  29,141  $  24,925  $  20,135  $  11,332  $   5,018  $   8,350  $  11,981  $  21,500
Total cost of revenues........     26,014     23,246     15,964     12,870      7,929      4,140      5,904      9,686     15,533
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross profit..................      9,355      5,895      8,961      7,265      3,403        878      2,446      2,295      5,967
Operating expenses:
  Research and development....      4,824      5,421      3,169      2,318      1,764      1,059      1,319      2,021      2,639
  Sales and marketing.........      3,690      3,104      2,514      1,819      1,579        633        917      1,306      1,907
  General and
    administrative............      1,649      2,839      2,434      1,553      1,210        453        228        874        966
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total operating
      expenses................     10,163     11,364      8,117      5,690      4,553      2,145      2,464      4,201      5,512
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Income (loss) from
        operations............       (808)    (5,469)       844      1,575     (1,150)    (1,267)       (18)    (1,906)       455
Interest income and other
  (expense), net..............        (45)       (12)       100        154         12        (28)       (20)       (61)       (33)
Interest expense..............       (554)      (462)      (400)      (146)      (320)      (201)      (131)      (348)      (259)
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Income (loss) before
      income taxes............     (1,407)    (5,943)       544      1,583     (1,458)    (1,496)      (169)    (2,315)       163
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Provision for income taxes....                                3         91
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss).............  $  (1,407) $  (5,943) $     541  $   1,492  $  (1,458) $  (1,496) $    (169) $  (2,315) $     163
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Basic income (loss) per
  share.......................  $   (0.29) $   (1.42) $    0.15  $    0.46  $   (0.66) $    (.28) $    (.04) $    (.45) $     .04
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Shares used in basic per share
  calculation(1)..............      4,866      4,184      3,701      3,216      2,200      5,285      4,619      5,186      4,600
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Diluted income (loss) per
  share.......................  $   (0.29) $   (1.42) $    0.03  $    0.10  $   (0.66) $    (.28) $    (.04) $    (.45) $     .01
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Shares used in diluted per
  share calculation(1)........      4,866      4,184     15,553     14,291      2,200      5,285      4,619      5,186     19,142
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       86
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          -----------------------------------------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                            1997       1996       1995       1994       1993        1998
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash, cash equivalents and short term investment........  $   1,931  $     900  $   1,555  $     698  $     102   $     162
Working capital.........................................      4,163      5,390      7,437      4,119      2,289       2,119
Total assets............................................     16,669     18,991     16,232     12,793      7,817      16,819
Long-term debt..........................................        442        383      1,382      2,057        232         458
Total shareholders' equity..............................      6,570      7,876      8,608      3,400      3,536       4,264
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) See Notes to Financial Statements for an explanation of the number of shares
    ued to compute basic and diluted net loss per share.
 
                                       87
<PAGE>
                  PACIFIC MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION OF THE FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS OF PACIFIC SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PACIFIC FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND RELATED NOTES THERETO INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS JOINT PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS. THE DISCUSSION CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT
INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. PACIFIC'S ACTUAL RESULTS MAY DIFFER
SIGNIFICANTLY FROM THE RESULTS DISCUSSED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
FACTORS THAT MAY CAUSE SUCH A DIFFERENCE INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE
DISCUSSED IN "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK FACTORS."
 
OVERVIEW
 
    Pacific designs, develops, manufactures and markets radio frequency devices
and systems for providers of wireless communication services. Since its
inception in 1984, Pacific has been involved in the development of gallium
arsenide RFIC products, including power amplifiers, switches, attenuators,
converters and oscillators for telephony, remote data collection and wireless
point-to-point communications applications. In 1991, Pacific began applying its
RFIC design expertise and radio frequency system engineering skills to the
development of system solutions for the broadband wireless video market. Since
1991, Pacific has produced and sold over one million broadband wireless
antenna/downconverters. Additionally, since the introduction of Pacific's
CypherPoint video encoding system in 1996, Pacific has produced and sold over 50
encoding systems and 100,000 decoders. Broadband wireless and RFIC products
comprise Pacific's principal product lines with broadband wireless products
(including both downconverters and CypherPoint) currently comprising more than
90% of its revenues.
 
    Pacific markets its products through a direct sales force supplemented by
distributors. The majority of Pacific's sales are made by its sales force
directly to broadband wireless operators, while distributors, which sell only
Pacific's RFIC products, account for less than 10% of Pacific's sales. Pacific
has no current plans to materially increase the size of its direct sales force.
The sales cycle associated with Pacific's products is typically lengthy and is
subject to a number of significant risks, including customers' budgetary
constraints and internal acceptance reviews, that are beyond Pacific's control.
In addition, Pacific's customers include companies in the early stage of
development or in need of capital to deploy or expand their services. Further,
timing and volume of customer orders are difficult to forecast because a
substantial majority of Pacific's sales are booked and shipped in the same
quarter and Pacific has a limited backlog or orders. If orders from current
customers are canceled, decreased or delayed, or Pacific fails to obtain
significant orders from new customers, or any significant customer delays
payment or fails to pay, Pacific's business, operating results and financial
condition could be materially adversely affected. SEE "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE
MERGER--RISK FACTORS--RISKS RELATING TO HYBRID, PACIFIC AND THE COMBINED
COMPANY--INEXPERIENCE IN EMERGING MARKET" and "--CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION."
 
    To date, a small number of customers has accounted for a substantial portion
of Pacific's net sales. Pacific expects that sales to a small number of
customers will continue to account for a substantial portion of its net sales
and also expects that its largest customers in future periods could be different
from its largest customers in prior periods due to a variety of factors,
including customers' deployment schedules and budget and regulatory
considerations. In addition, Pacific's customers include companies in the early
stage of development or in need of capital to upgrade or expand their services.
While Pacific has not increased its reserves for doubtful accounts due to the
assessment of risks associated with collectability or billing problems with
respect to any of its current, major customers, there can be no assurance that
problems relating to uncollectability or billing will not arise with respect to
any of its current or future, major customers. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE
MERGER--RISK FACTORS--RISKS RELATING TO HYBRID, PACIFIC AND THE COMBINED
COMPANY--CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION."
 
    The markets in which Pacific participates are highly competitive. Broadband
wireless competitors include California Amplifier, Inc., Conifer Corporation,
TransSystems, Inc., and TeleLynx, Inc. RFIC competitors include Celeritek, Inc.,
ANADIGICS, Inc., Teledyne, Inc., Philips Semiconductors, RF Micro
 
                                       88
<PAGE>
Devices, Inc. and Motorola, Inc. In addition, Pacific anticipates increased
competition from new companies entering such markets, some of whom may have
financial and technical resources substantially greater than those of Pacific.
Furthermore, because some of Pacific's products may not be proprietary, they may
be duplicated by low-cost producers, resulting in price and margin pressures.
See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK FACTORS--RISKS RELATING TO HYBRID, PACIFIC
AND THE COMBINED COMPANY--COMPETITION."
 
    Sales to customers of Pacific outside the United States have accounted for a
significant portion of net sales in the past. International sales are subject to
a number of risks including longer payment cycles, export and import
restrictions and tariffs, including existing United States restrictions on the
export of certain high technology products that could limit Pacific's sales
abroad, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, the burden of complying
with a variety of foreign laws, greater difficulty in accounts receivable
collection, potentially adverse tax consequences, currency fluctuations and
political and economic instability. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates
could cause Pacific's products to become relatively more expensive to customers
in a particular country, leading to a reduction in sales or profitability in
that country. To the extent that international revenues increase as a percentage
of total revenues in the future, foreign currency fluctuation exposure may also
increase. In addition, Pacific has in the past experienced a decline in sales to
Mexico due to the devaluation of the Mexico peso. There can be no assurance that
future economic or political instability in countries where Pacific sells its
products will not have a material adverse effect on Pacific's sales in such
countries, and consequently, on the business financial condition or results of
operations of Pacific. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK FACTORS-- RISKS
RELATING TO HYBRID, PACIFIC AND THE COMBINED COMPANY."
 
    Pacific had no income tax provision or benefit in fiscal 1997 and 1996 due
principally to net operating losses and a valuation allowance reserving 100% of
its deferred tax assets. As a result of Pacific's history of recent operating
losses, management believes that recognition of the deferred tax assets is
considered less likely than not. Accordingly, Pacific has recorded a valuation
allowance against its net deferred tax asset. At March 31, 1998, net operating
loss carryforwards of approximately $19,717,000 and $4,877,000 were available to
offset future federal and state taxable income, respectively. These
carryforwards expire beginning in 2002 and 2000. At March 31, 1998, research and
development credit carryforwards of $284,000 and $151,000 were available to
offset future federal and state taxable income, respectively. These
carryforwards expire beginning in 2009 for federal purposes. As a result of the
Merger, the annual utilization of operating losses will be significantly
limited.
 
                                       89
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth the percentage of net sales represented by
the items in Pacific's statements of operations for the periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              THREE MONTHS           SIX MONTHS
                                                   FISCAL YEARS                   ENDED                 ENDED
                                               ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,              MARCH 31,             MARCH 31,
                                          ------------------------------   -------------------   -------------------
                                            1997       1996       1995       1998       1997       1998       1997
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Product Sales...........................      99.2%      96.3%      75.7%      99.7%      98.6%      99.7%      98.9%
Development Contracts and Licensing
  Revenue...............................       0.8        3.7       24.3        0.3        1.4        0.3        1.1
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Net Sales.............................     100.0      100.0      100.0      100.0      100.0      100.0      100.0
Cost of Sales...........................      73.6       79.8       64.1       82.5       70.7       80.8       72.2
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Gross Margin..........................      26.4       20.2       35.9       17.5       29.3       19.2       27.8
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Operating Expenses
  Research and Development..............      13.6       18.6       12.7       21.1       15.8       16.9       12.3
  Sales and Marketing...................      10.4       10.6       10.1       12.6       11.0       10.9        8.9
  General and Administrative............       4.7        9.8        9.8        9.0        2.7        7.3        4.5
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
    Total Operating Expenses............      28.7       39.0       32.6       42.7       29.5       35.1       25.7
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Net Income (Loss) from Operations.......      (2.3)     (18.8)       3.4      (25.2)      (0.2)     (15.9)       2.1
  Interest Income and Other Expense,
    Net.................................      (0.1)      (0.1)       0.1       (0.6)      (0.2)      (0.5)      (0.1)
  Interest Expense......................      (1.6)      (1.6)      (1.6)      (4.0)      (1.6)      (2.9)      (1.2)
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Net Income (Loss).......................      (4.0%)    (20.4%)      2.2%     (29.8%)     (2.0%)    (19.3%)      0.8%
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
</TABLE>
 
    THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
1997
 
    NET SALES.  Pacific's total sales consist of product sales of
downconverters, CypherPoint and RFIC, and development contracts and licensing
revenue. Net sales were $5,018,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1998,
compared to net sales of $8,350,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1997.
The significant decline in net sales was primarily due to a reduction in
shipments to Pacific's largest customer of the downconverter and CypherPoint
product lines. Such customer's product purchases are not expected to return to
historic levels. To the extent that such customer is not replaced with other
customers accounting for significant additional sales, this will likely
adversely affect Pacific's future results of operations and financial position.
There can be no assurance that Pacific will be able to acquire such additional
customers. In the three months ended March 31, 1998, product sales accounted for
99.7% of net sales and contract/ licensing revenue accounted for .3% of net
sales. For the three months ended March 31, 1997, product sales accounted for
98.6% and the contract/licensing revenues accounted for 1.4%. International
sales accounted for 54.3% and 53.5% of net sales for the three months ended
March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. Pacific had one customer that accounted
for 35.8% of net, sales in the three months ended March 31, 1998. Pacific had
three customers that accounted for 28.0%, 23.3% and 15.5%, respectively, of net
sales in the three months ended March 31, 1997.
 
    GROSS MARGIN.  Gross margins were 17.5% and 29.3% for the three months ended
March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The decrease in the gross margin was
primarily due to the reduction in shipments of all product lines, price
reductions of downconverters due to competitive pressures and non-absorption of
manufacturing overhead due to excess capacity.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT.  Research and development expenses include ongoing
decoder and headend CypherPoint product development expenses, two-way product
development, as well as design
 
                                       90
<PAGE>
expenditures associated with cost reduction programs. Research and development
expenses were $1,059,000 and $1,319,000 for the three months ended March 31,
1998 and 1997, respectively. These expenditures represented 21.1% and 15.8% of
net sales for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The
expenditures decreased between the quarters primarily as a result of high
CypherPoint product development costs incurred in the former quarter.
 
    SALES AND MARKETING.  Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of
salaries and related payroll costs of sales and marketing personnel,
commissions, advertising, promotions and travel. Sales and marketing expenses
were $633,000 and $917,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively, representing 12.6% and 11.0% of net sales, respectively. The
decrease in sales and marketing expenses in absolute dollars was principally due
to a reduction in headcount and related payroll costs and a reduction in
spending in the area of marketing and promotions.
 
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  General and administrative expenses consist
primarily of executive personnel salaries, legal and audit fees, travel expenses
and professional services. General and administrative expenses were $453,000 and
$228,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively,
representing 9.0% and 2.7% of net sales, respectively.
 
    INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE) AND OTHER EXPENSE, NET.  Pacific incurred interest
expense during the three months ended March 31, 1998 of $201,000 and earned
interest income of $6,000. Pacific incurred interest expense during the three
months ended March 31, 1997 of $131,000 and earned interest income of $6,000.
The increase in net interest expense was due to increased loans obtained to
support working capital requirements.
 
SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997
 
    NET SALES.  Net sales were $11,981,000 for the six months ended March 31,
1998, compared to net sales of $21,500,000 for the six months ended March 31,
1997. The significant decrease in net sales was primarily due to a reduction in
units shipped of the downconverter and CypherPoint product line and to a decline
in the rate of product purchases by Pacific's largest customer. Such customer's
product purchases are not expected to return to historic levels. To the extent
that such customer is not replaced with other customers accounting for
significant additional sales, this will likely adversely affect Pacific's future
results of operations and financial position. There can be no assurance that
Pacific will be able to acquire such additional customers. For the six months
ending March 31, 1998, product sales accounted for 99.7% of net sales and the
contract/licensing revenues accounted for .3% of net sales. For the six months
ending March 31, 1997, product sales accounted for 98.9% of net sales and
contract/licensing revenues accounted for 1.1% of net sales. International sales
accounted for 19.5% and 53.8% of net sales for the 6 months ended March 31, 1998
and 1997, respectively. Pacific had four customers that accounted 31.3%, 13.6%,
11.5% and 10.1%, respectively, of net sales for the six-month period ending
March 31, 1998. Pacific had two customers that accounted for 48.6% and 19.3%,
respectively, of net sales for the six-month period ending March 31, 1997.
 
    GROSS PROFIT.  Gross margin was 19.2% and 27.8%, for the six-month period
ending March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The decrease in the gross margin
was primarily due to the reduction in shipments, price erosion within the
downconverter product line and non-absorption of manufacturing overhead.
 
    RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT.  Research and development expenses include
development of decoder and headend CypherPoint products, downconverter and RFIC
products as well as design expenditures associated with cost reduction. Research
and development expenses were $2,021,000 and $2,639,000 for the six-month period
ending March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. These expenditures represented
16.9% and 12.3% of net sales for the six-month period ending March 31, 1998 and
1997, respectively. This reduction was primarily due to the completion of
CypherPoint product development.
 
                                       91
<PAGE>
    SALES & MARKETING.  Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of
salaries and related payroll costs for sales and marketing personnel,
commissions, advertising, promotions and travel. Sales and marketing expenses
were $1,306,000 and $1,907,000 for the six-month period ending March 31, 1998
and 1997, respectively, representing 10.9% and 8.9% of net sales, respectively.
The decrease in sales and marketing expenses in absolute dollars was principally
due to reductions in headcount and related payroll costs and a reduction in
spending in the area of marketing and promotions.
 
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  General and administrative expenses consist
primarily of executive personnel salaries, legal and audit fees, travel expenses
and costs of outside services. General and administrative expenses were $874,000
and $966,000 for the six-month period ending March 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively, representing 7.3% and 4.5% of net sales, respectively. The
decrease in absolute dollars was due to lower legal and audit fees and payroll
costs.
 
    INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE) AND OTHER EXPENSE, NET.  Pacific incurred net
interest expense for the six-month period ending March 31, 1998 of $348,000 and
earned interest income of $12,000. The company incurred net interest expense for
the six-month period ending March 31, 1997 of $259,000 and earned interest
income of $11,000. The increase in net interest expense was due to increased
loans obtained to support working capital requirements.
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
  1996
 
    NET SALES.  Net sales were $35,369,000 for the year ended September 30,
1997, compared to net sales of $29,141,000 for fiscal 1996. The significant
growth in net sales was primarily due to increased unit sales of the CypherPoint
product line, which product line had a 242.5% increase in sales from 1996. This
growth was offset, in significant part, by a decline in shipments of
downconverter products, which products had a 20% decrease in net sales from
1996. In fiscal 1997, product sales accounted for 99.2% of net sales and
contracts/licensing revenue accounted for 0.8% of net sales. In fiscal 1996,
product sales accounted for 96.3% of net sales and contracts/licensing revenues
accounted for 3.7%. International sales accounted for 30.4% and 28.5% of net
sales for the fiscal years 1997 and 1996, respectively. Pacific had two
customers that accounted for 30.4% and 21.5%, respectively, of net sales in
fiscal 1997. Pacific had two customers that accounted for 35.7% and 12.4%,
respectively, of net sales in fiscal 1996.
 
    GROSS PROFIT.  Gross margin was 26.4% and 20.2%, in fiscal years 1997 and
1996, respectively. The improvement in gross margin was due in part to a
$1,126,000 inventory provision. The provision was accrued in 1996 in connection
with inventory components and products unique to an international customer and
reversed in 1997 when the products were shipped. The remainder of the
improvement was due to a number of factors including the volume production of
the CypherPoint product line, greater contributions from higher margin RFIC
products, the completion of the high cost non-recurring engineering contract
work, and greater absorption of manufacturing overhead due to increased sales
volumes.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT.  Research and development expenses were $4,824,000
and $5,421,000 during the fiscal years 1997 and 1996, respectively. These
expenditures represented 13.6% and 18.6% of net sales for fiscal years 1997 and
1996, respectively. This year to year reduction was primarily the result of
decreased CypherPoint product development costs in fiscal 1997. Pacific intends
to continue to increase its investment in research and development programs for
future periods, focusing on two-way wireless technologies and cost improvement.
 
    SALES AND MARKETING.  Sales and marketing expenses were $3,690,000 and
$3,104,000 during the fiscal years 1997 and 1996, respectively, representing
10.4% and 10.7% of net sales, respectively. The increase in sales and marketing
expenses in absolute dollars was principally due to increases in headcount and
related payroll costs and an increase in sales support efforts and marketing
activities associated with the increase in revenues. Pacific expects sales and
marketing expenses to increase in the future.
 
                                       92
<PAGE>
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  General and administrative expenses were
$1,649,000 and $2,839,000 during the fiscal years 1997 and 1996, respectively,
representing 4.7% and 9.8% of net sales, respectively. The decrease was due
primarily to the reversal of a $817,000 bad debt provision associated with the
collection of certain receivables from an international customer in 1997.
 
    INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE) AND OTHER EXPENSE, NET.  Pacific incurred net
interest expense during fiscal 1997 of $554,000 and earned interest income of
$25,000. Pacific incurred net interest expense during fiscal 1996 of $462,000
and earned interest income of $37,000. The increase in net interest expense was
due to increased loans obtained to support working capital requirements.
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
  1995
 
    NET SALES.  Net sales were $29,141,000 for the year ended September 30,
1996, compared to net sales of $24,925,000 for the year ended September 30,
1995. The significant growth in net sales was primarily due to an increase in
units shipped with the expansion of the downconverter product line, which
product line had a 22.6% increase in net sales from 1995, and the mid-year
introduction of the CypherPoint product line, as opposed to an increase in sales
prices of such products. This growth was offset by a reduction of revenue under
contracts/licensing due to a transition from military contracts to commercial
products. In fiscal 1996, product sales accounted for 96.3% of net sales and the
contract/licensing revenues accounted for 3.7% of net sales. In fiscal 1995,
product sales accounted for 75.7% of net sales and contract/ licensing revenues
accounted for 24.3% of net sales. International sales accounted for 28.5% and
36.7% of net sales for the fiscal years 1996 and 1995, respectively. Pacific had
two customers that accounted for 35.7% and 12.4%, respectively, of net sales in
1996. Pacific had two customers that accounted for 18.8% and 17.5%,
respectively, of net sales in 1995.
 
    GROSS PROFIT.  Gross margin was 20.2% and 35.9%, in fiscal years 1996 and
1995, respectively. The decrease in the gross margin was due to inventory
provisions for products unique to an international customer, the transition away
from the higher margin military contracts to a non-recurring engineering
contract, price erosion within the downconverter product line and non-absorption
of manufacturing overhead related to CypherPoint production start-up.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT.  Research and development expenses were $5,421,000
and $3,169,000 during the fiscal years 1996 and 1995, respectively. These
expenditures represented 18.6% and 12.7% of net sales for fiscal years 1996 and
1995, respectively. This was primarily the result of a one time charge of
$2,051,000 associated with a design change of CypherPoint products.
 
    SALES AND MARKETING.  Sales and marketing expenses were $3,104,000 and
$2,514,000 during the fiscal years 1996 and 1995, respectively, representing
10.7% and 10.1% of net sales, respectively. The increase in sales and marketing
expenses in absolute dollars was principally due to increases in headcount and
related payroll costs and in spending in the area of marketing and promotions.
 
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  General and administrative expenses were
$2,839,000 and $2,434,000 during the fiscal years 1996 and 1995, respectively,
representing 9.8% and 9.8% of net sales, respectively. The increase in absolute
dollars was due primarily to an $817,000 provision associated with uncertainty
regarding account receivable collections from an international customer.
 
    INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE) AND OTHER EXPENSE, NET.  Pacific incurred interest
expense during fiscal 1996 of $462,000 and earned interest income of $37,000.
Pacific incurred interest expense during fiscal 1995 of $400,000 and earned
interest income of $28,000. The increase in net interest expense was due to
increased loans obtained to support working capital requirements.
 
                                       93
<PAGE>
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Pacific has financed its operations primarily through financial support from
its majority shareholders in the form of capital infusions and promissory notes,
bank debt, and lease financing of capital equipment. As of March 31, 1998,
Pacific had working capital of $2,119,000, including $162,000 in cash and cash
equivalents. The $1,344,000 decrease in cash and cash equivalents in the first
six months of fiscal 1998 was primarily the result of a net loss of $2,315,000.
As of September 30, 1997, Pacific had working capital of $4,163,000, including
$1,506,000 in cash and cash equivalents, as compared to working capital of
$5,390,000 and $475,000 in cash and cash equivalents as of September 30, 1996.
The $1,031,000 increase in cash and cash equivalents for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1997 was primarily a result of obtaining a shareholder note of
$750,000 in September 1997.
 
    Cash used in operating activities in the six months ended March 31, 1998 was
$3,907,000 and was primarily the result of an increase in accounts receivable of
$2,211,000 and the net loss of $2,315,000. The increase in accounts receivable
was primarily attributable to a shift in the customer base to international
customers resulting in longer average collection periods. Cash used in operating
activities during the six months ending March 31, 1998 was offset by
depreciation and amortization of $597,000 and prepaid expense decreases of
$109,000. Cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 1997 was
$2,583,000, primarily the result of the decrease in accounts receivable of
$3,931,000 as a result of collections and lower net sales in the final quarters
of the fiscal year, and depreciation and amortization of $1,234,000. Cash
provided by operating activities during fiscal year 1997 was offset by the net
loss of $1,407,000, a decrease in the provision for doubtful accounts of
$930,000 as a result of Pacific's assessment of collectability of accounts
receivable and decreases in accounts payable of $330,000.
 
    Cash flows from investment activities during the six months ended March 31,
1998 was $322,000 and resulted primarily from decreases in short-term
investments. Cash used in investing activities during fiscal 1997 was $348,000,
and resulted primarily from the purchases of property and equipment. During the
six months ended March 31, 1998 and fiscal year 1997, capital expenditures for
property and equipment were primarily for computers, furniture, fixtures, and
manufacturing and engineering test equipment. Pacific has financed a substantial
portion of its property and equipment expenditures from several sources
including direct vendor leasing programs and third party commercial leasing
arrangements. As of March 31, 1998, Pacific had no material commitments for
capital expenditures.
 
    Cash provided by financing activities during the six months ended March 31,
1998 was $2,241,000, and was primarily the result of cash advances of $2,568,000
on the recently established bank credit line. Cash provided by financing
activities during the six months ended March 31, 1998 was offset by the
repayment of capital lease obligation of $341,000. Cash used in financing
activities during fiscal year 1997 was $1,204,000, and was primarily the result
of repayments of $1,261,000 to the bank line of credit and the repayment of
capital lease obligations of $763,000. Cash used in financing activities during
fiscal year 1997 was offset by the result of proceeds from shareholder loans of
$750,000.
 
    Pacific's principal sources of liquidity at March 31, 1998 were cash and
cash equivalents of $162,000 and an $8,000,000 revolving bank line of credit.
The line of credit was entered into with Coast in November 1997, bears interest
at Coast's reference rate (8.5% at March 31, 1998) plus 2.25%, has a term which
expires in the year 2000, and is collateralized by substantially all of the
Pacifics's assets. Advances on the line of credit are limited to a percentage of
certain current assets (i.e. accounts receivable and inventory). The line of
credit requires Pacific to maintain a minimum Tangible Net Worth of $5,750,000.
Tangible Net Worth is defined as consolidated owner's equity plus subordinated
debt less any assets that would be treated as intangible assets in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles. As of March 31, 1998, Pacific had
a Tangible Net Worth of $6,014,000. Coast has consented to the Merger of Pacific
with Hybrid and is currently reviewing the terms of the line of credit to
determine whether modifications will be made to the Tangible Net Worth covenant
with respect to the combined company. As of April 30, 1998, Pacific had
$3,733,000 in borrowings outstanding under the line of credit and no additional
borrowings
 
                                       94
<PAGE>
were available. The Comerica line of credit outstanding as of September 30, 1997
was repaid and canceled with borrowings under the Coast line of credit. Pacific
is currently in need of immediate additional capital to finance its operations
and to meet its short term liquidity needs. While Pacific is seeking additional
financing up to an approximate amount of $1.0 million, there can be no assurance
that the additional required financing will be available through equity
offerings, bank borrowings, or otherwise, or that, if such financing is
available, it will be available on terms favorable to Pacific or its
shareholders. If Pacific is unable to secure financing prior to the consummation
of the Merger, Pacific will have to scale back sales and marketing and research
and development efforts and Pacific's business, financial condition and
operating results will be materially adversely affected. If the Merger with
Hybrid is consummated, Pacific will have access to the capital resources of this
combined company. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK FACTORS--RISKS RELATING
TO HYBRID, PACIFIC AND THE COMBINED COMPANY--PACIFIC'S NEED FOR IMMEDIATE
ADDITIONAL FINANCING," "--RESTRICTED DEBT COVENANTS" and "--POSSIBLE NEED FOR
ADDITIONAL FINANCING."
 
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
    Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded to
accept only two digit entries in the date code field. Beginning in the year
2000, these date code fields will need to accept four digit entries to
distinguish 21st century dates. While uncertainty exists concerning the
potential effects associated with such compliance, Pacific does not believe that
year 2000 compliance will result in a material adverse effect on its financial
condition or results of operations.
 
                                       95
<PAGE>
                               BUSINESS OF HYBRID
 
    This Business section and other parts of this Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. Hybrid's actual results may differ significantly from the results
discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause such a
difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and separately
in "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK FACTORS," and "HYBRID MANAGEMENTS'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION."
 
    Hybrid Networks, Inc. is a broadband access equipment company that designs,
develops, manufactures and markets wireless and cable systems that provide high
speed access to the Internet and corporate intranets for both businesses and
consumers. Hybrid's products remove the bottleneck over the "last mile"
connection to the end-user which causes slow response time for those accessing
bandwidth-intensive information over the Internet or corporate intranets.
Hybrid's customers include broadband wireless system operators, cable system
operators, ISPs, resellers and other companies that provide broadband networking
systems or services to business and residential users. Hybrid's Series 2000
product line consists of secure headend routers, wireless or cable modems and
management software for use with either cable TV or wireless transmission
facilities. Because the substantial majority of wireless and cable transmission
facilities are not capable of two-way transmissions, the Series 2000 has been
designed to utilize a variety of return paths, including the public switched
telephone network. The Series 2000 system also features a router to provide
corporate telecommuters and others in remote locations secure access to their
files on the corporate intranet. The Series 2000 is capable of supporting a
combination of speeds, media and protocols in a single wireless or cable system,
providing system operators with flexible, scalable and upgradeable solutions
that allow them to offer cost-effective broadband access to their subscribers.
 
PRODUCTS, TECHNOLOGY AND SERVICES
 
    Hybrid's Series 2000 product line provides broadband wireless system
operators, cable system operators, ISPs and other businesses with a
cost-effective, high speed Internet and intranet access solution. Hybrid's
products include secure headend routers, wireless and cable modems and
management software for use with either wireless transmission facilities or
cable TV transmission facilities. Hybrid's headend products are used by
broadband wireless system operators, cable system operators and other customers
to transmit and receive data across networks and to manage networks and modems.
Hybrid's client modems and routers are used by subscribers of Hybrid's customers
and can be used as single-user devices or in multi-user local area networks
("LANS"). Hybrid's products incorporate proprietary technology that enables the
same system to be deployed in either broadband wireless or cable systems and
supports both one-way downstream transmission accompanied by upstream
transmission via modem and router return or two-way wireless or cable
transmission.
 
                                       96
<PAGE>
PRODUCTS
 
    The following table outlines the primary components of Hybrid's Series 2000:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
HEADEND EQUIPMENT (1)(2)                                      PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
CyberManager 2000 (CMG-2000)                                  Workstation with proprietary Hybrid software
                                                              that provides subscriber and network management.
CyberMaster Downstream Router (CMD-2000)                      High speed downstream RF router that supports up
                                                              to 60 Mbps aggregate throughput in 12 MHz of
                                                              spectrum.
Upstream Router, Telephone Return                             Performs the functions of an analog modem bank
 (Ascend Max 4048, 4060)                                      and terminal server in a telephone return
                                                              configuration. Supports up to 48/60 incoming
                                                              telephone lines.
CyberMaster Upstream Router QPSK Return                       Upstream receiver and demodulator for two-way
 (CMU 2000-14C and QDC-030-2)                                 QPSK configuration.
 
<CAPTION>
SINGLE-USER EQUIPMENT (1)(3)
<S>                                                           <C>
Headend Router (HER-2010)                                     Highspeed downstream RF router that supports up
                                                              to 60 Mbps aggregate throughout in 12 MHz of
                                                              spectrum.
Multi-User Modem/Router (CCM-201)                             Client modem and router that can be used in
                                                              either wireless or cable systems. Supports up to
                                                              20 users. Client modem that can be used in
                                                              either wireless or cable systems. Supports a
                                                              single user.
</TABLE>
 
(1) All products are available for use with wireless or cable systems.
 
(2) Headend equipment typically ranges in price from $40,000 to $90,000 for a
    single system.
 
(3) Modem list prices range from approximately $440 to $795 depending on
    features.
 
HEADEND EQUIPMENT
 
    CYBERMANAGER 2000. The CyberManager 2000 (CMG-2000) is a proprietary
subscriber and network management workstation built on a Sun Microsystems Sparc
5. Running proprietary Hybrid software, the CMG-2000 operates as the system
administrator interface to the upstream and downstream routers and other third
party headend equipment. The CMG-2000 has a 10BaseT interface to connect to a
fast Ethernet switch in the headend. Currently, the CMG-2000 supports up to
5,000 subscribers.
 
    CYBERMASTER DOWNSTREAM ROUTER. The CyberMaster Downstream Router (CMD-2000)
is a rack-mounted, Pentium based, PCI/ISA bus industrial microcomputer. It
supports SIF and QAM cards, which are used for downstream routing and for 64QAM
downstream modulation. The CMD-2000 has a 100BaseT interface to connect to a
fast Ethernet switch within the headend. The CMD-2000 supports up to six
independent 10 Mbps downstream channels. Each 10 Mbps channel occupies 2 MHz of
either wireless or cable spectrum.
 
    UPSTREAM ROUTER, TELEPHONE RETURN. The Upstream Router, Telephone Return is
an Ascend modem bank sold by Hybrid for terminating headend telephone lines in
the telephone return configuration. The Ascend 4048 provides a 71 digital
interface for 48 lines in the United States and the
 
                                       97
<PAGE>
Ascend 4060 provides an E1 digital or a primary rate interface for international
applications. The system also operates with modem banks and upstream router from
US Robotics, Motorola and other suppliers provided by the customer.
 
    CYBERMASTER UPSTREAM ROUTER QPSK RETURN. The Cybermaster upstream router is
a rack mounted, Pentium based, PCI/ISA bus industrial microcomputer. The product
houses dual QPSK receiver cards which demodulate upstream QPSK signals. The
CMU-2000-14C has a 100 BaseT interface to connect to a fast ethernet switch at
the headend. The CMU supports up to 28 upstream signals each with 256 to 5 Mbits
data rate.
 
END-USER EQUIPMENT
 
    HEADEND ROUTER. The Series 2000 Headend Router (HER-2010) is a rack-mounted,
Pentium based, PCI/ISA bust industrial microcomputer. The product supports SIF
and QAM cards, which are used for downstream routing and for 64QAM downstream
modulation. The HER-2010 has a 1000BaseT interface to connect to a fast Ethernet
switch within the headend. The HER-2010 supports up to six independent 10 Mbs
downstream channels. Each 10 Mbps channel occupies 2MHz of either wireless or
cable spectrum. The HER-2010 can be deployed in one-way RF configurations
(cable/wireless downstream and telco/router return).
 
    MULTI-USER MODEM/ROUTER. The Multi-User Modem/Router (CCM-201) supports 10
Mbps, 64QAM downstream data transmission on both wireless and cable systems and
upstream transmission via analog modem, router or wireless or cable return. Each
CCM-201 includes routing capability to support up to 20 networked devices (PC,
Macintosh or workstation). The CCM-201 has a number of security features
including system authentication, user ID, public and private key management and
optional DES encryption.
 
    SINGLE-USER MODEM. The Single-User Modem (N-201) supports 10 Mbps, 64QAM
downstream data transmission on both wireless and cable systems and upstream
transmission via analog modem, router, and wireless or cable return. Each N-201
supports one client device which can be a PC, Macintosh or workstation.
 
TECHNOLOGY
 
    The Series 2000 product line is an integrated broadband access system. The
Series 2000 is media independent, allowing the same system components to be
deployed in either wireless or cable systems. It utilizes proprietary asymmetric
networking technology that allows for optimal use of available frequencies. The
Series 2000 supports both asymmetric two-way transmission on a wireless or cable
system and asymmetric telephone- or router-return on either a broadband wireless
or cable system. Hybrid's proprietary sub-channelization technology splits a
standard 6 MHz channel into three 2 MHz slices for downstream transmission,
providing greater flexibility and minimizing the effects of multipath
interference in wireless systems. By providing 2 MHz sub-channelization,
Hybrid's products are also positioned to serve the newly auctioned WCS
frequencies, which are only 5 MHz wide. The Series 2000 provides for downstream
transmission over wired cable in the interference prone "rolloff" channels that
are unsuitable for video broadcast, preserving scarce channels for the cable
system operator. The Series 2000 is expandable from an entry-level system
supporting up to 5,000 subscribers to serve more than 20,000 subscribers. The
modular architecture also accommodates changes to the transport medium, such as
upgrades from one-way coaxial cable plant to two-way HFC plant.
 
SERVICES
 
    Hybrid generally performs all consulting, systems engineering, systems
integration, installation, training and technical support for its products.
Network operations engineers, who combine radio frequency ("RF") and TCP/IP
networking expertise, provide network consulting to support the sales force,
assisting
 
                                       98
<PAGE>
sales representatives and customers in defining the specifications for the
system to be installed. Hybrid's network operations group also works with the
customer during site preparation to aid in systems engineering, system
integration, installation and acceptance testing to ensure a successful system
start-up. Services are provided on a time and materials basis. Each customer is
required to enroll, for a fee, at least one person in Hybrid's one-week training
course; enrollment for multiple employees from the customer organization is
encouraged and supported with a discounted fee schedule. These training courses
are tailored to specific implementations of Hybrid's products and cover the
installation, operation and maintenance of Hybrid's headend and client modem
products in a network operating environment. Hybrid typically provides a
one-year warranty on its hardware products that includes factory and on-site
repair service as needed. Customer support also includes telephone support,
maintenance releases and technical bulletins covering all of Hybrid's software
and firmware products that contain application code. Hybrid provides support
after expiration of the warranty period as a purchase option, including on-site
field support.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
    Hybrid's customers include broadband wireless system operators, cable system
operators, ISPs, resellers and other businesses. To date, a small number of
customers has accounted for a substantial portion of Hybrid's net sales. Hybrid
expects that net sales from the sale of its products to a limited number of
customers will continue to account for a high percentage of its net sales in the
foreseeable future. Hybrid expects that its largest customers in future periods
could be different from its largest customers in prior periods due to a variety
of factors, including customers' deployment schedules and budget considerations.
In addition the mix of Hybrid's customers, whether cable, wireless, ISPs or
distributors, has changed from quarter-to-quarter. A limited number of broadband
wireless system operators and cable system operators account for a majority of
capital equipment purchases in their respective markets, and Hybrid's success
will be dependent upon its ability to establish and maintain relationships with
these companies. In addition, Hybrid has increased sales through distributors
and value added reseller , with 3D Communications, a subsidiary of IKON
Corporation, becoming the largest distributor customer in 1997, accounting for
13.7% of Hybrid's net sales. No other customer accounted for 10% or more of net
sales in 1997. In 1996, AT&T Corporation ("AT&T") and Intel accounted for 41.0%
and 20.7%, respectively, of Hybrid's net sales; and in 1995, Intel and AT&T
accounted for 51.6% and 28.2%, respectively, of Hybrid's net sales. During 1994,
1995 and 1996, Intel manufactured certain products based on Hybrid's design, and
jointly marketed Hybrid's products with its own. Intel no longer purchases
products from Hybrid, but it remains a stockholder of Hybrid and maintains
certain licensing and manufacturing rights to certain Hybrid products. AT&T
continued to purchase products from Hybrid in 1997, although the volume of those
purchases was less than 10% of Hybrid's net sales.
 
    During 1997, approximately one-half of Hybrid's net sales were attributable
to broadband wireless system customers and the balance to cable system
customers. Hybrid anticipates that the trend of increasing sales to broadband
wireless customers will continue during 1998 although changes could occur in
Hybrid's product offerings or other circumstances that might affect this trend.
Hybrid's customers, particularly those in the broadband wireless industry,
include companies in the early stage of development or in need of capital to
upgrade or expand their services. In order to address the needs and competitive
factors facing the emerging broadband access market, Hybrid on occasion has
provided customers extended payment, promotional pricing or other terms. The
provision of extended payment terms, or the extension of promotional payment,
pricing or other terms can have a material adverse effect on Hybrid's business,
operating results and financial condition. See "HYBRID MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION
AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."
 
                                       99
<PAGE>
SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    Hybrid markets and sells its products in the United States through its
domestic field sales force and sales support organization. Hybrid also sells its
products through distributors, VARs and OEMs. Hybrid's sales and marketing,
senior management and technical staff work closely with existing and potential
customers to help them develop the market potential of high speed Internet
access services and to help them develop relationships with other companies that
have the facilities and expertise necessary to deliver Internet access services.
Field sales offices are located in San Francisco, Atlanta and Tinton Falls, New
Jersey.
 
    The sale of Hybrid's products typically involves a significant technical
evaluation and commitment of capital and other resources, with the delays
frequently associated with customers' internal procedures to approve large
capital expenditures and to test and accept new technologies that affect key
operations. For these and other reasons, the sales cycle associated with
Hybrid's products is typically lengthy, generally lasting three to nine months,
and is subject to a number of significant risks, including customers' budgetary
constraints and internal acceptance reviews, that are beyond Hybrid's control.
Because of the lengthy sales cycle and the large size of customers' orders, if
orders forecasted for a specific customer for a particular quarter are not
realized in that quarter, or any significant customer delays payment or fails to
pay, Hybrid's operating results for that quarter could be materially adversely
affected. In addition, Hybrid's customers include companies in the early stage
of development or in need of capital to upgrade or expand their services.
Accordingly, in order to address the needs and competitive factors facing the
emerging broadband access markets serviced by the broadband wireless system
operators, cable system operators and ISPs, Hybrid on occasion has provided
customers extended payment, promotional pricing or other terms which can have a
material adverse effect on Hybrid's business, operating results and financial
condition. See "HYBRID MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."
 
    The timing and volume of customer orders are difficult to forecast because
wireless and cable companies typically require prompt delivery of products and a
substantial majority of Hybrid's sales are booked and shipped in the same
quarter. Accordingly, Hybrid has a limited backlog of orders. Further, sales are
generally made pursuant to standard purchase orders that can be rescheduled,
reduced or canceled with little or no penalty. Hybrid believes that its backlog
at any given time is not a meaningful indicator of future sales.
 
    Hybrid's marketing efforts are targeted at broadband wireless system
operators, cable system operators and existing ISPs. Hybrid devotes considerable
time and effort to educating potential customers on the business opportunity of
providing high speed Internet and intranet access. It accomplishes this through
white papers, prototype customer business models, industry speaking engagements
and direct customer presentations. Hybrid also attempts to facilitate
introductions and strategic relationships between ISPs and wireless or cable
system operators. These strategic relationships bring together the capabilities
needed to offer high speed access service. Hybrid maintains its industry
presence by exhibiting at wireless and cable tradeshows and speaking at
conferences and seminars.
 
    In order to market and sell Hybrid's products internationally, Hybrid has
entered into several distribution relationships and is seeking to enter into
distribution relationships as well. Alcatel Standard Electrica S.A. has
worldwide nonexclusive distribution rights for Hybrid's products and is Hybrid's
main distributor in Europe.
 
MANUFACTURING
 
    Hybrid's manufacturing strategy is to perform system integration, testing
and quality inspection internally and to outsource the manufacturing of the
product modules to multiple third parties where it is more cost-effective.
Hybrid's future success will depend, in significant part, on its ability to
successfully manufacture its products cost-effectively and in sufficient
volumes. Hybrid maintains a limited in-house manufacturing capability for
performing system integration and testing on all headend products and for
 
                                      100
<PAGE>
manufacturing small quantities of modems at its headquarters in Cupertino.
Hybrid's in-house manufacturing capability, however, is largely used for pilot
production of new modem designs and sample testing of products received from
volume modem manufacturers, as well as for developing the manufacturing process
and documentation for new products in preparation for outsourcing.
 
    Hybrid's future success will depend, in significant part, on its ability to
obtain high volume manufacturing at low costs. Hybrid entered into an agreement
pursuant to which Sharp has been the exclusive OEM supplier through Itochu of
certain of Hybrid's client modems, including the substantial majority of those
utilized in the Series 2000. During the second quarter and a portion of the
third quarter of 1997, Hybrid did not receive the full shipment of modems
anticipated from Sharp because of technical delays in product integration. While
these problems have since been resolved, there can be no assurance that Hybrid
will not experience similar supply problems in the future at Sharp or any other
manufacturer. Hybrid has had only limited experience manufacturing its products
to date, and there can be no assurance that Hybrid, Sharp or any other
manufacturer of Hybrid's products will be successful in increasing the volume of
its manufacturing efforts. Hybrid may need to procure additional manufacturing
facilities and equipment, adopt new inventory controls and procedures,
substantially increase its personnel and revise its quality assurance and
testing practices. There can be no assurance that any of these efforts will be
successful. Hybrid anticipates the need to reduce the manufacturing costs of its
cable modem and will continue to evaluate the use of low cost third party
suppliers and manufacturers. Subcontractors supply both standard components and
subassemblies manufactured to Hybrid's specifications. Standard components
include the Sun Microsystems Sparc5 workstation and its Sun Operating System
(OS); Intel's Ethernet cards and Pentium-based PCI processor cards; and
NextLevel Systems' Upconverter. The CyberManager 2000 and CyberCommuter 2000
Secure Router are built on the Sparc5/Sun OS platform by installing Hybrid's
proprietary network subscriber and network management software, HybridWare. The
CyberMaster Downstream Router (CMD) and CyberMaster Upstream Router, Telephone
Return (CMU) are built on Intel's Pentium-based PCI/ISA-based computer cards
installed in standard rack-mounted backplanes from Industrial Computer Source
(ICS) that are configured to Hybrid's specification. Hybrid's proprietary
software, Hybrid OS, is overlaid on a standard Berkeley Systems operating system
for the CMD and CMU. Hybrid is dependent upon certain key suppliers for a number
of the components for its products. For example, Hybrid currently only has one
vendor, BroadCom Corporation, for the 64 QAM demodulator semiconductors that are
used in Hybrid's server and client modem products, and in past periods these
semiconductors have been in short supply. In 1997, BroadCom announced a program
whereby certain of its technological and product enhancements may be made
available to certain of Hybrid's competitors before making them available to
Hybrid. This could have the effect of putting Hybrid at a competitive
disadvantage with regard to time to market or cause Hybrid to have to redesign
its products if competitors influence changes in BroadCom's products. Hitachi is
the sole supplier of the processors used in certain of Hybrid's modems. In
addition, certain other components for products that Hybrid has under
development are currently only available from a single source. For example,
Stanford Telecom, which is a competitor for at least one of Hybrid's broadband
wireless products, is currently the sole supplier for certain of Hybrid's
products, although Hybrid is in the process of developing one or more
alternative sources. There can be no assurance that delays in key components or
product deliveries will not occur in the future due to shortages resulting from
a limited number of suppliers, the financial or other difficulties of such
suppliers or the possible limitation in component product capacities due to
significant worldwide demand for such components. Any significant interruption
or delay in the supply of components for Hybrid's products or significant
increase in the price of components due to short supply or otherwise could have
a material adverse effect on Hybrid's ability to manufacture its products and,
therefore, could have a material adverse effect on its business, operating
results and financial condition.
 
    Products as complex as those offered by Hybrid frequently contain undetected
errors, defects or failures, especially when first introduced or when new
versions are released. Such errors have occurred in the past in Hybrid's
products, and there can be no assurance that, despite testing by Hybrid and use
by current and potential customers, errors will not be found in Hybrid's current
and future products. The
 
                                      101
<PAGE>
occurrence of such errors, defects or failures could result in product returns
and other losses to Hybrid or its customers. Such occurrence could also result
in the loss of or delay in market acceptance of Hybrid's products, which could
have a material adverse effect on Hybrid's business, operating results and
financial condition. Hybrid's products generally carry a one-year warranty for
replacement of parts. Due to the relatively recent introduction of the Series
2000 products, Hybrid has limited experience with the problems that could arise
with this generation of products. Hybrid's purchase agreements with its
customers typically contain provisions designed to limit Hybrid's exposure to
potential product liability claims. It is possible, however, that the limitation
of liability provisions contained in Hybrid's purchase agreements may not be
effective as a result of federal, state or local laws or ordinances or
unfavorable judicial decisions. Although Hybrid has not experienced any
significant product liability claims to date, the sale and support of Hybrid's
products may entail the risk of such claims. A successful product liability
claim brought against Hybrid could have a material adverse effect on Hybrid's
business, operating results and financial condition.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    As of March 31, 1998, Hybrid's research and development staff consisted of
36 full-time employees. Hybrid's total research and development expenses for
1997, 1996 and 1995 were $7,108,000, $5,076,000 and $3,862,000, respectively,
and for the three months ended March 31, 1998 were $2,240,000. Hybrid will
continue its efforts to increase the scalability and performance of its current
broadband systems, to enhance the systems for broadband wireless system
operators and to migrate toward standards compliance. Hybrid expects to increase
scalability by developing an optional relational database that will handle
subscriber bases of up to 20,000 per system and new SNMP-based network
management capabilities that will allow operators to manage their network
centrally. Hybrid is optimizing its product's radio frequency (RF) tuners for
the currently targeted wireless-cable and WCS frequency bands, 2-3 GHz and LPTV
(400-800 MHz), and expects to add LMDS products to its offerings.
 
    Hybrid has recently completed development of and released for sale a new
two-way product utilizing QPSK modulation in place of the current FSK return
product. This QPSK product utilizes standards-compliant chipsets and a
cost-effective channel sharing algorithm. It will support both wireless and
cable return. In addition, Hybrid is developing a prototype system targeted for
ISP customers consisting of a broadband downstream router that can be installed
in existing ISP networks and will interoperate with standard ISP equipment and
operational procedures. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK FACTORS-- RISKS
RELATING TO HYBRID, PACIFIC AND THE COMBINED COMPANY--COMPETING TECHNOLOGIES AND
EVOLVING INDUSTRY STANDARDS."
 
    To address competitive and pricing pressures, Hybrid expects that it will
have to reduce the cost of manufacturing client modems significantly through
design and engineering changes. Such changes may involve redesigning Hybrid's
products to utilize more highly integrated components and more automated
manufacturing techniques. There can be no assurance that Hybrid will be
successful in these efforts, that a redesign can be made on a timely basis and
without introducing significant errors and product defects or that a redesign
will result in sufficient cost reductions to allow Hybrid to reduce the list
price of its client cable modems significantly.
 
    In addition, from time to time, Hybrid considers collaborative relationships
with other entities to gain access to certain technologies that could enhance
Hybrid's product offerings, broaden the market for Hybrid's products or
accelerate time to market. In connection with such collaborative relationships,
Hybrid may seek to jointly develop products, share its technology with other
entities and license technology from such entities. In November 1997, Hybrid
entered into a Warrant Purchase Agreement with Alcatel pursuant to which Alcatel
agreed to provide Hybrid with certain technical information and the parties
agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to define and carry out a
development program regarding broadband data modulation technology and to
cross-license the technology developed. As of March 31, 1998, the parties had
not defined such a program. In connection with entering into the Warrant
Purchase Agreement, Hybrid issued to Alcatel a five-year warrant to purchase
458,295 shares of Common Stock at
 
                                      102
<PAGE>
an exercise price of $10.91 per share. The relationship between Hybrid and
Alcatel is in the early stages, and, accordingly, there can be no assurance that
the relationship will result in the development of commercially viable products
or that Hybrid will otherwise significantly benefit from its relationship with
Alcatel.
 
    The market for high speed Internet access products is characterized by
rapidly changing and competing technologies, evolving industry standards and
frequent new product introductions leading to short product life cycles. As
standards evolve in the market, such as the MCNS specifications, Hybrid will
need to work toward complying with such standards. There can be no assurance
that Hybrid's engineering and product design efforts will be successful or that
Hybrid will be successful at developing new products in the future. Any failure
to release new products or to fix, upgrade or redesign old products on a timely
basis could have a material adverse effect on Hybrid's business, operating
results and financial condition.
 
BACKLOG
 
    Because Hybrid generally ships its products within a short period after
receipt of an order, Hybrid does not have a backlog of firm unfilled orders, and
sales in any quarter are substantially dependent on orders booked in that
quarter.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The market for high speed network connectivity products and services is
intensely competitive. The principal competitive factors in this market include
product performance and features (including speed of transmission and upstream
transmission capabilities), reliability, price, size and stability of
operations, breadth of product line, sales and distribution capability,
technical support and service, relationships with broadband wireless and cable
system operators and ISPs, standards compliance and general industry and
economic conditions. Certain of these factors are outside of Hybrid's control.
The existing conditions in the high speed network connectivity market could
change rapidly and significantly as a result of technological changes, and the
development and market acceptance of alternative technologies could decrease the
demand for Hybrid's products or render them obsolete. Similarly, the continued
emergence or evolution of industry standards or specifications may put Hybrid at
a disadvantage in relation to its competitors.
 
    Hybrid's current and potential competitors include providers of asymmetric
cable modems, other types of cable modems and other broadband access products.
Most of Hybrid's competitors are substantially larger and have greater
financial, technical, marketing, distribution, customer support and other
resources, as well as greater name recognition and access to customers than
Hybrid. In addition, many of Hybrid's competitors are in a better position to
withstand any significant reduction in capital spending by cable or broadband
wireless system operators. Certain of Hybrid's competitors have established
relationships with cable system operators and telcos and, based on these
relationships, may have more direct access to the decision-makers of such cable
system operators and telcos. In addition, Hybrid could face potential
competition from certain of its suppliers, such as Sharp, if it were to develop
or license modems for sale to others. In addition, suppliers such as Cisco
Systems, which manufactures routers, could become competitors should they decide
to enter Hybrid's markets directly. Stanford Telecom, which manufacturers QPSK
components and is the sole supplier for certain of Hybrid's products, has become
a competitor for at least one of Hybrid's products in the broadband wireless
market. There can be no assurance that Hybrid will be able to compete
effectively in its target markets.
 
    Hybrid's principal competitors in the wireless modem market, Bay Networks,
Harmonic Lightwaves through its acquisition of New Media Communications,
Motorola, NextLevel Systems and Stanford Telecommunications, are providing
wireless Internet connectivity over wireless cable and LMDS frequencies.
 
    The principal competitors in the cable modem market include Bay Networks,
Motorola, NextLevel Systems and 3Com and its subsidiary U.S. Robotics. Other
cable modem competitors include Cisco
 
                                      103
<PAGE>
Systems, Com21, Hayes Microcomputer Products, Phasecom, Scientific-Atlanta,
Terayon, Toshiba and Zenith Electronics, as well as a number of smaller, more
specialized companies. Certain competitors have entered into partnerships with
computer networking companies that may give such competitors greater visibility
in this market. For example, Cisco Systems has announced intentions to develop
solutions based on the MCNS standard with several cable modem vendors and in
December 1997 announced an MCNS-compliant integrated router and cable modem to
offer high-speed Internet access. Certain of Hybrid's competitors have already
introduced or announced high speed connectivity products that are priced lower
than Hybrid's, and certain other competitors are more focused on and experienced
in selling and marketing two-way cable transmission products. There can be no
assurance that additional competitors will not introduce new products that will
be priced lower, provide superior performance or achieve greater market
acceptance than Hybrid's products.
 
    To be successful, Hybrid's Series 2000 products must achieve market
acceptance and Hybrid must respond promptly and effectively to the challenges of
new competitive products and tactics, alternate technologies, technological
changes and evolving industry standards. Hybrid must continue to develop
products with improved performance over two-way cable transmission facilities
and with the ability to perform over two-way wireless transmission facilities.
There can be no assurance that Hybrid will meet these challenges, that it will
be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors, or that
the competitive pressures faced by Hybrid will not materially and adversely
affect Hybrid's business, operating results and financial conditions. Further,
as a strategic response to changes in the competitive environment, Hybrid may
make certain extended payment, pricing, service, marketing or other promotional
decisions or enter into acquisitions or new ventures that can have a material
adverse effect on Hybrid's business, operating results or financial conditions.
 
    Broadband wireless and cable system operators face competition from
providers of alternative high speed connectivity systems. In the wireless high
speed access market, broadband wireless system operators are in competition with
satellite TV providers. In telephony networks, xDSL technology enables digitally
compressed video signals to be transmitted through existing telephone lines to
the home. Recently several companies, including Compaq, Intel, Microsoft, 3Com,
Alcatel, Lucent, several RBOCs, MCI and others announced the formation of a
group focused on accelerating the pace of ADSL service. In the event that any
competing architecture or technology were to limit or halt the deployment of
coaxial or HFC systems, Hybrid's business, operating results and financial
condition could be materially adversely affected.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    Hybrid relies on a combination of patent, trade secret, copyright and
trademark laws and contractual restrictions to establish and protect proprietary
rights in its products. Hybrid currently has two patents issued in the United
States as well as pending patent applications in the United States, Europe and
Japan that relate to its network and modem technology as well as communication
processes implemented in those devices. Hybrid's two issued U.S. patents relate
to Hybrid's basic client cable modem device and methodology and asymmetric
system architecture and methodology. Hybrid initially obtained U.S. Patent No.
5,347,304 in September 1994, filed an application for the reissuance of the
patent with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office in November 1994 and
anticipates that the patent was reissued on April 21, 1998 as U.S. Patent No. RE
35,774. In the future, Hybrid intends to seek further United States and foreign
patents on its technology. There can be no assurance that any of these patents
will be issued from any of Hybrid's pending applications or applications in
preparation or that any claims allowed will be of sufficient scope or strength,
or be issued in sufficient countries where Hybrid's products can be sold, to
provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to Hybrid. Moreover,
any patents that have been or may be issued might be challenged, as is the case
with Hybrid's recently initiated patent litigation. Any such challenge could
result in time consuming and costly litigation and result in Hybrid's patents
being held invalid or unenforceable. Furthermore, even if the patents are upheld
or are not challenged, third parties might be able to develop other technologies
or products without infringing any such patents.
 
                                      104
<PAGE>
    Hybrid has entered into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements
with its employees and enters into non-disclosure agreements with certain of its
suppliers, distributors and customers in order to limit access to and disclosure
of its proprietary information. There can be no assurance that these contractual
arrangements or the other steps taken by Hybrid to protect its intellectual
property will prove sufficient to prevent misappropriation of Hybrid's
technology or deter independent third-party development of similar technologies.
The laws of certain foreign countries may not protect Hybrid's products or
intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United
States.
 
    In the past, Hybrid has received, and in the future may receive, notices
from third parties claiming that Hybrid's products or proprietary rights
infringe the proprietary rights of third parties. Hybrid expects that developers
of wireless and cable modems will be increasingly subject to infringement claims
as the number of products and competitors in Hybrid's industry segment grows.
Any such claim, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in
costly litigation, cause product shipment delays or require Hybrid to enter into
royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements might not
be available on terms acceptable to Hybrid or at all, which could have a
material adverse effect upon Hybrid's business, operating results and financial
condition.
 
    Hybrid has and in the future may license its patents or proprietary rights
for commercial or other reasons to parties who are or may become competitors of
Hybrid. Further Hybrid has recently, and may in the future, elect to initiate
claims or litigation against third parties for infringement of Hybrid's patents
or proprietary rights or to establish the validity of Hybrid's patents or
proprietary right. Hybrid has sent notices to certain third parties offering to
license Hybrid's patents for products which may be infringing Hybrid's patent
rights. Hybrid has recently initiated patent infringement litigation against two
parties, and in response, one party is seeking a declaration of invalidity,
unenforceability and non-infringement of Hybrid's patents and attorneys fees,
and the other party is seeking to be dismissed from the litigation. Hybrid has
not yet determined if it will assert claims against additional parties or
others. There can be no assurance that such notifications will not involve
additional potential litigation initiated by Hybrid or additional related
countersuits by third parties seeking to challenge Hybrid's patents or asserting
infringement by Hybrid. Patent litigation can be time consuming and costly and,
although no monetary claim is asserted against the Company, the action, if
resolved adversely to the Company, could have a material adverse effect on
Hybrid's business, operating results and financial condition.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of March 31, 1998, Hybrid had 88 full-time employees. None of Hybrid's
employees is represented by a collective bargaining unit with respect to his or
her employment with Hybrid, nor has Hybrid ever experienced an organized work
stoppage.
 
PROPERTIES
 
    Hybrid leases approximately 14,900 square feet of office, research and
development and manufacturing space in Cupertino, California. Hybrid also
subleases approximately 10,200 square feet and 9,200 square feet in Cupertino
under sublease agreements. The current leases for the Cupertino facilities
expire between May 1998 and September 1998. Hybrid plans to move out of these
three facilities and consolidate into an single facility which Hybrid subleased
in February 1998. The new subleased facility is for approximately 55,000 square
feet of office, research and development and manufacturing space in San Jose,
California. The sublease expires in April 2004 and Hybrid has an option to
extend the term of the lease through October 2009. Hybrid also leases
approximately 900 square feet of office space in Tinton Falls, New Jersey,
approximately 1,000 square feet of office space in Atlanta, Georgia and
approximately 2,400 square feet of office space in San Francisco, California
under leases expiring in September 1998, March 1999 and March 2002,
respectively. Hybrid believes that its facilities are adequate to meet its needs
for the immediate future and that future growth can be accommodated by leasing
additional or alternative space near its current facilities.
 
                                      105
<PAGE>
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    Hybrid initiated a civil action for patent infringement against Com21, Inc.,
and Celestica, Inc. on January 23, 1998 in the U.S. District Court for the
Eastern District of Virginia. In response to Hybrid's action, Com21, Inc.
initiated a declaratory judgment action on January 29, 1998 against Hybrid in
the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California to obtain a
declaration of invalidity, unenforceability and non-infringement of Hybrid's
patents and the collection of attorneys fees. Separately, Celestica is seeking
to be dismissed from the action. The action in the Eastern District of Virginia
was subsequently transferred to the Northern District of California on February
23, 1998. The litigation is expected to be time consuming and costly, and,
although no monetary claim is asserted against Hybrid, other than attorneys
fees, the litigation, if resolved adversely to Hybrid, could have a material
adverse effect on Hybrid's business, operating results or financial condition.
 
                                      106
<PAGE>
                              BUSINESS OF PACIFIC
 
    This Business section and other parts of this Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. Pacific's actual results may differ significantly from the
results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause
such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and
separately in "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK FACTORS" and "PACIFIC PROPERTIES
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
 
    Pacific designs, manufactures and markets radio frequency devices and
systems for providers of wireless communication services. Since its inception in
1984, Pacific has been involved in the development of radio frequency integrated
circuits (RFICS) employing gallium arsenide (GAAS) for use in a variety of
commercial and military applications. In 1991, Pacific began applying its RFIC
design expertise and radio frequency system engineering skills to the
development of system solutions for the broadband wireless video market. Since
1991, Pacific has produced and sold over one million broadband wireless antenna/
downconverters. Additionally, since the introduction of Pacific's CypherPoint
video encoding system in 1996, Pacific has produced and sold over 50 encoding
systems and 100,000 decoders.
 
    Pacific's strategy is to leverage its position in broadband wireless video
communications to address more extensive "wireless last mile" voice, data and
video applications. It has recently begun field trials of an RF Transverter
which, when used in combination with a two-way cable modem, can provide
high-speed wireless Internet access using the RF spectrum.
 
PRODUCTS, TECHNOLOGY AND SERVICES
 
PRODUCTS
 
    Broadband wireless and RFIC products comprise Pacific's principal product
lines, with broadband wireless products currently comprising more than 90% of
its revenues.
 
    BROADBAND WIRELESS DOWNCONVERTERS AND ANTENNAS.  Downconverters were
Pacific's entry into the broadband wireless market and, when combined with
Pacific's antennas, currently comprise the majority of Pacific's revenues. These
products convert a block of microwave frequencies to a block of cable television
frequencies that television sets can process. They perform this process while
filtering out unwanted frequencies and adding as little noise as possible.
Downconverters differ in the number of channels processed, the amount of
filtering applied to the out-of band frequencies and the amount of signal
amplification.
 
    Pacific has developed integrated antenna/downconverters that are designed to
reduce the number of connections and improve performance and reliability in the
field. Pacific's latest generation of DigiSite downconverters incorporates
Pacific's proprietary Fil-Tenna, which is designed to filter unwanted signals
with minimal in-band loss. In addition, Pacific has introduced a new line of
smaller planar array antennas that are targeted at urban and suburban markets
and designed to offer optimal gain and side lobe performance to reduce multipath
interference.
 
    CYPHERPOINT VIDEO ENCODING SYSTEM.  CypherPoint, Pacific's video encoding
and decoding system, was commercially introduced in 1996. The development of
CypherPoint relied heavily on Pacific's RFIC expertise, system level design
experience and hardware and software integration skills, including DES
encryption, digital ASIC design and remote network management. CypherPoint
utilizes proprietary broadband encoding techniques to provide video signal
security and customer addressability. CypherPoint eliminates the need for
broadband wireless operators to rely on a set top converter for each television
set or VCR in order to decode encoded programming. Operators can have signal
security and addressability without the cost and inconvenience of set top
converters.
 
    RFIC PRODUCTS.  The communications industry is migrating toward the use of
higher frequencies in response to the need to manipulate large amounts of data
and to provide high data integrity. Their intrinsic
 
                                      107
<PAGE>
electrical properties make GaAs RFICs a popular choice for applications at 1 GHz
and above. Pacific manufactures a line of low-cost, plastic packaged GaAs RFIC
products for common frequency bands between 800 and 2500 MHz, including power
amplifiers, switches, attenuators, converters and oscillators. Applications
include telephony, remote data collection and wireless point-to-point
communications.
 
TECHNOLOGY
 
    In the 14 years since its inception, Pacific has developed a broad range of
skills and competencies applicable to the wireless communication market.
 
    GAAS RFIC DESIGN.  Gallium arsenide integrated circuits are central to
Pacific's product capability. GaAs RFICs have been engineered for use in
component products such as power amplifiers, final products such as
downconverters and systems such as wireless data. Pacific has proprietary tools
and technologies to design, package and perform complex wafer testing and
qualification of GaAs RFICs at frequencies ranging from DC to beyond 20 GHz.
 
    OTHER PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGIES.  Pacific engineers have designed, developed
and engineered for manufacturing a wide variety of wireless communication
products. These products incorporate multiple proprietary technologies
addressing a number of frequencies and applications. While products such as
broadband wireless downconverters have utilized the 2.5 GHz frequency range,
Pacific's video encoding/decoding system, CypherPoint, typically operates in the
200 to 400 MHz frequency range. CypherPoint also includes extensive, proprietary
embedded and system control software developed by Pacific for this application,
with capabilities including DES encryption and remote network management.
Pacific's antennas, filters and electro-mechanical designs also include numerous
proprietary technical elements.
 
SERVICES
 
    Pacific provides field installation, support and training services. In some
cases, these services are purchased by customers as part of a system sale, while
in other cases they are provided on a time and materials basis. Pacific employs
six field application engineers who are located throughout North America, with
an average of over seven years direct experience in wireless technical
operations. In addition, Pacific provides training and remote software support
from its facility in Sunnyvale, California. Pacific typically provides a
two-year warranty on its broadband wireless downconverters and decoders.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
    Pacific's customers include broadband wireless system operators as well as
distributors, installers, resellers and other manufacturers. As of March 31,
1998, Pacific's largest domestic customers included BellSouth Corporation, CS
Wireless Systems, Inc., Heartland Wireless Communications, Wireless Broadcasting
Systems of America, Inc. and Wireless One, Inc. Pacific's largest international
customers included Caribbean Broadcast Corp. (Barbados), Megacable (Mexico), MVS
Multivision (Mexico), TV Filme Inc. (Brazil) and VTR Cablexpress (Chile).
 
    To date, a small number of customers has accounted for a substantial portion
of Pacific's net sales in any given period. Pacific expects that the sale of its
products to a limited number of customers will continue to account for a high
percentage of its net sales in the foreseeable future. Pacific expects that its
largest customers in future periods could be different from its largest
customers in prior periods due to a variety of factors, including customers'
deployment schedules and budget and regulatory considerations. In addition,
Pacific's customers include companies in the early stage of development or in
need of capital to deploy or expand their services. A limited number of
broadband wireless system operators account for a majority of capital equipment
purchases in their respective markets, and Pacific's success will be dependent
upon its ability to establish and maintain relationships with these companies.
Pacific had two customers that accounted for 35.7% and 12.4%, respectively, of
Pacific's net sales in fiscal 1996 and two customers that accounted for 30.4%
and 21.5%, respectively, of net sales in fiscal 1997. In the six months ended
 
                                      108
<PAGE>
March 31, 1998 two customers accounted for 31.3% and 13.6%, respectively, of
Pacific's net sales. Pacific's international sales accounted for 29.5%, 28.5%
and 36.7% of net sales in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, and 53.2% of net
sales for the six months ended March 31, 1998. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE
MERGER--RISKS RELATING TO HYBRID, PACIFIC AND THE COMBINED COMPANY--CUSTOMER
CONCENTRATION."
 
SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    Pacific markets its products through a direct sales force supplemented by
distributors. The majority of Pacific's sales are made by its sales force
directly to broadband wireless operators. Pacific has sales offices and
personnel in Sunnyvale and San Diego, California. Currently Pacific employs five
field salespeople, three internal salespeople and one corporate officer whose
primary responsibility is sales.
 
    Manufacturers' representatives supplement this in-house sales staff in
selected international markets, as well as in the United States for RFIC
products. Pacific also has a nonexclusive worldwide stocking distributorship
with Richardson Electronics, Ltd., for its RFIC products. Hills Industries, Ltd.
is Pacific's exclusive distributor in Australia for broadband wireless products
as well as a manufacturing licensee for selected downconverters and antennas.
 
    The sale of Pacific's products typically involves a significant technical
evaluation and commitment of capital and other resources, with the delays
frequently associated with customers' internal procedures to approve large
capital expenditures and to test and accept new technologies that affect key
operations. For these and other reasons, the sales cycle associated with
Pacific's products is typically lengthy, generally lasting three to nine months,
and is subject to a number of significant risks, including customers' budgetary
constraints and internal acceptance reviews, that are beyond Pacific's control.
Because of the lengthy sales cycle and the large size of customers' orders, if
orders forecasted for a specific customer for a particular quarter are not
realized in that quarter, or any significant customer delays payment or fails to
pay, Pacific's operating results for that quarter could be materially adversely
affected.
 
    In addition, Pacific's customers include companies in the early stage of
development or in need of capital to deploy or expand their services.
Accordingly, in order to address the needs and competitive factors facing the
emerging markets serviced by wireless system operators, distributors, installers
and other manufacturers, Pacific on occasion has provided customers extended
payment, promotional pricing or other terms which can have a material adverse
effect on Pacific's business, operating results and financial condition.
Pacific's future success will depend in significant part upon the decision of
Pacific's current and prospective customers to continue to purchase products
from Pacific. There can be no assurance that Pacific's current customers will
continue to place orders with Pacific or that Pacific will be able to obtain
orders from new customers. If orders from current customers are canceled,
decreased or delayed, or Pacific fails to obtain significant orders from new
customers, or any significant customer delays payment or fails to pay, Pacific's
business, operating results and financial condition could be materially
adversely affected.
 
    The timing and volume of customer orders are difficult to forecast because
broadband wireless companies typically require prompt delivery of products and a
substantial majority of Pacific's sales are booked and shipped in the same
quarter. Pacific's backlog was approximately $3.1 million at March 31, 1998.
Because of the possibility of customer changes in delivery schedules or
cancellation of orders, with little or no penalty, Pacific's backlog at any
point in time may not be a good indicator of actual revenues for any future
period and cannot be predicted with any degree of accuracy. Accordingly,
Pacific's expectations for both short- and long-term future net revenues are
based in large part on its own estimate of future demand and not on firm
customer orders. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--RISK FACTORS--RISKS RELATING
TO HYBRID, PACIFIC AND THE COMBINED COMPANY--FLUCTUATIONS IN OPERATING RESULTS;
ABSENCE OF SIGNIFICANT BACKLOG; CONTINUING DECLINE OF AVERAGE SELLING PRICES."
 
                                      109
<PAGE>
MANUFACTURING
 
    Pacific's manufacturing strategy is to perform systems integration, testing
and quality inspection internally while outsourcing the majority of component
production to low-cost, offshore manufacturing partners. Pacific has established
a manufacturing partnership for component assembly with Sun Denki (HK) Ltd. in
the People's Republic of China, where the majority of Pacific's broadband
wireless products are produced. Antennas are produced under a similar
partnership arrangement in Mexico. For GaAs wafer fabrication, Pacific uses
multiple foundries. Currently, TriQuint Semiconductor performs the majority of
wafer fabrication. Pacific also has a manufacturing licensing arrangement with
Hills Industries, Ltd. in Australia for antennas and downconverters.
Manufacturing operations consist primarily of assembling, tuning and testing
electronic assemblies built from semiconductors, fabricated parts, printed
circuit boards and other electronic devices.
 
    Electronic devices, components and raw materials used in Pacific's products
are obtained from a number of suppliers, although certain materials are obtained
from a limited number of sources or, in some cases, a sole source. Some devices
or components are standard items while others are manufactured to Pacific's
specifications by its suppliers. Any significant interruption in the delivery of
such items could have a material adverse effect on Pacific's operations.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    The wireless communications market is fiercely competitive and characterized
by rapid technological change, which requires industry participants to make
continuous expenditures of substantial resources for product enhancement and
innovation. Pacific is committed to the creation of new products and the
enhancement of existing products. Pacific is currently focusing its research and
development resources on products designed to interface with high speed cable
modems and allow for two-way, high speed wireless Internet communications. In
addition, development resources are allocated to broaden existing product lines,
reducing product costs and improving performance by product redesign efforts.
 
    During fiscal years 1997, 1996 and 1995, Pacific spent approximately $4.8
million, $5.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively, on product research and
development. These amounts represent approximately 14%, 19% and 13%,
respectively, of net sales in each of those periods.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The markets in which Pacific participates are highly competitive. Broadband
wireless competitors include California Amplifier, Inc., Conifer Corporation,
Trans-Systems, Inc., and TeleLynx, Inc. RFIC competitors include Celeritek,
Inc., ANADIGICS, Inc., Teledyne, Inc., Philips Semiconductors, RF Micro Devices,
Inc. and Motorola, Inc. In addition, Pacific anticipates increased competition
from new companies entering such markets, some of whom may have financial and
technical resources substantially greater than those of Pacific. Furthermore,
because some of Pacific's products may not be proprietary, they may be
duplicated by low-cost producers, resulting in price and margin pressures.
 
    Pacific believes that competition in its markets is based primarily on
price, performance, reputation and product reliability. Pacific's continued
success in these markets will depend upon its ability to continue to design and
manufacture quality products at competitive prices. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE
MERGER--RISK FACTORS--RISKS RELATING TO HYBRID, PACIFIC AND THE COMBINED
COMPANY--COMPETITION."
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    Pacific relies on a combination of patent, trade secret, copyright and
trademark laws and contractual restrictions to establish and protect proprietary
rights in its products. Pacific currently has 23 patents issued in the United
States as well as pending applications in the United States, Mexico, Europe and
Japan that relate to the design features for its RFIC and broadband wireless
products. Any patents that have been or
 
                                      110
<PAGE>
may be issued might be challenged and any such challenge could result in time
consuming and costly litigation and result in Pacific's patents being held
invalid or unenforceable. Furthermore, even if the patents are upheld or are not
challenged, third parties might be able to develop other technologies or
products without infringing any such patents. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE
MERGER--RISK FACTORS--RISKS RELATING TO HYBRID, PACIFIC AND THE COMBINED
COMPANY--PROTECTION AND ENFORCEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS."
 
    Pacific has entered into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements
with its employees and certain of its distributors and customers in order to
limit access to and disclosure of its proprietary information. There can be no
assurance that these contractual arrangements or the other steps taken by
Pacific to protect its intellectual property will prove sufficient to prevent
misappropriation of Pacific's technology or deter independent third-party
development of similar technologies. The laws of certain foreign countries may
not protect Pacific's products or intellectual property rights to the same
extent as do the laws of the United States.
 
    In the past, Pacific has received, and in the future may receive, notices
from third parties claiming that Pacific's products or proprietary rights
infringe the proprietary rights of third parties. Pacific expects that
participants in the wireless communications market will be increasingly subject
to infringement claims as the number of products and competitors in Pacific's
industry segment grows. Any such claim, whether meritorious or not, could be
time consuming, result in costly litigation, cause product shipment delays or
require Pacific to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. Such agreements
may not be available on terms acceptable to Pacific or at all, which could have
a material adverse effect upon Pacific's business, operating results and
financial condition.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of March 31, 1998, Pacific had 100 full-time employees. Of the total, 38
were engaged in engineering, 13 in marketing and sales, 35 in operations and 14
in finance and administration. None of Pacific's employees is represented by a
labor union. Pacific has experienced no work stoppages and believes its employee
relations are good.
 
PROPERTIES
 
    Pacific's principal offices are located in approximately 75,000 square feet
of space in Sunnyvale, California. This facility is leased to Pacific through
October 2000.
 
                                      111
<PAGE>
                       MANAGEMENT OF THE COMBINED COMPANY
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding persons who are
expected to serve as the executive officers and directors of the combined
company after the consummation of the Merger, which is expected to occur in May
1998:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                                       AGE      POSITION
- -----------------------------------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
Executive Officers
  Carl S. Ledbetter..................................          48   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of
                                                                      Directors
  Richard B. Gold....................................          43   President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
  Gustavo (Gus) Ezcurra..............................          42   Vice President, Sales
  William H. Fry.....................................          60   Vice President, Manufacturing
  Vishwas R. (Victor) Godbole........................          51   Vice President, Engineering
  Dan E. Steimle.....................................          50   Vice President, Finance and Administration, Chief
                                                                      Financial Officer and Secretary
 
Other Directors(1)
  James R. Flach.....................................          51   Director
  Gary M. Lauder.....................................          35   Director
  Matthew D. Miller..................................          50   Director
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Stephen E. Halprin and Douglas M. Leone, current directors of Hybrid are
    expected to resign upon the Effective Time of the Merger and to be replaced
    by Richard B. Gold and Matthew D. Miller.
 
    CARL S. LEDBETTER. Mr. Ledbetter joined Hybrid in January 1996 as its
President and Chief Executive Officer, and in August 1996, he became Chairman of
the Board. It is expected that, effective upon consummation of the Merger, Mr.
Ledbetter will resign from his position as President of Hybrid, but will remain
as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Hybrid.
Prior to joining Hybrid, he served in various positions at AT&T from April 1993
to January 1996, most recently as President of Consumer Products. From 1991
until April 1993, Mr. Ledbetter was Vice President of Sun Microsystems and
General Manager of SunSelect, Sun's PC networking business. He is also a
director of Software Spectrum, Inc., a software distributor. Mr. Ledbetter holds
a B.S. in Mathematics from University of Redlands, an M.A. in Mathematics from
Brandeis University and a Ph.D. in Mathematics from Clark University.
 
    RICHARD B. GOLD. It is expected that, effective upon consummation of the
Merger, Mr. Gold will become the President and Chief Operating Officer and a
director of Hybrid. Mr. Gold joined Pacific as Vice President, Engineering in
November 1991 and was promoted to Chief Operating Officer in March of 1994 and
to his current position as President and Chief Executive Officer in January
1997. Mr. Gold holds a B.S. in Engineering Physics from Cornell University, an
M.B.A. from Northeastern University, and an M.S.E.E. and Ph.D.E.E. from Stanford
University.
 
    GUSTAVO (GUS) EZCURRA. Mr Ezcurra joined Hybrid in September 1996 as its
Vice President, Sales. From May 1994 to September 1996, Mr. Ezcurra was Vice
President of Worldwide Sales of the Digital Telephone Systems Division of Harris
Corporation, a broadcast equipment manufacturer. From November 1988 to May 1994,
he was Vice President of Worldwide Sales of the Broadcast Division of Harris
Corporation. Mr. Ezcurra holds a B.S. in Economics from the California
Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo.
 
    WILLIAM H. FRY. Mr. Fry joined Hybrid in August 1995 as its interim Chief
Operating Officer and Acting Vice President, Operations, and in May 1996 he
became Vice President, Operations. He is expected to become Vice President,
Manufacturing after the consummation of the Merger. From July 1994 to
 
                                      112
<PAGE>
July 1995, Mr. Fry was a consultant with Silicon Valley Associates. From 1991 to
June 1994, he served as President and CEO of Ion Systems, a manufacturer of
semiconductor processing equipment. Mr. Fry holds a B.S. in Industrial
Management from LaSalle College.
 
    VISHWAS R. (VICTOR) GODBOLE. Mr. Godbole joined Hybrid in May 1997 as its
Vice President, Engineering. From June 1992 to April 1997, he worked for Sierra
Semiconductor Corporation, a provider of networking and telecommunications
components, as Director, Systems Engineering and most recently as Vice
President, Stretegic Planning and Systems Engineering. Mr. Godbole received a
Bachelor of Technology degree in Electrical Engineering from the Indian
Institute of Technology, Bombay, India and his M.S. in Electrical Engineering
from Oklahoma State University.
 
    DAN E. STEIMLE. Mr. Steimle joined Hybrid in July 1997 as its Vice
President, Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary.
From January 1994 to June 1997, he served as Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc., a telecommunications equipment
manufacturer and from July 1997 to September 1997 he served part time as its
Vice President, Business Development. From September 1991 to December 1993, Mr.
Steimle served as Senior Vice President, Operations and Chief Financial Officer
of The Santa Cruz Operation, Inc., an operating system software company. Mr.
Steimle serves as a director of Mitek Systems, Inc., a software development
company. Mr. Steimle holds a B.S. in Accounting from Ohio State University and
an M.B.A. from the University of Cincinnati.
 
    JAMES R. FLACH. Mr. Flach has been a director of Hybrid since May 1995, and
he served as acting Chief Executive Officer of Hybrid from November 1995 to
January 1996. Since September 1992, Mr. Flach has been an executive partner of
Accel Partners, a venture capital firm. Since September 1992, he has also been
the President of Flach & Associates, a Management Services firm, and since March
1997, he has been the Chief Executive Officer of Redback Networks, a network
products company. From May 1990 to August 1992, Mr. Flach was Vice President of
Intel, serving as the General Manager of Intel's Personal Computer Enhancement
Division. He holds a B.S. in Physics from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and
an M.S. in Applied Mathematics from The Rochester Institute of Technology.
 
    GARY M. LAUDER. Mr. Lauder has been a director of Hybrid since October 1994.
Since 1986 he has been the General Partner of Lauder Partners, a venture capital
partnership formed by Mr. Lauder that focuses on advanced technologies for the
cable TV marketplace. Since May 1995, Mr. Lauder has been Vice-Chairman of ICTV,
Inc., a developer of interactive cable television technology. Mr. Lauder holds a
B.A. in International Relations from the University of Pennsylvania, a B.S. in
Economics from the Wharton School and an M.B.A. from the Stanford University
Graduate School of Business.
 
    MATTHEW D. MILLER. It is expected that Mr. Miller, effective upon
consummation of the Merger, will become a director of Hybrid. Mr. Miller has
been a Director of Pacific since 1994 and Chairman since January 1997. Since
November 1997, Mr. Miller has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of
Sarnoff Digital Communications, a digital video technology development company.
Mr. Miller currently also serves as President of M-Squared Media and Technology,
an investing and consulting firm he founded in August 1994 focusing on emerging
digital multimedia hardware, software, communications and service markers. Prior
to founding M-Squared, Mr. Miller was Vice President of Technology at General
Instrument Corporation, the world's leading supplier of broadband communications
equipment. Mr. Miller is a director of Lumisys, LogicVision and Faroudja Images.
Mr. Miller holds a B.A. degree in Physics from Harvard University and an M.A.
and Ph.D. in Physics from Princeton University.
 
    Each officer serves at the discretion of the Hybrid Board. Hybrid's
certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide for a classified Hybrid Board.
Accordingly, the terms of the office of the Hybrid Board of Directors have been
divided into three classes. Class I will expire at the annual meeting of the
stockholders to be held in 1998; Class II will expire at the annual meeting of
the stockholders to be held in 1999; and Class III will expire at the annual
meeting of the stockholders to be held in 2000. At each annual meeting of the
stockholders, beginning with the 1998 annual meeting, the successors to the
directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of
election and qualification until the third annual
 
                                      113
<PAGE>
meeting following election and until their successors were duly elected and
qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal, if any. To the extent
that there is an increase in the number of directors, additional directorships
resulting therefrom will be distributed among the three classes so that, as
nearly as possible, each class will consist of an equal number of directors.
 
HYBRID BOARD COMMITTEES
 
    The Hybrid Board has, and the Board of the Combined Company will have the
following committees:
 
    AUDIT COMMITTEE.
 
    The Audit Committee of the Hybrid Board currently consists of Mr. Flach and
Mr. Halprin. The Audit Committee reviews Hybrid's financial statements and
accounting practices, makes recommendations to the Hybrid Board regarding the
selection of independent auditors and reviews the results and scope of the audit
and other services provided by Hybrid's independent auditors.
 
    COMPENSATION COMMITTEE.
 
    The Compensation Committee of the Hybrid Board currently consists of Mr.
Flach and Mr. Leone. The Compensation Committee makes recommendations to the
Hybrid Board concerning salaries and incentive compensation for Hybrid's
officers and employees and administers Hybrid's employee benefit plans.
 
                  SELECTED INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO HYBRID
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table sets forth all compensation awarded to, earned by or
paid for services rendered to Hybrid in all capacities during the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1997 by (i) Hybrid's Chief Executive Officer and (ii) the
three other most highly compensated executive officers other than the Chief
Executive Officer who were serving as executive officers of Hybrid at December
31, 1997 (collectively, the "HYBRID NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS").
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                LONG-TERM
                                                                                                COMPENSATION
                                                        ANNUAL COMPENSATION                       AWARD
                                          ------------------------------------------------      ----------
                                                                                  OTHER         SECURITIES
                                                                                 ANNUAL         UNDERLYING
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITIONS              YEAR     SALARY        BONUS         COMPENSATION     OPTIONS(#)
- ----------------------------------------  -----  ----------   -----------      -----------      ----------
<S>                                       <C>    <C>          <C>              <C>              <C>
Carl S. Ledbetter.......................   1997  $  187,500   $    36,853      $ 77,924(1)(2)     170,000
  President and Chief Executive Officer    1996     175,000       --             61,299(1)        487,919
 
Gustavo Ezcurra(3)......................   1997     126,875        97,154(4)      1,129(2)         14,815
  Vice President, Sales                    1996      17,625        12,835(4)      --               77,876
 
William H. Fry..........................   1997     131,250        34,501         2,252(2)         --
  Vice President, Operations               1996      70,000       --              --               89,815
 
Dan E. Steimle(5).......................   1997      68,750        86,250         --              111,111
  Vice President, Finance and
  Administration and Chief Financial
  Officer
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Includes temporary living expenses paid by Hybrid of $72,000 and $61,299 to
    Mr. Ledbetter in 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
(2) Includes value of stock bonuses of $5,924, $1,129 and $2,252 for Messrs.
    Ledbetter, Ezcurra and Fry, respectively.
 
                                      114
<PAGE>
(3) Mr. Ezcurra joined Hybrid in September 1996.
 
(4) Includes commissions of $94,904 in 1997 and $12,835 in 1996.
 
(5) Mr. Steimle joined Hybrid in July 1997.
 
    The following table sets forth further information regarding option grants
pursuant to Hybrid's Executive Officer Plan and Hybrid's 1996 Equity Incentive
Plan during 1997 to each of the Hybrid Named Executive Officers. In accordance
with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the table sets forth
the hypothetical gains or "option spreads" that would exist for the options at
the end of their respective five or ten year terms. These gains are based on
assumed rates of annual compound stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% from the
date the option was granted to the end of the option term.
 
                             OPTION GRANTS IN 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                RATES OF STOCK PRICE
                                                                                                  APPRECIATION FOR
                                       NUMBER OF    PERCENTAGE OF                               POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                      SECURITIES    TOTAL OPTIONS                             VALUE AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
                                      UNDERLYING     GRANTED TO      EXERCISE                      OPTION TERM(2)
                                        OPTIONS     EMPLOYEES IN     PRICE PER   EXPIRATION   ------------------------
NAME                                  GRANTED(1)        1997           SHARE        DATE          5%          10%
- ------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Carl S. Ledbetter...................     170,000          19.59      $   11.04     09/16/02   $  518,526  $  1,145,805
Gustavo Ezcurra.....................      14,815           1.71           1.08     01/28/02        4,421         9,768
William H. Fry......................      --             --             --           --           --           --
Dan E. Steimle......................     111,111          12.81           5.40     07/16/02      165,769       366,306
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Options granted pursuant to the Hybrid Executive Officer Plan and Hybrid's
    1996 Equity Incentive Plan in 1997 generally have been incentive stock
    options or non-qualified stock options that were granted at fair market
    value and vest over a four-year period so long as the individual is employed
    by Hybrid. Options granted to executive officers generally expire five years
    from the date of grant.
 
(2) The 5% and 10% assumed annual rates of stock price appreciation are mandated
    by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent
    Hybrid's estimate or projection of future Common Stock prices.
 
    The following table sets forth the number of shares acquired upon the
exercise of stock options during 1997 and the number of shares covered by both
exercisable and unexercisable stock options held by each of the Hybrid Named
Executive Officers as of December 31, 1997. Also reported are values of "in-the-
money" options, which represent the positive spread between the respective
exercise prices of outstanding stock options and the fair market value of
Hybrid's Common Stock as of December 31, 1997 ($11.12) as determined by the
Hybrid Board.
 
            AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN 1997 AND YEAR-END VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        NUMBER OF SECURITIES        VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                        UNDERLYING EXERCISED      IN-THE- MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                                                        OPTIONS AT YEAR-END               YEAR-END
                                 SHARES ACQUIRED ON       VALUE      --------------------------  ---------------------------
NAME                                 EXERCISE(#)        REALIZED     EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- -------------------------------  -------------------  -------------  -----------  -------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                              <C>                  <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>
Carl S. Ledbetter..............              --                --       219,750        438,168   $  2,324,955   $ 2,850,817
Gustavo Ezcurra................          --                --            27,730         64,961        278,409       652,208
William H. Fry.................          --                --            40,219         47,744        425,517       505,132
Dan E. Steimle.................          --                --            --            111,111        --            635,555
</TABLE>
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    In January 1996, Hybrid entered into a two year employment agreement with
Mr. Ledbetter in which he agreed to serve as Hybrid's Chief Executive Officer
during that period. The agreement provides for Mr. Ledbetter to receive a base
salary of $175,000 per year and to be eligible for up to $75,000 in bonuses
 
                                      115
<PAGE>
during the first year, based on achieving certain milestones, as well as regular
employee benefits, relocation costs of up to $97,500 and five year options to
purchase up to 353,104 shares of Hybrid's Common Stock at $0.54 per share,
vesting as to 12.5% six months after commencement of employment and 2.0833% per
month for 42 months thereafter. The stock option grant provides for accelerated
vesting in the event of a "Change of Control Transaction" (as defined in the
Executive Officer Plan). Hybrid is prohibited from terminating Mr. Ledbetter's
employment except for "Cause" (as defined in the employment agreement).
 
    Pursuant to a July 1997 employment letter, Mr. Steimle received an option to
purchase 111,111 shares of Hybrid Common Stock, which provides for accelerated
vesting in the event of a "Change of Control Transaction" (as defined in
Hybrid's Executive Officer Plan) and is entitled to severance equal to three (3)
months of his base salary if he is terminated without cause.
 
    In January, 1998, the Hybrid Board approved the 12-month acceleration of
vesting for options held by Mr. Fry if Hybrid hires certain senior management
and Mr. Fry's employment is terminated within 12 months. In addition, Mr. Fry is
entitled to severance equal to three months of his base salary if he is
terminated by Hybrid without cause.
 
INCENTIVE BASED COMPENSATION PROGRAM
 
    In July 1997, Hybrid adopted a bonus plan for Hybrid's officers and certain
managers with respect to the three quarters ending December 31, 1997. Under the
bonus plan, Hybrid's Compensation Committee has assigned a target bonus for each
participant, expressed as a percentage of the participant's annual salary (10%
to 40% for the 12-month period). The extent to which participants receive their
target bonuses for any quarter depends upon Hybrid's net sales and operating
income for the quarter as well as Hybrid's results in a third category which
varies from participant to participant. Actual bonuses may be greater or less
than the target amount, depending on whether Hybrid's financial results exceed
or fall short of specified goals. Bonus awards under the bonus plan are to be
paid 50% in cash and 50% in stock for the two quarters ended June 30, 1997 and
September 30, 1997 and entirely in cash for the quarter ended December 31, 1997.
For the quarters ended September 30, 1997 and December 31, 1997, Hybrid made no
cash payments and issued no shares pursuant to the bonus plan.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
    Directors of Hybrid do not receive cash compensation for their services as
directors but are reimbursed for their reasonable expenses in attending meetings
of the Hybrid Board. In September 1997, the Hybrid Board adopted Hybrid's 1997
Directors Stock Option Plan (the "DIRECTORS PLAN") and reserved a total of
100,000 shares of Hybrid's Common Stock for issuance thereunder. Hybrid's
stockholders approved the Directors Plan in October 1997. Members of the Board
who are not employees of Hybrid, or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of
Hybrid, are eligible to participate in the Directors Plan. Each eligible
director who first becomes a member of the Hybrid Board on or after Hybrid's
initial public offering in November 1997 will initially be granted an option for
15,000 shares (an "INITIAL GRANT") on the later of the effective date of the
initial public offering or the date such director first becomes a director. At
each annual meeting of stockholders thereafter, each eligible director will
automatically be granted an additional option to purchase 5,000 shares if such
director has served continuously as a member of the Board since the date of such
director's Initial Grant (or since the effective date of the initial public
offering if such director did not receive an Initial Grant). All options issued
under the Directors Plan will vest as to 25% of the shares on each anniversary
of the date of grant, provided the optionee continues as a member of the Board
or as a consultant to Hybrid. The exercise price of all options granted under
the Directors Plan will be the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date
of grant.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    None of the members of the Compensation Committee of the Board was an
officer or employee of Hybrid during 1997. No executive officer of Hybrid serves
as a member of the board of directors or
 
                                      116
<PAGE>
compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers
serving on Hybrid's Board or Compensation Committee.
 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
    Since January 1, 1997, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed,
any transaction or series of similar transactions to which Hybrid was or is to
be a party in which the amount involved exceeds $60,000 and in which any
director, executive officer or holder of more than 5% of Hybrid Common Stock had
or will have a direct or indirect interest other than (i) compensation
arrangements, which are described where required under "Management" and (ii) the
transactions described below.
 
    In April 1997, London Pacific Life & Annuity Company ("LONDON PACIFIC") and
Hybrid entered into a senior secured convertible debenture agreement pursuant to
which London Pacific loaned $5.5 million to Hybrid in exchange for a senior
secured convertible debenture due 2002. In connection with the issuance of the
$5.5 Million Debenture, Hybrid paid a fee of $500,000 to London Pacific
International Limited, a subsidiary of London Pacific. The loan accrues interest
at a rate of 12% per annum, payable quarterly, and its term ends in April 2002,
at which time the full principal amount is due. The loan is secured by
substantially all of Hybrid's assets, and Hybrid is subject to certain
restrictive covenants while the $5.5 Million Debenture is outstanding. In August
1997, the $5.5 Million Debenture was transferred to BG Services Limited, an
affiliate of London Pacific. The $5.5 Million Debenture is convertible into
513,423 shares of Hybrid Common Stock, assuming a conversion price of $10.71 per
share, at the option of BG Services Limited at any time.
 
    In September 1997, Dan Steimle, Hybrid's Vice President, Finance and
Administration and Chief Financial Officer and Sequoia Partnerships loaned
Hybrid $500,000 and $300,000, respectively, under a demand note exchangeable for
subordinated notes. In September 1997, Hybrid entered into an agreement to issue
the subordinated notes at a face value of $6,882,201 and related warrants to
acquire 252,381 shares of Common Stock at a price of $10.91 per share. The
following affiliates of Hybrid participated in the subordinated notes and
related warrant transaction:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           NUMBER OF ISSUES OF
                                                             SUBORDINATED     COMMON STOCK
NAME                                                            NOTES      SUBJECT TO WARRANTS
- -----------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -------------------
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>
Sequoia Partnerships.......................................   $  300,000           11,001
Accel Partnerships.........................................      250,000            9,167
OSCCO......................................................      200,000            7,334
Gary M. Lauder.............................................      100,000            3,667
Dan E. Steimle.............................................      500,000           18,335
</TABLE>
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT
 
    This Report of the Compensation Committee is required by the Commission and
shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference by any general statement
incorporating by reference this Proxy Statement into any filing under the
Securities Act, or under the Exchange Act, except to the extent that Hybrid
specifically incorporates this information by reference, and shall not otherwise
be deemed soliciting material or filed under such acts.
 
                                      117
<PAGE>
To the Hybrid Board:
 
    Final decisions regarding executive compensation and stock option grants to
executives are made by the Compensation Committee of the Hybrid Board (the
"COMMITTEE"). The Committee is composed of two independent non-employee
directors, none of whom have any interlocking relationships as defined by the
Commission.
 
    GENERAL COMPENSATION POLICY
 
    The Committee acts on behalf of the Hybrid Board to establish the general
compensation policy of Hybrid for all employees of Hybrid. The Committee
typically reviews base salary levels and target bonuses for the Chief Executive
Officer ("CEO") and other executive officers and employees of Hybrid at or about
the beginning of each year. The Committee administers Hybrid's incentive and
equity plans, including the 1997 Equity Incentive Plan (the "INCENTIVE PLAN").
 
    The Committee's philosophy in compensating executive officers, including the
CEO, is to relate compensation to corporate performance. Consistent with this
philosophy, the incentive component of the compensation of the executive
officers of Hybrid is contingent on gross margin, operating expenses, sales
performance and cash management. Each executive's incentive compensation is
based on the executive's quarterly performance with respect to the two of these
factors most closely. Long-term equity incentives for executive officers are
effected through the granting of stock options under the Incentive Plan (and,
prior to their termination, the 1993 Equity Incentive Plan, the 1996 Equity
Incentive Plan and the Executive Incentive Plan). Stock options generally have
value for the executive only if the price of Hybrid's stock increases above the
fair market value on the grant date and the executive remains in Hybrid's employ
for the period required for the shares to vest.
 
    The base salaries, incentive compensation and stock option grants of the
executive officers are determined in part by the Committee reviewing data on
prevailing compensation practices in companies with whom Hybrid competes for
executive talent and by their evaluating such information in connection with
Hybrid's corporate goals. The Committee's goal is to maintain base salary,
target bonuses, and stock option awards in the range of 50% to 75% of those paid
by other companies in the industry.
 
    In preparing the performance graph for this Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus, Hybrid used the Hambrecht & Quist Technology Index and the
Nasdaq Stock Market Composite Index. The compensation practices of most of the
companies in these indices were not reviewed by the Company when the Committee
reviewed the compensation information described above because such companies
were determined not to be competitive with Hybrid for executive talent.
 
    1997 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    BASE COMPENSATION.  The Committee reviewed the recommendations and
performance and market data outlined above and established a base salary level
for each executive officer, including the CEO. Prior to Hybrid's initial public
offering the Committee did not consult market surveys in establishing base
salaries. After Hybrid's initial public offering, using the Radford Executive
Compensation Survey as a guide, the Committee set base salaries for officers in
a range of 50% to 75% of salaries paid by San Francisco Bay Area companies with
sales of less than or equal to $40 million. To that end, the Committee awarded
salary increases to executive officers and other employees in January 1998.
 
    INCENTIVE COMPENSATION.  For 1997, Hybrid did not rely on market data as the
basis for determining incentive compensation for the CEO and the other
executives. The target amount of bonus for each executive and the CEO was
established by the Company at the beginning of the fiscal year. The actual
amount of bonus paid was based on Hybrid's achievement of Company-wide specified
financial performance targets. For 1997, executive officers and other employees
received approximately 20% of the annual
 
                                      118
<PAGE>
target bonus. Bonuses are paid 50% in cash and 50% in stock. For 1998, Hybrid
will review performance and the market data as the basis for determining
incentive compensation.
 
    STOCK OPTIONS.  In 1997, stock options were granted to certain executive
officers as incentives for them to become employees or to aid in the retention
of executive officers and to align their interests with those of the
stockholders. Stock options typically have been granted to executive officers
when the executive first joins Hybrid, in connection with a significant change
in responsibilities and, occasionally, to achieve equity within a peer group.
The Committee may, however, grant additional stock options to executives for
other reasons. The number of shares subject to each stock option granted is
within the discretion of the Committee and is based on anticipated future
contribution and ability to impact corporate and/or business unit results, past
performance or consistency within the executive's peer group. In 1998, the
Committee considered these factors, as well as the number of options held by
such executive officers as of the date of grant that remained unvested. In the
discretion of the Committee, executive officers may also be granted stock
options under the Incentive Plan to provide greater incentives to continue their
employment with Hybrid and to strive to increase the value of Hybrid's Common
Stock. The stock options generally become exercisable over a four-year period
and are granted at a price that is equal to the fair market value of Hybrid's
Common Stock on the date of grant. In keeping with this general approach, the
Committee made option grants to Dan E. Steimle, Vice President of Finance, and
Carl S. Ledbetter, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
 
    COMPANY PERFORMANCE AND EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.  Based upon the criteria set
forth above, Mr. Ledbetter received an incentive bonus of $11,853 in 1997 as
well as a special bonus of $25,000, pursuant to the terms of his employment, for
accomplishing a specific task. Mr. Ledbetter's incentive bonus represents
approximately 20% of his annual target bonus established by the Committee prior
to the beginning of the fiscal year.
 
    COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 162(m) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986.  Hybrid
intends to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code. The
Incentive Plan is already in compliance with Section 162(m) by limiting stock
awards to named executive officers. Hybrid does not expect cash compensation for
1998 to be in excess of $1,000,000 or consequently affected by the requirements
of Section 162(m).
 
                                          COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
 
                                          James R. Flach
                                          Douglas Leone
 
                                      119
<PAGE>
                         HYBRID STOCK PRICE PERFORMANCE
 
    The stock price performance graph below is required by the SEC and shall not
be deemed to be incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating
by reference this Joint Proxy Statement/ Prospectus into any filing under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, except to the extent that Hybrid specifically incorporates
this information by reference, and shall not otherwise be deemed soliciting
material or filed under such Acts.
 
    The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on the
Common Stock of Hybrid from the first day of trading of Hybrid's Common Stock
upon Hybrid's initial public offering (November 12, 1997) to December 31, 1997
with the cumulative total return on the Nasdaq Stock Market and the Hambrecht &
Quist Technology Index (assuming the investment of $100 in Hybrid's Common Stock
and in each of the indexes on the date of Hybrid's initial public offering, and
reinvestment of all dividends).
 
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             HYBRID      NASDAQ         HAMBRECHT
            NETWORKS    COMPOSITE        & QUIST
                          INDEX     TECHNOLOGY INDEX
<S>        <C>         <C>          <C>
11/12/97      $100.00      $100.00            $100.00
12/31/97       $69.80      $101.90             $96.60
</TABLE>
 
    The above graph was plotted using the following data:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   NASDAQ STOCK MARKET       HAMBRECHT & QUIST
                                        HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.        COMPOSITE INDEX         TECHNOLOGY INDEX
                                      -------------------------  -----------------------  -----------------------
                                                    INVESTMENT               INVESTMENT               INVESTMENT
                                      MARKET PRICE     VALUE       INDEX        VALUE       INDEX        VALUE
                                      ------------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                   <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
11/12/97............................   $   15.938    $  100.00    1,541.720   $  100.00    1,202.510   $  100.00
12/31/97............................       11.125        69.80    1,570.350      101.90    1,161.790       96.60
</TABLE>
 
                                      120
<PAGE>
                  SELECTED INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO PACIFIC
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding the executive
officers and directors of Pacific as of April 30, 1998 who will be serving as
executive officers and directors of Hybrid, upon the closing of the Merger.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                                       AGE                            POSITION
- -----------------------------------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
Executive Officers
  Richard B. Gold....................................          43   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Other Director
  Matthew D. Miller..................................          50   Chairman of the Board of Directors
</TABLE>
 
    RICHARD B. GOLD joined Pacific as Vice President, Engineering in November
1991 and was promoted to Chief Operating Officer in March of 1994 and to his
current position as President and Chief Executive Officer in January 1997. Mr.
Gold holds a B.S. in Engineering Physics from Cornell University, an M.B.A. from
Northeastern University, and an M.S.E.E. and Ph.D.E.E. from Stanford University.
 
    MATTHEW D. MILLER has been a Director of Pacific since 1994 and Chairman
since January 1997. Since November 1997, Mr. Miller has served as President and
Chief Executive Officer of Sarnoff Digital Communications, a digital video
technology development company. Mr. Miller currently also serves as President of
M-Squared Media and Technology, an investing and consulting firm he founded in
August 1994 focusing on emerging digital multimedia hardware, software,
communications and service markers. Prior to founding M-Squared, Mr. Miller was
Vice President of Technology at General Instrument Corporation, the world's
leading supplier of broadband communications equipment. Mr. Miller is a director
of Lumisys, LogicVision and Faroudja Images. Mr. Miller holds a B.A. degree in
Physics from Harvard University and an M.A. and Ph.D. in Physics from Princeton
University.
 
BOARD COMMITTEES
 
    The Board of Directors has a Compensation Committee and an Audit Committee.
The Compensation Committee makes recommendations to the Board of Directors
concerning salaries and incentive compensation for Pacific's officers and
employees and administers Pacific's 1986 Stock Option Plan and 1996 Equity Plan.
See "SELECTED INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO PACIFIC--COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION" below. The Audit Committee reviews the
results and scope of the audit and other accounting related services and reviews
and evaluates Pacific's internal audit and control functions. The Audit
Committee currently consists of Alan S. Dishlip.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Pacific's Compensation Committee was formed to review and approve the
compensation and benefits for Pacific's executive officers, administer Pacific's
stock option plans and make recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding
such matters. The Compensation Committee of the currently consists of Messrs.
Dishlip and Miller, neither of whom is an officer or employee of Pacific. No
member of the Compensation Committee or executive officer of Pacific has a
relationship that would constitute an interlocking relationship with executive
officers or directors of another entity.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
    No directors of Pacific receive cash remuneration for serving on the Board
of Directors. Directors are entitled to participate in Pacific's 1986 Incentive
Stock Option Plan and 1996 Equity Plan. See "SELECTED INFORMATION WITH RESPECT
TO PACIFIC--STOCK PLANS--1986 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN" and "--1996 EQUITY
PLAN" below.
 
                                      121
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table sets forth all compensation awarded to, earned by or
paid for services rendered to the Pacific in all capacities during the fiscal
year ended September 30, 1997 to Pacific's Chief Executive Officer in the 1997
fiscal year (the "PACIFIC NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICER").
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      ANNUAL COMPENSATION               LONG-TERM
                                                               ----------------------------------  COMPENSATION AWARD
                                                                               COMPENSATION(1)         SECURITIES
                                                                            ---------------------  UNDERLYING OPTIONS
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                                    FISCAL YEAR    SALARY      BONUS            (#)
- -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------  ---------  -------------------
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>
Richard B. Gold .............................................        1997   $  148,159  $  10,800         140,000(2)
  President and Chief Executive Officer
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Excludes certain perquisites and other personal benefits, such as life
    insurance premiums paid by Pacific. These amounts reflect salary and bonus
    paid for the full fiscal year 1997. These amounts, in the aggregate, did not
    exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the total annual salary and bonus for
    the Pacific Named Executive Officer.
 
(2) Shares granted January 21, 1997 under Pacific's 1996 Equity Incentive Plan.
    The shares are immediately exercisable. The shares vested 25% on January 21,
    1998 and vest an additional 2.083% each full calendar month thereafter. On
    February 21, 1997 Mr. Gold exercised his option for 140,000 shares.
 
    OPTION GRANTS AND EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
    The following tables set forth information regarding stock options granted
to and exercised by the Pacific Named Executive Officer during the last fiscal
year, as well as options held by such officer as of September 30, 1997, the last
day of Pacific's 1997 fiscal year.
 
                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    NUMBER OF        PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL
                                                    SECURITIES       OPTIONS GRANTED TO    EXERCISE PRICE    EXPIRATION
NAME                                            UNDERLYING OPTIONS    EMPLOYEES IN 1997       PER SHARE         DATE
- ----------------------------------------------  ------------------  ---------------------  ---------------  -------------
<S>                                             <C>                 <C>                    <C>              <C>
Richard B. Gold...............................         140,000(1)              15.2%          $    0.25             N/A
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) The option listed in the table was granted pursuant to Pacific's 1996 Equity
    Incentive Plan, is immediately exercisable and is subject to the terms of
    such plan as described herein. The shares purchasable thereunder are subject
    to repurchase by Pacific at the original exercise price paid per share upon
    the optionee's cessation of service prior to the vesting in such shares. The
    repurchase right lapses and the optionee vests as to 25% of the option
    shares on January 21, 1998 and the balance in a series of equal monthly
    installments over the next 48 months of service thereafter.
 
                                      122
<PAGE>
                     AGGREGATE UNEXERCISED OPTIONS IN 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  NUMBER OF SECURITIES        VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                 UNDERLYING OPTIONS AT      IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                                                    FISCAL YEAR END          FISCAL YEAR END ($)(1)
                                 SHARES ACQUIRED     VALUE     --------------------------  --------------------------
NAME                               ON EXERCISE     REALIZED    EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE
- -------------------------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                              <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Richard B. Gold................       140,000(2)      --          495,312        39,688     $  96,875     $   7,125
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Market value at underlying securities price as determined by the Board of
    Directors as of September 1997 of $0.25 minus exercise price.
 
(2) All shares subject to repurchase rights in favor of Pacific. The shares
    vested 25% on January 21, 1998 and an additional 2.083% vest each calendar
    month thereafter.
 
STOCK PLANS
 
1986 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    Pacific's 1986 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the "1986 PLAN") provides for
the granting to employees of incentive stock options within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Code and for the granting to employees and consultants of
nonstatutory stock options. The 1986 Plan was approved by the Board of Directors
in October 1986 and by the shareholders in November 1986. The 1986 Plan
terminated in October 1996, and no further option grants will be made
thereunder. A total of 3,500,000 shares of Common Stock were reserved for
issuance under the 1986 Plan, and a total of 3,017,140 shares of Common Stock
were actually issued thereunder.
 
    The 1986 Plan may be administered by the Board of Directors or a committee
of the Board (the "COMMITTEE"). The Committee has the power to determine the
terms of the options granted, including the exercise price, the number of shares
subject to each option, the exercisability thereof, and the form of
consideration payable upon such exercise. In addition, the Committee has the
authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 1986 Plan, provided that no such
action may affect any share of Common Stock previously issued and sold or any
option previously granted under the 1986 Plan.
 
    Options granted under the 1986 Plan are not generally transferable by the
optionee, and each option is exercisable during the lifetime of the optionee
only by such optionee. Options granted under the 1986 Plan must generally be
exercised within three months of the end of optionee's status as an employee of
Pacific, or within six months after such optionee's termination by death or
disability, but in no event later than the expiration of the option's term. The
exercise price of all incentive stock options granted under the 1986 Plan must
be at least equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of
grant. The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options granted under the 1986
Plan must be at least equal to 85% of the fair market value of the Common Stock
on the date of grant. With respect to any participant who owns stock possessing
more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of Pacific's outstanding
capital stock, the exercise price of an option granted under the 1986 Plan must
equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the date of grant. The term of
options granted under the 1986 Plan generally may not exceed ten years; provided
that the term of an incentive stock option granted to a participant who owns
more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of Pacific's outstanding
capital stock may not exceed five years.
 
    The 1986 Plan provides that in the event of a merger of Pacific with or into
another corporation, a sale of substantially all of Pacific's assets or a like
transaction involving Pacific as a result of which Pacific is not the surviving
corporation or as a result of which the outstanding shares of Pacific are
exchanged for or converted into cash, property or securities not of Pacific,
each outstanding option shall be assumed by the successor corporation or, if not
assumed, shall terminate as of a date fixed by the Committee.
 
                                      123
<PAGE>
1996 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
 
    Pacific's 1996 Equity Incentive Plan (the "1996 PLAN") provides for the
granting to employees of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section
422 of the Code, and for the granting to employees, officers, directors and
consultants of nonstatutory stock options, rights to purchase Common Stock
("PURCHASE RIGHTS") and stock bonuses. The 1996 Plan was approved by the Board
of Directors in March 1996 and by the shareholders in April 1996. Unless
terminated sooner, the 1996 Plan will terminate automatically in March 2006. A
total of 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to
the 1996 Plan. As of March 19, 1998, 1,935,500 shares of Common Stock are
subject to outstanding awards under the 1996 Plan and 460,000 shares of Common
Stock were issued pursuant to awards thereunder.
 
    The 1996 Plan may be administered by the Board of Directors or a committee
of the Board (the "COMMITTEE"). The Committee has the power to determine the
terms of the awards granted, including the exercise price, the number of shares
subject to each award, the exercisability thereof, and the form of consideration
payable upon such exercise. In addition, the Committee has the authority to
amend, suspend or terminate the 1996 Plan, provided that no such action may
affect any share of Common Stock previously issued and sold or any award
previously granted under the 1996 Plan.
 
    Awards granted under the 1996 Plan are not generally transferable by the
optionee, and each award is exercisable during the lifetime of the optionee only
by such optionee. Options granted under the 1996 Plan must generally be
exercised within three months of the end of optionee's status as an employee or
consultant of Pacific, or within twelve months after such optionee's termination
by death or disability, but in no event later than the expiration of the
option's term. In the case of Purchase Rights and stock bonuses, the Restricted
Stock Purchase Agreement or Stock Bonus Agreement shall impose such restrictions
on the shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant thereto as the Committee shall
determine. The exercise price of all incentive stock options granted under the
1996 Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on
the date of grant. The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options granted
under the 1996 Plan must be at least equal to 85% of the fair market value on
the date of grant. With respect to any participant who owns stock possessing
more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of Pacific's outstanding
capital stock, the exercise price of an option granted under the 1996 Plan must
equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the date of grant. The term of
options granted under the 1996 Plan generally may not exceed ten years; provided
that the term of an incentive stock option granted to a participant who owns
more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of Pacific's outstanding stock
may not exceed five years. The exercise price of Purchase Rights granted under
the 1996 Plan must equal at least 85% of the fair market value on the date of
grant. With respect to any participant who owns stock possessing more than 10%
of the voting power of all classes of Pacific's outstanding capital stock, the
exercise price of Purchase Rights must be at least equal to the fair market
value of the common stock on the date of grant.
 
    The 1996 Plan provides that in the event of a merger of Pacific with or into
another corporation, a dissolution or liquidation of Pacific, a sale of
substantially all of Pacific's assets or a like transaction involving Pacific,
each option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the
successor corporation. If the outstanding awards are not assumed or substituted
for as described in the preceding sentence, they will terminate upon the
expiration of such period thereafter as the Committee determines.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
 
    Pacific's Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation limit the liability
of Pacific's directors for monetary damages to the maximum extent permitted by
California law. Such limitation of liability has no effect on the availability
of equitable remedies, such as injunctive relief or recision.
 
    Pacific's By-laws provide that Pacific shall indemnify its officers and
directors, it may indemnify its employees and other agents to the fullest extent
provided by California law. Pacific has entered into
 
                                      124
<PAGE>
indemnification agreements with each of its current officers and directors that
provide for indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, such person to
the maximum extent provided by California law.
 
    At the present time, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving
any director or officer, employee, or agent of Pacific where indemnification
will be required or permitted. Pacific is not aware of any threatened litigation
or proceeding that may result in a claim for such indemnification.
 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    Pacific has granted options to certain of its executive officers. SEE
"--OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR" above and "SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF PACIFIC."
 
    Pacific has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its
officers and directors. SEE "--LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
MATTERS" ABOVE.
 
    Pacific has, in past and currently does, retain the services of M-Squared
Media and Technology, an investment and consulting firm, which Mr. Matthew D.
Miller, the Chairman of the Board of Pacific, serves as President. In fiscal
year 1997, Pacific paid consulting fees totaling $40,000 to the consulting firm
and in fiscal 1998 Pacific is paying it $5,000 per month for consulting
services. Such agreement is on a month to month basis.
 
    In June 1996 and September   , 1997, Pacific entered into bridge loan
agreements with, and issued promissory notes and warrants to purchase Pacific
Common Stock to, certain 5% or greater shareholders of Pacific including Accel
IV L.P., Accel Investors '94 L.P., Accel Keiretsu L.P., Ellmore C. Patterson
Partners, Prosper Partners, Institutional Venture Partners III, Institutional
Venture Management III, Jafco, Oak Investment Partners III and certain of their
affiliates (collectively, the "INVESTORS"), whereby the Investors loaned an
aggregate amount of $1.0 million and $750,000, respectively, to Pacific and were
issued an aggregate of 450,000 warrants by Pacific. In connection with the
Merger, the promissory notes are expected to be repaid in full, together with
accrued interest. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--APPROVAL OF THE
MERGER--INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE MERGER."
 
    Pacific believes that all of the transactions set forth above were made on
terms no less favorable to Pacific than could have been obtained from
unaffiliated third parties. All future transactions, including loans, between
Pacific and its officers, directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates
will be approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, including a majority
of the independent and disinterested directors, and will continue to be on terms
no less favorable to Pacific than could be obtained from unaffiliated third
parties.
 
                                      125
<PAGE>
                   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF THE COMBINED COMPANY
 
    The following table sets forth certain information with respect to
beneficial ownership of Hybrid's Common Stock after giving effect to the Merger,
as of April 30, 1998 by (i) each Hybrid stockholder and Pacific Shareholder
expected to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of Hybrid's Common Stock,
(ii) each person expected to be a director of the Combined Company, (iii) each
of the Hybrid Named Executive Officers and Pacific Named Executive Officers and
(iv) all persons expected to be executive officers and directors as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  NUMBER OF SHARES
                                                    BENEFICIALLY         PERCENTAGE OF SHARES
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                            OWNED(1)(2)        BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1)(2)
- ---------------------------------------------  ----------------------  -------------------------
<S>                                            <C>                     <C>
Intel Corporation (3)........................          1,207,020                    10.0%
James R. Flach
  Accel Partners (4).........................          1,107,152                     9.0
Strachman Family Revocable Trust (5).........            916,710                     7.6
Douglas M. Leone
  Sequoia Capital (6)........................            870,691                     7.1
Eduardo J. Moura (7).........................            687,532                     5.7
Carl S. Ledbetter (8)........................            313,711                     2.6
Gary M. Lauder (9)...........................            294,570                     2.4
Richard B. Gold (10).........................             73,367                   *
William H. Fry (11)..........................             56,260                   *
Dan E. Steimle (12)..........................             48,795                   *
Gustavo Ezcurra (13).........................             39,531                   *
Matthew D. Miller (14).......................             38,418                   *
Stephen E. Halprin (15)......................              1,543                   *
All executive officers and directors as a
  group (11 persons) (16)....................          2,882,086                    21.7%
                                                      ----------                   -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
*   Represents less than 1% of the outstanding Hybrid Common Stock expected to
    be outstanding after consummation of the Merger.
 
(1) Reflects beneficial ownership as of April 30, 1998 and is based on the
    Assumed Exchange Ratio of 0.0894714 shares of Hybrid Common Stock for each
    outstanding share of Pacific Common Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock,
    resulting in an aggregate of approximately 12,023,518 shares of Hybrid
    Common Stock after the Merger.
 
(2) Based upon information supplied by Hybrid and Pacific officers, directors
    and principal shareholders. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance
    with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that deem shares to
    be beneficially owned by any person who has or shares voting power or
    investment power with respect to such shares. Unless otherwise power with
    respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws
    where applicable. Shares of Hybrid Common Stock that will be issuable to the
    identified person or entity pursuant to stock options and warrants that are
    either immediately exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of April 30,
    1998 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person
    holding such options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage
    ownership of such person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose
    of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
 
(3) Intel's address is 2200 Mission College Boulevard, Santa Clara, CA 95052.
 
(4) Represents ownership by the following entities associated with Accel
    Partners some of which owned shares of Hybrid and some of which owned shares
    of Pacific before the Merger: 729,078 shares and 275,264 shares subject to
    warrants held by Accel IV, L.P., 25,594 shares and 11,769 shares subject to
    warrants held by Accel Investors '95 L.P., 17,511 shares and 6,613 shares
    subject to warrants held by
 
                                      126
<PAGE>
    Ellmore C. Patterson Partners, 15,123 shares and 5,712 shares subject to
    warrants held by Accel Keiretsu L.P., 7,432 shares and 990 shares subject to
    warrants held by Accel Investors, '94 L.P and 1,204 shares and 161 shares
    subject to warrants held by Prosper Partners. Also includes 10,701 shares
    subject to options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 1998 held by Mr.
    Flach granted in connection with services performed by Mr. Flach for Hybrid.
    Mr. Flach, a director of Hybrid, is an executive partner of Accel Partners
    and holds no voting or dispositive power with respect to any of these
    shares. The address of Mr. Flach and the Accel partnerships is 428
    University Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94301.
 
(5) Mr. Strachman, a trustee of the Strachman Family Revocable Trust, was a
    co-founder of Hybrid and served as its President and Chief Executive Officer
    from June 1990 until his resignation in July 1995. Mr. Strachman resigned as
    a director of Hybrid in February 1998. Mr. Strachman's address is c/o
    Ultracom Communications, Inc., 21580 Stevens Creek Blvd., Cupertino, CA
    95014.
 
(6) Represents 541,621 shares and 250,703 shares subject to warrants held by
    Sequoia Capital VI, 29,761 shares and 13,776 shares subject to warrants held
    by Sequoia Technology Partners VI, ("STP VI"), 16,932 shares and 440 shares
    subject to warrants held by Sequoia XXIV and 6,877 shares and 10,581 shares
    subject to warrants held by Sequoia 1995. Mr. Leone, a director of Hybrid,
    is a general partner of STP VI and of the general partner of Sequoia Capital
    VI. The address of Mr. Leone and the Sequoia funds is 3000 Sand Hill Road,
    Menlo Park, CA 94025. Mr. Leone is expected to resign from the Board of
    Hybrid immediately after the Merger.
 
(7) Mr. Moura was a co-founder of Hybrid and served as its Vice President,
    Network Systems from June 1990 until his resignation in November 1996 and as
    a director until his resignation in January 1996. Mr. Moura's address is
    3509 Mt. Davidson Court, San Jose, CA 95124.
 
(8) Includes 312,614 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
    April 30, 1998. Mr. Ledbetter is expected to remain as the Chief Executive
    Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Hybrid after the Merger.
 
(9) Includes 83,018 shares subject to warrants and 18,519 shares subject to
    options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 1998. Mr. Lauder is a
    director of Hybrid.
 
(10) Includes 47,420 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
    April 30, 1998 to be assumed by Hybrid. Mr. Gold is expected to be appointed
    President and Chief Operating Officer and a director of Hybrid after the
    Merger.
 
(11) Includes 51,215 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
    April 30, 1998. Mr. Fry is Vice President, Operations of Hybrid.
 
(12) Represents 25,460 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
    April 30, 1998 and 18,335 shares subject to currently exercisable warrants,
    half of which were issued to Mr. Steimle's spouse. Mr. Steimle is Vice
    President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer of Hybrid.
 
(13) Includes 39,316 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
    April 30, 1998. Mr. Ezcurra is Vice President, Sales of Hybrid.
 
(14) Includes 16,050 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
    April 30, 1998. Mr. Miller is expected to be appointed a director of Hybrid
    after the Merger.
 
(15) Represents shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of April
    30, 1998. Does not include 429,852 shares of Common Stock and 66,553 shares
    subject to warrants held by OSCCO III, L.P., an entity which Mr. Halprin is
    affiliated with. Mr. Halprin is a director of Hybrid, but is expected to
    resign immediately after the Merger.
 
(16) Includes 677,364 shares subject to warrants and 559,950 shares subject to
    options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 1998 held by executive
    officers and directors of Hybrid.
 
                                      127
<PAGE>
    The following table sets forth certain information known to Hybrid with
respect to beneficial ownership of Hybrid's Common Stock as of April 30, 1998 by
(i) each stockholder known by Hybrid to be the beneficial owner of more than 5%
of Hybrid's Common Stock, (ii) each director of Hybrid, (iii) each of the Hybrid
Named Executive Officers and (iv) all executive officers and directors as a
group.
 
                          SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF HYBRID
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           NUMBER OF SHARES
                                                                             BENEFICIALLY      PERCENTAGE OF SHARES
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                                                       OWNED(1)         BENEFICIALLY OWNED
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>                   <C>
Intel Corporation (2)..................................................         1,207,020                 11.6%
Strachman Family Revocable Trust (3)...................................           916,710                  8.8
James R. Flach
  Accel Partners (4)...................................................           879,562                  8.2
Douglas M. Leone
  Sequoia Capital (5)..................................................           870,691                  8.2
Eduardo J. Moura (6)...................................................           687,532                  6.6
Carl S. Ledbetter (7)..................................................           313,711                  2.9
Gary M. Lauder (8).....................................................           294,570                  2.8
William H. Fry (9).....................................................            56,260                    *
Dan E. Steimle (10)....................................................            48,795                    *
Gustavo Ezcurra (11)...................................................            39,531                    *
Stephen E. Halprin (12)................................................             1,543                    *
All executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons) (13).......         2,542,712                 22.0
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
*   Represents less than 1% of Hybrid's Common Stock.
 
(1) Unless otherwise indicated below, the persons and entities named in the
    table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares
    beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.
    Shares of Hybrid's Common Stock subject to options or warrants that are
    currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 1998, are
    deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding
    such options warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership
    of such person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of
    computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
 
(2) Intel's address is 2200 Mission College Boulevard, Santa Clara, CA 95052.
 
(3) Mr. Strachman, a trustee of the Strachman Family Revocable Trust, was a
    co-founder of Hybrid and served as its President and Chief Executive Officer
    from June 1990 until his resignation in July 1995. Mr. Strachman resigned as
    a director of Hybrid in February 1998. Mr. Strachman's address is c/o
    Ultracom Communications, Inc., 21580 Stevens Creek Blvd., Cupertino, CA
    95014.
 
(4) Represents ownership by the following entities associated with Accel
    Partners: 545,193 shares and 250,677 shares subject to warrants held by
    Accel IV, L.P., 25,594 shares and 11,769 shares subject to warrants held by
    Accel Investors '95 L.P., 13,095 shares and 6,022 shares subject to warrants
    held by Ellmore C. Patterson Partners, 11,309 shares and 5,202 shares
    subject to warrants held by Accel Keiretsu L.P. Also includes 10,701 shares
    subject to options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 1998 held by Mr.
    Flach granted in connection with services performed by Mr. Flach for Hybrid.
    Mr. Flach, a director of Hybrid, is an executive partner of Accel Partners
    and holds no voting or dispositive power with respect to any of these
    shares. The address of Mr. Flach and the Accel partnerships is 428
    University Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94301.
 
(5) Represents 541,621 shares and 250,703 shares subject to warrants held by
    Sequoia Capital VI, 29,761 shares and 13,776 shares subject to warrants held
    by STP VI, 16,932 shares and 440 shares subject to
 
                                      128
<PAGE>
    warrants held by Sequoia XXIV and 6,877 shares and 10,581 shares subject to
    warrants held by Sequoia 1995. Mr. Leone, a director of Hybrid, is a general
    partner of STP VI and of the general partner of Sequoia Capital VI. The
    address of Mr. Leone and the Sequoia funds is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Menlo
    Park, CA 94025.
 
(6) Mr. Moura was a co-founder of Hybrid and served as its Vice President,
    Network Systems from June 1990 until his resignation in November 1996 and as
    a director until his resignation in January 1996. Mr. Moura's address is
    3509 Mt. Davidson Court, San Jose, CA 95124.
 
(7) Includes 312,614 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
    April 30, 1998. Mr. Ledbetter is the President, Chief Executive Officer and
    Chairman of the Board of Directors of Hybrid.
 
(8) Includes 83,018 shares subject to warrants and 18,519 shares subject to
    options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 1998. Mr. Lauder is a
    director of Hybrid.
 
(9) Includes 51,215 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
    April 30, 1998. Mr. Fry is Vice President, Operations of Hybrid.
 
(10) Represents 25,460 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
    April 30, 1998 and 18,335 shares subject to currently exercisable warrants,
    half of which were issued to Mr. Steimle's spouse. Mr. Steimle is Vice
    President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer of Hybrid.
 
(11) Includes 39,316 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
    April 30, 1998. Mr. Ezcurra is Vice President, Sales of Hybrid.
 
(12) Represents shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of April
    30, 1998. Does not include 429,852 shares and 66,553 shares subject to
    warrants held by OSCCO III, L.P., an entity which Mr. Halprin is affiliated
    with. Mr. Halprin is a director of Hybrid.
 
(13) Includes 650,523 shares subject to warrants and 496,480 shares subject to
    options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 1998 held by executive
    officers and directors of Hybrid.
 
                                      129
<PAGE>
                         SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF PACIFIC
 
    The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
beneficial ownership of Pacific Capital Stock as of April 30, 1998, by (i) each
person (or group of affiliated persons) who is known by Pacific to own
beneficially 5% or more of Pacific Common Stock, (ii) each of Pacific's
directors, (iii) each of the Pacific Named Executive Officers, and (iv) all
directors and officers as a group. Except as indicated in the footnotes to the
table, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with
respect to all shares of Pacific Common Stock shown as beneficially owned by
them, subject to community property laws where applicable.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        PERCENTAGE OF
                                                           NUMBER OF      PREFERRED    PERCENTAGE OF  PERCENTAGE OF
                                                             SHARES         STOCK      COMMON STOCK   CAPITAL STOCK
5% BENEFICIAL OWNERS, DIRECTORS                           BENEFICIALLY  BENEFICIALLY   BENEFICIALLY   BENEFICIALLY
AND NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS                                OWNED(1)      OWNED(1)       OWNED(1)       OWNED(1)
- --------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
Oak Investment Partners III(2)                               3,050,813         21.4%           7.0%          16.6%
Institutional Venture Partners III(3)...................     2,925,353         21.4            4.9           16.0
Accel Partners(4).......................................     2,506,102         18.2            4.4           13.7
Shaw Venture Partners IV, L.P. (5)......................     1,440,092         11.7         --                8.0
U.S. Information Technology Investment
  Enterprise Partnership(6).............................     1,366,595         10.4            1.6            7.5
Vanguard Associates II(7)...............................     1,194,728          9.1            1.4            6.6
 
OFFICERS
Allen F. Podell(8)......................................     1,117,200       --               19.6            6.2
Richard B. Gold(9)......................................       820,000       --               13.1            4.4
 
DIRECTORS
Reid W. Dennis(3).......................................     2,925,353         21.4            4.9           16.0
Christopher J. Weseloh(10)..............................     1,424,065       --               25.0            7.9
Matthew D. Miller.......................................       250,000       --                4.4            1.4
Alan S. Dishlip(11).....................................       109,450       --                1.9          *
James F. Gibbons........................................       100,000       --                1.8          *
All Directors and Executive Officers as a
  group(12 persons)(12).................................     7,327,056         21.4%          67.4%          38.0%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
*   Less than 1%
 
 (1) In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the
     percentage ownership of that person, shares of Common Stock subject to
     options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable
     within 60 days of April 30, 1998 are deemed outstanding. Such shares,
     however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the
     percentage ownership of each other person. Except as indicated in the
     footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws,
     each stockholder named in the table has sole voting and investment power
     with respect to the shares set forth opposite such shareholder's name.
 
 (2) Represents 125,123 shares of Pacific Common Stock, 2,632,965 shares of
     Pacific Preferred Stock and warrants exercisable within 60 days of April
     30, 1998 to purchase 292,725 Pacific Common Stock shares. The address for
     Oak Investment Partners is 525 University Avenue, Suite 1300, Palo Alto,
     California 94301.
 
 (3) Represents ownership by the following entities affiliated with
     Institutional Venture Partners; 2,593,469 shares of Pacific Preferred Stock
     and warrants exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 1998 to purchase
     288,000 shares of Pacific Common Stock held by Institutional Venture
     Partners III; and 39,496 shares of Pacific Preferred Stock and warrants
     exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 1998 to purchase 4,388
 
                                      130
<PAGE>
     shares of Pacific Common Stock held by Institutional Venture Management
     III. Mr. Reid W. Dennis, a director of Pacific is a General Partner of
     Institutional Venture Management. Mr. Dennis disclaims beneficial ownership
     of the shares held by the above listed entities. The address for
     Institutional Ventures Partners is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 2, Suite
     290, Menlo Park, California 94025.
 
 (4) Represents ownership by the following entities affiliated with Accel
     Partners; 2,055,242 shares of Pacific Preferred Stock and warrants
     exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 1998 to purchase 240,338 shares of
     Pacific Common Stock held by Accel IV, L.P.; 83,018 shres of Pacific
     Preferred Stock and warrants exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 1998
     to purchase 9,600 shares of Pacific Common Stock held by Accel Investors
     94, L.P.; 42,630 shares of Pacific Preferred Stock and warrants exercisable
     within 60 days of April 30, 1998 to purchase 4,875 shares of Pacific Common
     Stock held by Accel Keiretsu L.P.; 49,362 shares of Pacific Preferred Stock
     and warrants exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 1998 to purchase 6,000
     shares of Pacific Common Stock held by Elmore C. Patterson Partrners; and
     13,462 shares of Pacific Preferred Stock and warrants exercisable within 60
     days of April 30, 1998 to purchase 1,575 shares of Pacific Common Stock
     held by Prosper Partners. The address for Accel Partners is 428 University
     Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94301.
 
 (5) Represents 1,440,092 shares of Pacific Preferred Stock. The address for
     Shaw Venture Partners IV, L.P. is 400 Southwest 6th Avenue, Suite 1100,
     Portland, Oregon 97204.
 
 (6) Represents ownership by the following entities affiliated with U.S.
     Information Technology Investment Enterprise Partnership: 1,021,276 shares
     of Pacific Preferred Stock and warrants exercisable within 60 days of April
     30, 1998 to purchase 72,000 shares of Pacific Common Stock held by U.S.
     Information Technology Investment Enterprise Partnership; 204,255 shares of
     Pacific Preferred Stock and warrants exercisable within 60 days of April
     30, 1998 to purchase 14,400 shares of Pacific Common Stock held by JAFCO G5
     Partnership; and 51,064 shares of Pacific Preferred Stock and warrants
     exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 1998 to purchase 3,600 shares of
     Pacific Common Stock held by Japan Associated Finance Co. Ltd. The address
     for U.S. Information Technology Investment Enterprise Partnership is 505
     Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, California 94301.
 
 (7) Represents 77,982 shares of Pacific Common Stock and 1,116,746 shares of
     Pacific Preferred Stock. The address for Vanguard Associates II is 325
     Distal Circle, Suite 100, Los Altos, California 94022.
 
 (8) Mr. Podell is Chief Technical Officer and a director of Pacific.
     Correspondence should be sent c/o Pacific Monolithics, Inc., 1308 Moffett
     Park Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089.
 
 (9) Includes 530,000 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
     April 30, 1998, and 140,000 shares that were purchased pursuant to a
     Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement of which 49,583 shares will be vested
     within 60 days of April 30, 1998. Mr. Gold is President, Chief Executive
     Officer and a director of Pacific.
 
(10) Correspondence should be sent c/o Pacific Monolithics, Inc., 1308 Moffett
     Park Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089.
 
(11) Includes 58,323 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
     April 30, 1998. Mr. Dishlip is a General Partner of Utah Venture Partners.
 
(12) Includes 1,247,999 shares subject to options and warrants exercisable
     within 60 days of April 30, 1998.
 
                                      131
<PAGE>
          COMPARATIVE PER SHARE MARKET PRICE AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION
 
    Hybrid Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
"HYBR." The following table sets forth the range of high and low sale prices
reported on the Nasdaq National Market for Hybrid Common Stock for the periods
indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    HIGH        LOW
                                                                                                  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                               <C>        <C>
FISCAL YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1998
  Second Quarter (through May 1, 1998)..........................................................  $    7.38  $    6.00
  First Quarter.................................................................................      13.00       3.88
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
  Fourth Quarter (beginning November 12, 1997)..................................................  $   24.25  $    9.25
</TABLE>
 
    The Pacific Common Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock are not listed on any
exchange and do not trade publicly.
 
    The following table sets forth the closing sales prices per share of Hybrid
Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market on March 19, 1998, the last trading
day before the announcement of the proposed Merger and on May 1, and the
equivalent per share price for Pacific Capital Stock. The "equivalent per share
price" for Pacific Common Stock and Pacific Preferred Stock as of such dates
equal the closing sale price per share of Hybrid Common Stock on such dates
multiplied by the Assumed Exchange Ratio of 0.0894714. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE
MERGER--TERMS OF THE MERGER--MERGER CONSIDERATION."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     HYBRID COMMON     PACIFIC
                                                                         STOCK       EQUIVALENT
                                                                    ---------------  -----------
<S>                                                                 <C>              <C>
March 19, 1998....................................................     $    7.81      $    0.70
May 1, 1998.......................................................     $    6.13      $    0.55
</TABLE>
 
    At March 31, 1998, the closing price per share of Hybrid Common Stock, book
value per share of Pacific Capital Stock, pro forma combined book value per
share and book value per share of Pacific Capital Stock based on the application
of the Assumed Exchange Ratio to the closing price per share of Hybrid Common
Stock were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         HYBRID COMMON   PACIFIC CAPITAL   PRO FORMA     PACIFIC
                                             STOCK            STOCK        COMBINED    EQUIVALENT
                                        ---------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                     <C>              <C>              <C>          <C>
March 31, 1998........................     $    7.13        $    0.24      $    2.68    $    0.24
</TABLE>
 
    Pacific shareholders are advised to obtain current market quotations for
Hybrid Common Stock. No assurance can be given as to the market prices of Hybrid
Common Stock at any time before the Effective Time or as to the market price of
Hybrid Common Stock at any time thereafter. In the event the market price of
Hybrid Common Stock decreases or increases prior to the Effective Time, the
value at the Effective Time of the Hybrid Common Stock to be received in the
Merger in exchange for the Pacific Capital Stock would correspondingly increase
or decrease, subject to the range described on the cover page of this Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS OF THE
MERGER-- MERGER CONSIDERATION."
 
    Hybrid and Pacific have never paid cash dividends on their respective shares
of Common Stock or Preferred Stock. Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement,
each of Hybrid and Pacific have agreed not to pay cash dividends pending the
consummation of the Merger without the written consent of the other. Subject to
the completion of the Merger, the Hybrid Board intends to continue a policy of
retaining all earnings to finance the expansion of its business. The terms of an
outstanding $5.5 Million Debenture prevent Hybrid from paying any cash dividends
for so long as the $5.5 Million Debenture remains outstanding. In addition, in
October 1997, Hybrid entered into the $4.0 Million Credit Facility, the terms of
which prohibit the declaration of dividends. The Pacific Board currently intends
to retain all earnings for use in the business of the combined companies and has
no present intention to pay cash dividends.
 
                                      132
<PAGE>
                      DESCRIPTION OF HYBRID CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The authorized capital stock of Hybrid consists of 100,000,000 shares of
Hybrid Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of Hybrid
Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share. Based on the Assumed Exchange Ratio
of approximately 0.0894714, and on the shares, options and warrants of Hybrid
and Pacific outstanding as of April 30, 1998, immediately following the
consummation of the Merger there will be outstanding approximately 12,023,518
shares of Hybrid Common Stock, options and warrants to purchase approximately
3,915,018 shares of Hybrid Common Stock and the $5.5 Million Debenture which
will be convertible into 851,393 shares of Hybrid Common Stock, assuming the
Merger is consummated and Hybrid Common Stock is valued at $6.46 per share at
the closing of the Merger.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of Hybrid Preferred Stock
outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of Hybrid Common
Stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available therefor
at such times and in such amounts as the Hybrid Board of Directors may from time
to time determine. Each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of
Hybrid Common Stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.
Cumulative voting for the election of directors is not provided for in Hybrid's
Certificate of Incorporation, which means that the holders of a majority of the
shares voted can elect all of the directors then standing for election. The
Hybrid Common Stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to
conversion or redemption. Upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of
Hybrid, the assets legally available for distribution to stockholders are
distributable ratably among the holders of the Hybrid Common Stock and any
participating Hybrid Preferred Stock outstanding at that time after payment of
liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding Hybrid Preferred Stock and
payment of other claims of creditors. Each outstanding share of Hybrid Common
Stock is, and all shares of Hybrid Common Stock to be outstanding upon
completion of this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by
Delaware law, to provide for the issuance of additional shares of Hybrid
Preferred Stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number
of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the powers, designations,
preferences and rights of the shares of each wholly unissued series and
designate any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon and to
increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series (but not below the
number of shares of such series then outstanding) without any further vote or
action by the stockholders. The issuance of Hybrid Preferred Stock with voting
or conversion rights could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of
the holders of Hybrid Common Stock and may have the effect of delaying,
deferring or preventing a change in control of Hybrid. Hybrid has no current
plan to issue any shares of Hybrid Preferred Stock.
 
WARRANTS
 
    As of April 30, 1998, Hybrid had outstanding exercisable warrants to
purchase 1,340,649 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price
of $7.59 per share. Such warrants expire between June 2001 and August 2006.
 
CONVERTIBLE $5.5 MILLION DEBENTURE
 
    Hybrid has outstanding a senior secured convertible debenture due 2002 in
the principal amount of $5.5 million to BG Services Limited. The loan accrues
interest at a rate of 12% per annum, payable quarterly and its term ends in
April 2002, at which time the full principal amount is due. The debenture is
 
                                      133
<PAGE>
convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time, into common stock at
$10.71 per share. The debenture contains "full ratchet" antidilution provisions
under which the number of shares of the Company's Common Stock into which the
debenture will be convertible may be increased if the Company issues any shares
(with certain exceptions for employee stock options and the like) prior to
October 1998 for consideration less than $10.71 per share. Commencing with
October 1998, any such issuance would be subject to certain "weighted average"
antidilution provisions. The $5.5 Million Debenture is currently convertible
into 513,423 shares of Hybrid Common Stock, assuming a conversion price of
approximately $10.71 per share, at the option of the holder at any time. Due to
the antidilution provisions of the $5.5 Million Debenture, if the Merger is
consummated and closes before October 1998, the $5.5 Million Debenture would be
convertible into 851,393 shares of Hybrid Common Stock assuming that Hybrid
Common Stock is valued at the closing of the Merger at $6.46 per share (the ten
day average prior to the execution of the Reorganization Agreement). The $5.5
Million Debenture is collateralized by substantially all of Hybrid's assets, and
as long as the $5.5 Million Debenture is outstanding Hybrid is subject to
certain restrictive covenants, including limitations on the amount of capital
expenditures it may incur in any 12 month period, and may not declare dividends,
retire any subordinated debt other than in accordance with its terms, or
distribute its assets to any stockholder.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
    DELAWARE LAW
 
    Section 203 ("SECTION 203") of the of the Delaware General Corporation Law
(the "DGCL") is applicable to corporate takeovers of Delaware corporations.
Subject to certain exceptions set forth therein, Section 203 provides that a
corporation shall not engage in any business combination with any "interested
stockholder" for a three-year period following the date that such stockholder
becomes an interested stockholder unless (a) prior to such date, the board of
directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the
transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested
stockholder, (b) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned
at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the
transaction commenced (excluding certain shares) or (c) on or subsequent to such
date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the
corporation and by the affirmative votes of at least two-thirds of the
outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
Except as specified in Section 203, an interested stockholder is generally
defined to include any person that is the owner of 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation, or is an affiliate or associate of
the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock
of the corporation, or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was
the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation any
time within three years immediately prior to the relevant date, and the
affiliates and associates of such person. Under certain circumstances, Section
203 makes it more difficult for an interested stockholder to effect various
business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period, although the
stockholders may, by adopting an amendment to the corporation's certificate of
incorporation or bylaws, elect not to be governed by this section, effective 12
months after adoption. Hybrid's certificate of incorporation and the bylaws do
not exclude Hybrid from the restrictions imposed under Section 203. It is
anticipated that the provisions of Section 203 may encourage companies
interested in acquiring Hybrid to negotiate in advance with the Hybrid Board of
Directors since the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if a
majority of the directors then in office approve either the business combination
or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested
stockholder. These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers
or delaying changes in control of Hybrid, which could depress the market price
of the Hybrid Common Stock and which could deprive the stockholders of
opportunities to realize a premium on shares of the Hybrid Common Stock held by
them.
 
                                      134
<PAGE>
    CHARTER AND BYLAW PROVISIONS
 
    Hybrid's certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain certain provisions
that could discourage potential takeover attempts and make more difficult
attempts by stockholders to change management. The certificate of incorporation
and the bylaws provide for a classified Board of Directors and permit the Hybrid
Board to create new directorships and to elect new directors to serve for the
full term of the class of director in which the new directorship was created.
The terms of the directors are staggered to provide for the election of
approximately one-third of the Hybrid Board members each year, with each
director serving a three-year term. The Hybrid Board (or its remaining members,
even though less than a quorum) is also empowered to fill vacancies on the
Hybrid Board occurring for any reason for the remainder of the term of the class
of directors in which the vacancy occurred. Stockholders may remove a director
or the entire Hybrid Board, and such removal requires the affirmative vote of a
majority of the outstanding voting stock. Hybrid's certificate of incorporation
provides that stockholders may not take action by written consent but only at a
stockholders' meeting, and that special meetings of the stockholders of Hybrid
may only be called by the Chairman of the Hybrid Board or a majority of the
Hybrid Board.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    Beginning in May 1998, the holders of 6,164,823 shares of Hybrid Common
Stock, the holders of warrants to purchase 1,340,656 shares of Hybrid Common
Stock and the holder of the $5.5 Million Debenture currently convertible into
513,423 shares of Hybrid Common Stock (collectively, the "REGISTRABLE
SECURITIES") will have certain rights with respect to the registration of those
shares under the Securities Act. If Hybrid proposes to register any of its
shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act other than in connection with a
Hybrid employee benefit plan or certain corporate acquisitions, mergers or
reorganizations, the holders of the Registrable Securities may require to
include all or a portion of their shares in such registration, subject to
certain rights of the managing underwriter to limit the number of shares in any
such offering.
 
    Further, holders of Registrable Securities holding at least 30% of the
outstanding shares of Registrable Securities may require Hybrid to register all
or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S-3 when such form
becomes available to Hybrid, subject to certain conditions and limitations.
Hybrid may be required to effect up to one such registration per year. In
addition certain holders of warrants may require Hybrid to register one time all
or any portion of the shares issuable upon exercise of such warrants on Form S-3
commencing one year after the offering and, subject to certain limitations, to
keep the registration effective for no less than 180 days.
 
    All expenses incurred in connection with such registrations (other than
underwriters' discounts and commissions) will be borne by Hybrid. The
registration rights expire in November 2003. In addition, no holder of
Registrable Securities shall be entitled to registration rights if an so long as
such holder can sell the Registrable Securities in compliance with Rule 144 of
the Securities Act.
 
    In addition, certain individuals and entities receiving Hybrid Common Stock
in the Merger will enter into an Investor Rights Agreement with respect to the
shares they are to receive in the Merger. See "PROPOSAL NO. 1: THE MERGER--TERMS
OF THE MERGER--INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENTS".
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The Transfer Agent and Registrar for Hybrid's Common Stock in Boston
EquiServe.
 
       COMPARATIVE RIGHTS OF HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS AND PACIFIC SHAREHOLDERS
 
    If the Merger is consummated, holders of Pacific Capital Stock will become
holders of Hybrid Common Stock and the rights of the former Pacific shareholders
will be governed by the DGCL and by the Certificate of Incorporation of Hybrid
(the "HYBRID CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION" ) and the Bylaws of Hybrid
 
                                      135
<PAGE>
(the "HYBRID BYLAWS"). The rights of Hybrid stockholders under the DGCL and the
Hybrid Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws differ in certain limited
respects from the rights of Pacific shareholders under the California Code and
the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Pacific (the "PACIFIC
ARTICLES") and the Bylaws of Pacific (the "PACIFIC BYLAWS" ). Certain
differences between the rights of Hybrid stockholders and Pacific shareholders
are summarized below. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the full text of such documents. For information as to how such documents may be
obtained, see "AVAILABLE INFORMATION."
 
SIZE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    Under the California Code, although changes in the number of directors must
in general be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares, the board of
directors may fix the exact number of directors within a stated range set forth
in the articles of incorporation or bylaws, if that stated range has been
approved by the shareholders. The DGCL permits the board of directors alone to
change the authorized number, or the range, of directors by amendment to the
bylaws, unless the directors are not authorized to amend the bylaws or the
number of directors is fixed in the certificate of incorporation, in which case
a change in the number of directors may be made only by amendment to the
certificate of incorporation following approval of such change by the
stockholders. The Hybrid Certificate of Incorporation and the Hybrid Bylaws
provide, consistent with the DGCL, that the size of the Board of Directors may
be changed by amending the Bylaws either with the approval of the Board of
Directors acting alone or by Hybrid's stockholders. While the Pacific Bylaws
provide for a Board of Directors consisting of between four and seven members,
the Hybrid Bylaws specify a five member Board.
 
POWER TO CALL SPECIAL STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS
 
    Under the California Code, a special meeting of shareholders may be called
by the board of directors, the chairman of the board, the president, the holders
of shares entitled to cast not less than 10% percent of the votes at such
meeting and such additional persons as are authorized by the articles of
incorporation or the bylaws. Under the DGCL, a special meeting of stockholders
may be called by the board of directors or by any other person authorized to do
so in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws. The Hybrid Certificate of
Incorporation and the Hybrid Bylaws do not grant stockholders the right to call
a special meeting of stockholders. The Hybrid Certificate of Incorporation and
the Hybrid Bylaws authorize only the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the
Board to call a special meeting of stockholders. Former Pacific shareholders
would thus not retain their right to call a special meeting.
 
REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS; CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    Under the California Code, any director or the entire board of directors may
be removed, with or without cause, with the approval of a majority of the
outstanding shares entitled to vote; however, no individual director may be
removed (unless the entire board is removed) if the number of votes cast against
such removal would be sufficient to elect the director under cumulative voting.
Under the DGCL, a director of a corporation that does not have a classified
board of directors or cumulative voting may be removed with or without cause
with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.
However, a director of a corporation with a classified board of directors may be
removed only for cause, unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise
provides. The Hybrid Certificate of Incorporation and the Hybrid Bylaws provide
for a classified board of directors and provide for the removal of a director by
the affirmative vote of at least a majority of all shares of Hybrid.
Consequently, members of the Hybrid Board of Directors can be removed for any
reason.
 
FILLING VACANCIES ON THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    Under the California Code, any vacancy on the board of directors other than
one created by removal of a director may be filled by the board of directors. If
the number of directors is less than a quorum, a
 
                                      136
<PAGE>
vacancy may be filled by the unanimous written consent of the directors then in
office, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors at a meeting held
pursuant to notice or waivers of notice or by a sole remaining director. A
vacancy created by removal of a director may be filled by the board of directors
only if the board is so authorized by a corporation's articles of incorporation
or by a bylaw approved by the corporation's shareholders.
 
    Under the DGCL, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by a
majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, unless
otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, and unless the
certificate of incorporation directs that a particular class is to elect such
director, in which case any other directors elected by such class, or a sole
remaining director, shall fill such vacancy. The Hybrid Bylaws are in accord,
and contain no provision for the allocation of directors between classes of
stock.
 
DIRECTORS' COMMITTEES
 
    Under the Hybrid Bylaws, the Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by
a majority of the whole Board, delegate certain limited powers normally held
only by the Board in its entirety to a committee comprised of one or more
members of the Board. Such committees may exercise any power normally held by
the entire Board, but may not adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation
under Section 251 or 252 of the DGCL, recommend to the stockholders the sale,
lease, or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation's property and
assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a
revocation of a dissolution, or amend the Bylaws. Neither can such a committee
amend the Certificate of Incorporation, except that a committee may, to the
extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of
shares of stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in Section 151(a)
of the DGCL, fix the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such
shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of
assets of the corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares
for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any
other class or classes of stock of the corporation or fix the number of shares
of any series of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of
any series.
 
    The Pacific Bylaws contain provisions for the delegation of authority by the
Board of Directors to a committee of members of the Board.
 
DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASES OF SHARES
 
    The California Code dispenses with the concepts of par value of shares as
well as statutory definitions of capital, surplus and the like. The concepts of
par value, capital and surplus are retained under the DGCL.
 
    Under the California Code, a corporation may not make any distribution
unless either the corporation's retained earnings immediately prior to the
proposed distribution equal or exceed the amount of the proposed distribution
or, immediately after giving effect to such distribution, the corporation's
assets (exclusive of goodwill, capitalized research and development expenses and
deferred charges) would be at least equal to 1 1/4 times its liabilities (not
including deferred taxes, deferred income and other deferred credits), and the
corporation's current assets would be at least equal to its current liabilities
(or 1 1/4 times its current liabilities if the average pre-tax and pre-interest
expense earnings for the preceding two fiscal years were less than the average
interest expense for such years). Such tests are applied to California
corporations on a consolidated basis.
 
    The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of surplus
or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the
dividend is declared and/or for the preceding fiscal year as long as the amount
of capital of the corporation following the declaration and payment of the
dividend is not less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the
issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the
distribution of assets. In addition, the DGCL generally provides that
 
                                      137
<PAGE>
a corporation may redeem or repurchase its shares only if such redemption or
repurchase would not impair the capital of the corporation.
 
STOCKHOLDER VOTING
 
    Both the California Code and the DGCL generally require that a majority of
the stockholders of acquiring and target corporations approve statutory mergers.
The DGCL does not require a stockholder vote of the surviving corporation in a
merger (unless the corporation provides otherwise in its certificate of
incorporation) if (a) the merger agreement does not amend the existing
certificate of incorporation, (b) each share of the surviving corporation
outstanding before the merger is an identical outstanding or treasury share
after the merger, and (c) the number of shares to be issued by the surviving
corporation in the merger does not exceed 20% of the shares outstanding
immediately prior to the merger. The California Code contains a similar
exception to its voting requirements for reorganizations where shareholders or
the corporation itself, or both, immediately prior to the reorganization will
own immediately after the reorganization equity securities constituting more
than five-sixths of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring corporation
or its parent entity.
 
INTERESTED DIRECTOR TRANSACTIONS
 
    Under both the California Code and the DGCL, certain contracts or
transactions in which one or more of a corporation's directors has an interest
are not void or voidable because of such interest provided that certain
conditions, such as obtaining the required approval and fulfilling the
requirements of good faith and full disclosure, are met. With certain
exceptions, the conditions are similar under the California Code and the DGCL.
Under the California Code and the DGCL, (a) either the stockholders or the board
of directors must approve any such contract or transaction after full disclosure
of the material facts, and in the case of board approval the contract or
transaction must also be "just and reasonable" (in California) or "fair" (in
Delaware) to the corporation, or (b) the contract or transaction must have been
just and reasonable or fair as to the corporation at the time it was approved.
In the latter case, the California Code explicitly places the burden of proof on
the interested director. Under the California Code, if shareholder approval is
sought, the interested director is not entitled to vote his shares at a
shareholder meeting with respect to any action regarding such contract or
transaction. If board approval is sought, the contract or transaction must be
approved by a majority vote of a quorum of the directors, without counting the
vote of any interested directors (except that interested directors may be
counted for purposes of establishing a quorum). Under the DGCL, if board
approval is sought, the contract or transaction must be approved by a majority
of the disinterested directors, even though less than a majority of a quorum.
 
STOCKHOLDER DERIVATIVE SUITS
 
    The California Code provides that a shareholder bringing a derivative action
on behalf of a corporation need not have been a shareholder at the time of the
transaction in question, provided that certain tests are met. Under the DGCL, a
stockholder may only bring a derivative action on behalf of the corporation if
the stockholder was a stockholder of the corporation at the time of the
transaction in question or his or her stock thereafter devolved upon him or her
by operation of law. The California Code also provides that the corporation or
the defendant in a derivative suit may make a motion to the court for an order
requiring the plaintiff shareholder to furnish a security bond. Delaware does
not have a similar bonding requirement.
 
APPRAISAL RIGHTS
 
    Under both the California Code and the DGCL, a stockholder of a corporation
participating in certain major corporate transactions may, under varying
circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights pursuant to which such
stockholder may receive cash in the amount of the fair market value of his or
her shares in lieu of the consideration he or she would otherwise receive in the
transaction. Under the DGCL, such appraisal rights are not available (a) with
respect to the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially
 
                                      138
<PAGE>
all of the assets of a corporation, (b) with respect to a merger or
consolidation by a corporation the shares of which are either listed on a
national securities exchange, or designated as a national market system security
on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. or are held of record by more than 2,000 holders if such
stockholders receive only shares of the surviving corporation or shares of any
other corporation which are either listed on a national securities exchange or
designated as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation
system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or held of record
by more than 2,000 holders, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares, or (c) to
stockholders of a corporation surviving a merger if no vote of the stockholders
of the surviving corporation is required to approve the merger because the
merger agreement does not amend the existing certificate of incorporation, each
share of the surviving corporation outstanding prior to the merger is an
identical outstanding or treasury share after the merger, and the number of
shares to be issued in the merger does not exceed 20% of the shares of the
surviving corporation outstanding immediately prior to the merger and if certain
other conditions are met.
 
    The limitations on the availability of appraisal rights under the California
Code are different from those under the DGCL. Shareholders of a California
corporation whose shares are listed on a national securities exchange or on a
list of over-the-counter margin stocks issued by the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System generally do not have appraisal rights unless the holders
of at least 5% percent of the class of outstanding shares claim the right or
unless the corporation or any law restricts the transfer of such shares.
Appraisal rights are unavailable, however, if the shareholders of a corporation
or the corporation itself, or both, immediately prior to the reorganization will
own immediately after the reorganization equity securities constituting more
than five sixths of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring corporation
or its parent entity, and if the shares of the surviving corporation have the
same rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions as the shares of the
disappearing corporation that are surrendered in exchange.
 
"BLANK CHECK" PREFERRED STOCK AND COMMON STOCK RIGHTS
 
    The Hybrid Certificate of Incorporation permits the Board of Directors to
determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of authorized but
unissued Preferred Stock, commonly referred to as "blank check" Preferred Stock.
The issuance of Preferred Stock with extraordinary rights may be used to deter
hostile takeover attempts. Although Hybrid's Board of Directors has no present
intention of issuing such Preferred Stock, it could do so in the future without
stockholder approval. The Pacific Articles also permit its Board of Directors to
issue "blank check" Preferred Stock.
 
                                      139
<PAGE>
                    ADDITIONAL MATTERS FOR CONSIDERATION OF
                              HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS
                    PROPOSAL NO. 2 FOR HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS:
                          ELECTION OF HYBRID DIRECTORS
 
    At the Hybrid Annual Meeting, stockholders will elect two (2) Class I
directors to hold office from the time of election and qualification until the
third annual meeting of stockholders following election and until their
respective successors have been elected and qualified or until such directors'
earlier resignation or removal. Hybrid's Certificate of Incorporation provides
for a classified Board of Directors (the "HYBRID BOARD") composed of five (5)
directors. The terms of office of the Hybrid Board are divided into three
classes. Class I will expire at the Hybrid Annual Meeting; Class II will expire
at the annual meeting of the stockholders of Hybrid to be held in 1999; and
Class III will expire at the annual meeting of the stockholders of Hybrid to be
held in 2000. Stephen E. Halprin and Douglas M. Leone are designated as Class I
directors. Accordingly, two nominees will be elected at the Annual Meeting to be
Class I directors of Hybrid. If any nominee for any reason is unable to serve,
or for good cause, will not serve as a director, the proxies may be voted for
such substitute nominee as the proxy holder may determine. Hybrid is not aware
of any nominee who will be unable to or, for good cause, will not serve as a
director.
 
DIRECTORS/NOMINEES
 
    The names of the nominees, and certain information about them, are set forth
below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            DIRECTOR
NAME OF NOMINEE                    AGE                         PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION                         SINCE
- ---------------------------------  ---   -----------------------------------------------------------------  -------
<S>                                <C>   <C>                                                                <C>
Stephen E. Halprin...............  60    Venture Capitalist                                                  1992
 
Douglas M. Leone.................  40    Venture Capitalist                                                  1995
</TABLE>
 
    STEPHEN E. HALPRIN. Mr. Halprin has been a director of Hybrid since
September 1992. He has been a general partner of OSCCO Management Partners, a
venture capital firm since 1984 and a general partner of OSCCO Management
Partners III since 1989. He currently serves as a director of Landec
Corporation, a materials science company. He holds a B.S. in Industrial
Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from the
Stanford University Graduate School of Business.
 
    DOUGLAS M. LEONE. Mr. Leone has been a director of Hybrid since May 1995. He
has been associated with Sequoia Capital, a venture capital firm, since June
1988 and has been a general partner of that firm since April 1993. Mr. Leone
holds a B.S. from Cornell University, an M.S. from Columbia University and an
M.S. in Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 
    Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, Hybrid has agreed that in the
event that the Reorganization Agreement is adopted and approved and the Merger
is approved, upon the Effective Time of the Merger Richard B. Gold and Matthew
D. Miller will be appointed to the Hybrid Board as Class I directors and Messrs.
Halprin and Leone will resign as directors assuming that they are elected to the
Hybrid Board at the Hybrid Annual Meeting.
 
    Executive officers are chosen by, and serve at the discretion of, the Hybrid
Board. There are no family relationships among any of the directors and
executive officers of Hybrid.
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS' MEETINGS AND COMMITTEES
 
    The Hybrid Board met ten times, including telephone conference meetings,
during 1997. No director attended fewer than 75% of the aggregate of the total
number of meetings of the Hybrid Board (held during the period for which such
director was a director) and the total number of meetings held by all committees
of the Hybrid Board on which such director served (during the period that such
director served).
 
                                      140
<PAGE>
    Standing committees of the Hybrid Board include an Audit Committee and a
Compensation Committee. The Hybrid Board does not have a nominating committee or
a committee performing similar functions.
 
    The Audit Committee of the Hybrid Board consists of Mr. Flach and Mr.
Halprin. The Audit Committee did not meet during 1997 and has met on several
occasions during 1998. The Audit Committee reviews Hybrid's financial statements
and accounting practices, makes recommendations to the Hybrid Board regarding
the selection of independent auditors and reviews the results and scope of the
audit and other services provided by Hybrid's independent auditors.
 
    The Compensation Committee of the Hybrid Board consists of Mr. Flach and Mr.
Leone. The Compensation Committee met once during 1997 and has met on several
occasions during 1998. The Compensation Committee makes recommendations to the
Hybrid Board concerning salaries and incentive compensation for Hybrid's
officers and employees and administers Hybrid's employee benefit plans.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
    See "SELECTED INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO HYBRID--DIRECTOR COMPENSATION" for
a description of Hybrid director compensation.
 
    THE HYBRID BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR THE ELECTION OF EACH OF THE NOMINATED
DIRECTORS.
 
                    PROPOSAL NO. 3 FOR HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS:
                  AMENDMENT OF THE 1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
 
    Stockholders are being asked to approve an amendment to Hybrid's 1997 Equity
Incentive Plan (the "INCENTIVE PLAN") to increase the number of shares of Common
Stock reserved for issuance thereunder by 500,000 shares, from 2,267,101 shares
(which includes 517,101 shares automatically added to the Incentive Plan on
January 1, 1998, pursuant to the terms of the Incentive Plan) to 2,767,101
shares.
 
    The Hybrid Board believes that the increase in the number of shares reserved
for issuance under the Incentive Plan is in the best interests of Hybrid because
of the large increase in employees that it is expecting to hire in connection
with the acquisition of Pacific. The granting of equity incentives under the
Incentive Plan plays an important role in Hybrid's efforts to attract and retain
employees of outstanding ability. Competition for skilled engineers and other
key employees is intense and the use of significant stock options for retention
and motivation of such personnel is pervasive in the high technology industries.
The Hybrid Board believes that the additional reserve of shares with respect to
which equity incentives may be granted will provide Hybrid with adequate
flexibility to ensure that Hybrid can continue to meet those goals and
facilitate Hybrid's expansion of its employee base.
 
    The Hybrid Board approved the proposed amendment on March 18, 1998, to be
effective upon stockholder approval. Below is a summary of the principal
provisions of the Incentive Plan, assuming stockholder approval of the
amendment. The summary is not necessarily complete, and reference is made to the
full text of the Incentive Plan.
 
INCENTIVE PLAN HISTORY
 
    The Incentive Plan was adopted by the Hybrid Board in September 1997 and
approved by the stockholders of Hybrid in October 1997. The purpose of the
Incentive Plan is to offer eligible persons an opportunity to participate in
Hybrid's future performance through awards of stock options, restricted stock
and stock bonuses.
 
    From inception of the Incentive Plan in November 1997 to April 30, 1998,
options to purchase an aggregate of 303,438 shares of Hybrid's Common Stock were
granted under the Incentive Plan. Of these,
 
                                      141
<PAGE>
options to purchase a total of 213,438 shares were granted to all employees as a
group (including all current officers who are non-executive officers. Options to
purchase 90,000 shares were granted to executive officers and directors of
Hybrid.
 
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE INCENTIVE PLAN
 
    The stock subject to issuance under the Incentive Plan consists of shares of
Hybrid's authorized but unissued Common Stock. The Board has reserved an
aggregate of 2,767,101 shares of Common Stock for issuance under the Incentive
Plan (taking into account the amount of shares automatically added to the
Incentive Plan on January 1, 1998 and the proposed amendment). In addition, any
shares remaining unissued under Hybrid's 1992 Stock Issuance Plan, the Executive
Officer Incentive Plan, the 1993 Equity Incentive Plan and the 1996 Equity
Incentive Plan (the "PRIOR PLANS") on the effective date of the Incentive Plan,
and any shares issuable upon exercise of options granted pursuant to the Prior
Plans that expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been
exercised in full, will no longer be available for distribution under the Prior
Plans but shall be available for distribution under the Incentive Plan. Shares
subject to an option granted pursuant to the Incentive Plan that expires or
terminates for any reason without being exercised or shares subject to an award
granted pursuant to the Incentive Plan that are forfeited or are repurchased by
Hybrid at the original issue price or are subject to an award granted pursuant
to the Incentive Plan that otherwise terminates without shares being issued,
will again become available for grant and issuance pursuant to awards under the
Incentive Plan. On the first business day of each fiscal year of Hybrid during
the term of the Incentive Plan, the aggregate number of shares reserved and
available for issuance pursuant to the Incentive Plan will be increased
automatically by a number of shares equal to 5% of the total outstanding shares
of Hybrid, unless the Board determines prior to the commencement of any fiscal
year that such increase will not occur for such fiscal year. The number of
shares subject to issuance under the Incentive Plan is subject to proportional
adjustment to reflect stock splits, stock dividends and other similar events.
 
ELIGIBILITY
 
    Employees, officers, directors, consultants, independent contractors and
advisors of Hybrid (and of any subsidiaries and affiliates) are eligible to
receive awards under the Incentive Plan (the "PARTICIPANTS"). No Participant is
eligible to receive more than 700,000 shares of Common Stock in any calendar
year under the Incentive Plan, other than new employees of Hybrid (including
directors and officers who are also new employees) who are eligible to receive
up to a maximum of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock in the calendar year in
which they commence their employment with Hybrid. As of April 30, 1998,
approximately 100 persons were in the class of persons eligible to participate
in the Incentive Plan, no shares had been issued upon exercise of options,
293,780 shares were subject to outstanding options and 500 shares had been
issued pursuant to stock bonus awards. As of that date, 2,693,534 shares were
available for future grant, after taking into account the proposed amendment to
the Incentive Plan and any shares issuable upon exercise of options granted
pursuant to the Prior Plans that have expired or become unexercisable without
having been exercised in full and that have become available for distribution
under the Incentive Plan. The closing price of Hybrid's Common Stock on the
Nasdaq National Market was $6.13 per share as of April 29, 1998, the last
trading day before the Record Date.
 
ADMINISTRATION
 
    The Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee (the
"COMMITTEE"), the members of which are appointed by the Board. The Committee
currently consists of James R. Flach and Douglas M. Leone, both of whom are
"non-employee directors," as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the
Exchange Act and "outside directors," as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of
the Code.
 
    Subject to the terms of the Incentive Plan, the Committee determines the
persons who are to receive awards, the number of shares subject to each such
award, and the terms and conditions of such awards.
 
                                      142
<PAGE>
The Committee also has the authority to construe and interpret any of the
provisions of the Incentive Plan or any awards granted thereunder.
 
STOCK OPTIONS
 
    The Incentive Plan permits the granting of options that are intended to
qualify either as Incentive Stock Options ("ISOS") or Nonqualified Stock Options
("NQSOS"). ISOs may be granted only to employees (including officers and
directors who are also employees) of Hybrid or any parent or subsidiary of
Hybrid. The option exercise price for each ISO share must be no less than 100%
of the "fair market value" (as defined in the Incentive Plan) of a share of
Common Stock at the time the ISO is granted. The per share exercise price of an
ISO granted to a 10% stockholder must be no less than 110% of the fair market
value of a share of Common Stock at the time the ISO is granted. The total
number of shares issued under the Incentive Plan upon exercising ISOs will in no
event exceed 2,750,000 shares (subject to adjustment for stock splits and
similar events). The option exercise price for each NQSO share must be no less
than 85% of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock at the time of
grant.
 
    The exercise price of options granted under the Incentive Plan may be paid
as approved by the Committee at the time of grant: (1) in cash (by check); (2)
by cancellation of indebtedness of Hybrid to the Participant; (3) by surrender
of shares of Hybrid's Common Stock owned by the Participant for at least six
months and having a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to the
aggregate exercise price of the option; (4) by tender of a full recourse
promissory note: (5) by waiver of compensation due to or accrued by the
Participant for services rendered; (6) by a "same-day sale" commitment from the
Participant and a National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD")
broker; (7) by a "margin" commitment from the Participant and a NASD broker; or
(8) by any combination of the foregoing.
 
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
 
    The Committee may grant Participants restricted stock awards to purchase
stock either in addition to, or in tandem with, other awards under the Incentive
Plan, under such terms, conditions and restrictions as the Committee may
determine. The purchase price for such awards must be no less than 85% of the
fair market value of Hybrid's Common Stock on the date of the award (and in the
case of an award granted to a 10% stockholder, the purchase price shall be 100%
of fair market value) and can be paid for in any of the forms of consideration
listed in items (1) through (5) in "Stock Options" above, as are approved by the
Committee at the time of grant. A total of 300,000 shares (subject to adjustment
for stock splits and similar events) may be issued as Restricted Stock and Stock
Bonus Awards.
 
MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS, CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
    In the event of a merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of
Hybrid, the sale of substantially all of the assets of Hybrid or any other
similar corporate transaction, the successor corporation may assume, replace or
substitute equivalent awards in exchange for those granted under the Incentive
Plan or provide substantially similar consideration, shares or other property as
was provided to stockholders of Hybrid (after taking into account provisions of
the awards). In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or
substitute awards, such awards will expire upon the closing of such transaction
at the time and upon the conditions as the Board determines; provided, however,
that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide that the vesting of any
and all awards will accelerate.
 
AMENDMENT OF THE INCENTIVE PLAN
 
    The Board may at any time terminate or amend the Incentive Plan, including
amending any form of award agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to
the Incentive Plan. However, the Board may not without stockholder approval
amend the Incentive Plan in any manner that requires stockholder
 
                                      143
<PAGE>
approval pursuant to the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder, or
pursuant to the Exchange Act or Rule 16b-3 (or its successor) promulgated
thereunder.
 
TERM OF THE INCENTIVE PLAN
 
    Unless terminated earlier as provided in the Incentive Plan, the Incentive
Plan will expire in September 2007, ten years from the date the Incentive Plan
was adopted by the Board.
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX INFORMATION
 
    THE FOLLOWING IS A GENERAL SUMMARY AS OF THE DATE OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT OF
THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HYBRID AND PARTICIPANTS UNDER THE
INCENTIVE PLAN. FEDERAL TAX LAWS MAY CHANGE AND THE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL TAX
CONSEQUENCES FOR ANY PARTICIPANT WILL DEPEND UPON HIS OR HER INDIVIDUAL
CIRCUMSTANCES. EACH PARTICIPANT HAS BEEN AND IS ENCOURAGED TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF
A QUALIFIED TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PARTICIPATION IN THE
INCENTIVE PLAN.
 
    INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.  A Participant will recognize no income upon grant
of an ISO and incur no tax on its exercise (unless the Participant is subject to
the alternative minimum tax ("AMT")). If the Participant holds shares acquired
upon exercise of an ISO (the "ISO SHARES") for more than one year after the date
the option was exercised and for more than two years after the date the option
was granted, the Participant generally will realize capital gain or loss (rather
than ordinary income or loss) upon disposition of the ISO Shares. This gain or
loss will be equal to the difference between the amount realized upon such
disposition and the amount paid for the ISO Shares.
 
    If the Participant disposes of ISO Shares prior to the expiration of either
required holding period (a "disqualifying disposition"), the gain realized upon
such disposition, up to the difference between the fair market value of the ISO
Shares on the date of exercise (or, if less, the amount realized on a sale of
such shares) and the option exercise price, will be treated as ordinary income.
Any additional gain will be long-term, mid-term or short-term capital gain,
depending upon the amount of time the ISO Shares were held by the Participant.
 
    ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX.  The difference between the fair market value of
the ISO Shares on the date of exercise and the exercise price is an adjustment
to income for purposes of AMT. The AMT (imposed to the extent it exceeds the
taxpayer's regular tax) is 26% of that portion of an individual taxpayer's
alternative minimum taxable income that would otherwise be taxable as ordinary
income (28% in the case of alternative minimum taxable income in excess of
$175,000). A maximum 20% AMT rate applies to the portion of alternative minimum
taxable income that would otherwise be taxable as net capital gain. Alternative
minimum taxable income is determined by adjusting regular taxable income for
certain items, increasing that income by certain tax preference items (including
the difference between the fair market value of the ISO Shares on the date of
exercise and the exercise price), and reducing this amount by the applicable
exemption amount ($45,000 in case of a joint return, subject to reduction under
certain circumstances). If a disqualifying disposition of the ISO Shares occurs
in the same calendar year as exercise of the ISO, there is no AMT adjustment
with respect to those ISO Shares. Also, upon a sale of ISO Shares that is not a
disqualifying disposition, alternative minimum taxable income is reduced in the
year of sale by the excess of the fair market value of the ISO Shares at
exercise over the amount paid for the ISO Shares.
 
    NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTIONS.  A Participant will not recognize any taxable
income at the time an NQSO is granted. However, upon exercise of an NQSO, the
Participant must include in income as compensation an amount equal to the
difference between the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise
and the Participant's exercise price. The included amount must be treated as
ordinary income by
 
                                      144
<PAGE>
the Participant and may be subject to withholding by Hybrid (either by payment
in cash or withholding out of the Participant's salary). Upon resale of the
shares by the Participant, any subsequent appreciation or depreciation in the
value of the shares will be treated as capital gain or loss.
 
    RESTRICTED STOCK AND STOCK BONUS AWARDS.  Restricted stock and stock bonus
awards will generally be subject to tax at the time of receipt, unless there are
restrictions that enable the Participant to defer tax. At the time the tax is
incurred, the tax treatment will be similar to that discussed above for NQSOs.
 
    MAXIMUM TAX RATES.  The maximum tax rate applicable to ordinary income is
39.6%. Long-term capital gain will be taxed at a maximum rate of 20%. For this
purpose, in order to receive long-term capital gain treatment, the shares must
be held for more than eighteen months. Mid-term capital gain will be taxed at a
maximum rate of 28%. For this purpose, in order to receive mid-term capital gain
treatment, the shares must be held for more than one year but not more than
eighteen months. Capital gains may be offset by capital losses and up to $3,000
of capital losses may be offset annually against ordinary income.
 
    TAX TREATMENT OF HYBRID.  Hybrid generally will be entitled to a deduction
in connection with the exercise of an NQSO by a Participant or the receipt of
restricted stock or stock bonuses by a Participant to the extent that the
Participant recognizes ordinary income and Hybrid withholds tax. Hybrid will be
entitled to a deduction in connection with the disposition of ISO Shares only to
the extent that the Participant recognizes ordinary income on a disqualifying
disposition of the ISO Shares.
 
    ERISA.  The Incentive Plan is not subject to any of the provisions of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA") and is not qualified
under Section 401(a) of the Code.
 
    THE HYBRID BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR THE AMENDMENT OF THE 1997 EQUITY
INCENTIVE PLAN
 
                    PROPOSAL NO. 4 FOR HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS:
               AMENDMENT OF THE 1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    Stockholders are being asked to approve an amendment to Hybrid's 1997
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "STOCK PURCHASE PLAN") to increase the number
of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder by 100,000 shares,
from 225,000 shares to 325,000 shares. The Board believes that the increase in
the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Stock Purchase Plan is in
the best interests of Hybrid because of the large increase in employees that it
is expecting to hire in connection with the acquisition of Pacific. The Stock
Purchase Plan plays an important role in Hybrid's efforts to attract and retain
employees of outstanding ability.
 
    The Board approved the proposed amendment on March 18, 1998, to be effective
upon stockholder approval. Below is a summary of the principal provisions of the
Stock Purchase Plan, assuming stockholder approval of the amendment. The summary
is not necessarily complete, and reference is made to the full text of the Stock
Purchase Plan.
 
STOCK PURCHASE PLAN HISTORY
 
    The Board adopted the Stock Purchase Plan in September 1997 and it was
approved by the stockholders of Hybrid in October 1997. The purpose of the Stock
Purchase Plan is to provide employees of Hybrid and its subsidiaries and
affiliates designated by the Board as eligible to participate in the Stock
Purchase Plan ("PARTICIPATING EMPLOYEES") with a convenient means to acquire an
equity interest in Hybrid through payroll deductions and to provide an incentive
for continued employment. Hybrid intends that the Stock Purchase Plan will
qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Code.
 
                                      145
<PAGE>
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    The stock subject to issuance under the Stock Purchase Plan consists of
shares of Hybrid's authorized but unissued Common Stock. An aggregate of 325,000
shares of Common Stock has been reserved by the Board for issuance under the
Stock Purchase Plan (taking into account the proposed amendment). This number of
shares is subject to proportional adjustment to reflect stock splits, stock
dividends and other similar events.
 
ADMINISTRATION
 
    The Stock Purchase Plan is administered by the Committee. The interpretation
or construction by the Committee of any provisions of the Stock Purchase Plan or
of any option granted under it will be final and binding on all Participating
Employees.
 
ELIGIBILITY
 
    All employees of Hybrid, or any parent or subsidiary, are eligible to
participate in an Offering Period (as defined below) under the Stock Purchase
Plan, except the following:
 
        (a) employees who are not employed by Hybrid five days before the
    beginning of such Offering Period;
 
        (b) employees who are customarily employed for 20 hours or less per
    week;
 
        (c) employees who are customarily employed for five months or less in a
    calendar year; and
 
        (d) employees who own stock or hold options to purchase stock or who, as
    a result of participation in the Stock Purchase Plan, would own stock or
    hold options to purchase stock, possessing 5% or more of the total combined
    voting power or value of all classes of stock of Hybrid.
 
    As of April 30, 1998, approximately 80 persons were eligible to participate
in the Stock Purchase Plan and no shares had been issued pursuant to the Stock
Purchase Plan. On April 30, 1998, no shares were issued pursuant to the Stock
Purchase Plan. As of that date, 225,000 shares were available for future
issuance under the Stock Purchase Plan, not including the proposed amendment to
the Stock Purchase Plan. As of April 29, 1998 (the last trading day prior to the
Record Date), the closing price of Hybrid's Common Stock on the Nasdaq National
Market was $6.13 per share.
 
    Participating Employees participate in the Stock Purchase Plan through
payroll deductions. A Participating Employee sets the rate of such payroll
deductions, which may not be less than 2% nor more than 15% of the Participating
Employee's W-2 compensation, including, but not limited to, base salary, wages,
commissions, shift premiums and bonuses not to exceed $250,000 before any
deductions from the Participating Employee's salary pursuant to Sections 125 or
401(k) of the Code. No Participating Employee is permitted to purchase shares
under the Stock Purchase Plan at a rate which, when aggregated with such
employee's rights to purchase stock under all similar purchase plans of Hybrid,
exceeds $25,000 in fair market value determined as of the Offering Date for each
calendar year.
 
OFFERING PERIODS
 
    Each offering of Common Stock under the Stock Purchase Plan is for a period
of 24 months (the "OFFERING PERIOD"). Offering Periods are planned to commence
on February 1 and August 1 of each year and end on January 31 and July 31 of
each year, respectively; provided, however, that the initial Offering Period
commenced on November 12, 1997 and will expire on July 31, 1999. Each Offering
Period shall consist of four six-month purchase periods (individually, a
"PURCHASE PERIOD") during which payroll deductions of the Participating
Employees are accumulated under the Stock Purchase Plan. The Board has the power
to set the beginning of any Offering Period and to change dates or the duration
of Offering Periods or Purchase Periods without stockholder approval if such
change is announced at least 15 days
 
                                      146
<PAGE>
before the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period or Purchase Period
to be affected. The first day of each Offering Period is the "Offering Date" for
such Offering Period and the last business day of each Purchase Period is the
"Purchase Date" for such Purchase Period.
 
    Participating Employees will participate in the Stock Purchase Plan during
each Offering Period through regular payroll deductions as described above.
Participating Employees may elect to participate in any Offering Period by
enrolling as provided under the terms of the Stock Purchase Plan. Once enrolled,
a Participating Employee will automatically participate in each succeeding
Offering Period unless the Participating Employee withdraws from the Offering
Period or the Stock Purchase Plan is terminated. After the rate of payroll
deductions for an Offering Period has been set by a Participating Employee, that
rate will continue to be effective for the remainder of the Offering Period (and
for all subsequent Offering Periods in which the Participating Employee is
automatically enrolled) unless otherwise changed by the Participating Employee.
The Participating Employee may increase or lower the rate of payroll deductions
for any subsequent Offering Period, but may only lower the rate of payroll
deductions for an ongoing Offering Period. No more than one change may be made
during a single Offering Period.
 
PURCHASE PRICE
 
    The purchase price of shares that may be acquired in any Purchase Period
under the Stock Purchase Plan is 85% of the lesser of: (i) the fair market value
of the shares on the Offering Date; or (ii) the fair market value of the shares
on the Purchase Date. The fair market value of a share of Hybrid's Common Stock
is deemed to be the closing price of Hybrid's Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market on the date of determination as reported in THE WALL STREET
JOURNAL, except that the fair market value of a share of Hybrid's Common Stock
on the Offering Date of the first Offering Period was the price per share at
which shares of Hybrid's Common Stock were offered for sale to the public in
Hybrid's initial public offering of shares of its Common Stock pursuant to a
registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act.
 
PURCHASE OF STOCK UNDER THE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    The number of whole shares a Participating Employee will be able to purchase
in any Purchase Period will be determined by dividing the total payroll amount
withheld from the Participating Employee during the Purchase Period pursuant to
the Stock Purchase Plan by the purchase price for each share determined as
described above. The purchase will take place automatically on the Purchase Date
of such Purchase Period.
 
WITHDRAWAL
 
    A Participating Employee may withdraw from any Offering Period. Upon
withdrawal, the accumulated payroll deductions will be returned to the withdrawn
Participating Employee, without interest, provided that the withdrawal occurs at
least 15 days before the related Purchase Date. If the withdrawal occurs less
than 15 days before such Purchase Date, payroll deductions will continue for the
remainder of that Purchase Period. No further payroll deductions for the
purchase of shares will be made for the succeeding Offering Period unless the
Participating Employee enrolls in the new Offering Period at least 15 days
before the Offering Date.
 
AMENDMENT OF THE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    The Board may at any time amend, terminate or extend the term of the Stock
Purchase Plan, except that any such termination cannot affect the terms of
shares previously granted under the Stock Purchase Plan, nor may any amendment
make any change in the terms of shares previously granted which would adversely
affect the right of any participant, nor may any amendment be made without
stockholder approval if such amendment would: (a) increase the number of shares
that may be issued under the Stock
 
                                      147
<PAGE>
Purchase Plan; (b) change the designation of the employees (or class of
employees) eligible for participation in the Stock Purchase Plan; or (c)
constitute an amendment for which stockholder approval is required in order to
comply with Rule 16b-3 (or any successor rule) of the Exchange Act.
 
TERM OF THE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    The Stock Purchase Plan will continue until the earlier to occur of: (i)
termination of the Stock Purchase Plan by the Board; (ii) the issuance of all
the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Stock Purchase Plan;
or (iii) September 2007, ten years after the date the Stock Purchase Plan was
adopted by the Board.
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX INFORMATION
 
    THE FOLLOWING IS A GENERAL SUMMARY AS OF THE DATE OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT OF
THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HYBRID AND EMPLOYEES PARTICIPATING IN THE
STOCK PURCHASE PLAN. FEDERAL TAX LAWS MAY CHANGE AND THE FEDERAL, STATE AND
LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR ANY PARTICIPATING EMPLOYEE WILL DEPEND UPON HIS OR
HER INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES. EACH PARTICIPATING EMPLOYEE HAS BEEN AND IS
ENCOURAGED TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF A QUALIFIED TAX ADVISER REGARDING THE TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF PARTICIPATION IN THE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN.
 
    The Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an "employee stock
purchase plan" within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.
 
    TAX TREATMENT OF THE PARTICIPATING EMPLOYEE.  Participating Employees will
not recognize income for federal income tax purposes either upon enrollment in
the Stock Purchase Plan or upon the purchase of shares. All tax consequences are
deferred until a Participating Employee sells the shares, disposes of the shares
by gift or dies.
 
    If shares are held for more than one year after the date of purchase and
more than two years from the beginning of the applicable Offering Period, or if
the Participating Employee dies while owning the shares, the Participating
Employee realizes ordinary income on a sale (or a disposition by way of gift or
upon death) to the extent of the lesser of: (i) 15% of the fair market value of
the shares at the beginning of the Offering Period; or (ii) the actual gain (the
amount by which the market value of the shares on the date of sale, gift or
death exceeds the purchase price). All additional gain upon the sale of shares
is treated as mid-term or long-term capital gain. If the shares are sold and the
sale price is less than the purchase price, there is no ordinary income and the
Participating Employee has a capital loss for the difference between the sale
price and the purchase price.
 
    If the shares are sold or are otherwise disposed of including by way of gift
(but not death, bequest or inheritance) (in any case, a "DISQUALIFYING
DISPOSITION") within either the one-year or the two-year holding periods
described above, the Participating Employee realizes ordinary income at the time
of sale or other disposition, taxable to the extent that the fair market value
of the shares at the date of purchase is greater than the purchase price. This
excess will constitute ordinary income (not currently subject to withholding) in
the year of the sale or other disposition even if no gain is realized on the
sale or if a gratuitous transfer is made. The difference, if any, between the
proceeds of sale and the aggregate fair market value of the shares at the date
of purchase is a capital gain or loss. Capital gains may be offset by capital
losses, and up to $3,000 of capital losses may be used annually against ordinary
income.
 
    TAX TREATMENT OF HYBRID.  Hybrid will be entitled to a deduction in
connection with the disposition of shares acquired under the Stock Purchase Plan
only to the extent that the Participating Employee recognizes ordinary income on
a disqualifying disposition of the shares. Hybrid will treat any transfer of
record ownership of shares as a disposition, unless it is notified to the
contrary. In order to enable Hybrid
 
                                      148
<PAGE>
to learn of disqualifying dispositions and ascertain the amount of the
deductions to which it is entitled, Participating Employees will be required to
notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of any disposition of shares
purchased under the Stock Purchase Plan.
 
    ERISA.  The Stock Purchase Plan is not subject to any of the provisions of
ERISA nor is it qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code.
 
    THE HYBRID BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR THE AMENDMENT OF THE 1997 EMPLOYEE
STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
                               NEW PLAN BENEFITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                STOCK PURCHASE
                                          INCENTIVE PLAN(1)         PLAN(1)
                                          -----------------   -------------------
                                          DOLLAR  NUMBER OF   DOLLAR    NUMBER OF
NAME AND POSITIONS                        VALUE    SHARES     VALUE      SHARES
- ----------------------------------------  ------  ---------   ------    ---------
<S>                                       <C>     <C>         <C>       <C>
Carl S. Ledbetter.......................  $ --      --        $ --        --
 
Gustavo Ezcurra.........................    --      --          --        --
 
William H. Fry..........................    --      --          --        --
 
Dan E. Steimle..........................    --      --          --        --
 
All current executive officers as a
  group (4 persons).....................    --      --          --        --
 
All current directors who are not
  executive officers as a group (4
  persons)..............................    --      --          --        --
 
All employees, including all current
  officers who are not executive
  officers, as a group..................    --      --          --        --
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) The amounts of future option grants under the Incentive Plan and future
    purchases under the Stock Purchase Plan to (i) the Named Executive Officers;
    (ii) all current executive officers as a group; (iii) all current directors
    who are not executive officers as a group; and (iv) all employees, including
    all officers who are not executive officers, as a group are not determinable
    because, under the terms of the Incentive Plan, such grants are made in the
    discretion of the Committee or its designees and under the terms of the
    Stock Purchase Plan, such purchases are based on participant contributions.
    Future option exercise prices under the Incentive Plan are not determinable
    because they are based upon the fair market value of Hybrid's Common Stock
    on the date of grant, and future purchase prices under the Stock Purchase
    Plan are not determinable because they are based on the fair market value of
    Hybrid's Common Stock at the beginning and end of each Purchase Period.
 
                    PROPOSAL NO. 5 FOR HYBRID STOCKHOLDERS:
              RATIFICATION OF SELECTION OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
    Hybrid has selected Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. as its independent accountants
to perform the audit of Hybrid's financial statement for the fiscal year ending
December 31, 1998, and the stockholders are being asked to ratify such
selection. Representatives of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. are expected to be
present at the Hybrid Annual Meeting, will have the opportunity to make a
statement at the Hybrid Annual Meeting if they desire to do so and are expected
to be available to respond to appropriate questions.
 
    THE HYBRID BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR THE RATIFICATION OF THE SELECTION OF
COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P. AS HYBRID'S INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS.
 
                                      149
<PAGE>
                             STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS
 
    Proposals of stockholders of Hybrid intended to be presented at Hybrid's
1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders must be received by Hybrid at its principal
executive offices no later than January 28, 1999 in order to be included in
Hybrid's Proxy Statement and form of proxy relating to the meeting.
 
                       SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                              REPORTING COMPLIANCE
 
    Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires
Hybrid's directors and certain of its officers, and persons who own more than
10% of Hybrid's Common Stock to file initial reports of ownership and reports of
changes in ownership with the SEC. Such persons are required by SEC regulation
to furnish Hybrid with copies of all Section 16(a) forms that they file.
 
    Based solely on its review of the copies of such forms furnished to Hybrid
and written representations from the executive officers and directors, Hybrid
believes that all Section 16(a) filing requirements for the year ended December
31, 1997 were met.
 
                                 OTHER BUSINESS
 
    The Hybrid Board does not presently intend to bring any other business
before the Hybrid Annual Meeting and, so far as is known to the Hybrid Board, no
matters are to be brought before the Hybrid Annual Meeting except as specified
in the Notice of the Hybrid Annual Meeting. As to any business that may properly
come before the Hybrid Annual Meeting, however, it is intended that proxies in
the form enclosed, will be voted in respect thereof in accordance with the
judgment of the persons voting such proxies.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The balance sheets of Hybrid Networks, Inc. as of December 31, 1997 and
1996, and the statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, included in this
Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus have been audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.,
independent accountants, as set forth in their report thereon appearing
elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the
authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
    The financial statements of Pacific Monolithics, Inc. as of September 30,
1997 and 1996 and for each of the three years in the period ended September 30,
1997 included in this Joint Proxy Statement/ Prospectus have been audited by
Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report thereon
appearing herein, and have been so included in reliance upon the report of such
firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The validity of the Hybrid Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Merger will
be passed on by Fenwick & West LLP, Palo Alto, California. Wilson Sonsini
Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California, is acting as
counsel for Pacific in connection with certain legal matters relating to the
Reorganization Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.
 
WHETHER OR NOT YOU EXPECT TO ATTEND THE MEETING, PLEASE COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND
PROMPTLY RETURN THE ACCOMPANING PROXY IN THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE PAID ENVELOPE SO
THAT YOUR SHARES MAY BE REPRESENTED AT THE MEETING.
 
                                      150
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Hybrid Networks, Inc.
 
<S>                                                                                    <C>
  Report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., Independent Accountants........................        F-2
 
  Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996....................................        F-3
 
  Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995......        F-4
 
  Statements for Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and
    1995.............................................................................        F-5
 
  Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995......        F-6
 
  Notes to Financial Statements......................................................        F-7
 
  Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997 (unaudited)..............       F-20
 
  Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1998 and 1997
    (unaudited)......................................................................       F-21
 
  Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1998 and 1997
    (unaudited)......................................................................       F-22
 
  Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements............................................       F-23
 
Pacific Monolithics, Inc.
 
  Independent Auditors' Report--Deloitte & Touche LLP................................       F-25
 
  Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1997 and 1996 and March 31, 1998 (unaudited)....       F-26
 
  Statements of Operations for the Years Ended September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995 and
    for the Three Months and Six Months Ended March 31, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited)....       F-27
 
  Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the Years Ended September 30, 1997, 1996 and
    1995 and for the Six Months Ended March 31, 1998 (unaudited).....................       F-28
 
  Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995 and
    for the Six Months Ended March 31, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited).....................       F-29
 
  Notes to Financial Statements......................................................       F-30
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Hybrid Networks, Inc.
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Hybrid Networks, Inc. as
of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related statements of operations,
stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Hybrid Networks, Inc. as of
December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
San Jose, California
January 20, 1998, except for note 16,
for which the date is March 19, 1998
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                               1997        1996
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                                         <C>         <C>
                                                      ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...............................................................  $   26,167  $    6,886
  Short-term investments..................................................................         981      --
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,175 in 1997 and none
    in 1996...............................................................................       8,870       1,348
  Inventories.............................................................................       3,368         943
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets...............................................         362         125
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
    Total current assets..................................................................      39,748       9,302
Property and equipment, net...............................................................       1,808       1,178
Intangibles and other assets..............................................................       1,563          59
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total assets........................................................................  $   43,119  $   10,539
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
 
                                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable........................................................................  $    2,033  $    1,424
  Accrued liabilities.....................................................................       1,394         712
  Current portion of capital lease obligations............................................         410         222
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
    Total current liabilities.............................................................       3,837       2,358
Convertible debenture.....................................................................       5,500      --
Capital lease obligations, less current portion...........................................         618         438
Other liabilities.........................................................................      --              34
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
    Total liabilities.....................................................................       9,955       2,830
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
Stockholders' equity:
Convertible preferred stock, $.001 par value:
  Authorized: 5,000 shares in 1997 and 18,000 shares in 1996;
  Issued and outstanding: no shares in 1997 and 12,069 shares in 1996.....................      --              12
Common stock, $.001 par value:
  Authorized: 100,000 shares;
  Issued and outstanding: 10,342 shares in 1997 and 2,520 shares in 1996..................          10           2
Additional paid-in capital................................................................      64,086      25,037
Accumulated deficit.......................................................................     (30,932)    (17,342)
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
  Total stockholders' equity..............................................................      33,164       7,709
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity............................................  $   43,119  $   10,539
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   --------------------------------
                                                                                      1997       1996       1995
                                                                                   ----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                <C>         <C>        <C>
Net sales........................................................................  $   14,270  $   2,962  $     630
Cost of sales....................................................................      12,258      3,130        761
                                                                                   ----------  ---------  ---------
    Gross profit (loss)..........................................................       2,012       (168)      (131)
                                                                                   ----------  ---------  ---------
 
Operating expenses:
  Research and development.......................................................       7,108      5,076      3,862
  Sales and marketing............................................................       4,319      1,786        390
  General and administrative.....................................................       3,606      1,714        748
                                                                                   ----------  ---------  ---------
    Total operating expenses.....................................................      15,033      8,576      5,000
                                                                                   ----------  ---------  ---------
      Loss from operations.......................................................     (13,021)    (8,744)    (5,131)
 
Interest income and other expenses, net..........................................         399        257        166
Interest expense.................................................................        (968)       (28)      (304)
                                                                                   ----------  ---------  ---------
      Net loss...................................................................  $  (13,590) $  (8,515) $  (5,269)
                                                                                   ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ----------  ---------  ---------
Basic and diluted loss per share.................................................  $    (3.84) $   (3.36) $   (2.37)
                                                                                   ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ----------  ---------  ---------
Shares used in basic and diluted per share calculation...........................       3,541      2,535      2,223
                                                                                   ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                PREFERRED STOCK     COMMON STOCK
                                ---------------   ----------------     ADDITIONAL      ACCUMULATED
                                SHARES   AMOUNT   SHARES   AMOUNT    PAID-IN CAPITAL     DEFICIT      TOTAL
                                -------  ------   ------  --------   ---------------   -----------   --------
<S>                             <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>        <C>               <C>           <C>
Balances, January 1, 1995.....    2,860  $   3     2,176   $   2         $ 2,845        $ (3,558)    $   (708)
  Exercise of common stock
    options...................    --      --           9    --                 3          --                3
  Exercise of stock purchase
    rights....................    --      --          44    --                24          --               24
  Grant of stock bonus
    awards....................    --      --           6    --                 3          --                3
  Issuance of common stock for
    technology license........    --      --         262    --               141          --              141
  Issuance of Series B and
    Series D preferred stock
    warrants..................    --      --        --      --                18          --               18
  Issuance of Series D
    preferred stock, net of
    issuance costs of $42.....    3,200      3      --      --             5,555          --            5,558
  Issuance of Series E
    preferred stock upon
    conversions of notes
    payable...................    1,316      1      --      --             1,999          --            2,000
  Additional paid-in capital
    in connection with accrued
    interest forgiven from
    conversion of notes
    payable to Series E
    preferred stock...........    --      --        --      --               402          --              402
  Issuance of Series F
    preferred stock from
    conversion of prepaid
    royalties, net of issuance
    costs of $11..............      987      1      --      --             1,488          --            1,489
  Net loss....................    --      --        --      --           --               (5,269)      (5,269)
                                -------  ------   ------     ---     ---------------   -----------   --------
Balances, December 31, 1995...    8,363      8     2,497       2          12,478          (8,827)       3,661
  Exercise of common stock
    options...................    --      --          65    --                34          --               34
  Repurchase of common
    stock.....................    --      --         (42)   --                (9)         --               (9)
  Issuance of Series B
    preferred stock upon net
    exercise of warrants......      248   --        --      --           --               --            --
  Issuance of Series G
    preferred stock for cash
    and conversion of notes
    payable, net of issuance
    costs of $704.............    3,458      4      --      --            12,534          --           12,538
  Net loss....................    --      --        --      --           --               (8,515)      (8,515)
                                -------  ------   ------     ---     ---------------   -----------   --------
Balances, December 31, 1996...   12,069     12     2,520       2          25,037         (17,342)       7,709
  Exercise of common stock
    options...................    --      --         150    --                85          --               85
  Repurchase of common
    stock.....................    --      --         (12)   --                (7)         --               (7)
  Grant of stock bonus
    awards....................    --      --          13    --                38          --               38
  Issuance of common stock for
    services rendered.........    --      --           6    --                34          --               34
  Issuance of Series H
    preferred stock...........      494      1      --      --             1,999          --            2,000
  Issuance of warrants in
    connection with
    convertible subordinated
    notes.....................    --      --        --      --               250          --              250
  Issuance of warrants in
    connection with technology
    license agreement.........    --      --        --      --             1,000          --            1,000
  Issuance of common stock,
    net of issuance costs of
    $1,280....................    --      --       2,836       3          35,642          --           35,645
  Conversion of preferred
    stock to common stock.....  (12,563)   (13)    4,653       5               8          --            --
  Issuance of common stock
    upon net exercise of
    warrants..................    --      --         176    --           --               --            --
  Net loss....................    --      --        --      --           --              (13,590)     (13,590)
                                -------  ------   ------     ---     ---------------   -----------   --------
Balances, December 31, 1997...    --     $--      10,342   $  10         $64,086        $(30,932)    $ 33,164
                                -------  ------   ------     ---     ---------------   -----------   --------
                                -------  ------   ------     ---     ---------------   -----------   --------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  --------------------------------
                                                                                     1997       1996       1995
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss......................................................................  $  (13,590) $  (8,515) $  (5,269)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization...............................................         760        322        162
    Provision for doubtful accounts.............................................       1,175     --         --
    Provision for excess and obsolete inventory.................................         452        126        137
    Interest converted to Series E preferred stock..............................      --         --            402
    Common stock issued for technology license..................................      --         --            141
    Convertible Subordinated Note interest related to the issuance of
      warrants..................................................................         250     --         --
    Common Stock issued for services rendered...................................          72     --              3
  Change in assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable.........................................................      (8,697)    (1,061)      (224)
    Inventories.................................................................      (2,877)      (873)      (218)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets...................................        (237)      (115)         7
    Accounts payable............................................................         609      1,144        102
    Accrued liabilities and other...............................................         648        395      1,418
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
      Net cash used in operating activities.....................................     (21,435)    (8,577)    (3,339)
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of property and equipment............................................        (643)      (321)      (295)
  Change in other assets........................................................         (76)       (26)       (22)
  Purchase of short-term investments............................................        (981)    --           (490)
  Proceeds from maturity of short-term investments..............................      --            490        199
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
      Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities.......................      (1,700)       143       (608)
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Repayment of capital lease obligations........................................        (307)      (106)       (20)
  Repayment of convertible subordinated note payable............................      (6,882)    --         --
  Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock warrants............................      --         --             18
  Proceeds from convertible subordinated note payable...........................       6,882     --         --
  Net proceeds from issuance of convertible debenture...........................       5,000      3,160     --
  Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock.................................       2,000      9,378      5,558
  Net proceeds from issuance of common stock....................................      35,730         34         27
  Repurchase of common stock....................................................          (7)        (9)    --
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
      Net cash provided by financing activities.................................      42,416     12,457      5,583
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
Increase in cash and cash equivalents...........................................      19,281      4,023      1,636
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period..................................       6,886      2,863      1,227
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period........................................  $   26,167  $   6,886  $   2,863
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Conversion of notes payable into preferred stock..............................      --      $   3,160  $   2,000
  Conversion of prepaid royalties to Series F preferred stock...................      --         --          1,500
  Property and equipment acquired under capital leases..........................  $      675        472        314
  Capitalization of finance costs...............................................         500     --         --
  Issuance of warrants in connection with subordinated notes payable............         250     --         --
  Issuance of warrants in connection with technology license agreement..........       1,000     --         --
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
  Interest paid.................................................................  $      718  $      28  $       5
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  FORMATION AND BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY
 
    The Company, which was incorporated in Delaware on June 6, 1990, is a
broadband access equipment company that designs, develops, manufactures and
markets wireless and cable systems that provide high speed access to the
Internet and corporate intranets for both businesses and consumers. The
Company's products remove the bottleneck over the "last mile" connection to the
end user which causes slow response time for those accessing bandwidth-intensive
information over the Internet and corporate intranets.
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
CHANGE IN FISCAL YEAR
 
    In 1997, the Company changed its fiscal year end from March 31 to December
31, effective January 1, 1992.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, BUSINESS RISKS AND CREDIT CONCENTRATION
 
    The carrying amounts of certain of the Company's financial instruments
including cash and cash equivalents, short-term cash investments, accounts
receivable, accounts payable, capital leases, subordinated debt and other
accrued liabilities' approximate fair value due to their short maturities.
 
    The Company sells its products primarily to cable system operators,
broadband wireless system operators, Internet Service Providers, third party
distributors and other companies that provide broadband networking systems or
services, principally in North America. The Company performs ongoing credit
evaluations of its customers and does not require collateral. The Company also
maintains allowances for potential losses on collectibility of accounts
receivable and such losses have been within Management's expectations. As of
December 31, 1997, one customer represented 21% of accounts receivable and as of
December 31, 1996, two customers represented 51% and 10% of accounts receivable,
respectively.
 
    The Company operates in the intensely competitive and rapidly changing
communications industry which has been characterized by rapid technological
change, evolving industry standards and federal, state and local regulation
which may impede the Company's penetration of certain markets.
 
    The Company currently operates with one product line. The Company's future
success depends upon its ability to develop, introduce and market new products,
its ability to obtain components from key suppliers, obtaining sufficient
manufacturing capacity, and the success of the broadband access business. The
Company may experience future fluctuations in operating results and declines in
selling prices.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS
 
    The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with an original or
remaining maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Instruments
with a maturity greater than three months at the date of
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
purchase and maturing within one year from the balance sheet date are included
in short-term investments. The Company's cash and cash equivalents as of
December 31, 1997 are in three demand accounts with two major banks. Short-term
investments as of December 31, 1997 are classified as available for sale and are
carried at cost which approximates fair market value, and consists of corporate
commercial paper maturing in April 1998.
 
INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or
market.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed on a
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets of
three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over their estimated
useful lives or the remaining lease term, whichever is less.
 
INTANGIBLES AND OTHER ASSETS
 
    Intangibles and other assets include deferred financing costs relating to
fees incurred in connection with the issuance of a senior convertible debenture
in April 1997 and the value of the transfer of certain technologies relating to
a technology support and development agreement signed in November 1997. The
deferred financing costs are amortized over the five year life of the debenture
(see Note 7) and the value of the technologies will be amortized on a straight
line basis over a four year life. Total accumulated amortization as of December
31, 1997 was $20,833. The Company periodically assesses the recoverability of
intangible assets by determining whether the amortization of the asset balance
over the remaining life can be recovered through undiscounted future operating
cash flows. The amount of impairment, if any, is measured based on projected
discounted future operating cash flows and is recognized as a write down of the
asset to a net realizable value.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    The Company recognizes revenue and accrues for estimated warranty costs upon
shipment of products. The Company's third party manufacturer provides a fifteen
month warranty period on all cable modems manufactured by them. The warranty
period begins on the date the modems are completely assembled. The Company
provides a twelve month warranty on all headend equipment sold. Actual warranty
costs incurred have not materially differed from those provided.
 
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT COSTS
 
    Costs related to research, design and development of products are charged to
research and development expenses as incurred.
 
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
    In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation," which is effective for the Company's financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 1996. SFAS No. 123 allows companies
to either account for stock-based compensation under the new provisions of SFAS
No. 123 or
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
under the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (APB 25),
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," but requires pro forma disclosure in
the footnotes to the financial statements as if the measurement provisions of
SFAS No. 123 had been adopted. The Company has continued to account for its
stock based compensation in accordance with the provisions of APB 25 and
provides the required pro forma disclosures (see Note 11).
 
COMPUTATION OF BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER SHARE
 
    The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board No. 128 "Earnings
Per Share" and accordingly all prior periods have been restated. Basic and
diluted loss per share are computed using the weighted average number of shares
of common stock outstanding. Common equivalent shares from stock options and
preferred stock are excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share as
their effect is antidilutive. In February 1998, the Securities and Exchange
Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 98, which addresses the
computation of earnings per share in an initial public offering. The Company has
determined that no incremental shares should be included in the computation of
earnings per share in accordance with the SAB and basic and diluted loss per
share has been restated accordingly. Stock Options to purchase 1,926,000 shares
of Common Stock at prices ranging from $0.27 to $11.05 per share were
outstanding at December 31, 1997, but were not included in the computation of
diluted loss per share because they were antidilutive. Warrants to purchase
1,340,656 shares of Common Stock at prices ranging from $0.001 to $10.91 per
share were outstanding at December 31, 1997, but were not included in the
computation of diluted loss per share because they were antidilutive. The
aforementioned stock options and Warrants could potentially dilute earnings per
share in the future.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income." SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for the reporting and display of
comprehensive income and its components in a full set of general purpose
financial statements. Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of
a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and
circumstances from nonowner sources. The impact of adopting SFAS No. 130, which
is effective for the Company in 1998, has not been determined.
 
    In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information." SFAS No. 131 requires publicly-held
companies to report financial and other information about key revenue-producing
segments of the entity for which such information is available and is utilized
by the chief operating decision maker. Specific information to be reported for
individual segments includes profit or loss, certain revenue and expense items
and total assets. A reconciliation of segment financial information to amounts
reported in the financial statements would be provided. SFAS No. 131 is
effective for the Company in 1998 and the impact of adoption has not been
determined.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
3.  INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             --------------------
                                                                               1997       1996
                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Raw materials..............................................................  $   1,952  $     526
Work in progress...........................................................        292        267
Finished goods.............................................................      1,124        150
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             $   3,368  $     943
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
4.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment, including furniture and equipment under capital
leases, (cost of $1,461,000 and $786,000 and accumulated amortization of
$541,000 and $177,000 as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively) consist of
the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            --------------------
                                                                              1997       1996
                                                                            ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>
Machinery and equipment...................................................  $   2,780  $   1,440
Office furniture and fixtures.............................................        164        107
Leasehold improvements....................................................        110        189
                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                                3,054      1,736
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization............................     (1,246)      (558)
                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                            $   1,808  $   1,178
                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                            ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
5.  CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTE PAYABLE
 
    In September 1997, the Company entered into a Convertible Subordinated
Promissory Note Purchase Agreement to issue $6,882,000 of subordinated notes at
10% interest (increasing to 18% after March 30, 1998 under certain
circumstances). The principal amount of the notes was payable at the earliest of
September 30, 1998 or the effective date of an initial public offering of the
Company's common stock. In connection with the Convertible Subordinated Note
Purchase Agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 252,381 shares of
its common stock at $10.91 per share. The warrant becomes exercisable at the
earliest of 180 days after issuance or the effective date of an initial public
stock offering and expires in five years. The amount attributed to the value of
the warrants is $250,000 which has been allocated to stockholders' equity and
was charged to interest expense upon repayment of the note. At December 31, 1997
no amount was outstanding under the convertible subordinated note payable.
 
6.  SHORT TERM BORROWINGS
 
    In October 1997, the Company entered into a credit facility agreement with a
bank which provides for borrowings up to a maximum of $4.0 Million. Borrowings
under the credit facility, which expires in October 1998, bear interest at the
prime rate (8.50% at December 31, 1997) and are collateralized by certain of the
Company's assets. The agreement contains restrictive covenants including
maintenance of certain financial ratios, limitations of quarterly losses and
prohibits the Company from paying any cash dividends. The Company had no
outstanding borrowings under this credit facility at December 31, 1997.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE
 
    On April 30, 1997, the Company issued a senior convertible debenture in the
amount of $5,500,000, bearing interest at 12% per annum, payable quarterly, and
maturing on April 30, 2002. An arrangement fee of $500,000 was paid by the
Company, the arrangement fee has been capitalized and is being amortized over
the life of the debenture through operations. The debenture is convertible, at
the option of the holder, at any time, into common stock at $10.71 per share.
The debenture contains "full ratchet" antidilution provisions under which the
number of shares of the Company's Common Stock into which the debenture will be
convertible may be increased if the Company issues any shares (with certain
exceptions for employee stock options and the like) prior to October 1998 for
consideration less than $10.71 per share. Commencing with October 1998, any such
issuance would be subject to certain "weighted average" antidilution provisions.
 
    The debenture is collateralized by certain of the Company's assets. Subject
to certain upgrade adjustments, the Company may not make capital expenditures in
excess of $1,500,000, $2,500,000, $5,500,000 and $11,000,000 during the twelve
months ending March 31, 1998, 1999, 2000 and 2001, respectively. Additionally,
the Company may not declare dividends, retire any subordinated debt other than
in accordance with its terms, or distribute its assets to any stockholder as
long as the debenture remains outstanding.
 
8.  ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
    Accrued liabilities consist of the following (IN THOUSANDS):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             --------------------
                                                                               1997       1996
                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Accrued payroll and related accruals.......................................  $     795  $     425
Other liabilities..........................................................        599        287
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             $   1,394  $     712
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
9.  CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS
 
    Capital leases at December 31, 1997 expire at various dates through March
2001 and bear interest at rates ranging from 7.6% to 10.8%.
 
    Future minimum lease payments under all capital leases are as follows (IN
THOUSANDS):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
1998........................................................  $     474
1999........................................................        407
2000........................................................        244
2001........................................................         10
                                                              ---------
                                                                  1,135
Less amount representing interest...........................       (107)
                                                              ---------
                                                                  1,028
Less current portion........................................       (410)
                                                              ---------
                                                              $     618
                                                              ---------
                                                              ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
 
    The Company leases its facilities and equipment under operating leases
expiring at various dates from May 1998 through March 2002. Under the terms of
two of the facilities leases, the Company is responsible for its share of common
area expenses.
 
    Future minimum lease payments are as follows (IN THOUSANDS):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>
1998.........................................................  $     362
1999.........................................................         56
2000.........................................................         57
2001.........................................................         57
2002.........................................................         11
                                                               ---------
                                                               $     543
                                                               ---------
                                                               ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Rent expense for 1997, 1996, 1995 was approximately $494,000, $263,000, and
$191,000 respectively.
 
    The Company is engaged in certain legal and administrative proceedings
incidental to its normal business activities. While it is not possible to
determine the ultimate outcome of these actions at this time, management
believes that any liabilities resulting from such proceedings, or claims which
are pending or known to be threatened, will not have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
    The Company initiated a civil action for patent infringement against Com21,
Inc., and Celestica, Inc. on January 23, 1998 in the U.S. District Court for the
Eastern District of Virginia. In response to the Company's action, Com21, Inc.
initiated a declaratory judgment action on January 29, 1998 against the Company
in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California to obtain a
declaration of invalidity of the Company's patents and non-infringement of such
patents. The action in the Eastern District of Virginia was subsequently
transferred to the Northern District of California on February 23, 1998. The
litigation is expected to be time consuming and costly, and, although no
monetary claim is asserted against the Company, the action, if resolved
adversely to the Company, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, operating results and financial condition.
 
11. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
    REVERSE STOCK SPLIT
 
    In September 1997, the Company's Board of Directors approved a 1-for-2.7
reverse split of the Company's common stock and a corresponding change in the
preferred stock conversion ratios. All common and preferred stock and per share
amounts in these financial statements have been adjusted retroactively to give
effect to the split. In addition, the Company's Board of Directors approved an
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation which eliminated the existing
convertible preferred stock and changed the number of authorized shares of
preferred stock to 5,000,000 shares, $0.001 par value, and increased the shares
of common stock authorized to 100,000,000 shares. In October 1997, the
stockholders of the Company approved the 1- for -2.7 reverse split of the
Company's common stock and a corresponding change in the preferred stock
conversion ratios.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
    INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING AND CONVERSION OF PREFERRED STOCK
 
    In November 1997, the Company filed a registration statement with the
Securities and Exchange Commission permitting the Company to sell shares of its
common stock to the public. In connection with the Initial Public Offering, all
outstanding shares of Preferred Stock were converted into shares of common stock
adjusted for the 1-for-2.7 reverse stock split.
 
    WARRANTS
 
    The Company has historically issued warrants in connection with its various
rounds of financing, equipment lease lines, and transfers of technology. The
value of the warrants has been assessed using the Black-Scholes Model and valued
as appropriate for financial reporting purposes.
 
    In connection with the issuance of Series G preferred stock in July 1996,
and the 1996 equipment lease line, the Company issued warrants to purchase
58,021 and 5,802 shares of common stock, respectively, at $10.34 per share.
These warrants are exercisable at any time and expire in July 2001 and August
2006, respectively. The Company has reserved 63,823 shares of common stock for
issuance upon exercise of these warrants.
 
    In connection with the issuance of convertible promissory notes in June
1996, which were later converted into Series G preferred stock, the Company
issued warrants to purchase 167,037 shares of common stock at $4.73 per share.
In connection with the issuance of Series D preferred stock May 1995, the
Company issued warrants, at $.001 per warrant, to purchase 592,593 shares of
common stock at $4.73 per share. In December 1997, a warrant to purchase 132,225
shares was exercised for a net exercise of 99,850 shares a common stock. The
remaining warrants are exercisable at any time and expire in June 2001. The
Company has reserved 627,405 shares of common stock for issuance upon exercise
of these warrants.
 
    During 1996, the Company issued warrants, at $.001 per warrant, to purchase
76,245 shares of Common stock at $4.73 per share. In connection with the
technology transfer discussed in Note 14 and the 1995 equipment lease line, the
Company issued warrants to purchase 169,259 and 8,466 shares of common stock,
respectively, at $4.73 per share. During 1996, a warrant to purchase 169,259
shares was exercised for a net exercise of 91,921 shares of common stock. The
remaining warrants are exercisable at any time and expire in June 2001 and
August 2005, respectively. The Company has reserved 84,710 shares of common
stock for issuance upon exercise of these warrants.
 
    In September 1997, the Company issued warrants to purchase 252,381 shares of
common stock in connection with their convertible subordinated note payable, at
an exercise price of $10.91. In October 1997, the Company issued warrants to
purchase 2,659 shares of common stock in connection with obtaining a bank credit
facility at an exercise price of $10.91. In November 1997, warrants to purchase
148,617 shares of common stock were exercised for a net exercise of 76,096
shares of common stock. (See Note 5).
 
    In November 1997, the Company issued a five year warrant to purchase 458,295
shares of common stock at an exercise price of $10.91 per share, in connection
with a technology support and development arrangement.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
    STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
    In September 1997, the Board of Directors approved the 1997 Equity Incentive
Plan and reserved a total of 1,750,000 shares for issuance to employees,
officers, directors, consultants, independent contractors, and advisors. In
addition, any shares that, upon the effectiveness of the 1997 plan, were
available for the grant of options under earlier plans are rolled over and are
available for issuance under the 1997 plan; also, any shares that subsequently
became available under the earlier plans, roll over and became available for
issuance under the 1997 plan. The 1997 Equity Incentive Plan expires in
September 2007. Also in September 1997, the Board of Directors adopted 1997
Directors' Stock Option Plan under which 100,000 shares of common stock have
been reserved for issuance. The Directors' Plan provides for the grant of
nonstatutory stock options to non-employee directors of the Company and expires
in September 2007.
 
    In December 1996, the Company adopted the 1996 Equity Incentive Plan and
reserved 185,185 shares of common stock for issuance to employees, officers,
directors, consultants, independent contractors and advisors. In June 1997, the
Company increased the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 1996
Equity Incentive Plan by 222,222. The 1996 Equity Incentive Plan expires in
December 2006.
 
    In December 1995, the Company adopted the Executive Officer Incentive Plan
and reserved 370,370 shares of common stock for issuance to the Company's chief
executive officer and other senior executive officers. In 1996 and 1997, the
Company increased the number of shares reserved under this plan by 129,630 and
271,111, respectively. In the event of a merger, consolidation, liquidation or
similar change of control transaction as a result of which the participants'
responsibilities and position with the Company are materially diminished,
options granted under this plan become fully exercisable and remain so for one
year thereafter. This plan will expire in December 2005.
 
    In October 1993, the Company adopted the 1993 Equity Incentive Plan, and
reserved 185,185 shares of common stock for issuance to employees, officers,
directors, consultants and advisors. In 1995, 1996 and 1997, the Company
increased the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 1993 Equity
Incentive Plan by 351,851, 425,925 and 66,340 shares, respectively. The 1993
Equity Incentive Plan expires in October 2003.
 
    Options, under all of the above plans, may be granted at prices not less
than fair market value at the date of grant, as determined by the Board of
Directors, in case of incentive options (110% in certain instances), and not
less than 85% of fair market value at the date of grant, as determined by the
Board of Directors, in case of nonqualified options, restricted stock awards and
stock bonus awards (100% in certain instances). Options and stock awards
generally vest 12.5% six months from date of grant and 2.0833% per month
thereafter; stock options expire three months after termination of employment
and five years from date of grant.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
    Activity under the Plans is set forth below (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE
DATA):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               VALUE OF
                                                               OPTIONS AND                    OPTIONS AND   WEIGHTED
                                                                PURCHASE                       PURCHASE      AVERAGE
                                                   SHARES        RIGHTS      EXERCISE PRICE     RIGHTS      EXERCISE
                                                  AVAILABLE    OUTSTANDING      PER SHARE     OUTSTANDING     PRICE
                                                 -----------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                              <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>
Balances, January 1, 1995......................         169           173      $0.27-$0.54     $      57    $    0.33
  Additional shares reserved...................         722        --              --             --           --
  Options granted..............................        (235)          235         0.54               127         0.54
  Purchase rights granted......................         (44)           44         0.54                24         0.54
  Purchase rights exercised....................      --               (44)        0.54               (24)        0.54
  Stock bonus awards...........................          (6)           --         0.54                --         0.54
  Options canceled.............................          90           (90)      0.27-0.54            (35)        0.39
  Options exercised............................      --                (9)      0.27-0.54             (3)        0.33
                                                 -----------        -----                     -----------
 
Balances, December 31, 1995....................         696           309       0.27-0.54            146         0.47
  Additional shares reserved...................         741        --              --             --           --
  Options granted..............................      (1,267)        1,267       0.54-1.08            865         0.68
  Stock repurchased............................          11        --             0.54            --           --
  Options canceled.............................          32           (32)      0.27-0.54            (14)        0.44
  Options exercised............................      --               (65)        0.54               (34)        0.65
                                                 -----------        -----                     -----------
 
Balances, December 31, 1996....................         213         1,479       0.27-1.08            963         0.65
  Additional shares reserved...................       2,409        --              --             --           --
  Options granted..............................        (862)          862      1.08-11.05          5,332         6.19
  Stock bonus awards...........................         (13)       --           1.08-5.40         --           --
  Stock repurchased............................          12        --             0.54            --           --
  Options canceled.............................         265          (265)      0.27-1.08           (316)        1.19
  Options exercised............................      --              (150)      0.27-1.08            (85)        0.57
                                                 -----------        -----                     -----------
 
Balances, December 31, 1997....................       2,024         1,926     $0.27-$11.05     $   5,894    $    3.06
                                                 -----------        -----                     -----------
                                                 -----------        -----                     -----------
</TABLE>
 
    For the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, the weighted average
fair value of options granted was $5.48, $0.81 and $0.42 per share,
respectively.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
    STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
    As of December 31, 1997, the stock options outstanding were as follows (IN
THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
- --------------------------------------------------------------
                            WEIGHTED AVERAGE                         OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                                REMAINING         WEIGHTED      ------------------------------
 EXERCISE       NUMBER      CONTRACTUAL LIFE       AVERAGE         NUMBER      WEIGHED AVERAGE
   PRICE      OUTSTANDING        (YEARS)       EXERCISE PRICE    EXERCISABLE   EXERCISE PRICE
- -----------  -------------  -----------------  ---------------  -------------  ---------------
<S>          <C>            <C>                <C>              <C>            <C>
 $    0.27            42             1.45         $    0.27              37       $    0.27
      0.54           887             3.15              0.54             398            0.54
      1.08           258             3.81              1.08              67            1.08
      2.16            46             4.23              2.16              11            2.16
      2.70           153             4.38              2.70              23            2.70
      5.40           195             4.54              5.40               3            5.40
      8.78           114             4.66              8.78          --                8.78
     11.04           170             4.71             11.04          --               11.04
     11.05            61             4.80             11.05          --               11.05
                   -----                                              -----
                   1,926                          $    3.06             539       $    0.76
                   -----                                              -----
                   -----                                              -----
</TABLE>
 
    As of December 31, 1996 and 1995, options to purchase 294,000 and 125,000
shares were exercisable at an average weighted exercise price of $0.54 and $0.46
per share, respectively.
 
    The Company has elected to continue to follow the provisions of APB No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," for financial reporting purposes and
has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123 ("SFAS No. 123").
Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for the Company's stock
option plans. Had compensation cost for the Company's stock option plans been
determined based on the fair value at the grant date for awards in years ended
1997, 1996 and 1995 consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123, the
Company's net loss and net loss per share for 1997, 1996, and 1995 would have
been increased to the pro forma amounts indicated below (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
PER SHARE AMOUNTS):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  -------------------------------
                                                                    1997       1996       1995
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
Net loss as reported............................................  $  13,590  $   8,515  $   5,269
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net loss--pro forma.............................................  $  13,733  $   8,548  $   5,275
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net loss per share--as reported.................................  $   (3.84) $   (3.36) $   (2.37)
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net loss per share--pro forma...................................  $   (3.88) $   (3.37) $   (2.37)
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The above pro forma disclosures are not necessarily representative of the
effects on reported net income or loss for future years.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
    In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123, the fair value of each
option is estimated using the following assumptions used for grants during 1997,
1996 and 1995; dividend yield of 0%, volatility of 0% for options issued prior
to the Company's Initial Public Offering and 75% thereafter, risk-free interest
rates of 5.18% to 7.68% at the date of grant and an expected term of four years.
 
    EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    In September 1997, the Company's Board of Directors approved an Employee
Stock Purchase Plan. Under this plan, employees of the Company can purchase
Common Stock through payroll deductions. A total of 225,000 shares have been
reserved for issuance under this plan. As of December 31, 1997, no shares have
been purchased under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 
12. INCOME TAXES
 
    There was no provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31,
1997, 1996 and 1995. The provision for income taxes differs from the amount
computed by applying the federal statutory rate to the loss before income taxes
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        -------------------------------
                                                                          1997       1996       1995
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>
Federal tax at statutory rate.........................................       35.0%      35.0%      35.0%
State taxes, net of federal benefit...................................        5.9        6.2        6.2
Tax credits...........................................................       (2.8)      (3.7)      (2.4)
Other.................................................................         .5        1.0         .4
Change in valuation allowance.........................................      (38.6)     (38.5)     (39.2)
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
Tax provision.........................................................     --    %    --    %    --    %
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Temporary differences which gave rise to significant portions of deferred
tax assets are as follows (IN THOUSANDS):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1997       1996
                                                                          ----------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>         <C>
Net operating loss carryforwards........................................  $    6,279  $   4,119
Capitalized research expenditures.......................................       5,669      3,553
Tax credit carryforwards................................................       1,172        637
Inventory reserves......................................................         178        103
Other accrued liabilities...............................................         754        104
                                                                          ----------  ---------
    Total deferred assets...............................................      14,052      8,516
Valuation allowance.....................................................     (14,052)    (8,516)
                                                                          ----------  ---------
    Net deferred assets.................................................  $   --      $  --
                                                                          ----------  ---------
                                                                          ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, a valuation
allowance must be established for a deferred tax asset if it is uncertain that a
tax benefit may be realized from the asset in the future. Management believes
that, based on a number of factors, the available objective evidence creates
sufficient uncertainty regarding the realizability of the deferred tax assets
such that a full valuation
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
12. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
allowance has been recorded. These factors include the Company's history of
losses, recent increases in expense levels, the fact that the market in which
the Company competes is intensely competitive and characterized by rapidly
changing technology, the lack of carryback capacity to realize deferred tax
assets, and the uncertainty regarding market acceptance of the Company's
products. The Company will continue to assess the realizability of the deferred
tax assets in future periods. The valuation allowance increased by $5,536,000,
and $4,561,000 in 1997 and 1996, respectively. The Company had federal and state
net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $16,589,000 and $10,945,000,
respectively, as of December 31, 1997 available to offset future regular and
alternative minimum taxable income. The Company's net operating loss
carryforwards expire in 1997 through 2012, if not utilized.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         TAX      EXPIRATION
                                                                      REPORTING      DATES
                                                                      ----------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>
Research and development credit.....................................  $  768,000   2007-2012
State research and development credit...............................     404,000
</TABLE>
 
    The Company's net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards are subject to
a limitation of approximately $5,120,000 upon an ownership change, as defined by
tax laws.
 
13. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
    The Company adopted a defined contribution retirement plan (the "Plan"),
which qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The
Plan covers essentially all employees. Eligible employees may make voluntary
contributions to the Plan up to 15% of their annual compensation and the
employer is allowed to make discretionary contributions. In 1997, 1996, 1995,
the Company made no employer contributions.
 
14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    During 1994, the Company entered into borrowing agreements with two parties.
At the time of each borrowing, the Company was required to issue warrants to
purchase its preferred stock. In December 1994, one of the lenders applied its
outstanding balance of $1,250,000 to the exercise of its warrants. In December
1995, the second lender used its outstanding balance of $2,000,000 to exercise
its warrants. Accrued interest on the note was forgiven. However, the Company
recorded the related accrued interest of $402,000 as an additional capital
contribution related to the issuance of the Series E preferred stock.
 
    In connection with these borrowing agreements the Company granted an
exclusive royalty bearing license to certain technology to one of the lenders.
In December 1995, advance royalties in the amount of $1,500,000 were converted
into 365,517 shares of Series F preferred stock at $4.10 per share. At the same
time, the above license became nonexclusive, and the Company received a
nonexclusive license to certain technology, consideration for which was the
issuance of 262,222 shares of the Company's common stock at $.54 per share.
 
    The Company had net sales to two stockholders of $578,000 and $534,000,
respectively, for the year ending December 31, 1997.
 
    An executive officer of the Company contributed $500,000 or 7% of the
proceeds received from the issuance of the $6,882,000 convertible subordinated
note payable as referred to in Note 5.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
    As per the terms of the convertible subordinated note payable, the entire
$500,000 note was repaid to the executive officer out of the proceeds received
from the initial public offering.
 
15. BUSINESS SEGMENT AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS
 
    The Company operates in a single industry segment and primarily sells its
products to customers in North America. Products sold to customers in other
geographic regions are insignificant.
 
    Individual customers that comprise 10% or more of the Company's net sales
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1997         1996         1995
                                                                              -----        -----        -----
<S>                                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>
A........................................................................          14%      --           --
B........................................................................      --               21%          52%
C........................................................................      --               41%          28%
</TABLE>
 
    The Company's export sales for 1997 and 1995 were less than 10%. In 1996
export sales to Europe and Asia were 7.3% and 2.8% respectively, of net sales.
 
16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
    In March 1998, the Company announced its intent to acquire Pacific
Monolithics, Inc., a privately held Company, for approximately $12.5 million of
the Company's common stock.
 
    In February 1998, the Company entered into a sublease agreement for
approximately 55,000 square feet of office, research and development and
manufacturing space in San Jose, CA. The new facility will become the Company's
headquarters and principal facility, and will replace the existing facilities
leases that expire in May 1998 through September 1998. The sublease provides for
initial monthly lease payments of approximately $68,888 and expires in April
2004.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                           BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         MARCH 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           1998          1997
                                                                                        -----------  ------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>          <C>
                                                     ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................................................   $   7,248    $   26,167
  Short-term investments..............................................................      12,753           981
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,307 in 1998 and
    $1,175 in 1997....................................................................       9,846         8,870
  Inventories.........................................................................       5,582         3,368
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets...........................................         369           362
                                                                                        -----------  ------------
    Total current assets..............................................................      35,798        39,748
Property and equipment, net...........................................................       1,768         1,808
Intangibles and other assets..........................................................       1,628         1,563
                                                                                        -----------  ------------
      Total assets....................................................................   $  39,194    $   43,119
                                                                                        -----------  ------------
                                                                                        -----------  ------------
                                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable....................................................................   $   2,080    $    2,033
  Accrued liabilities.................................................................       1,278         1,394
  Current portion of capital lease obligations........................................         455           410
                                                                                        -----------  ------------
    Total current liabilities.........................................................       3,813         3,837
Convertible debenture.................................................................       5,500         5,500
Capital lease obligations, less current portion.......................................         587           618
                                                                                        -----------  ------------
      Total liabilities...............................................................       9,900         9,955
Contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
  Convertible preferred stock, $.001 par value:
    Authorized: 5,000 shares;
    Issued and outstanding: no shares in 1998 or 1997.................................          --            --
  Common stock, $.001 par value:
    Authorized: 100,000 shares;
    Issued and outstanding: 10,364 shares in 1998 and 10,342 shares in 1997...........          10            10
Additional paid-in capital............................................................      63,916        64,086
Accumulated deficit...................................................................     (34,632)      (30,932)
                                                                                        -----------  ------------
    Total stockholders' equity........................................................      29,294        33,164
                                                                                        -----------  ------------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity......................................   $  39,194    $   43,119
                                                                                        -----------  ------------
                                                                                        -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                      STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                 MARCH 31,
                                                                                            --------------------
                                                                                              1998       1997
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
Net sales.................................................................................  $   3,528  $   1,852
Cost of sales.............................................................................      2,897      1,974
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
  Gross profit (loss).....................................................................        631       (122)
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
Operating expenses:
  Research and development................................................................      2,042      1,726
  Sales and marketing.....................................................................        977      1,274
  General and administrative..............................................................      1,390      1,233
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
    Total operating expenses..............................................................      4,409      4,233
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
      Loss from operations................................................................     (3,778)    (4,355)
Interest income and other expenses, net...................................................        302         87
Interest expense..........................................................................       (224)       (12)
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
      Net loss............................................................................  $  (3,700) $  (4,280)
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
Basic and diluted loss per share..........................................................  $   (0.36) $   (1.67)
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
Shares used in basic and diluted per share calculation....................................     10,353      2,561
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                      STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
                             (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                  MARCH 31,
                                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                               1998        1997
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                                         <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss................................................................................  $   (3,700) $   (4,280)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.........................................................         304         131
    Provision for sales returns...........................................................         800          --
    Provision for doubtful accounts.......................................................         450         640
  Change in assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable...................................................................      (2,226)       (234)
    Inventories...........................................................................      (2,214)       (757)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets.............................................          (7)         31
    Accounts payable......................................................................          47         397
    Accrued liabilities and other.........................................................        (116)          6
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Net cash used in operating activities...............................................      (6,662)     (4,066)
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of property and equipment......................................................         (51)       (228)
  Change in other assets..................................................................        (154)        (18)
  Purchase of short-term investments......................................................     (12,753)         --
  Proceeds from maturity of short-term investments........................................         981          --
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Net cash used in investing activities...............................................     (11,977)       (246)
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Repayment of capital lease obligations..................................................        (110)        (51)
  Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock...........................................          --       2,000
  Net proceeds from issuance of common stock..............................................        (170)         30
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.................................        (280)      1,979
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents.....................................................     (18,919)     (2,333)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period............................................      26,167       6,886
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period..................................................  $    7,248       4,553
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Property and equipment acquired under capital leases....................................  $      124  $      268
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Interest paid...........................................................................  $      224  $       12
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                    NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The accompanying condensed financial statements of Hybrid Networks, Inc.
(the "Company") have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles for interim financial information and with the
instructions for Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. The balance sheet
as of March 31, 1998, and the statements of operations for the three months
ended March 31, 1998 and 1997, and the statement of cash flows for the three
month periods ended March 31, 1998 and 1997 are unaudited but include all
adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) which the Company
considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position at such
dates and the operating results and cash flows for those periods. Although the
Company believes that the disclosures in these financial statements are adequate
to make the information presented not misleading, certain information normally
included in financial statements and related footnotes prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted
pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
The December 31, 1997 condensed balance sheet data was derived from audited
Financial Statements, but does not include all disclosures required by generally
accepted accounting principals. The accompanying financial statements should be
read in conjunction with the financial statements as contained in the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.
 
    Results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for
any other interim period or for the entire year.
 
COMPUTATION OF BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER SHARE
 
    The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board No. 128 "Earnings
Per Share" and accordingly all prior periods have been restated. Basic and
diluted loss per share are computed using the weighted average number of shares
of common stock outstanding. Common equivalent shares from stock options and
preferred stock are excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share as
their effect is antidilutive. In February 1998, the Securities and Exchange
Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 98, which addresses the
computation of earnings per share in an initial public offering. The Company has
determined that no incremental shares should be included in the computation of
earnings per share in accordance with the SAB and basic and diluted loss per
share has been restated accordingly. Stock options and warrants to purchase
3,493,885 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $0.01 to $11.05 per
share were outstanding as of March 31, 1998, but were not included in the
computation of diluted loss per share because they were antidilutive. The
aforementioned stock options and warrants could potentially dilute earnings per
share in the future.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No.
130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income." This Statement establishes standards for
reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components (revenues,
expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general-purpose financial
statements. Such items may include foreign currency translation adjustments,
unrealized gains/losses from investing and hedging activities, and other
transactions. This Statement requires that all items that are required to be
recognized under accounting standards as components of comprehensive income be
reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as
other financial statements. This Statement was adopted in the Company's first
quarter of 1998, and its effect on the financial statements was not material.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
              NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
    In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No.
131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." This
Statement establishes standards for the way that public business enterprises
report information about operating segments in annual financial statements and
requires that those enterprises report selected information about operating
segments in interim financial reports issued to stockholders. It also
establishes standards for related disclosures about products and services,
geographic areas and major customers. This Statement is required to be adopted
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. The Company has yet to
determine the affect of adoption of this statement.
 
INVENTORIES
 
    INVENTORIES COMPRISE THE FOLLOWING:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           MARCH 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                             1998          1997
                                                                                          -----------  -------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>          <C>
Raw materials...........................................................................   $   2,467     $   1,952
Work in progress........................................................................         469           292
Finished goods..........................................................................       2,646         1,124
                                                                                          -----------       ------
                                                                                           $   5,582     $   3,368
                                                                                          -----------       ------
                                                                                          -----------       ------
</TABLE>
 
CONTINGENCIES
 
    The Company is engaged in certain legal and administrative proceedings
incidental to its normal business activities. While it is not possible to
determine the ultimate outcome of these actions at this time, management
believes that any liabilities resulting from such proceedings, or claims which
are pending or known to be threatened, will not have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
    The Company initiated a civil action for patent infringement against Com21,
Inc., and Celestica, Inc. on January 23, 1998 in the U.S. District Court for the
Eastern District of Virginia. In response to the Company's action, Com21, Inc.
initiated a declaratory judgment action on January 29, 1998 against the Company
in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California to obtain a
declaration of invalidity, unenforceability and non-infringement of the
Company's patents and the collection of attorneys fees. The action in the
Eastern District of Virginia was subsequently transferred to the Northern
District of California on February 23, 1998. The litigation is expected to be
time consuming and costly, and, although no monetary claim other than attorneys
fees is asserted against the Company, the action, if resolved adversely to the
Company, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
operating results or financial condition.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
 
  of Pacific Monolithics, Inc.:
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Pacific Monolithics, Inc.
as of September 30, 1997 and 1996, and the related statements of operations,
shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended September 30, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Pacific Monolithics, Inc. at September 30,
1997 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended September 30, 1997 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
San Jose, California
 
November 28, 1997
 
(March 19, 1998 as to Note 10)
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         MARCH 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           1998           1997           1996
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                      ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and equivalents...............................................  $     162,000   $ 1,506,000    $   475,000
  Restricted short-term investments..................................       --             425,000        425,000
  Accounts receivable (net of allowances for $532,000 at March 1998,
    $489,000 at September 1997 and $1,419,000 at September 1996).....      7,119,000     4,908,000      8,150,000
  Inventories........................................................      6,498,000     6,426,000      6,718,000
  Prepaid expenses and other assets..................................        281,000       172,000        163,000
  Employee and other receivables.....................................         66,000       284,000         43,000
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total current assets...........................................     14,126,000    13,721,000     15,974,000
Property and equipment--net..........................................      2,583,000     2,816,000      2,893,000
Deposits and other assets............................................        110,000       132,000        124,000
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Total assets.........................................................  $  16,819,000   $16,669,000    $18,991,000
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
 
                                       LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Line of credit.....................................................  $   4,298,000   $ 1,730,000    $ 2,991,000
  Notes payable to shareholders......................................      1,750,000     1,750,000      1,000,000
  Accounts payable...................................................      4,407,000     4,465,000      4,795,000
  Accrued liabilities................................................      1,045,000       946,000        951,000
  Provision for losses on contracts..................................       --             --             134,000
  Current portion of long-term obligations...........................        465,000       583,000        624,000
  Deferred revenue...................................................         24,000        66,000         71,000
  Deferred rent......................................................         18,000        18,000         18,000
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total current liabilities......................................     12,007,000     9,558,000     10,584,000
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Long-term obligations................................................        458,000       442,000        383,000
Deferred revenue.....................................................       --             --              30,000
Deferred rent........................................................         90,000        99,000        118,000
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)
Shareholders' equity
  Convertible preferred stock--no par value; 12,510,722 shares
    authorized (aggregate liquidation preference of $14,264,000):
    Series A, 7,249,269 shares designated;
      7,249,269 shares outstanding...................................      4,273,000     4,273,000      4,273,000
    Series B, 2,861,453 shares designated;
      2,861,453 shares outstanding...................................      4,642,000     4,642,000      4,642,000
    Series C, 2,400,000 shares designated;
      2,209,959 shares outstanding...................................      5,153,000     5,153,000      5,153,000
  Common stock--no par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; shares
    outstanding: March 31, 1998, 5,692,668; September 1997, 5,554,046
    and September 1996, 4,835,381....................................     15,591,000    15,577,000     15,381,000
  Notes receivable from sale of stock................................       (150,000)     (145,000)       (50,000)
  Accumulated deficit................................................    (25,245,000)  (22,930,000)   (21,523,000)
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total shareholders' equity.....................................      4,264,000     6,570,000      7,876,000
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity...........................  $  16,819,000   $16,669,000    $18,991,000
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH   SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                           31,                       31,                   YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                 ------------------------  ------------------------  -------------------------------------
                                    1998         1997         1998         1997         1997         1996         1995
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                       (UNAUDITED)               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenue:
  Product sales................  $ 5,003,000  $ 8,235,000  $11,951,000  $21,270,000  $35,081,000  $28,065,000  $18,867,000
  Development contracts and
    licensing revenue..........       15,000      115,000       30,000      230,000      288,000    1,076,000    6,058,000
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total revenues.............    5,018,000    8,350,000   11,981,000   21,500,000   35,369,000   29,141,000   24,925,000
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Cost of revenues:
  Cost of product sales........    4,140,000    5,938,000    9,686,000   15,467,000   25,824,000   22,078,000   13,891,000
  Cost of development
    contracts..................      --           (34,000)     --            66,000      190,000    1,168,000    2,073,000
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total cost of revenues.....    4,140,000    5,904,000    9,686,000   15,533,000   26,014,000   23,246,000   15,964,000
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Gross profit...................      878,000    2,446,000    2,295,000    5,967,000    9,355,000    5,895,000    8,961,000
Operating expenses:
  Research and development.....    1,059,000    1,319,000    2,021,000    2,639,000    4,824,000    5,421,000    3,169,000
  Sales and marketing..........      633,000      917,000    1,306,000    1,907,000    3,690,000    3,104,000    2,514,000
  General and administrative...      453,000      228,000      874,000      966,000    1,649,000    2,839,000    2,434,000
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total operating expenses...    2,145,000    2,464,000    4,201,000    5,512,000   10,163,000   11,364,000    8,117,000
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income (loss) from operations..   (1,267,000)     (18,000)  (1,906,000)     455,000     (808,000)  (5,469,000)     844,000
Other income (expense), net:
  Interest income..............        6,000        6,000       12,000       11,000       25,000       37,000       28,000
  Interest expense.............     (201,000)    (131,000)    (348,000)    (259,000)    (554,000)    (462,000)    (400,000)
  Other........................      (34,000)     (26,000)     (73,000)     (44,000)     (70,000)     (49,000)      72,000
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Other income (expense),
      net......................     (229,000)    (151,000)    (409,000)    (292,000)    (599,000)    (474,000)    (300,000)
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income (loss) before income
  taxes........................   (1,496,000)    (169,000)  (2,315,000)     163,000   (1,407,000)  (5,943,000)     544,000
Income taxes...................      --           --           --           --           --           --             3,000
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net (loss) income..............  $(1,496,000) $  (169,000) $(2,315,000) $   163,000  $(1,407,000) $(5,943,000) $   541,000
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Earnings (loss) per share:
  Basic........................  $      (.28) $      (.04) $      (.45) $       .04  $     (0.29) $     (1.42) $      0.15
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  Diluted......................  $      (.28) $      (.04) $      (.45) $       .01  $     (0.29) $     (1.42) $      0.03
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Shares used in per share
  calculations:
  Basic........................    5,285,000    4,619,000    5,186,000    4,600,000    4,866,000    4,184,000    3,701,000
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  Diluted......................    5,285,000    4,619,000    5,186,000   19,142,000    4,866,000    4,184,000   15,553,000
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
                       STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       PREFERRED STOCK         COMMON STOCK                                      TOTAL
                                    ---------------------  ---------------------     NOTES     ACCUMULATED   SHAREHOLDERS'
                                     SHARES      AMOUNT     SHARES      AMOUNT    RECEIVABLE     DEFICIT        EQUITY
                                    ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                 <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>
Balances, October 1, 1994.........  7,249,269  $4,277,000  4,131,882  $15,303,000  $ (59,000)  ($16,121,000)  $ 3,400,000
Issuance of common stock to
  director........................                           150,000      22,000                                   22,000
Sales of Series B preferred stock
  (net of issuance costs of
  $100,000).......................  2,861,453   4,642,000                                                       4,642,000
Exercise stock options............                            97,874       5,000                                    5,000
Common stock repurchased..........                           (25,000)     (1,000)                                  (1,000)
Series A preferred stock legal
  expenses........................                 (4,000)                                                         (4,000)
Collection of notes receivable....                                                     6,000                        6,000
Interest on notes receivable......                                                    (3,000)                      (3,000)
Net income........................                                                                 541,000        541,000
                                    ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  ------------  -------------
Balances, September 30, 1995......  10,110,722  8,915,000  4,354,756  15,329,000     (56,000)  (15,580,000)     8,608,000
Issuance of Series C preferred
  stock (net of issuance costs of
  $33,000)........................  2,209,959   5,153,000                                                       5,153,000
Exercise of stock options.........                           480,625      33,000                                   33,000
Forgiveness of notes receivable...                                                     7,000                        7,000
Interest on notes receivable......                                                    (1,000)                      (1,000)
Common stock warrants issued in
  connection with notes payable to
  stockholders....................                                        19,000                                   19,000
Net loss..........................                                                              (5,943,000)    (5,943,000)
                                    ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  ------------  -------------
Balances, September 30, 1996......  12,320,681 14,068,000  4,835,381  15,381,000     (50,000)  (21,523,000)     7,876,000
Sales of common stock.............                           480,000     120,000     (83,000)                      37,000
Exercise stock options............                           238,665      32,000                                   32,000
Interest on notes receivable......                                                   (12,000)                     (12,000)
Common stock warrants issued in
  connection with notes payable to
  stockholders....................                                        38,000                                   38,000
Stock options issued to
  consultants.....................                                         6,000                                    6,000
Net loss..........................                                                              (1,407,000)    (1,407,000)
                                    ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  ------------  -------------
Balances, September 30, 1997......  12,320,681 14,068,000  5,554,046  15,577,000    (145,000)  (22,930,000)     6,570,000
Exercise of stock options*........                           138,622      14,000                                   14,000
Interest on notes receivable*.....                                                    (5,000)                      (5,000)
Net loss*.........................                                                              (2,315,000)    (2,315,000)
                                    ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  ------------  -------------
Balances, March 31, 1998..........  12,320,681 $14,068,000 5,692,668  $15,591,000  $(150,000)  ($25,245,000)  $ 4,264,000
                                    ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  ------------  -------------
                                    ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  ------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
*   Unaudited
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                  MARCH 31,             YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            ----------------------  ----------------------------------
                                                               1998        1997        1997        1996        1995
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss).......................................  $(2,315,000) $  163,000 $(1,407,000) $(5,943,000) $  541,000
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
    provided by (used in) operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.........................     597,000     591,000   1,234,000     934,000     806,000
    Provision for anticipated losses on contracts.........                (134,000)   (134,000)    134,000    (199,000)
    (Gain) loss on sale of equipment......................                  --         (21,000)      7,000     (13,000)
    Noncash interest (income) expense--net................      (5,000)     (1,000)    (13,000)     (1,000)     (3,000)
    Noncash compensation expense..........................                  --          --           8,000      --
    Bad debt expense......................................                  --        (930,000)    761,000     334,000
    Fair value of warrants and options issued.............                  --          44,000      19,000      --
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Receivables.........................................  (2,211,000)    371,000   3,931,000  (3,840,000)    435,000
      Inventories.........................................     (72,000) (2,773,000)    292,000    (132,000) (2,124,000)
      Prepaid expenses and other assets...................     109,000    (104,000)    (10,000)    202,000    (243,000)
      Accounts payable....................................     (58,000)    513,000    (330,000)  2,840,000    (665,000)
      Accrued liabilities.................................      99,000     200,000      (5,000)     54,000     (48,000)
      Income taxes payable................................      --          --          --          (2,000)    (31,000)
      Deferred rent.......................................      (9,000)   (136,000)    (19,000)    136,000      --
      Deferred revenue....................................     (42,000)    941,000     (35,000)   (350,000) (1,085,000)
      Deposits and other assets...........................      --          --         (14,000)     (6,000)    (81,000)
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
        Net cash provided by (used in) operating
          activities......................................  (3,907,000)   (369,000)  2,583,000  (5,179,000) (2,376,000)
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Cash flows from investing activities:
    Equipment purchases...................................    (125,000)    (88,000)   (375,000) (1,858,000)   (765,000)
    Proceeds from sale of fixed assets....................      --          --          27,000     629,000      60,000
    Decrease in deposits and other assets.................      22,000      (2,000)     --          --        (425,000)
    Maturity of restricted short term investments.........     425,000                  --          --          --
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
        Net cash (used in) provided by investing
          activities......................................     322,000     (86,000)   (348,000) (1,229,000) (1,130,000)
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Cash flows from financing activities:
    Proceeds from shareholder loans.......................      --          --         750,000   1,000,000      --
    Repayment of capital lease obligations and notes......    (341,000)   (344,000)   (763,000)   (566,000)   (563,000)
    Repayment of notes payable to shareholder.............      --          --          --        (958,000)   (469,000)
    Proceeds from sale of common stock....................      14,000      41,000      70,000      33,000      28,000
    Repurchase of common stock............................      --          --          --          --          (1,000)
    Collection of notes receivable from sale of stock.....      --          --          --          --           6,000
    Proceeds from sales of preferred stock................      --          --          --       5,153,000   4,637,000
    Line of credit borrowings (repayments), net...........   2,568,000     337,000  (1,261,000)  1,091,000     300,000
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
        Net cash (used in) provided by financing
          activities......................................   2,241,000      34,000  (1,204,000)  5,753,000   3,938,000
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents.............  (1,344,000)   (421,000)  1,031,000    (655,000)    432,000
  Cash and equivalents, beginning of period...............   1,506,000     475,000     475,000   1,130,000     698,000
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Cash and equivalents, end of period.....................  $  162,000  $   54,000  $1,506,000  $  475,000  $1,130,000
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Supplemental cash flow information:
    Interest paid.........................................  $  240,000  $  180,000  $  434,000  $  533,000  $   --
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
    Income taxes paid.....................................  $   --      $   --      $    1,000  $    1,000  $   --
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Noncash investing and financing activities:
    Equipment acquired under capital leases...............  $   --      $  709,000  $  781,000  $  110,000  $  992,000
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
    Issuance of common stock for notes receivable.........  $   --      $   --      $   83,000  $   --      $   --
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 FOR THE THREE AND SIX MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
             AND THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    ORGANIZATION--Pacific Monolithics, Inc. (the Company) markets wireless cable
television subsystem products and other products for wireless communications.
 
    ESTIMATES--The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities,
revenues and expenses as of the dates and for the periods presented. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.
 
    CASH EQUIVALENTS--Cash equivalents consist of certificates of deposit with a
maturity of 90 days or less.
 
    RESTRICTED SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS--Investments consist of certificates of
deposit with remaining maturities of less than one year and are carried at cost
which approximates market. Such investments are classified as held-to-maturity.
 
    INVENTORIES--Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in,
first-out) or market.
 
    PROPERTY--Property is stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are
computed using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives of three
to five years or the lease term, if shorter.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION--Revenues from product sales are recognized upon
shipment. Estimated future warranty costs are accrued at the time of the sale.
 
    Revenues from cost reimbursement and fixed-price development contracts are
recognized using the percentage of completion method of accounting under which
revenues are recorded based on the relationship of actual costs incurred to
total estimated costs at completion. Estimates are reviewed and revised
periodically throughout the lives of the contracts, and adjustments to profits
resulting from such revisions are recorded in the accounting period in which the
revisions are made. Losses on contracts are recorded in full as they are
identified.
 
    Licensing revenue is recognized in accordance with the terms of the
licensing agreement.
 
    CYPHERPOINT DEVELOPMENT--Operating expenses for the year ended September 30,
1996 include an unusual charge of $2,051,000 associated with a design change of
CypherPoint products.
 
    INCOME TAXES--The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." This
statement requires an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and
reporting of income taxes and requires recognition of deferred tax assets and
liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences
between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and
liabilities, net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards.
 
    CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK--The Company sells its principal products to
customers in many different geographic locations. As of September 30, 1997,
approximately 60% of receivables were concentrated with three customers, one of
whom (30% of receivables) is based in Mexico. To reduce credit risk, the Company
performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition.
Collateral is generally not required.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
 FOR THE THREE AND SIX MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
             AND THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    FISCAL PERIOD--The Company's fiscal year ends on the Sunday nearest
September 30. The Company's fiscal years in the accompanying financial
statements have been shown as ending on September 30. Fiscal years 1997, 1996
and 1995 each include 52 weeks.
 
    STOCK-BASED AWARDS TO EMPLOYEES--The Company accounts for stock-based awards
to employees using the intrinsic value method under Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25. The Company adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, which requires the disclosure of pro
forma net income and earnings per share as if the Company adopted the fair
value-based method in measuring compensation expense as of the beginning of
fiscal 1997.
 
    BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE--Basic earnings (loss) per share
is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
during the period, excluding shares subject to repurchase. Diluted earnings
(loss) per share is computed assuming the conversion of potentially dilutive
securities such as convertible preferred stock (using the "if converted" method)
and common stock options and warrants (using the treasury stock method).
Potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the computation if their
effect is antidilutive.
 
    UNAUDITED FINANCIAL INFORMATION--The financial information as of March 31,
1998 and 1997 and for the three- and six-month periods then ended are unaudited
but include all adjustments that the Company considers necessary for the fair
presentation of its financial position as of such dates and the results of
operations and cash flows for these periods. Results for the 1998 interim period
are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected from the entire fiscal
year.
 
2. TRADE RECEIVABLES
 
    Receivables consist of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                      MARCH 31,    ---------------------------
                                                         1998          1997          1996
                                                     ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>           <C>
Billed--commercial.................................  $  7,651,000  $  5,397,000  $   9,469,000
Less allowance.....................................      (532,000)     (489,000)    (1,419,000)
                                                     ------------  ------------  -------------
Net billed.........................................     7,119,000     4,908,000      8,050,000
Unbilled--commercial...............................       --            --             100,000
                                                     ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                     $  7,119,000  $  4,908,000  $   8,150,000
                                                     ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                     ------------  ------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
 FOR THE THREE AND SIX MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
             AND THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
3. INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories consist of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       MARCH 31,    --------------------------
                                                          1998          1997          1996
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>           <C>
Raw materials.......................................  $  2,958,000  $  2,592,000  $  1,951,000
Work in process.....................................       946,000     1,615,000     3,837,000
Finished goods......................................     2,594,000     2,219,000       930,000
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
Total inventories...................................  $  6,498,000  $  6,426,000  $  6,718,000
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
 
    Property and equipment, net, consist of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     MARCH 31,    ----------------------------
                                                       1998           1997           1996
                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                <C>            <C>            <C>
Machinery and equipment..........................  $   8,832,000  $   8,468,000  $   7,712,000
Furniture and fixtures...........................        233,000        233,000        231,000
Leasehold improvements...........................         64,000         64,000         64,000
Deposits for equipment...........................        259,000        259,000       --
                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------
Total property...................................      9,388,000      9,024,000      8,007,000
Accumulated depreciation and amortization........     (6,805,000)    (6,208,000)    (5,114,000)
                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------
Property and equipment--net......................  $   2,583,000  $   2,816,000  $   2,893,000
                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
5. ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
    Accrued liabilities consist of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          MARCH 31,    ----------------------
                                                             1998         1997        1996
                                                         ------------  ----------  ----------
                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>         <C>
Compensation and related benefits......................  $    638,000  $  707,000  $  787,000
Other..................................................       407,000     239,000     164,000
                                                         ------------  ----------  ----------
Total accrued liabilities..............................  $  1,045,000  $  946,000  $  951,000
                                                         ------------  ----------  ----------
                                                         ------------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
6. BORROWING AND LEASE ARRANGEMENTS
 
    At September 30, 1997, the Company had $1,730,000 outstanding under a
$5,000,000 revolving bank line of credit which expires January 31, 1998.
Borrowings bear interest at the bank's prime rate (8.5% at September 30, 1997)
plus 1.5%, cannot exceed 80% of eligible trade receivables and are
collateralized by
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
 FOR THE THREE AND SIX MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
             AND THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
6. BORROWING AND LEASE ARRANGEMENTS (CONTINUED)
receivables, inventories and equipment. The agreement includes covenants
regarding profitability, leverage, working capital and minimum net worth. The
Company was not in compliance with these established debt covenants at September
30, 1997.
 
    On November 17, 1997, the Company entered into a new $8,000,000 revolving
line of credit with Coast Business Credit. The term of the line of credit
expires in November 2000. Advances on the line of credit are limited to a
percentage of certain current assets (i.e., accounts receivables and inventory).
The interest rate on the new line is at the bank's reference rate (8.5% at
November 17, 1997) plus 2.25%. In connection with this new financing, the line
of credit outstanding as of September 30, 1997 was repaid and canceled.
 
    As of September 30, 1997, the Company had $1,750,000 of demand notes payable
to shareholders which bear interest at 10% per annum. The shareholders' rights
to repayment and interest are subordinate to all bank borrowings.
 
    In conjunction with obtaining $1,000,000 in notes payable in fiscal year
1996, the Company agreed to issue the shareholders warrants to purchase 50,000
shares of common stock of the Company for $.25 per share for each month that the
notes are outstanding up to a maximum of 600,000 shares. During the years ended
September 30, 1997 and 1996, the Company issued warrants to purchase 400,000 and
200,000, respectively, shares of common stock to the noteholders. The value of
the issued warrants was estimated to be $38,000 and $19,000 in fiscal 1997 and
1996, respectively, which has been included as an addition to shareholders'
equity in the respective year.
 
    In conjunction with obtaining additional $750,000 in notes payable in
September 1997, the Company agreed to issue the shareholders warrants to
purchase 37,500 shares of common stock of the Company for $.25 per share for
each month that the notes are outstanding up to a maximum of 450,000 shares.
During the year ended September 30, 1997, the Company did not issue any of these
warrants to noteholders.
 
    Long-term obligations consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       MARCH 31,   --------------------------
                                                         1998          1997          1996
                                                      -----------  ------------  ------------
                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>           <C>
Capital lease obligations...........................   $ 923,000   $  1,025,000  $  1,007,000
Current portion.....................................    (465,000)      (583,000)     (624,000)
                                                      -----------  ------------  ------------
Long-term portion...................................   $ 458,000   $    442,000  $    383,000
                                                      -----------  ------------  ------------
                                                      -----------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Included in equipment and leasehold improvements is equipment with a net
book value of $1,101,000 and $1,006,000 at September 30, 1997 and 1996 (net of
accumulated amortization of $1,292,000 and $567,000, respectively), leased under
capital leases and purchased through equipment notes. In addition, the Company
leases its facilities under a noncancelable operating lease expiring in
September 2000. This facilities lease provides for escalating rental payments
over the lease period. Rent expense is to be recognized on a straight-line basis
over the term of the lease.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
 FOR THE THREE AND SIX MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
             AND THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
6. BORROWING AND LEASE ARRANGEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    Cash paid for interest related to capital leases in fiscal 1997, 1996 and
1995 was $138,000, $139,000 and $196,000, respectively.
 
    Future minimum annual payments under operating and capital lease obligations
and equipment notes as of September 30, 1997 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    CAPITAL
                           YEAR ENDING                               OPERATING     LEASES AND
                          SEPTEMBER 30,                                LEASES        NOTES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
  1998............................................................  $    945,000  $    654,000
  1999............................................................       954,000       320,000
  2000............................................................       873,000       171,000
  2001............................................................        49,000       --
                                                                    ------------  ------------
Total.............................................................  $  2,821,000     1,145,000
                                                                    ------------
                                                                    ------------
Amount representing interest for capital leases...................                    (120,000)
                                                                                  ------------
Present value of minimum lease payments and equipment notes.......                   1,025,000
Less current portion..............................................                    (583,000)
                                                                                  ------------
Long-term portion.................................................                $    442,000
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Rent expense was $331,000, $331,000, $657,000, $689,000 and $293,000 for the
six months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited) and for the years ended
September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
7. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
    At March 31, 1998, the Company has reserved shares of common stock for
issuance as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
Conversion of Series A preferred
  stock.................................      7,249,269
Conversion of Series B preferred
  stock.................................      2,861,453
Conversion of Series C preferred
  stock.................................      2,209,959
Warrants................................      1,075,000
Stock option plan.......................      4,530,749
                                          -------------
Total                                        17,926,430
                                          -------------
                                          -------------
</TABLE>
 
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
    Significant terms of the Series A, B and C convertible preferred stock are
as follows:
 
    - Each share is convertible at the option of the holder at any time into one
      share of common stock (subject to adjustments for events of dilution) and
      has the same voting rights as the number of
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
 FOR THE THREE AND SIX MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
             AND THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
7. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
     shares of common stock into which it is convertible. Shares will
      automatically be converted upon a public offering of common stock meeting
      specified criteria.
 
    - Dividend declarations are at the discretion of the Board of Directors and
      are noncumulative. Annual dividends per share of $.03 for Series A, $.0825
      for Series B, and $.1175 for Series C may be paid; however, no dividends
      shall be paid to common shareholders in any year unless the preferred
      shareholders have received their full dividend per share. No dividends
      have been declared.
 
    - In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the
      preferred shareholders shall receive a preference amount of $.60 per share
      for Series A, $1.65 per share for Series B, and $2.35 per share for Series
      C preferred stock prior to any distribution to the common shareholders.
      Any remaining assets will be shared by common shareholders on a pro rata
      basis.
 
RESTRICTED COMMON STOCK
 
    Certain directors and employees purchased stock with cash or full recourse
notes. The related shares of common stock continue to vest in accordance with
the terms of the stock purchase agreement. The related notes bear interest at 8%
and are due on various dates during fiscal years 1998 and 2002. At March 1998,
366,000 outstanding shares of such stock were subject to repurchase. In
addition, the Company has a right of first refusal on any sale of common stock
with the terms specified by the purchase agreement. These rights expire upon the
Company's initial public offering, or upon merger or consolidation with another
company subject to specified criteria.
 
WARRANTS
 
    As of September 30, 1997, the Company has outstanding warrants to purchase
600,000 shares of common stock in conjunction with certain notes payable at $.25
per share which expire in 2001. The fair value of these warrants issued in the
years ended September 30, 1997 and 1996 was recorded as interest expense as the
warrants were issued. The Company also has outstanding warrants to purchase
25,000 shares of common stock at $2.40 per share which expire in 2001 and were
issued in connection with an expired bank line of credit.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
 FOR THE THREE AND SIX MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
             AND THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
7. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK PLANS
 
    Under the Company's 1986 and 1996 Stock Option Plans, incentive and
nonstatutory options to purchase 6,500,000 shares of common stock may be granted
to employees, officers, directors, independent contractors and consultants to
the Company. Incentive stock options may not be granted at less than fair market
value (as determined by the Board of Directors) at the date of grant. Terms for
exercising options are determined by the Board of Directors and options
generally vest over four years and expire at the earlier of ten years from date
of grant or upon termination of employment. The Company has a right of first
refusal to repurchase shares issued under the plan. Under the 1996 stock option
plan, nonqualified options totaling 64,250 at $.25 per share were granted to
consultants during fiscal year 1997, which resulted in compensation of $6,000.
The options were fully vested.
 
    Option activity under the two plans is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   WEIGHTED
                                                                    NUMBER OF       AVERAGE
                                                                      SHARES    EXERCISE PRICE
                                                                    ----------  ---------------
<S>                                                                 <C>         <C>
Outstanding, October 1, 1994......................................   2,425,383     $    0.06
 
Granted...........................................................     707,500          0.18
Exercised.........................................................     (97,874)         0.05
Canceled..........................................................    (613,335)         0.08
                                                                    ----------
Outstanding, September 30, 1995...................................   2,421,674          0.08
 
Granted...........................................................     937,323          0.25
Exercised.........................................................    (480,625)         0.07
Canceled..........................................................    (251,127)         0.16
                                                                    ----------
Outstanding, September 30, 1996 (1,143,002 exercisable at a
  weighted average price of $.08).................................   2,627,245          0.14
 
Granted...........................................................     985,750           .25
Exercised.........................................................    (668,665)         0.14
Canceled..........................................................    (335,073)         0.20
                                                                    ----------
Outstanding, September 30, 1997 (1,705,709 exercisable at a
  weighted average price of $.12).................................   2,609,257          0.16
 
Granted...........................................................     136,000          0.25
Exercised.........................................................    (138,622)         0.19
Canceled..........................................................     (68,133)         0.19
                                                                    ----------
Outstanding, March 31, 1998 (1,735,614 exercisable at a weighted
  average price of $.13)..........................................   2,538,502          0.16
                                                                    ----------
                                                                    ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
 FOR THE THREE AND SIX MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
             AND THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
7. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
    Additional information regarding options outstanding as of September 30,
1997 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
             -----------------------------------------    OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                             WEIGHTED                   -----------------------
                              AVERAGE       WEIGHTED                 WEIGHTED
 RANGE OF                    REMAINING       AVERAGE                  AVERAGE
 EXERCISE      NUMBER       CONTRACTUAL     EXERCISE      NUMBER     EXERCISE
  PRICES     OUTSTANDING   LIFE (YEARS)       PRICE     EXERCISABLE   PRICES
- -----------  -----------  ---------------  -----------  ----------  -----------
<S>          <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>         <C>
$.05 - .10    1,269,198           6.28      $     .06    1,160,298   $     .06
    .25       1,761,673           8.90            .25      601,631         .25
- -----------  -----------           ---            ---   ----------         ---
$.05 - .25    3,030,871           7.80      $     .17    1,761,929   $     .12
- -----------  -----------           ---            ---   ----------         ---
- -----------  -----------           ---            ---   ----------         ---
</TABLE>
 
    The weighted average fair value at the date of grant for options granted
during the years ended September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995 was $.03, $.05 and
$.05, respectively.
 
    At September 30, 1997, 2,058,500 shares were available for future grants
under the option plans.
 
ADDITIONAL STOCK PLAN INFORMATION
 
    As discussed in Note 1, the Company continues to follow the provisions of
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees," and its related interpretations; accordingly, no compensation
expense has been recognized in the financial statements for employee stock
arrangements with an option exercise price equal to the fair market value of
common stock at the date of grant. Compensation expense has been recognized for
stock options in the period granted to consultants in accordance with APB No.
25.
 
    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation" (SFAS 123), requires disclosure of pro forma net loss
had the Company adopted the fair value method as of the beginning of fiscal
1997. Under SFAS 123, the fair value of stock-based awards to employees are
calculated through the use of option pricing models, even though such models
were developed to estimate the fair value of freely tradable, fully transferable
options without vesting restrictions, which significantly differ from the
Company's stock option awards. These models also require subjective assumptions,
including future stock price volatility and expected time to exercise, which
greatly affect the calculated values. The Company's calculations were made using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions: expected life, 1.6 to 3.9 years; stock volatility, 0%; risk free
interest rate, approximately 10% in fiscal 1997; and no dividend payments during
the expected term. Forfeitures are recognized as they occur. If the computed
fair value of the fiscal 1997 awards had been amortized to expense over the
vesting period of the awards, the effect upon pro forma net loss would have been
insignificant.
 
8. INCOME TAXES
 
    No federal income taxes were provided for the six months ended March 31,
1998 or for the years ended September 30, 1997 or 1996 due to Pacific
Monolithic, Inc.'s net losses. The provision for income
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
 FOR THE THREE AND SIX MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
             AND THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
8. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory income
tax rate to the loss before income taxes as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           SIX MONTHS              YEARS ENDED
                                                              ENDED               SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            MARCH 31,    -------------------------------
                                                              1998         1997       1996       1995
                                                          -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                       <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>
Taxes computed at federal statutory rate................         35.0%        35.0%      35.0%      35.0%
State income taxes, net of federal effect...............          6.1          6.1        6.1        6.1
Research tax credits and other permanent differences....          0.2          1.5        0.7        1.5
Change in valuation allowance...........................        (41.3)       (42.6)     (41.8)     (42.6)
                                                                -----    ---------  ---------  ---------
Total provision.........................................           --%          --%        --%        --%
                                                                -----    ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                -----    ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred taxes
were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     MARCH 31,    ----------------------------
                                                       1998           1997           1996
                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                <C>            <C>            <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Expenses not currently deductible for tax
    purposes.....................................  $     549,000  $     570,000  $   1,720,000
  Tax net operating loss and credit
    carryforwards................................      7,714,000      6,666,000      6,448,000
  Research and development expenses capitalized
    for tax purposes.............................      1,456,000      1,584,000        197,000
                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------
Total deferred tax assets........................      9,719,000      8,820,000      8,365,000
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.......     (9,719,000)    (8,820,000)    (8,365,000)
                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------
Net deferred income taxes........................  $    --        $    --        $    --
                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    At March 31, 1998, net operating loss carryforwards of approximately
$19,717,000 and $4,877,000 were available to offset future federal and state
taxable income, respectively. These carryforwards expire beginning in 2002 and
2000.
 
    At March 31, 1998, research and development credit carryforwards of $284,000
and $151,000 were available to offset future federal and state taxable income,
respectively. These carryforwards expire beginning in 2009 for federal purposes.
 
    The extent to which federal and state carryforwards can be used in any one
year to offset future taxable income may be significantly limited because of
changes in ownership within any three-year period as provided by the Tax Reform
Act of 1986. Such limitations could result in the expiration of carryforwards
prior to their utilization.
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
 FOR THE THREE AND SIX MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
             AND THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
8. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    As a result of the Company's history of recent operating losses, management
believes that recognition of the deferred tax assets is considered less likely
than not. Accordingly, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against
its net deferred tax assets.
 
9. MAJOR CUSTOMERS, SEGMENT INFORMATION, AND RELATED PARTIES
 
    One customer accounted for 30%, 36%, 17% of revenues for the years ended
September 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, and 28% and 49% for the three
months and six months ended March 31, 1997, respectively. Another customer
accounted for 21% of revenues for the year ended September 30, 1997, 12% and 19%
of revenues for the six months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, and
23% for the three months ended March 31, 1997. Another customer accounted for
12% of revenues for each of the years ended September 30, 1996 and 1995. In
addition, one customer accounted for 19% of revenues for the year ended
September 30, 1995 and 36% and 31% of revenues for the three months and six
months ended March 31, 1998, respectively. Two customers accounted for 14% and
10% of revenues for the six months ended March 31, 1998. One customer accounted
for 12% of revenue for the three months ended March 31, 1997. There were no
other customers in the fiscal years ended September 30, 1997, 1996 or 1995 or
for the three months and six months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997 who accounted
for over 10% of revenues for the respective years.
 
    The Company operates in one industry segment. All revenues are denominated
in U.S. dollars and revenues from product exports were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                  -------------------------------------------
                                                      1997           1996           1995
                                                  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>            <C>
United States...................................  $  24,607,000  $  20,834,000  $  15,780,000
Central America.................................      4,434,000      1,223,000      4,810,000
South America...................................      2,677,000      2,847,000      1,137,000
South Pacific/Asia..............................      3,222,000      3,616,000      3,104,000
Other...........................................        429,000        621,000         94,000
                                                  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total revenues..............................  $  35,369,000  $  29,141,000  $  24,925,000
                                                  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                  -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
10. AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION WITH HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
    On March 19, 1998, the Company signed an Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization with Hybrid Networks, Inc. (the Agreement). The Agreement
contains an Agreement of Merger under which all outstanding shares of
convertible preferred stock and common stock of the Company will be converted
into the common stock of Hybrid Networks, Inc. based upon the conversion ratio
defined in such Agreement. The Agreement also contains a provision for the
conversion of the options and warrants of Hybrid Networks, Inc. The Agreement is
subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company and of Hybrid
Networks, Inc.
 
                                   * * * * *
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
                                                                    APPENDIX A-1
 
                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
 
                                  BY AND AMONG
 
                             HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.,
 
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
                                      AND
 
                              HN ACQUISITION CORP.
 
                                 MARCH 19, 1998
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                    PAGE
                                                                                                                  ---------
<S>        <C>        <C>                                                                                         <C>
1.         PLAN OF REORGANIZATION............................................................................         A-1-1
                1.1   The Merger................................................................................      A-1-1
                1.2   Fractional Shares.........................................................................      A-1-2
                1.3   Escrow Agreement..........................................................................      A-1-3
                1.4   Effects of the Merger.....................................................................      A-1-3
                1.5   Further Assurances........................................................................      A-1-4
                1.6   Registration on Form S-4..................................................................      A-1-4
                1.7   Tax-Free Reorganization...................................................................      A-1-4
                1.8   Pooling of Interests......................................................................      A-1-5
 
2.         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PACIFIC.........................................................         A-1-5
                2.1   Organization and Good Standing............................................................      A-1-5
                2.2   Power, Authorization and Validity.........................................................      A-1-5
                2.3   Capitalization............................................................................      A-1-6
                2.4   Subsidiaries..............................................................................      A-1-6
                2.5   No Violation of Existing Agreements.......................................................      A-1-6
                2.6   Litigation................................................................................      A-1-6
                2.7   Pacific Financial Statements..............................................................      A-1-7
                2.8   Taxes.....................................................................................      A-1-7
                2.9   Title to Properties.......................................................................      A-1-7
                2.10  Absence of Certain Changes................................................................      A-1-8
                2.11  Agreements and Commitments................................................................      A-1-9
                2.12  Intellectual Property.....................................................................     A-1-10
                2.13  Compliance with Laws......................................................................     A-1-10
                2.14  Certain Transactions and Agreements.......................................................     A-1-10
                2.15  Employees.................................................................................     A-1-11
                2.16  Corporate Documents.......................................................................     A-1-12
                2.17  No Brokers................................................................................     A-1-12
                2.18  Disclosure................................................................................     A-1-12
                2.19  Books and Records.........................................................................     A-1-13
                2.20  Insurance.................................................................................     A-1-13
                2.21  Environmental Matters.....................................................................     A-1-13
                2.22  Government Contracts......................................................................     A-1-14
                2.23  Information Supplied......................................................................     A-1-14
                2.24  Board Approval............................................................................     A-1-14
                2.25  Pooling of Interests......................................................................     A-1-14
 
3.         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF HYBRID AND NEWCO................................................        A-1-14
                3.1   Organization and Good Standing............................................................     A-1-14
                3.2   Power, Authorization and Validity.........................................................     A-1-15
                3.3   No Violation of Existing Agreements or Laws...............................................     A-1-15
                3.4   SEC Documents.............................................................................     A-1-15
                3.5   Authorized/Outstanding Capital Stock......................................................     A-1-16
                3.6   No Material Change........................................................................     A-1-16
                3.7   Pooling of Interests......................................................................     A-1-16
                3.8   Litigation................................................................................     A-1-16
                3.9   Board Approval............................................................................     A-1-16
</TABLE>
 
                                     A-1-i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                    PAGE
                                                                                                                  ---------
<S>        <C>        <C>                                                                                         <C>
4.         PACIFIC PRECLOSING COVENANTS......................................................................        A-1-16
                4.1   Advice of Changes.........................................................................     A-1-16
                4.2   Maintenance of Business...................................................................     A-1-16
                4.3   Conduct of Business.......................................................................     A-1-17
                4.4   Certain Agreements........................................................................     A-1-18
                4.5   Shareholder Approval......................................................................     A-1-18
                4.6   Employment and Noncompetition Agreements..................................................     A-1-18
                4.7   Prospectus/Proxy Statement................................................................     A-1-18
                4.8   Regulatory Approvals......................................................................     A-1-19
                4.9   Necessary Consents........................................................................     A-1-19
                4.10  Litigation................................................................................     A-1-19
                4.11  No Other Negotiations.....................................................................     A-1-19
                4.12  Access to Information.....................................................................     A-1-19
                4.13  Satisfaction of Conditions Precedent......................................................     A-1-19
                4.14  Blue Sky Laws.............................................................................     A-1-19
                4.15  Notification of Employee Problems.........................................................     A-1-20
                4.16  Pacific Affiliates Agreement..............................................................     A-1-20
                4.17  Principal Shareholder Representation Letters..............................................     A-1-20
                4.18  Tax Opinion...............................................................................     A-1-20
                4.19  Pacific Dissenting Shares.................................................................     A-1-20
                4.20  Pooling Accounting........................................................................     A-1-20
 
5.         HYBRID PRECLOSING COVENANTS.......................................................................        A-1-20
                5.1   Advice of Changes.........................................................................     A-1-20
                5.2   Satisfaction of Conditions Precedent......................................................     A-1-20
                5.3   Regulatory Approvals......................................................................     A-1-20
                5.4   Hybrid Affiliates Agreements..............................................................     A-1-20
                5.5   Tax Opinions..............................................................................     A-1-21
                5.6   NMS Listing...............................................................................     A-1-21
                5.7   Voting Agreements.........................................................................     A-1-21
                5.8   Maintenance of Business...................................................................     A-1-21
                5.9   Stockholder Approval......................................................................     A-1-21
                5.10  Prospectus/Proxy Statement................................................................     A-1-21
                5.11  Necessary Consents........................................................................     A-1-21
                5.12  Blue Sky Laws.............................................................................     A-1-21
                5.13  Pooling Accounting........................................................................     A-1-21
                5.14  Filing of Form S-8........................................................................     A-1-22
 
6.         CLOSING MATTERS...................................................................................        A-1-22
                6.1   The Closing...............................................................................     A-1-22
                6.2   Exchange of Certificates..................................................................     A-1-22
                6.3   Assumption of Options and Warrants........................................................     A-1-23
 
7.         CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF PACIFIC..............................................................        A-1-23
                7.1   Accuracy of Representations and Warranties................................................     A-1-23
                7.2   Covenants.................................................................................     A-1-23
                7.3   Compliance with Law.......................................................................     A-1-23
                7.4   Government Consents.......................................................................     A-1-23
                7.5   Documents.................................................................................     A-1-24
                7.6   Form S-4..................................................................................     A-1-24
</TABLE>
 
                                     A-1-ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                    PAGE
                                                                                                                  ---------
<S>        <C>        <C>                                                                                         <C>
                7.7   Opinion of Hybrid's Counsel...............................................................     A-1-24
                7.8   Investor Rights Agreement.................................................................     A-1-24
                7.9   Shareholder and Stockholder Approval......................................................     A-1-24
                7.10  Employment and Noncompetition Agreements..................................................     A-1-24
                7.11  Board Seats...............................................................................     A-1-24
 
8.         CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF HYBRID...............................................................        A-1-24
                8.1   Accuracy of Representations and Warranties................................................     A-1-24
                8.2   Covenants.................................................................................     A-1-25
                8.3   Compliance with Law.......................................................................     A-1-25
                8.4   Government Consents.......................................................................     A-1-25
                8.5   Documents.................................................................................     A-1-25
                8.6   Form S-4..................................................................................     A-1-25
                8.7   Opinion of Pacific's Counsel..............................................................     A-1-25
                8.8   Requisite Approvals; Dissenting Shares....................................................     A-1-25
                8.9   No Litigation.............................................................................     A-1-25
                8.10  Pooling Opinion...........................................................................     A-1-25
                8.11  Escrow....................................................................................     A-1-25
                8.12  Employment and Noncompetition Agreements..................................................     A-1-25
                8.13  Pacific Affiliates Agreement..............................................................     A-1-26
 
9.         TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT..........................................................................        A-1-26
                9.1   Termination...............................................................................     A-1-26
                9.2   Extension of Final Date in Event of Injunction............................................     A-1-26
                9.3   Termination Payment.......................................................................     A-1-26
                9.4   Certain Continuing Obligations............................................................     A-1-27
 
           SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, INDEMNIFICATION AND REMEDIES, CONTINUING COVENANTS...................
10.                                                                                                                  A-1-27
               10.1   Survival of Representations...............................................................     A-1-27
               10.2   Pacific Agreement to Indemnify............................................................     A-1-28
 
11.        MISCELLANEOUS.....................................................................................        A-1-29
               11.1   Governing Law; Dispute Resolution.........................................................     A-1-29
               11.2   Assignment; Binding Upon Successors and Assigns...........................................     A-1-30
               11.3   Severability..............................................................................     A-1-30
               11.4   Counterparts..............................................................................     A-1-30
               11.5   Other Remedies............................................................................     A-1-30
               11.6   Amendment and Waivers.....................................................................     A-1-30
               11.7   No Waiver.................................................................................     A-1-30
               11.8   Expenses..................................................................................     A-1-30
               11.9   Notices...................................................................................     A-1-31
               11.10  Construction of Agreement.................................................................     A-1-31
               11.11  No Joint Venture..........................................................................     A-1-31
               11.12  Further Assurances........................................................................     A-1-32
               11.13  Absence of Third Party Beneficiary Rights.................................................     A-1-32
               11.14  Public Announcement.......................................................................     A-1-32
               11.15  Confidentiality...........................................................................     A-1-32
               11.16  Time is of the Essence....................................................................     A-1-32
               11.17  Entire Agreement..........................................................................     A-1-33
</TABLE>
 
                                    A-1-iii
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBITS:
- ------------
<S>           <C>
 
Exhibit A     Form of Agreement of Merger
Exhibit B     Form of Escrow Agreement
Exhibits C    Forms of Officer Certificates
  and D
Exhibit E     Form of Pacific Intellectual Property Agreement
Exhibit F     Parties to Sign Pacific Affiliate Agreement and Pacific Voting Agreement
Exhibit G     Form of Employment Agreement
Exhibit H     Form of Noncompetition Agreement
Exhibit I     Form of Pacific Affiliate Agreement
Exhibit J     Form of Hybrid Affiliate Agreement
Exhibit K     Parties to Sign Hybrid Affiliate Agreement and Voting Agreement
Exhibit L     Form of Hybrid Voting Agreement
Exhibit M     Form of Fenwick & West LLP Opinion
Exhibit N     Form of Investor Rights Agreement
Exhibit O     Form of Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati Professional Corporation
Exhibit P     List of Consents
Exhibit Q     Form of Pacific Voting Agreement
</TABLE>
 
                                     A-1-iv
<PAGE>
                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
 
    THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (this "AGREEMENT") is entered into
as of March 19, 1998, by and among Hybrid Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("HYBRID"), Pacific Monolithics, Inc., a California corporation ("PACIFIC"), and
HN Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation that is a wholly-owned subsidiary
of Hybrid ("NEWCO").
 
                                    RECITALS
 
    A. The parties intend that, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter
set forth, Newco will merge with and into Pacific in a reverse triangular merger
(the "MERGER"), with Pacific to be the surviving corporation of the Merger, all
pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and an Agreement of
Merger substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A (the "AGREEMENT OF MERGER") and
the applicable provisions of the laws of Delaware and California. Upon the
effectiveness of the Merger, all the outstanding Common Stock and Preferred
Stock of Pacific will be converted into Common Stock of Hybrid, in the manner
and on the basis determined herein and as provided in the Agreement of Merger.
 
    B.  The Merger is intended to be treated as a "pooling of interests" for
accounting purposes and a tax-free reorganization pursuant to the provisions of
Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"CODE"), by virtue of the provisions of Section 368(a)(2)(E) of the Code.
 
    NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
    1.  PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
 
        1.1  THE MERGER.  The Agreement of Merger will be filed with the
    Secretaries of State of the States of Delaware and California as soon as
    practicable after the Closing (as defined in Section 6.1 below). The
    effective time of the Merger as specified in the Agreement of Merger (the
    "EFFECTIVE TIME") will occur upon the filing of the Agreement of Merger with
    the California Secretary of State, or on such other date as the parties
    hereto may mutually agree upon. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
    Agreement and the Agreement of Merger, Newco will be merged with and into
    Pacific (or, at Hybrid's option, Pacific will be merged with and into Hybrid
    in a straight in merger or with and into Newco in a forward-triangular
    merger) in a statutory merger pursuant to the Agreement of Merger and in
    accordance with applicable provisions of Delaware and California laws as
    follows:
 
           1.1.1  CONVERSION OF PACIFIC SHARES.  Each share of Pacific Common
       Stock, no par value (the "PACIFIC COMMON STOCK"), and each share of
       Pacific Preferred Stock, no par value (the "PACIFIC PREFERRED STOCK",
       and, together with the Pacific Common Stock, the "PACIFIC CAPITAL
       STOCK"), that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
       Effective Time, other than shares, if any, for which dissenters rights
       have been or will be perfected in compliance with applicable law, will,
       by virtue of the Merger and at the Effective Time, and without further
       action on the part of any holder thereof, be converted into the
       Applicable Number (determined in accordance with Section 1.1.3 hereof) of
       fully paid and nonassessable shares of Hybrid Common Stock, $0.001 par
       value ("HYBRID COMMON STOCK").
 
           1.1.2  CONVERSION AND ASSUMPTION OF OPTIONS AND WARRANTS.  Each
       option or warrant to purchase shares of Pacific Capital Stock that is
       outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (a "PACIFIC OPTION"
       or a "PACIFIC WARRANT," as the case may be) will, by virtue of the Merger
       at the Effective Time and without further action on the part of any
       holder thereof, be converted and assumed by Hybrid into an option or
       warrant (a "HYBRID OPTION" or "HYBRID WARRANT," as the case may be) to
       purchase that number of shares of Hybrid Common Stock which equals the
       Applicable Number (as defined below) multiplied by the number of shares
       of Pacific Capital Stock purchasable immediately prior to the Effective
       Time under the Pacific Option or Pacific Warrant, rounded down to the
       nearest whole share. The exercise price per share of Hybrid Common Stock
       purchasable under each such Hybrid Option or Hybrid Warrant will be equal
       to
 
                                     A-1-1
<PAGE>
       the exercise price of the Pacific Option or Pacific Warrant (per share of
       Pacific Capital Stock) divided by the Applicable Number, rounded up to
       the nearest whole cent. All of the other terms of each Hybrid Option or
       Hybrid Warrant will be the same in all material respects as the
       corresponding Pacific Option or Pacific Warrant that is being replaced
       and converted.
 
           1.1.3  DEFINITIONS.  Unless there is an adjustment to the shares to
       be issued in the Merger pursuant to Section 1.1.4 below, the "APPLICABLE
       NUMBER" shall equal (i) the total number of shares of Pacific Capital
       Stock outstanding at the Effective Time plus the total number of shares
       of Pacific Capital Stock issuable upon exercise of all Pacific Options
       and Pacific Warrants outstanding at the Effective Time divided into (ii)
       the total number of shares of Hybrid Common Stock obtained by dividing
       (A) $12,500,000 by (B) the "CLOSING PRICE." The "CLOSING PRICE" shall
       equal the average of the closing sale prices of one share of Hybrid
       Common Stock reported in the WALL STREET JOURNAL, on the basis of
       information provided by the Nasdaq Stock Market for each of the ten
       trading days ending two (2) trading days preceding the Closing Date;
       provided, however, that in no event shall the Closing Price be greater
       than $8.40 or less than $5.17.
 
           1.1.4  ADJUSTMENTS FOR CAPITAL CHANGES.  If prior to the Merger,
       Hybrid or Pacific recapitalizes either through a split-up of its
       outstanding shares into a greater number, or through a combination of its
       outstanding shares into a lesser number, or reorganizes, reclassifies or
       otherwise changes its outstanding shares into the same or a different
       number of shares of other classes (other than through a split-up or
       combination of shares provided for in the previous clause), or declares a
       dividend on its outstanding shares payable in shares or securities
       convertible into shares, the calculation of the Applicable Number
       governing the conversion of Pacific Capital Stock will be adjusted
       appropriately.
 
           1.1.5  CONVERSION OF NEWCO SHARES.  Each share of Newco Common Stock,
       $0.001 par value ("NEWCO COMMON STOCK"), that is issued and outstanding
       immediately prior to the Effective Time will, by virtue of the Merger and
       without further action on the part of the sole stockholder of Newco, be
       converted into and become one (1) share of Pacific Common Stock that is
       issued and outstanding immediately after the Effective Time, and the
       shares of Pacific Common Stock into which the shares of Newco Common
       Stock are so converted shall be the only shares of Pacific capital stock
       that are issued and outstanding immediately after the Effective Time.
 
           1.1.6  DISSENTING SHARES.  Holders of shares of Pacific Capital Stock
       which are outstanding on the date of the determination of the Pacific
       shareholders entitled to vote on the Merger and which were not voted in
       favor of the Merger (the "ELIGIBLE DISSENTING SHARES"), will be entitled
       to exercise dissenters' rights, pursuant to Sections 1300 through 1304 of
       the California Corporations Code, with respect to such Eligible
       Dissenting Shares, provided that such holders meet the requirements of
       those sections with respect to such shares. (Any Eligible Dissenting
       Shares as to which such dissenters' rights are duly exercised are
       referred to hereinafter as "PACIFIC DISSENTING SHARES.")
 
           1.1.7  STRAIGHT IN OR FORWARD-TRIANGULAR MERGER.  The parties agree
       that, upon Hybrid's request, they will amend these documents to cause
       Pacific to merge with and into Hybrid or Newco.
 
        1.2  FRACTIONAL SHARES.  No fractional shares of Hybrid Common Stock
    will be issued in connection with the Merger, but in lieu thereof, the
    holder of any shares of Pacific Capital Stock who would otherwise be
    entitled to receive a fraction of a share of Hybrid Common Stock will
    receive from Hybrid, promptly after the Effective Time, an amount of cash
    equal to the Closing Price multiplied by the fraction of a share of Hybrid
    Common Stock to which such holder would otherwise be entitled. Holders of
    Pacific Options or Pacific Warrants that would otherwise be converted into
    Hybrid Options or Hybrid Warrants to purchase a fraction of a share of
    Hybrid Common Stock will receive from Hybrid, promptly at the time of any
    exercise of such Pacific Option or Pacific Warrant, an amount of
 
                                     A-1-2
<PAGE>
    cash equal to the Closing Price multiplied by the fraction of a share of
    Pacific Capital Stock to which such holder would otherwise be entitled upon
    exercise of the Pacific Option, less the exercise price per fractional share
    of the Pacific Option.
 
        1.3  ESCROW AGREEMENT.  Pursuant to an Escrow Agreement to be entered
    into on or before the Closing Date in substantially the form of EXHIBIT B
    (the "ESCROW AGREEMENT"), among Hybrid, Alan Dishlip as representative for
    the holders of outstanding shares of Pacific Capital Stock immediately
    before the Effective Time who are entitled to receive shares of Hybrid
    Common Stock issued upon the Merger and who do not exercise dissenters
    rights, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, Hybrid
    will withhold from the shares of Hybrid Common Stock that would otherwise be
    delivered to such holders (the "PACIFIC HOLDERS"), 10% of the total number
    of shares of Hybrid Common Stock issued to them in the Merger. Promptly
    after the Closing Date, Hybrid will deposit or cause to be deposited in
    escrow pursuant to the Escrow Agreement certificates representing the shares
    thus withheld. The shares of Hybrid Common Stock represented by the
    certificates deposited in escrow as provided above in this Section 1.3 (the
    "ESCROW SHARES") will be held as collateral for the indemnification
    obligations of the Pacific Holders under section 10.2 below and pursuant to
    the Escrow Agreement pending their release from escrow pursuant to the
    Escrow Agreement.
 
    In the event that the Merger is approved by the Pacific shareholders, as
provided herein, the Pacific shareholders shall, without any further act of any
Pacific shareholder, be deemed to have consented to and approved (i) the use of
the Escrow Shares as collateral for the Pacific Holder's indemnification
obligations under Section 10.2 in the manner set forth in the Escrow Agreement,
(ii) the appointment of Alan Dishlip as the representative of the Pacific
Holders (the "REPRESENTATIVE") under the Escrow Agreement and as the
attorney-in-fact and agent for and on behalf of each Pacific Holder (other than
holders of Dissenting Shares) and the taking by the Representative of any and
all actions and the making of any decisions required or permitted to be taken by
the Representative under the Escrow Agreement (including, without limitation,
the exercise of the power to: (a) authorize delivery to Hybrid of Escrow Shares
in satisfaction of claims by Hybrid; (b) agree to, negotiate, enter into
settlements and compromises of and demand arbitration and comply with orders of
courts and awards of arbitrators with respect to such claims; (c) resolve any
claim made by Indemnified Persons pursuant to Section 10.2; and (d) take all
actions necessary in the judgment of the Representative for the accomplishment
of the foregoing) and (iii) to all of the other terms, conditions and
limitations in the Escrow Agreement.
 
    The Representative shall not be liable for any act done or omitted hereunder
as Representative while acting in good faith and in the exercise of reasonable
judgment. The Pacific Holders on whose behalf the Escrow Shares were contributed
to the escrow shall severally indemnify the Representative and hold the
Representative harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred without
negligence or bad faith on the part of the Representative and arising out of or
in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Representative's
duties hereunder, including the reasonable fees and expenses of any legal
counsel retained by the Representative.
 
    A decision, act, consent or instruction of the Representative shall
constitute a decision of all the shareholders for whom a portion of the Escrow
Shares otherwise issuable to them are deposited in the escrow and shall be
final, binding and conclusive upon each of such shareholders, and the Escrow
Agent and Hybrid may rely upon any such decision, act, consent or instruction of
the Representative as being the decision, act, consent or instruction of each
such shareholder of the Company. The Escrow Agent and Hybrid are hereby relieved
from any liability to any person for any acts done by them in accordance with
such decision, act, consent or instruction of the Representative.
 
        1.4  EFFECTS OF THE MERGER.  At the Effective Time: (a) the separate
    existence of Newco will cease and Newco will be merged with and into Pacific
    and Pacific will be the surviving corporation pursuant to the terms of the
    Agreement of Merger; (b) the Articles of Incorporation of Pacific will be
    amended in substantially the form attached to the Agreement of Merger as
    Exhibit A thereto and the Bylaws of
 
                                     A-1-3
<PAGE>
    Pacific will continue unchanged as the Bylaws of the surviving corporation;
    (c) each share of Pacific Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the
    Effective Time will be converted as provided in this Article 1; (d) each
    share of Newco Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective
    Time will be converted into one (1) outstanding share of Pacific Common
    Stock; (e) Richard B. Gold and Matt Miller will be appointed to the Board of
    Directors of Hybrid as Class I directors, with the current Class I directors
    resigning effective as of the Effective Time and Richard B. Gold will be
    appointed the President and Chief Operating Officer of Hybrid and the
    remaining directors and executive officers of Hybrid otherwise remaining
    unchanged and the sole director of Newco immediately prior to the Effective
    Time will become the sole director of the surviving corporation and the
    officers of Newco immediately prior to the Effective Time will become the
    officers of the surviving corporation; and (f) the Merger will, at and after
    the Effective Time, have all of the effects provided by applicable law.
 
        1.5  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Pacific agrees that if, at any time after the
    Effective Time, Hybrid considers or is advised that any further deeds,
    assignments or assurances are reasonably necessary or desirable to vest,
    perfect or confirm in Hybrid title to any property or rights of Pacific as
    provided herein, Hybrid and any of its officers are hereby authorized by
    Pacific to execute and deliver all such proper deeds, assignments and
    assurances and do all other things necessary or desirable to vest, perfect
    or confirm title to such property or rights in Hybrid and otherwise to carry
    out the purposes of this Agreement, in the name of Pacific or otherwise.
 
        1.6  REGISTRATION ON FORM S-4.  The Hybrid Common Stock to be issued in
    the Merger shall be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
    (the "SECURITIES ACT"), on a Form S-4 Registration Statement to be filed by
    Hybrid (the "FORM S-4"). As promptly as practicable after the date of this
    Agreement, Hybrid shall prepare and file with the United States Securities
    and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") a prospectus/proxy statement (the
    "PROSPECTUS/PROXY STATEMENT") together with the Form S-4 and any other
    documents required by the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of
    1934, as amended (the "EXCHANGE ACT"), in connection with the Merger. Each
    of Hybrid and Pacific will notify the other promptly upon the receipt of any
    comments from the SEC or its staff and of any request by the SEC or its
    staff or any other government officials for amendments or supplements to the
    Form S-4 or the Prospectus/Proxy Statement or for additional information and
    will promptly supply the other with copies of all correspondence between
    such party or any of its representatives, on the one hand, and the SEC, or
    its staff or any other government officials, on the other hand, with respect
    to the Form S-4, the Prospectus/Proxy Statement or the Merger, as the case
    may be. Hybrid and Pacific shall use all reasonable efforts to have the Form
    S-4 declared effective under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable
    after such filing and/or to resolve any stop orders or proceedings initiated
    by the SEC with respect to the Merger. Hybrid shall also take any action
    required to be taken under any applicable state securities or "blue sky"
    laws in connection with the issuance of the Hybrid Common Stock in the
    Merger. Pacific shall furnish to Hybrid all information concerning Pacific
    and the security holders of Pacific as may be reasonably requested in
    connection with any action contemplated by this Section 1.6.
 
        1.7  TAX-FREE REORGANIZATION.  The parties intend to adopt this
    Agreement as a tax-free plan of reorganization and to consummate the Merger
    in accordance with the provisions of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code, by
    virtue of the provisions of Section 368(a)(2)(E) of the Code. For purposes
    of this Section 1.7, Hybrid and Pacific agree to report the transactions
    contemplated in this Agreement in a manner consistent with the
    reorganization treatment they intend and will not take any position
    inconsistent therewith in any tax return, refund claim, litigation or
    otherwise unless required to do so by any governmental authority. The shares
    of Hybrid Common Stock issued in the Merger will be issued solely in
    exchange for the issued and outstanding shares of Pacific Capital Stock
    pursuant to this Agreement, and no other transaction other than the Merger
    represents, provides for or is intended to be an adjustment to the
    consideration paid for the Pacific Capital Stock. Except for
 
                                     A-1-4
<PAGE>
    cash paid in lieu of fractional shares, no consideration that could
    constitute "OTHER PROPERTY" within the meaning of Section 356 of the Code
    will be paid by Hybrid for shares of Pacific Capital Stock in the Merger. In
    addition, Hybrid represents that it presently intends, and that at the
    Effective Time it will intend, to continue Pacific's historic business or
    use a significant portion of Pacific's business assets in a business. At the
    Closing (as defined in Section 6.1 hereof), officers of Pacific and officers
    of Hybrid will execute and deliver officers' certificates in the forms of
    Exhibits C and D, respectively, and the representations and other statements
    set forth therein are incorporated in this Agreement by this reference to
    the same extent as if Pacific or Hybrid, respectively, had made such
    statements herein.
 
        1.8  POOLING OF INTERESTS.  The parties intend that the Merger be
    treated as a "POOLING OF INTERESTS" for accounting purposes.
 
    2.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PACIFIC
 
    Pacific hereby represents and warrants that, except as set forth in the
Pacific disclosure letter (the "PACIFIC DISCLOSURE LETTER") delivered by Pacific
to Hybrid herewith, including items in the Pacific Disclosure Letter referred to
as "ITEMS" below:
 
        2.1  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  Pacific is a corporation duly
    organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State
    of California, has the corporate power and authority to own, operate and
    lease its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as
    proposed to be conducted and is qualified as a foreign corporation in each
    jurisdiction listed on ITEM 2.1. Pacific is qualified as a foreign
    corporation in each jurisdiction in which a failure to be so qualified could
    reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined below) on
    its present or expected operations or financial condition. Pacific does not
    own or lease any real property, has no employees and does not maintain a
    place of business in any foreign country or in any state of the United
    States other than California, except as listed on ITEM 2.1. When used in
    connection with Pacific, the term "Material Adverse Effect" means any
    change, event or effect that is or reasonably likely to be materially
    adverse to the business (including, but not limited to the development,
    sales and marketing of Pacific's Downconverter and CypherPoint line of
    products), assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial
    condition or results of operations of Pacific; provided, however, that a
    Material Adverse Effect shall not include any adverse effect following the
    date of this Agreement on the business, financial condition or results of
    operations of Pacific, that is directly attributable to adverse reaction to
    the Merger contemplated by this Agreement or the announcement of the Merger
    or that is consistent with an economic downturn in the industry in which
    Pacific operates or a national economic downturn.
 
        2.2  POWER, AUTHORIZATION AND VALIDITY.
 
           2.2.1  Pacific has the corporate right, power, legal capacity and
       authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement
       and all agreements to which Pacific is or will be a party that are
       required to be executed pursuant to this Agreement (the "PACIFIC
       ANCILLARY AGREEMENTS"). This Agreement and the Pacific Ancillary
       Agreements have been duly and validly approved by the Pacific Board of
       Directors and, as required by applicable law and subject to approval by
       the shareholders of Pacific, will be duly and validly approved by the
       shareholders of Pacific prior to the Effective Date.
 
           2.2.2  No filing, authorization or approval, governmental or
       otherwise, is necessary to enable Pacific to enter into, and to perform
       its obligations under, this Agreement and the Pacific Ancillary
       Agreements, except for (a) the filing of the Agreement of Merger with the
       Secretaries of State of the States of Delaware and California, the filing
       of such officers' certificates and other documents as are required to
       effectuate the Merger under Delaware and California law and the filing of
       appropriate documents with the relevant authorities of the states other
       than California in which Pacific is qualified to do business, if any, (b)
       such filings as may be required to comply with
 
                                     A-1-5
<PAGE>
       federal and state securities laws, (c) the approval of this Agreement and
       the Agreement of Merger by the shareholders of Pacific and (d) consents
       required under contracts disclosed in ITEM 2.5 as exceptions to the
       representation made in the last sentence of Section 2.5 below.
 
           2.2.3  This Agreement and the Pacific Ancillary Agreements are, or
       when executed and delivered by Pacific and the other parties thereto will
       be, valid and binding obligations of Pacific enforceable against Pacific
       and the Pacific affiliates (as applicable) in accordance with their
       respective terms, except as to the effect, if any, of (a) applicable
       bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors
       generally and (b) rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive
       relief and other equitable remedies; provided, however, that the Pacific
       Ancillary Agreements will not be effective until the earlier of the
       Effective Time or the date provided for therein.
 
        2.3  CAPITALIZATION.
 
        (a)  AUTHORIZED/OUTSTANDING CAPITAL STOCK.  The authorized capital stock
    of Pacific consists of 25,000,000 shares of Pacific Common Stock, no par
    value, and 12,510,722 shares of Pacific Preferred Stock, no par value, of
    which the following series and amounts are authorized Series A--7,249,269;
    Series B--2,861,453; and Series C--2,400,000. 5,653,857 shares of Pacific
    Common Stock are issued and outstanding as of this date. 12,320,681 shares
    of Pacific Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding in the following
    series and amounts: Series A--7,249,269; Series B--2,861,453; and Series C--
    2,209,959. All issued and outstanding shares of Pacific Common Stock and
    Pacific Preferred Stock, which are listed by holder on ITEM 2.3, have been
    duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, are
    not subject to any right of rescission and have been offered, issued, sold
    and delivered by Pacific in compliance with all registration or
    qualification requirements (or applicable exemptions therefrom) of
    applicable federal and state securities laws.
 
        (b)  OPTIONS/RIGHTS.  Except as set forth in ITEM 2.3, there are no
    stock appreciation rights, options, warrants, conversion privileges or
    preemptive or other rights or agreements outstanding to purchase or
    otherwise acquire any of Pacific's authorized but unissued capital stock;
    there are no options, warrants, conversion privileges or preemptive or other
    rights or agreements to which Pacific is a party involving the purchase or
    other acquisition of any shares of Pacific Capital Stock; there is no
    liability for dividends accrued but unpaid; and there are no voting
    agreements, registration rights, rights of first refusal or other
    restrictions (other than normal restrictions on transfer under applicable
    federal and state securities laws) applicable to any of Pacific's
    outstanding securities.
 
        2.4  SUBSIDIARIES.  Pacific does not have any subsidiaries or any equity
    interest, direct or indirect, in any corporation, partnership, joint venture
    or other business entity.
 
        2.5  NO VIOLATION OF EXISTING AGREEMENTS.  Except as set forth in ITEM
    2.5, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Pacific
    Ancillary Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions provided for
    herein or therein, will conflict with, or (with or without notice or lapse
    of time, or both) result in a termination, breach, impairment or violation
    of (a) any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of Pacific,
    as currently in effect, (b) any instrument or contract to which Pacific is a
    party or by which Pacific is bound, except where such conflict, termination,
    breach, impairment or violation would not have a Material Adverse Effect or
    (c) any federal, state, local or foreign judgment, writ, decree, order,
    statute, rule or regulation applicable to Pacific or its assets or
    properties. The consummation of the Merger and succession by Hybrid to all
    rights, licenses, franchises, leases and agreements of Pacific in and of
    themselves will not require the consent of any third party and will not have
    a Material Adverse Effect other than as set forth in ITEM 2.5.
 
        2.6  LITIGATION.  Except as set forth in ITEM 2.6, there is no action,
    proceeding or investigation pending or, to the best of Pacific's knowledge
    (as defined below), threatened against Pacific before any court or
    administrative agency that, if determined adversely to Pacific, is likely to
    have a Material
 
                                     A-1-6
<PAGE>
    Adverse Effect or in which the adverse party or parties seek to recover in
    excess of $50,000 against Pacific. There is no basis for any person, firm,
    corporation or entity to assert a claim against Pacific or Hybrid as
    successor in interest to Pacific based upon: (a) ownership or rights to
    ownership of any shares of Pacific Capital Stock or other securities, (b)
    any rights as a Pacific securities holder, including, without limitation,
    any option or other right to acquire any Pacific securities, any preemptive
    rights or any rights to notice or to vote or (c) any rights under any
    agreement between Pacific and any Pacific securities holder or former
    Pacific securities holder in such holder's capacity as such. There is no
    action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or investigation pending or as
    to which Pacific has received any notice of assertion against Pacific, which
    in any manner challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin, alter or materially
    delay any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. As used in
    this Agreement, "TO THE BEST OF PACIFIC'S KNOWLEDGE" or "TO PACIFIC'S
    KNOWLEDGE" shall mean to the actual knowledge of Pacific's directors and
    executive officers after reasonable inquiry.
 
        2.7  PACIFIC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Pacific has delivered to Hybrid in
    Item 2.7 Pacific's unaudited balance sheet as of September 30, 1997 and
    unaudited balance sheet as of February 28, 1998 (the "BALANCE SHEET DATE")
    and Pacific's unaudited income statements for the years ended September 30,
    1996 and 1997 and unaudited income statement for the period from October 1,
    1997 through February 28, 1998 (collectively, the "PACIFIC FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS"). The Pacific Financial Statements, in all material respects,
    (a) are in accordance with the books and records of Pacific, (b) fairly and
    accurately represent the financial condition of Pacific at the respective
    dates specified therein and the results of operations for the respective
    periods specified therein and (c) have been prepared in accordance with
    generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.
    Pacific will deliver the audit September 30, 1997 Pacific Financial
    Statements to Hybrid as soon as possible after the date of this Agreement.
    Except as set forth in Item 2.7, Pacific has no material debt, liability or
    obligation of any nature, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or
    otherwise, and whether due or to become due, that is not reflected, reserved
    against or disclosed in the Pacific Financial Statements, except for those
    that may have been incurred after the Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary
    course of Pacific's business.
 
        2.8  TAXES.  Pacific has filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax
    and material information returns required to be filed prior to the date
    hereof, has paid all taxes required to be paid in respect of all periods
    prior to the date hereof for which returns have been filed, has made all
    necessary estimated tax payments, and has no liability for taxes in excess
    of the amount so paid, except to the extent adequate reserves have been
    established in the Pacific Financial Statements. True, correct and complete
    copies of all such tax and information returns have been provided or made
    available by Pacific to Hybrid. Pacific is not delinquent in the payment of
    any tax or in the filing of any tax returns, and no deficiencies for any tax
    have been threatened, claimed, proposed or assessed which have not been
    settled or paid. Except as set forth in ITEM 2.8, no tax return of Pacific
    has ever been audited by the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing
    agency or authority. For the purposes of this Section 2.8, the terms "TAX"
    and "TAXES" include all federal, state, local and foreign income, gains,
    franchise, excise, property, sales, use, employment, license, payroll,
    occupation, recording, value added or transfer taxes, governmental charges,
    fees, levies or assessments (whether payable directly or by withholding),
    and, with respect to such taxes, any estimated tax, interest and penalties
    or additions to tax and interest on such penalties and additions to tax.
 
        2.9  TITLE TO PROPERTIES.  Except as set forth in ITEM 2.9, Pacific has
    good and marketable title to all of its assets as shown on the balance sheet
    as of the Balance Sheet Date included in the Pacific Financial Statements,
    free and clear of all liens, charges or encumbrances (other than for taxes
    not yet due and payable and Permitted Liens as defined below), other than
    such assets (i) that were sold by Pacific in the ordinary course of business
    since the Balance Sheet Date or (ii) which are subject to capitalized
    leases. "PERMITTED LIENS" means any lien, mortgage, encumbrance or
    restriction which is reflected in the Pacific Financial Statements and is
    not in excess of $50,000 and which does not
 
                                     A-1-7
<PAGE>
    materially detract from the value or materially interfere with the use, as
    currently utilized, of the properties subject thereto or affected thereby or
    otherwise materially impair the business operations being conducted thereon.
    Except as set forth in ITEM 2.9, there are no UCC financing statements of
    record with the State of California naming Pacific as debtor and Pacific
    owns no property in any other state. The machinery and equipment included in
    such assets are in all material respects in good condition and repair,
    normal wear and tear excepted, and all leases of real or personal property
    to which Pacific is a party are fully effective and afford Pacific peaceful
    and undisturbed possession of the subject matter of the lease, except to the
    extent that failure to have such peaceful and undisturbed possession would
    have a Material Adverse Effect. Pacific, to its knowledge, is not in
    violation of any zoning, building, safety or environmental ordinance,
    regulation or requirement or other law or regulation applicable to the
    operation of owned or leased properties, and Pacific has not received any
    notice of such violation with which it has not complied or had waived,
    except to the extent such violation would not have a Material Adverse
    Effect.
 
        2.10  ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES.  Since the Balance Sheet Date, Pacific
    has carried on its business in the ordinary course substantially in
    accordance with the procedures and practices in effect on the Balance Sheet
    Date, and except as set forth in ITEM 2.10, since the Balance Sheet Date
    there has not been with respect to Pacific:
 
           (a) any change in the financial condition, properties, assets,
       liabilities, business, results of operations or prospects of Pacific,
       which change by itself or in conjunction with all other such changes,
       whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, have had or is
       reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;
 
           (b) any contingent liability incurred by Pacific as guarantor or
       surety with respect to the obligations of others;
 
           (c) any mortgage, encumbrance or lien placed on any of the properties
       of Pacific;
 
           (d) any material obligation or liability incurred by Pacific other
       than in the ordinary course of business;
 
           (e) any purchase or sale or other disposition, or any agreement or
       other arrangement for the purchase, sale or other disposition, of any of
       the properties or assets of Pacific other than in the ordinary course of
       business;
 
           (f) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by
       insurance, would have or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
       Effect;
 
           (g) any declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend on, or
       the making of any other distribution in respect of, the capital stock of
       Pacific, any split, stock dividend, combination or recapitalization of
       the capital stock of Pacific or any direct or indirect redemption,
       purchase or other acquisition by Pacific of the capital stock of Pacific;
 
           (h) any significant labor dispute or material claim of unfair labor
       practices, any material change in the compensation payable or to become
       payable to any of Pacific's officers, employees or agents, or any
       material bonus payment or arrangement made to or with any of such
       officers, employees or agents;
 
           (i) any change with respect to the management, supervisory,
       development or other key personnel of Pacific (the management,
       supervisory, development and other key personnel of Pacific are listed on
       ITEM 2.10 hereof);
 
           (j) any payment or discharge of a material lien or liability thereof,
       which lien or liability was not either (i) shown on the balance sheet as
       of the Balance Sheet Date included in the Pacific
 
                                     A-1-8
<PAGE>
       Financial Statements or (ii) incurred in the ordinary course of business
       after the Balance Sheet Date; or
 
           (k) any obligation or liability incurred by Pacific to any of its
       officers, directors, shareholders or affiliates, or any loans or advances
       made to any of its officers, directors, shareholders or affiliates,
       except normal compensation and expense allowances payable to officers.
 
        2.11  AGREEMENTS AND COMMITMENTS.  Except as set forth in ITEM 2.11
    delivered by Pacific to Hybrid herewith, or as listed in ITEM 2.12, ITEM
    2.15.3 or ITEM 2.15.6 as required by Section 2.12, Section 2.15.3 or Section
    2.15.6, as the case may be, Pacific is not a party or subject to any oral or
    written executory agreement, obligation or commitment that is material to
    Pacific, its financial condition, business or prospects or which is
    described below and is not terminable within 60 days without cost or penalty
    to Pacific, including but not limited to the following:
 
           (a) Any contract, commitment, letter agreement, quotation or purchase
       order providing for payments by or to Pacific in an aggregate amount of
       (i) $50,000 or more in the ordinary course of business or (ii) $25,000 or
       more not in the ordinary course of business;
 
           (b) Any license agreement under which Pacific is licensor (except for
       any nonexclusive software license granted by Pacific to end-user
       customers where the form of the license, excluding standard immaterial
       deviations, has been provided to Hybrid's counsel); or under which
       Pacific is licensee (except for standard "shrink wrap" licenses for
       off-the-shelf software products);
 
           (c) Any agreement by Pacific to encumber, transfer or sell rights in
       or with respect to any Pacific Intellectual Property (as defined in
       Section 2.12 hereof);
 
           (d) Any agreement for the sale or lease of real or personal property
       involving more than $50,000 per year;
 
           (e) Any material dealer, distributor, sales representative, original
       equipment manufacturer, value added remarketer or other agreement for the
       distribution of Pacific's products;
 
           (f) Any material franchise agreement or financing statement;
 
           (g) Any stock redemption or purchase agreement;
 
           (h) Any joint venture contract or arrangement or any other agreement
       that involves a sharing of profits with other persons or the payment of
       royalties to any other person;
 
           (i) Any instrument evidencing indebtedness for borrowed money by way
       of direct loan, sale of debt securities, purchase money obligation,
       conditional sale, guarantee or otherwise, except for trade indebtedness
       or any advance to any employee of Pacific incurred or made in the
       ordinary course of business, and except as disclosed in the Pacific
       Financial Statements; or
 
           (j) Any contract containing covenants purporting to limit Pacific's
       freedom to compete in any line of business in any geographic area.
 
    All agreements, obligations and commitments listed in ITEM 2.11, ITEM 2.12,
ITEM 2.15.3 or ITEM 2.15.6 as required by Section 2.11, Section 2.12, Section
2.15.3 or Section 2.15.6, as the case may be, are valid and in full force and
effect, and except as expressly noted, a true and complete copy of each has been
delivered to Hybrid or Hybrid's counsel. Except as noted on ITEM 2.11, neither
Pacific nor, to the knowledge of Pacific, any other party is in breach of or
default under any material term of any such agreement, obligation or commitment.
Pacific is not a party to any contract or arrangement that it reasonably expects
will have a Material Adverse Effect. Pacific has no liability for renegotiation
of government contracts or subcontracts which are material to Pacific, its
financial condition, business or prospects.
 
                                     A-1-9
<PAGE>
        2.12  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.  Pacific owns all right, title and interest
    in, or has the right to use, all patent applications, patents, trademark
    applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, mask works, copyright
    applications, copyrights, trade secrets, know-how, technology and other
    intellectual property and proprietary rights used in or reasonably necessary
    to the conduct of its business as presently conducted, using such
    intellectual property and proprietary rights ("PACIFIC INTELLECTUAL
    PROPERTY"), except where the absence of such would not have a Material
    Adverse Effect. Pacific has taken reasonable measures to protect all
    material Pacific Intellectual Property, and, except as set forth on ITEM
    2.12, Pacific is not aware of any infringement of any Pacific Intellectual
    Property by any third party. Set forth on ITEM 2.12 delivered to Hybrid
    herewith is a true and complete list of all copyright, mask work and
    trademark registrations and applications and all patents and patent
    applications for Pacific Intellectual Property owned by Pacific. Pacific is
    not aware of any material loss, cancellation, termination or expiration of
    any such registration or patent except as set forth on ITEM 2.12,
    considering Pacific Intellectual Property. Pacific has delivered to Hybrid
    copies of agreements entered into with its present and former employees and
    consultants with respect to assignments of copyright and other intellectual
    property rights; and except as set forth on ITEM 2.12, all present employees
    have entered into such agreements. Copies of all forms of nondisclosure or
    confidentiality agreements utilized to protect the Pacific Intellectual
    Property have been provided to Hybrid. To Pacific's knowledge, the business
    of Pacific as conducted as of the date hereof does not, and will not cause
    Pacific to, infringe or violate any of the patents, trademarks, service
    marks, trade names, mask works, copyrights, trade secrets, proprietary
    rights or other intellectual property of any other person, and Pacific has
    not received any written or oral claim or notice of infringement or
    potential infringement of the intellectual property of any other person
    which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set
    forth on Item 2.12, or as a result of U.S. Export Control laws, Pacific has
    the unrestricted, worldwide right to reproduce, manufacture, sell, license
    and distribute all of its products (such products being set forth in ITEM
    2.12), as it currently does so, and the right to use all of its registered
    user lists, and is not using any confidential information or trade secrets
    of any former employer of any past or present employees.
 
        2.13  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  Pacific has complied, or prior to the
    Closing Date (as defined in Section 6.1 hereof) will have complied, and is
    or will be at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 6.1 hereof) in full
    compliance, in all respects material to Pacific, with all applicable laws,
    ordinances, regulations and rules, and all orders, writs, injunctions,
    awards, judgments and decrees, applicable to Pacific or to the assets,
    properties and business of Pacific, including, without limitation: (a) all
    applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations, (b) all
    applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, and
    all orders, writs, injunctions, awards, judgments and decrees, pertaining to
    (i) the sale, licensing, leasing, ownership or management of Pacific's
    owned, leased or licensed real or personal property, products or technical
    data, (ii) employment or employment practices, terms and conditions of
    employment, or wages and hours or (iii) safety, health, fire prevention,
    environmental protection (including toxic waste disposal and related matters
    described in Section 2.21 hereof), building standards, zoning or other
    similar matters, (c) the Export Administration Act and regulations
    promulgated thereunder or other laws, regulations, rules, orders, writs,
    injunctions, judgments or decrees applicable to the export or re-export of
    controlled commodities or technical data or (d) the Immigration Reform and
    Control Act, except as the noncompliance with (a) through (d) of this
    Section 2.13 would not as to any individual event of noncompliance, result
    in a Material Adverse Effect. Pacific has received all permits and approvals
    from, and has made all filings with, third parties, including government
    agencies and authorities, that are necessary to the conduct of its business
    as presently conducted.
 
        2.14  CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS AND AGREEMENTS.  No person who is an officer
    or director of Pacific has any direct or indirect ownership interest
    (excluding interests as a general partner or limited partner of an
    investment fund or personal holdings in mutual funds) in or any employment
    or consulting agreement with any firm or corporation that competes with
    Pacific or Hybrid (except with
 
                                     A-1-10
<PAGE>
    respect to any interest in less than 3% of the outstanding voting shares of
    any corporation whose stock is publicly traded). Except as set forth in ITEM
    2.14, no person who is an officer or director of Pacific, is directly or
    indirectly interested in any contract or informal arrangement with Pacific,
    including, but not limited to, any loan arrangements, except for
    compensation for services as an officer (listed in ITEM 2.15.3), director or
    employee of Pacific and except for the normal rights of a shareholder,
    warrantholder or optionholder. Except as set forth in ITEM 2.14, none of
    such officers or directors or family members has any interest in any
    property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, including, without
    limitation, inventions, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names or
    trade secrets, used in the business of Pacific, except for the normal rights
    of a shareholder.
 
        2.15  EMPLOYEES.
 
           2.15.1  Except as set forth in ITEM 2.15.1, (i) Pacific has no
       material employment contract or material consulting agreement currently
       in effect that is not terminable at will without material penalty or
       payment of compensation by Pacific (other than agreements with the sole
       purpose of providing for the confidentiality of proprietary information
       or assignment of inventions) and (ii) all employees and consultants of
       Pacific have executed Pacific's standard form of assignments of copyright
       and other intellectual property rights to Pacific.
 
           2.15.2  Pacific (a) has never been and is not now subject to a union
       organizing effort, (b) is not subject to any collective bargaining
       agreement with respect to any of its employees, (c) is not subject to any
       other material contract, written or oral, with any trade or labor union,
       employees' association or similar organization and (d) has no material
       current labor dispute. Pacific has good labor relations, and Pacific has
       no knowledge of any facts indicating that the consummation of the
       transactions provided for herein (other than the contemplated reductions
       in force associated therewith) will have a Material Adverse Effect on its
       labor relations, and has no knowledge that any of its key development or
       other employees (each of whom is listed on Item 2.15.2) intends to leave
       its employ.
 
           2.15.3  ITEM 2.15.3 delivered by Pacific to Hybrid herewith contains
       a list of all material employment and consulting agreements, material
       pension, retirement, disability, medical, dental or other health plans,
       material life insurance or other death benefit plans, material profit
       sharing, deferred compensation agreements, stock, option, bonus or other
       incentive plans, material vacation, sick, holiday or other paid leave
       plans, and material severance plans or other similar material employee
       benefit plans maintained by Pacific (the "EMPLOYEE PLANS"), including
       without limitation all "employee benefit plans" as defined in Section
       3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
       ("ERISA"). Pacific has delivered or made available copies or descriptions
       of all the Employee Plans to Hybrid and Hybrid's counsel. Except as set
       forth in ITEM 2.15.3, each of the Employee Plans, and its operation and
       administration, is, in all material respects, in compliance with each of
       the respective Employee Plans' terms and with all applicable, federal,
       state, local and other governmental laws and ordinances, orders, rules
       and regulations, including the requirements of ERISA and the Code. Except
       as set forth in ITEM 2.15.3, all such Employee Plans that are "employee
       pension benefit plans" (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) which are
       intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code have received
       favorable determination opinion, notification or advisory letters with
       respect to such plans that consider the Tax Reform Act of 1986 or have
       remaining a period of time under applicable Treasury regulations or IRS
       pronouncements in which to apply for such a letter and make any
       amendments necessary to obtain a favorable determination as to the
       qualified states of each such Employee Plan. In addition, Pacific has
       never been a participant in any "prohibited transaction," within the
       meaning of Section 406 of ERISA with respect to any employee pension
       benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) which Pacific sponsors
       as employer or in which Pacific participates as an employer, which was
       not otherwise exempt pursuant to Section 408 of ERISA (including, but not
       limited to, any individual exemption granted under
 
                                     A-1-11
<PAGE>
       Section 408(a) of ERISA), or which could result in an excise tax under
       the Code. The group health plans, as defined in Section 4980B(g) of the
       Code, that benefit employees of Pacific are in material compliance with
       the continuation coverage requirements of subsection 4980B of the Code.
       There are no material outstanding violations of Section 4980B of the Code
       with respect to any Employee Plan, covered employees or qualified
       beneficiaries. Except as set forth in Item 2.15.3, no employee of Pacific
       and no person subject to any Pacific health plan has made medical claims
       through such health plan during the twelve months preceding the date
       hereof for more than $50,000 or more, in the aggregate.
 
           2.15.4  To Pacific's knowledge, no employee of Pacific is in
       violation of any material term of any employment contract, patent or
       trade secret disclosure agreement or noncompetition agreement or any
       other contract or agreement, or any restrictive covenant, relating to the
       right of any such employee to be employed by Pacific or to use trade
       secrets or proprietary information of others, and, to Pacific's
       knowledge, the employment of any employee of Pacific does not subject
       Pacific to any liability to any third party.
 
           2.15.5  Except as set forth in ITEM 2.15.5, Pacific is not a party to
       any (a) agreement with any executive officer or other key employee of
       Pacific (i) the benefits of which are contingent, or the terms of which
       are materially altered, upon the occurrence of a transaction involving
       Pacific in the nature of any of the transactions contemplated by this
       Agreement and the Agreement of Merger, (ii) providing any term of
       employment or compensation guarantee or (iii) providing material benefits
       or other benefits after the termination of employment of such employee
       regardless of the reason for such termination of employment, or (b)
       material agreement or plan, including, without limitation, any stock
       option plan, stock appreciation rights plan or stock purchase plan, any
       of the benefits of which will be materially increased, or the vesting of
       benefits of which will be materially accelerated, by the occurrence of
       any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Agreement
       of Merger. Pacific is not obligated to make any excess parachute payment,
       as defined in Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code as a result of the
       transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Agreement of Merger.
 
           2.15.6  A list of all employees, officers and consultants of Pacific
       and their current compensation and benefits as of the date of this
       Agreement is set forth on ITEM 2.15.6.
 
           2.15.7  All material contributions due from Pacific with respect to
       any of the Employee Plans have been made or accrued on Pacific's
       financial statements, and no further material contributions will be due
       or will have accrued thereunder as of the Closing Date.
 
        2.16  CORPORATE DOCUMENTS.  Pacific has made available to Hybrid for
    examination all documents and information listed in ITEMS 2.1 through 2.21
    or other exhibits called for by this Agreement which have been reasonably
    requested by Hybrid's legal counsel, including, without limitation, the
    following: (a) copies of Pacific's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws as
    currently in effect; (b) Pacific's minute book containing all records of all
    proceedings, consents, actions and meetings of Pacific's directors and
    shareholders; (c) Pacific's stock ledger, journal and other records
    reflecting all stock issuances and transfers; and (d) all permits, orders
    and consents issued by any regulatory agency with respect to Pacific, or any
    securities of Pacific, and all applications for such permits, orders and
    consents.
 
        2.17  NO BROKERS.  Except as listed on ITEM 2.17, Pacific is not
    obligated for the payment of fees or expenses of any investment banker,
    broker or finder in connection with the origin, negotiation or execution of
    this Agreement or the Agreement of Merger or in connection with any
    transaction provided for herein or therein.
 
        2.18  DISCLOSURE.  This Agreement, its exhibits and schedules, and any
    of the certificates or documents to be delivered by Pacific to Hybrid under
    this Agreement, taken together, do not contain
 
                                     A-1-12
<PAGE>
    any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
    necessary in order to make the statements contained herein and therein, in
    light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
    misleading.
 
        2.19  BOOKS AND RECORDS.  The books, records and accounts of Pacific (a)
    are in all material respects true and complete, (b) have been maintained in
    accordance with reasonable business practices on a basis consistent with
    prior years, (c) are stated in reasonable detail and accurately and fairly
    reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Pacific and (d)
    accurately and fairly reflect the basis for the Pacific Financial
    Statements.
 
        2.20  INSURANCE.  Pacific maintains (as listed on Item 2.20) and at all
    times during the prior three years has maintained fire and casualty, workers
    compensation, general liability, business interruption and product liability
    insurance which it believes to be reasonably prudent for similarly sized and
    similarly situated business.
 
        2.21  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.
 
           2.21.1  To the knowledge of Pacific, during the period that Pacific
       has leased or owned its properties or leased, owned or operated any
       facilities, there have been no disposals, releases or threatened releases
       of Hazardous Materials (as defined below) on, from or under any such
       properties or facilities. Pacific has no knowledge of any presence,
       disposals, releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials on,
       from or under any of such properties or facilities, which may have
       occurred prior to Pacific having taken possession of any of such
       properties or facilities. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms
       "DISPOSAL," "RELEASE," and "THREATENED RELEASE" have the definitions
       assigned thereto by the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
       Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 ET SEQ.,
       as amended ("CERCLA"). For the purposes of this Section 2.22, "HAZARDOUS
       MATERIALS" mean any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste which
       is or becomes prior to the Closing Date (as defined in Section 6.1
       hereof) regulated under, or defined as a "hazardous substance,"
       "pollutant," "contaminant," "toxic chemical," "hazardous material,"
       "toxic substance" or "hazardous chemical" under (i) CERCLA; (ii) the
       Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, 42 U.S.C. Section
       11001 ET SEQ.; (iii) the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49
       U.S.C. Section 1801, ET SEQ.; (iv) the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15
       U.S.C. Section 2601 ET SEQ.; (v) the Occupational Safety and Health Act
       of 1970, 29 U.S.C. Section 651 ET SEQ.; (vi) regulations promulgated
       under any of the above statutes; or (vii) any other applicable federal,
       state or local statute, ordinance, rule or regulation that has a scope or
       purpose similar to those identified above.
 
           2.21.2  None of the properties or facilities currently leased or
       owned by Pacific or any properties or facilities previously occupied by
       Pacific is in violation of any federal, state or local law, ordinance,
       regulation or order relating to industrial hygiene or to the
       environmental conditions on, under or about such properties or
       facilities, including, but not limited to, soil and ground water
       condition.
 
           2.21.3  Except as set forth in ITEM 2.21, during Pacific's occupancy
       of any properties or facilities owned or leased at any time by Pacific,
       neither Pacific, nor to Pacific's knowledge, any third party, has used,
       generated, manufactured or stored on, under or about such properties and
       facilities or transported to or from such properties and facilities any
       Hazardous Materials.
 
           2.21.4  To the knowledge of Pacific, during the time that Pacific has
       owned or leased the properties and facilities currently occupied by it or
       any properties and facilities previously occupied by Pacific, there has
       been no litigation, proceeding or administrative action brought or
       threatened against Pacific, or any settlement reached by Pacific with,
       any party or parties alleging the presence, disposal, release or
       threatened release of any Hazardous Materials on, from or under any of
       such properties or facilities.
 
                                     A-1-13
<PAGE>
           2.21.5  To the knowledge of Pacific, during Pacific's occupancy of
       any properties or facilities owned or leased at any time by Pacific, no
       Hazardous Materials have been transported from such premises to any site
       or facility now listed or proposed for listing on the National Priorities
       List, at 40 C.F.R. Part 300, or any list with a similar scope or purpose
       published by any state authority.
 
        2.22  GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS.  All representations, certifications and
    disclosures made by Pacific to any Government Contract Party (as defined
    below) have been in all material respects current, complete and accurate at
    the times they were made. There have been no acts, omissions or
    noncompliance with regard to any applicable public contracting statute,
    regulation or contract requirement (whether express or incorporated by
    reference) relating to any of Pacific's contracts with any Government
    Contract Party (as defined below) in either case that have led to or is
    reasonably likely to lead to, either before or after the Closing Date (as
    defined in Section 6.1 hereof), (a) any material claim or dispute involving
    Pacific and/or Hybrid as successor in interest to Pacific and any Government
    Contract Party or (b) any suspension, debarment or contract termination, or
    proceeding related thereto. There has been no act or omission that relates
    to the marketing, licensing or selling to any Government Contract Party (as
    defined below) of any of Pacific technical data and products and that has
    led to or is reasonably likely to lead to, either before or after the
    Closing Date (as defined in Section 6.1 hereof), any material cloud on any
    of Pacific's rights in and to its technical data and products. All of
    Pacific's development of technical data and products was developed
    exclusively at private expense. For purposes of this Section 2.22, the term
    "GOVERNMENT CONTRACT PARTY" means any independent or executive agency,
    division, subdivision, audit group or procuring office of the federal
    government, including any prime contractor of the federal government and any
    higher level subcontractor of a prime contractor of the federal government,
    and including any employees or agents thereof, in each case acting in such
    capacity.
 
        2.23  INFORMATION SUPPLIED.  None of the information supplied or to be
    supplied by Pacific in writing for inclusion in the Form S-4 and the
    Prospectus/Proxy Statement, at the date such information is supplied and at
    the time of the vote of the Hybrid stockholders related to the Merger and
    the Pacific Shareholder Vote (as defined in Section 4.5), contains or will
    contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to
    state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order
    to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which
    they are made, not misleading or will, in the case of the Form S-4, at the
    time the Form S-4 becomes effective under the Securities Act, contain any
    untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
    required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein, in
    light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.
 
        2.24  BOARD APPROVAL.  The Board of Directors of Pacific has, as of the
    date of this Agreement, determined (i) that the Merger is fair to, and in
    the best interests of Pacific and its shareholders, and (ii) to recommend
    that the shareholders of Pacific approve and adopt this Agreement and
    approve the Merger.
 
        2.25  POOLING OF INTERESTS.  To Pacific's knowledge, based on
    consultation with its independent accountants, neither Pacific nor any of
    its directors, officers or shareholders has taken any action which would
    interfere with Pacific's or Hybrid's ability to account for the Merger as a
    pooling of interests.
 
    3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF HYBRID AND NEWCO
 
    Each of Hybrid and Newco, where applicable, hereby represents and warrants,
that, except as set forth on the Hybrid disclosure letter delivered to Pacific
herewith:
 
        3.1  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  Each of Hybrid and Newco is a
    corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
    laws of the State of Delaware and has the
 
                                     A-1-14
<PAGE>
    corporate power and authority to own, operate and lease its properties and
    to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted.
 
        3.2  POWER, AUTHORIZATION AND VALIDITY.
 
           3.2.1  Each of Hybrid and Newco has the corporate right, power, legal
       capacity and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under
       this Agreement, and all agreements to which Hybrid is or will be a party
       that are required to be executed pursuant to this Agreement (the "HYBRID
       ANCILLARY AGREEMENTS"). The execution, delivery and performance of this
       Agreement and the Hybrid Ancillary Agreements have been duly and validly
       approved and authorized by Hybrid's Board of Directors and Newco's Board
       of Directors and as required by applicable law and subject to any
       required approval by the stockholders of Hybrid, such stockholder
       approval will be duly and validly obtained prior to the Effective Time.
 
           3.2.2  No filing, authorization or approval, governmental or
       otherwise, is necessary to enable Hybrid to enter into, and to perform
       its obligations under, this Agreement and the Hybrid Ancillary
       Agreements, except for (a) the filing of the Agreement of Merger with the
       Secretaries of State of the States of Delaware and California, the filing
       of such officers' certificates and other documents as are required to
       effectuate the Merger under Delaware and California law and the filing of
       appropriate documents with the relevant authorities of other states in
       which Hybrid is qualified to do business, if any, (b) such post-closing
       filings as may be required to comply with federal and state securities
       laws and (c) the approval of this Agreement and the Agreement of Merger
       by the stockholders of Hybrid.
 
           3.2.3  This Agreement and the Hybrid Ancillary Agreements are, or
       when executed and delivered by Hybrid and Newco (as applicable) and the
       other parties thereto will be, valid and binding obligations of Hybrid
       and Newco, enforceable against Hybrid and Newco in accordance with their
       respective terms, except as to the effect, if any, of (a) applicable
       bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors
       generally, and (b) rules of law governing specific performance,
       injunctive relief and other equitable remedies; provided, however, that
       the Agreement of Merger and the Hybrid Ancillary Agreements will not be
       effective until the earlier of the Effective Time or the date provided
       for therein.
 
        3.3  NO VIOLATION OF EXISTING AGREEMENTS OR LAWS.  Neither the execution
    nor delivery of this Agreement or any Hybrid Ancillary Agreement, nor the
    consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will
    conflict with, or (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) result
    in a termination, breach, impairment or violation of (a) any provision of
    the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Hybrid, as currently in
    effect, or (b) any contract that is material to Hybrid's business or (c) any
    federal, state, local or foreign judgment, writ, decree, order, statute or
    regulation applicable to and that would have a Material Adverse Effect (as
    defined below) on Hybrid or its assets or properties. When used in
    connection with Hybrid, the term "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means, for
    purposes of this Agreement any change, event or effect that is or is
    reasonably likely to be materially adverse to the business, assets
    (including intangible assets),, liabilities, financial condition or results
    of operations of Hybrid except that a decline in Hybrid's stock price and
    its failure to meet its own or analysts' financial expectations for the
    quarter ended March 31, 1998 as described in Hybrid's press release dated
    March 12, 1998 shall not be deemed to be a Material Adverse Effect.
 
        3.4  SEC DOCUMENTS.  Hybrid has furnished Pacific with its registration
    statement on Form S-1 and the final prospectus dated November 12, 1997
    related to its initial public offering of Common Stock (the "FINAL
    PROSPECTUS"), and all other reports or documents required to be filed by
    Hybrid pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act since the filing
    of its Final Prospectus (the "SEC DOCUMENTS"). As of their respective dates,
    the SEC Documents were prepared in accordance with the requirements of the
    Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as the case may be, and the rules and
    regulations of the SEC thereunder applicable to such SEC Documents. The
    Hybrid SEC Documents,
 
                                     A-1-15
<PAGE>
    this Agreement, the exhibits and schedules hereto, and any certificates or
    documents to be delivered to Pacific pursuant to this Agreement, when taken
    together, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
    state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained
    herein and therein, in light of the circumstances under which such
    statements were made, not misleading.
 
        3.5  AUTHORIZED/OUTSTANDING CAPITAL STOCK.  The authorized capital stock
    of Hybrid consists of 100,000,000 shares of Hybrid Common Stock, $0.001 par
    value per share, of which 10,353,580 shares were issued and outstanding as
    of February 27, 1998, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par
    value per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding. The
    authorized capital stock of Newco consists of 1,000 shares of Common Stock,
    $0.001 par value, of which 1,000 shares are issued and outstanding and held
    by Hybrid.
 
        3.6  NO MATERIAL CHANGE.  Since the issuance of Hybrid's press release
    related to its financial results on March 12, 1998, there has not been with
    respect to Hybrid any change in the financial condition, properties, assets,
    liabilities, business, results of operations or prospects of Hybrid, which
    change by itself or in conjunction with all other such changes, whether or
    not arising in the ordinary course of business, have had or is likely to
    have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
        3.7  POOLING OF INTERESTS.  To Hybrid's knowledge, based on consultation
    with its independent accountants, neither Hybrid nor any of its directors,
    officers or stockholders has taken any action which would interfere with
    Hybrid's ability to account for the Merger as a pooling of interests.
 
        3.8  LITIGATION.  There is no action, suit, proceeding, claim,
    arbitration or investigation pending or as to which Hybrid has received any
    notice of assertion against Hybrid, which in any manner challenges or seeks
    to prevent, enjoin, alter or materially delay any of the transactions
    contemplated by this Agreement.
 
        3.9  BOARD APPROVAL.  The Board of Directors of Hybrid has, as of the
    date of this Agreement, determined (i) that the Merger is fair to, and in
    the best interests of Pacific and its stockholders, and (ii) to recommend
    that the stockholders of Hybrid approve and adopt this Agreement and approve
    the Merger.
 
    4.  PACIFIC PRECLOSING COVENANTS
 
    During the period from the date of this Agreement until the Effective Time,
Pacific covenants to and agrees with Hybrid as follows:
 
        4.1  ADVICE OF CHANGES.  Pacific will promptly advise Hybrid in writing
    (a) of any event occurring subsequent to the date of this Agreement that
    would render any representation or warranty of Pacific contained in this
    Agreement, if made on or as of the date of such event or the Closing Date
    (as defined in Section 6.1 hereof), untrue or inaccurate in any material
    respect and (b) the occurrence of any Material Adverse Effect. To ensure
    compliance with this Section 4.1, Pacific shall deliver to Hybrid within
    fifteen (15) days after the end of each monthly accounting period ending
    after the date of this Agreement and before the Closing Date, an unaudited
    balance sheet and statement of operations, which financial statements shall
    be prepared in the ordinary course of business, in accordance with Pacific's
    books and records and generally accepted accounting principles and shall
    fairly present the financial position of Pacific as of their respective
    dates and the results of Pacific's operations for the periods then ended.
 
        4.2  MAINTENANCE OF BUSINESS.  Pacific will use reasonable efforts to
    carry on and preserve its business and its relationships with customers,
    suppliers, employees and others in substantially the same manner as it has
    prior to the date hereof. If Pacific becomes aware of a material
    deterioration in the relationship with any material customer, supplier or
    key employee, it will promptly bring such
 
                                     A-1-16
<PAGE>
    information to the attention of Hybrid in writing and, if requested by
    Hybrid, will exert all reasonable efforts to restore the relationship.
 
        4.3  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.  Except as provided otherwise herein or as
    approved or recommended by Hybrid, Pacific will not, without the prior
    written consent of the President of Hybrid, not to be unreasonably withheld:
 
           (a) borrow any money in excess of an aggregate of $50,000 (not
       including any amounts borrowed from Hybrid);
 
           (b) enter into any transaction or make any commitment involving an
       expense of Pacific or capital expenditure by Pacific in excess of $50,000
       that is not in the ordinary course of business;
 
           (c) encumber or permit to be encumbered any of its assets except (i)
       in the ordinary course of its business consistent with past practice or
       (ii) encumbrances which are not in excess of $50,000;
 
           (d) dispose of any of its material assets except (i) in the ordinary
       course of business consistent with past practice or (ii) assets which are
       not in excess of $50,000;
 
           (e) enter into any material lease or contract for the purchase or
       sale of any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, or enter
       into any agreement of the types described in Section 2.11, except in the
       ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
 
           (f) fail to maintain its equipment and other assets in good working
       condition and repair according to the standards it has maintained to the
       date of this Agreement, subject only to ordinary wear and tear;
 
           (g) pay any bonus, royalty, increased salary (except for annual
       increases in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
       practice and disclosed to Hybrid in writing) or special remuneration to
       any officer, employee or consultant (except pursuant to existing
       arrangements heretofore disclosed in writing to Hybrid) or enter into any
       new employment or consulting agreement with any such person, or enter
       into any new agreement or plan of the type described in Section 2.15.3;
 
           (h) change accounting methods;
 
           (i) declare, set aside or pay any cash or stock dividend or other
       distribution in respect of capital stock, or redeem or otherwise acquire
       any of its capital stock, except for options granted to new hires for an
       aggregate of 50,000 shares of Pacific Common Stock;
 
           (j) amend or terminate any contract, agreement or license to which it
       is a party, except those amended or terminated in the ordinary course of
       business consistent with past practice or which are not material in
       amount or effect;
 
           (k) lend any amount to any person or entity, other than advances for
       travel and expenses which are incurred in the ordinary course of business
       consistent with past practice, not material in amount, which travel and
       expenses shall be reasonably documented by receipts for the claimed
       amounts consistent with past practice;
 
           (l) guarantee or act as a surety for any obligation except for the
       endorsement of checks and other negotiable instruments in the ordinary
       course of business, consistent with past practice or which are not
       material in amount;
 
           (m) waive or release any material right or claim except in the
       ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice;
 
                                     A-1-17
<PAGE>
           (n) issue or sell any shares of its capital stock of any class or any
       other of its securities, or issue or create any warrants, obligations,
       subscriptions, options, convertible securities, stock appreciation rights
       or other commitments to issue shares of capital stock, or accelerate the
       vesting of any outstanding option or other security, except for (i) the
       conversion of Pacific Preferred Stock or the exercise of Pacific Options
       or Pacific Warrants or (ii) the issuance of stock options under Pacific's
       stock option plans as provided in Section 4.3(i);
 
           (o) split or combine the outstanding shares of its capital stock of
       any class or enter into any recapitalization affecting the number of
       outstanding shares of its capital stock of any class or affecting any
       other of its securities;
 
           (p) except for the Merger, merge, consolidate or reorganize with, or
       acquire any entity;
 
           (q) amend its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws;
 
           (r) agree to any audit assessment by any tax authority or file any
       federal or state income or franchise tax return unless copies of such
       returns have been delivered to Hybrid for its review prior to filing;
 
           (s) license any of Pacific's technology or any of Pacific's
       Intellectual Property, except in the ordinary course of business
       consistent with past practice;
 
           (t) change any insurance coverage or issue any certificates of
       insurance;
 
           (u) terminate the employment of any key employee listed in Item
       2.10(i); or
 
           (v) agree to do any of the things described in the preceding clauses
       4.3(a) through 4.3(u).
 
        4.4  CERTAIN AGREEMENTS.  Pacific will use reasonable efforts to cause
    all present employees and consultants of Pacific who have not previously
    executed Pacific's forms of assignments of copyright and other intellectual
    property rights to Pacific to execute such forms, copies of which are
    attached hereto as EXHIBIT E.
 
        4.5  SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL.  At the earliest practicable date after the
    effectiveness of the Form S-4, Pacific will duly call and hold a special
    shareholder meeting, whereby this Agreement, the Agreement of Merger and
    related matters will be submitted for the consideration and approval of
    Pacific's shareholders (the "PACIFIC SHAREHOLDER VOTE"), which approval will
    be recommended by Pacific's Board of Directors and management. Such meeting
    will be called, held and conducted, and any proxies will be solicited, in
    compliance with applicable law. Concurrently with execution of this
    Agreement, Pacific will cause the parties listed on EXHIBIT F to sign
    agreements in the form of EXHIBIT Q hereto that among other things bind such
    shareholders to vote in favor of the Merger.
 
        4.6  EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENTS.  Richard B Gold shall
    execute and deliver, and Pacific will use reasonable efforts to cause Mike
    Morganstern and Allen Podell to execute and deliver to Hybrid employment
    agreements (the "EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS") and noncompetition agreements (the
    "NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENTS") in the form attached as EXHIBIT G, with respect
    to Richard B. Gold, and Exhibit H in a form to be negotiated in good faith
    by Pacific and Hybrid, with respect to Messrs. Morganstern and Podell, which
    agreements will become effective upon the Effective Time of the Merger.
 
        4.7  PROSPECTUS/PROXY STATEMENT.  Pacific will send to its shareholders
    in a timely manner, for the purpose of the Pacific Shareholder Vote, the
    Agreement of Merger and related matters and the Prospectus/Proxy Statement
    in the form filed by Hybrid with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424 under the
    Securities Act. Pacific will promptly provide all information relating to
    its business or operations necessary for inclusion in the Prospectus/Proxy
    Statement to satisfy the parties' respective obligations under applicable
    state and federal securities laws. Pacific will be solely responsible for
    any statement, information or omission in the Prospectus/Proxy Statement
    relating to Pacific or its affiliates and
 
                                     A-1-18
<PAGE>
    based upon written information furnished by Pacific. Pacific will not
    provide or publish to its shareholders any material concerning Pacific or
    its affiliates that violates the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any
    applicable state securities laws with respect to the transactions provided
    for herein.
 
        4.8  REGULATORY APPROVALS.  Pacific will execute and file, or join in
    the execution and filing, of any application or other document that may be
    necessary in order to obtain the authorization, approval or consent of any
    governmental body, federal, state, local or foreign, which may be reasonably
    required, or which Hybrid may reasonably request, in connection with the
    consummation of the transactions provided for in this Agreement. Pacific
    will use reasonable efforts to obtain or assist Hybrid in obtaining all such
    authorizations, approvals and consents.
 
        4.9  NECESSARY CONSENTS.  Pacific will use reasonable efforts to obtain
    such written consents and take such other actions as may be necessary or
    appropriate for Pacific, in addition to those set forth in Section 4.8, to
    facilitate and allow the consummation of the transactions provided for
    herein and to facilitate and allow Hybrid to carry on Pacific's business
    after the Closing Date (as defined in Section 6.1 hereof).
 
        4.10  LITIGATION.  Pacific will notify Hybrid in writing promptly after
    learning of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation by or before any
    court, board or governmental agency, initiated by or against Pacific or
    threatened against it.
 
        4.11  NO OTHER NEGOTIATIONS.  From the date hereof until the termination
    of this Agreement (provided such termination is not in breach of this
    Agreement) or the consummation of the Merger, Pacific will not, and will not
    authorize any officer, director, employee or affiliate of Pacific, or any
    other person, on its behalf, directly or indirectly, to (a) solicit,
    facilitate, discuss or encourage any offer, inquiry or proposal received
    from any party other than Hybrid, concerning the possible disposition of all
    or any substantial portion of Pacific's business, assets or capital stock by
    merger, sale or any other means or to otherwise solicit, facilitate, discuss
    or encourage any such disposition (other than the Merger), or (b) provide
    any confidential information to or negotiate with any third party other than
    Hybrid in connection with any offer, inquiry or proposal concerning any such
    disposition. Pacific will immediately notify Hybrid of any such offer,
    inquiry or proposal.
 
        4.12  ACCESS TO INFORMATION.  Until the Closing Date (as defined in
    Section 6.1 hereof) Pacific will provide Hybrid and its agents with
    reasonable access to the files, books, records and offices of Pacific,
    including, without limitation, any and all information relating to Pacific
    taxes, commitments, contracts, leases, licenses, real, personal and
    intangible property, and financial condition. Pacific will cause its
    accountants to cooperate with Hybrid and its agents in making available all
    financial information reasonably requested, including without limitation the
    right to examine all working papers pertaining to all financial statements
    prepared or audited by such accountants and will deliver the audited
    September 30, 1997 Pacific Financial Statements to Hybrid as soon as
    practicable after the date of this Agreement.
 
        4.13  SATISFACTION OF CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.  Pacific will use reasonable
    efforts to satisfy or cause to be satisfied all the conditions precedent
    which are set forth in Section 8, and Pacific will use reasonable efforts to
    cause the transactions provided for in this Agreement to be consummated,
    and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to obtain all
    consents and authorizations of third parties and to make all filings with,
    and give all notices to, third parties that may be necessary or reasonably
    required on its part in order to effect the transactions provided for
    herein.
 
        4.14  BLUE SKY LAWS.  Pacific shall use reasonable efforts to assist
    Hybrid to the extent necessary to comply with the securities and Blue Sky
    laws of all jurisdictions applicable in connection with the Merger.
 
                                     A-1-19
<PAGE>
        4.15  NOTIFICATION OF EMPLOYEE PROBLEMS.  Pacific will promptly notify
    Hybrid if any of Pacific's officers becomes aware that any of the key
    employees listed in ITEM 2.15.2 intends to leave its employ.
 
        4.16  PACIFIC AFFILIATES AGREEMENT.  To ensure that the issuance of
    Hybrid Common Stock in the Merger complies with the Securities Act and that
    the Merger will be accounted for as a "POOLING OF INTERESTS," concurrently
    with the execution of this Agreement, Pacific will use reasonable efforts to
    deliver to Hybrid, a written agreement from each of its affiliates (as
    listed on EXHIBIT F) (the "PACIFIC AFFILIATES AGREEMENT") in substantially
    the form of EXHIBIT I.
 
        4.17  PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDER REPRESENTATION LETTERS.  To ensure that the
    Merger will qualify as a "TAX-FREE" reorganization for federal income tax
    purposes, Pacific will cause each shareholder who beneficially owns more
    than 10% of the capital stock of Pacific (the "PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDER") to
    execute, at or before the Closing, the Pacific Affiliates Agreement in the
    form of EXHIBIT I.
 
        4.18  TAX OPINION.  Pacific shall use reasonable efforts to obtain a
    written opinion from its counsel, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
    Professional Corporation, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
    it, to the effect that the Merger will constitute a reorganization within
    the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. Pacific agrees to make reasonable
    representations as requested by such counsel for the purpose of rendering
    such opinion.
 
        4.19  PACIFIC DISSENTING SHARES.  As promptly as practicable after the
    date of the Pacific Shareholder Vote and prior to the Closing Date, Pacific
    shall furnish Hybrid with the name and, to the extent of Pacific's
    knowledge, the address of each holder of Eligible Dissenting Shares.
 
        4.20  POOLING ACCOUNTING.  Pacific shall use reasonable efforts to cause
    the business combination to be effected by the Merger to be accounted for as
    a pooling of interests. Pacific shall use reasonable efforts to cause its
    affiliates not to take any action that would adversely affect the ability of
    Hybrid to account for the business combination to be effected by the Merger
    as a pooling of interests.
 
    5.  HYBRID PRECLOSING COVENANTS
 
    During the period from the date of this Agreement until the Effective Time,
Hybrid covenants to and agrees with Pacific as follows:
 
        5.1  ADVICE OF CHANGES.  Hybrid will promptly advise Pacific in writing
    (a) of any event occurring subsequent to the date of this Agreement that
    would render any representation or warranty of Hybrid contained in this
    Agreement, if made on or as of the date of such event or the Closing Date
    (as defined in Section 6.1 hereof), untrue or inaccurate in any material
    respect and (b) the occurrence of any Material Adverse Effect.
 
        5.2  SATISFACTION OF CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.  Hybrid will use all
    reasonable efforts to satisfy or cause to be satisfied all the conditions
    precedent which are set forth in Section 7, and Hybrid will use all
    reasonable efforts to cause the transactions provided for in this Agreement
    to be consummated, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to
    obtain all consents and authorizations of third parties and to make all
    filings with, and give all notices to, third parties that may be necessary
    or reasonably required on its part in order to effect the transactions
    provided for herein.
 
        5.3  REGULATORY APPROVALS.  Hybrid will execute and file, or join in the
    execution and filing, of any application or other document that may be
    necessary in order to obtain the authorization, approval or consent of any
    governmental body, federal, state, local or foreign, which may be reasonably
    required, or which Pacific may reasonably request, in connection with the
    consummation of the transactions provided for in this Agreement. Hybrid will
    use all reasonable efforts to obtain all such authorizations, approvals and
    consents.
 
        5.4  HYBRID AFFILIATES AGREEMENTS.  To ensure that the Merger will be
    accounted for as a "POOLING OF INTERESTS," concurrently with the execution
    of this Agreement, Hybrid will use reasonable efforts to
 
                                     A-1-20
<PAGE>
    deliver to Pacific a written agreement from each of its affiliates (the
    "HYBRID AFFILIATES AGREEMENT") in substantially the form of EXHIBIT J.
 
        5.5  TAX OPINIONS.  Hybrid shall use reasonable efforts to obtain a
    written opinion from its counsel, Fenwick & West LLP, in form and substance
    reasonably satisfactory to it to the effect that the Merger will constitute
    a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code and such
    opinions shall not have been withdrawn. Hybrid agrees to make reasonable
    representations as requested by such counsel for the purpose of rendering
    such opinion.
 
        5.6  NMS LISTING.  Hybrid agrees to authorize for listing on the Nasdaq
    National Market the Hybrid Common Stock issuable, and those required to be
    reserved for issuance, in connection with the Merger, upon official notice
    of issuance.
 
        5.7  VOTING AGREEMENTS.  Hybrid will use reasonable efforts to deliver
    to Pacific a written agreement from each of the entities listed on EXHIBIT K
    (the "VOTING AGREEMENT") in substantially the form of EXHIBIT L providing
    that such persons will vote in favor of the Merger.
 
        5.8  MAINTENANCE OF BUSINESS.  Hybrid will use reasonable efforts to
    carry on and preserve its business and its relationships with customers,
    suppliers, employees and others in substantially the same manner as it has
    prior to the date hereof. Promptly following the public dissemination of
    information related to a material deterioration in the relationship with any
    material customer, supplier or key employee, or material litigation related
    to the business operations of Hybrid, Hybrid will supply Pacific with a copy
    of such public dissemination.
 
        5.9  STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.  If required by law or the Nasdaq Stock
    Market, at the earliest practicable date after the effectiveness of the Form
    S-4, Hybrid will duly call and hold a stockholder meeting (the "HYBRID
    STOCKHOLDER VOTE"), whereby this Agreement, the Agreement of Merger and
    related matters will be submitted for the consideration and approval of
    Hybrid's stockholders, which approval will be recommended by Pacific's Board
    of Directors and management. Such meeting will be called, held and
    conducted, and any proxies will be solicited, in compliance with applicable
    law.
 
        5.10  PROSPECTUS/PROXY STATEMENT.  Hybrid will send to its stockholders
    in a timely manner, for the purpose of the Hybrid Stockholder Vote, the
    Agreement of Merger and related matters and the Prospectus/Proxy Statement
    in the form filed by Hybrid with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424 under the
    Securities Act. Hybrid will use reasonable efforts to have the Form S-4
    declared effective by the SEC. Hybrid will promptly provide all information
    relating to its business or operations necessary for inclusion in the
    Prospectus/Proxy Statement to satisfy the parties' respective obligations
    under applicable state and federal securities laws. Hybrid will be solely
    responsible for any statement, information or omission in the
    Prospectus/Proxy Statement relating to Hybrid or its affiliates and based
    upon written information furnished by Hybrid. Hybrid will not provide or
    publish to its shareholders any material concerning Hybrid or its affiliates
    that violates the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any applicable state
    securities laws with respect to the transactions provided for herein.
 
        5.11  NECESSARY CONSENTS.  Hybrid will use reasonable efforts to obtain
    such written consents and take such other actions as may be necessary or
    appropriate for Hybrid to facilitate and allow the consummation of the
    transactions provided for herein.
 
        5.12  BLUE SKY LAWS.  Hybrid shall use reasonable efforts to comply with
    the securities and Blue Sky laws of all jurisdictions applicable in
    connection with the Merger.
 
        5.13  POOLING ACCOUNTING.  Hybrid shall use reasonable efforts to cause
    the business combination to be effected by the Merger to be accounted for as
    a pooling of interests. Hybrid shall use reasonable efforts to cause its
    affiliates not to take any action that would adversely affect the ability of
    Hybrid to account for the business combination to be effected by the Merger
    as a pooling of interests.
 
                                     A-1-21
<PAGE>
        5.14  FILING OF FORM S-8.  As soon as practicable after the Closing
    Date, Hybrid will use reasonable efforts to file a Form S-8 with the SEC to
    register the shares underlying the Pacific Options being assumed by Hybrid
    in the Merger.
 
    6.  CLOSING MATTERS
 
        6.1  THE CLOSING.  Subject to termination of this Agreement as provided
    in Section 9 below, the closing of the transactions provided for herein (the
    "CLOSING") will take place at the offices of Fenwick & West LLP, Two Palo
    Alto Square, Palo Alto, California 94306 at 10:00 a.m., Pacific Time on or
    before May 31, 1998, or, if all conditions to Closing have not been
    satisfied or waived by such date, such other place, time and date as Pacific
    and Hybrid may mutually select (the "CLOSING DATE"). The parties agree to
    use their best efforts to satisfy all conditions to closing on or before May
    31, 1998. Prior to or concurrently with the Closing, the Agreement of Merger
    and such officers' certificates or other documents as may be required to
    effectuate the Merger will be filed in the office of the California
    Secretary of State and the Agreement of Merger and such certificates of
    approval or other documents as may be required to effectuate the Merger will
    be filed in the office of the Delaware Secretary of State. Accordingly, the
    Merger will become effective at the Effective Time.
 
        6.2  EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATES.
 
           6.2.1  As of the Effective Time, all shares of Pacific Capital Stock
       that are outstanding immediately prior thereto will, by virtue of the
       Merger and without further action, cease to exist, and all such shares
       will be converted into the right to receive from Hybrid the number of
       shares of Hybrid Common Stock determined as set forth in Section 1.1,
       subject to Section 1.2 and 1.3 hereof.
 
           6.2.2  At and after the Effective Time, each certificate representing
       outstanding shares of Pacific Capital Stock will represent the number of
       shares of Hybrid Common Stock into which such shares of Pacific Capital
       Stock have been converted, and such shares of Hybrid Common Stock will be
       deemed registered in the name of the holder of such certificate. As soon
       as practicable after the Effective Time, each holder of shares of Pacific
       Capital Stock will surrender (a) the certificates for such shares (the
       "PACIFIC CERTIFICATES") to Hybrid for cancellation or (b) an affidavit of
       lost certificate (or nonissued) and a bond in form reasonably
       satisfactory to Hybrid (a "BOND"). Promptly following the Effective Time
       and receipt of the Pacific Certificates and/or the Bonds, Hybrid will
       cause its transfer agent to mail to each holder of record of Pacific
       Certificates (i) a letter of transmittal (which shall specify that
       delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Pacific
       Certificates shall pass, only upon delivery of the Pacific Certificates
       to the transfer agent and shall be in such form and have such other
       provisions as Hybrid and Pacific may reasonably specify) and (ii)
       instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Pacific
       Certificates in exchange for certificate representing Hybrid Common
       Stock. Upon surrender of a Pacific Certificate for cancellation to the
       transfer agent, together with a duly executed letter of transmittal and
       such other documents as may be reasonably required by the transfer agent,
       the transfer agent will issue to such surrendering holder certificate(s)
       for the number of shares of Hybrid Common Stock to which such holder is
       entitled pursuant to Section 1.1, subject to Section 1.2 hereof, less the
       shares of Hybrid Common Stock deposited into escrow pursuant to Section
       1.3 hereof, and Hybrid will distribute any cash payable under Section
       1.2.
 
           6.2.3  All shares of Hybrid Common Stock (and, if applicable, cash in
       lieu of fractional shares) delivered upon the surrender of Pacific
       Certificates in accordance with the terms hereof will be delivered to the
       registered holder or placed in escrow with the Escrow Agent, as
       applicable. After the Effective Time, there will be no further
       registration of transfers of the shares of Pacific Capital Stock on the
       stock transfer books of Pacific. If, after the Effective Time, Pacific
       Certificates are presented for transfer or for any other reason, they
       will be canceled and exchanged and certificates therefor will be
       delivered or placed in escrow as provided in this
 
                                     A-1-22
<PAGE>
       Section 6.2. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except to
       the extent waived by Hybrid, any Pacific Certificate that is not properly
       submitted to Hybrid for exchange and cancellation within three years
       after the Effective Time shall no longer evidence ownership of or any
       right to receive shares of Hybrid Common Stock and all rights of the
       holder of such Pacific Certificate, with respect to the shares previously
       evidenced by such Pacific Certificate, shall cease.
 
           6.2.4  Until Pacific Certificates representing Pacific Capital Stock
       outstanding prior to the Merger are surrendered pursuant to Section 6.2.2
       above, such certificates will be deemed, for all purposes, to evidence
       ownership of (a) the number of shares of Hybrid Common Stock into which
       the shares of Pacific Capital Stock will have been converted, subject to
       the obligation to place a portion thereof in escrow as required hereby,
       and (b) if applicable, cash in lieu of fractional shares.
 
        6.3  ASSUMPTION OF OPTIONS AND WARRANTS.  Promptly after the Effective
    Time, Hybrid will notify in writing each holder of a Pacific Option or
    Pacific Warrant of the assumption of such Pacific Option or Pacific Warrant
    by Hybrid, and the number of shares of Hybrid Common Stock that are then
    subject to such option or warrant and the exercise price of such option or
    warrant, as determined pursuant to Sections 1.1 and 1.2 hereof.
 
    7.  CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF PACIFIC
 
    Pacific's obligations hereunder are subject to the fulfillment or
satisfaction, on and as of the Closing, of each of the following conditions (any
one or more of which may be waived by Pacific, but only in a writing signed on
behalf of Pacific by its President or Chief Financial Officer):
 
        7.1  (a) ACCURACY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The
    representations and warranties of Hybrid contained in this Agreement shall
    have been true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this
    Agreement. The representations and warranties of Hybrid hereunder shall be
    deemed not to be true and correct in all material respects on the date of
    this Agreement only if the aggregate amount of losses or damages reasonably
    related to, arising out of or expected to arise out of any breach of such
    representations and warranties (without regard to any limitations for
    materiality that are contained in the individual representations and
    warranties) are reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on
    Hybrid. In addition, the representations and warranties of Hybrid contained
    in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and
    as of the Closing Date except for changes contemplated by this Agreement and
    except for those representations and warranties which address matters only
    as of a particular date (which shall remain true and correct as of such
    particular date), with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the
    Closing Date, except in such cases where the failure to be so true and
    correct would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Hybrid. Pacific shall
    have received a certificate with respect to the foregoing signed on behalf
    of Hybrid by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of
    Hybrid.
 
           (b)  MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT.  No Material Adverse Effect with
       respect to Hybrid shall have occurred since the date of this Agreement.
 
        7.2  COVENANTS.  Hybrid shall have performed and complied in all
    material respects with all of its covenants contained in Section 5 on or
    before the Closing Date, and Pacific shall have received a certificate to
    such effect executed on behalf of Hybrid by its President or Chief Financial
    Officer.
 
        7.3  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  There shall be no order, decree, or ruling by
    any court or governmental agency or threat thereof, or any other fact or
    circumstance, which would prohibit or render illegal the transactions
    contemplated by this Agreement.
 
        7.4  GOVERNMENT CONSENTS.  There shall have been obtained at or prior to
    the Closing Date such permits or authorizations, and there shall have been
    taken such other actions, as may be required to consummate the Merger by any
    regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the parties and the
 
                                     A-1-23
<PAGE>
    actions herein proposed to be taken, including but not limited to
    satisfaction of all requirements under applicable federal and state
    securities laws.
 
        7.5  DOCUMENTS.  Pacific shall have received all written consents,
    assignments, waivers, authorizations or other certificates reasonably deemed
    necessary by Pacific's legal counsel to consummate the transactions provided
    for herein.
 
        7.6  FORM S-4.  The Form S-4 shall have become effective under the
    Securities Act and shall not be the subject of any stop order or proceedings
    seeking a stop order and the Prospectus/Proxy Statement shall on the Closing
    Date not be subject to any proceedings commenced or threatened by the SEC
    unless withdrawn.
 
        7.7  OPINION OF HYBRID'S COUNSEL.  Pacific shall have received from
    Fenwick & West LLP, counsel to Hybrid, an opinion substantially in the form
    of EXHIBIT M.
 
        7.8  INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT.  Certain Pacific Holders will have
    received registration rights under an Investor Rights Agreement in the form
    attached as EXHIBIT N, executed and delivered by Hybrid.
 
        7.9  SHAREHOLDER AND STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.  The principal terms of this
    Agreement and the Agreement of Merger shall have been approved and adopted
    by the Pacific shareholders, as required by applicable law and Pacific's
    Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, and by the Hybrid stockholders, as
    required by applicable law and Hybrid's Certificate of Incorporation and
    Bylaws.
 
        7.10  EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENTS.  Hybrid shall have
    executed and delivered the Employment Agreements and the Noncompetition
    Agreements.
 
        7.11  BOARD SEATS.  Richard B. Gold and Matt Miller shall have been
    appointed to the Board of Directors of Hybrid and Hybrid shall have executed
    its standard form of indemnity agreement with Messrs. Gold and Miller as
    Hybrid directors.
 
    8.  CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF HYBRID
 
    The obligations of Hybrid hereunder are subject to the fulfillment or
satisfaction on, and as of the Closing, of each of the following conditions (any
one or more of which may be waived by Hybrid, but only in a writing signed on
behalf of Hybrid by its President or Chief Financial Officer):
 
        8.1  (a) ACCURACY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The
    representations and warranties of Pacific contained in this Agreement shall
    have been true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this
    Agreement. The representations and warranties of Pacific hereunder shall be
    deemed not to be true and correct in all material respects on the date of
    this Agreement only if the aggregate amount of losses or damages reasonably
    related to, arising out of or expected to arise out of any breach of such
    representations and warranties (without regard to any limitations for
    materiality that are contained in the individual representations and
    warranties) are reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on
    Pacific. In addition, the representations and warranties of Pacific
    contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material
    respects on and as of the Closing Date except for changes contemplated by
    this Agreement and except for those representations and warranties which
    address matters only as of a particular date (which shall remain true and
    correct as of such particular date), with the same force and effect as if
    made on and as of the Closing Date, except in such cases where the failure
    to be so true and correct would not have a Material Adverse Effect on
    Pacific. Hybrid shall have received a certificate with respect to the
    foregoing signed on behalf of Pacific by the Chief Executive Officer and the
    Chief Financial Officer of Pacific.
 
           (b)  MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT.  No Material Adverse Effect with
       respect to Pacific shall have occurred since the date of this Agreement.
 
                                     A-1-24
<PAGE>
        8.2  COVENANTS.  Pacific shall have performed and complied in all
    material respects with all of its covenants contained in Section 4 on or
    before the Closing and Hybrid shall have received a certificate to such
    effect signed on behalf of Pacific by its President and Chief Financial
    Officer.
 
        8.3  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  There shall be no order, decree, or ruling by
    any court or governmental agency or threat thereof, or any other fact or
    circumstance, which would prohibit or render illegal the transactions
    provided for in this Agreement.
 
        8.4  GOVERNMENT CONSENTS.  There shall have been obtained at or prior to
    the Closing Date such permits or authorizations and there shall have been
    taken such other action, as may be required to consummate the Merger by any
    regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the parties and the actions
    herein proposed to be taken, including but not limited to satisfaction of
    all requirements under applicable federal and state securities laws.
 
        8.5  DOCUMENTS.  Hybrid shall have received all written consents,
    assignments, waivers, authorizations or other certificates reasonably deemed
    necessary by Hybrid's legal counsel, as listed on Exhibit P, to provide for
    the continuation in full force and effect of any and all material contracts
    and leases of Pacific.
 
        8.6  FORM S-4.  The Form S-4 shall have become effective under the
    Securities Act and shall not be the subject of any stop order or proceedings
    seeking a stop order and the prospectus/Proxy Statement shall on the Closing
    not be subject to any proceedings commenced or threatened by the SEC unless
    withdrawn.
 
        8.7  OPINION OF PACIFIC'S COUNSEL.  Hybrid shall have received from
    Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati Professional Corporation, counsel to
    Pacific, an opinion substantially in the form of EXHIBIT O.
 
        8.8  REQUISITE APPROVALS; DISSENTING SHARES.  The principal terms of
    this Agreement and the Agreement of Merger shall have been approved and
    adopted by the Pacific shareholders, as required by applicable law and
    Pacific's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, and by the Hybrid
    stockholders, as required by applicable law and Hybrid's Certificate of
    Incorporation and Bylaws. Pacific shall comply with the California
    Corporations Code with respect to any Pacific dissenting shares. No more
    than five percent (5%) of Pacific's Capital Stock shall be Eligible
    Dissenting Shares.
 
        8.9  NO LITIGATION.  No litigation or proceeding shall be pending which
    will have the probable effect of enjoining or preventing the consummation of
    any of the transactions provided for in this Agreement. No litigation or
    proceeding shall be pending which could reasonably be expected to have a
    Material Adverse Effect that has not been previously disclosed to Hybrid
    herein.
 
        8.10  POOLING OPINION.  Hybrid shall have received from Coopers &
    Lybrand L.L.P. an opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to Hybrid,
    that the Merger will be treated as a "pooling of interests" for accounting
    purposes; provided that the failure of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. to deliver
    such opinion shall not constitute a failure of this condition if Coopers &
    Lybrand L.L.P. shall refuse to issue such an opinion because of actions
    taken by Hybrid (unless with Pacific's consent) between the signing of this
    Agreement and the Closing Date.
 
        8.11  ESCROW.  Hybrid shall have received the Escrow Agreement,
    substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, executed by the
    Representative of the Pacific Holders, which agreement provides for the
    escrow of the Escrow Shares on the terms and conditions of the Escrow
    Agreement.
 
        8.12  EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENTS.  Richard B. Gold, Mike
    Morganstern and Allen Podell will have executed and delivered to Hybrid the
    Employment Agreements, which agreements will become effective upon the
    Effective Time of the Merger. Richard B. Gold, Mike Morganstern and Allen
    Podell will have executed and delivered to Hybrid the Noncompetition
    Agreements, which agreements will become effective upon the Effective Time
    of the Merger.
 
                                     A-1-25
<PAGE>
    8.13  PACIFIC AFFILIATES AGREEMENT.  Each of the affiliates of Pacific will
have executed and delivered to Hybrid the Pacific Affiliates Agreement in the
form of Exhibit I.
 
    9.  TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT
 
        9.1  TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to
    the Effective Time, whether before or after approval of the Merger by the
    shareholders of Pacific:
 
           (a) by the mutual written consent of Hybrid and Pacific;
 
           (b) Unless otherwise specifically provided herein or agreed in
       writing by Hybrid and Pacific, upon notice by either party, this
       Agreement will be terminated if all the conditions to Closing have not
       been satisfied or waived on or before July 31, 1998 (the "FINAL DATE")
       other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement by the terminating
       party, or a breach by any of the affiliates of the terminating party of
       the Affiliate Agreements.
 
           (c) by Pacific, if there has been a breach by Hybrid of any
       representation, warranty, covenant or agreement set forth in this
       Agreement on the part of Hybrid, or if any representation of Hybrid will
       have become untrue, in either case which has or can reasonably be
       expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Hybrid and which Hybrid
       fails to cure within a reasonable time, not to exceed thirty (30) days,
       after written notice thereof (except that no cure period will be provided
       for a breach by Hybrid which by its nature cannot be cured);
 
           (d) by Hybrid, if there has been a breach by Pacific of any
       representation, warranty, covenant or agreement set forth in this
       Agreement on the part of Pacific, or if any representation of Pacific
       will have become untrue, in either case which has or can reasonably be
       expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Pacific and which Pacific
       fails to cure within a reasonable time not to exceed thirty (30) days
       after written notice thereof (except that no cure period will be provided
       for a breach by Pacific which by its nature cannot be cured);
 
           (e) by either party if the required approvals of the shareholders of
       Pacific or the stockholders of Hybrid will not have been obtained by
       reason of the failure to obtain the required vote; or
 
           (f) by either party, if a permanent injunction or other order by any
       Federal or state court which would make illegal or otherwise restrain or
       prohibit the consummation of the Merger will have been issued and will
       have become final and nonappealable.
 
    Any termination of this Agreement under this Section 9.1 will be effective
by the delivery of written notice of the terminating party to the other party
hereto.
 
        9.2  EXTENSION OF FINAL DATE IN EVENT OF INJUNCTION.  Notwithstanding
    the foregoing, if a temporary, preliminary or permanent injunction or other
    order by any federal or state court which would prohibit or otherwise
    restrain consummation of the Merger will have been issued and will remain in
    effect on the Final Date, and such injunction will not have become final and
    nonappealable, either party, by giving the other written notice thereof on
    or prior to such date, may extend the time for consummation of the Merger up
    to and including the earlier of the date such injunction will become final
    and non-appealable or 45 days after the Final Date, so long as such party
    will, at its own expense, use reasonable efforts to have such injunction
    dissolved.
 
        9.3  TERMINATION PAYMENT.
 
           9.3.1  In the event that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to
       Section 9.1(d) above solely because (a) Pacific fails to satisfy Section
       8.8 because more than 5% of Pacific's Capital Stock constitutes Eligible
       Dissenting Shares; or (b) Pacific fails to satisfy Section 8.10 because
       of actions taken by Pacific after the date of this Agreement, then
       Pacific shall pay to Hybrid, within 15 days after the date of such
       termination, a termination payment of $375,000 plus expenses incurred in
       connection with the Merger, including attorneys fees. In the event that
       this Agreement is
 
                                     A-1-26
<PAGE>
       terminated pursuant to 9.1(c) above solely because Hybrid fails to
       receive a pooling opinion from Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. because of
       actions taken by Hybrid after the date of this Agreement, then Hybrid
       shall pay to Pacific, within 15 days after the date of such termination,
       a termination payment of $375,000 plus expenses incurred in connection
       with the Merger, including attorneys fees. Any payment made pursuant to
       this Section 9.3.1 shall hereinafter be designated a "TERMINATION
       PAYMENT." Neither party shall be obligated to make a Termination Payment
       if this Agreement is terminated for any other reason.
 
           9.3.2  If this Agreement is terminated under circumstances that a
       party believes entitles it ("THE RECEIVING PARTY") to receive the
       Termination Payment and the other party (the "TERMINATING PARTY")
       indicates that it does not intend to pay the Receiving Party the
       Termination Payment, then such party, by written notice delivered to the
       Terminating Party, will have the right to submit the issue of whether the
       Receiving Party is entitled to receive the Termination Payment to
       arbitration under Section 11.1 hereof. In such event, each of Pacific and
       Hybrid will either agree on a mutually acceptable arbitrator within ten
       business days of the Terminating Party's receipt of the Receiving Party's
       notice, or if agreement has not been reached by that date, each party
       will deliver to the other by that date the name of their designated
       arbitrator. If any party fails to deliver the name of such designated
       arbitrator to the other, then the arbitrator selected by the party that
       complied with the terms of this Section 9.3.3 will be the sole arbitrator
       of the dispute. If Hybrid and Pacific deliver the name of their
       designated arbitrator to each other as required hereunder, such
       designated arbitrators will, within ten business days after being so
       designated, appoint a third, mutually acceptable arbitrator. The
       arbitrator (if one arbitrator is selected hereunder) or a majority of the
       arbitrators (if three arbitrators are selected hereunder) will, within
       the next thirty days solicit such information from Hybrid and Pacific
       such that it or they, as appropriate, can render their judgment within
       ten days thereafter as to whether or not the Termination Payment is due
       hereunder.
 
        9.4  CERTAIN CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS.  Following any termination of this
    Agreement pursuant to this Section 9, the parties hereto will continue to
    perform their respective obligations under Sections 9 and 11 but will not be
    required to continue to perform their other covenants under this Agreement.
 
    10.  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, INDEMNIFICATION AND REMEDIES, CONTINUING
         COVENANTS
 
        10.1  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS.
 
           10.1.1  REPRESENTATIONS OF PACIFIC.  All representations, warranties
       and covenants of Pacific contained in this Agreement will remain
       operative and in full force and effect after the Closing, regardless of
       any investigation made by or on behalf of the parties to this Agreement;
       PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
 
               (a) no claim for violations of representations and warranties
           contained in Section 2.7 shall be made unless Hybrid gives written
           notice to Pacific no later than the date of issuance of Hybrid's
           press release regarding its audited financial results for the fiscal
           year ending December 31, 1998.
 
               (b) no claim for violations of representations and warranties
           other than those contained in Section 2.7 shall be made unless Hybrid
           gives written notice to Pacific on or prior to twelve months after
           the Closing; and
 
    The applicable date after which claims are barred under Section 10.1.1(a) or
(b) shall be referred to as the "APPLICABLE EXPIRATION DATE."
 
    Except for the obligations of Pacific under Sections 9 and 11, the
representations, warranties and covenants of Pacific contained in this Agreement
will terminate as of the termination of this Agreement in
 
                                     A-1-27
<PAGE>
accordance with its terms. Any judgment or settlement of a claim against Pacific
for a breach of its obligations hereunder brought after the Effective Time will
be settled in Hybrid Common Stock, valued at the Closing Price.
 
           10.1.2  REPRESENTATIONS OF HYBRID.  Except for Hybrid's obligations
       pursuant to Sections 9 and 11, Hybrid's representations, warranties and
       covenants contained in this Agreement will terminate as of the
       termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms or, if the
       Closing occurs, such representations, warranties and covenants will
       terminate upon the Closing.
 
        10.2  PACIFIC AGREEMENT TO INDEMNIFY.
 
           10.2.1  GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION BY PACIFIC HOLDERS.  Subject to the
       limitations set forth in this Section 10.2, the Pacific Holders will
       indemnify and hold harmless Hybrid and its respective officers,
       directors, agents and employees, and each person, if any, who controls or
       may control Hybrid within the meaning of the Securities Act (hereinafter
       in this Section 10.2 referred to individually as an "INDEMNIFIED PERSON"
       and collectively as "INDEMNIFIED PERSONS") from and against any and all
       claims, demands, actions, causes of action, losses, costs, damages,
       liabilities and expenses including, without limitation, reasonable legal
       fees (collectively, "DAMAGES"):
 
               (a) Arising out of any misrepresentation or breach of or default
           in connection with any of the representations, warranties or
           covenants given or made by Pacific in this Agreement or any
           certificate, document or instrument delivered by or on behalf of
           Pacific or by one of the Pacific Holders pursuant hereto; or
 
               (b) Resulting from any failure of any Pacific Holders to have
           good, valid and marketable title to the issued and outstanding
           Pacific capital stock held by such shareholders, free and clear of
           all liens, claims, pledges, options, adverse claims, assessments or
           charges of any nature whatsoever, or to have full right, capacity and
           authority to vote such Pacific capital stock in favor of the Merger
           and the other transactions contemplated by the Agreement of Merger.
 
           10.2.2  LIMITATIONS.  Except as provided under Section 10.2.3, this
       Section 10.2 sets forth the sole and exclusive remedies of the
       Indemnified Persons for misrepresentation or breach of or default in
       connection with any of the representations, warranties or covenants given
       by or on behalf of Pacific or by one of the Pacific Shareholders pursuant
       hereto. The Pacific Holders shall not incur liability under Section
       10.2.1 beyond the Escrow Shares and the Indemnified Persons shall
       exercise their remedies only with respect to the Escrow Shares and any
       other assets deposited in escrow pursuant to the Escrow Agreement. The
       Pacific Holders shall settle any claims for indemnification by returning
       to Hybrid shares of Hybrid Common Stock valued at the Closing Price. The
       indemnification provided for in Section 10.2.1 will not apply unless and
       until the aggregate Damages for which one or more Indemnified Persons
       seeks indemnification under Section 10.2 exceeds $100,000, in which event
       the indemnification provided for in Section 10.2 will include all
       Damages.
 
           10.2.3  EXCEPTIONS TO LIMITATIONS.  None of the provisions of this
       Section 10 or of the Escrow Agreement shall in any manner limit the
       liability or indemnification obligations of the Pacific Holders with
       respect to (i) claims of intentional misrepresentation or fraud and (ii)
       any criminal matters.
 
           10.2.4  SURVIVAL OF CLAIMS.  Notwithstanding anything to the
       contrary, if, prior to the expiration of a particular representation or
       warranty, an Indemnified Person makes a claim for indemnification under
       either this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement with respect to a
       misrepresentation or breach of such representation or warranty, then the
       Indemnified Person's rights to indemnification under this Section 10.2
       for such claim shall survive any expiration of such representation or
       warranty.
 
                                     A-1-28
<PAGE>
           10.2.5  INDEMNIFICATION PROCEDURES.  Alan Dishlip, who shall act as
       representative (the "REPRESENTATIVE") of the Pacific Holders for purposes
       of the Escrow Agreement and the indemnifications provisions of this
       Section 10.2, is duly authorized to be such Representative and may bind
       the Pacific Holders. Promptly after the receipt by Hybrid of notice or
       discovery of any claim, damage, legal action or proceeding (a "CLAIM")
       giving rise to indemnification rights under this Agreement, Hybrid will
       give the Representative and the Escrow Agent written notice of such Claim
       in accordance with Section 3 of the Escrow Agreement. Hybrid may assert a
       Claim at any time prior to the Applicable Expiration Date.
 
    11.  MISCELLANEOUS
 
        11.1  GOVERNING LAW; DISPUTE RESOLUTION.  The internal laws of the State
    of California (irrespective of its choice of law principles) will govern the
    validity of this Agreement, the construction of its terms, and the
    interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties
    hereto. Any dispute hereunder ("DISPUTE") shall be settled by arbitration in
    Santa Clara County, California, and, except as herein specifically stated,
    in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American
    Arbitration Association ("AAA RULES") then in effect. However, in all
    events, these arbitration provisions shall govern over any conflicting rules
    which may now or hereafter be contained in the AAA Rules. Any judgment upon
    the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having
    jurisdiction over the subject matter thereof. The arbitrator shall have the
    authority to grant any equitable and legal remedies that would be available
    in any judicial proceeding instituted to resolve a Dispute.
 
           11.1.1  COMPENSATION OF ARBITRATOR.  Any such arbitration will be
       conducted before a single arbitrator who will be compensated for his or
       her services at a rate to be determined by the parties or by the American
       Arbitration Association, but based upon reasonable hourly or daily
       consulting rates for the arbitrator in the event the parties are not able
       to agree upon his or her rate of compensation.
 
           11.1.2  SELECTION OF ARBITRATOR.  The American Arbitration
       Association will have the authority to select an arbitrator from a list
       of arbitrators who are lawyers familiar with California contract law;
       provided, however, that such lawyers cannot work for a firm then
       performing services for either party, that each party will have the
       opportunity to make such reasonable objection to any of the arbitrators
       listed as such party may wish and that the American Arbitration
       Association will select the arbitrator from the list of arbitrators as to
       whom neither party makes any such objection. In the event that the
       foregoing procedure is not followed, each party will choose one person
       from the list of arbitrators provided by the American Arbitration
       Association (provided that such person does not have a conflict of
       interest), and the two persons so selected will select from the list
       provided by the American Arbitration Association the person who will act
       as the arbitrator.
 
           11.1.3  PAYMENT OF COSTS.  Hybrid and Pacific after the Closing will
       bear the expense of deposits and advances required by the arbitrator in
       equal proportions, but either party may advance such amounts, subject to
       recovery as an addition or offset to any award. The arbitrator will award
       to the prevailing party, as determined by the arbitrator, all costs, fees
       and expenses related to the arbitration, including reasonable fees and
       expenses of attorneys, accountants and other professionals incurred by
       the prevailing party.
 
           11.1.4  BURDEN OF PROOF.  For any Dispute submitted to arbitration,
       the burden of proof will be as it would be if the claim were litigated in
       a judicial proceeding.
 
           11.1.5  AWARD.  Upon the conclusion of any arbitration proceedings
       hereunder, the arbitrator will render findings of fact and conclusions of
       law and a written opinion setting forth the basis
 
                                     A-1-29
<PAGE>
       and reasons for any decision reached and will deliver such documents to
       each party to this Agreement along with a signed copy of the award.
 
           11.1.6  TERMS OF ARBITRATION.  The arbitrator chosen in accordance
       with these provisions will not have the power to alter, amend or
       otherwise affect the terms of these arbitration provisions or the
       provisions of this Agreement.
 
           11.1.7  EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.  Except as specifically otherwise provided
       in this Agreement, arbitration will be the sole and exclusive remedy of
       the parties for any Dispute arising out of this Agreement.
 
        11.2  ASSIGNMENT; BINDING UPON SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  Neither party
    hereto may assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the
    prior written consent of the other party hereto. This Agreement will be
    binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
    respective successors and permitted assigns.
 
        11.3  SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement, or the
    application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or
    unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such
    provision to other persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as
    reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further
    agree to replace such unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid
    and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the
    economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable
    provision.
 
        11.4  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts,
    each of which will be an original as regards any party whose name appears
    thereon and all of which together will constitute one and the same
    instrument. This Agreement will become binding when one or more counterparts
    hereof, individually or taken together, bear the signatures of both parties
    reflected hereon as signatories.
 
        11.5  OTHER REMEDIES.  Except as otherwise provided herein, any and all
    remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative
    with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby or by law on
    such party, and the exercise of any one remedy will not preclude the
    exercise of any other.
 
        11.6  AMENDMENT AND WAIVERS.  This Agreement may be amended by the
    parties hereto at any time before approval of the Pacific Holders. Any term
    or provision of this Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any
    term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular
    instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only by a writing
    signed by the party to be bound thereby. The waiver by a party of any breach
    hereof or default in the performance hereof will not be deemed to constitute
    a waiver of any other default or any succeeding breach or default.
 
        11.7  NO WAIVER.  The failure of any party to enforce any of the
    provisions hereof will not be construed to be a waiver of the right of such
    party thereafter to enforce such provisions. The waiver by any party of the
    right to enforce any of the provisions hereof on any occasion will not be
    construed to be a waiver of the right of such party to enforce such
    provision on any other occasion.
 
        11.8  EXPENSES.  Each party will bear its respective expenses and fees
    of its own accountants, attorneys, investment bankers and other
    professionals incurred with respect to this Agreement and the transactions
    contemplated hereby. If the Merger is consummated, Hybrid will pay at the
    Closing the reasonable accounting and attorneys' fees and expenses and other
    fees and expenses incurred by Pacific in connection with the Merger. Pacific
    estimates that Merger expenses will be approximately $175,000 for fees and
    expenses of lawyers, accountants and other professionals, other than UBS
    Securities. Unless any fees or expenses incurred by Pacific in excess of the
    applicable amount set forth above are paid by the Pacific Holders on or
    before the Closing, Hybrid will pay such excess fees or expenses, but in
    which event Hybrid will be entitled to be reimbursed by the Pacific Holders
    for such
 
                                     A-1-30
<PAGE>
    payment and, if not so reimbursed, Hybrid will be entitled to treat the
    amount of payment as Damages recoverable under Section 10.2 and as an
    Uncontested Claim under the Escrow Agreement.
 
        11.9  NOTICES.  Any notice or other communication required or permitted
    to be given under this Agreement will be in writing, will be delivered
    personally or by mail or express delivery, postage prepaid, and will be
    deemed given upon actual delivery or, if mailed by registered or certified
    mail, on the third business day following deposit in the mails, addressed as
    follows:
 
           (i) If to Hybrid:
 
               Hybrid Networks, Inc.
               10161 Bubb Road
               Cupertino, CA 95104
               Attention: Carl S. Ledbetter, Chief Executive Officer
 
               with a copy to:
 
               Fenwick & West LLP
               Two Palo Alto Square
               Palo Alto, CA 94306
               Attention: Edwin N. Lowe, Esq.
               Phone: (650) 494-0600
               Fax: (650) 494-1417
 
           (ii) If to Pacific:
 
               Pacific Monolithics, Inc.
               1308 Moffett Park Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 94089
               Attention: Richard B. Gold, Chief Executive Officer
 
               with a copy to:
 
               Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati Professional Corporation
               650 Page Mill Rd
               Palo Alto, CA 94304
               Attention: James N. Strawbridge, Esq.
               Phone: (650) 493-9300
               Fax: (650) 493-6811
 
or to such other address as the party in question may have furnished to the
other party by written notice given in accordance with this Section 11.9.
 
        11.10  CONSTRUCTION OF AGREEMENT.  The language hereof will not be
    construed for or against either party. A reference to an article, section or
    exhibit will mean an article or section in, or an exhibit to, this
    Agreement, unless otherwise explicitly set forth. The titles and headings in
    this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not in any manner
    limit the construction of this Agreement. For the purposes of such
    construction, this Agreement will be considered as a whole.
 
        11.11  NO JOINT VENTURE.  Nothing contained in this Agreement will be
    deemed or construed as creating a joint venture or partnership between the
    parties hereto. No party is by virtue of this Agreement authorized as an
    agent, employee or legal representative of any other party. No party will
    have the power to control the activities and operations of any other, and
    the parties' status is, and at all times, will continue to be, that of
    independent contractors with respect to each other. No party will have any
    power or authority to bind or commit any other. No party will hold itself
    out as having any authority or relationship in contravention of this
    Section.
 
                                     A-1-31
<PAGE>
        11.12  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Each party agrees to cooperate fully with
    the other party and to execute such further instruments, documents and
    agreements and to give such further written assurances as may be reasonably
    requested by the other party to evidence and reflect the transactions
    provided for herein and to carry into effect the intent of this Agreement.
 
        11.13  ABSENCE OF THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY RIGHTS.  No provisions of this
    Agreement are intended, nor will be interpreted, to provide or create any
    third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any
    client, customer, affiliate, partner or employee of any party hereto or any
    other person or entity, unless specifically provided otherwise herein, and,
    except as so provided, all provisions hereof will be personal solely between
    the parties to this Agreement.
 
        11.14  PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENT.  Hybrid and Pacific will issue a press
    release approved by both parties announcing the Merger as soon as
    practicable following the execution of this Agreement. Hybrid may issue such
    press releases, and make such other disclosures regarding the Merger, as it
    determines to be required or appropriate under applicable securities laws or
    Nasdaq Stock Market rules after reasonable consultation, where possible,
    with Pacific. Pacific will not make any other public announcement or
    disclosure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Pacific will
    take all reasonable precautions to prevent any trading in the securities of
    Hybrid by officers, directors, employees and agents of Pacific, (a) having
    knowledge of any material information regarding Hybrid provided hereunder
    until the information in question has been publicly disclosed or (b) to the
    extent that such trading would adversely affect the treatment of the Merger
    as a "pooling of interests" for accounting purposes.
 
        11.15  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Except as expressly authorized by Hybrid in
    writing, Pacific will not directly or indirectly divulge to any person or
    entity or use any Hybrid Confidential Information, except as required for
    the performance of its duties under this Agreement. Except as expressly
    authorized by Pacific in writing, Hybrid will not directly or indirectly
    divulge to any person or entity or use any Pacific Confidential Information,
    except as required for the performance of its duties under this Agreement.
    As used herein, "HYBRID CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" consists of (a) any
    information designated by Hybrid as confidential whether developed by Hybrid
    or disclosed to Hybrid by a third party, (b) the source code to any Hybrid
    software and any trade secrets relating to any of the foregoing, and (c) any
    information relating to Hybrid's product plans, product designs, product
    costs, product prices, product names, finances, marketing plans, business
    opportunities, personnel, research development or know-how. As used herein,
    "PACIFIC CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" consists of (x) any information
    designated by Pacific as confidential whether developed by Pacific or
    disclosed to Pacific by a third party, (y) the source code to any Pacific
    software and any trade secrets related to any of the foregoing, and (z) any
    information relating to Pacific product plans, product designs, product
    costs, product prices, product names, finances, marketing plans, business
    opportunities, personnel, research, development or know-how. "Hybrid
    Confidential Information" and "Pacific Confidential Information" also
    include the terms and conditions of this Agreement, except as disclosed in
    accordance with Section 11.14 above. The foregoing restriction will apply to
    information about a party whether or not it was obtained from such party's
    employees, acquired or developed by the other party during such other
    party's performance under this Agreement, or otherwise learned. The
    foregoing restrictions will not apply to information that (i) has become
    publicly known through no wrongful act of the receiving party, (ii) has been
    rightfully received from a third party authorized by the party which is the
    owner, creator or compiler to make such disclosure without restriction,
    (iii) has been approved or released by written authorization of the party
    which is the owner, creator or compiler, or (iv) is being or has therefore
    been disclosed pursuant to a valid court order after a reasonable attempt
    has been made to notify the party which is the owner, creator or compiler.
 
        11.16  TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE.  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree
    that time is of the essence in connection with the execution, delivery and
    performance of this Agreement, and that they will each utilize reasonable
    efforts to satisfy all the conditions to Closing on or before May 31, 1998.
 
                                     A-1-32
<PAGE>
        11.17  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement and the exhibits hereto
    constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with
    respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and
    contemporaneous agreements or understandings, inducements or conditions,
    express or implied, written or oral, between the parties with respect to the
    subject matter hereof. The express terms hereof control and supersede any
    course of performance or usage of trade inconsistent with any of the terms
    hereof.
 
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.
 
<TABLE>
  <S>  <C>                                  <C>  <C>
  HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.                     PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
              /s/ CARL S. LEDBETTER                      /s/ RICHARD B. GOLD
       -----------------------------------       -----------------------------------
        Carl S. Ledbetter, PRESIDENT AND           Richard B. Gold, PRESIDENT AND
             CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER                   CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
  By:                                       By:
 
  HN ACQUISITION CORP.
 
              /s/ DANIEL E. STEIMLE
       -----------------------------------
                Daniel E. Steimle
             PRESIDENT AND SECRETARY
  By:
</TABLE>
 
                               SIGNATURE PAGE TO
                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
 
                                     A-1-33
<PAGE>
                                                                    APPENDIX A-2
 
                              AGREEMENT OF MERGER
                                       OF
                              HN ACQUISITION CORP.
                                 WITH AND INTO
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
    This Agreement of Merger ("AGREEMENT") is entered into as of            ,
1998 by and between HN Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation ("NEWCO")
(nonsurvivor) that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hybrid Networks, Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("Hybrid"), and Pacific Monolithics, Inc., a California
corporation ("PACIFIC") (survivor).
 
     1.  EFFECTIVE TIME OF MERGER.  Pursuant to the California Corporations Code
and the Law of the State of Delaware, Newco will be merged with and into Pacific
in a reverse triangular merger (the "MERGER"), with Pacific to be the surviving
corporation of the Merger. The Merger will be effective (the "EFFECTIVE TIME")
on       , 1998, the date on which a copy of this Agreement and all required
officers' certificates and other appropriate documents are filed with the
Secretary of State of California.
 
     2.  CONVERSION OF SECURITIES.
 
        (a)  CONVERSION OF PACIFIC SHARES.  At the Effective Time, each share of
    Pacific Common Stock, no par value ("PACIFIC COMMON STOCK") and each share
    of Pacific Preferred Stock, no par value ("PACIFIC PREFERRED STOCK", and
    together with the Pacific Common Stock, the "PACIFIC CAPITAL STOCK"), issued
    and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time other than shares,
    if any, for which dissenters rights have been or will be perfected in
    compliance with applicable law, will, by virtue of the Merger and without
    further action on the part of any holder thereof, be converted into
    (the "APPLICABLE NUMBER") shares of fully paid and nonassessable shares of
    Hybrid Common Stock, $0.001 par value ("HYBRID COMMON STOCK"). No fractional
    shares of Hybrid Common Stock will be issued in connection with the Merger,
    but in lieu thereof, Hybrid will pay an amount of cash equal to $
    (the "CLOSING PRICE") multiplied by the fraction of a share of Hybrid Common
    Stock to which such holder would otherwise be entitled.
 
        (b)  CONVERSION AND ASSUMPTION OF OPTIONS AND WARRANTS.  Each option or
    warrant to purchase shares of Pacific Capital Stock that is outstanding
    immediately prior to the Effective Time (a "PACIFIC OPTION" or a "PACIFIC
    WARRANT," as the case may be) will, by virtue of the Merger at the Effective
    Time and without further action on the part of any holder thereof, be
    converted and assumed by Hybrid into an option or warrant (a "HYBRID OPTION"
    or "HYBRID WARRANT," as the case may be) to purchase that number of shares
    of Hybrid Common Stock which equals the Applicable Number multiplied by the
    number of shares of Pacific Capital Stock purchasable immediately prior to
    the Effective Time under the Pacific Option or Pacific Warrant, rounded down
    to the nearest whole share. The exercise price per share of Hybrid Common
    Stock purchasable under each such Hybrid Option or Hybrid Warrant will be
    equal to the exercise price of the Pacific Option or Pacific Warrant (per
    share of Pacific Common Stock) divided by the Applicable Number, rounded up
    to the nearest whole cent. All of the other terms of each Hybrid Option or
    Hybrid Warrant will be the same in all material respects as the
    corresponding Pacific Option or Pacific Warrant that is being replaced and
    converted.
 
        (c)  ESCROW SHARES.  Pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, at the closing of
    the Merger, Hybrid or its exchange agent will (i) deduct, pro rata, from the
    shares of Hybrid Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered to former
    holders of Pacific Capital Stock (the "SHAREHOLDERS") that number of shares
    representing ten percent (10%) of the total number of shares of Hybrid
    Common Stock issued to them in the Merger, and (ii) deliver on behalf of the
    Shareholders, certificates representing the shares thus withheld to State
    Street Bank and Trust Company, as escrow agent (the "ESCROW AGENT"). The
    shares of Hybrid Common Stock withheld pursuant to this Section 2(c) at the
    closing of the
 
                                     A-2-1
<PAGE>
    Merger (the "ESCROW SHARES") will be held in escrow pursuant to a separate
    Escrow Agreement to secure the indemnification obligations of the
    Shareholders.
 
        (d)  SURRENDER AND EXCHANGE OF OUTSTANDING CERTIFICATES.  Each
    certificate which immediately before the Effective Time evidenced shares of
    Pacific Capital Stock will, from and after the Effective Time until such
    certificate is surrendered to Hybrid or its transfer agent, be deemed, for
    all corporate purposes, to evidence the right to receive the consideration
    described above (subject to the terms and conditions of the Escrow
    Agreement); provided, however, that until such certificate is so surrendered
    by a Shareholder, no dividend or other distribution payable to such
    Shareholder after the Effective Time will be paid in respect of the shares
    of Hybrid Common Stock represented by such certificate. Upon surrender, all
    dividends and distributions, if any, therefore declared and accrued but
    unpaid in respect of such shares, will be paid. The Shareholders will be
    requested to surrender to Hybrid or its transfer agent, as soon as
    practicable after the Effective Time, the certificate or certificates
    representing all the shares of Pacific Capital Stock issued and outstanding
    immediately prior to the Effective Time. Upon such surrender, the
    Shareholders will be entitled to receive certificate(s) evidencing ownership
    of the shares of Hybrid Common Stock which are deemed to be represented by
    the certificate or certificates surrendered (which do not include the Escrow
    Shares). As soon as practicable following such surrender Hybrid or its
    transfer agent will issue to the Shareholders such certificate(s).
 
        (e)  ASSUMPTION OF OPTIONS AND WARRANTS.  Promptly after the Effective
    Time, Hybrid will notify in writing each holder of a Pacific Option or
    Pacific Warrant of the assumption of such Pacific Option or Pacific Warrant
    by Hybrid, and the number of shares of Hybrid Common Stock that are then
    subject to such option or warrant and the exercise price of such option or
    warrant.
 
     3.  CONVERSION OF NEWCO SHARES.  Each share of Newco Common Stock, $0.001
par value ("NEWCO COMMON STOCK"), that is issued and outstanding immediately
prior to the Effective Time will, by virtue of the Merger and without further
action on the part of the sole stockholder of Newco, will be converted into and
become one (1) share of Pacific Common Stock that is issued and outstanding
immediately after the Effective Time, and the shares of Pacific Common Stock
into which the shares of Newco Common Stock are so converted shall be the only
shares of Pacific Capital Stock that are issued and outstanding immediately
after the effective time.
 
     4.  PLAN.  Hybrid and Pacific are parties to the Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization dated as of March 19, 1998 (the "PLAN"). The Plan and this
Agreement are intended to be construed together in order to effectuate their
purposes.
 
     5.  EFFECTS OF MERGER.  At the Effective Time: (a) the separate existence
of Newco will cease and Newco will be merged with and into Pacific and Pacific
will be the surviving corporation pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (b)
the Articles of Incorporation of Pacific will be amended as attached hereto as
EXHIBIT A and the Bylaws of Pacific will continue unchanged as the Bylaws of the
surviving corporation; (c) each share of Pacific Capital Stock outstanding
immediately prior to the Effective Time will be converted as provided in Section
2 of this Agreement; (d) each share of Newco Common Stock outstanding
immediately prior to the Effective Time will be converted into one (1)
outstanding share of Pacific Common Stock; (e) Richard B. Gold and Matt Miller
will be appointed to the Board of Directors of Hybrid as Class I directors, with
the current Class I directors resigning as of the Effective Time and Richard B.
Gold will be appointed the President and Chief Operating Officer of Hybrid and
the remaining directors and executive officers of Hybrid otherwise remaining
unchanged, and the sole director of Newco immediately prior to the Effective
Time will become the sole director of the surviving corporation and the officers
of Newco immediately prior to the Effective Time will become the officers of the
surviving corporation; and (f) the Merger will, at and after the Effective Time,
have all of the effects provided by applicable law.
 
                                     A-2-2
<PAGE>
     6.  FURTHER ASSIGNMENTS.  After the Effective Time, Pacific and its
officers and directors may execute and deliver such deeds, assignments and
assurances and do all other things necessary or desirable to vest, perfect or
confirm title to Newco's property or rights in Pacific and otherwise to carry
out the purposes of the Plan in the name of Newco or otherwise.
 
     7.  TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated and the proposed Merger
abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time, whether before or after
approval of this Agreement by the Shareholders of Pacific or the stockholders of
Hybrid, by either party hereto upon termination of the Plan or by the mutual
consent of the Boards of Directors of Hybrid and Pacific.
 
     8.  DISSENTING SHARES.  Holders of Pacific Capital Stock who have complied
with all requirements for perfecting the rights of dissenting shareholders as
set forth in Section 1300, et. seq., of the California Corporations Code (the
"CALIFORNIA CODE") shall be entitled to their rights under the California Code.
 
     9.  ASSIGNMENT.  Neither party hereto may assign any of its rights or
obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party
hereto. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto and their respective successors, personal representatives and
permitted assigns.
 
    10.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts
entered into and to be performed wholly within the State of California without
regard to principles of conflict of laws.
 
    11.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which will be an original as regards any party whose
signature appears thereon and all of which together will constitute one and the
same instrument.
 
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed on the date and year first above written.
 
  HN ACQUISITION CORP.              PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
  By:                               By:
       ---------------------------       ---------------------------
       Daniel E. Steimle,                Richard B. Gold, President
       President and Secretary           and Secretary
 
                                     A-2-3
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT A
 
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
 
                                   ARTICLE I
 
    The name of the corporation is Pacific Monolithics, Inc.
 
                                   ARTICLE II
 
    The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity
for which a corporation may be organized under the California Corporations Code
other than the banking business, the trust company business or the practice of a
profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporations Code.
 
                                  ARTICLE III
 
    The liability of the directors of the corporation for monetary damages shall
be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law. Unless
applicable law otherwise provides, any amendment, repeal or modification of this
Article III shall not adversely affect any right of any director under this
Article III that existed at or prior to the time of such amendment, repeal or
modification.
 
                                   ARTICLE IV
 
    The corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents (as
defined in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) through bylaw
provisions, by agreements with agents, vote of shareholders or disinterested
directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by
Section 317 of the California Corporations Code, subject only to the applicable
limits on such excess indemnification set forth in Section 204 of the California
Corporations Code. Unless applicable law otherwise provides, any amendment,
repeal or modification of any provision of this Article IV shall not adversely
affect any contract or other right to indemnification of any agent of the
corporation that existed at or prior to the time of such amendment, repeal or
modification.
 
                                   ARTICLE V
 
    The corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock,
which shall be designated "Common Stock" and which shall have no par value. The
total number of shares of Common Stock the corporation is authorized to issue is
1,000 shares.
 
                                     A-2-4
<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX B
 
                                 March 19, 1998
 
Board of Directors
Hybrid Networks, Inc.
10161 Bubb Road
Cupertino, CA 95014
 
Gentlemen:
 
    We understand that Pacific Monolithics, Inc., a California corporation
("Seller"), and Hybrid Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Buyer"), propose
to enter into an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization to be dated March 19, 1998
(the "Merger Agreement"), pursuant to which a wholly-owned subsidiary of Buyer
will be merged with and into Seller, which will be the surviving entity (the
"Merger"). Pursuant to the Merger, as more fully described in an undated draft
Merger Agreement provided to us by management of Buyer and as further described
to us by management of Buyer, we understand that all of the outstanding capital
stock and options and warrants to purchase capital stock of Seller will be
converted into and exchangeable for shares or options or warrants to purchase
shares of the common stock, $.001 par value per share ("Buyer Common Stock") of
Buyer, with an aggregate Closing Price (as defined in the Merger Agreement) of
$12,500,000, provided that the Closing Price of Buyer Common Stock will not be
less than $5.17 per share or more than $8.40 per share, subject to certain
adjustments (the "Consideration"). The terms and conditions of the Merger are
set forth in more detail in the draft Merger Agreement.
 
    You have asked for our opinion as investment bankers as to whether the
Consideration to be paid by Buyer pursuant to the Merger is fair to Buyer from a
financial point of view, as of the date hereof.
 
    In connection with our opinion, we have, among other things: (i) reviewed
certain financial and other data with respect to Seller and Buyer, including the
consolidated financial statements for recent years and interim periods to
February 28, 1998 for Seller and Buyer and certain other relevant financial and
operating data relating to Seller and Buyer made available to us from the
internal records of Seller and Buyer; (ii) reviewed the financial terms and
conditions of the draft Merger Agreement; (iii) compared Seller and Buyer from a
financial point of view with certain other companies in the wireless
telecommunications industry which we deemed to be relevant; (v) considered the
financial terms, to the extent publicly available, of selected recent business
combinations of companies in the telecommunications industry which we deemed to
be comparable, in whole or in part, to the Merger; (vi) reviewed and discussed
with representatives of the management of Seller and Buyer certain information
of a business and financial nature regarding Seller and Buyer, furnished to us
by them, including financial forecasts and related assumptions of Seller and
Buyer; (vii) made inquiries regarding and discussed the Merger and the draft
Merger Agreement and other matters related thereto with Buyer's counsel; and
(viii) performed such other analyses and examinations as we have deemed
appropriate.
 
    In connection with our review, we have not assumed any obligation
independently to verify the foregoing information and have relied on its being
accurate and complete in all material respects. With respect to the financial
forecasts for Seller and Buyer provided to us by their respective managements,
upon their advice and with your consent we have assumed for purposes of our
opinion that the forecasts (including the assumption regarding cost savings in
operations and manufacturing, research and development, sales and marketing and
general and administrative expenses) have been reasonably prepared on bases
reflecting the best available estimates and judgments of their respective
managements at the time of
 
                                      B-1
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
Hybrid Networks, Inc.
March 19, 1998
 
preparation as to the future financial performance of Seller and Buyer and that
they provide a reasonable basis upon which we can form our opinion. We have also
assumed that there have been no material changes in Seller's or Buyer's assets,
financial condition, results of operations, business or prospects since the
respective dates of their last financial statements made available to us. We
have relied on advice of counsel and independent accountants to Seller and Buyer
as to all legal and financial reporting matters with respect to Seller and
Buyer, the Merger and the Merger Agreement. We have assumed that the Merger will
be consummated in a manner that complies in all respects with the applicable
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and all other applicable federal and state
statutes, rules and regulations. In addition, we have not assumed responsibility
for making an independent evaluation, appraisal or physical inspection of any of
the assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of Seller or Buyer, nor have
we been furnished with any such appraisals. You have informed us, and we have
assumed, that the Merger will be recorded as a pooling of interests under
generally accepted accounting principles. Finally, our opinion is based on
economic, monetary and market and other conditions as in effect on, and the
information made available to us as of, the date hereof. Accordingly, although
subsequent developments may affect this opinion, we have not assumed any
obligation to update, revise or reaffirm this opinion.
 
    We have further assumed with your consent that the Merger will be
consummated in accordance with the terms described in the draft Merger
Agreement, without any further amendments thereto, and without waiver by Buyer
of any of the conditions to its obligations thereunder.
 
    We have acted as financial advisor to Buyer in connection with the Merger
and will receive a fee for our services, including rendering this opinion, a
significant portion of which is contingent upon the consummation of the Merger.
In the ordinary course of our business, we actively trade the equity securities
of Buyer for our own account and for the accounts of customers and, accordingly,
may at any time hold a long or short position in such securities. We have also
acted as an underwriter in connection with an offering of securities of Buyer
and performed various investment banking services for Buyer.
 
    Based upon the foregoing and in reliance thereon, it is our opinion as
investment bankers that the Consideration to be paid by Buyer pursuant to the
Merger is fair to Buyer from a financial point of view, as of the date hereof.
 
    This opinion is directed to the Board of Directors of Buyer in its
consideration of the Merger and is not a recommendation to any shareholder as to
how such shareholder should vote with respect to the Merger. Further, this
opinion addresses only the financial fairness of the Consideration to Buyer and
does not address the relative merits of the Merger and any alternatives to the
Merger, Buyer's underlying decision to proceed with or effect the Merger, or any
other aspect of the Merger. This opinion may not be used or referred to by
Buyer, or quoted or disclosed to any person in any manner, without our prior
written consent, which consent is hereby given to the inclusion of this opinion
in any proxy statement or prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission in connection with the Merger. In furnishing this opinion, we do not
admit that we are experts within the meaning of the term "experts" as used in
the
 
                                      B-2
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
Hybrid Networks, Inc.
March 19, 1998
 
Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, nor do we
admit that this opinion constitutes a report or valuation within the meaning of
Section 11 of the Securities Act.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
                                          NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY
                                           SECURITIES LLC
 
                                      B-3
<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX C
 
                 CHAPTER 13 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE
                               DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
 
SECTION 1300.  RIGHT TO REQUIRE PURCHASE--"DISSENTING SHARES" AND "DISSENTING
SHAREHOLDER" DEFINED.
 
    (a) If the approval of the outstanding shares (Section 152) of a corporation
is required for a reorganization under subdivisions (a) and (b) or subdivision
(e) or (f) of Section 1201, each shareholder of the corporation entitled to vote
on the transaction and each shareholder of a subsidiary corporation in a
short-form merger may, by complying with this chapter, require the corporation
in which the shareholder holds shares to purchase for cash at their fair market
value the shares owned by the shareholder which are dissenting shares as defined
in subdivision (b). The fair market value shall be determined as of the day
before the first announcement of the terms of the proposed reorganization or
short-form merger, excluding any appreciation or depreciation in consequence of
the proposed action, but adjusted for any stock split, reverse stock split or
share dividend which becomes effective thereafter.
 
    (b) As used in this chapter, "dissenting shares" means shares which come
within all of the following descriptions:
 
        (1) Which were not immediately prior to the reorganization or short-form
    merger either (A) listed on any national securities exchange certified by
    the Commissioner of Corporations under subdivision (o) of Section 25100 or
    (B) listed on the list of OTC margin stocks issued by the Board of Governors
    of the Federal Reserve System, and the notice of meeting of shareholders to
    act upon the reorganization summarizes this section and Sections 1301, 1302,
    1303 and 1304; provided, however, that this provision does not apply to any
    shares with respect to which there exists any restriction on transfer
    imposed by the corporation or by any law or regulation; and provided,
    further, that this provision does not apply to any class of shares described
    in subparagraph (A) or (B) if demands for payment are filed with respect to
    5 percent or more of the outstanding shares of that class.
 
        (2) Which were outstanding on the date for the determination of
    shareholders entitled to vote on the reorganization and (A) were not voted
    in favor of the reorganization or, (B) if described in subparagraph (A) or
    (B) of paragraph (1) (without regard to the provisos in that paragraph),
    were voted against the reorganization, or which were held of record on the
    effective date of a short-form merger; provided, however, that subparagraph
    (A) rather than subparagraph (B) of this paragraph applies in any case where
    the approval required by Section 1201 is sought by written consent rather
    than at a meeting.
 
        (3) Which the dissenting shareholder has demanded that the corporation
    purchase at their fair market value, in accordance with Section 1301.
 
        (4) Which the dissenting shareholder has submitted for endorsement, in
    accordance with Section 1302.
 
    (c) As used in this chapter, "dissenting shareholder" means the recordholder
of dissenting shares and includes a transferee of record.
 
SECTION 1301.  DEMAND FOR PURCHASE.
 
    (a) If, in the case of a reorganization, any shareholders of a corporation
have a right under Section 1300, subject to compliance with paragraphs (3) and
(4) of subdivision (b) thereof, to require the corporation to purchase their
shares for cash, such corporation shall mail to each such shareholder a notice
of the approval of the reorganization by its outstanding shares (Section 152)
within 10 days after the date of such approval, accompanied by a copy of
Sections 1300, 1302, 1303, 1304 and this section, a statement of the price
determined by the corporation to represent the fair market value of the
dissenting shares, and a
 
                                      C-1
<PAGE>
brief description of the procedure to be followed if the shareholder desires to
exercise the shareholder's right under such sections. The statement of price
constitutes an offer by the corporation to purchase at the price stated any
dissenting shares as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 1300, unless they
lose their status as dissenting shares under Section 1309.
 
    (b) Any shareholder who has a right to require the corporation to purchase
the shareholder's shares for cash under Section 1300, subject to compliance with
paragraphs (3) and (4) of subdivision (b) thereof, and who desires the
corporation to purchase such shares shall make written demand upon the
corporation for the purchase of such shares and payment to the shareholder in
cash of their fair market value. The demand is not effective for any purpose
unless it is received by the corporation or any transfer agent thereof (1) in
the case of shares described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (1) of
subdivision (b) of Section 1300 (without regard to the provisos in that
paragraph), not later than the date of the shareholders' meeting to vote upon
the reorganization, or (2) in any other case within 30 days after the date on
which the notice of the approval by the outstanding shares pursuant to
subdivision (a) or the notice pursuant to subdivision (i) of Section 1110 was
mailed to the shareholder.
 
    (c) The demand shall state the number and class of the shares held of record
by the shareholder which the shareholder demands that the corporation purchase
and shall contain a statement of what such shareholder claims to be the fair
market value of those shares as of the day before the announcement of the
proposed reorganization or short-form merger. The statement of fair market value
constitutes an offer by the shareholder to sell the shares at such price.
 
SECTION 1302.  ENDORSEMENT OF SHARES.
 
    Within 30 days after the date on which notice of the approval by the
outstanding shares or the notice pursuant to subdivision (i) of Section 1110 was
mailed to the shareholder, the shareholder shall submit to the corporation at
its principal office or at the office of any transfer agent thereof, (a) if the
shares are certificated securities, the shareholder's certificates representing
any shares which the shareholder demands that the corporation purchase, to be
stamped or endorsed with a statement that the shares are dissenting shares or to
be exchanged for certificates of appropriate denomination so stamped or endorsed
or (b) if the shares are uncertificated securities, written notice of the number
of shares which the shareholder demands that the corporation purchase. Upon
subsequent transfers of the dissenting shares on the books of the corporation,
the new certificates, initial transaction statement, and other written
statements issued therefor shall bear a like statement, together with the name
of the original dissenting holder of the shares.
 
SECTION 1303.  AGREED PRICE--TIME FOR PAYMENT.
 
    (a) If the corporation and the shareholder agree that the shares are
dissenting shares and agree upon the price of the shares, the dissenting
shareholder is entitled to the agreed price with interest thereon at the legal
rate on judgments from the date of the agreement. Any agreements fixing the fair
market value of any dissenting shares as between the corporation and the holders
thereof shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation.
 
    (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 1306, payment of the fair market
value of dissenting shares shall be made within 30 days after the amount thereof
has been agreed or within 30 days after any statutory or contractual conditions
to the reorganization are satisfied, whichever is later, and in the case of
certificated securities, subject to surrender of the certificates therefor,
unless provided otherwise by agreement.
 
SECTION 1304.  DISSENTER'S ACTION TO ENFORCE PAYMENT.
 
    (a) If the corporation denies that the shares are dissenting shares, or the
corporation and the shareholder fail to agree upon the fair market value of the
shares, then the shareholder demanding purchase of such shares as dissenting
shares or any interested corporation, within six months after the date
 
                                      C-2
<PAGE>
on which notice of the approval by the outstanding shares (Section 152) or
notice pursuant to subdivision (i) of Section 1110 was mailed to the
shareholder, but not thereafter, may file a complaint in the superior court of
the proper county praying the court to determine whether the shares are
dissenting shares or the fair market value of the dissenting shares or both or
may intervene in any action pending on such a complaint.
 
    (b) Two or more dissenting shareholders may join as plaintiffs or be joined
as defendants in any such action and two or more such actions may be
consolidated.
 
    (c) On the trial of the action, the court shall determine the issues. If the
status of the shares as dissenting shares is in issue, the court shall first
determine that issue. If the fair market value of the dissenting shares is in
issue, the court shall determine, or shall appoint one or more impartial
appraisers to determine, the fair market value of the shares.
 
SECTION 1305.  APPRAISERS' REPORT--PAYMENT--COSTS.
 
    (a) If the court appoints an appraiser or appraisers, they shall proceed
forthwith to determine the fair market value per share. Within the time fixed by
the court, the appraisers, or a majority of them, shall make and file a report
in the office of the clerk of the court. Thereupon, on the motion of any party,
the report shall be submitted to the court and considered on such evidence as
the court considers relevant. If the court finds the report reasonable, the
court may confirm it.
 
    (b) If a majority of the appraisers appointed fail to make and file a report
within 10 days from the date of their appointment or within such further time as
may be allowed by the court or the report is not confirmed by the court, the
court shall determine the fair market value of the dissenting shares.
 
    (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 1306, judgment shall be rendered
against the corporation for payment of an amount equal to the fair market value
of each dissenting share multiplied by the number of dissenting shares which any
dissenting shareholder who is a party, or who has intervened, is entitled to
require the corporation to purchase, with interest thereon at the legal rate
from the date on which judgment was entered.
 
    (d) Any such judgment shall be payable forthwith with respect to
uncertificated securities and, with respect to certificated securities, only
upon the endorsement and delivery to the corporation of the certificates for the
shares described in the judgment. Any party may appeal from the judgment.
 
    (e) The costs of the action, including reasonable compensation to the
appraisers to be fixed by the court, shall be assessed or apportioned as the
court considers equitable, but, if the appraisal exceeds the price offered by
the corporation, the corporation shall pay the costs (including in the
discretion of the court attorneys' fees, fees of expert witnesses and interest
at the legal rate on judgments from the date of compliance with Sections 1300,
1301 and 1302 if the value awarded by the court for the shares is more than 125
percent of the price offered by the corporation under subdivision (a) of Section
1301).
 
SECTION 1306.  DISSENTING SHAREHOLDER'S STATUS AS CREDITOR.
 
    To the extent that the provisions of Chapter 5 prevent the payment to any
holders of dissenting shares of their fair market value, they shall become
creditors of the corporation for the amount thereof together with interest at
the legal rate on judgments until the date of payment, but subordinate to all
other creditors in any liquidation proceeding, such debt to be payable when
permissible under the provisions of Chapter 5.
 
SECTION 1307.  DIVIDENDS PAID AS CREDIT AGAINST PAYMENT.
 
    Cash dividends declared and paid by the corporation upon the dissenting
shares after the date of approval of the reorganization by the outstanding
shares (Section 152) and prior to payment for the shares by the corporation
shall be credited against the total amount to be paid by the corporation
therefor.
 
                                      C-3
<PAGE>
SECTION 1308.  CONTINUING RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES OF DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS.
 
    Except as expressly limited in this chapter, holders of dissenting shares
continue to have all the rights and privileges incident to their shares, until
the fair market value of their shares is agreed upon or determined. A dissenting
shareholder may not withdraw a demand for payment unless the corporation
consents thereto.
 
SECTION 1309.  TERMINATION OF DISSENTING SHAREHOLDER STATUS.
 
    Dissenting shares lose their status as dissenting shares and the holders
thereof cease to be dissenting shareholders and cease to be entitled to require
the corporation to purchase their shares upon the happening of any of the
following:
 
        (a) The corporation abandons the reorganization. Upon abandonment of the
    reorganization, the corporation shall pay on demand to any dissenting
    shareholder who has initiated proceedings in good faith under this chapter
    all necessary expenses incurred in such proceedings and reasonable
    attorneys' fees.
 
        (b) The shares are transferred prior to their submission for endorsement
    in accordance with Section 1302 or are surrendered for conversion into
    shares of another class in accordance with the articles.
 
        (c) The dissenting shareholder and the corporation do not agree upon the
    status of the shares as dissenting shares or upon the purchase price of the
    share, and neither files a complaint or intervenes in a pending action as
    provided in Section 1304, within six months after the date on which notice
    of the approval by the outstanding shares or notice pursuant to subdivision
    (i) of Section 1110 was mailed to the shareholder.
 
        (d) The dissenting shareholder, with the consent of the corporation,
    withdraws the shareholder's demand for purchase of the dissenting shares.
 
SECTION 1310.  SUSPENSION OF PROCEEDINGS FOR PAYMENT PENDING LITIGATION.
 
    If litigation is instituted to test the sufficiency or regularity of the
votes of the shareholders in authorizing a reorganization, any proceedings under
Sections 1304 and 1305 shall be suspended until final determination of such
litigation.
 
SECTION 1311.  EXEMPT SHARES.
 
    This chapter, except Section 1312, does not apply to classes of shares whose
terms and provisions specifically set forth the amount to be paid in respect to
such shares in the event of a reorganization or merger.
 
SECTION 1312.  ATTACKING VALIDITY OF REORGANIZATION OR MERGER.
 
    (a) No shareholder of a corporation who has a right under this chapter to
demand payment of cash for the shares held by the shareholder shall have any
right at law or in equity to attack the validity of the reorganization or
short-form merger, or to have the reorganization or short-form merger set aside
or rescinded, except for an action to test whether the number of shares required
to authorize or approve the reorganization have been legally voted in favor
thereof; but any holder of shares of a class whose terms and provisions
specifically set forth the amount to be paid in respect to them in the event of
a reorganization or short-form merger is entitled to payment in accordance with
those terms and provisions or, if the principal terms of the reorganization are
approved pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 1202, is entitled to payment in
accordance with the terms and provisions of the approved reorganization.
 
    (b) If one of the parties to a reorganization or short-form merger is
directly or indirectly controlled by, or under common control with, another
party to the reorganization or short-form merger, subdivision (a) shall not
apply to any shareholder of such party who has not demanded payment of cash for
such
 
                                      C-4
<PAGE>
shareholder's shares pursuant to this chapter; but if the shareholder institutes
any action to attack the validity of the reorganization or short-form merger or
to have the reorganization or short-form merger set aside or rescinded, the
shareholder shall not thereafter have any right to demand payment of cash for
the shareholder's shares pursuant to this chapter. The court in any action
attacking the validity of the reorganization or short-form merger or to have the
reorganization or short-form merger set aside or rescinded shall not restrain or
enjoin the consummation of the transaction except upon 10 days' prior notice to
the corporation and upon a determination by the court that clearly no other
remedy will adequately protect the complaining shareholder or the class of
shareholders of which such shareholder is a member.
 
    (c) If one of the parties to a reorganization or short-form merger is
directly or indirectly controlled by, or under common control with, another
party to the reorganization or short-form merger, in any action to attack the
validity of the reorganization or short-form merger or to have the
reorganization or short-form merger aside or rescinded, (1) a party to a
reorganization or short-form merger which controls another party to the
reorganization or short-form merger shall have the burden of proving that the
transaction is just and reasonable as to shareholders of the controlled party,
and (2) a person who controls two or more parties to a reorganization shall have
the burden of proving that this transaction is just and reasonable as to the
shareholders of any party so controlled.
 
                                      C-5
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
 
    As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the
Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation includes a provision that eliminates
the personal liability of its directors to the Registrant or its stockholders
for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for
liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under
Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction
from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. In addition, as
permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Bylaws of
the Registrant provide that: (i) the Registrant is required to indemnify its
directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation
Law; (ii) the Registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify other officers,
employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law; (iii)
upon receipt of an undertaking to repay such advances if indemnification is
determined to be unavailable, the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as
incurred, to its directors in connection with defending a civil or criminal
action, suit or proceeding (except if the agent is a party to an action, suit or
proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of
Directors which alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such
agent, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such agent's
fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation or any willful and
deliberate breach in bad faith of such agent's duty to the corporation or its
stockholders; and (iv) the rights conferred in the Bylaws are not exclusive and
the Registrant is authorized to enter into indemnity agreements with its
directors, officers and employees and agents.
 
    The Registrant's policy is to enter into indemnity agreements with each of
its directors and executive officers. The indemnity agreements provide that
directors and executive officers will be indemnified and held harmless to the
fullest possible extent permitted by law including against all expenses
(including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts actually
and reasonably incurred by them in any action, suit or proceeding, including any
derivative action by or in the right of the Registrant, on account of their
services as directors or officers of the Registrant or as directors or officers
of any other company or enterprise when they are serving in such capacities at
the request of the Registrant. The Registrant will not be obligated pursuant to
the agreements to indemnify or advance expenses to an indemnified party with
respect to proceedings or claims (i) initiated by the indemnified party and not
by way of defense, except with respect to a proceeding authorized by the Board
of Directors and successful proceedings brought to enforce a right to
indemnification under the indemnity agreement, the charter documents or any
other statute or law or otherwise although indemnification may be provided by
the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors finds it appropriate,
(ii) for any amounts paid in settlement of a proceeding unless the Registrant
consents in advance in writing to such settlement, (iii) on account of any suit
in which judgment is rendered against the indemnified party for an accounting of
profits made from the purchase or sale by the indemnified party of securities of
the Registrant pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and related laws, (iv) on account of conduct by a director
which is finally adjudged to have been in bad faith or conduct that the director
did not reasonably believe to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of
the Registrant, (v) on account of any criminal action or proceeding arising out
of conduct that the director had reasonable cause to believe was unlawful or
(vi) if a final decision by a court having jurisdiction in the matter shall
determine that such indemnification is not lawful.
 
    The indemnity agreement requires a director or executive officer to
reimburse the Registrant for all expenses advanced only to the extent it is
ultimately determined that the director or executive officer is not entitled,
under Delaware law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, the indemnity
agreement or otherwise, to be indemnified for such expenses. The indemnity
agreement provides that it is not exclusive of any rights a director or
executive officer may have under the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, other
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
agreements, any majority-in-interest vote of the stockholders or vote of
disinterested directors, the Delaware law or otherwise.
 
    The indemnification provision in the Bylaws, and the indemnity agreements
entered into between the Registrant and its directors and executive officers,
may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant's
executive officers and directors for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").
 
    As authorized by the Registrant's Bylaws, the Registrant, with approval by
the Board, has purchased director and officer liability insurance to the fullest
extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
    See also the undertakings in response to Item 22.
 
    Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this
Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described
above and elsewhere herein:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  EXHIBIT
DOCUMENT                                                                                          NUMBER
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                                                                             <C>
Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation................................        3.01
Registrant's Amended and Restated Bylaws......................................................        3.02
Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated as of September 18, 1997, between
  Registrant and certain investors, as amended October 13, 1997 and as amended November 6,
  1997........................................................................................       10.01
Form of Indemnity Agreement...................................................................       10.08
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    (a) The following exhibits are filed herewith:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER    EXHIBIT TITLE
- ---------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
     2.01  Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among the Registrant, Pacific Monolithics, Inc. and HN
           Acquisition Corp., dated March 19, 1998 (included as Appendix A-1 to the Joint Proxy
           Statement/Prospectus).
 
     2.02  Agreement of Merger of HN Acquisition Corp. with and into Pacific Monolithics, Inc. (included as
           Appendix A-2 to the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus).
 
  (1)3.01  Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
 
     3.02  Registrant's Amended and Restated Bylaws.
 
  (2)4.01  Form of Specimen Certificate for the Registrant's Common Stock.
 
     5.01  Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP regarding legality of the securities being registered.
 
     8.01  Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP regarding taxation.
 
 (2)10.01  Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated as of September 18, 1997, between the Registrant
           and certain investors, as amended October 31, 1997 and as amended November 6, 1997.
 
 (2)10.02  The Registrant's 1993 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
 (2)10.03  The Registrant's 1996 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
 (2)10.04  The Registrant's Executive Officer Incentive Plan.
 
 (2)10.05  The Registrant's 1997 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
 (2)10.06  The Registrant's 1997 Directors Stock Option Plan.
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER    EXHIBIT TITLE
- ---------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
 (2)10.07  The Registrant's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 
 (2)10.08  Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into by the Registration with each of its directors and executive
           officers.
 
 (2)10.09  Net Lease Agreement between Devcon/Bubb Road Investors and the Registrant dated May 25, 1995.
 
 (2)10.10  Sublease between Norian Corporation and the Registrant dated October 24, 1996.
 
 (2)10.11  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Carl S. Ledbetter dated January 15, 1996.
 
 (2)10.12  Senior Secured Convertible $5.5 Million Debenture Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and London
           Pacific Life & Annuity Company dated April 30, 1997 and related Senior Convertible $5.5 Million
           Debenture Due 2002 and Security Agreement and Senior Secured Convertible $5.5 Million Debenture Due
           2002 transferred to BG Services Limited.
 
 (2)10.14  Commitment Letter between the Registrant and Venture Banking Group, a division of Cupertino National
           Bank ("Venture Banking Group"), dated September 16, 1997.
 
 (2)10.15  Collaboration Agreement among the Registrant, Sharp Corporation and Itochu Corporation dated November
           29, 1996 and Addendum No. 1 thereto dated November 25, 1996.
 
 (2)10.16  Sales and Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Itochu Corporation dated January 10, 1997.*
 
 (2)10.17  Value Added Reseller Agreement between the Registrant and Internet Ventures, Inc. dated July 1, 1996.*
 
 (2)10.18  Value Added Reseller Agreement between the Registrant and Network System Technologies dated November
           25, 1996.*
 
 (2)10.19  The Registrant's Incentive Based Compensation Program.
 
 (2)10.20  Loan and Security Agreement between Venture Banking Group and Registrant dated October 16, 1997, Form
           of Common Stock Purchase Warrant and Subordination Agreements among the Registrant and certain security
           holders of the Registrant dated October 16, 1997.
 
 (2)10.21  Warrant Purchase Agreement by and between the Registrant and Alcatel dated as of November 3, 1997.
 
 (3)10.22  Employment Letter between the Registrant and Dan E. Steimle dated July 27, 1997.
 
 (3)10.23  Employment Letter between the Registrant and William H. Fry dated May 8, 1996 and Terms of Severance
           Arrangement with William H. Fry dated January 21, 1998.
 
    10.24  Sublease by and between Viking Freight, Inc. and the Registrant dated February 9, 1998.
 
    10.25  Volume Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and 3D Communications dated as of May 1997.
 
    10.26  Loan and Security Agreement by and between Pacific Monolithics, Inc. and Coast Business Credit, a
           division of Southern Pacific Bank dated November 14, 1997.
 
    10.27  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Richard B. Gold dated March 31, 1998.
 
    10.28  Noncompetition Agreement between the Registrant and Richard B. Gold dated March 31, 1998.
 
    10.29  Pacific Monolithics, Inc. 1986 Incentive Stock Option Plan.
 
    10.30  Pacific Monolithics, Inc. 1996 Equity Incentive Plan.
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER    EXHIBIT TITLE
- ---------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
    10.31  Lease Agreement by and between Aetna Life Insurance Company and Pacific Monolithics, Inc. dated June
           12, 1995.
 
    21.01  List of the Registrant's subsidiaries.
 
    23.01  Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibits 5.01 and 8.01).
 
    23.02  Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants.
 
    23.03  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 
    23.04  Consent of Richard B. Gold to serve as a director.
 
    23.05  Consent of Matthew D. Miller to serve as a director.
 
    24.01  Power of Attorney (see Page II-6 of this Registration Statement).
 
    27.01  Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.03 of the Registrant's Registration
    Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-36001) declared effective by the
    Commission on November 10, 1997 (the "Form S-1").
 
(2) Incorporated by reference to the same exhibit number of the Form S-1.
 
(3) Incorporated by reference to the same exhibit number of the Registrant's
    Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.
 
*   Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to certain portions of
    this agreement.
 
    (b) The following financial statement schedule is filed herewith:
 
    Financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for
is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes
thereto.
 
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS
 
    (1) The Registrant hereby undertakes as follows: that prior to any public
reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus
which is a part of this Registration Statement, by any person or party who is
deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the Registrant
undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called
for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons
who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the
other Items of the applicable form.
 
    (2) The Registrant undertakes that every prospectus (i) that is filed
pursuant to paragraph (1) immediately proceeding, or (ii) that purports to meet
the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Act and is used in connection with
an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an
amendment to the Registration Statement and will not be used until such
amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), each such
post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
    (3) The Registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information
that is incorporated by reference into the Prospectus/Proxy Statement pursuant
to Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of Form S-4, within one business day of receipt of
such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the Registration Statement through the
date of responding to the request.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
    (4) The Registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective
amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being
acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the
Registration Statement when it became effective.
 
    (5) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the provisions discussed in Item 6 hereof, or otherwise,
the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered hereby, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cupertino, State of
California, on this 6th day of May, 1998.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>  <C>
                                HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
 
                                By:  /s/ CARL S. LEDBETTER
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                     Carl S. Ledbetter,
                                     PRESIDENT, AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND
                                     CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
</TABLE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
    KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints Carl S. Ledbetter and Dan E. Steimle, and each of
them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of
substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or
their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by
virtue hereof.
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.
 
             NAME                         TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------
 
PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER:
 
/s/ CARL S. LEDBETTER           President, Chief Executive      May 6, 1998
- ------------------------------    Officer and Chairman of
Carl S. Ledbetter                 the Board of Directors
 
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
AND
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER:
 
/s/ DAN E. STEIMLE              Vice President, Finance         May 6, 1998
- ------------------------------    and Administration,
Dan E. Steimle                    Chief Financial Officer
                                  and Secretary
 
ADDITIONAL DIRECTORS:
 
/s/ JAMES R. FLACH              Director                        May 6, 1998
- ------------------------------
James R. Flach
 
/s/ STEPHEN E. HALPRIN          Director                        May 6, 1998
- ------------------------------
Stephen E. Halprin
 
/s/ GARY M. LAUDER              Director                        May 6, 1998
- ------------------------------
Gary M. Lauder
 
/s/ DOUGLAS M. LEONE            Director                        May 6, 1998
- ------------------------------
Douglas M. Leone
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER    EXHIBIT TITLE
- ---------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
     2.01  Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among the Registrant, Pacific Monolithics, Inc. and HN
           Acquisition Corp., dated March 19, 1998 (included as Appendix A-1 to the Joint Proxy
           Statement/Prospectus).
 
     2.02  Agreement of Merger of HN Acquisition Corp. with and into Pacific Monolithics, Inc. (included as
           Appendix A-2 to the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus).
 
  (1)3.01  Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
 
     3.02  Registrant's Amended and Restated Bylaws.
 
  (2)4.01  Form of Specimen Certificate for the Registrant's Common Stock.
 
     5.01  Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP regarding legality of the securities being registered.
 
     8.01  Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP regarding taxation.
 
 (2)10.01  Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated as of September 18, 1997, between the Registrant
           and certain investors, as amended October 31, 1997 and as amended November 6, 1997.
 
 (2)10.02  The Registrant's 1993 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
 (2)10.03  The Registrant's 1996 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
 (2)10.04  The Registrant's Executive Officer Incentive Plan.
 
 (2)10.05  The Registrant's 1997 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
 (2)10.06  The Registrant's 1997 Directors Stock Option Plan.
 
 (2)10.07  The Registrant's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 
 (2)10.08  Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into by the Registration with each of its directors and executive
           officers.
 
 (2)10.09  Net Lease Agreement between Devcon/Bubb Road Investors and the Registrant dated May 25, 1995.
 
 (2)10.10  Sublease between Norian Corporation and the Registrant dated October 24, 1996.
 
 (2)10.11  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Carl S. Ledbetter dated January 15, 1996.
 
 (2)10.12  Senior Secured Convertible $5.5 Million Debenture Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and London
           Pacific Life & Annuity Company dated April 30, 1997 and related Senior Convertible $5.5 Million
           Debenture Due 2002 and Security Agreement and Senior Secured Convertible $5.5 Million Debenture Due
           2002 transferred to BG Services Limited.
 
 (2)10.14  Commitment Letter between the Registrant and Venture Banking Group, a division of Cupertino National
           Bank ("Venture Banking Group"), dated September 16, 1997.
 
 (2)10.15  Collaboration Agreement among the Registrant, Sharp Corporation and Itochu Corporation dated November
           29, 1996 and Addendum No. 1 thereto dated November 25, 1996.
 
 (2)10.16  Sales and Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Itochu Corporation dated January 10, 1997.*
 
 (2)10.17  Value Added Reseller Agreement between the Registrant and Internet Ventures, Inc. dated July 1, 1996.*
 
 (2)10.18  Value Added Reseller Agreement between the Registrant and Network System Technologies dated November
           25, 1996.*
 
 (2)10.19  The Registrant's Incentive Based Compensation Program.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER    EXHIBIT TITLE
- ---------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
 (2)10.20  Loan and Security Agreement between Venture Banking Group and Registrant dated October 16, 1997, Form
           of Common Stock Purchase Warrant and Subordination Agreements among the Registrant and certain security
           holders of the Registrant dated October 16, 1997.
 
 (2)10.21  Warrant Purchase Agreement by and between the Registrant and Alcatel dated as of November 3, 1997.
 
 (3)10.22  Employment Letter between the Registrant and Dan E. Steimle dated July 27, 1997.
 
 (3)10.23  Employment Letter between the Registrant and William H. Fry dated May 8, 1996 and Terms of Severance
           Arrangement with William H. Fry dated January 21, 1998.
 
    10.24  Sublease by and between Viking Freight, Inc. and the Registrant dated February 9, 1998.
 
    10.25  Volume Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and 3D Communications dated as of May 1997.
 
    10.26  Loan and Security Agreement by and between Pacific Monolithics, Inc. and Coast Business Credit, a
           division of Southern Pacific Bank dated November 14, 1997.
 
    10.27  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Richard B. Gold dated March 31, 1998.
 
    10.28  Noncompetition Agreement between the Registrant and Richard B. Gold dated March 31, 1998.
 
    10.29  Pacific Monolithics, Inc. 1986 Incentive Stock Option Plan.
 
    10.30  Pacific Monolithics, Inc. 1996 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
    10.31  Lease Agreement by and between Aetna Life Insurance Company and Pacific Monolithics, Inc. dated June
           12, 1995.
 
    21.01  List of the Registrant's subsidiaries.
 
    23.01  Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibits 5.01 and 8.01).
 
    23.02  Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants.
 
    23.03  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 
    23.04  Consent of Richard B. Gold to serve as a director.
 
    23.05  Consent of Matthew D. Miller to serve as a director.
 
    24.01  Power of Attorney (see Page II-6 of this Registration Statement).
 
    27.01  Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.03 of the Registrant's Registration
    Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-36001) declared effective by the
    Commission on November 10, 1997 (the "Form S-1").
 
(2) Incorporated by reference to the same exhibit number of the Form S-1.
 
(3) Incorporated by reference to the same exhibit number of the Registrant's
    Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.
 
*   Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to certain portions of
    this agreement.

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 3.02

                                          
                            AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
                                          
                                         OF
                                          
                               HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
                                          
                              (A DELAWARE CORPORATION)
                                          
                                     ARTICLE I
                                          
                                      OFFICES

     SECTION 1.     REGISTERED OFFICE.  The registered office shall be in the
City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

     SECTION 2.     OTHER OFFICES.  Additional offices of the corporation shall
be located at such place or places, within or outside the State of Delaware, as
the board of Directors may from time to time authorize or the business of the
corporation may require.
                                          
                                     ARTICLE II
                                          
                     MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS AND VOTING RIGHTS

     SECTION 3.     PLACE OF MEETINGS.  All meetings of the stockholders for the
election of directors shall be held at such place as may be fixed from time to
time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place either within or without
the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of
Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.  Meetings of stockholders for
any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the
State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly
executed waiver of notice thereof.

     SECTION 4.     ANNUAL MEETING.  Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing
with the year 1991, shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated
from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the
meeting. At such annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other
business may be transacted which may properly come before the meeting.

     SECTION 5.     POSTPONEMENT OF ANNUAL MEETING.  The Board of Directors and
the President shall each have authority to hold at an earlier date and/or time,
or to postpone to a later date and/or time, the annual meeting of stockholders.

     SECTION 6.     SPECIAL MEETINGS.  

     (a)  Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may
be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or by the Chairman or the
Secretary at the written 

<PAGE>

request of a majority of the total number of directors which the corporation 
would have if there were no vacancies.

     (b)  Upon written request to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the
President, any vice president or the Secretary of the corporation by any person
or persons (other than the Board of Directors) entitled to call a special
meeting of the stockholders, such officer forthwith shall cause notice to be
given to the stockholders entitled to vote, that a meeting will be held at a
time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, such time to be not
less than 10 nor more than 60 days after receipt of such request.  If such
notice is not given within 20 days after receipt of such request, the person or
persons calling the meeting may give notice thereof in the manner provided by
law or in these bylaws.  Nothing contained in this Section 6 shall be construed
as limiting, fixing or affecting the time or date when a meeting of stockholders
called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

     SECTION 7.     NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Except as otherwise may be required by
law and subject to Section 6 (b) above, written notice of each meeting of
stockholders shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at that meeting
(see Section 14 below), by the Secretary, assistant secretary or other person
charged with that duty, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before such
meeting.

     Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall state the date, place and hour
of the meeting and,

            (a)     in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the
business to be transacted;

            (b)     in the case of an annual meeting, the general nature of
matters which the Board of Directors, at the time the notice is given, intends
to present for action by the stockholders; and 

            (c)     in the case of any meeting at which directors are to be
elected, the names of the nominees intended at the time of the notice to be
presented by management for election.

     At a special meeting, notice of which has been given in accordance with
this Section, action may not be taken with respect to business, the general
nature of which has not been stated in such notice.  At an annual meeting,
action may be taken with respect to business started in the notice of such
meeting and any other business as may properly come before the meeting.

     SECTION 8.     MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE.  Notice of any meeting of
stockholders shall be given either personally or by first-class mail,
telegraphic or other written communication, addressed to the stockholder at the
address of that stockholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given
by the stockholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice.  If no such
address appears on the corporation's books or is given, notice shall be deemed
to have been given if sent to that stockholder by first-class mail or
telegraphic or other written communication to the corporation's principal
executive office, or if published at least once in a newspaper of general
circulation in the county where that office is located.  Notice shall be 

<PAGE>

deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally or deposited 
in the mail or sent by telegram or other means of written communication.

     If any notice addressed to a stockholder at the address of that stockholder
appearing on the books of the corporation is returned to the corporation by the
United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal
Service is unable to deliver the notice to the stockholder at that addresses,
all future notices shall be deemed to have been duly given without further
mailing if these shall be available to the stockholder on written demand by the
stockholder at the principal executive office of the corporation for a period of
one year from the date of the giving of the notice. 

     An affidavit of mailing of any notice or report in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 8, executed by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or
any transfer agent, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of the notice.

     SECTION 9.     QUORUM AND TRANSACTION OF BUSINESS.

            (a)     At any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the shares
entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum.
If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares
represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on any matter shall be the act
of the stockholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is
required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, and except as provided
in Section 9(c).

            (b)     At any meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall
be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (1) pursuant to the
corporation's notice of meeting, (2) by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors or (3) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of
record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this bylaw, who shall
be entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies with the notice procedures
set forth in this bylaw. 

     For business to be properly brought before any meeting by a stockholder
pursuant to clause (3) of this Section 9 (b), the stockholder must have given
timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be
timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at
the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than 20 days nor
more than 60 days prior to the date of the meeting. A stockholder's notice to
the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to
bring before the meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be
brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the
meeting, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation's books,
of the stockholder proposing such business, and the name and address of the
beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (iii) the class
and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of
record by such stockholder of record and by the beneficial owner, if any, on
whose behalf of the proposal is made and (iv) any material interest of such
stockholder of record and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the
proposal is made in such business.

<PAGE>

     Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall
be conducted at a meeting except in accordance with procedures set forth in this
Section 9 (b).  The presiding officer of the meeting shall, if the facts
warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly
brought before the meeting and in accordance with the procedures prescribed by
this Section 9 (b), and if such person should so determine, such person shall so
declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the
meeting shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of
this Section 9 (b), a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules
and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section
9 (b).

            (c)     The stockholders present at a duly called or held meeting of
the stockholders at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until
adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less
than a quorum, provided that any action taken (other than adjournment) is
approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

            (d) In the absence of a quorum, no business other than adjournment
may be transacted, except as described in Section 9 (c).

     SECTION 10.    ADJOURNMENT AND NOTICE OF ADJOURNED MEETINGS. Any meeting of
stockholders may be adjourned from time to time, whether or not a quorum is
present, by the affirmative vote of a majority of shares represented at such
meeting either in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting.

     In the event any meeting is adjourned, it shall not be necessary to give
notice of the time and place of such adjourned meeting pursuant to Sections 7
and 8; provided that if any of the following three events occur, such notice
must be given:

            (1)     announcement of the adjourned meeting's time and place is
not made at the original meeting which it continues or

            (2)     such meeting is adjourned for more than 30 days from the
date set for the original meeting or

            (3)     after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the
adjourned meeting.

       At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which
might have been transacted at the original meeting.

       SECTION 11.  WAIVER OF NOTICE, CONSENT TO MEETING OR APPROVAL OF MINUTES.

            (a)     Subject to this Section 11(b), the transactions of any
meeting of stockholders, however called and noticed, and wherever held, shall be
as valid as though made at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if
a quorum is present either in person or by 

<PAGE>

proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the persons 
entitled to vote but not present in person or by proxy signs a written waiver 
of notice or a consent to holding of the meeting or an approval of the 
minutes thereof.

            (b)     A waiver of notice, consent to the holding of a meeting or
approval of the minutes thereof need not specify the business to be transacted
or transacted at nor the purpose of the meeting.

            (c)     All waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the
corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

            (d)     A person's attendance at a meeting shall constitute waiver
of notice of and presence at such meeting, except when such person objects at
the beginning of the meeting to transaction of any business because the meeting
is not lawfully called or convened and except that attendance at a meeting is
not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters which are
required by law or these bylaws to be in such notice (including those matters
described in subsection (d) of Section 7 of these bylaws), but are not so
included if such person expressly objects to consideration of such matter or
matters at any time during the meeting.

       SECTION 12.  ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Effective upon
the closing of the corporation's initial public offering of securities pursuant
to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the stockholders of the corporation may not take action by written consent
without a meeting but must take any such actions at a duly called annual or
special meeting. 

       SECTION 13.  VOTING. The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of
stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section
14.

       Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation each
stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote
in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power
held by such stockholder.

       Any stockholder may vote part of such stockholders shares in favor of a
proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or vote them against the
proposal, other than elections to office, but, if the stockholder fails to
specify the number of shares such stockholder is voting affirmatively, it will
be conclusively presumed that the stockholder's approving vote is with respect
to all shares such stockholder is entitled to vote.

       SECTION 14.  PERSONS ENTITLED TO VOTE OR CONSENT. The officer who has
charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least
ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the
stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order,
and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered
in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of
any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary
business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either
at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be
specified in the notice of the meeting,

<PAGE>

or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The 
list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting 
during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is 
present.

       SECTION 15.  PROXIES. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents
may do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized to act by a
written proxy executed by the person or such person's duly authorized agent and
filed with the Secretary of the corporation; provided that no such proxy shall
be valid after the expiration of three years from the date of its execution,
unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The manner of execution,
suspension, revocation, exercise and effect of proxies is governed by law.

       SECTION 16.  INSPECTORS OF ELECTION. Before any meeting of stockholders,
the Board of Directors may appoint one or more persons, other than nominees for
office, to act as inspectors of election at the meeting or its adjournment. If
no inspectors of election are so appointed, the chairman of the meeting may, and
on the request of any stockholder or a stockholder's proxy shall, appoint
inspectors of election at the meeting. If any person appointed as inspector
fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the chairman of the meeting may, and
upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholders proxy shall, appoint a
person to fill that vacancy.

       These inspectors shall: (i) determine the number of shares outstanding
and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the
existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;
(ii) receive votes, ballots, or consents; (iii) hear and determine all
challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to
vote; (iv) count and tabulate all votes or consents; (v) determine when the
polls shall close; (vi) determine the result; and (vii) do any other acts that
may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.
                                          
                                    ARTICLE III
                                          
                                 BOARD OF DIRECTORS

       SECTION 17.   POWERS.  The business of the corporation shall be managed
by or under the direction of its board of directors which may exercise all such
powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by
statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or
required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

       SECTION 18.  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The authorized number of directors of
this corporation shall be not less than five and not more than nine.  As of the
date of the adoption of these bylaws, the number of directors shall be 5, and
thereafter the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively
by resolution of the Board of Directors adopted by an affirmative vote of a
majority of the total number of directors that the corporation would have if
there were no vacancies.  No reduction in the number of directors shall remove
any director prior to the expiration of such director's term of office.  Any
bylaw amendment adopted by the Board of Directors increasing or reducing the
authorized number of directors shall require the affirmative vote of a majority
of the total number of directors which the corporation would 

<PAGE>

have if there were no vacancies.  In the event of any increase or reduction 
in the authorized number of directors:  (i) each director then serving shall 
nevertheless continue as a director of the class of which such director is a 
member until the expiration of such director's current term, or such 
director's earlier resignation, removal from office or death, and (ii) the 
newly created or eliminated directorship or directorships resulting from such 
increase or reduction shall be apportioned by the Board of Directors, by 
resolution adopted by an affirmative vote of a majority of the total number 
of directors that the corporation would have if there were no vacancies, 
among the three classes of directors so as to maintain such classes as nearly 
equal in number as possible.

       SECTION 19.  ELECTION OF DIRECTORS, TERM, QUALIFICATIONS.  The directors
shall be divided into three classes.  The term of office of the first class,
which class shall consist of two directors, shall expire at the annual meeting
of stockholders held in 1998; the term of office of the second class, which
class shall consists of one director, shall expire at the annual meeting of
stockholders held in 1999; and the term of office of the third class, which
class shall consist of two directors, shall expire at the annual meeting of
stockholders held in 2000.  Thereafter, each term of each class shall expire at
each third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after the meeting of
stockholders at which the director or directors in such class were elected. 
Each Director shall serve until his or her successor is elected and qualified,
or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

       Nominations for election to the Board of Directors must be made by the
Board of Directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital
stock of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors. 
Nominations, other than those made by the Board of Directors of the corporation,
must be preceded by notification in writing received by the Secretary of the
corporation not less than 20 days nor more than 60 days prior to any meeting of
stockholders called for the election of directors. Such notification shall
contain the written consent of each proposed nominee to serve as a director if
so elected and the following information as to each proposed nominee and as to
each person, acting alone or in conjunction with one or more other persons as a
partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group, who participates or
is expected to participate in making such nomination or in organizing, directing
or financing such nomination or solicitation of proxies to vote for the nominee:

       (a) the name, age, residence, address, and business address of each
proposed nominee and of each such person;

       (b) the principal occupation or employment, the name, type of business
and address of the corporation or other organization in which such employment is
carried on of each proposed nominee and of each such person;

       (c) the amount of stock of the corporation owned beneficially, either
directly or indirectly, by each proposed nominee and each such person; and

       (d) a description of any arrangement or understanding of each proposed
nominee and of each such person with each other or any other person regarding
future employment or any future transaction to which the corporation will or may
be a party.

<PAGE>

       The presiding officer of the meeting shall have the authority to
determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination not preceded by
notification made in accordance with the foregoing procedure shall be
disregarded.

       SECTION 20.  RESIGNATIONS. Any director of the corporation may resign
effective upon giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the
President, the Secretary or the Board of Directors of the corporation, unless
the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation. If
the resignation specifies effectiveness at a future time, a successor may be
elected pursuant to Section 22 to take office on the date that the resignation
becomes effective.

       SECTION 21.  REMOVAL. The entire Board of Directors or any individual
director may be removed from office by the affirmative vote of at least a
majority of the combined voting power of all shares of the corporation entitled
to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single
class.  

       SECTION 22.  VACANCIES.  A vacancy or vacancies on the Board of Directors
shall be deemed to exist in case of the death, resignation or removal of any
director, or upon increase in the authorized number of directors or if
stockholders fail to elect the full authorized number of directors at an annual
meeting of stockholders or if, for whatever reason, there are fewer directors on
the Board of Directors than the full number authorized. Such vacancy or
vacancies may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, though less
than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen
shall hold office for the remainder of the term of the class of the director for
which such vacancy exists and until their earlier resignation or removal. If
there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in
the manner provided by statute.

       SECTION 23.  REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors
shall be held at such times, places and dates as fixed in these bylaws or by the
Board of Directors; provided, however, that if the date for such a meeting falls
on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time on the next
succeeding full business day. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors held
pursuant to this Section 23 may be held without notice.

       SECTION 24.  PARTICIPATION BY TELEPHONE. Members of the Board of
Directors may participate in a meeting through use of conference telephone or
similar communications equipment, so long as all members participating in such
meeting can hear one another. Such participation constitutes presence in person
at such meeting. 

       SECTION 25.  SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors
for any purpose may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President or
any vice president or the Secretary of the corporation or any two directors.

       SECTION 26.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Notice of the date, time and place of
all meetings of the Board of Directors, other than regular meetings held
pursuant to Section 24, shall be delivered personally, orally or in writing, or
by telephone, telegraph or facsimile, to each director at least 48 hours before
the meeting, or sent in writing to each director by first-class 

<PAGE>

mail, charges prepaid, at least four days before the meeting. Such notice may 
be given by the Secretary of the corporation or by the person or persons who 
called a meeting. Such notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting. 
Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors need not be given to any 
director who signs a waiver of notice of such meeting, or a consent to 
holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, either before or 
after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting prior 
thereto or at its commencement such director's lack of notice. All such 
waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or 
made a part of the minutes of the meeting.  

       SECTION 27.  PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the Board of Directors may be
held at any place within or without the state which has been designated in the
notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or there is no notice,
designated in the bylaws or by resolution of the Board of Directors.

       SECTION 28.  ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action
required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may be taken without
a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors individually or collectively
consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or consents shall be
filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such action
by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of
such directors.

       SECTION 29.  QUORUM AND TRANSACTION OF BUSINESS. A majority of the
authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the authorized
number of directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present
shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless the law, the Certificate of
Incorporation or these bylaws specifically require a greater number. A meeting
at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business,
notwithstanding withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at
least a majority of the number of directors constituting a quorum for such
meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors, a
majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting, as provided in
Section 30 of these bylaws.

       SECTION 30.  ADJOURNMENT. Any meeting of the Board of Directors, whether
or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned to another time and place by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present. If the meeting is
adjourned for more than 24 hours, notice of such adjournment to another time or
place shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned meeting to the directors
who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

       SECTION 31.  ORGANIZATION. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at
every meeting of the Board of Directors, if present. If there is no Chairman of
the Board or if the Chairman is not present, a Chairman chosen by a majority of
the directors present shall act as chairman. The Secretary of the corporation
or, in the absence of the Secretary, any person appointed by the Chairman shall
act as secretary of the meeting.

       SECTION 32.  COMPENSATION. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate
of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the
authority to fix the 

<PAGE>

compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, 
of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a 
fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a 
stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from 
serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation 
therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like 
compensation for attending committee meetings.

       SECTION 33.  COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed
by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each
committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The
Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee,
who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the
committee.

       In the absence of disqualification of a member of a committee, the member
or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting,
whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another
member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such
absent or disqualified member.

       Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board
of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the
Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the
corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all
papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or
authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation, adopting an
agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale,
lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation's property and
assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a
revocation of a dissolution, or amending the bylaws of the corporation; and,
unless the resolution or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide,
no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to
authorize the issuance of stock. Such committee or committees shall have such
name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by
the Board of Directors.

       Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the
same to the Board of Directors when required.
                                          
                                     ARTICLE IV
                                          
                                      OFFICERS

       SECTION 34.  OFFICERS. The officers of the corporation shall be a
President, Chief Financial Officer and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may
elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the
Board. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more Vice-Presidents,
Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be
held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws
otherwise provide.

<PAGE>

       SECTION 35.  APPOINTMENT. All officers shall be chosen and appointed by
the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each
annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a President, a Treasurer, and a
Secretary and may choose Vice Presidents. The Board of Directors may appoint
such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their
offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as
shall be determined from time to time by the board.

       SECTION 36.  INABILITY TO ACT. In the case of absence or inability to act
of any officer of the corporation or of any person authorized by these bylaws to
act in such officer's place, the Board of Directors may from time to time
delegate the powers or duties of such Officer to any other officer, or any
director or other person whom it may select, for such period of time as the
Board of Directors deems necessary.

       SECTION 37.  RESIGNATION. Any officer may resign at any time upon written
notice to the corporation, without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the
corporation under any contract to which such officer is a party. Such
resignation shall be effective upon its receipt by the Chairman of the Board,
the President, the Secretary or the Board of Directors, unless a different time
is specified in the notice for effectiveness of such resignation. The acceptance
of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless
otherwise specified in such notice.

       SECTION 38.  REMOVAL. Any officer may resign at any time upon written
notice to the corporation, without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the
corporation under any contract to which such officer is a party. Such
resignation shall be effective upon its receipt by the Chairman of the Board,
the President, the Secretary or the Board of Directors, unless a different time
is specified in the notice for effectiveness of such resignation. The acceptance
of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless
otherwise specified in such notice.

       Any officer may be removed from office at any time, with or without
cause, but subject to the rights, if any, of such officer under any contract of
employment, by the Board of Directors or by any committee to whom such power of
removal has been duly delegated, or, with regard to any officer who has been
appointed by the chief executive officer pursuant to Section 35, by the chief
executive officer or any other officer upon whom such power of removal may be
conferred by the Board of Directors.

       SECTION 39.  VACANCIES. A vacancy occurring in any office for any cause
may be filled by the Board of Directors, in the manner prescribed by this
Article of the bylaws for initial appointment to such office.

       SECTION 40.  CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board, if any,
shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders
at which he shall be present. He/she shall have and may exercise such powers as
are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board and as may be provided by
law. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the
Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of
the stockholders at which he shall be present. He shall have and may exercise

<PAGE>

such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board and as may
be provided by law.

       SECTION 41.  PRESIDENT. Subject to such powers, if any, as may be given
by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an
officer, the President shall be the general manager and chief executive officer
of the corporation and shall have general supervision, direction, and control
over the business and affairs of the corporation, subject to the control of the
Board of Directors. The President may sign and execute, in the name of the
corporation, any instrument authorized by the Board of Directors, except when
the signing and execution thereof shall have been expressly delegated by the
Board of Directors or by these bylaws to some other officer or agent of the
corporation. The President shall have all the general powers and duties of
management usually vested in the president of a corporation, and shall have such
other powers and duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of
Directors or these bylaws. The President shall have discretion to prescribe the
duties of other officers and employees of the corporation in a manner not
inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws and the directions of the Board
of Directors.

       SECTION 42.  VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence or disability of the
President, in the event of a vacancy in the office of President, or in the event
such officer refuses to act, the Vice President shall perform all the duties of
the President and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject
to all the restrictions on, the President. If at any such time the corporation
has more than one vice president, the duties and powers of the President shall
pass to each vice president in order of such vice president's rank as fixed by
the Board of Directors or, if the vice presidents are not so ranked, to the vice
president designated by the Board of Directors. The vice presidents shall have
such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed for them
from time to time by the Board of Directors or pursuant to Sections 34 and 35 or
otherwise pursuant to these bylaws.

       SECTION 43.  SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY. The Secretary shall:

            (a) Keep, or cause to be kept, minutes of all meetings of the
corporation's stockholders, Board of Directors, and committees of the Board of
Directors, if any. Such minutes shall be kept in written form.

            (b) Keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of
the corporation, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, if any, a
record of the corporation's stockholders, showing the names and addresses of all
stockholders, and the number and classes of shares held by each. Such records
shall be kept in written form or any other form capable of being converted into
written form.

            (c) Give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of
stockholders, directors and committees of the Board of Directors, as required by
law or by these bylaws.

            (d) Keep the seal of the corporation, if any, in safe custody. 

<PAGE>

            (e) Exercise such powers and perform such duties as are usually
vested in the office of secretary of a corporation, and exercise such other
powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by
the Board of Directors or these bylaws.

       If any assistant secretaries are appointed, the assistant secretary, or
one of the assistant secretaries in the order of their rank as fixed by the
Board of Directors or, if they are not so ranked, the assistant secretary
designated by the Board of Directors, in the absence or disability of the
Secretary or in the event of such officer's refusal to act or if a vacancy
exists in the office of Secretary, shall perform the duties and exercise the
powers of the Secretary and discharge Such duties as may be assigned from time
to time pursuant to these bylaws or by the Board of Directors.

       SECTION 44.  CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The Chief Financial Officer shall: 

            (a) Be responsible for all functions and duties of the treasurer of
the corporation.

            (b) Keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate
and correct books and records of account for the corporation.

            (c) Receive or be responsible for receipt of all monies due and
payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever; have charge and custody
of, and be responsible for, all monies and other valuables of the corporation
and be responsible for deposit of all such monies in the name and to the credit
of the corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of
Directors or a duly appointed and authorized committee of the Board of
Directors.

            (d) Disburse or be responsible for the disbursement of the funds of
the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors or a duly appointed
and authorized committee of the Board of Directors.

            (e) Render to the chief executive officer and the Board of Directors
a statement of the financial condition of the corporation if called upon to do
so.

            (f) Exercise such powers and perform such duties as are usually
vested in the office of chief financial officer of a corporation, and exercise
such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the
Board of Directors or these bylaws.

     If any assistant financial officer is appointed, the assistant financial
officer, or one of the assistant financial officers, if there are more than one
in the order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if they are
not so ranked, the assistant financial officer designated by the Board of
Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer or
in the event of such officer's refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise
the powers of the Chief Financial Officer, and shall have such powers and
discharge such duties as may be assigned from time to time pursuant to these
bylaws or by the Board of Directors. 

<PAGE>

     SECTION 45.    COMPENSATION. The compensation of the officers shall be
fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be
prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that such
officer is also a director of the corporation.
                                          
                                     ARTICLE V
                                          
                 CONTRACTS, LOANS, BANK ACCOUNTS, CHECKS AND DRAFTS

       SECTION 46.  EXECUTION OF CONTRACTS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS. Except as
these bylaws may otherwise provide, the Board of Directors or its duly appointed
and authorized committee may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents,
to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of
and on behalf of the corporation, and such authorization may be general or
confined to specific instances. Except as so authorized or otherwise expressly
provided in these bylaws, no officer, agent, or employee shall have any power or
authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its
credit or to render it liable for any purpose or in any amount.

       SECTION 47.  LOANS. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the
corporation and no negotiable paper shall be issued in its name, unless and
except as authorized by the Board of Directors or its duly appointed and
authorized committee. When so authorized by the Board of Directors or such
committee, any officer or agent of the corporation may effect loans and advances
at any time for the corporation from any bank, trust company, or other
institution, or from any firms, corporation or individual, and for such loans
and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds or other
evidences of indebtedness of the corporation and, when authorized as aforesaid,
may mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or transfer any and all stocks, securities and
other property, real or personal, at any time held by the corporation, and to
that end endorse, assign and deliver the same as security for the payment of any
and all loans, advances, indebtedness, and liabilities of the corporation. Such
authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

       SECTION 48.  BANK ACCOUNTS. The Board of Directors or its duly appointed
and authorized committee from time to time may authorize the opening and keeping
of general and/or special bank accounts with such banks, trust companies, or
other depositories as may be selected by the Board of Directors, its duly
appointed and authorized committee or by any officer or officers, agent or
agents, of the corporation to whom such power may be delegated from time to time
by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors or its duly appointed and
authorized committee may make such rules and regulations with respect to said
bank accounts, not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws, as are
deemed advisable.

       SECTION 49.  CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC. All checks, drafts or other orders for
the payment of money, notes, acceptances or other evidences of indebtedness
issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or
officers, agent or agents, of the corporation, and in such manner, as shall be
determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or its duly
appointed and authorized committee. Endorsements for deposit to the credit of
the corporation in any of its duly authorized depositories may be made, without
counter-signature by the President or any vice president or the Chief Financial
Officer or any 

<PAGE>

assistant financial officer or by any other officer or agent of the 
corporation to whom the Board of Directors or its duly appointed and 
authorized committee, by resolution, shall have delegated such power or by 
hand-stamped impression in the name of the corporation.
                                          
                                     ARTICLE VI
                                          
                     CERTIFICATES FOR STOCK AND THEIR TRANSFER

       SECTION 50.  CERTIFICATE FOR STOCK. Every holder of shares in the
corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed in the name of the
corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board or the President or a
Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer or an assistant financial
officer or by the Secretary or an assistant secretary, certifying the number of
shares and the class or series of shares owned by the stockholder. Any or all of
the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer,
transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been
placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent
or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the
corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer
agent or registrar at the date of issue.

       In the event that the corporation shall issue any shares as only partly
paid, the certificate issued to represent such partly paid shares shall have
stated thereon the total consideration to be paid for such shares and the amount
paid thereon.

       If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of
stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of
each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or
restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or
summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall
issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as
otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in
lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back
of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or
series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to
each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and
relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock
or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such
preferences and/or rights.

       SECTION 51.  TRANSFER ON THE BOOKS. Upon surrender to the Secretary or
transfer agent (if any) of the corporation of a certificate for shares of the
corporation duly endorsed, with reasonable assurance that the endorsement is
genuine and effective, or accompanied by proper evidence of succession,
assignment or authority to transfer and upon compliance with applicable federal
and state securities laws and if the corporation has no statutory duty to
inquire into adverse claims or has discharged any such duty and if any
applicable law relating to the collection of taxes has been complied with, it
shall be the duty of the corporation, by its Secretary or transfer agent, to
cancel the old certificate, to issue a new certificate to the person entitled
thereto and to record the transaction on the books of the corporation. 

<PAGE>

       SECTION 52.  LOST, DESTROYED AND STOLEN CERTIFICATES. The holder of any
certificate for shares of the corporation alleged to have been lost, destroyed
or stolen shall notify the corporation by making a written affidavit or
affirmation of such fact. Upon receipt of said affidavit or affirmation the
Board of Directors, or its duly appointed and authorized committee or any
officer or officers authorized by the Board so to do, may order the issuance of
a new certificate for shares in the place of any certificate previously issued
by the corporation and which is alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen. 
However, the Board of Directors or such authorized committee, officer or
officers may require the owner of the allegedly lost, destroyed or stolen
certificate, or such owner's legal representative, to give the corporation a
bond or other adequate security sufficient to indemnify the corporation and its
transfer agent and/or registrar, if any, against any claim that may be made
against it or them on account of such allegedly lost, destroyed or stolen
certificate or the replacement thereof. Said bond or other security shall be in
such amount, on such terms and conditions and, in the case of a bond, with such
surety or sureties as may be acceptable to the Board of Directors or to its duly
appointed and authorized committee or any officer or officers authorized by the
Board of Directors to determine the sufficiency thereof. The requirement of a
bond or other security may be waived in particular cases at the discretion of
the Board of Directors or its duly appointed and authorized committee or any
officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors so to do. 

       SECTION 53.  ISSUANCE, TRANSFER AND REGISTRATION OF SHARES. The Board of
Directors may make such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with law or with
these bylaws, as it may deem advisable concerning the issuance, transfer and
registration of certificates for shares of the capital stock of the corporation.
The Board of Directors may appoint a transfer agent or registrar of transfers,
or both, and may require all certificates for shares of the corporation to bear
the signature of either or both.
                                          
                                    ARTICLE VII
                                          
                          INSPECTION OF CORPORATE RECORDS

       SECTION 54.  INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS. Every director shall have the
absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect and copy all books, records,
and documents of every kind of the corporation and any of its subsidiaries and
to inspect the physical properties of the corporation and any of its
subsidiaries. Such inspection may be made by the director in person or by agent
or attorney, and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make
extracts.

       SECTION 55.  INSPECTION BY STOCKHOLDERS.

       (a)     INSPECTION OF CORPORATE RECORDS. Any stockholder, in person or by
attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the
purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect
for any proper purpose the corporation's stock ledger, a list of its
stockholders, and its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts
therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such
person's interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other
agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under
oath shall be accompanied by a power of 

<PAGE>

attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent 
to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be 
directed to the corporation at is registered office in the State of Delaware 
or at its principal place of business.

       (b) INSPECTION OF BYLAWS. The original or a copy of these bylaws shall be
kept as provided in Section 43 and shall be open to inspection by the
stockholders at all reasonable times during office hours. A current copy of
these bylaws shall be furnished to any stockholder upon written request.

       SECTION 56.  WRITTEN FORM. If any record subject to inspection pursuant
to Section 55 is not maintained in written form, a request for inspection is not
complied with unless and until the corporation at its expense makes such record
available in written form.
                                          
                                    ARTICLE VIII
                                          
                                   MISCELLANEOUS

       SECTION 57.  FISCAL YEAR. Unless otherwise freed by resolution of the
Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the corporation shall end on the 31st day
of December in each calendar year.

       SECTION 58.  ANNUAL REPORT.

       (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 58 (b), the Board of Directors
shall cause an annual report to be/sent to each stockholder of the corporation
in the manner provided in Section 8 of these bylaws not later than 120 days
after the close of the corporation's fiscal year. Such report shall include a
balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and
statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied by
any report thereon of independent accountants or, if there is no such report,
the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that such statements
were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation. Such
report shall be sent to stockholders at least 15 (or, if sent by third-class
mail, 35) days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders after the end of
the fiscal year to which it relates.

       (b) If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the
corporation's shares, the requirement of sending of an annual report to the
stockholders of the corporation is hereby expressly waived.

       SECTION 59.  RECORD DATE. The Board of Directors may fix a time in the
future as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at any meeting or entitled to receive payment of any
dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or entitled to
exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares
or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action. The
record date so fixed shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days prior
to the date of the meeting nor more than 60 days prior to any other action or
event for the purpose of which it is fixed. If no record date is fixed, the
provisions of Section 14 shall apply with respect to notice of meetings, 

<PAGE>

votes, and contents and the record date for determining stockholders for any 
other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board 
of Directors adopt the resolutions relating thereto, or the 60th day prior to 
the date of such other action or event, whichever is later.

       Only stockholders of record at the close of business on the record date
shall be entitled to notice and to vote or to receive the dividend, distribution
or allotment of rights or to exercise the rights, as the case may be,
notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after
the record date, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation, by agreement or by law.

       SECTION 60.  BYLAW AMENDMENTS. In furtherance and not in limitation of
the powers conferred by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to
make, alter, amend and repeal these bylaws subject to the power of the holders
of capital stock of the corporation to alter, amend or repeal the bylaws;
provided, however, that, with respect to the powers of holders of capital stock
to make, alter, amend and repeal bylaws of the corporation, notwithstanding any
other provision of these bylaws or any provision of law which might otherwise
permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the
holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock of the
corporation required by law, these bylaws or any preferred stock, the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the combined voting
power of all of the then-outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to
make, alter, amend or repeal any provision of these bylaws.

       SECTION 61.  CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITION. Unless the context requires
otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions
contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction
of these bylaws. Without limiting the foregoing, "shall" is mandatory and "may"
is permissive.

       SECTION 62.  REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS. The corporation shall be entitled
to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the
owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold
liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner
of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or
interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not
it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by
the laws of Delaware.

       SECTION 63.  DIVIDENDS. Dividends upon the capital stock of the
corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if
any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special
meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in
shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of
incorporation.

       Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds
of the corporation available for dividends such sum of sums as the directors
from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or
reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or
maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other 

<PAGE>

purposes as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the 
corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the 
manner in which it was created.
                                          
                                    ARTICLE IX.
                                          
                     INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

       SECTION 64.  RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION.  Each person who was or is made a
party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she
is or was a director or an executive officer of the corporation or is or was
serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or
agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan
(hereinafter an "indemnitee"), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged
action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in
any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent,
shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent
authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may
hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent
that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification
rights than such law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such
amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees,
judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in
settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection
therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 66 with
respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the corporation
shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part
thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof)
was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation.  

       SECTION 65.  RIGHT TO ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.  The right to
indemnification conferred in Section 64 shall include the right to be paid by
the corporation the expenses (including attorney's fees) incurred in defending
any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an
"advancement of expenses"); provided, however, that, if the Delaware General
Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee
in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity
in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without
limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon
delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an "undertaking"), by
or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall
ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no
further right to appeal (hereinafter a "final adjudication") that such
indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this
Section 65 or otherwise.  The rights to indemnification and to the advancement
of expenses conferred in Sections 64 and 65 shall be contract rights and such
rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director,
officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee's
heirs, executors and administrators.

<PAGE>

       SECTION 66.  RIGHT OF INDEMNITEE TO BRING SUIT.  If a claim under Section
64 or 65 of this ARTICLE IX is not paid in full by the corporation within 60
days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, except in the
case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable
period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit
against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful
in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the corporation to
recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the
indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or
defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a
right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee
to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that,
and (ii) in any suit brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of
expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the corporation shall be
entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee
has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the
Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the corporation
(including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its
stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such
suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances
because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in
the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the
corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its
stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of
conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the
applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the
indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to
enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder,
or brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to
the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not
entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this
ARTICLE IX or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

       SECTION 67.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  The rights to indemnification
and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE IX shall not be
exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire
under any statute, the corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws,
agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

       SECTION 68.  INSURANCE.  The corporation may maintain insurance, at its
expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the
corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense,
liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

       SECTION 69.  INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS OF THE CORPORATION. 
The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of
Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to
any officer, employee or agent of the corporation to the fullest extent of the
provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification and advancement
of expenses of directors and executive officers of the corporation.


<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 5.01

                                          
                                    May 6, 1998

Hybrid Networks, Inc.
10161 Bubb Road
Cupertino, CA 95014

Gentlemen/Ladies:

     At your request, we have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-4
(the "REGISTRATION STATEMENT") to be filed by you with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION") on or about May 7, 1998 in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of up to
2,417,795 shares of your Common Stock, $0.001 par value (the "HYBRID STOCK"), to
be issued pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of March
19, 1998 among you, Pacific Monolithics, Inc. and HN Acquisition Corp. (the
"Plan") and the related Agreement of Merger attached as Exhibit A to the Plan
(the "Merger Agreement"). 
     
     In rendering this opinion, we have examined the following:

     (1)  the Registration Statement, together with the Exhibits filed as a part
          thereof;

     (2)  your registration statement on Form 8-A filed with the Commission on
          October 30, 1997;

     (3)  the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus prepared in connection with the
          Registration Statement;

     (4)  the minutes of meetings and actions by written consent of the
          stockholders and Board of Directors that are contained in your minute
          books that are in our possession; and

     (5)  a Management Certificate addressed to us and dated of even date
          herewith executed by the Company containing certain factual and other 
          representations.

     In our examination of documents for purposes of this opinion, we have
assumed, and express no opinion as to, the genuineness of all signatures on
original documents, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as
originals, the conformity to originals of all documents submitted to us as
copies, the legal capacity of all natural persons executing the same, the lack
of any undisclosed terminations, modifications, waivers or amendments to any

<PAGE>

documents reviewed by us and the due execution and delivery of all documents 
where due execution and delivery are prerequisites to the effectiveness 
thereof. 

     As to matters of fact relevant to this opinion, we have relied solely 
upon our examination of the documents referred to above and have assumed the 
current accuracy and completeness of the information included in the 
documents referred to above.  We have made no independent investigation or 
other attempt to verify the accuracy of any of such information or to 
determine the existence or non-existence of any other factual matters; 
HOWEVER, we are not aware of any facts that would lead us to believe that the 
opinion expressed herein is not accurate. 

     Based upon the foregoing, it is our opinion that the up to 2,417,795 shares
of Hybrid Stock to be issued by you, when issued in accordance with the terms of
the Plan and the Merger Agreement and as provided in the relevant Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus and the Registration Statement, will be validly issued,
fully paid and nonassessable.

     We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement and further consent to all references to us, if any, in the
Registration Statement, the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus constituting a part
thereof and any amendments thereto.

     This opinion speaks only as of its date and is intended solely for your use
as an exhibit to the Registration Statement for the purpose of the above sale of
the Hybrid Stock and is not to be relied upon for any other purpose.  

                              Very truly yours,

                              FENWICK & WEST LLP

                              By: /s/ Edwin N. Lowe
                                  ----------------------------


<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 8.01


                                          
                                  May 6, 1998 



VIA FEDEX DELIVERY


HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.
10161 Bubb Road 
Cupertino, California  95014 

Attention: Board of Directors

          Re:  EXHIBIT TAX OPINION TO THE S-4 REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED IN
               CONNECTION WITH THE MERGER TRANSACTION INVOLVING HYBRID NETWORKS,
               INC. AND PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          We have been requested to render this opinion concerning certain 
matters of U.S. federal income tax law in connection with the proposed merger 
(the "MERGER") involving Hybrid Networks, Inc., a corporation organized and 
existing under the laws of the State of Delaware ("HYBRID"), H Acquisition 
Corp., a new corporation that will be organized under the laws of the State 
of Delaware as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hybrid ("MERGER SUB"), and 
Pacific Monolithics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the 
laws of the State of California ("PMI").  The Merger is further described in 
and is in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission Form S-4 
Registration Statement to be filed on or about May 7, 1998, and related 
Exhibits thereto, as thereafter amended at any time to and including the date 
hereof (the "S-4 REGISTRATION STATEMENT").  Our opinion has been requested 
solely in connection with the filing of the S-4 Registration Statement with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the Merger.

          The Merger is structured as a statutory merger of MERGER SUB with 
and into PMI, with PMI surviving the merger and becoming a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of Hybrid, all pursuant to the applicable corporate laws of the 
States of Delaware and California in accordance with the Agreement and Plan 
of Reorganization by and among PMI, Hybrid and MERGER SUB, dated as of March 
19, 1998, and exhibits thereto (collectively, the "AGREEMENT") and the 
related Agreement of Merger (collectively, the "MERGER AGREEMENTS").  Except 
as otherwise indicated,

<PAGE>

capitalized terms used herein have the meanings set forth in the Merger 
Agreements.  All section references, unless otherwise indicated, are to the 
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE").  

          We have acted as legal counsel to Hybrid in connection with the
Merger.  As such, and for the purpose of rendering this opinion, we have
examined and are relying upon (without any independent investigation or review
thereof) the truth and accuracy, at all relevant times, of the statements,
covenants, representations and warranties contained in the following documents
(including all schedules and exhibits thereto), among others:  

          1.   The S-4 Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto);

          2.   The Merger Agreements; 

          3.   An Officers' Tax Certificate of Hybrid and MERGER SUB dated 
May 4, 1998, signed by an authorized officer of each of Hybrid and MERGER SUB 
and delivered to us from Hybrid and MERGER SUB and incorporated herein by 
reference; a copy of this Certificate of Officer is attached hereto as 
Exhibit A; 

          4.   An Officer's Tax Certificate of PMI dated May 4, 1998, signed 
by an authorized officer of PMI and delivered to us from PMI and incorporated 
herein by reference; a copy of this Certificate of Officer is attached hereto 
as Exhibit B; and 

          5.   An opinion of counsel, received by Hybrid from Wilson Sonsini
Goodrich & Rosati, substantially identical in substance to this opinion (the
"WILSON SONSINI TAX OPINION").

          In addition, we have reviewed such other instruments and documents
related to the formation, organization and operation of PMI, Hybrid and MERGER
SUB or the consummation of the Merger and the transactions contemplated thereby
as we have deemed necessary or appropriate.

          In connection with rendering this opinion, we have assumed or obtained
representations and are relying thereon (without any independent investigation
or review thereof) that:

          (1)  Original documents (including signature) are authentic, documents
submitted to us as copies conform to the original documents, and there has been
(or will be by the Effective Time of the Merger) due execution and delivery of
all documents where due execution and delivery are prerequisites to the
effectiveness thereof;

          (2)  Any representation or statement referred to above made "to the
best of knowledge" or otherwise similarly qualified is correct without such
qualification, and all statements and representations, whether or not qualified
are true and will remain true through the Effective Date;

<PAGE>

          (3)  The Merger will be consummated pursuant to the Merger Agreements
and will be effective under the laws of the states of California and Delaware;

          (4)  Hybrid has no plan or intention directly or indirectly (through
one or more related parties) to reacquire any of the Hybrid voting common stock
issued in the Merger, and the PMI stockholders are not participating in or
otherwise aware of any such plan.  For these purposes "related parties" include
corporations which are members of the same affiliated group as defined in Sec.
1504 (determined without regard to Section 1504(b)), or two corporations if the
first corporation purchases the stock of the second corporation in a transaction
which would be treated as a distribution in redemption of the stock of the first
corporation under Section 304(a)(2) (determined without regard to Treas. Reg.
Section 1.1502-80(b)).  In addition, a corporation will be treated as related
to another corporation if such relationship exists immediately before or
immediately after the acquisition of the stock involved.  Moreover, a
corporation, other than PMI or a person related to PMI, will be treated as
related to Hybrid if the relationship is created in connection with the Merger.

          (5)  Following the Merger, PMI will hold "substantially all" of its
and MERGER SUB's assets within the meaning of Section 368(a)(2)(E)(i) of the
Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and will continue its
historic business or use a significant portion of its historic business assets
in a business;

          (6)  To the extent any expenses relating to the Merger (or the "plan
of reorganization" within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.368-1(c) with
respect to the Merger) are funded directly or indirectly by a party other than
the incurring party, such expenses will be within the guidelines established in
Revenue Ruling 73-54, 1973-1 C.B. 187; any expenses paid on behalf of PMI
stockholders will not exceed one percent (1%) of the total consideration that
will be issued in the Merger to PMI stockholders in exchange for their shares of
PMI stock;  

          (7)  At all relevant times prior to and including the Effective Date,
(i) no outstanding indebtedness of PMI, Hybrid, or MERGER SUB has or will
represent equity for tax purposes; (ii) no outstanding equity of PMI, Hybrid, or
MERGER SUB has represented or will represent indebtedness for tax purposes;
(iii) no outstanding security, instrument, agreement or arrangement that
provides for, contains, or represents either a right to acquire PMI capital
stock (or to share in the appreciation thereof) constitutes or will constitute
"stock" for purposes of Section 368(c) of the Code; 

          (8)  None of PMI, Hybrid, or MERGER SUB is, or will be at the time of
the Merger, an investment company as defined in Section 368(a)(2)(F) of the
Code; and

          (9)  Counsel for PMI and Hybrid will, pursuant to Paragraphs 4.18 and
5.5 of the Agreement, deliver opinions dated the Closing Date to the effect that
the Merger will be treated as a "reorganization" within the meaning of Section
368(a) of the Code; and

          (10) The Wilson Sonsini Tax Opinion has been delivered and will not be
withdrawn prior to the Effective Date.  

<PAGE>

          Based on the foregoing documents, materials, assumptions and 
information, and subject to the qualifications and assumptions set forth 
herein, we are of the opinion that, if the Merger is consummated in 
accordance with the provisions of the Agreement and the exhibits thereto (and 
without any waiver, breach or amendment of any of the provisions thereof), 
the Merger will be a "reorganization" for federal income tax purposes within 
the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code and Hybrid, MERGER SUB, and PMI 
each will be a "party to the reorganization" within the meaning of Section 
368(b) of the Code;

          Our opinion set forth above is based on the existing provisions of the
Code, Treasury Regulations (including Temporary Treasury Regulations)
promulgated under the Code, published Revenue Rulings, Revenue Procedures and
other announcements of the Internal Revenue Service (the "SERVICE") and existing
court decisions, any of which could be changed at any time.  Any such changes
might be retroactive with respect to transactions entered into prior to the date
of such changes and could significantly modify the opinion set forth above. 
Nevertheless, we undertake no responsibility to advise you of any subsequent
developments in the application, operation or interpretation of the U.S. federal
income tax laws.

          Our opinion concerning certain of the U.S. federal tax consequences 
of the Merger is limited to the specific U.S. federal tax consequences 
presented above.  No opinion is expressed as to any transaction other than 
the Merger, including any transaction undertaken in connection with the 
Merger.  In addition, this opinion does not address any estate, gift, state, 
local or foreign tax consequences that may result from the Merger.  In 
particular, we express no opinion regarding:  (i) the amount, existence, or 
availability after the Merger, of any of the U.S. federal income tax 
attributes of PMI, Hybrid or MERGER SUB; (ii) any transaction in which PMI 
Common Stock is acquired or Hybrid Common Stock is disposed other than 
pursuant to the Merger; (iii) the potential application of the "disqualifying 
disposition" rules of Section 421 of the Code to dispositions of PMI Common 
Stock; (iv) the effects of the Merger and Hybrid's assumption of outstanding 
options to acquire PMI stock on the holders of such options under any PMI 
employee stock option or stock purchase plan, respectively; (v) the effects 
of the Merger on any PMI stock acquired by the holder subject to the 
provision of Section 83(a) of the Code; (vi) the effects of the Merger on any 
payment which is or may be subject to the provisions of Section 280G of the 
Code; and (vii) the application of the collapsible corporation provisions of 
Section 341 of the Code to PMI, Hybrid or MERGER SUB as a result of the 
Merger.

          No ruling has been or will be requested from the Service concerning
the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger.  In reviewing this
opinion, you should be aware that the opinion set forth above represents our
conclusions regarding the application of existing U.S. federal income tax law to
the instant transaction.  If the facts vary from those relied upon (including if
any representations, covenant, warranty or assumption upon which we have relied
is inaccurate, incomplete, breached or ineffective), our opinions contained
herein could be inapplicable.  You should be aware that an opinion of counsel
represents only counsel's best legal judgment, and has no binding effect or
official status of any kind, and that no assurance can be given that contrary
positions may not be taken by the Service or that a court considering the issues
would not hold otherwise.

<PAGE>

          In addition to the request for our opinion on this specific matter of
federal income tax law, we have been asked to review the discussion of federal
income tax issues contained in the Registration Statement.  We have reviewed the
discussion entitled "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATION" contained in the
Registration Statement and believe that such information fairly presents the
current federal income tax law applicable to the Merger, and the material tax
consequences to PMI and PMI's shareholders as a result of the Merger. 

          This exhibit opinion is being delivered solely for the purpose of
being included as an exhibit to the S-4 Registration Statement; it may not be
relied upon or utilized for any other purpose (including, without limitation,
satisfying any conditions in the Agreement) or by any other person or entity,
and may not be made available to any other person or entity, without our prior
written consent.  We do, however, consent to the use of this opinion as an
exhibit to the S-4 Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the S-4
Registration Statement wherever it appears.

                              Very truly yours,


                              /s/ Fenwick & West LLP
                              --------------------------
                              FENWICK & WEST LLP
                              A LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP INCLUDING 
                              PROFESSIONAL CORPORATIONS

EXHIBITS:

     EXHIBIT A -- An Officers' Tax Certificate of Hybrid Networks, Inc. and H
     Acquisition Corp., dated May 6, 1998, and signed by authorized officers
     of Hybrid Networks, Inc. and H Acquisition Corp.  
     
     EXHIBIT B -- An Officer's Tax Certificate of Pacific Monolithics, Inc., 
     dated May 6, 1998, and signed by an authorized officer of Pacific 
     Monolithics, Inc.

<PAGE>
                                       
                          CERTIFICATE OF OFFICERS OF
                           HYBRID NETWORKS, INC. AND
                             HN ACQUISITION CORP.
                                       
                                       
                                  May 6, 1998
                                       
                                       
Fenwick & West LLP                       Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
650 Page Mill Road                       Two Palo Alto Square
Palo Alto, CA  94304-1050                Palo Alto, CA  94306


          The undersigned officers of Hybrid Networks, Inc., a Delaware
corporation ("HYBRID"), and HN Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation
("SUB"), on behalf of Hybrid and Sub, respectively, after consulting with legal
counsel and financial auditors regarding the meaning of and the factual support
for the following representations, hereby represent, in connection with the
proposed merger of sub with and into Pacific Monolithics, Inc., a California
corporation ("PACIFIC"), with Pacific surviving the merger (the "MERGER"), all
pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among
Hybrid, Sub and Pacific, dated as of March 19, 1998, and Exhibits thereto
(collectively, the "AGREEMENT"),(1) that to the best of their knowledge and
belief the following facts are now true, and will continue to be true as of the
Closing Date and Effective Time for the Merger, and thereafter as relevant:
          
          1.   Sub is a newly-formed corporation that was created for the sole
purpose of facilitating Hybrid's acquisition of Pacific.  It has not conducted
and is not conducting any business activities and has no significant assets.
          
          2.   Following the transaction, Pacific will hold at least 90 percent
of the fair market value of its net assets, at least 70 percent of the fair
market value of its gross assets, at least 90 percent of the fair market value
of Sub's net assets, and at least 70 percent of the fair market value of Sub's
gross assets held immediately prior to the transaction.  For purposes of this
representation, amounts paid by Pacific or Sub to dissenters, amounts paid by
Pacific or Sub to shareholders who receive cash or other property, amounts used
by Pacific or Sub to pay reorganization expenses, all redemptions and
distributions (except for regular, normal dividends) made by Sub, and Pacific
or Sub assets disposed of at less than fair market value by Pacific or Sub
prior to the Merger and in contemplation thereof (including without limitation
any asset disposed of by pacific or Sub, other than in the ordinary course of
business, during the period ending on the Effective Time and beginning with the
commencement of negotiations (whether formal or informal) between Pacific and
Hybrid regarding the Merger (the "PRE-MERGER PERIOD")), will be included as
assets of Pacific or Sub, respectively, immediately prior to the

- -------------------------
(1)Unless otherwise indicated, all capitalized terms shall have the meaning
   defined in the Agreement.

<PAGE>

transaction; provided, however, that any property received in exchange for 
assets disposed of at less than fair market value will not be included as 
assets of Pacific or Sub immediately prior to the transaction.
          
          3.   Prior to the Merger, Hybrid will be in Control of Sub.  As used
herein, "CONTROL" shall mean ownership of stock possessing at least eighty
percent (80%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock
entitled to vote and at least eighty percent (80%) of the total number of
shares of all other classes of stock of the corporation.  For purposes of
determining Control, a person shall not be considered to own voting stock if
rights to vote such stock (or to restrict or otherwise control the voting of
such stock) are held by a third party (including a voting trust) other than an
agent of such person.
          
          4.   Hybrid will acquire Control of Pacific in the Merger solely in
exchange for Hybrid voting common stock.
          
          5.   Hybrid has no plan or intention to cause Pacific to issue, after
the Merger, additional shares of stock (or rights to acquire shares of Pacific
stock) that would result in Hybrid losing Control of Pacific.
          
          6.   Hybrid has no plan or intention directly or indirectly (through
one or more related parties) to reacquire any of its voting common stock issued
in the Merger.  For these purposes "RELATED PARTIES" include corporations which
are members of the same affiliated group as defined in Section 1504 of the 1986
Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the "Code") (determined without regard to
Section 1504(b) of the Code), or two corporations if the first corporation
purchases the stock of the second corporation in a transaction which would be
treated as a distribution in redemption of the stock of the first corporation
under Section 304(a)(2) of the Code (determined without regard to Treas. Reg.
Section 1.1502-80(b)).  In addition, a corporation will be treated as related
to another corporation if such relationship exists immediately before or
immediately after the acquisition of the stock involved.  Moreover, a
corporation, other than Pacific or a person related to Pacific, will be treated
as related to Hybrid if the relationship is created in connection with the
Merger.  For purposes of this representation, it should be noted that Hybrid
may from time to time repurchase some of its issued and outstanding common
stock in open market repurchase transactions unrelated to the Merger.
          
          7.   Hybrid has no plan or intention to:  (i) cause Pacific to sell,
transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets or of any of the assets
acquired from Sub except for dispositions made in the ordinary course of
business or for the payment of expenses incurred by Pacific in the Merger;
(ii) liquidate Pacific; (iii) merge Pacific with or into another corporation
including Hybrid or its affiliates; or (iv) to sell, distribute or otherwise
dispose of the stock of Pacific.
          
          8.   In the Merger, Sub will have no liabilities assumed by Pacific
and will not transfer to Pacific any assets subject to liabilities.
          
          9.   Hybrid intends that, following the Merger, Pacific will continue
its historic business or use a significant portion of its historic business
assets in a business.

                                     -2-
<PAGE>

          10.  Neither Hybrid nor any Hybrid subsidiary owns, or has owned
during the past five (5) years, directly or indirectly, any shares of Pacific
stock, or the right to acquire or vote any such stock.
          
          11.  No shareholder of Pacific is acting as agent for Hybrid in
connection with the Merger or approval thereof.
          
          12.  The transfer of cash to Pacific shareholders in lieu of
fractional Hybrid voting common stock shares, if any, is solely for the purpose
of avoiding the expense and inconvenience to Hybrid of accounting for
fractional shares and does not represent separately bargained-for
consideration.
          
          13.  Except with respect to payments of cash in lieu of fractional
shares of Hybrid voting common stock and cash paid for Pacific Dissenting
Shares, if any, one hundred percent (100%) of the Pacific stock outstanding
immediately prior to the Merger will be exchanged solely for Hybrid voting
common stock.  Thus, except as set forth in the preceding sentence, Sub and
Hybrid intend that no consideration other than Hybrid voting common stock be
paid or received (directly or indirectly, actually or constructively) for
Pacific stock.
          
          14.  The total fair market value of all consideration other than
Hybrid voting common stock received by Pacific shareholders in exchange for
their Pacific stock in the Merger (including, without limitation, cash paid to
Pacific shareholders in lieu of fractional shares of Hybrid voting common stock
and cash for Pacific Dissenting Shares) will be less than twenty percent (20%)
of the aggregate fair market value of Pacific stock outstanding immediately
prior to the Merger.
          
          15.  No shares of Sub have been or will be used as consideration or
issued to shareholders of Pacific in the Merger.
          
          16.  Hybrid and Sub will each pay its own expenses in connection with
the Merger as contemplated by the Agreement, except as otherwise provided in
the Agreement; provided, however, that to the extent any expenses relating to
the Merger (or the "plan of reorganization" within the meaning of Treas. Reg.
Section 1.368-1(c) with respect to the Merger) are funded directly or
indirectly by a party other than the incurring party, such expenses will be
within the guidelines established in Rev. Rul. 73-54, 1973-1 C.B. 187..
          
          17.  There is no inter-corporate indebtedness existing between Hybrid
and Pacific or between Sub and Pacific that was issued, acquired, or will be
settled at a discount, and Hybrid will assume no liabilities of Pacific or any
Pacific shareholder in connection with the Merger.
          
          18.  None of the payments to be received by any shareholder of
Pacific which are designated as compensation are actually separate
consideration for, or allocable to, any of their shares of Pacific stock; and
the compensation to be paid to any shareholder of Pacific will be for services
actually rendered and will be commensurate with amounts paid to third parties
bargaining at arm's length for similar services.
          
                                       -3-
<PAGE>

          19.  Neither Hybrid nor Sub are investments companies as defined in
Section 368(a)(2)(F) of the Code.
          
          20.  Hybrid and Sub are authorized to make all of the representations
set forth herein, and the undersigned are authorized to execute this
certificate on behalf of Hybrid and Sub.
          
          The undersigned recognize that counsel to and auditors for Pacific
and counsel to and auditors for Hybrid and Sub will rely upon the foregoing
representations in evaluating the US federal income tax consequences of the
Merger.
          
          
          
          Hybrid Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation:
          
          By:
             ---------------------------------------
             Dan E. Steimle, Vice President, Finance
             and Administration and Chief Financial
             Officer
          
          Date:  ___________________
          
          
          
          HN Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation:
          
          By:
             -----------------------------------------
             Dan E. Steimle, President
          
          Date:  ____________________

                                           -4-
<PAGE>

                            CERTIFICATE OF OFFICER OF
                            PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
                                          
                                   May 6, 1998
                                          
                                          

Fenwick & West LLP                      Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Two Palo Alto Square                    650 Page Mill Road 
Palo Alto, CA  94306                    Palo Alto, CA  94304-1050 


     The undersigned officer of Pacific Monolithics, Inc. a California 
corporation ("PACIFIC"), on behalf of the management of Pacific, after 
consulting with legal counsel and financial auditors regarding the meaning of 
and the factual support for the following representations, hereby represents, 
in connection with the proposed merger of HN Acquisition Corp., a Delaware 
corporation ("SUB") and wholly-owned subsidiary of Hybrid Networks, Inc., a 
Delaware corporation ("HYBRID"), with and into Pacific, with Pacific 
surviving the merger (the "MERGER"), all pursuant to that certain Agreement 
and Plan of Reorganization by and among Hybrid, Sub and Pacific, dated as of 
March 19, 1998, and Exhibits thereto (collectively the "AGREEMENT"),(1) that 
to the best of their knowledge and belief the following facts are now true, 
and will continue to be true as of the Closing Date and Effective Time for 
the Merger, and thereafter as relevant:

     1.   At least ninety percent (90%) of the fair market value of the net 
assets and at least seventy percent (70%) of the fair market value of the 
gross assets held by Pacific immediately prior to the Merger will be held by 
Pacific immediately before the Merger.  For purposes of this representation, 
amounts paid by Pacific or Sub to dissenters, amounts paid by Pacific or Sub 
to shareholders who receive cash or other property, amounts used by Pacific 
or Sub to pay reorganization expenses, all redemptions and distributions 
(except for regular, normal dividends) made by Sub, and Pacific or Sub assets 
disposed of at less than fair market value by Pacific or Sub prior to the 
Merger and in contemplation thereof (including without limitation any asset 
disposed of by pacific or Sub, other than in the ordinary course of business, 
during the period ending on the Effective Time and beginning with the 
commencement of negotiations (whether formal or informal) between Pacific and 
Hybrid regarding the Merger (the "PRE-MERGER PERIOD")), will be included as 
assets of Pacific or Sub, respectively, immediately prior to the transaction; 
provided, however, that any property received in exchange for assets disposed 
of at less than fair market value will not be included as assets of Pacific 
or Sub immediately prior to the transaction.

- -------------
(1)  Unless otherwise indicated, all capitalized terms shall have the meaning
defined in the Agreement.

<PAGE>

     2.   Pacific has made no transfer of any of its assets (including any 
distribution of assets with respect to, or in redemption of, stock) in 
contemplation of the Merger or during the Pre-Merger Period other than (i) in 
the ordinary course of business, and (ii) payments for expenses incurred in 
connection with the Merger.

     3.   In the Merger, shares of Pacific stock representing Control of 
Pacific will be exchanged solely for voting common stock of Hybrid; at the 
time of the Merger, there will exist no rights of any kind (including without 
limitation warrants, options, convertible securities, contingent rights, 
informal or unwritten rights) to acquire Pacific stock or to vote (or 
restrict or otherwise control the vote of) Pacific stock which, if exercised, 
could affect Hybrid's acquisition and retention of Control of Pacific.  For 
purposes of this representation, shares of Pacific stock exchanged in the 
Merger for cash and other property will be treated as Pacific stock 
outstanding on the date of the Merger but not exchanged for voting common 
stock of Hybrid.  As used herein, the term "CONTROL" shall mean ownership of 
stock possessing at least eighty percent (80%) of the total combined voting 
power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and at least eighty percent 
(80%) of the total number of shares of all other classes of stock of the 
corporation.  For purposes of determining Control, a person shall not be 
considered to own voting stock if rights to vote such stock (or to restrict 
or otherwise control the voting of such stock) are held by a third party 
(including a voting trust) other than an agent of such person.

     4.   At the Effective Time of the Merger, there will be no accrued but 
unpaid dividends on shares of Pacific stock.

     5.   The total fair market value of all consideration other than Hybrid 
voting common stock received by Pacific shareholders in exchange for their 
Pacific stock in the Merger (including, without limitation, cash paid to 
Pacific shareholders in lieu of fractional shares of Hybrid voting common 
stock) will be less than twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate fair market 
value of Pacific stock outstanding immediately prior to the Merger.  

     6.   Pacific has no obligation, understanding, agreement or intention to 
issue additional shares of stock after the Merger that would result in Hybrid 
losing Control of Pacific.

     7.   Pacific has no plan or intention, and is under no obligation, to 
discontinue its business, to sell or otherwise dispose of any of its assets 
or of any of the assets acquired from Sub in the Merger except for 
dispositions made in the ordinary course of business or the payment of 
expenses incurred by Pacific pursuant to the Merger.

     8.   There is no plan or intention on the part of any Pacific 
shareholder to engage in a sale, exchange, transfer, distribution, pledge, 
disposition or any other transaction with Hybrid or any related party in 
which any Pacific shareholder would directly or indirectly dispose (a "SALE") 
of shares of Hybrid voting common stock to be issued in the Merger to Hybrid 
or any related party.  For these purposes "RELATED PARTIES" include 
corporations which are members of the same affiliated group as defined in 
Section 1504 of the 1986 Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the "Code") 
(determined without regard to Section 1504(b) of the Code), or two 
corporations if the first corporation purchases the stock of the second 
corporation in a transaction which would be treated as a distribution in 
redemption of the stock of the first corporation under 


                                       2
<PAGE>

Section 304(a)(2) of the Code (determined without regard to Treas. Reg. 
Section 1.1502-80(b)).  In addition, a corporation will be treated as related 
to another corporation if such relationship exists immediately before or 
immediately after the acquisition of the stock involved.  Moreover, a 
corporation, other than Pacific or a person related to Pacific, will be 
treated as related to Hybrid if the relationship is created in connection 
with the Merger.  

     9.   The transfer of cash to Pacific shareholders in lieu of fractional 
Hybrid voting common stock shares, if any, is solely for the purpose of 
avoiding the expense and inconvenience to Hybrid of accounting for fractional 
shares and does not represent separately bargained-for consideration.  

     10.  Except with respect to payments of cash to Pacific shareholders in 
lieu of fractional shares of Hybrid voting common stock and cash paid for 
Pacific Dissenting Shares, if any, or as otherwise provided in the Agreement, 
one hundred percent (100%) of the Pacific stock outstanding immediately prior 
to the Merger will be exchanged solely for Hybrid voting common stock.  Thus, 
except as set forth in the preceding sentence, Pacific intends that no 
consideration other than Hybrid voting common stock be paid or received 
(directly or indirectly, actually or constructively) for Pacific stock.

     11.  Pacific and the shareholders of Pacific will each pay separately 
its or their own expenses in connection with the Merger as contemplated by 
the Agreement, except as otherwise provided in the Agreement; provided, 
however, that to the extent any expenses relating to the Merger (or the "plan 
of reorganization" within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.368-1(c) with 
respect to the Merger) are funded directly or indirectly by a party other 
than the incurring party, such expenses will be within the guidelines 
established in Rev. Rul. 73-54, 1973-1 C.B. 187. 

     12.  There is no inter corporate indebtedness existing between Hybrid 
and Pacific or between Sub and Pacific that was issued, acquired, or will be 
settled at a discount, and to the best knowledge of the management of 
Pacific, Hybrid will assume no liabilities of Pacific or any Pacific 
shareholder in connection with the Merger.  

     13.  None of the payments received by any shareholder of Pacific which 
have been designated as compensation are actually separate consideration for, 
or allocable to, any of their shares of Pacific stock; and the compensation 
paid to any shareholder of Pacific will be for services actually rendered and 
will be commensurate with amounts paid to third parties bargaining at arm's 
length for similar services.

     14.  Pacific is not an investment company as defined in Section  
368(a)(2)(F) of the Code, and is not under the jurisdiction of a court in a 
Title 11 or similar case within the meaning of Section 368(a)(3)(A) of the 
Code. 

     15.  Pacific is authorized to make all of the representations set forth 
herein, and the undersigned is authorized to execute this certificate on 
behalf of Pacific. 


                                       3
<PAGE>

     The undersigned recognize that counsel to and auditors for Pacific and 
counsel to and auditors for Hybrid and Sub will rely upon the foregoing 
representations in evaluating the federal income tax consequences of the 
Merger. 
          

     Pacific Monolithics, Inc., a California corporation:

     By:  
        --------------------------------
     Name:     
          ------------------------------
     Title:    
           -----------------------------
     Date: 
          ------------------------------


                                       4

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.24

                                       SUBLEASE


          THIS SUBLEASE is made as of this 9th day of February, 1998 (the
"Effective Date"), by and between VIKING FREIGHT, INC., a California corporation
("Sublandlord"), and HYBRID NETWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation
("Subtenant").

                                       RECITALS

          A.   Brokaw Interests, a California limited partnership (as 
successor-in-interest to Sobrato Development Companies #941, a California 
limited partnership) ("Landlord"), and Sublandlord are parties to that 
certain Lease, dated August 9, 1996, a Memorandum of Lease evidencing which 
was recorded on August 29, 1996 as Instrument No. 13425262 in the Santa Clara 
County, California Official Records, as amended by that certain First 
Amendment to Lease dated of even date herewith (collectively, the "Lease"), a 
copy of which Lease is attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof 
as provided in Section 14 of this Sublease, covering certain Premises now 
commonly known as 6409 Guadalupe Mines Road, San Jose, California and more 
particularly described in the Lease.

          B.   Sublandlord desires to sublease to Subtenant, and Subtenant
desires to sublease from Sublandlord, the entire Premises on the terms and
conditions of this Sublease.

                                      AGREEMENTS

          NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants herein,
Sublandlord does hereby sublease to Subtenant, and Subtenant does hereby
sublease from Sublandlord, the entire Premises, subject to the following terms,
covenants, conditions and obligations:

     1.  TERM; OPTION TO RENEW.  (a)  The initial term of this Sublease (the 
"Initial Term") shall commence on the earlier of (i) May 1, 1998 or (ii) the 
date on which the Subtenant Improvements (as hereinafter defined) are 
substantially completed (the "Commencement Date"), and shall expire on April 
30, 2004.  In the event that the Initial Term shall commence prior to May 1, 
1998, Subtenant shall be entitled to occupy the Premises without being 
obligated to pay Base Rent for any period prior to May 1, 1998; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, that such occupancy by Subtenant shall be expressly subject to all 
of the other terms and conditions of this Sublease, including without 
limitation the obligations to pay Operating Expenses, to maintain the 
Premises, to maintain the required insurance coverages and to indemnify 
Sublandlord and Landlord.

          (b)  Provided that Subtenant shall not be in default under this
Sublease, Subtenant shall have the right, by written notice delivered to
Sublandlord not more than two hundred seventy (270) days and not less than one
hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, to extend
the Initial Term for the period from May 1, 2004 through October 31, 2009 (the
"Extension Term"). The Initial Term and the Extension Term (if exercised by
Subtenant) are collectively referred to herein as the "Term".  During the
Extension Term, all of the terms and conditions of this Sublease (other than the
right to extend set forth in this paragraph) shall remain fully applicable,
except that Base Rent shall be as set forth in Section

<PAGE>

2(b) below.

     2.  RENT.  (a)  For the Initial Term, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord,
as the base subrent for the Premises (the "Base Rent"), the aggregate amount of
$5,439,372.  Such Base Rent shall be payable in monthly installments in
accordance with the following schedule:

     Commencement Date to October 31, 1999:    $68,888 per month
     November 1, 1999 to April 30, 2002:       $74,950 per month
     May 1, 2002 to April 30, 2004:            $81,287 per month

Such monthly installments of Base Rent shall be due on the first day of each and
every such month of the Term and shall be made to Sublandlord at the primary
notice address for Sublandlord set forth below.  Base Rent for any partial
months at the commencement or expiration of the Term shall be prorated based
upon the number of days in such month.

          (b)  During the Extension Term, the Base Rent shall be the greater of
(i) $51,608 per month or (ii) ninety-five percent (95%) of the "Fair Market
Rental" for the Premises.  Such "Fair Market Rental" shall be determined in
accordance with the procedures set forth in Paragraph 37 of the Lease, with the
term "Landlord" as used therein meaning Sublandlord and the term "Tenant" as
used therein meaning Subtenant.  Base Rent shall be subject to adjustment during
the Extension Term as and when appropriate based upon changes in rental values
in the market in which the Premises are located.

          (c)  It is the purpose and intent of Sublandlord and Subtenant that
the Base Rent payable hereunder shall be absolutely "triple net" to Sublandlord,
without any abatement, set-off or counterclaim, except to the extent
specifically provided for in this Sublease, and that all costs, expenses and
obligations of every kind and nature which are obligations of the "Tenant" under
the Lease (or which otherwise pertain to the Premises) with respect to the Term
shall be paid by Subtenant, except for any such obligations and charges as
otherwise expressly may have been assumed by Sublandlord in accordance with the
terms and conditions of this Sublease.

     3.   PRE-PAID RENT; SECURITY DEPOSIT.  (a)  Upon execution of this
Sublease, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as pre-paid rent the Base Rent for
the first month of the Initial Term in the amount of $68,888.

          (b)  As security for the full, faithful and timely performance of all
of Subtenant's obligations under this Sublease Subtenant shall, upon execution
of this Sublease, deposit with Sublandlord a certificate of deposit solely in
the name of Sublandlord in the principal sum of $81,287, which certificate of
deposit shall be issued by a financial institution satisfactory to Sublandlord
in its reasonable discretion and shall be for an initial term of one (1) year,
with an automatic "rollover" provision for successive one (1) year terms.  Such
certificate of deposit shall be held by Sublandlord, and upon an event of
default by Subtenant under this Sublease Sublandlord may, regardless of the term
of such certificate of deposit or any penalty for early redemption thereof, cash
such security deposit, use the proceeds thereof to cure such default, and retain
the balance as a portion of the security deposit.  Upon notice  from
Sublandlord, Subtenant immediately shall deposit additional funds with
Sublandlord so that the security deposit held by Sublandlord at all times equals
at least $81,287.  All interest earned on such certificate of deposit shall
belong (i) to Sublandlord as additional security deposit if Sublandlord shall be
entitled to 

<PAGE>

cash such certificate of deposit hereunder and (ii) to Subtenant if upon the 
expiration of the Term Sublandlord shall not have cashed such certificate of 
deposit. The parties agree that the foregoing amount shall not constitute a 
prepayment of the Base Rent due for the last month of the Initial Term 
hereunder and that the same shall not be considered or treated by the parties 
as liquidated damages, but rather as a security deposit to provide 
Sublandlord with security in the event of a default by Subtenant under this 
Sublease.

     4.   STATUS OF BUILDING; SUBTENANT IMPROVEMENTS.  (a)  The provisions of
this Section 4 shall be fully applicable and effective from and after the
Effective Date, despite the fact that the Commencement Date shall not yet have
occurred.

          (b)  Based upon the representation and warranty from Landlord set
forth in Paragraph 2 of the First Amendment to the Lease, Sublandlord represents
and warrants to Subtenant that construction of the shell of the building on the
Premises (the "Building") has been completed by Landlord in accordance with the
provisions of Paragraph 7 of the Lease.  Sublandlord shall deliver the Premises
to Subtenant with (i) electrical service run to the Building and panel set
(which electrical service shall be a minimum of 2000 amps, 480 volts), (ii) the
elevator in place, (iii) the parking lot and landscaping completed, (iv) all
water and sewer hook-up fees paid in full, and (v) all "punch-list" items (other
than the leak in the deck of the second floor balcony, which Sublandlord shall
cause Landlord promptly to repair) completed, all as and to the extent required
under Paragraph 7 of the Lease.  Sublandlord shall deliver possession of the
Premises to Subtenant on February 16, 1998.  The Commencement Date shall be
postponed one (1) day beyond May 1, 1998 for each day beyond February 16, 1998
that possession of the Premises is not so delivered to Subtenant; provided,
however, that, the foregoing notwithstanding, the Commencement Date shall be the
earlier to occur of such postponed Commencement Date or the date on which the
Subtenant Improvements are substantially complete.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Subtenant acknowledges that Sublandlord currently is utilizing the
Premises for storage of equipment, that such equipment may not all have been
removed by February 16, 1998, and that Sublandlord shall be deemed to have
delivered possession of the Premises to Subtenant on such date even if a portion
of such equipment shall remain on the Premises.  Sublandlord shall have until
March 2, 1998 to complete the removal of such equipment, and until such
equipment is removed (A) Sublandlord shall be responsible for all property
damage or injury to persons resulting from the removal of such equipment by
Sublandlord or its agents, and (B) Subtenant shall be responsible for any damage
to such equipment of Sublandlord resulting from the actions of Subtenant or its
agents.

          (c)  Subtenant shall be responsible at its sole cost and expense
(without any contribution from Sublandlord or Landlord) for all construction,
space plans, fees, permits and other out-of-pocket costs relating to or
associated with completing interior office/research and development improvements
to the interior of the Building (the "Subtenant Improvements").  All
construction of the Subtenant Improvements shall be (A) performed by a
contractor(s) selected by Subtenant but acceptable to Sublandlord and Landlord
in each such party's reasonable discretion, and (B) completed no later than July
1, 1998.  All of the Subtenant Improvements shall be expressly subject to the
requirements set forth in Paragraphs 7.L and 10 of the Lease to the same extent
that such requirements apply to "Alterations" requiring the consent of Landlord
and/or to other work by "Tenant" thereunder, with the term "Tenant" as used
therein meaning Subtenant and the term "Landlord" as used therein meaning both
Sublandlord and Landlord.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all
plans and specifications for the Subtenant

<PAGE>

Improvements shall be submitted to both Landlord and Sublandlord for their 
review and approval prior to any construction being commenced, and all such 
construction shall be performed in full compliance with such approved plans 
and specifications and all applicable laws and in a good and workmanlike 
manner.

          Prior to commencement of construction of the Subtenant Improvements,
Subtenant shall deposit the sum of $500,000 in a money market account with a
major financial institution acceptable to Sublandlord (the "Money Market
Account").  The sole purpose of the Money Market Account shall be to provide to
Sublandlord readily available funds to cure any defaults by Subtenant in the
performance of Subtenant's obligations under this Sublease with respect to the
construction of and payment for the Subtenant Improvements.  The Money Market
Account shall be structured in such a manner as to (i) prohibit any withdrawals
therefrom without Sublandlord's written consent or direction and (ii) allow
Sublandlord to make withdrawals therefrom in the Sublandlord's absolute and
unfettered discretion and without the requirement for any further action by
Subtenant or any other party (Subtenant hereby agreeing to execute and deliver
to Sublandlord such checks or other instruments as shall permit such withdrawals
by Sublandlord).  In the event that the principal balance of the Money Market
Account shall at any time be less than $500,000, Subtenant immediately shall
deposit additional sums in the Money Market Account so that the principal
balance thereof shall at all times equal at least $500,000.  Promptly following
the making of any  withdrawal from the Money Market Account, Sublandlord shall
notify Subtenant of the nature of such default and the estimated cost of curing
the same.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, as soon as construction of the
Subtenant Improvements has been completed and Subtenant has demonstrated to the
reasonable satisfaction of Sublandlord that the same have been fully paid for by
Subtenant, Sublandlord immediately shall take all actions necessary on its part
to cause all of the funds remaining in the Money Market Account to be disbursed
to Subtenant.

          Subtenant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless both
Sublandlord and Landlord from and against all liability, cost, expense, or
damage (including, without limitation, attorneys fees) arising from (A) the
construction of the Subtenant Improvements (including any property damage, death
or personal injury caused in connection therewith), (B) any construction
defects, (C) any failure to properly construct the Subtenant Improvements in
accordance with the approved plans and specifications therefor, (D) any failure
to construct the Subtenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner, or (E)
any failure to construct the Subtenant Improvements in accordance with all
applicable municipal, local, state and federal laws, statutes, rules,
regulations and ordinances.  Neither Sublandlord or Landlord shall be
responsible to ensure that the plans and specifications for the Subtenant
Improvements comply with law or applicable building codes, and Sublandlord's
and/or Landlord's review and approval of any plans, specifications, or any other
documents shall not relieve Subtenant from Subtenant's obligations under the
foregoing indemnification.  Subtenant shall procure at its expense and keep in
effect from the execution date of this Lease until the completion of
construction of the Subtenant Improvements a "Broad Form" liability insurance
policy in the amount of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00), insuring all of
Subtenant's activities with respect to the Building, the Subtenant Improvements
and the Premises, including Subtenant's indemnity obligations under this
paragraph.  In addition, Subtenant shall procure a policy of builder's risk
insurance, insuring the Building and the Subtenant Improvements for their full
replacement cost while the Subtenant Improvements are under construction.  Both
Sublandlord and Landlord shall be listed as additional named insureds with
respect to the foregoing insurance policies. 

<PAGE>

          (d)  Subtenant covenants and agrees to make timely payment of all
costs and expenses relating to the Subtenant Improvements.  Subtenant shall
ensure that no liens attach to the Premises in connection with the Subtenant
Improvements.

          (e)  Sublandlord's remedies for any failure by Subtenant to fulfill
its obligations under this Section 4 shall include all of the remedies available
to Sublandlord for any failure by Subtenant to pay Base Rent or any other amount
due hereunder.

     5.   REAL PROPERTY TAXES.  Subtenant shall be liable for all taxes levied
against Subtenant's personal property and trade or business fixtures, and agrees
to pay, as additional rental, one hundred percent (100%) of all real estate
taxes and special assessment installments levied on all of the improvements
(including the Building and the Subtenant Improvements) comprising a portion of
the Premises, all real estate taxes and special assessment installments levied
on the land portions of the Premises, and all taxes levied upon the occupancy of
the Premises, including any substitute or additional charges, which may be
imposed during, or applicable to, the Term, including real estate tax increases
due to a sale or other transfer of the Premises.  Subtenant shall pay all such
taxes and assessments which Sublandlord is responsible for paying under the
Lease to Sublandlord at the time the same are due under Paragraph 13 of the
Lease, but in any event in time to prevent Sublandlord from having to pay such
amounts itself under the Lease.

     6.   OPERATING EXPENSES.  Subtenant shall be responsible for one hundred
percent (100%) of all operating expenses of every sort pertaining to the
Premises.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Sublandlord in its
sole discretion elects to provide or cause to be provided any services (E.G.,
landscaping or trash removal) with respect to both the Premises and the
adjoining properties operated by Sublandlord (which, together with the Premises,
comprise a building complex totalling approximately 178,110 square feet of
building space), Subtenant shall reimburse Sublandlord for thirty-one percent
(31%) of the cost (including a reasonable administrative charge to Sublandlord)
of such services.  In the event that Subtenant exercises its right to cause the
Addition to be constructed and such services also are provided for the Addition,
such percentage of reimbursement shall be increased to the percentage determined
by dividing the aggregate square footage of the Building and the Addition by the
total building square footage of the building complex (including the Addition). 
Such reimbursement shall be made by Subtenant to Sublandlord from time to time
within ten (10) days following delivery to Subtenant of an invoice therefor.

     7.   USE.  Subject to the restrictions set forth in the Lease, Subtenant
shall use the Premises only for general office, light manufacturing/testing,
warehousing, research and development, sales and distribution, and related
lawful uses.  Subtenant shall not change the use of the Premises without the
prior written consent of Sublandlord.  Sublandlord makes no representation or
warranty that any specific use of the Premises desired by Subtenant is permitted
under applicable laws.

     8.   OPTION TO EXPAND BUILDING.  Under Paragraph 10 of the Lease,
Sublandlord has the right to add, at its expense, an approximately 50,000 square
foot addition to the building on the Premises in the location shown on Exhibit
"A" to the Lease (the "Addition").  Subtenant shall have the right to cause the
Addition to be constructed by Landlord provided that (a) such right shall be
exercised, if at all, by written notice delivered by Subtenant to both
Sublandlord and 

<PAGE>

Landlord on or before April 30, 2000, (b) at the time of such exercise, 
Subtenant shall be a corporation the shares of which are traded on a 
nationally recognized stock exchange, (c) at the time of such exercise, 
Subtenant shall have a tangible net worth (calculated in accordance with 
GAAP) of not less than $30,000,000 and shall have shown profits for the 
previous four (4) consecutive calendar quarters, and (d) Landlord's lender 
holding a security interest in the Premises at such time shall consent to the 
construction of the Addition by Landlord.

          In the event that both Subtenant so exercises the foregoing right and
at the time of such exercise such conditions are satisfied (i) such portion of
the land area leased by Sublandlord under the Lease as shall be required for the
Addition (the "Addition Land") automatically, and without the requirement for
any further action by any party, shall cease to be a portion of the Premises
under both this Sublease and the Lease, provided that sufficient land area
remains within the Premises to provide adequate parking and satisfy zoning
requirements therefor, but with no reduction in the Base Rent payable by
Subtenant hereunder, and (ii) Subtenant and Landlord shall enter into a separate
lease agreement (to which Sublandlord shall not be a party and with respect to
which Sublandlord shall be subjected to no liability) pursuant to which Landlord
shall construct the Addition, Landlord shall lease the Addition Land and the
Addition directly to Subtenant at a rental rate equal to the greater of (A)
$1.25 per square foot per month or (B) the "Fair Market Rental" for the Addition
and the Addition Land as determined in accordance with the procedures set forth
in Paragraph 37 of the Lease, and Subtenant shall construct the leasehold
improvements for the Addition.

          In the event that either Subtenant fails so to exercise the foregoing
right or at the time of such exercise any of such conditions are not satisfied,
Subtenant shall have no further rights with respect to the Addition and
Sublandlord may, by written notice delivered to Subtenant at any time
thereafter, remove from the Premises under this Sublease (either with or without
retaining as a portion of the "Premises" under the Lease) the Addition Land.  In
such event, there shall be no reduction in the Base Rent payable by Subtenant
hereunder, but Subtenant shall be relieved of any further obligations with
respect to the Addition Land as of the date set forth in such notice from
Sublandlord.

     9.  MAINTENANCE.  Subtenant shall maintain the Premises, at its sole cost
and expense, in the condition that Sublandlord is required to maintain the
Premises under the Lease.

     10.  UTILITIES.  Sublandlord shall not be responsible for the payment of
any charges for utility consumption on the Premises during the Term, and
Subtenant shall pay for all such charges.

     11.  DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION; CONDEMNATION.  In the event of any damage to or
destruction of the Premises, or if any part of the Premises shall be taken for
any public or quasi-public use under any statute or by right of eminent domain
or private purchase in lieu thereof, this Sublease shall terminate if and when
the Lease is terminated as a result thereof.  If the Lease is not terminated,
this Sublease shall continue in full force and effect and Subtenant shall be
entitled to an abatement of Base Rent in proportion to any abatement in rent to
which Sublandlord shall be entitled under the Lease.  In no event shall
Sublandlord have any obligation to repair or restore the Premises or any
personal property thereon.

     12.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.  Subtenant shall have no right to assign
(voluntarily,

<PAGE>

involuntarily or by operation of law), pledge, mortgage or hypothecate this 
Sublease, or to further sublease any portion of the Premises or allow any 
party other than Subtenant to use or occupy any portion thereof, without the 
prior written consent of Sublandlord, which shall not be unreasonably 
withheld.  For purposes of this Section 12, the term "assign" shall include, 
without limitation, any change from the date of this Sublease in (a) the 
ownership or power to vote, on a cumulative basis, a majority of Subtenant's 
outstanding stock, except as the result of trading of Subtenant's capital 
stock through any public exchange, or (b) the management of or power to 
control Subtenant's day-to-day operations.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, 
Subtenant may assign this Sublease or sublet the Premises without 
Sublandlord's consent to any corporation owned and controlled by or under 
common ownership and control with Subtenant.  In the event that Sublandlord 
shall consent to any further subleasing of the Premises or any portion 
thereof by Subtenant, any rent or other economic consideration realized by 
Subtenant in excess of the sum of (i) the Base Rent payable hereunder, (ii) 
reasonable subletting and assignment costs (including brokerage commissions), 
and (iii) the net unamortized cost of the Subtenant Improvements paid for by 
Subtenant in the portion of the Premises covered by such subletting or 
assignment, shall be divided and paid fifty percent (50%) to Landlord, 
twenty-five percent (25%) to Subtenant, and twenty-five percent (25%) to 
Sublandlord.  No assignment or subletting by Subtenant shall relieve 
Subtenant of any obligation under this Sublease.

     13.  NOTICES.  All notices required hereunder shall be in writing and shall
be deemed properly served if delivered in person, if sent by registered or
certified mail with postage prepaid and return receipt requested, or if sent by
a nationally recognized overnight courier service, in each case to the following
addresses (or to such other addresses as either party subsequently may designate
by notice given in accordance herewith);

     If to Sublandlord:  Viking Freight, Inc.
                         6411 Guadalupe Mines Road
                         Suite 2185
                         San Jose, California 95120
                         Attn:  Director, Properties
                                and Facilities

     with a copy to:     Caliber System, Inc.
                         3925 Embassy Parkway
                         Akron, Ohio  44333
                         Attn:  Real Estate Department

     If to Subtenant:    Hybrid Networks, Inc.
                         10161 Bubb Road
                         Cupertino, CA  95014-4167

     If to Landlord:     Brokaw Interests
                         10600 North De Anza Blvd.
                         Suite 200
                         Cupertino, California  95014

Following the date on which Subtenant takes occupancy of the Premises, the
notice address for Subtenant automatically shall be changed to the street
address of the Premises.  For the purposes 

<PAGE>

of this Sublease, all notices shall be deemed given on the date of a signed 
receipt if delivered in person, two (2) days after mailing if mailed in the 
manner specified above, and on the date of delivery or the date on which 
delivery is refused if sent by overnight courier.

     14.  LEASE PROVISIONS.  Subtenant agrees that its rights hereunder are
subject and subordinate to the Lease and each and every provision thereof and
that the conditions and obligations of the "Tenant" under the Lease shall
likewise be binding upon Subtenant hereto, except to the extent that such
provisions are inconsistent with the terms expressed under this Sublease. 
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Subtenant expressly agrees to
perform and be responsible to Sublandlord for the obligations of, and to be
subject to the matters binding upon, the "Tenant" under the following provisions
of the Lease:  Paragraphs 6, 7.L., 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19,
20, 21, 27, 32, 33, 36, 39 (except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in
the First Amendment to Lease and this Sublease), 43 and 44.  In each such
provision, the term "Lease" shall mean this Sublease, and Sublandlord shall be
entitled to exercise the rights of the "Landlord" thereunder.  In addition, the
"Miscellaneous Provisions" of Paragraph 45 of the Lease hereby are expressly
incorporated into this Sublease by reference; provided, however, that (a) the
term "Lease" as used therein shall mean this Sublease, (b) the term "Tenant" as
used therein shall mean Subtenant, and (c) the term "Landlord" as used therein
shall mean Sublandlord.

     15.  BROKERAGE.  Sublandlord and Subtenant warrant and covenant to each
other that they have had no dealings with any broker, finder or agent in
connection with this Sublease other than Michael E. Filice and Jim Obermeyer of
Wayne Mascia Associates, representing Subtenant, and Mark P. Zamudio and Stephen
C. Condrey of Colliers Parrish International, Inc., representing Sublandlord. 
Sublandlord covenants and agrees to pay to Colliers Parrish International, Inc.
a real estate commission for this sublease transaction in such amount and in
such manner as is expressly set forth in the listing agreement between
Sublandlord and Colliers Parrish International, Inc. dated March 21, 1997. 
Sublandlord shall not be obligated to pay any commission, finders fee,
consulting fee or similar charge to any other party as a result of this sublease
transaction.

     16.  HOLDING OVER.  In the event Subtenant shall hold over after the
expiration of the Term, Subtenant shall (a) pay to Sublandlord Base Rent for the
period of such holdover in an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%)
of the Base Rent applicable to the last month of the Term, and (b) indemnify and
hold Sublandlord harmless against any liability which Sublandlord may incur to
Landlord as a result of Subtenant not vacating the Premises.  Any such holding
over shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions of this Sublease, except
those relating to term and the option to extend, which are expressly waived
during any holdover.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subtenant shall have no
right to hold over beyond the Term, and any such holdover shall be deemed to be
a tenancy at sufferance, terminable upon notice to Subtenant.

     17.  PARKING.  Subtenant shall be entitled to utilize 3.5 surface parking
spaces per 1000 square feet of leased floor area of the Premises.  The precise
parking areas to be utilized by Subtenant shall be designated by Sublandlord
with Subtenant's approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and shall
be depicted on a site plan which subsequently shall be attached as Exhibit "B"
to this Sublease.

<PAGE>

     18.  MONUMENT SIGN.  Subtenant shall have the non-exclusive right to
utilize the existing monument sign located on Guadalupe Mines Road, subject to
the approval by Sublandlord and Landlord of the size and configuration of
Subtenant's signage thereon.  Subtenant agrees that, upon request from
Sublandlord or Landlord, it shall reconfigure its signage on such monument sign
to create sufficient space thereon to accommodate other parties.

     19.  ANTENNAS.  Subtenant shall have the right, subject to the approval of
Sublandlord, the City of San Jose and any other applicable governmental
authorities, to install one or more antennas and/or microwave dishes on the roof
of the building.  Subtenant shall be fully responsible for all costs and
expenses relating to such antennas and/or microwave dishes, including without
limitation any damage or liability resulting from the installation, use or
removal thereof.

     20.  DEFAULT; REMEDIES.  The provisions of Paragraph 22 of the Lease
(including subparagraphs (a) - (d) thereof) are expressly incorporated into this
Sublease by reference and shall govern the occurrence of a default by Subtenant
under this Sublease and the remedies available to Sublandlord as a result of
such a default; provided, however, that (a) the term "Lease" as used therein
shall mean this Sublease, (b) the term "Tenant" as used therein shall mean
Subtenant, and (c) the term "Landlord" as used therein shall mean Sublandlord.

     21.  SUBLANDLORD'S UNDERTAKING.  Sublandlord, at its cost and expense,
shall diligently and promptly take all reasonable actions to cause Landlord to
perform its duties and obligations under the Lease.

     22.  MEMORANDUM OF SUBLEASE.  Sublandlord and Subtenant shall execute and
deliver a memorandum of this Sublease in recordable form (which memorandum shall
contain the information required to entitle the same to recordation but shall
not include the Base Rent payable hereunder), which Subtenant may record in the
Santa Clara County, California Official Records.  

     23.  DEFINED TERMS.  Capitalized terms in this Sublease shall have the
meaning ascribed to such terms in the Lease, unless otherwise defined herein.

     24.  COUNTERPART EXECUTION.  This Sublease may be executed in counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original document, but all of which shall
constitute a single document.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sublease as
of the month, day and year first written above.


                              SUBLANDLORD:

                              VIKING FREIGHT, INC.


                              By:       /s/ Rodger G. Marticke
                                        ------------------------------------
                              Name:     Rodger G. Marticke
                                        ------------------------------------
                              Its:      President
                                        ------------------------------------


<PAGE>

                              SUBTENANT:

                              HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.


                              By:       /s/ William H. Fry
                                        ------------------------------------
                              Name:     William H. Fry
                                        ------------------------------------
                              Its:      Vice President
                                        ------------------------------------


                              And:      /s/ Dan E. Steimle
                                        ------------------------------------
                              Name:     Dan E. Steimle
                                        ------------------------------------
                              Its:      CFO
                                        ------------------------------------



<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT "A"

                                        LEASE

1.   PARTIES:    THIS LEASE, is entered into on this 9th day of August, 1996,
between SDC 941, a California limited partnership, whose address is 10600 North
De Anza Blvd., Suite 200 Cupertino, CA  95014 and VIKING FREIGHT, INC., a
California corporation, whose address is 411 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, CA 
95134 Attn: Director of Properties.

2.   PREMISES:    Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hires from
Landlord those certain Premises and all appurtenances thereto, situated in the
City of San Jose, County of Santa Clara, State of California, and more
particularly described as follows, to-wit:

That certain real property consisting of a building to be constructed by
Landlord as provided in paragraph 7 below of approximately 55,116 rentable
square feet square feet (the "Building") on a 6.98 acre parcel including parking
for PLUS OR MINUS 340 cars for Tenant's exclusive use as outlined on EXHIBIT 
"A"  together with a non-exclusive right of way for ingress and egress and 
for the installment and maintenance of Public Utilities over a strip of land 
50 feet in width commonly known as Guadalupe Mines Road, a private street, 
all as more particularly described on Exhibit "A-1" (the "Premises").  The 
Premises and the adjacent building of 123,000 square feet on a 9.04 acre site 
comprise the "Project" for purposes of this Lease.

3.   USE:    Tenant shall use the Premises only for the following purposes and
shall not change the use of the Premises without the prior written consent of
Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld:  Office,
administrative, clinical medical office, research, development, training,
ancillary medical, warehouse, cafeteria, exercise rooms, and related lawful
uses.  Landlord makes no representation or warranty that any specific use of the
Premises desired by Tenant is permitted pursuant to any laws.

4.   TERM AND RENTAL:    The term shall commence on Substantial Completion of
the Building as defined in paragraph 7.H, ("Commencement Date") and shall
terminate on the thirty first day of October 2009.  Base monthly rent shall be
payable by Tenant in monthly installments of Sixty Seven Thousand Seven Hundred
Fifty Three and No/100 Dollars ($67,753.00) ("Base Monthly Rent").  Base Monthly
Rent shall increase every thirty (30) months of the Lease Term by the product of
the Base Monthly Rent payable for the preceding month and one and 85/1000
(1.085).     

The Base Monthly Rental shall be due on or before the first day of each calendar
month during the term hereof.  Said rental shall be paid in lawful money of the
United States of America, without offset or deduction except as provided in
paragraphs 14, 28 and 30 of the Lease, and shall be paid to Landlord at such
place or places as may be designated from time to time by Landlord.  Base
Monthly Rent for any period less than a calendar month shall be a pro rata
portion of the monthly installment.   

     A.   ADJUSTMENT FOR VARIANCE IN BUILDING SQUARE FOOTAGE:    In the event
the square footage of the Building is other than 55,116 determined by
measurement after completion of construction, within thirty (30) days after the
Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to the Lease
setting forth the actual rentable square feet of the Building, which calculation
shall be consistent with the BOMA standard for Industrial Buildings (i.e.
outside of outside wall to outside of outside wall including balcony areas
without deduction).

<PAGE>

5.   SECURITY DEPOSIT:    None required.

6.   LATE CHARGES:    Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to
Landlord of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs
not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely
difficult to ascertain.  Such costs include, but are not limited to,
administrative, processing, accounting charges, and late charges, which may be
imposed on Landlord by the terms of any contract, revolving credit, mortgage or
trust deed covering the Premises.  Accordingly, if any installment of rent or
any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord's
designee within ten (10) days after such amount shall be due, Tenant shall pay
to Landlord a late charge equal to five (5%) percent of such overdue amount
which shall be due and payable with the payment then delinquent.  The parties
hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of
the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant.  Acceptance
of such late charge by Landlord shall in no event constitute a waiver of
Tenant's default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Landlord from
exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.  In the event
that a late charge is payable hereunder unless by such acceptance the default is
cured, whether or not collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of rent,
then rent shall automatically become due and payable quarterly in advance,
rather than monthly, notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the
contrary.

     7.   CONSTRUCTION AND POSSESSION:

          A.   BUILDING SHELL CONSTRUCTION.  Landlord shall cause the shell of
the Building ("Building Shell") to be constructed by independent contractors to
be employed by and under the supervision of Landlord, in accordance with the
building shell plans prepared by Arctec  ("Architect") and approved by Landlord
and Tenant and guideline specifications, which are attached hereto as EXHIBIT
"B" and are incorporated herein by this reference ("Shell Plans and
Specifications").  Landlord shall construct the Building Shell in a good and
workmanlike manner and in accordance with all applicable municipal, local, state
and federal laws, statutes, rules, regulations and ordinances.  Landlord shall
pay for all costs and expenses associated with the construction of the Building
Shell.  The Building Shell shall include all items customarily included within
the definition of a speculative "building shell," including without limitation,
those items set forth in the Building Shell Definition, attached hereto as
EXHIBIT "C", and incorporated herein by this reference.  Landlord shall provide
Tenant half-size vellum as-built drawings of the Building Shell within thirty
(30) days following completion of construction thereof.

          B.   TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLANS.   Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and
expense, has also hired _______________ ("Tenant's Architect"), to prepare plans
and outline specifications ("Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications") to be
attached hereto as EXHIBIT "D" with respect to the construction of improvements
to the interior premises ("Tenant Improvements").  The Tenant Improvements shall
consist of all those items not included within in the scope of the Building
Shell definition pursuant to Article 7.A above and EXHIBIT "C".  The Tenant
Improvement Plans and Specifications shall be prepared in sufficient detail to
allow Landlord to construct the Tenant Improvements.  Landlord shall construct
the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Tenant Improvement Plans and
Specifications in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with all
applicable municipal, local, state and federal laws, statutes, rules,
regulations and ordinances; provided, however, Landlord shall not be responsible
to ensure the Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications comply with law or
applicable building codes.    Tenant shall pay for all costs and expenses
associated with the construction of the Tenant Improvements.  

<PAGE>

          C.   PRELIMINARY COST ESTIMATE FOR THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.    Within
fourteen (14) days after Tenant's delivery of the Tenant Improvement Plans and
Specifications to Landlord, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a preliminary cost
estimate of the cost to construct the Tenant Improvements.  The preliminary cost
estimate shall contain sufficient detail for Tenant to understand the cost
element of each portion of the proposed Tenant Improvements.  

          D.   FINAL PRICING FOR THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.    Within ten (10)
days after Tenant's approval of the preliminary cost estimate for the Tenant
Improvements, Landlord shall submit to Tenant competitive bids from a minimum of
three (3) subcontractors not affiliated with Landlord for each aspect of the
work which is to be performed.  In the event Tenant is dissatisfied with the
bids for the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall have the right to (i) modify the
Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications within ten (10) days thereafter to
reduce the construction cost or (ii) to request Landlord obtain additional bids
from alternate subcontractors.  In such event, Landlord shall rebid and submit
to Tenant a revised cost estimate with five (5) days after receipt of such
revised plans. Landlord must utilize the low bid in each case, unless Tenant
approves Landlord's use of another subcontractor, and the cost of the Tenant
Improvements shall be based upon construction expenses equal to the sum of the
bid amounts as approved by Tenant.  Upon Tenant's written approval of the
contract bids, Landlord and Tenant shall each be deemed to have given their
approval of the final Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications on which the
cost estimate was made, and Landlord shall proceed with the construction of the
Tenant Improvements in accordance with the terms of Article 7.H below.  If
Tenant does not specifically approve or disapprove the bids within seven (7)
days, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the bids.  

          E.   CHANGE ORDERS.   Tenant shall have the right to order changes in
the manner and type of construction of the Building Shell or the Tenant
Improvements. Any change orders which are submitted by Tenant after the date
which is ten (10) days after the issuance by the City of San Jose of a building
permit for the construction of the Building Shell, which cause Landlord's
construction schedule to be delayed shall cause the Commencement Date to occur
one (1) day in advance of the date the Building Shell is Substantially Complete,
as defined in Article 7.H, for each day of actual delay suffered by Landlord as
a direct result of such change order. Upon request and prior to Tenant's
submitting any binding change order, Landlord shall promptly provide Tenant with
written statements of the cost to implement and the time delay and any increased
or decreased construction costs associated with any proposed change order, which
statements shall be binding on Landlord.  If no time delay or change in
construction cost amount is noted on the written statement, the parties agree
that there shall be no adjustment to the construction cost or the Commencement
Date associated with such change order.  If ordered by Tenant, Landlord shall
implement such change order, and the cost of constructing the Tenant
Improvements shall be increased or decreased in accordance with the cost
statement previously delivered by Landlord to Tenant for any such change order.

          F.   BUILDING SHELL COSTS.   Landlord shall pay for all costs and
expenses associated with the construction of the Building Shell as defined in
EXHIBIT "C".    

          G.   TENANT IMPROVEMENT COSTS.   The costs of the Tenant Improvements
shall consist of only the following costs to the extent actually incurred by
Landlord in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements: costs
of construction, costs of permits, and the Landlord overhead in a sum equal to
six and 50/100 percent (6.50%) of such cost of construction and permits.  During
the course of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord may deliver to
Tenant not more than once each calendar month a written request for payment
which shall include and be accompanied by: (i) Landlord's certified statements
setting forth the amount requested certifying the percentage of completion of
each item for which reimbursement is requested and certifying that the progress
payment requested is due to a 

<PAGE>

subcontractor of Landlord pursuant to a contract between Landlord and 
Landlord's subcontractor. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within fifteen (15) 
days after Tenant's receipt of the above items, the costs incurred by 
Landlord in connection with the Tenant Improvements installed in the Building 
in accordance with the Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications minus the 
retainage set forth below.  Tenant shall be entitled to retain ten percent 
(10%) of the amount invoiced by Landlord until the Tenant Improvements are 
"Substantially Complete" (defined in Article 7.H below). Tenant shall pay the 
retained balance owing to Landlord within fifteen (15) days following the 
date that the Tenant Improvements are Substantially Complete.  All costs for 
Tenant Improvements shall be fully documented to and verified by Tenant and 
shall be subject to audit by Tenant in the event of a challenge. The amounts 
charged to Tenant shall not exceed the bid which Landlord is required to 
utilize pursuant to Article 7.D above.

          H.   CONSTRUCTION.    Landlord shall use its best efforts to obtain a
building permit from the City of San Jose as soon as possible after Tenant's
approval of the Shell Plans and Specifications.  The Building Shell and Tenant
Improvements shall be deemed substantially complete ("Substantially Complete")
when the Building Shell and Tenant Improvements have been substantially
completed in accordance with the Shell Plans and Specifications and Tenant
Improvement Plans and Specifications, as evidenced by the issuance of a
certificate of occupancy or its equivalent by the appropriate governmental
authority for the Building Shell and Tenant Improvements, and the issuance of a
certificate by the Architect certifying that the Building Shell and Tenant
Improvements have been completed in accordance with the plans.

          I.   This paragraph intentionally left blank

          J.   INSURANCE/INDEMNITY.   Landlord shall indemnify, protect, defend
and hold Tenant harmless from and against all liability, cost, expense, or
damage (including, without limitation, attorneys fees) arising from: (i) the
construction of the Building Shell or the Tenant Improvements; or (ii) any
construction defects, or (iii) any failure to properly construct the Building
Shell or Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Shell Plans and
Specifications or Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications, or (iv) any
failure to construct the Building Shell or Tenant Improvements in a good and
workmanlike manner, or (v) any failure to construct the Building Shell or Tenant
Improvements in accordance with all applicable municipal, local, state and
federal laws, statutes, rules, regulations and ordinances; provided, however,
Landlord shall not be responsible to ensure the Tenant Improvement Plans and
Specifications comply with law or applicable building codes.  Tenant's review
and approval of any plans, specifications, or any other documents shall not
relieve Landlord from Landlord's obligations under the foregoing
indemnification. Landlord shall procure (as a cost of the Building Shell) and
keep in effect from the execution date of this Lease until the termination of
this Lease a "Broad Form" liability insurance policy in the amount of Three
Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00), insuring all of Landlord's activities with
respect to the Building and Premises, including Landlord's indemnity obligations
under this Article 7.J.  In addition, Landlord shall procure (as a cost of the
Building Shell) builder's risk insurance, insuring the Building Shell and Tenant
Improvements for their full replacement cost while the Building and Tenant
Improvements are under construction, and until the date that the fire insurance
policy described in Article 12 of the Lease is in full force and effect.

          K.   PUNCHLIST & WARRANTY.   After the Building Shell and Tenant
Improvements are Substantially Complete, Landlord shall immediately correct any
construction defect or other "punchlist" item which Tenant brings to Landlord's
attention.  All such work shall be performed in a manner designed to cause the
least possible interruption to Tenant and Tenant's activities on the Premises. 
Landlord shall provide a standard contractor's warranty with respect to the
Premises for one (1) year from the Commencement Date.  Such warranty shall
exclude (i) routine maintenance, (ii) damage caused by the negligence or misuse
by Tenant and (iii) acts of God


<PAGE>

          L.   OTHER WORK BY TENANT:   All work not within the scope of work 
normally constructed by the construction trades employed on the Building and 
not described in the Shell Plans and Specifications or Tenant Improvement 
Plans and Specifications, such as furniture, telephone equipment, telephone 
wiring and office equipment work, shall be furnished and installed by Tenant. 
When the construction of the Tenant Improvements has proceeded to the point 
where Tenant's work of installing its fixtures and equipment in the Premises 
can be commenced, Landlord shall notify Tenant and shall permit Tenant, and 
its authorized representatives and contractors, to have access to the 
Premises before the Commencement Date for the purpose of installing Tenant's 
trade fixtures and equipment.  Any such installation work by Tenant, or its 
authorized representatives and contractor, shall be undertaken upon the 
following conditions:  (i) if the entry into the Premises by Tenant, or its 
representatives or contractors, interferes with or delays Landlord's 
construction work, Tenant shall cause the party responsible for such 
interference or delay to leave the Premises; (ii) any contractor used by 
Tenant in connection with such entry and installation shall use union labor 
and its entry on the Premises shall not interfere with Landlord's work.

          M.   LANDLORD'S FAILURE TO COMPLETE CONSTRUCTION:    Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if for any reason the Premises are not Substantially Complete on
or before that date which is ten (10) months following the date of execution of
this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to rental abatement hereunder of one (1)
day's rent beyond the Commencement Date for each day beyond said ten (10) month
period in which the Premises are not Substantially Complete.  If for any reason
the Premises are not Substantially Complete on or before that date which is
eighteen (18) months following the date of execution of this Lease, Tenant shall
be entitled to terminate this Lease by providing written notice to Landlord
within thirty (30) days following the expiration of said eighteen (18) month
period.  The above dates shall be extended one day for every day of delay in
completion caused by Tenant Delays.  The foregoing remedies provided in this
Article 7.M shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of Tenant with respect by the
failure by Landlord to achieve Substantial Completion within the ten (10) month
period.

8.   ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES AND COVENANTS TO SURRENDER:    By entry hereunder,
Tenant accepts the Premises as being in good and sanitary order, condition and
repair and accepts the Building and the other improvements in their present
condition, except for latent defects.  Tenant agrees on the last day of the term
hereof, or on the sooner termination of this Lease, to surrender the Premises to
Landlord in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear, destruction by
casualties, permitted alterations and maintenance and repairs for which Tenant
is not responsible hereunder excepted.  "Good condition" shall mean that the
interior walls of all office and warehouse areas, the floors of all office and
warehouse areas, all suspended ceilings and any carpeting will be cleaned to the
same condition as existed at the commencement of the Lease, normal wear and tear
excepted.  Not later than thirty (30) days before termination of this Lease,
Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of all alterations, additions and
improvements made to the Premises ("Alterations") which Landlord requires Tenant
to remove and with respect to which Tenant is required to restore the Premises
to their condition as of the Commencement Date at Tenant's sole cost and
expense; provided, however, Landlord shall not require Tenant to remove any
Alterations which Landlord has agreed can remain at the time of consent pursuant
to paragraph 10 below.  On or before the end of the term or sooner termination
of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all its personal property and trade fixtures
from the Premises, and all property not so removed within thirty (30) days after
termination shall be deemed to be abandoned by Tenant.  If the Premises are not
surrendered at the end of the term or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant
shall indemnify Landlord against loss or liability resulting from delay by
Tenant in so surrendering the Premises including, without limitation, any claims
made by any succeeding tenant founded on such delay.

9.   USES PROHIBITED:    Tenant shall not commit, or suffer to be committed, any
waste 

<PAGE>

upon the said Premises, or any nuisance, or other act or thing which may
disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in or around the Buildings in
which the Premises may be located or allow any sale by auction upon the
Premises, or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful or objectionable
purpose, or place any loads upon the floor, walls, or ceiling which endanger the
structure, or use any machinery or apparatus which will in any manner vibrate or
shake the Premises or the Building of which it is a part to such an extent as to
significantly endanger the structural integrity, floors or interior walls of the
Building or the Premises, or place any harmful liquids or hazardous materials 
in the drainage system of, or upon or in the soils surrounding the Building in
violation of law.  Except in enclosed refuse storage areas, no materials,
supplies, equipment, finished products or semi-finished products, raw materials
or articles of any nature or any waste materials, refuse, scrap or debris shall
be stored upon or permitted to remain on any portion of the Premises outside of
the Building proper without Landlord's prior approval, which may be withheld in
its reasonable discretion.

10.  ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS:     Tenant shall be entitled without obtaining
Landlord's consent or the consent of any lender secured by the Premises, to make
any Alterations to the Premises which do not affect (i) the exterior appearance
of the Building or (ii) the structure of the Building.  If an Alteration
requires Landlord's consent, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the proposed
architectural and structural plans for all such alterations and Landlord shall
indicate to Tenant in writing within five (5) business days following receipt of
Tenant's request, whether Landlord consents to the proposed Alteration, and if
so, whether Landlord will require Tenant to remove such Alteration at the
expiration of the lease term.  As to Alterations requiring Landlord's consent,
such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Any Alteration to
the said Premises, except movable furniture and trade fixtures, shall become at
once a part of the realty and belong to Landlord.  Alterations which are not to
be deemed as trade fixtures shall include heating, lighting, electrical systems,
air conditioning, permanent partitioning, carpeting, or any other installation
which has become an integral part of the Premises.  After having obtained
Landlord's consent, Tenant agrees that it will not proceed to make such
Alterations until three (3) days from the receipt of such consent, in order that
Landlord may post appropriate notices to avoid any liability to contractors or
material suppliers for payment for Tenant's improvements.  Tenant will at all
times permit such notices to be posted and to remain posted until the completion
of work.  

          Tenant shall have the right to add, at its expense, approximately
50,000 square feet of space to the Premises (the "Addition") in the location
shown on EXHIBIT "A" at any time during the term of the Lease.  The Landlord's
consent or the consent of any lender secured by the Premises shall not be
required to construct the Addition, provided the Addition is constructed in
compliance with all laws and is architecturally consistent with the Premises. 
The provisions of paragraph 10 shall generally govern the construction of the
Addition except that Substantial Completion of the Addition shall not affect the
rent and Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with the Addition.

11.  MAINTENANCE OF PREMISES:    Landlord warrants that as of the date of this
Lease, the roof, exterior walls, glazing, plumbing, electrical and HVAC systems,
sidewalks and parking areas, related to the Premises are in good and sanitary
order, condition, and repair.  Subject to Landlord's warranties contained in
this paragraph 11 and paragraph 7.K, Tenant shall, at its sole cost, keep and
maintain, repair and replace, said Premises and appurtenances and every part
hereof, including but not limited to, exterior walls, roof membrane (maintenance
only), glazing, plumbing, electrical and HVAC systems, and all the Tenant
Improvements in good and sanitary order, condition, and repair.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Landlord at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain in good
condition, order, and repair, and replace as and when necessary, the foundation,
exterior walls, structure and structural members, and roof structure and roof
membrane (replacement only) of the Building.  Tenant shall provide Landlord with
a copy of a service contract between Tenant and a licensed air-conditioning and
heating contractor 

<PAGE>

which contract shall provide for bi-monthly maintenance of all air 
conditioning and heating equipment at the Premises.  Tenant shall pay the 
cost of all air-conditioning and heating equipment repairs or replacements 
which are either excluded from such service contract or any existing 
equipment warranties.  Tenant shall be responsible for the preventive 
maintenance of the membrane of the roof, which responsibility shall be deemed 
properly discharged if (i) Tenant contracts with a licensed roof contractor 
who is reasonably satisfactory to both Tenant and Landlord, at Tenant's sole 
cost, to inspect the roof membrane at least every six months, with the first 
inspection due the sixth (6th) month after the Commencement Date, and (ii) 
Tenant performs, at Tenant's sole cost, all preventive maintenance 
recommendations made by such contractor within a reasonable time after such 
recommendations are made.  Such preventive maintenance might include acts 
such as clearing storm gutters and drains, removing debris from the roof 
membrane, trimming trees overhanging the roof membrane, applying coating 
materials to seal roof penetrations, repairing blisters, and other routine 
measures.  Tenant shall provide to Landlord a copy of such preventive 
maintenance contract and paid invoices for the recommended work.  All vinyl 
wall surfaces and floor tile are to be maintained in an as good a condition 
as when Tenant took possession free of holes, gouges, or defacements.  

12.  HAZARD INSURANCE:    Tenant shall not use, or permit said Premises, or any
part thereof, to be used, for any purpose other than that for which the said
Premises are hereby leased;  and no use shall be made or permitted to be made of
the said Premises, nor acts done, which will cause an increase in premiums or a
cancellation of any insurance policy covering said Building, or any part
thereof, nor shall Tenant sell or permit to be kept, used or sold, in or about
said Premises, any article which may be prohibited by the standard form of fire
insurance policies.  Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with any
and all requirements, pertaining to Tenant's use of said Premises, of any
insurance organization or company, necessary for the maintenance of reasonable
fire and public liability insurance covering said Building and appurtenances. 
Landlord shall purchase and keep in force "all risk" (including earthquake and
flood) casualty and 12 month rental loss insurance.  The amount of the "all
risk" casualty insurance shall equal to the replacement cost of the Building
Shell, the Tenant Improvements, and, if applicable, the Alterations or the
Addition (without depreciation).  All such policies shall provide for thirty
(30) days' prior written notice to Tenant of any cancellation or termination. 
The Tenant agrees to pay to the Landlord as additional rent, on demand each year
thirty (30) days prior to the date due, the full cost of said insurance as
evidenced by insurance billings to the Landlord.  Payment shall be due to
Landlord within thirty (30) days after written invoice to Tenant.  

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant reserves the right to provide the "all
risk" casualty coverage insurance for the Premises provided (i) Tenant can
obtain such insurance at a more favorable rate than Landlord; (ii) the form of
coverage and insurer are satisfactory to Landlord and its lender; (iii) Landlord
and its lender are named as additional insured; (iv) such insurance provides
that it may not be subject to cancellation or change except after at least sixty
(60) days written notice to Landlord; and (v) Tenant has delivered to Landlord a
certificate of insurance evidencing such policy is in effect.

In addition, Tenant agrees to insure its personal property, additions,
alterations, and improvements for their full replacement value (without
depreciation) and to obtain worker's compensation and public liability and
property damage insurance for occurrences within the Premises of $5,000,000.00
combined single limited for bodily injury and property damage.  Each party shall
name the other as an additional insured on their respective policies, shall
deliver a copy of their certificates of insurance to each other.  All such
policies shall provide for thirty (30) days' prior written notice to Landlord of
any cancellation or termination.  Tenant's insurance may be provided through a
blanket policy covering the Premises and other properties owned or leased by
Tenant.

<PAGE>

It is understood and agreed that Tenant's obligation under this paragraph will
be prorated to reflect the commencement and termination dates of this Lease. 
Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any rights each may have against the other on
account of any loss or damage occasioned to the Premises or its contents, and
which may arise from any risk covered by their respective insurance policies, as
set forth above.  The parties shall obtain from their respective property
insurance companies a waiver of any right of subrogation which said insurance
company may have against the Landlord or the Tenant, as the case may be.

13.  TAXES:    Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied against Tenant's
personal property and trade or business fixtures, and agrees to pay, as
additional rental, all real estate taxes and special assessment installments
levied on the Premises, upon the occupancy of the Premises and including any
substitute or additional charges which may be imposed during, or applicable to
the Lease term including real estate tax increases due to a sale or other
transfer of the Premises, as they appear on the City and County tax bills during
the Lease term, and as they become due.  It is understood and agreed that
Tenant's obligation under this paragraph will be prorated to reflect the
commencement and termination dates of this Lease.  In any time during the term
of this Lease a tax, excise on rents, business license tax, or any other tax,
however described, is levied or assessed against Landlord, as a substitute or
addition in whole or in part for taxes assessed or imposed on land or Buildings,
Tenant shall pay and discharge his prorata share of such tax or excise on rents
or other tax before it becomes delinquent, except that this provision is not
intended to cover net income taxes, inheritance, gift or estate tax imposed upon
the Landlord.  In the event that a tax is placed, levied, or assessed against
Landlord and the taxing authority takes the position that the Tenant cannot pay
and discharge his prorata share of such tax on behalf of the Landlord, then at
the sole election of the Landlord, the Landlord may increase the rental charged
hereunder to cover the exact amount of such tax. Tenant shall have the right to
contest the amount of any such taxes so long as such contest does not result in
a lien against the property or other impairment of Landlord's title to the
property and Landlord agrees to cooperate in such proceedings.

14.  UTILITIES:    Tenant shall pay directly to the providing utility all 
water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone and other utilities supplied to the 
Premises. Landlord shall not be liable for a loss of or injury to property, 
however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to furnishing 
or failure to furnish any of utilities to the Premises except to the extent 
the failure is caused by Landlord's negligence or willful misconduct.  Tenant 
shall be entitled to abatement or reduction of rent as to the unusable 
portion of the Premises provided any failure to provide and furnish the 
utilities to the Premises is due (i) to Landlord's negligence or willful 
misconduct and (ii) such interruption of utilities continues more thirty (30) 
days.

15.  ABANDONMENT:    Tenant shall not abandon the Premises at any time during
the term;  and if Tenant shall abandon, vacate or surrender said Premises, or be
dispossessed by process of law, or otherwise, any personal property belonging to
Tenant and left on the Premises shall be deemed to be abandoned, at the option
of Landlord, except such property as may be mortgaged to Landlord.

16.  FREE FROM LIENS:    Tenant shall keep the Premises and the property on
which the Premises are situated, free from any liens arising out of any work
performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by Tenant.  Tenant shall
have the right to contest such liens if Tenant obtains a bond equal to 150% of
the amount of such lien to prevent enforcement of the lien during such contest
or otherwise makes adequate provision to prevent enforcement of the lien during
such contest and during the pendency of any such contest Tenant's failure to pay
and discharge such liens shall not constitute a default hereunder.

17.  COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS:    Tenant shall, at its sole cost
and expense, comply with all of the requirements of all Municipal, State and
Federal 

<PAGE>

authorities now in force, or which may hereafter be in force, (i) pertaining 
to Tenant's use of the Premises, or (ii) resulting from any Alterations made 
by Tenant, and shall faithfully observe in the use of the Premises all 
Municipal ordinances and State and Federal statutes now in force or which may 
hereafter be in force.  The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, 
or the admission of Tenant in any action or proceeding against Tenant, 
whether Landlord be a party thereto or not, that Tenant has violated any such 
ordinance or statute in the use of the Premises, shall be conclusive of that 
fact as between Landlord and Tenant.  Tenant shall have the right to contest 
such laws if Tenant makes adequate provision to prevent enforcement of the 
law during such contest, and during the pendency of any such contest Tenant's 
failure to comply with such laws shall not constitute a default hereunder.  
Landlord warrants that to its best knowledge, the Premises and the Project 
are in compliance with all Municipal ordinances and authorities and State and 
Federal statutes and authorities now in force.

18.  TOXIC WASTE AND ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGE:    Without the prior written consent
of Landlord, and except for standard office products and cleaning supplies,
Tenant shall not bring, allow, use or permit upon the Premises, or generate or
create at or emit or dispose in violation of law from the Premises any
chemicals, toxic or hazardous gaseous, liquid or solid materials or waste,
including without limitation, material or substance having characteristics of
ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or extraction procedure toxicity or
substances or materials which are listed on any of the Environmental Protection
Agency's lists of hazardous wastes or which are identified in Sections 66680
through 66685 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code as the same may
be amended from time to time.  Tenant shall comply, at its sole cost, with all
laws pertaining to, and shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any
claims, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or suffered by Landlord arising
from such bringing, allowing, using, permitting, generating, creating, or
emitting or disposing of any such materials by Tenant.  Tenant's indemnification
and hold harmless obligations include, without limitation, (i) claims,
liability, costs or expenses resulting from or based upon administrative,
judicial (civil or criminal) or other action, legal or equitable, brought by any
private or public person under common law or under the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA"), the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1980 ("RCRA") or any other Federal,
State, County or Municipal law, ordinance or regulation, (ii) claims,
liabilities, costs or expenses pertaining to the cleanup or containment of
wastes, the identification of the pollutants in the waste, the identification of
scope of any environmental contamination, the removal of pollutants from soils,
riverbeds or aquifers, the provision of an alternative public drinking water
source, or the long term monitoring of ground water and surface waters, and
(iii) all costs of defending such claims.  In order to obtain consent, Tenant
shall deliver to Landlord its written proposal describing the toxic material to
be brought onto the Premises, measures to be taken for storage and disposal
thereof, safety measures to be employed to prevent pollution of the air, ground,
surface and ground water.  Landlord's approval may be withheld in its reasonable
judgment.

Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from any claims, liabilities,
costs or expenses incurred or suffered by Tenant associated with the removal,
investigation, monitoring or remediation of hazardous materials whose presence
arises from the bringing, allowing, using, permitting, generating, creating, or
emitting or disposing of any such materials in violation of law on the Premises
or in the Building by Landlord or any other person unrelated to Tenant.  

19.  INDEMNITY:    As a material part of the consideration to be rendered to
Landlord, Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord for damages to goods,
wares and merchandise, and all other personal property in, upon or about said
Premises and for injuries to persons in or about said Premises, from any cause
arising at any time during the term of this Lease except for claims caused by
the willful or negligent acts or omissions of Landlord and its employees, agents
and contractors, and Tenant will hold Landlord exempt and harmless from any
damage or injury to any person, or to the goods, wares and merchandise and all
other personal property of any 

<PAGE>

person, arising from the use of the Premises by Tenant, or from the failure 
of Tenant to keep the Premises in good condition and repair, as herein 
provided.  Further, in the event Landlord is made party to any litigation due 
to the acts or omission of Tenant, Tenant will indemnify and hold Landlord 
harmless from any such claim or liability including Landlord's costs and 
expenses and reasonable attorney's fees incurred in defending such claims.

Landlord shall indemnify and hold harmless Tenant from all damages, liabilities,
judgments, actions, attorneys' fees, consultants' fees, cost and expenses
arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees,
agents, contractors or invitees, or the breach of Landlord's obligations or
representations under this Lease.

20.  ADVERTISEMENTS AND SIGNS:    Except for the monument sign to be provided by
Landlord pursuant to paragraph 7, Tenant will not place or permit to be placed,
in, upon or about the said Premises any signs not approved by the city or other
governing authority. Any sign so placed on the Premises shall be so placed upon
the understanding and agreement that Tenant will remove same at the termination
of the tenancy herein created and repair any damage or injury to the Premises
caused thereby, and if not so removed by Tenant then Landlord may have same so
removed at Tenant's expense.  Landlord agrees that, subject to City approval,
Tenant may have signage similar to that currently permitted for the other
tenants in the Project.

21.  ATTORNEY'S FEES:    In case suit should be brought for the possession of
the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due hereunder, or because of the
breach of any other covenant herein, the losing party shall pay to the
prevailing party a reasonable attorney's fee as part of its costs which shall be
deemed to have accrued on the commencement of such action and shall be
enforceable whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment.

22.  TENANT'S DEFAULT:    The occurrence of any of the following shall
constitute a material default and breach of this Lease by Tenant:  a) Any
failure by Tenant to pay the rental or to make any other payment required to be
made by Tenant hereunder, where such failure continues for ten (10) days after
written notice thereof by Landlord to Tenant;  b) The abandonment of the
Premises by Tenant;  c) A failure by Tenant to observe and perform any other
provision of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, where such
failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by Landlord
to Tenant;  provided, however, that if the nature of such default is such that
the same cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period Tenant
shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall within such period commence
such cure and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion;  d) The
making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; the
filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a bankrupt or
of a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to
bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is
dismissed after the filing within thirty (30) days);  the appointment of a
trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant's assets
located at the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease, where possession
is not restored to Tenant within sixty (60) days;  or the attachment, execution
or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the
Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not
discharged within thirty (30) days.  The notice requirements set forth herein
are in lieu of and not in addition to the notices required by California Code of
Civil Procedure Section 1161.

     22.(a)    REMEDIES:    In the event of any such default by Tenant, then in
addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity,
Landlord shall have the immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights
of Tenant hereunder by giving written notice of such intention to terminate.  In
the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease then Landlord may
recover from Tenant:  a) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which

<PAGE>

had been earned at the time of such termination;  plus b) the worth at the time
of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned
after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss
Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided;  plus c) the worth at the time
of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term
after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant
proves could be reasonably avoided;  plus d) any other amount necessary to
compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant's failure
to perform his obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of
things would be likely to result therefrom, and e) at Landlord's election, such
other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted
from time to time by applicable California law.  The term "rent", as used
herein, shall be deemed to be and to mean the minimum monthly installments of
rent and all other sums required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of
this Lease, all other such sums being deemed to be additional rent due
hereunder.  As used in (a) and (b) above, the "worth at the time of award" is
computed by allowing interest at the rate of the discount rate of the Federal
Reserve Bank of San Francisco plus three (3%) percent per annum.  As used in (c)
above, the "worth at the time of award" is computed by discounting such amount
at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of
award plus one (1%) percent.

     22.(b)  This paragraph intentionally left blank

     22.(c)    ABANDONMENT:     In the event of the abandonment of the Premises
by Tenant if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in
paragraph 22.(a) above, then the provisions of California Civil Code Section
1951.4, as amended from time to time, shall apply and Landlord may from time to
time, without terminating this Lease, either recover all rental as it becomes
due or relet the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms and at such
rental or rentals and upon such other terms and conditions as Landlord in its
reasonable discretion may deem advisable with the right to make alterations and
repairs to the Premises.  In the event that Landlord shall elect to so relet,
then rentals received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied:  first,
to the payment of any indebtedness other than rent due hereunder from Tenant to
Landlord;  second, to the payment of any cost of such reletting;  third, to the
payment of the cost of any alterations and repairs to the Premises;  fourth, to
the payment of rent due and unpaid hereunder;  and the residue, if any, shall be
held by Landlord and applied in payment of future rent as the same may become
due and payable hereunder.  Should that portion of such rentals received from
such reletting during any month, which is applied by the payment of rent
hereunder, be less than the rent payable during that month by Tenant hereunder,
then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord immediately upon demand
therefor by Landlord.  Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. 
Tenant shall also pay to Landlord, as soon as ascertained, any costs and
expenses incurred by Landlord in such reletting or in making such alterations
and repairs not covered by the rentals received from such reletting.

     22.(d)    NO TERMINATION:     No re-entry or taking possession of the
Premises by Landlord pursuant to 22.(c) of this Article 22 shall be construed as
an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention be
given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof be decreed by a court of
competent jurisdiction.  Notwithstanding any reletting without termination by
Landlord because of any default by Tenant, Landlord may at any time after such
reletting elect to terminate this Lease for any such default.

23.  SURRENDER OF LEASE:    The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by
Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not automatically effect a
merger of the Lease with Landlord's ownership of the Premises.  Instead, at the
option of Landlord, Tenant's surrender may terminate all or any existing
sublease or subtenancies, or may operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or
all such subleases or subtenancies, thereby creating a direct relationship
between Landlord and any subtenants.

<PAGE>

24.  This paragraph intentionally left blank.

25.  LANDLORD'S DEFAULT:    In the event of Landlord's failure to perform any of
its covenants or agreements under this Lease, Tenant shall give Landlord written
notice of such failure and shall give Landlord thirty (30) days to cure such
failure, (except in the case of an emergency in which event only a reasonable
attempt to notice Landlord verbally or in writing shall be required), prior to
any claim for breach or for damages resulting from such failure; provided,
however, that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot
reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period Landlord shall not be
deemed to be in default if Landlord shall within such period commence such cure
and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion.  In the event of any
default by Landlord not cured as provided in this paragraph, Tenant shall have
all remedies available in this Lease at law or in equity including without
limitation the remedies of damages, specific performance or the right to perform
such obligation on Landlord's behalf.

26.  NOTICES:    All notices required to be given under this Lease shall be sent
by U.S. certified mail, return receipt requested or by personal delivery
addressed to the party to be notified at the address for such party specified in
paragraph 1 of this Lease, or to such other place as the party to be notified
may from time to time designate by at least fifteen (15) days notice to the
notifying party.  In addition Landlord agrees to provide a copy of all notices
to Caliber System, Inc., at 1815 West Market St., Akron, OH  44313 Attn.:  Real
Estate Department.  Notices shall be deemed received on the date delivered to
the party being noticed.  

27.  ENTRY BY LANDLORD:    Tenant shall permit Landlord and his agents to enter
into and upon said Premises at all reasonable times upon reasonable notice of at
least 24 hours (except in case of emergency) subject to any security regulations
of Tenant for the purpose of inspecting the same or for the purpose of
maintaining the Premises or for the purpose of making repairs, alterations or
additions to any other portion of said Premises or for the purpose of erecting
additional building(s) and improvements on the land where the Premises are
situated, or on adjacent land owned by Landlord, including the erection and
maintenance of such scaffolding, canopies, fences and props as may be required
without any rebate of rent or without any liability to Tenant for any loss of
occupation or quiet enjoyment of the Premises thereby occasioned; provided,
however, (i) Landlord shall not unreasonably interfere with Tenant 's normal
business operations, (ii) any such scaffolding, canopies, fences and props shall
remain in place no longer than reasonably necessary for Landlord's reasonable
business purpose, and (iii) such alterations, additions or additional
improvements shall not materially interfere with access, light and ventilation
to the Premises.  Tenant shall permit Landlord and his agents, at any time
within ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of this Lease, to place upon
said Premises any "For Sale" or "To Lease" signs and exhibit the Premises to
prospective tenants at reasonable hours following reasonable notice to Tenant.

28.  DESTRUCTION OF PREMISES:   In the event of any destruction to all or any
part of the Building or Premises by a casualty (i) which is required to be
insured under paragraph 12, (ii) which is actually insured by Landlord, or (iii)
which is uninsured, but the cost to restore is less than One Hundred Thousand
and No/100 Dollars, Landlord shall cause a contractor selected by Landlord to
prepare a reasonable good faith opinion (the "Contractor's Estimate") of the
number of days needed to repair such damage, and shall deliver the Contractor's
Estimate to Tenant within thirty (30) days following such destruction (unless
such destruction has been fully repaired within such thirty (30) day period). 
In the event of a destruction of the Premises by an insured casualty (or by an
uninsured casualty if the cost of restoration is less than $100,000) during the
term from any cause, Landlord shall forthwith repair the same to substantially
their former condition in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with
all applicable municipal, local, state and federal laws, statutes, rules,
regulations and ordinances, provided such repairs can be made within one (1)
year from the date of destruction, including receipt of all 

<PAGE>

necessary governmental approvals, under the laws and regulations of State, 
Federal, County or Municipal authorities, but such partial destruction shall 
in no way annul or void this Lease, except that Tenant shall be entitled to a 
proportionate reduction of rent while such repairs are being made, such 
proportionate reduction to be based upon the extent to which the making of 
such repairs shall interfere with the business carried on by Tenant in the 
Premises.  If the Contractor's Estimate indicates that such repairs cannot be 
made in one (1) year from the date of destruction, Landlord or Tenant may, at 
their option, terminate this Lease.  In the event this Lease is terminated, 
Tenant shall be entitled to any insurance proceeds received by Landlord which 
are attributable to the Tenant Improvements, Alterations, or the Addition.

A destruction of the Premises by a casualty not required to be insured by
Landlord under this Lease and not actually insured by Landlord costing in excess
of One Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($100,000.00) to restore, shall
terminate this Lease, unless either Landlord or Tenant elects to pay the
difference between $100,000.00 and the actual cost to restore the Premises, in
which event Landlord shall restore as provided above.  In all events Landlord or
Tenant shall be entitled to terminate this Lease effective as of the date of the
destruction if the actual repairs have not been completed within one (1) year
following the date of the destruction.  In the event of any termination of this
Lease pursuant to this paragraph 28 and the Premises are habitable, Landlord and
Tenant shall use reasonable good faith efforts to negotiate a termination date
and fair rental value to be paid by Tenant prior to such termination date.  In
all events in which Landlord is obligated to restore the Premises, Landlord
shall be required to restore the Tenant Improvements, and, if the same have been
made, Alterations and the Addition, but shall not be required to restore
Tenant's fixtures or personal property.

29.  ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE:    In the event Tenant desires to assign this Lease
or any interest therein including, without limitation, a pledge, mortgage or
other hypothecation, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant shall
deliver to Landlord executed counterparts of any such agreement and of all
ancillary agreements with the proposed assignee or subtenant, financial
statements, and any additional information as reasonably required to determine
whether Landlord will consent to the proposed assignment or sublease.  Landlord
shall then have a period of ten (10) days following receipt of such notice
within which to notify Tenant in writing that Landlord elects (i) to permit
Tenant to assign or sublet such space to the named assignee/subtenant on the
terms and conditions set forth in the notice, or (ii) to refuse consent.  If
Landlord should fail to notify Tenant in writing of such election within said
10-day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have elected option (i) above.  Any
rent or other economic consideration realized by Tenant under any such sublease
and assignment in excess of the rent payable hereunder, after the net
unamortized cost of the Tenant Extra Improvements for which Tenant has itself
paid, and reasonable subletting and assignment costs including brokerage
commissions, shall be divided and paid fifty percent (50%) to Landlord and fifty
percent (50%) to Tenant.  Tenant's obligation to pay over Landlord's portion of
the consideration shall constitute an obligation for additional rent hereunder. 
The above provisions relating to Landlord's right to terminate the Lease and
relating to the allocation of bonus rent are independently negotiated terms of
the Lease, constitute a material inducement for the Landlord to enter into the
Lease, and are agreed as between the parties to be commercially reasonable.  No
assignment or subletting by Tenant shall relieve Tenant of any obligation under
this Lease except for obligations created by any subsequent amendment of this
Lease to which Tenant is not a party.  Any assignment or subletting which
conflicts with the provisions hereof shall be void.

Landlord's consent (which must be in writing and in form reasonably satisfactory
to Landlord and Tenant) to the proposed assignment or sublease shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided and upon condition that: (i) in
Landlord's reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant is engaged in
such a business, and the Premises, or the relevant part thereof, will be used in
such a manner, that is limited to the use expressly permitted under this Lease;
(ii) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a reputable company with sufficient
financial 

<PAGE>

worth and management ability to undertake the responsibility involved, and 
Landlord has been furnished with reasonable proof thereof; (iii) the proposed 
assignment or sublease shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; 
(iv) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any costs that may be 
incurred by Landlord in connection with said assignment or sublease, 
including the costs of making investigations as to the acceptability of the 
proposed assignee or subtenant and legal costs incurred in connection with 
the granting of any requested consent not to exceed $1500 per request for 
assignment or sublease; and (v) Tenant shall not have advertised or 
publicized in any way the availability of the Premises without prior notice 
to Landlord.

Any assignment or transfer shall be made only if and shall not be effective
until the assignee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an
agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, whereby the assignee
shall assume all of the obligations of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be
performed or observed following the date of the assignment and shall be subject
to all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained
in this Lease.  Notwithstanding any such sublease or assignment and the
acceptance of rent or additional rent by Landlord from any subtenant or
assignee, Tenant shall and will remain fully liable for the payment of the rent
and additional rent due, and to become due hereunder, for the performance of all
of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this
Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed except with respect to obligations
of Tenant created by subsequent amendments of this Lease to which Tenant is not
a party, and for all acts and omissions of any licensee, subtenant, assignee or
any other person claiming under or through any subtenant that shall be in
violation of any of the obligations of this Lease, and any such violation shall
be deemed to be a violation by Tenant.  Tenant shall further indemnify, defend
and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities,
damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney fees) resulting from
any claims by any real estate brokers or other persons claiming a commission or
similar compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease.  

In the event of Tenant's default, Tenant hereby assigns all rents due from any
assignment or subletting to Landlord as security for performance of its
obligations under this Lease and Landlord may collect such rents as Tenant's
Attorney-in-Fact, except that Tenant may collect such rents unless a default
occurs as described in paragraph 22 above and Tenant has failed to cure such
default within ten (10) days following notice of such default from Landlord. 
The termination of this Lease due to Tenant's default shall not automatically
terminate any assignment or sublease then in existence.  At the election of
Landlord, the assignee or subtenant shall attorn to Landlord and Landlord shall
undertake the obligations of the Tenant under the sublease or assignment; 
provided the Landlord shall not be liable for prepaid rent, security deposits or
other defaults of the Tenant to the subtenant or assignee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without the requirement to comply
with the provisions of this paragraph 29, sublet the Premises or assign the
Lease to:  (i) a subsidiary, affiliate, division or corporation controlled or
under common control with Tenant; (ii) a successor corporation related to Tenant
by merger, consolidation, non-bankruptcy reorganization, or government action;
or (iii) a purchaser of substantially all of Tenant's assets (a "Permitted
Transferee").  For the purpose of this Lease, sale of Tenant's capital stock
through any public exchange shall not be deemed an assignment, subletting, or
any other transfer of the Lease or the Premises.

30.  CONDEMNATION:    If any part of the Premises shall be taken for any public
or quasi-public use, under any statute or by right of eminent domain or private
purchase in lieu thereof, and a part thereof remains which is susceptible of
occupation hereunder in Tenant's reasonable opinion, this Lease shall as to the
part so taken, terminate as of the date title shall vest in the condemnor or
purchaser, and the rent payable hereunder shall be adjusted so that the Tenant
shall be required to pay for the remainder of the term only such portion of such
rent as the value of the 

<PAGE>

part remaining after such taking bears to the value of the entire Premises 
prior to such taking.  If all of the Premises, or such part thereof be taken 
so that there does not remain a portion susceptible for occupation hereunder 
in Tenant's reasonable opinion, this Lease shall thereupon terminate.  If 
more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises is taken, either Landlord 
or Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the effective date of such taking by 
written notice to the other party prior to the effective date of the taking.  
If this Lease is not terminated pursuant to this paragraph, Landlord shall, 
at Landlord's sole cost, repair any damage to the Premises resulting from 
such taking.  If a part or all of the Premises be taken, all compensation 
awarded upon such taking shall go to the Landlord and the Tenant shall have 
no claim thereto but Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant to recover 
compensation for damage to or taking of any alterations, additions or 
improvements made by Tenant or for Tenant's moving costs.  Tenant hereby 
waives the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedures Section 1265.130.

31.  EFFECTS OF CONVEYANCE:    The term "Landlord" as used in this Lease, 
means only the owner for the time being of the land and Building, containing 
the Premises, so that, in the event of any sale of said land or Building, or 
in the event of a master Lease of the Building, the Landlord shall be and 
hereby is entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of the 
Landlord hereunder arising following such sale, and it shall be deemed and 
construed, without further agreement between the parties and the purchaser at 
any such sale, or the master tenant of the Building, that the purchaser or 
master tenant of the Building has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all 
covenants and obligations of the Landlord hereunder.  

32.  SUBORDINATION:    In the event Landlord notifies Tenant in writing, this 
Lease shall be subordinate to any ground Lease, deed of trust, or other 
hypothecation for security now or hereafter placed upon the real property of 
which the Premises are a part and to any and all advances made on the 
security thereof and to renewals, modifications, replacements and extensions 
thereof. Tenant agrees to promptly execute any documents which may be 
required to effectuate such subordination; provided that such ground lessor 
or mortgagee executes a written agreement with Landlord in form and substance 
reasonably satisfactory to Tenant providing that Tenant's right to quiet 
possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed either before or after the 
foreclosure if Tenant is not in default and so long as Tenant shall pay the 
rent and observe and perform all of the provisions of this Lease.  At the 
request of any lender, Tenant agrees to execute and deliver any reasonable 
modifications of this Lease which do not materially adversely affect the 
leasehold or Tenant's rights or obligations hereunder.

33.  WAIVER:    The waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any term, 
covenant or condition, herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of 
such term, covenant or condition or any subsequent breach of the same or any 
other term, covenant or condition herein contained.  The subsequent 
acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver 
of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this 
Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rental so 
accepted, regardless of Landlord's knowledge of such preceding breach at the 
time of acceptance of such rent.

34.  HOLDING OVER:    Any holding over after the termination or expiration of 
the said term, shall be construed to be a hold over tenancy and Tenant shall 
pay rent to Landlord at a rate equal to  one hundred twenty five percent 
(125%) of the monthly rental installment due in the month preceding the 
termination or expiration of the Lease, prorated on a daily basis.  Any 
holding over shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions herein specified, 
except those provisions relating to the term and any options to extend or 
renew, which terms are expressly waived during any hold over.  Furthermore, 
no holding over shall be deemed or construed to exercise any option to extend 
or renew this Lease in lieu of full and timely exercise of any such option as 
required hereunder.

35.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS:    The covenants and conditions herein contained

<PAGE>

shall, subject to the provisions as to assignment, apply to and bind the 
heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of all the parties 
hereto; and all of the parties hereto shall be jointly and severally liable 
hereunder.

36.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES:    Landlord or Tenant shall at any time during 
the term of this Lease, upon not less than ten (10) days prior written notice 
from the other party, execute and deliver to the requesting party a statement 
in writing certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and 
effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification) and the 
date to which the rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, and 
acknowledging that there are not, to such party's knowledge, any uncured 
defaults on the part of the requesting party hereunder or specifying such 
defaults if they are claimed. Any such statement may be conclusively relied 
upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Premises.  Failure 
of the requested party to deliver such statement within such time shall be 
conclusive upon such party that:  (a) this Lease is in full force and effect, 
without modification except as may be represented by the requesting party;  
(b) there are not uncured defaults in the requesting party's performance.  
Tenant also agrees to provide three (3) years of its publicly available 
audited consolidated financial statements within ten (10) days of a request 
by Landlord for Landlord's use in financing the Premises with commercial 
lenders.  Landlord and any commercial lenders which are furnished the 
financial statements agree to keep such information confidential.  

37.  OPTION TO EXTEND THE TERM:    Landlord hereby grants to Tenant, upon and 
subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this paragraph, the option 
(the "Option") to extend the term of this Lease for two (2) additional terms 
of sixty (60) months each (individually an "Option Term") .  The Option Term 
shall be exercised, if at all, by written notice to Landlord on or before the 
date that is twelve (12) months prior to the expiration date of the initial 
term of the Lease.  If Tenant exercises the Option, each of the terms, 
covenants and conditions of this Lease except this paragraph shall apply 
during the Option Term as though the expiration date of the Option Term was 
the date originally set forth herein as the expiration date of the initial 
term, provided that the Base Monthly Rent to be paid shall be equal to the 
greater of (i) Fifty One Thousand Six Hundred Eight ($51,608.00), or (ii) 
ninety five percent (95%) of the Fair Market Rental, as hereinafter defined, 
for the Premises for the Option Term.  The appraisers shall be instructed 
that the foregoing five percent (5%) discount is intended to reduce 
comparable rents which include (i) brokerage commissions, (ii) tenant 
improvement allowances, and (iii) vacancy costs, to account for the fact that 
Landlord will not suffer such costs in the event Tenant exercises its Option. 
 Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if Tenant is in 
monetary or material non-monetary default under any of the terms, covenants 
or conditions of this Lease either at the time Tenant exercises the Option or 
at any time thereafter prior to the commencement date of the Option Term, 
Landlord shall have, in addition to all of Landlord's other rights and 
remedies provided in this Lease, the right to terminate the Option upon 
notice to Tenant, in which event the expiration date of this Lease shall be 
and remain the expiration date of the initial term.  As used herein, the term 
"Fair Market Rental" for the Premises shall mean the rental and all other 
monetary payments that Landlord could obtain during the Option Term from a 
third party desiring to lease the Premises for the Option Term taking into 
account the age of the Building, the quality of construction of the Building 
and the Premises, the services provided under the terms of this Lease, the 
rental and other monetary payments, and any escalations and adjustments 
thereto (including without limitation Consumer Price Indexing) then being 
obtained for new leases of space comparable to the Premises in the locality 
of the Building and all other factors that would be relevant to a third party 
desiring to lease the Premises for the Option Term in determining the rental 
such party would be willing to pay therefor.  The Fair Market Rental shall 
not include, however, the value of any Tenant Improvements paid for by Tenant 
or any addition to the Premises constructed by Tenant pursuant to paragraph 
10 above.  

If Tenant exercises the Option, Landlord shall send to Tenant a notice 
setting forth the Fair Market Rental for the Premises for the Option Term, on 
or before the date that is one hundred fifty (150) days prior to the 
expiration date of the initial term.  If Tenant disputes Landlord's 
determination of the Fair Market Rental for the Option Term, Tenant shall, 
within thirty (30) days after the date of Landlord's notice setting forth the 
Fair Market Rental for the Option Term, send to Landlord a notice stating 
that Tenant either (x) elects to terminate its exercise of the 

<PAGE>

Option, in which event the Option shall lapse and this Lease shall terminate 
on the expiration date of the initial term in the manner provided herein, or 
(y) disagrees with Landlord's determination of Fair Market Rental for the 
Option Term and elects to resolve the disagreement as provided in paragraph 
37(a) below. If Tenant does not send to Landlord a notice as provided in the 
previous sentence, Landlord's determination of the Fair Market Rental shall 
be the basis for determining the rent to be paid by Tenant hereunder during 
the Option Term.  If Tenant elects to resolve the disagreement as provided in 
paragraph 37(a) below and such procedures shall not have been concluded prior 
to the commencement date of the Option Term, Tenant shall pay rent to 
Landlord hereunder adjusted to reflect the Fair Market Rental as determined 
by Landlord in the manner provided above. If the amount of Fair Market Rental 
as finally determined pursuant to in paragraph 37(a) below is greater than 
Landlord's determination, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the difference between 
the amount paid by Tenant and the Fair Market Rental as so determined in 
paragraph 37(a) below within thirty (30) days after the determination. If the 
Fair Market Rental as finally determined in paragraph 37(a) below is less 
than Landlord's determination, the difference between the amount paid by 
Tenant and the Fair Market Rental as so determined in paragraph 37(a) below 
shall be credited against the next installments of rent due from Tenant to 
Landlord hereunder.

     37(a).    RESOLUTION OF A DISAGREEMENT OVER THE FAIR MARKET RENTAL:    Any
disagreement regarding the Fair Market Rental shall be resolved as follows:

(i)   Within thirty (30) days after Tenant's response to Landlord's notice to
Tenant of the Fair Market Rental, Landlord and Tenant shall meet no less than
two (2) times, at a mutually agreeable time and place, to attempt to resolve any
such disagreement.

(ii)  If within the thirty (30) day period referred to in (i) above, Landlord 
and Tenant can not reach agreement as to the Fair Market Rental, they shall 
each select one appraiser to determine the Fair Market Rental.  Each such 
appraiser shall arrive at a determination of the Fair Market Rental and 
submit their conclusions to Landlord and Tenant within thirty (30) days after 
the expiration of the thirty (30) day consultation period described in (i) 
above.

(iii) If only one appraisal is submitted within the requisite time period, it 
shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Rental.  If both appraisals are 
submitted within such time period, and if the two appraisals so submitted 
differ by less than ten percent (10%) of the higher of the two, the average 
of the two shall be the Fair Market Rental.  If the two appraisals differ by 
more than ten percent (10%) of the higher of the two, then the two appraisers 
shall immediately select a third appraiser who shall within thirty (30) days 
after his or her selection make a determination of the Fair Market Rental and 
submit such determination to Landlord and Tenant. This third appraisal will 
then be averaged with the closer of the two previous appraisals and the 
result shall be the Fair Market Rental.

(iv)  All appraisers specified pursuant to this paragraph shall be members of 
the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with not less than ten (10) 
years experience appraising commercial properties in the Santa Clara Valley.  
Each party shall pay the cost of the appraiser selected by such party and 
one-half of the cost of the third appraiser plus one-half of any other costs 
incurred in resolving the dispute pursuant to this paragraph.

38.  RIGHT OF FIRST OFFERING TO PURCHASE:  Landlord hereby grants Tenant a right
of first offering to purchase the Premises.  Prior to Landlord offering to sell
the Premises to a 

<PAGE>

third party, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of such desire and the 
terms and other information under which Landlord intends to sell the 
Premises.  Provided at the time of exercise, Tenant (i) is not in default and 
(ii) substantially occupies the Premises, Tenant shall have the option, which 
must be exercised, if at all, by written notice to Landlord within twenty 
(20) business days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's notice, to purchase 
the Premises at the sales price and terms of sale specified in the notice.  
In the event Tenant timely exercises such option to purchase the Premises, 
Landlord shall sell the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant shall purchase the 
Premises from Landlord in accordance with the price and terms specified in 
Landlord's notice. Landlord and Tenant shall, in good faith, attempt to reach 
agreement on the terms of a mutually acceptable purchase agreement consistent 
with the terms set forth in Landlord's notice within thirty (30) days of 
Landlord's notice.  In the event (i) Landlord and Tenant are unable to reach 
agreement on a mutually acceptable purchase agreement within such thirty (30) 
day period or (ii) Tenant fails to exercise Tenant's option within said 
twenty (20) day period, Landlord shall have one hundred eighty (180) days 
thereafter to sell the Premises at no less than ninety percent (90%) of the 
sales price and upon the same or substantially the same other terms of sale 
as specified in the notice to Tenant. In the event Landlord fails to sell the 
Premises within said one hundred eighty (180) day period or in the event 
Landlord proposes to sell the Premises at less than ninety percent (90%) of 
the sales price or on other material terms which are more favorable to the 
prospective tenant than that proposed to Tenant, Landlord shall be required 
to resubmit such offer to Tenant in accordance with this Right of First 
Offering. 

This Right of First Offering shall automatically terminate, (i) upon the
expiration or sooner termination of the Lease, or (ii) in the event of a
foreclosure or other transfer of Landlord's interest in the Premises to a
lender.   Notwithstanding the forgoing, this Right of First Offering shall not
apply to or terminate upon a transfers of all or a portion of the Premises to
(i) John A. Sobrato and/or John M. Sobrato (individually and collectively
"Sobrato"), and (ii) any immediate family member of Sobrato, and (iii) any trust
established, in whole or in part, for the benefit of Sobrato and/or any
immediate family member of Sobrato, (iv) any partnership in which Sobrato or any
immediate family member, either directly or indirectly (e.g., through a
partnership or corporate entity or a trust) retains a general partner interest,
and/or (v) any corporation under the control, either directly or indirectly, by
Sobrato or any immediate family member of Sobrato.

39.  OPTIONS:    All Options provided Tenant in this Lease are personal and
granted to original Tenant and any Permitted Transferee and are not exercisable
by any third party should Tenant assign or sublet all or a portion of its rights
under this Lease, unless Landlord consents to permit exercise of any option by
any assignee or subtenant, in Landlord's sole discretion.  In the event that
Tenant hereunder has any multiple options to extend this Lease, a later option
to extend the Lease cannot be exercised unless the prior option has been so
exercised.

40.  QUIET ENJOYMENT:    As long as Tenant faithfully and timely performs all
the terms and covenants of this Lease, Tenant shall quietly have and hold the
Premises for the term and any extensions thereof.

41.  BROKERS:    Tenant represents it has not utilized or contacted a real
estate broker or finder with respect to this Lease other than Colliers Parrish
and Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claim,
cost, liability or cause of action asserted by any other broker or finder
claiming through Tenant.  Tenant agrees to pay the commission of $3.00 per
square foot due Colliers Parrish with respect to this Lease.

Landlord represents it has not utilized or contacted a real estate broker or
finder with respect to this Lease, and Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold
Tenant harmless against any claim, cost, liability or cause of action asserted
by any other broker or finder claiming through Landlord.

42.  LANDLORD'S LIABILITY:    Provided Landlord maintains at least $1,000,000 of

<PAGE>

equity in the Premises, If Tenant should recover a money judgment against
Landlord arising in connection with this Lease, the judgment shall be satisfied
only out of Landlord's interest in the Premises including the improvements and
real property and neither Landlord or any of its partners shall be liable
personally for any deficiency.

43.  AUTHORITY OF PARTIES:    Tenant represents and warrants that each
individual executing this Lease on behalf of said corporation is duly authorized
to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said corporation, in accordance
with a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of said corporation or
in accordance with the by-laws of said corporation, and that this Lease is
binding upon said corporation in accordance with its terms.  Landlord represents
and warrants that each individual executing this Lease on behalf of said limited
partnership is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of
said limited partnership, and that this Lease is binding upon said limited
partnership in accordance with its terms.  

44.  DISCLOSURES:    Landlord has advised Tenant of a potential health concern
related to the presence in the air of Aspergillus related to the composting
activities at the nearby landfill.  Tenant has agreed it will not seek to
terminate the lease based any potential health hazard related to the
Aspergillus.  

45.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS:    All rights and remedies hereunder are
cumulative and not alternative to the extent permitted by law and are in
addition to all other rights and remedies in law and in equity.

If any term or provision of this Lease is held unenforceable or invalid by a
court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of the Lease shall not be
invalidated thereby but shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms,
omitting the invalid or unenforceable term provided such term is reasonably
severable.

This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with California law.

Tenant shall not permit or condone any nuisance or disturbance of any kind on
the Premises which unreasonably annoys or disturbs Landlord.

All sums due hereunder, including rent and additional rent, if not paid after
expiration of any applicable grace period, shall bear interest at the prime rate
charged from time to time by Union Bank accruing from the date due until the
date paid to Landlord.

Time is of the essence hereunder.

The headings or titles to the paragraphs of this Lease are not a part of this
Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any
part thereof.  This instrument contains all of the agreements and conditions
made between the parties hereto and may not be modified orally or in any other
manner than by an agreement in writing signed by all of the parties hereto or
their respective successors in interest.

If Tenant fails to perform any obligation required under this Lease or by law or
governmental regulation, Landlord in its sole discretion may, after providing
any required notice and after allowing any applicable cure period to elapse,
perform such obligation, in which event Tenant shall pay Landlord as additional
rent all sums paid by Landlord in connection with such substitute performance
within ten (10) days following Landlord's written notice for such payment.  If
Landlord fails to perform any obligation required under this Lease or by law or
governmental regulation, Tenant in its sole discretion may, after providing any
required notice and after allowing any applicable cure period to elapse, perform
such obligation, in which event Landlord shall pay Tenant as additional rent all
sums paid by Tenant in connection with such 

<PAGE>

substitute performance within ten (10) days following Tenant's written notice 
for such payment, failing which Tenant shall be entitled to all remedies 
available at law or in equity.  Any delinquent sum shall bear interest at the 
per annum interest rate announced from time to time by Union Bank, as its 
prime rate at its principal office.

Except as expressly stated in this Lease, Tenant acknowledges that neither
Landlord or its affiliates or agents have made any agreements, representations,
warranties or promises with respect to the demised Premises or the Building of
which they are a part, or with respect to present or future rents, expenses,
operations, tenancies or any other matter.  Except as herein expressly set
forth, Tenant relied on no statement of Landlord or its agents for that purpose.

All monetary sums due from Tenant to Landlord under this Lease shall be deemed
to be rent.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed these presents, the day
and year first above written.

LANDLORD:                                   TENANT:
SOBRATO DEVELOPMENT COS. #941               VIKING FREIGHT, INC.,
a California Limited Partnership            a California Corporation



By:  /s/ illegible                          By:  /s/ illegible
     -----------------------------               ------------------------------
- -------------------------------
Its:  Managing General Partner              Its:  President
                                                 ------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT "A"
                                 PREMISES & PROJECT


                               [Graphic of Premises]

<PAGE>
                                       
                              EXHIBIT A-1 TO SUBLEASE

SITUATED IN THE CITY OF SAN JOSE, COUNTY OF SANTA CLARA AND STATE OF
CALIFORNIA, AND MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
     
     Parcel 2 as shown on that certain parcel map filed in Book 587 of Maps at
     Pages 18, 19 and 20, Santa Clara County Records.
     
     Excepting therefrom that certain portion of said Parcel 2 described as
     follows:
     
     Beginning at the most Southeasterly corner of said Parcel 2;
     
     Thence from said point of beginning along with Southeasterly line of said
     Parcel 2 following three courses:
     
     North 31 DEG. 05' 28" East 227.66 feet to the beginning of a curve to 
     the left;
     
     Along said curve through a central angle of 2 DEG. 21' 55" having a radius 
     of 320.00 feet and an arc distance of 13.21 feet;
     
     North 28 DEG. 43' 31" east 15.71 feet;
     
     Thence North 61 DEG. 10' 34" West 130.28 feet to the beginning of a 
     non-tangent curve to the left to which point a radial line bears 
     North 13 DEG. 35' 02" West;
     
     Thence Westerly along said curve through a central angle of 35 DEG. 26' 28"
     having a radius of 365.00 feet and an arc distance of 225.78 feet to the
     beginning of a non-tangent curve to the left to which point a radial line
     bears North 5 DEG. 21' 12" East;
     
     Thence along said curve through a central angle of 38 DEG. 57' 38" having a
     radius of 150.00 feet and an arc distance of 86.76 feet to the
     Southwesterly line of said Parcel 2;
     
     Thence along said Southwesterly line the following twelve courses:
     
     South 38 DEG. 18' 35" East 51.23 feet;
     
     South 60 DEG. 17' 44" East 67.38 feet;
     
     North 30 DEG. 10' 44" East 5.48 feet;
     
     South 59 DEG. 20' 48" East 14.00 feet to the beginning of non-tangent 
     curve to the right to which point a radial line bears 
     North 59 DEG. 20' 48" West;
     
     Along said curve Northeasterly through a central angle of 8 DEG. 18' 25" 
     having a radius of 317.00 feet and an arc distance of 45.96 feet;
     
     South 51 DEG. 02' 23" East 30.00 feet;
     

                                        1
<PAGE>

     South 38 DEG. 38' 20" West 3.22 feet;
     
     South 51 DEG. 40' 57" East 52.00 feet;
     
     North 38 DEG. 31' 48" East 1.74 feet;
     
     South 51 DEG. 15' 27" East 40.00 feet;
     
     North 38 DEG. 54' 32" East 1.13 feet;
     
     South 50 DEG. 55' 30" East 49.59 feet;
     
     To the point of bargaining.
     
     Together with that certain portion of Parcel 1 as shown on the above-
     mentioned parcel map described as follows:
     
     Beginning at the Northerly corner of said Parcel 1;
     
     Thence from said point of beginning along the Northerly lines of said
     Parcel 2 South 38 DEG. 18' 35" East 292.55 feet to the beginning of a 
     non-tangent curve to the left to which a radial line bears 
     North 31 DEG. 36' 23" West;
     
     Thence Southwesterly along said curve through a central angle of 
     18 DEG. 31' 34" having a radius of 150.00 feet and an arc distance 
     of 48.50 feet;
     
     Thence North 33 DEG. 16' 46" West 169.14 feet;
     
     Thence North 68 DEG. 28' 08" West 90.19 feet to the Northwesterly line 
     of said Parcel 1;
     
     Thence along said Northwesterly line North 21 DEG. 37' 00" East 66.09 feet 
     to the beginning of a curve to the right;
     
     Thence along said curve through a central angle of 16 DEG. 37' 59" having 
     a radius of 135.00 feet and an arc distance of 39.19 feet to the point of
     beginning.

TOGETHER WITH:
     
     A non-exclusive right of way for ingress and egress and for the
     installment and maintenance of public utilities over a strip of land 50
     feet in width, the center line of which is described as follows:
     
     Beginning at an iron pipe at the point of intersection of the Northerly
     line of that certain Parcel of land described as Parcel No. Three in the
     deed from the Francesca Chouteau to James Rolph III and June Irene Rolph,
     his wife, dated December 30, 1995 and recorded January 12, 1996 in Book
     3385 of Official Records Page 6, Santa Clara County Records, with the
     center line of a 50 foot right of way, as said iron pipe; Northerly line
     and said center line, are shown on the map of record of survey filed in
     the Office of the Recorder of the

                                        2
<PAGE>

     County of Santa Clara, State of California, on March 8, 1956 in 
     Book 67 of Maps, at page 29, said point of beginning also being 
     the Southerly terminus of the center line of the Guadelupe Mines 
     Road, as shown on said map of record of survey; thence from said 
     point of beginning along the center line of said 50 foot right of 
     way South 15 DEG. 47' 08".
     
     West 260.98 feet to an iron pipe; thence South 8 DEG. 56' 38" West 178.61 
     feet to an iron pipe; South 2 DEG. 55' 08" West 478.06 feet to an iron 
     pipe, South 28 DEG. 43' 31" West 210.62 feet to an iron pipe, South 31 
     DEG. 05' 26" West 500.67 feet to an iron pipe; South 35 DEG. 22' 21" West 
     191.00 feet to an iron pipe; South 15 DEG. 50' 31" West 125.11 feet to an 
     iron pipe, South 26 DEG. 51' 51" West 134.17 feet to an iron pipe, 
     South _9 DEG. 03' 41" West 134.17 feet to an iron pipe, South 61 DEG. 51' 
     21" West 210.15 feet to an iron pipe.
     
                                         3


<PAGE>

                    EXHIBIT "B" - SHELL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Architect      Sheet References                                                  Last Revision Date
- -----------    ----------------                                                  ------------------
<S>            <C>                                                               <C>
Arctec         A0.1, A1.0-1.1, A2.0-2.4, A3.0, A4.0-4.3, A6.0, A8.0-8.2,               7/24/96
               A10.0-10.7
SEI            S1.0, S2.0, S3.0, S4.0, S5.0-5.1, S6.0-S6.1, S7.0-7.1, S8.08.2,         7/24/96
               S9.0, S10.0, S11.0, S12.0
Spring         SE0, SE1                                                                7/24/96
Kier & Wright  C-1, C-2                                                                7/24/96
Guzzardo       L-1, L-2                                                                7/24/96
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                      EXHIBIT "C" - BUILDING SHELL DEFINITION

The Building Shell includes the following items:

1.   SITE WORK
     a.   Asphalt concrete paving, wheel stops, and striping.
     b.   Concrete sidewalks, curbs, gutter, driveway, approaches, and planter
walls.
     c.   Landscaping, landscape lighting, and irrigation.
     d.   Underground utilities - water, gas, fire line, sanitary line, site
storm drainage system, transformers and primary and secondary electrical lines
stubbed into building.  The routing of the under slab utilities shall be done as
part of the Building Shell construction if the location of the lines are
determined prior to the pouring of the floor slab.
     e.   Any offsite improvement work required by the City of San Jose to
obtain building permits.  

2.   BUILDING STRUCTURE
Includes all elements necessary to provide for a completely waterproof Building
Shell including but not limited to:
     a.   Concrete foundation and slab on grade including all reinforcing steel
and wire mesh including two loading docks.
     b.   Structural steel columns and beams.
     c.   Steel joist and girder second floor system with concrete and metal
deck.
     d.   Insulated wood panelized glulam roof structure with fiberglass 
built-up roofing including roof drainage plumbing.
     e.   Glass, glazing and perimeter roll up or hollow metal doors including
normal passage hardware.
     f.   Concrete tilt up, plaster or Dry-Vit on metal stud framed exterior
walls.
     g.   Exterior painting.
     h.   All city permits, fees, and taxes, connection charges related to the
Building Shell construction.
     j.   All architectural and engineering costs related to the design of the
Building Shell.
     k.   Batt and seam metal mansard roof

<PAGE>

               EXHIBIT "D" - TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
                   (SHEET REFERENCES TO BE ATTACHED WHEN COMPLETE)

<PAGE>

                          EXHIBIT "E" - GUARANTY OF LEASE



This Guaranty of Lease ("Guaranty") is made as of this 9th day of August, 1996
by CALIBER SYSTEM, INC. ("Guarantor") in favor of Landlord, and recites as
follows:

WHEREAS, as an inducement for Landlord to enter into the Lease, Guarantor
desires to guarantee the full performance of all obligations of Tenant under the
Lease upon the terms set forth below.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the execution of the Lease by Landlord,
Guarantor unconditionally agrees as follows:

     1.   GUARANTY.    Guarantor, continually, directly and unconditionally
hereby guarantees the full performance by Tenant of each and every term,
covenant, condition and obligation of the Lease to be performed by Tenant (the
foregoing obligations are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the
"Guaranteed Obligations"). The Guaranteed Obligations shall include, without
limitation, the payment of Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums
becoming due under the Lease and the compliance with all of Tenant's obligations
under the Lease which relate to Hazardous Materials.

     2.   CONTINUING GUARANTY.    This Guaranty is a continuing one and shall
terminate only upon the full and complete performance by Tenant of all of the
Guaranteed Obligations. Guarantor's liability under this Guaranty with respect
to the full and unconditional performance of the Guaranteed Obligations shall
continue following the termination of the Lease Term to the extent any of the
Guaranteed Obligations have not otherwise been performed.   Guarantor may not
revoke the  continuing nature of this Guaranty.  In the event that Landlord
should seek to enforce any of its rights provided in this Guaranty, and demand
payment or performance from Guarantor, such demand and compliance thereto shall
not release, extinguish, exonerate or, in any way, affect or diminish 
Guarantor's continuing obligations hereunder.

     3.   LEASE MODIFICATIONS.    This Guaranty shall continue in full force and
effect as to any and all renewals, modifications, amendments or extensions of
the Lease entered into by Landlord and Tenant while Tenant is an affiliate of
Guarantor, but none other, whether or not Guarantor shall have received any
notice of or consented to such renewals, modifications, amendments or
extensions. No renewal, modification, amendment or extension of the Lease shall
in any manner release, discharge or diminish the obligations of Guarantor
hereunder. This paragraph modifies the provision of California Civil Code
Section 2819.

     4.   ASSIGNMENT BY LANDLORD.    Landlord may, without notice, assign,
transfer, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of, in whole or in part,
any of Landlord's rights, claims or interests in the Lease, the Premises or this
Guaranty. No assignment, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposition or other
transfer of the Lease, the Premises or this Guaranty shall operate to extinguish
or diminish, in any way, the obligations of Guarantor hereunder.

     5.   ASSIGNMENT BY TENANT.    This Guaranty shall continue and remain
unconditionally unaffected by any assignment of the Lease by Tenant, any sublet
by Tenant of the Premises, or any change in the entity comprising Tenant. Upon
any assignment of the Lease or any sublet, the Guarantor shall continue to
remain liable and obligated for the full performance 

<PAGE>

by Tenant's successor of the Guaranteed Obligations. "Tenant" as used in this 
Guaranty shall include all successors and assigns of Tenant.

     6.   ADDITION OR RELEASE OF SECURITY.    This Guaranty shall remain in full
force and effect notwithstanding the receipt by Landlord of any additional
security, whether from Guarantor, Tenant or a third party, securing the
performance of the Guaranteed Obligations. The release by Landlord of any
security held for the performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall not
release, extinguish or, in any way, affect or diminish the obligations of
Guarantor hereunder.

     7.   LOSSES DUE TO LEASE DEFAULT.    Landlord may terminate the Lease upon
default by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of the Lease and the giving
of all required notices and the expiration of all applicable cure periods. Such
termination, however shall not extinguish, release or, in any way, affect or
diminish the obligations of Guarantor hereunder. In no event shall Landlord be
obligated to lease the Premises to Guarantor after such termination. Upon
termination of the Lease, as a result of Tenant's default thereunder, this
Guaranty shall extend to the payment to Landlord of all damages payable by
Tenant.

     8.   ACTIONS OF LANDLORD.    This Guaranty shall not be released,
extinguished, modified or, in any way, affected or diminished by failure, on the
part of Landlord, to enforce any or all of the rights or remedies of Landlord
under the Lease, or by Landlord's grant of any indulgences or extensions of time
to Tenant for the performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations. This
Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the failure of
Landlord to insist, in any one or more instances, upon a strict performance or
observance of the Guaranteed Obligations or upon the exercise of any of
Landlord's rights under the Lease. Receipt by Landlord of Base Rent or other
performance from Tenant, after breach by Tenant, with the knowledge of such
breach, shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, except to the extent that
such breach consisted of the failure to pay the amount so rendered or the
performance so accepted by Landlord. Any reference herein to any liability of
Tenant shall, at the same time, refer to the obligations of Guarantor hereunder.

     9.   ABILITY TO PROCEED DIRECTLY AGAINST GUARANTOR.    With respect to any
default by Tenant, Landlord agrees to provide both Tenant and Guarantor with
written notice of such default and the right to cure such default following such
notice as provided in the Lease prior to proceeding against Guarantor hereunder.
Landlord may, at Landlord's option, proceed immediately and directly against
Guarantor, jointly or severally, in order to enforce the performance of the
Guaranteed Obligations under the Lease. Landlord shall not be required, in order
to enforce its rights hereunder upon the default of Tenant to first institute
suit, proceedings, or otherwise exhaust its legal remedies against Tenant. 

     10.  GUARANTOR'S ADDITIONAL COVENANTS.    Until all of the Guaranteed
obligations are fully performed and observed, Guarantor covenant that they: (i)
shall have no right of subrogation against Tenant by reason of any payments or
acts of performance by Guarantor in compliance with the obligations of Guarantor
hereunder; and (ii) shall have no right to enforce any remedy which Guarantor
now or hereafter shall have against Tenant by reason of any one or more payments
or acts of performance by Guarantor in compliance with the obligations of
Guarantor hereunder.

     11.  GUARANTOR'S WAIVERS.    Guarantor hereby waives (i) all defenses based
upon any legal disability of Tenant or any discharge or limitation of liability
of Tenant, to Landlord, arising by operation of law or any bankruptcy,
insolvency or debtor-relief proceeding or from any other cause; and (iii) all
rights to be exonerated hereunder pursuant to the provisions of California Civil
Code Section 2819 and/or 2845 and/or 2850 and pursuant to any other statute or

<PAGE>

rule of law of similar import.  Guarantor does not waive and shall have
available to it, all defenses available to Tenant under the Lease or based upon
any acts or failures to act by Landlord, and all defenses otherwise available to
Guarantor at law or in equity (except for any based upon any legal disability of
Tenant or any discharge or limitation of liability of Tenant to Landlord arising
by operation of law or by any bankruptcy, insolvency or debtor-relief
proceeding).  

     12.  STATUS OF TENANT.    Guarantor represent and warrant that Tenant is
under no disability in connection with the execution and delivery of the Lease.

     13.  ENFORCEMENT OF GUARANTY UPON DEFAULT.    The enforcement of this
Guaranty upon the default of Tenant shall not constitute an assignment to
Guarantor, by Landlord, of any rights or claims which Landlord may have against
Tenant.

     14.  DUTY OF GUARANTOR/BINDING EFFECT.    The obligations of Guarantor
hereunder are direct, unconditional and independent of those of Tenant under the
Lease. Guarantor shall punctually perform its obligations hereunder upon demand
by Landlord. This Guaranty shall be binding upon the Guarantor, its respective
successors and assigns.

     15.  OTHER GUARANTOR.    This Guaranty shall remain in full force and
effect, notwithstanding that other guarantors from time to time may guarantee or
otherwise become responsible for the performance of any of the terms, covenants
and conditions of the Lease.

     16.  RIGHTS CUMULATIVE.    All rights of Landlord under this Guaranty are
cumulative and are in addition to any other rights which Landlord may otherwise
have.

     17.  PROVISIONS SEVERABLE.    The provisions of this Guaranty are
severable, and if any provision herein is invalid, the balance of this Guaranty
shall remain in force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

     18.  CONDEMNATION.    In the event that the Premises, for any reason, are
condemned by a public entity, Guarantor shall have no rights or claims to any
condemnation awards recovered by Landlord or Tenant therefrom.

     19.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE.    Upon demand by Landlord, Guarantor shall
deliver to Landlord and to any prospective purchaser, mortgagee and/or
beneficiary under a deed of trust, or other lender designated by Landlord, an
estoppel certificate, executed and acknowledged by Guarantor, to the effect that
this Guaranty is in full force and effect and has not been amended or
terminated. Guarantor shall also certify to its knowledge such other matters
relating to the Lease, the Premises or this Guaranty as may be requested by a
lender making a loan to Landlord or a purchaser of the Premises from Landlord.

     20.  BANKRUPTCY OF TENANT.    This Guaranty shall remain and continue in
full force and effect, notwithstanding: (i) the commencement or continuation of
any case, action, or proceeding by, against or concerning Tenant, under any
federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, or other debtor's relief law,
including, without limitation: (x) a case under Title 11 of the United States
Code concerning Tenant, whether under Chapter 7, 11 or 13 of such Title or under
any other Chapter, or (y) a case, action or proceeding seeking Tenant's
financial reorganization or an arrangement with any of Tenant's creditors; (ii)
the voluntary or involuntary appointment of a receiver, trustee, keeper or other
person who takes possession of substantially all of Tenant's assets or o~ any
asset used in Tenant's business on the Premises, regardless of whether such
appointment occurs as a result of insolvency or other cause; or (iii) the
execution of an assignment for the benefit of creditors of substantially all
assets of Tenant available by law for the satisfaction of judgment creditors.

<PAGE>

     21.  NO CONDITION PRECEDENT.    This Guaranty shall not be subject to any
condition precedent to the effectiveness hereof.  

     22.  ATTORNEYS' FEES.    In the event any action or proceeding should be
commenced by Landlord or Guarantor with respect to the terms, covenants or
conditions of this Guaranty, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover
from the other party all reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and expenses incurred
by the prevailing party in connection with such action or proceeding.

     23.  NOTICE PROVISION.    Any notice to be delivered hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be deemed delivered on the date delivered to the party being
noticed by the U.S. Postal Service, postage prepaid, registered or certified,
return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

Caliber System, Inc.
1815 West Market St.
Akron, OH  44313
Attn.:  Real Estate Department

     24.  MODIFICATIONS IN WRITING.    This Guaranty may not be changed, waived,
discharged or terminated orally or by course of conduct, but rather only by an
instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the
charge, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

     25.  CHOICE OF LAW.    The parties agree that the terms of the Lease and
this Guaranty of Lease were negotiated in the County of Santa Clara, State of
California.  This Guaranty of Lease shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of California.  Guarantor hereby submits
to the legal jurisdiction of the State of California and to the service of
process of any court of the State of California.  The parties agree that all
disputes shall be determined by resort to the courts of California of competent
jurisdiction, with venue in Santa Clara County.  

     26.  DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS.    Descriptive headings are for reference
purposes only and shall not affect any meaning, construction or interpretation
of this Guaranty.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Guarantor has executed this agreement as of 
the 9th day of August 1996.  

GUARANTOR:  
CALIBER SYSTEM, INC.

by:   /s/ illegible
    ------------------------------
its:  V.P. & Treasurer
     ------------------------------



<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT "B"

                                      SITE PLAN


                     [TO BE ATTACHED PER SECTION 17 OF SUBLEASE]

<PAGE>

                               FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE


          THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this "Amendment") is entered into on
this 9th day of February, 1998, between BROKAW INTERESTS, a California limited
partnership ("Landlord"), and VIKING FREIGHT, INC., a California corporation
("Tenant").

          WITNESSETH that:

          WHEREAS, Landlord (as successor-in-interest to Sobrato Development
Companies #941, a California limited partnership) and Tenant are parties to that
certain Lease dated August 9, 1996 (the "Lease"), a Memorandum of Lease
evidencing which was recorded on August 9, 1996 as Instrument No. 13425262 in
the Santa Clara County, California Official Records, pursuant to which Tenant
leases from Landlord the premises now commonly known as 6409 Guadalupe Mines
Road, San Jose, California (the "Premises");

          WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease in certain
respects, as set forth below; and

          WHEREAS, Tenant is subleasing the entire Premises to Hybrid Networks,
Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Hybrid"), pursuant to a Sublease in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit "A" (the "Sublease"), which Sublease is being
executed simultaneously with this Amendment;

          NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of One Dollar ($1.00) and
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that:

          1.   All capitalized terms utilized but not defined in this Amendment
shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

          2.   Landlord represents and warrants for the benefit of Tenant and
Hybrid that construction of the shell of the building on the Premises has been
completed by Landlord in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 7 of the
Lease, with the exception of the punchlist item of repairing a leak in the deck
of the second floor balcony, which repair promptly shall be performed by
Landlord.  Landlord hereby (a) waives the requirement contained in Paragraph 7
of the Lease that Landlord shall be the entity which constructs the Tenant
Improvements, (b) agrees that Hybrid shall have the Tenant Improvements
constructed utilizing a third party general 

<PAGE>

contractor selected by Hybrid and approved by both Landlord and Tenant, which 
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (c) 
agrees that none of the provisions of the Lease imposing upon Landlord 
obligations, or affording to Landlord payment rights, with respect to the 
construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be applicable to such 
construction.

          3.   With respect to Tenant's right to add the Addition as set forth
in Paragraph 10 of the Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree that:

          (a)  Hybrid shall have the right, within the timeframe and subject to
               the conditions set forth in the first paragraph of Section 8 of
               the Sublease (including without limitation the condition that
               Landlord's lender holding a security interest in the Premises at
               such time consents to the construction thereof by Landlord), to
               cause Landlord to construct the Addition, in which event (i) such
               portion of the land area covered by the Lease as shall be
               required for the Addition (the "Addition Land") automatically,
               and without the requirement for further action by either party,
               shall cease to be a portion of the Premises, provided that
               sufficient land area remains within the Premises to provide
               adequate parking and satisfy zoning requirements, but with no
               reduction in the Base Monthly Rent payable by Tenant, and (ii)
               Landlord and Hybrid shall enter into a separate lease agreement
               (to which Tenant shall not be a party and with respect to which
               Tenant shall be subjected to no liability) pursuant to which (A)
               Landlord shall construct the Addition, (B) Landlord shall lease
               the Addition Land and the Addition directly to Hybrid at a rental
               rate equal to the greater of (x) $1.25 per month or (y) the Fair
               Market Value for the Addition and the Addition Land as determined
               in accordance with the procedures set forth in Paragraph 37 of
               the Lease, and (C) Hybrid shall be obligated to construct all
               improvements other than the building shell (including all
               leasehold improvements) for the Addition.

          (b)  In the event that either Hybrid fails to exercise the foregoing
               right with respect to the Addition in the manner set forth in
               Section 8 of the Sublease or at the time of such exercise any of
               the conditions set forth therein are not satisfied, then Tenant
               shall have the right, exercisable by written notice delivered to
               Landlord on or before October 31, 2000, to construct the Addition
               in accordance with the terms of the Lease.  In the event that
               Tenant exercises such right, it shall cause the Addition Land to
               be removed from the premises under the Sublease, but the Addition
               Land shall remain subject to the Lease.  Upon any subletting by
               Tenant of, or any assignment by Tenant of its leasehold interest
               in, the Addition Land and the Addition, there shall be divided
               and paid fifty percent (50%) to Landlord and fifty percent (50%)
               to Tenant any rent or other economic consideration realized by
               Tenant under any such sublease or assignment in excess of the sum
               of (i) the rent payable to Landlord, (ii) reasonable subletting
               and assignment costs (including brokerage commissions), and 

<PAGE>

               (iii) the costs and expenses incurred by Tenant to construct the
               Addition and any leasehold improvements thereto.

          (c)  In the event that both (i) Subtenant either fails to exercise its
               foregoing right with respect to the Addition in the manner set
               forth in Section 8 of the Sublease or at the time of such
               exercise any of the conditions set forth therein are not
               satisfied, and (ii) Tenant fails to exercise its foregoing right
               with respect to the Addition in the manner set forth above,
               Landlord shall have the right, by written notice delivered to
               Tenant at any time after October 31, 2000, to remove the Addition
               Land from the Premises under the Lease (and thereby from the
               Premises under the Sublease), provided that sufficient land area
               remains within the Premises to provide adequate parking and
               satisfy zoning requirements.  In such event (A) there shall be no
               reduction in the Base Monthly Rent payable by Tenant, but Tenant
               shall be relieved of any further obligations with respect to the
               Addition Land as of the date of such notice from Sublandlord, and
               (B) Landlord shall be entitled to construct improvements on the
               land so removed from the Premises under the Lease and lease or
               sell the same to any third party, retaining all consideration
               therefrom.

          4.   Landlord, pursuant to Paragraph 29 of the Lease, hereby expressly
(a) consents to the subletting of the Premises by Tenant to Hybrid pursuant to
the Sublease, (b) consents to the use of the Premises as described in Section 7
of the Sublease, (c) waives any right which it may have to share with Tenant in
any rent or other economic consideration payable to Tenant under the Sublease
with respect to the Initial Term (as defined in the Sublease), and (d) without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, specifically consents and agrees to
the provisions of Section 8, the provisions of Section 12, and the provisions of
Section 19 of such Sublease.

          5.   At such time as Hybrid shall commence making payments of Base
Rent under the Sublease, Landlord shall exercise diligent efforts to obtain from
Principal Mutual Life Insurance Company (or such other lender as may hold a
security interest in the Premises at such time) a nondisturbance agreement in
favor of Hybrid, provided that Hybrid executes an estoppel certificate in favor
of Landlord and such lender, both of which documents shall be in form and
substance acceptable to Hybrid, Landlord and such lender in each such party's
reasonable discretion.

          6.   Paragraph 26 of  the Lease hereby is amended to change the notice
addresses for Tenant to the following:

                    Viking Freight, Inc.
                    6411 Guadalupe Mines Road
                    Suite 2185
                    San Jose, California  95120
                    Attn:  Director, Properties
                           and Facilities

<PAGE>

                    with a copy to:

                    Caliber System, Inc.
                    3925 Embassy Parkway
                    Akron, Ohio  44333
                    Attn:  Real Estate Department

          7.   Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the Lease, as
modified by this Amendment, remains in full force and effect in accordance with
its terms.

          8.   This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which 
will be deemed an original document, but all of which shall constitute a 
single document.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, authorized representatives of Landlord and Tenant
have executed and delivered this Amendment as of the date first above written.

                              "LANDLORD"

                              BROKAW INTERESTS, a California limited  
                        partnership, as amended

                              By:  Sobrato 1979 Revocable Trust,  
                                   Managing General Partner
                              
                              By:  
                                   --------------------------------------
                            John M. Sobrato, Trustee


                              "TENANT"

                              VIKING FREIGHT, INC.

                              By:
                                 ----------------------------------------
                              Name:
                                   --------------------------------------
                              Its:
                                  ---------------------------------------




<PAGE>

[HYBRID LETTERHEAD]

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.25

                             VOLUME PURCHASE AGREEMENT


THIS AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made this ___ day of May, 1997 ("effective
date") by and between HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.,  ("Hybrid") having its principal
place of business at 10161 Bubb Road, Cupertino, CA 95014 3D COMMUNICATIONS
("CUSTOMER") and selected affiliated companies having its principal place of
business at ___________________________________.


RECITALS

A.   Hybrid designs, develops, manufactures and distributes certain equipment
     relating to high speed modem/routers for use in wireless and cable 
     environments.

B.   CUSTOMER is a ____________________________________________________________
     __________________________________________________________________.

C.   CUSTOMER desires to purchase certain equipment from Hybrid, and Hybrid is
     willing to sell such equipment to CUSTOMER, on and subject to the terms set
     forth below.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants herein
contained, the parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:


1.   SALE AND PURCHASE

A.   On and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, CUSTOMER agrees to
     purchase from Hybrid, and Hybrid agrees to sell to CUSTOMER, a minimum of 
     _______ units (the "Units") consisting of either Hybrid's model CCM-201/221
     wireless and cable client cable modem/router (multi-user (which modems
     shall be capable of serving at least 20 users)) or N-201/221 modem (single
     user), or any combination thereof (the "Purchase Commitment").  The 
     per-Unit purchase price for the CCM-201/221 shall be are identified in 
     Addendum A (less the volume purchase agreement identified in Addendum B 
     for the modems).

B.   Both parties agree to use their best efforts to develop a mutually 
     agreed-upon forecasted delivery schedule not later than ____________, which
     schedule shall be revised on a quarterly basis not later than the 10h 
     business days of each new quarter.

C.   CUSTOMER shall order Products by issuing written purchase orders to Hybrid.
     Such purchase orders will be subject to written acceptance by Hybrid, and
     upon acceptance, will constitute a binding agreement between Hybrid and
     CUSTOMER with respect to the Products identified herein on the term and
     conditions included herein.  All purchase orders submitted by CUSTOMER to
     Hybrid shall be in English.  The terms and conditions of this Agreement
     will prevail over any inconsistent wording on purchase order forms.  Hybrid
     shall make best efforts to meet the quantities and shipping dates specified
     by CUSTOMER in each purchase order; however, Hybrid shall notify CUSTOMER
     within two (2) days following receipt of an order by Hybrid when quantities
     or shipping dates differ from those specified by CUSTOMER.  Hybrid's
     standard lead times of released products is 45 days after receipt of order.
     Expedite requests will be handled on a case-by-case basis, Hybrid will make
     best effort to met CUSTOMER expedite requirements at no additional charge.

D.   Orders placed by CUSTOMER for Products will be accepted by Hybrid provided
     that:

     i)   order is signed by CUSTOMER authorized representative
     ii)  the order is received and accepted by Hybrid during the Term
     iii) the value of any single order is not less than $500  and
     iv)  the order specifies the Products ordered, purchase price(s), exact
          "ship-to" and "bill-to" address and requested delivery schedule.

                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>

[HYBRID LETTERHEAD]


2.   TERM OF AGREEMENT

This Agreement shall come into force on the date first written above ("Effective
Date") and shall remain valid for orders placed and delivered during the period
of ____________  months beginning on the Effective Date (the "term").

3.   PRICES/TAXES

All purchase prices are exclusive of shipping and insurance charges which shall
be billed separately.  Installation and related charges are only included if
stated on the face of the order or quotation.  Installation and related charges
are subject to change due to CUSTOMER failure to complete site readiness as
stated, non-standard site conditions, force majeure events or CUSTOMER caused
delays.  CUSTOMER agrees to pay all such additional charges as invoiced by
Hybrid only upon prior written approval of CUSTOMER.

All prices are exclusive of all sales, use, excise, and other taxes, duties or
charges.  Unless evidence of tax exempt status is provided by CUSTOMER, CUSTOMER
shall pay, or upon receipt of invoice from Hybrid, shall reimburse Hybrid for
all such taxes or charges levied or imposed on CUSTOMER, or required to be
collected by Hybrid, resulting from the Purchase Commitment or any part thereof.

All prices are FOB Hybrid' Factory Cupertino, California, U.S.A.  Unless
instructed otherwise, Hybrid will arrange for insurance and standard commercial
shipping, the costs of which will be invoiced to the CUSTOMER.  

Prior to delivery, Hybrid reserves the right to make substitutions,
modifications and improvements to the Products, provided that such substitution,
modification or improvement shall not adversely affect performance in the
application originally agreed to with CUSTOMER, including, without limitation,
any substitution, modification or improvement that adversely affects a Product's
compatibility with the current Series 2000 system,

4.   PAYMENT/FINANCING

Terms of payment will be made on a per order basis and are subject to review by
Hybrid.  All amounts are payable to Hybrid Networks, Inc. at the address set
forth on the invoice. 

If CUSTOMER fails to satisfy Hybrid on payment arrangements, Hybrid may refuse
to accept an order or may allow CUSTOMER to make other arrangements satisfactory
to Hybrid prior to shipment.

5.   EQUIPMENT WARRANTY

Hybrid warrants that all Hybrid manufactured equipment, at the time of shipment
that all products will be free from defects of material and workmanship and to
conform to manufacturer's published specifications for a period of one (1) year
from the date of delivery under normal operating conditions, which
specifications are attached hereto as Addendum A and incorporated herein by this
reference. 

Should a product fail within this warranty period, Hybrid will repair or
replace, at its discretion, the defective product when it is returned to Hybrid,
shipping prepaid.  Replacement products may be refurbished or contain
refurbished materials.  Proof of date of delivery of the returned product is
required. Hybrid' sole obligation shall be to repair, replace, or refund the
purchase price, at its option.  Replacement Equipment may be new, refurbished or
remanufactured; provided, however, that any Replacement Equipment provided by
Hybrid to replace failed equipment upon initial installation thereof shall be
new.  Returned replaced Equipment shall become Hybrid' property.  Replacement
Equipment shall be warranted for the unexpired portion of the returned
Equipment's warranty.  The warranty provided under this section, shall not apply
to any item of the equipment which has been altered or modified including any
change, addition, or improvement.  Hybrids' sole warranty liability to CUSTOMER
with respect to equipment manufactured by a third party that does not reside in
Hybrid's current price list (in Addendum A), and incorporated into Hybrid
equipment shall be to pass through to CUSTOMER such 

                                                                          Page 2
<PAGE>

[HYBRID LETTERHEAD]


original equipment manufacturer's available product warranty.  The warranty 
provided herein does not cover damage, defects, malfunctions or service 
failures caused by:  

a) CUSTOMER's failure to follow Hybrid' environmental, installation, operation
   or maintenance specifications or instructions;

b) Modifications, alterations or repairs made other than by Hybrid;

c) CUSTOMER's mishandling, abuse, misuse, negligence, or improper storage,
   servicing or operation of the Equipment (including without limitation use 
   with incompatible equipment). Addendum H includes a written list of 
   compatible equipment to the Hybrid PoP equipment, which list will be 
   updated by Hybrid from time to time.

; or

d) Power failures, surges, fire, flood, accident, actions of third parties or
   other like events outside Hybrid' control.  Repairs necessitated during the
   warranty period by any of the foregoing causes may be made by Hybrid, and the
   CUSTOMER shall pay Hybrid' standard charges for time and materials, together
   with all shipping and handling charges arising from such repairs.

THIS WARRANTY CONSTITUTES HYBRIDS' SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE LIABILITY HEREUNDER, AND
CUSTOMER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, FOR DEFECTIVE OR NONCONFORMING ITEMS AND
IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY (INCLUDING THE
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE).

6.   SOFTWARE

a) LICENSE.  In connection with the purchase of the Units, Hybrid grants to
   CUSTOMER a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use the software and
   related documentation ("Software"). The Software may include software and
   documentation that are owned by third parties and distributed by Hybrid under
   license from the owner.  

(b) COPIES.  CUSTOMER shall not make any copies of the Software, except for a
    single archival copy solely for internal purposes.

(c) CONFIDENTIALITY.  CUSTOMER shall maintain the confidentiality of the
    Software and shall not sub-license, sell, rent, disclose, make available,
    disassemble, or otherwise communicate the Software to any other person, 
    or use the Software except as expressly authorized in writing by Hybrid.

(d) TITLE.  The Software and all copies thereof will at all times remain the
    sole and exclusive property of Hybrid or its licensor, as applicable, and
    CUSTOMER shall obtain no title to the Software.

(e) COPYRIGHT.  CUSTOMER shall reproduce all copyright notices and any other
    proprietary legends on any copy of the Software made by CUSTOMER.

(f) ALTERATION.  CUSTOMER shall not modify, disassemble, or decompile the
    Software.

(g) WARRANTY.  Hybrid does not warrant that the operation of the Software will 
    be error free.  Hybrid will use reasonable efforts to correct any defects 
    reported to Hybrid in writing within 90 days of the date of shipment, 
    exclusive of defects caused by physical defects in Software disks due to 
    mishandling, operator error or interfacing other systems not approved by 
    Hybrid.

    Maintenance and enhancement releases occurring during the Term of this 
Agreement will automatically be sent to CUSTOMER at no additional charge.

THIS WARRANTY CONSTITUTES HYBRID'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE LIABILITY HEREUNDER, AND
CUSTOMER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, FOR DEFECTIVE OR NON-CONFORMING ITEMS AND
IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY (INCLUDING THE
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE).

7.   SYSTEM/SOFTWARE SUPPORT

                                                                          Page 3
<PAGE>

[HYBRID LETTERHEAD]


CUSTOMER will receive free of charge "System support" as outlined in ADDENDUM C,
for all head end location sites during the first 90-days following the delivery
of the units in these markets.  After this period, an "Annual System Support
Contract" may be purchased by CUSTOMER at the rate set forth in Addendum C.

Hybrid will support the Series 2000 product line with Technical Support and
spare parts for the Term hereof.

Hybrid will follow the "Trouble ticket Process & Clearing" as outlined in
ADDENDUM D.  If these procedures are changed, Hybrid will notify CUSTOMER in
writing prior to the effective date of such change. 

Hybrid will follow the "Escalation Procedures" as outlined in ADDENDUM F.  If
these procedures are changed, Hybrid will notify CUSTOMER in writing prior to
the effective date of such change. 


8.   TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

System functionality is limited to the published "Hybrid Series 2000 - System
Description".  A copy of said manual has been forwarded to CUSTOMER.

If customer contracts with Hybrid to complete installation, such installation
services will be completed in accordance with Hybrids' normal installation
practices.  Hybrid shall perform its standard acceptance testing as outlined on
ADDENDUM F, on the installed Equipment and CUSTOMER agrees to monitor said
testing.  Upon completion of installation, as described above, Hybrid shall
notify CUSTOMER that the Equipment has been installed and operates in accordance
with applicable test and performance specifications.  The date of such
notification shall be the installation cutover date.  Hybrid may at its sole
discretion use subcontractors to provide installation services.


9.   EXCUSABLE DELAY

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, neither
party shall be liable to the other for failure to perform any  obligation under
this Agreement (nor shall any charge or payments be made in respect thereof) if
prevented from doing so by reason of acts of God, strikes, labor unrest,
embargoes, civil commotion, rationing or other governmental orders or
requirements, acts of civil or military authorities, or other contingencies if
and to the extent such cause is beyond the reasonable control of such party and
all requirements as to notice, another performance required hereunder within a
specified period, shall be automatically extended to accommodate the period of
any such cause which shall interfere with such performance.

10.  CHANGE, CANCELLATION, AND TERMINATION  

In the event that either party breaches any provision of this Agreement and
fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after written notice from the
other party, the breaching party shall be in default and the non-breaching party
shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate this Agreement by
providing written notice to the breaching party at least thirty (30) days prior
to the date of termination.  Any subsequent cure of the breach that resulted in
the termination notice will not affect the validity of the termination notice,
unless such notice is withdrawn by the non-breaching party.

Hybrid' maximum liability and CUSTOMER's maximum recovery for any claim arising
out of or in connection with the sale or use of Products shall not in the
aggregate exceed the price paid by CUSTOMER for such Products hereunder less the
price of Products delivered to and retained by CUSTOMER.


11.  ASSIGNMENT

Neither party may assign this Agreement in whole or in part without the prior
written consent signed by an officer of the other party, which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld;  provided, however, that CUSTOMER shall be permitted
to assign this Agreement, in whole or in part, with notice, but without the
necessity of consent, to any of its affiliates (defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Security Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). 

12.  GOVERNING LAW, VENUE, AND JURISDICTION

                                                                          Page 4
<PAGE>

[HYBRID LETTERHEAD]


This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of California.  The parties agree that any action to enforce any
provision of this Agreement or arising out of or based upon this Agreement or
the business relationship between Hybrid and CUSTOMER will be brought in a local
or Federal court of competent jurisdiction in Santa Clara County, California. 
Reasonable attorney fees shall be reimbursed, with respect to the foregoing, to
the party who prevails on the merits.

13.  ENFORCEABILITY

If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining
provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired.

14.  NOTICES

Any notice required to be given by either party to the other party shall be in
writing and shall be deemed given if personally delivered, if sent by facsimile
(with receipt acknowledged) to the facsimile number the other party set forth
below or if mailed postage prepaid, to: 

     Hybrid Networks, Inc.                   CUSTOMER
     10161 Bubb Road                         _________________________
     Cupertino, CA 95014                     _________________________
     ATTN.: Sale Department                  ATTN.: _________________
     Fax no. 408/725-2439                    Fax no. _________________

or such other address as the party to which the notice is sent shall have
provided to the other party by written notice in accordance with this Section.

15.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS CONTRACT, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES
SHALL HYBRID BE LIABLE TO CUSTOMER OR ANY THIRD PARTY CLAIMING UNDER CUSTOMER
FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, AS A RESULT OF A
BREACH OF ANY PROVISION OF THIS CONTRACT.  CUSTOMER HEREBY INDEMNIFIES HYBRID
AGAINST ALL LOSS OR LIABILITY FROM CLAIMS BY CUSTOMER OR A THIRD PARTY ARISING
OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INSTALLATION, OPERATION, OR USE OF THE EQUIPMENT,
WHETHER ON ACCOUNT OF NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE.

16.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement supersedes all previous communications, transactions, and
understandings, whether oral, or written, and constitutes the sole and entire
agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof.  No
modification or deletion of, or addition to these terms shall be binding on
either party unless made in writing and signed by a duly authorized
representative of both parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, duly authorized representatives of the Parties, hereto have
executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.                   CUSTOMER:

By:_______________________________      By:_________________________________

Title:____________________________      Title:______________________________

Date:_____________________________      Date:_______________________________

                                                                          Page 5
<PAGE>

[HYBRID LETTERHEAD]


                                     ADDENDUM A

                                 GLOBAL PRICE LIST

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PoP Equipment       
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                <C>                                                                                      <C>
     CMG-2000      CyberMngr 2000 w\HybridWare + SW for 500 Subs.                                                 $25,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     SNL-0500      Subscriber 500 Network License                                                                 $5,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     SNL-2500      Subscriber 2500 Network License                                                                $25,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     CMD-2000      CM Downstream Router with Hybridware + SW                                                      $18,170
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      SEC-010      Secure Encryption Card (DES)                                                                    $895
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     SQC-200-3     SIF (QAM) Card, 3-channel (each 10 Mbps)                                                       $4,150
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      SVC-100      4VSB 3-Ch SIF Card                                                                             $4,150
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     HEM-2004      Encoder/Modulator (4-VSB)                                                                      $3,200
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     QMC-200-3     64 QAM Modulator Card w/ Filter & Combiner, 3 channel                                          $4,820
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    QMC-200-3C     64 QAM Modulator Card w/ Combiner, 3 channel                                                   $4,820
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    HEM-2004-B     Baseband Transmitter (IF-to BB)                                                                $2,600
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    HEM-2004-I     Baseband Receiver (BB to IF)                                                                   $3,400
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    HEM-2204-B     Encoder-Baseband (64 QAM)                                                                      $2,600
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    HEM-2204-I     Modulator-IF (64 QAM)                                                                          $3,400
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     HFL-2220      IF Filter (standalone, special purpose)                                                          POA
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    CMU-2000-8T    CM Upstream Router with HybridWare + SW                                                        $18,285
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   CMU-2000-14C    CM Upstream Router with HybridWare + SW                                                        $18,860
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     VDC-010-2     4-VSB Demodulator Card, 2 channels per card                                                    $2,595
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     VBU-010-x     Hybrid Block Upconverter                                                                       $3,200
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      CKT-201      Baseline One-Way System Cabling Kit                                                             $100
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     TDC-001-8     Phone Modem Card, 8 lines per card                                                             $3,095
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     CSM-2000      CyberSecure 2000, includes HybridWare + SW                                                     $15,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     SUG-2000      Software Upgrade from Series 2000 ELS to full Series 2000                                       $500
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>
Commercial PoP Equip. Available From Hybrid       
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                <C>                                                                                      <C>
      OFS-200      Fast Ethernet Switch (Cisco Catalyst 2800)                                                     $8,700
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      OCM-160      C6M Modulator/Upconverter (USA Spec)                                                           $2,140
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      OCM-165      C6MP Modulator/Upconverter (USA Spec)                                                          $2,950
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      OCM-260      C6U Modulator/Upconverter (USA and International)                                              $2,950
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      ORK-719      7-foot, 19-inch rack                                                                            $940
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      CKT-201      Baseline One-Way Cable/Telephone System Cabling Kit                                             $100
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      CKT-221      Baseline Two-Way Cable (FSK) System Cabling Kit                                                 $200
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      DKT-030      Monitor and Keyboard  (both rackmount for CMD and CMU)                                          $925
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                                                      Page 6
<PAGE>

[HYBRID LETTERHEAD]


<TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                <C>                                                                                      <C>
      OCS-016      16-way Splitter                                                                                  $0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      ODF-260      Diplex Filter                                                                                    $0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      OPS-030      Power Strip                                                                                     $130
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      OLP-330      Termianl Server (Portmaster) 30 Port                                                           $3,700
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     OEX-020-7     Upstream Demodulator Shelf (supports 7 FSK cards)                                              $2,200
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      OEC-021      FSK Upstream Demodulator Card                                                                   $965
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>
SPARE PART          
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                <C>                                                                                      <C>
      LAC-010      10/100 BaseT LAN Interface Card                                                                 $690
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     HSB-210-S     Secure Encryption Card (SBUS)                                                                   $895
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>
Hybrid Client Cable Modems* - maybe superceded by VPA       
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                <C>                                                                                      <C>
      CCM-201      Client Cable Modem (multi-user)                                                                 $795
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     CCM-201-S     Client Cable Modem (multi-user), encryption support (DES)                                       $895
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      CCM-221      Client Cable Modem                                                                              $845
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     CCM-221-S     Client Cable Modem, encryption support (DES)                                                    $945
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       N-201       Client Cable Modem (single-user)                                                                $440
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      N-201-S      Client Cable Modem (single-user),encryption support (DES)                                       $540
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       N-221       Client Cable Modem (single-user)                                                                $495
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      N-221-S      Client Cable Modem (single-user),encryption support (DES)                                       $595
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>
Commerical Cable Modem Accessories      
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                <C>                                                                                      <C>
      OTM-001      V.34 28.8 Phone Modem (typically US Robotics)                                                   $125
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      OEH-005      Ethernet Hub (5-port support for five computers)                                                 $80
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      CBL-001      RS-232 Modem Cable (see Note 5)                                                                  $8
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>
Hybrid Technical Support and Training        
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                <C>                                                                                      <C>
     TRN-201-4     One-Way Cable (64QAM) Training Program                                                         $6,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     TRN-201-1     One-Way Cable (64QAM) Training Program/Per Student                                             $1,500
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     TRN-221-4     Two-Way Cable (64QAM) Training Program                                                         $7,500
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     TRN-221-1     Two-Way Cable (64QAM) Training Program/Per Student                                             $1,875
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     TRN-240-4     Secure Router Training Program                                                                 $3,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     TRN-240-1     Secure Router Training Program/Per Student                                                      $750
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      SRV-100      System Integration per day                                                                     $1,500
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                                                      Page 7
<PAGE>

[HYBRID LETTERHEAD]


                                     ADDENDUM B
                              VOLUME DISCOUNT LEVELS 
                             ALL PRICE IN U.S. DOLLARS
                                          
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    MULTIPLE PC MODEM PRICES - TELEPHONE RETURN
                    -------------------------------------------
LEVEL          CABLE MODEM              QTY                       PRICE
- -----          -----------              ---                       -----
<S>            <C>                      <C>                       <C>
1              CCM-201                  0-1,000                   $795
2              CCM-201                  1,001-3,000               $745
3              CCM-201                  3,001-5,000               $695
4              CCM-201                  5,001- 10,000             $595
5              CCM-201                  10,001- 25,000            $570
6              CCM-201                  25,001 AND GREATER        $540
</TABLE>

NOTE: for DES encryption add $100 per modem

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    SINGLE PC MODEM PRICES - TELEPHONE RETURN
                    -----------------------------------------
LEVEL          CABLE MODEM              QTY                       PRICE
- -----          -----------              ---                       -----
<S>            <C>                      <C>                       <C>
1                 N-201                 0-1,000                   $440
2                 N-201                 1,001-3,000               $395
3                 N-201                 3,001-5,000               $375
4                 N-201                 5,001- 10,000             $345
5                 N-201                 10,001-25,000             $320
6                 N-201                 25,001 AND GREATER        $295
</TABLE>

NOTE: - for internal phone modem add $50.00 per modem (future release)
      - for DES encryption  add $100 per modem


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      MULTIPLE PC MODEM PRICES - CABLE RETURN
                      ---------------------------------------
LEVEL          CABLE MODEM              QTY                       PRICE
- -----          -----------              ---                       -----
<S>            <C>                      <C>                       <C>
1                 CCM-221               0-1,000                   $845
2                 CCM-221               1,001-3,000               $795
3                 CCM-221               3,001-5,000               $745
4                 CCM-221               5,001- 10,000             $645
5                 CCM-221               10,001- 25,000            $620
6                 CCM-221               25,001 AND GREATER        $595
</TABLE>

NOTE: for DES encryption add $100 per modem

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 SINGLE PC MODEM PRICES - CABLE RETURN
                 -------------------------------------
LEVEL          CABLE MODEM              QTY                       PRICE
- -----          -----------              ---                       -----
<S>            <C>                      <C>                       <C>
1                 N-221                 0-1,000                   $495
2                 N-221                 1,001-3,000               $470
3                 N-221                 3,001-5,000               $440
4                 N-221                 5,001- 10,000             $420
5                 N-221                 10,001-25,000             $370
6                 N-221                 25,001 AND GREATER        $345
</TABLE>

NOTE: - for internal phone modem add $50.00 per modem (future release)
      - for DES encryption  add $100 per modem

                                                                      Page 8
<PAGE>

[HYBRID LETTERHEAD]


                                     ADDENDUM C

                             SYSTEM & SOFTWARE SUPPORT

MEDIA WARRANTY

Hybrid Networks warrants that the media on which the Hybrid Networks product is
recorded will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use
and service for a period of 90 days from shipment.  Defective media will be
replaced through the Hybrid Networks RMA process.

INITIAL 90 DAY SYSTEM SUPPORT

Initial 90-day support for all head ends "launched", telephone support,
maintenance releases, enhancement releases, system monitoring, technical
bulletins, and access to the electronic bulletin board.
  
SOFTWARE SUPPORT

For each site initial software support period begins from the date of Hybrid
Networks shipment of the first application software purchase of a particular
product type for each site.

The support period also applies to all Hybrid Networks software and firmware
products containing application code.

For the duration of the contract, Hybrid will provide the following software
support:

Definitions

When used in this booklet:
      
      a.  "Site or Site Location" - refers to physical customer location usually
          associated with a single address, including the floors of a single 
          building or adjoining buildings, and which has a single network 
          administrative authority.
      
      b.  "Software" - refers to those computer program products, including
          Maintenance Releases, in object code form which the customer has 
          licensed from Hybrid Networks.
      
      c.  "Maintenance Release" - refers to new version levels of software,
          periodically distributed for the purpose of correcting problems in 
          previous releases.
      
      d.  "Enhancement Release" - is defined as new versions of the product
          which include significant changes and/or additions to functionality.

Software Support coverage will be provided free of charge for the initial 
90-days and is renewable on an annual basis at a price of $1,000 PER 
CYBERMANAGER-TM- PER MONTH.  The coverage provides for telephone support 
through the Hybrid Networks Support Center and for active software products; 
maintenance releases and  enhancement 

                                                                      Page 9
<PAGE>

[HYBRID LETTERHEAD]


releases occurring during the contract term.  All software support customers 
will receive all relevant Technical Bulletins that are released during their 
contract term and access to the WWW on-line support.

Telephone support will consist of access to the Hybrid Networks Solution Center
during the normal Hybrid Networks hours of coverage (6am - 5pm Pacific Time,
Monday through Friday, excluding Hybrid Networks observed holidays).  The
support group will provide responses to software related issues such as
installations, configuration and problem solving.

Maintenance releases and enhancement releases occurring during the contract
period will be automatically sent to contract customers at no additional charge.
The release quantities will be shipped in the same manner as the contract was
purchased.  For example, single unit contracts will receive a "one-for-one"
update kit and site contracts will receive one master update kit per site.  The
classification of a given release as "maintenance" or "enhancement" is solely at
Hybrid Networks discretion.  Both types of releases will be issued on standard
media and will include all relevant technical documentation.

New software that comprises a new product model, versus an enhancement of an
existing model, will require a separate software support agreement.  The
distinction between new product models and enhancements of existing models is at
Hybrid Networks' discretion.

For customers whose initial support or contract term has lapsed without renewal,
telephone support and new releases will be available on a chargeable, per
incident basis.  In general, these charges will amount to substantially more
than an annual support contract.  Those wishing to initiate or reinstate their
contract status must first be running the current released software version
prior to the effective date of the contract.  This prerequisite may require the
purchase of a maintenance or enhancement release.

                                                                      Page 10
<PAGE>

[HYBRID LETTERHEAD]


                                     ADDENDUM D

                         TROUBLE TICKET PROCESS & CLEARING

STEP 1:   SERVICE REQUEST (IR) PROCESS

Call placed to Hybrid Support Center (800)516-9315 or (408)342-4299
- -    7am - 6pm Pacific Time
- -    Call Logged using Customer Severity Level
- -    IR is created or updated normally
- -    Escalating an IR is initiated by entering date and time
- -    Current and pending status will be updated daily


STEP 2:   RETURN MATERIAL AUTHORIZATION (RMA) PROCESS

Call placed to Hybrid Support Center (800)516-9315 or (408)342-4299
- -    7am - 6pm Pacific Time
- -    Customer Provide Information to Hybrid
- -    Name, Company, address, and telephone number
- -    Model and serial number of equipment
- -    Detail statement giving the reason for replacement and/or repair (also sent
     with returned equipment)
- -    Warranty returns will be repaired with a 10-business day turnaround
- -    Products diagnosed by the Support Center as "our-of-the-box" failures, or 
     which fail within the first 30 days of usage at the customer site, will 
     generally be replaced by the next business day

                                                                        Page 11

<PAGE>

[HYBRID LETTERHEAD]


                                     ADDENDUM E

                               ESCALATION PROCEDURES

NET OPS ESCALATION PROCEDURE CHART:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           1              2             3        Escalated     Escalated      Other 
                       Emergency     Significant     Limited        by            to        Advisories
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>
Escalation level: 1-                                               Net Ops     Director       Dir Eng
  Net Ops Tech         TO + 4 hrs    TO + 8 hrs    TO + 5 days                             Dir/Net Ops
  Support Staff                                                 Tech. Support   Net Ops      Salesman
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       TO + 48 hrs   TO + 96 hrs   TO + 14 days                            Director Net Ops
2- Net Ops                                                        Director      Director     VP Operations
  Team/Operations                                                  Net Ops        Eng        VP Eng
                                                                                             VP Sales
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 - Engineering        TO + 5 days   TO + 14 days  TO + 30 days     Eng          Exec
                                                                     VP          Staff
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 - Exec Staff         -Emergency meeting for decision and
                        contingency planning                         n/a           n/a           n/a
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

- -    Times indicated are total elapsed clock hours from initial call
- -    Times apply equally to domestic and international calls
- -    TO Times for Headquarters Technical Support Engineers include one hour
     telephone response time
- -    Action plan supersedes the time frames
- -    Times are flexible in that escalation can occur faster
- -    Net Ops owns the "problem" and escalation tracking
- -    Escalation table incidents are not limited to hardware and software bugs,
     but can include enhancements for marketing or quality issues for
     manufacturing
- -    Escalation for severity 1 & 2 which go past Net Ops level will be raised at
     the weekly bug status meeting
- -    Action plan supersedes the time frames

                                                                        Page 12

<PAGE>

[HYBRID LETTERHEAD]


                                     ADDENDUM F

                             ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCEDURES

ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCEDURES

SCOPE OF ACCEPTANCE TEST

This acceptance test is designed to determine the functional status of the
equipment which Hybrid Networks has proposed, trained and has assisted with
installation.  The test will demonstrate that the system meets requirements as
specified in the Hybrid Networks' specifications.  All findings of the test will
be reported to the customer upon completion of testing.

     
     CONNECTIVITY TEST:
     Customer will randomly select one (1) Client Cable Modem (CCM) on the
     Customer's network.  Workstation (PC with Windows 95 End Node) to System's
     network connectivity will be established and verified by a user's CCM being
     logged onto the network .  
     
     PING TEST:
     Once the user is network attached, the Customer and Hybrid will conduct
     Ping testing.  See Windows 95 DOS Ping command listed below.
     
        LOCAL PING TEST:
        With the Ping command, you can send a ping request to the local CCM to
        verify that it is receiving information. Enter the IP address of the CCM
        in the destination-list field. From the Windows 95 DOS prompt enter 
        "ping (CCM IP Address)".

        REMOTE PING TEST:
        With the Ping command, you can send a ping request to the Hybrid
        CyberManager to verify that it is receiving information. Enter the IP
        address of the CyberManager in the destination-list field.  From the
        Windows 95 DOS prompt enter "ping (CyberManager IP Address)".  This step
        will verify the complete network operation of the Hybrid Networks'
        System and the CCM.
          
     CYBERMANAGER FTP TEST:
     Once the user is network attached, the Customer and Hybrid will conduct FTP
     testing.  Using Hybrid's CableTest, run the FTP test to the CyberManager. 
     File transfer ability will be proven. 
          
     WWW TEST: (OPTIONAL)
     Access the World Wide Web (WWW) using Microsoft Internet Explorer 3.0 (or
     better), Netscape, Mosaic or equivalent.  This test can only be performed
     if the Customer has provide an Internet Access which has been configured.


TEST REPORT

                                                                        Page 13

<PAGE>

[HYBRID LETTERHEAD]


     A complete test report detailing how the above tests were performed, the
     exact configuration of the network, and the results of the tests will be
     generated.  This test report will be presented to Customer at test
     completion. 

NOTES

1. Failure of Customer to accept or reject the Network within a period of thirty
   (30) days of notification of certification as provided for herein shall be
   deemed System Acceptance.
     
2. If Customer uses any portion of the Hybrid System for production purposes,
   the System shall be deemed accepted by Customer.
     
3. Windows 95 DOS Ping Command Syntax. 
     
     WINDOWS 95 DOS PING COMMAND:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     C:\WINDOWS>ping
     
     Usage: ping [-t] [-a] [-n count] [-l size] [-f] [-i TTL] [-v TOS]
                 [-r count] [-s count] [[-j host-list] | [-k host-list]]
                 [-w timeout] destination-list
     
     Options:
         -t             Ping the specified host until interrupted.
         -a             Resolve addresses to hostnames.
         -n count       Number of echo requests to send.
         -l size        Send buffer size.
         -f             Set Don't Fragment flag in packet.
         -i TTL         Time To Live.
         -v TOS         Type Of Service.
         -r count       Record route for count hops.
         -s count       Timestamp for count hops.
         -j host-list   Loose source route along host-list.
         -k host-list   Strict source route along host-list.
         -w timeout     Timeout in milliseconds to wait for each reply.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                        Page 14
<PAGE>

[HYBRID LETTERHEAD]


                                   CERTIFICATION
                                         OF
                                     ACCEPTANCE

Customer Name:_____________________________

Contract Number:____________________________

Contract Date:_______________________________

Site Location:_______________________________

Scope of Work:
________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
TEST                                                            COMPLETED
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONNECTIVITY TEST:                                                    / /
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
PING TEST:                                                            / /
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     LOCAL PING TEST:                                                 / /
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     REMOTE PING TEST:                                                / /
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
CYBERMANAGER FTP TEST:                                                / /
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
WWW TEST: (OPTIONAL)                                                  / /
(Only if Internet Access is configured)                               
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

I hereby certify that the work represented by the contract described above has
been completed by Hybrid Networks and was given final inspection and acceptance
on ______________________. 


_________________________________                    __________________
Sign - Customer                                                    Date

_________________________________                   
Print

_________________________________                    __________________
Sign - Hybrid Networks                                             Date

_________________________________                  
Print                              

                                                                        Page 15

<PAGE>

[HYBRID LETTERHEAD]


                                     ADDENDUM G

                                 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

     See "Hybrid Series 2000 System Description" document number 018-00003-01

                                                                        Page 16

<PAGE>

[HYBRID LETTERHEAD]


                                     ADDENDUM H

        RECOMMENDED 3RD PARTY EQUIPMENT COMPATABLE WITH HYBRID POP EQUIPMENT

- - LAN CARDS (CLIENT SIDE):
     - 3COM 3C509, 3C9xx                - Megahertz (PCMCIA)
     - Intel Pro 10/100                 - Motorola (PCMCIA)
     - Intel Pro 10                     - Xircom (PCMCIA)
     - SMC                              - 3COM (PCMCIA)

NOTE: Most Ethernet cards that follow the Ethernet standard should function
w\the Hybrid CCMs.



- - UPSTREAM DEVICES:
     - Hybrid Networks CMU              - Livingston PortMaster 2

NOTE: Hybrid Networks is working on validating other 3rd party upstream devices.
The first 3 that Hybrid will be working on validating are: Ascend MAX, USR
TotalControl, & Livingston PortMaster 3.  We are also looking at Cisco ASN5200
and Microcom ISPort as possible units to be validated.



- - ROUTER:
     - Cisco (Model depending on configuration)


- - ETHERNET SWITCH:
     - Cisco (14xx, 28xx, 5000) (Model depending on configuration)


- - CSU/DSU:
     - RAD FC1                          - ADC/Kentronix

- - TELEPHONE MODEM:
     - USR 14.4k External               - Mortorola V.3400
     - USR 28.8k External               - Microcom DeskPorte 28.8P
     - USR 33.6k External               - Hayes Accura 28.8 FAX/Modem
     - USR 28.8  --  WORKS              - Zoom/FAX Modem V.34X Model 470
     - USR Couier V.Everything          - Practical Peripherals PM288MT 11
                                          V.34

NOTE: Most Modems that follow the Hayes "AT" standards should function with the
Hybrid CCMs.


- - TRANSMITTERS:
     - ITS                              - Comwave

Note:  Support Digital series of above vendors, analog series requires
modifications 

                                                                        Page 17

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                                   by and between



                             PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.


                                        and



                               COAST BUSINESS CREDIT,
                        a division of Southern Pacific Bank



                           Dated as of November 14, 1997

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              PAGE
                                                                              ----
<S>  <C>                                                                      <C>
1.   DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Account Debtor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Affiliate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Audit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Borrower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Borrower's Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Business Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Change of Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Closing Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Coast  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Code.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Collateral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Credit Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Deposit Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Dollars or $ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Early Termination Fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Eligible Foreign Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     "Eligible Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

     "Eligible Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

     "Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

     "Equipment Acquisition Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

     "Event of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

     "GAAP.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

     "General Intangibles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

     "Inventory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

     "Inventory Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

     "Investment Property. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

     "Letter of Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

                                      -i-
<PAGE>

<CAPTION>
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                     (CONTINUED)

                                                                              PAGE
                                                                              ----
<S>  <C>                                                                      <C>
     "Letter of Credit Sublimit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

     "Loan Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

     "Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

     "Material Adverse Effect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

     "Maturity Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

     "Maximum Dollar Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

     "Minimum Monthly Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

     "Obligations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

     "Permitted Liens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

     "Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

     "Prime Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

     "Receivable Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

     "Receivables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

     "Renewal Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

     "Renewal Fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

     "Solvent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

     "Tangible Net Worth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

     "Term Loan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

     "Other Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

2.   CREDIT FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

     2.1  Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

     2.2  Letters of Credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

3.   INTEREST AND FEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

     3.1   Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

     3.2   Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

4.   SECURITY INTEREST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

5.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

     5.1   Status of Accounts at Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

     5.2   Minimum Availability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

                                     -ii-
<PAGE>

<CAPTION>
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                     (CONTINUED)

                                                                              PAGE
                                                                              ----
<S>  <C>                                                                      <C>
     5.3   Landlord Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

     5.4   Intentionally Deleted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

     5.5   Executed Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

     5.6   Opinion of Borrower's Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

     5.7   Priority of Coast's Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

     5.8   Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

     5.9   Borrower's Existence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

     5.10  Organizational Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

     5.11  Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

     5.12  Due Diligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

     5.13  Other Documents and Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

6.   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER . . . . . . . . 8

     6.1   Existence and Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

     6.2   Name; Trade Names and Styles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

     6.3   Place of Business; Location of Collateral . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

     6.4   Title to Collateral; Permitted Liens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

     6.5   Maintenance of Collateral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

     6.6   Books and Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

     6.7   Financial Condition, Statements and Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

     6.8   Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . . . . . . . . . . 9

     6.9   Compliance with Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

     6.10  Litigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

     6.11  Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

7.   RECEIVABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

     7.1   Representations Relating to Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

     7.2   Representations Relating to Documents and Legal Compliance. . . . .10

     7.3   Schedules and Documents relating to Receivables . . . . . . . . . .10

     7.4   Collection of Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

                                     -iii-
<PAGE>

<CAPTION>
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                     (CONTINUED)

                                                                              PAGE
                                                                              ----
<S>  <C>                                                                      <C>
     7.5   Remittance of Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

     7.6   Disputes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

     7.7   Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

     7.8   Verification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

     7.9   No Liability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

8.   ADDITIONAL DUTIES OF THE BORROWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

     8.1   Financial and Other Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

     8.2   Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

     8.3   Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

     8.4   Access to Collateral, Books and Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

     8.5   Negative Covenants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

     8.6   Litigation Cooperation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

     8.7   Further Assurances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

9.   TERM  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

     9.1   Maturity Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

     9.2   Early Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

     9.3   Payment of Obligations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

10.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

     10.1  Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

     10.2  Remedies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

     10.3  Standards for Determining Commercial Reasonableness . . . . . . . .16

     10.4  Power of Attorney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

     10.5  Application of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

     10.6  Remedies Cumulative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

11.  GENERAL PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

     11.1  Interest Computation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

     11.2  Application of Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

     11.3  Charges to Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

     11.4  Monthly Accountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

                                    -iv-
<PAGE>

<CAPTION>
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                     (CONTINUED)

                                                                              PAGE
                                                                              ----
<S>  <C>                                                                      <C>
     11.5  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

     11.6  Severability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

     11.7  Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

     11.8  Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

     11.9  No Liability for Ordinary Negligence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

     11.10 Amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

     11.11 Time of Essence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

     11.12 Attorneys Fees, Costs and Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

     11.13 Benefit of Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

     11.14 Publicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

     11.15 Paragraph Headings; Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

     11.16 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

     11.17 Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
</TABLE>

                                      -v-
<PAGE>

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into on the above date between COAST
BUSINESS CREDIT, a division of Southern Pacific Bank ("Coast"), a California
corporation, with offices at 12121 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1111, Los Angeles,
California 90025, and the borrower(s) named above (the "Borrower"), whose chief
executive office is located at the above address ("Borrower's Address").  The
Schedule to this Agreement (the "Schedule") shall for all purposes be deemed to
be a part of this Agreement, and the same is an integral part of this Agreement.
(Definitions of certain terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Section 1
below.)

1.   DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the
following meanings:

     "Account Debtor" means the obligor on a Receivable or General Intangible.

     "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, a relative, partner,
shareholder, director, officer, or employee of such Person, or any parent or
subsidiary of such Person, or any Person controlling, controlled by or under
common control with such Person.

     "Audit" means to inspect, audit and copy Borrower's books and records and
the Collateral.

     "Borrower" has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.

     "Borrower's Address" has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this
Agreement.

     "Business Day" means a day on which Coast is open for business.

     "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as a
"person" or "group" (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934) (other than the current holders of the
ownership interests in any Borrower) becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined
in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or
indirectly, as a result of any single transaction, of more than twenty percent
(20%) of the total voting power of all classes of stock or other ownership
interests then outstanding of any Borrower normally entitled to vote in the
election of directors or analogous governing body.

     "Closing Date" date of the initial funding under this Agreement.  

     "Coast" has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.

     "Code" means the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted and in effect in the
State of California  from time to time. 

     "Collateral" has the meaning set forth in Section 4 hereof.

     "Credit Limit" means the maximum amount of Loans that Coast may make to
Borrower pursuant to the amounts and percentages shown on the Schedule.

     "Default" means any event which with notice or passage of time or both,
would constitute an Event of Default.

     "Deposit Account" has the meaning set forth in Section 9105 of the Code.

     "Dollars or $" means United States dollars.

     "Early Termination Fee" means the amount set forth on the Schedule that
Borrower must pay Coast if this Agreement is terminated by Borrower or Coast
pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof.

     "Eligible Foreign Receivables" means Receivables arising from Borrower's
customers located outside the United States which Coast otherwise approves for
borrowing in its sole and absolute discretion.  Without limiting the foregoing,
Coast will consider the following in determining the eligibility of such
receivables: (i) whether the Borrower's goods are shipped backed by an
irrevocable letter of credit satisfactory to Coast (as to form, substance, and
issuer or domestic confirming bank) that has been delivered to Coast and is
directly drawable by Coast, or (ii) whether the Borrower's customer is a large
or rated company having a 

                                       -1-
<PAGE>

verifiable credit history, or (iii) whether Borrower's customer is a foreign 
subsidiary of a customer of Borrower that is a company that was formed and 
has its primary place of business within the United States, or (iv) whether 
Borrower's customer is a large foreign corporation, or (v) whether Borrower's 
customer is a foreign company with a Dun & Bradstreet rating of 3A2 or 
better, or (vi) whether Borrower's goods are shipped to a company that has 
credit insurance acceptable in the discretion of Coast.

     "Eligible Inventory" means Inventory which Coast, in its sole judgment,
deems eligible for borrowing, based on such considerations as Coast may from
time to time deem appropriate.  Without limiting the fact that the determination
of which Inventory is eligible for borrowing is a matter of Coast's discretion,
Inventory which does not meet the following requirements will not be deemed to
be Eligible Inventory:  Inventory which (i) consists of finished goods or raw
material, in good, new and salable condition which is not perishable, not
obsolete or unmerchantable, and is not comprised of  work in process, packaging
materials or supplies; (ii) meets all applicable governmental standards; (iii)
has been manufactured in compliance with the Fair Labor Standards Act; (iv)
conforms in all respects to the warranties and representations set forth in this
Agreement; (v) is at all times subject to Coast's duly perfected, first priority
security interest; and (vi) is situated at a one of the locations set forth on
the Schedule.

     "Eligible Receivables" means Receivables and Eligible Foreign Receivables
arising in the ordinary course of Borrower's business from the sale of goods or
rendition of services, which Coast, in its sole judgment, shall deem eligible
for borrowing, based on such considerations as Coast may from time to time deem
appropriate.  Eligible Receivables shall not include the following:

          (a)  Receivables that the Account Debtor has failed to pay within 60
days of due date not to exceed 120 days of invoice date;

          (b)  Receivables owed by an Account Debtor or its Affiliates where
twenty five percent (25%) or more of all Receivables owed by that Account Debtor
(or its Affiliates) are deemed ineligible under clause (a) above;

          (c)  Receivables with respect to which the Account Debtor is an
employee, Affiliate, or agent of Borrower;

          (d)  Receivables with respect to which goods are placed on
consignment, guaranteed sale, sale or return, sale on approval, bill and hold,
or other terms by reason of which the payment by the Account Debtor may be
conditional;

          (e)  Receivables, other than Eligible Foreign Receivables, that are
not payable in Dollars or with respect to which the Account Debtor: (i) does not
maintain its chief executive office in the United States, or (ii) is not
organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof, or (iii) is
the government of any foreign country or sovereign state, or of any state,
province, municipality, or other political subdivision thereof, or of any
department, agency, public corporation, or other instrumentality thereof, unless
(y) the Receivable is supported by an irrevocable letter of credit satisfactory
to Coast (as to form, substance, and issuer or domestic confirming bank) that
has been delivered to Coast and is directly drawable by Coast, or (z) the
Receivable is covered by credit insurance in form and amount, and by an insurer,
satisfactory to Coast;

          (f)  Receivables with respect to which the Account Debtor is either
(i) the United States or any department, agency, or instrumentality of the
United States (exclusive, however, of Accounts with respect to which Borrower
has complied, to the satisfaction of Coast, with the Assignment of Claims Act,
31 U.S.C. " 3727), or (ii) any State of the United States (exclusive, however,
of Receivables owed by any State that does not have a statutory counterpart to
the Assignment of Claims Act);

          (g)  Receivables with respect to which the Account Debtor is a
creditor of Borrower, has or has asserted a right of setoff, has disputed its
liability, or has made any claim with respect to the Receivables;

          (h)  Receivables with respect to an Account Debtor whose total
obligations owing to Borrower exceed twenty five percent (25%) (30% in the case
of Comband S.A.) of all Eligible Receivables, to the extent of the obligations
owing by such Account Debtor in excess of such percentage. In order to exceed
the above referenced limits, Borrower must obtain the prior written approval of
Coast, which approval shall be in Coast's discretion, reasonably exercised, on
an Account Debtor by Account Debtor basis;

          (i)  Receivables with respect to which the Account Debtor is subject
to any reorganization, bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement, 

                                       -2-
<PAGE>

readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation proceeding, or becomes 
insolvent, or goes out of business;

          (j)  Receivables the collection of which Coast, in its reasonable
credit judgment, believes to be doubtful by reason of the Account Debtor's
financial condition; 

          (k)  Receivables with respect to which the goods giving rise to such
Receivable have not been shipped and billed to the Account Debtor, the services
giving rise to such Receivable have not been performed and accepted by the
Account Debtor, or the Receivable otherwise does not represent a final sale;

          (l)  Receivables with respect to which the Account Debtor is located
in the states of New Jersey, Minnesota, Indiana, or West Virginia (or any other
state that requires a creditor to file a Business Activity Report or similar
document in order to bring suit or otherwise enforce its remedies against such
Account Debtor in the courts or through any judicial process of such state),
unless Borrower has qualified to do business in New Jersey, Minnesota, Indiana,
West Virginia, or such other states, or has filed a Notice of Business
Activities Report with the applicable division of taxation, the department of
revenue, or with such other state offices, as appropriate, for the then-current
year, or is exempt from such filing requirement; and

          (m)  Receivables that represent progress payments or other advance
billings that are due prior to the completion of performance by Borrower of the
subject contract for goods or services.

     "Equipment" means all of Borrower's present and hereafter acquired
machinery, molds, machine tools, motors, furniture, equipment, furnishings,
fixtures, trade fixtures, motor vehicles, tools, parts, dies, jigs, goods and
other goods (other than Inventory) of every kind and description used in
Borrower's operations or owned by Borrower and any interest in any of the
foregoing, and all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements,
substitutions, additions or improvements to any of the foregoing, wherever
located.

     "Equipment Acquisition Loans" means the Loans described in Section 2(d) of
the Schedule.

     "Event of Default" means any of the events set forth in Section 10.1 of
this Agreement.

     "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from
time to time in the United States, consistently applied.

     "General Intangibles" means all general intangibles of Borrower, whether
now owned or hereafter created or acquired by Borrower, including, without
limitation, all choses in action, causes of action, corporate or other business
records, Deposit Accounts, investment property, inventions, designs, drawings,
blueprints, patents, patent applications, trademarks and the goodwill of the
business symbolized thereby, names, trade names, trade secrets, goodwill,
copyrights, registrations, licenses, franchises, customer lists, security  and
other deposits, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending for any
cause or claim (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), and all judgments now
or hereafter arising therefrom, all claims of Borrower against Coast, rights to
purchase or sell real or personal property, rights as a licensor or licensee of
any kind, royalties, telephone numbers, proprietary information, purchase
orders, and all insurance policies and claims (including without limitation life
insurance, key man insurance, credit insurance, liability insurance, property
insurance and other insurance), tax refunds and claims, computer programs,
discs, tapes and tape files, claims under guaranties, security interests or
other security held by or granted to Borrower, all rights to indemnification and
all other intangible property of every kind and nature (other than Receivables).

     "Inventory" means all of Borrower's now owned and hereafter acquired goods,
merchandise or other personal property, wherever located, to be furnished under
any contract of service or held for sale or lease (including without limitation
all raw materials, work in process, finished goods and goods in transit, and
including without limitation all farm products), and all materials and supplies
of every kind, nature and description which are or might be used or consumed in
Borrower's business or used in connection with the manufacture, packing,
shipping, advertising, selling or finishing of such goods, merchandise or other
personal property, and all warehouse receipts, documents of title and other
documents representing any of the foregoing.

     "Inventory Loans" means the Loans described in Section [2(b)] of the
Schedule.

     "Investment Property" has the meaning set forth in Section 9115 of the Code
as in effect as of the date hereof.

                                       -3-
<PAGE>

     "Letter of Credit" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 hereof.

     "Letter of Credit Sublimit" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2
hereof.

     "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the agreements and documents listed
on Section 5 of the Schedule, and any other agreement, instrument or document
executed in connection herewith or therewith.

     "Loans" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

     "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on (i) the
business, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of
Borrower or any subsidiary of Borrower or any guarantor of any of the
Obligations, (ii) the ability of Borrower or any guarantor of any of the
Obligations to perform its obligations under this Agreement (including, without
limitation, repayment of the Obligations as they come due) or (iii) the validity
or enforceability of this Agreement or any other agreement or document entered
into by any party in connection herewith, or the rights or remedies of Coast
hereunder or thereunder.

     "Maturity Date" means the date that this Agreement shall cease to be
effective, as set forth on the Schedule, subject to the provisions of Section
9.1 and 9.2 hereof.

     "Maximum Dollar Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 2 of the
Schedule.

     "Minimum Monthly Interest" has the meaning set forth in Section 3 of the
Schedule.

     "Obligations" means all present and future Loans, advances, debts,
liabilities, obligations, guaranties, covenants, duties and indebtedness at any
time owing by Borrower to Coast, whether evidenced by this Agreement or any note
or other instrument or document, whether arising from an extension of credit,
opening of a letter of credit, banker's acceptance, loan, guaranty,
indemnification or otherwise, whether direct or indirect (including, without
limitation, those acquired by assignment and any participation by Coast in
Borrower's debts owing to others), absolute or contingent, due or to become due,
including, without limitation, all interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorneys'
fees (including attorneys' fees and expenses incurred in bankruptcy), expert
witness fees, audit fees, letter of credit fees, collateral monitoring fees,
closing fees, facility fees, termination fees, minimum interest charges and any
other sums chargeable to Borrower under this Agreement or under any other
present or future instrument or agreement between Borrower and Coast.

     "Permitted Liens" means the following:

          (a)  purchase money security interests in specific items of Equipment
or loans on the specific Equipment set forth on Exhibit "1" attached hereto;

          (b)  leases of specific items of Equipment;

          (c)  liens for taxes not yet payable;

          (d)  additional security interests and liens consented to in writing
by Coast, in Coast's discretion, reasonably exercised;

          (e)  security interests being terminated substantially concurrently
with this Agreement, including, without limitation, the security interests in
favor of Comerica Bank;

          (f)  liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, carriers, or other
similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing
obligations which are not delinquent;

          (g)  liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or
refinancing of the indebtedness secured by liens of the type described above in
clauses (a) or (b) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement
lien is limited to the property encumbered by the existing lien and the
principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does
not increase; or

          (h)  liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities which secure
payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods.

Coast will have the right to require, as a condition to its consent under
subparagraph (d) above, that the holder of the additional security interest or
lien sign an intercreditor agreement on Coast's then standard form, acknowledge
that the security interest is subordinate to the security interest in favor of
Coast, and agree not to take any action to enforce its subordinate security
interest so long as any Obligations remain outstanding, and that Borrower 

                                       -4-
<PAGE>

agree that any uncured default in any obligation secured by the subordinate 
security interest shall also constitute an Event of Default under this 
Agreement.

     "Person" means any individual, sole proprietorship, general partnership,
limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company,
joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation,
government, or any agency or political division thereof, or any other entity.

     "Prime Rate" means the actual "Reference Rate" or the substitute therefor
of the Bank of America NT & SA whether or not that rate is the lowest interest
rate charged by said bank.  If the Prime Rate, as defined, is unavailable,
"Prime Rate" shall mean the highest of the prime rates published in the Wall
Street Journal on the first business day of the applicable month, as the base
rate on corporate loans at large U.S. money center commercial banks.

     "Receivable Loans" means the Loans described in Section 2(a) of the
Schedule.

     "Receivables" means all of Borrower's now owned and hereafter acquired
accounts (whether or not earned by performance), letters of credit, contract
rights, chattel paper, instruments, securities, documents, securities accounts,
security entitlements, commodity contracts, commodity accounts, investment
property and all other forms of obligations at any time owing to Borrower, all
guaranties and other security therefor, all merchandise returned to or
repossessed by Borrower, and all rights of stoppage in transit and all other
rights or remedies of an unpaid vendor, lienor or secured party.

     "Renewal Date" shall mean the Maturity Date if this Agreement is renewed
pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof, and each anniversary thereafter that this
Agreement is renewed pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof.

     "Renewal Fee" means the fee that Borrower must pay Coast upon renewal of
this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof, in the amount set forth on the
Schedule.

     "Solvent" means, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on
such date (a) at fair valuations, all of the properties and assets of such
Person are greater than the sum of the debts, including contingent liabilities,
of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the properties and assets
of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the
probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and
matured, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its properties and assets and
pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other
commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (d) such Person
does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts beyond such
Person's ability to pay as such debts mature, and (e) such Person is not engaged
in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a
transaction, for which such Person's properties and assets would constitute
unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing
practices in the industry in which such Person is engaged.  In computing the
amount of contingent liabilities at any time, it is intended that such
liabilities will be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and
circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that reasonably can
be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

     "Tangible Net Worth" means consolidated Owner's equity plus subordinated
debt otherwise permitted hereunder, less, goodwill, patents, trademarks,
copyrights, franchises, formulas, leasehold interests, leasehold improvements,
non-compete agreements, engineering plans, deferred tax benefits, organization
costs, prepaid items and any other  assets of Borrower that would be treated as
intangible assets on Borrower's balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

     "Term Loan" means the Loans described in Section 2(c) of the Schedule.

     "Other Terms"  All accounting terms used in this Agreement, unless
otherwise indicated, shall have the meanings given to such terms in accordance
with GAAP.  All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise
indicated, shall have the meanings provided by the Code, to the extent such
terms are defined therein.

2.   CREDIT FACILITIES.

     2.1  LOANS.  Coast will make loans to Borrower (the "Loans"), in amounts
and in percentages to be determined by Coast in its good faith discretion, up to
the Credit Limit, provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing.  In addition, Coast may create reserves against or reduce its
advance rates based upon Eligible Receivables or Eligible Inventory without
declaring a Default or an Event of Default if it determines that there has
occurred a Material Adverse Effect.

                                       -5-
<PAGE>

     2.2  LETTERS OF CREDIT.  At the request of Borrower, Coast may, in its sole
discretion, arrange for the issuance of letters of credit for the account of
Borrower (collectively, "Letters of Credit"), by issuing guarantees to the
issuer of the letter of credit or by other means.  All Letters of Credit shall
be in form and substance satisfactory to Coast in its sole discretion.  The
aggregate face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit from time to time
shall not exceed the amount shown on the Schedule (the "Letter of Credit
Sublimit"), and shall be reserved against Loans which would otherwise be
available hereunder.  Borrower shall pay all bank charges for the issuance of
Letters of Credit.  Any payment by Coast under or in connection with a Letter of
Credit shall constitute a Loan hereunder on the date such payment is made.  Each
Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date no later than thirty (30) days prior
to the Maturity Date.  Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify, save, and hold Coast
harmless from any loss, cost, expense, or liability, including payments made by
Coast, expenses, and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by Coast arising out of
or in connection with any Letters of Credit, excluding losses, costs, expenses
or liabilities resulting from the willful misconduct of Coast.  Borrower agrees
to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters
of Credit guarantied by Coast and opened for Borrower's account or by Coast's
interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Coast for Borrower's account,
and Borrower understands and agrees that Coast shall not be liable for any
error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following
Borrower's instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any
modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto, excluding however the willful
misconduct of Coast.  Borrower understands that Letters of Credit may require
Coast to indemnify the issuing bank for certain costs or liabilities arising out
of claims by Borrower against such issuing bank.  Borrower hereby agrees to
indemnify and hold Coast harmless with respect to any loss, cost, expense, or
liability incurred by Coast under any Letter of Credit as a result of Coast's
indemnification of any such issuing bank.  The provisions of this Agreement, as
it pertains to Letters of Credit, and any other present or future documents or
agreements between Borrower and Coast relating to Letters of Credit are
cumulative.

3.   INTEREST AND FEES.

     3.1  INTEREST.  All Loans and all other monetary Obligations shall bear
interest at the rate shown on the Schedule, except where expressly set forth to
the contrary in this Agreement.  Interest shall be payable monthly, on the last
day of the month.  Interest may, in Coast's discretion, be charged to Borrower's
loan account, and the same shall thereafter bear interest at the same rate as
the other Loans.  Regardless of the amount of Obligations that may be
outstanding from time to time, Borrower shall pay Coast Minimum Monthly Interest
during the term of this Agreement with respect to the Receivable Loans and the
Inventory Loans in the amount set forth on the Schedule.

     3.2  FEES.  Borrower shall pay Coast the fee(s) shown on the Schedule,
which are in addition to all interest and other sums payable to Coast and are
deemed fully earned and are nonrefundable.

4.   SECURITY INTEREST.

     To secure the payment and performance of all of the Obligations when due,
Borrower hereby grants to Coast a security interest in all of Borrower's
interest in the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and wherever
located:  All Receivables, Inventory, Equipment, Investment Property, and
General Intangibles, including, without limitation, all of Borrower's Deposit
Accounts, and all money, and all property now or at any time in the future in
Coast's possession (including claims and credit balances), and all proceeds of
any of the foregoing (including proceeds of any insurance policies, proceeds of
proceeds, and claims against third parties), all products of any of the
foregoing, and all books and records related to any of the foregoing (all of the
foregoing, together with all other property in which Coast may now or in the
future be granted a lien or security interest, is referred to herein,
collectively, as the "Collateral")

5.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

     The obligation of Coast to make the Loans is subject to the satisfaction,
in the sole discretion of Coast, at or prior to the first advance of funds
hereunder, of each, every and all of the following conditions:

     5.1  STATUS OF ACCOUNTS AT CLOSING.  No accounts payable shall be due and
unpaid sixty (60) days past its due date or 105 days past invoice date, except
for such accounts payable being contested in good faith in appropriate
proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided, unless otherwise
permitted in the discretion of Coast.

     5.2  MINIMUM AVAILABILITY.  Borrower shall have minimum availability
immediately 


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

following the initial funding in the amount set forth on the
Schedule.

     5.3  LANDLORD WAIVER.  Coast shall have received duly executed

          (a)  landlord waivers and access agreements in form and substance
satisfactory to Coast, in Coast's sole and absolute discretion, and, when deemed
appropriate by Coast, in form for recording in the appropriate recording office,
with respect to all leased locations where Borrower maintains any inventory or
equipment.

          (b)  Intentionally Deleted

          (c)  warehouse waivers in form and substance satisfactory to Coast, in
Coast's sole and absolute discretion, and when deemed appropriate by Coast, in
form for recording in the appropriate recording office, with respect to all
warehouse locations where Borrower maintains any inventory or equipment.

     5.4  INTENTIONALLY DELETED.

     5.5  EXECUTED AGREEMENT.  Coast shall have received this Agreement duly
executed and in form and substance satisfactory to Coast in its sole and
absolute discretion.

     5.6  OPINION OF BORROWER'S COUNSEL.  Coast shall have received an opinion
of Borrower's counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to Coast in its sole
and absolute discretion.

     5.7  PRIORITY OF COAST'S LIENS.  Coast shall have received the results of
"of record" searches satisfactory to Coast in its sole and absolute discretion,
reflecting its Uniform Commercial Code filings against Borrower indicating that
Coast has a perfected, first priority lien in and upon all of the Collateral,
subject only to Permitted Liens.

     5.8  INSURANCE.  Coast shall have received copies of the insurance binders
or certificates evidencing Borrower's compliance with Section 8.2 hereof,
including lender's loss payee endorsements.

     5.9  BORROWER'S EXISTENCE.  Coast shall have received copies of Borrower's
articles or certificate of incorporation and all amendments thereto, and a
Certificate of Good Standing, each certified by the Secretary of State of the
state of Borrower's organization, and dated a recent date prior to the Closing
Date, and Coast shall have received Certificates of Foreign Qualification for
Borrower from the Secretary of State of each state wherein the failure to be so
qualified could have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.10 ORGANIZATIONAL DOCUMENTS.  Coast shall have received copies of
Borrower's By-laws and all amendments thereto, and Coast shall have received
copies of the resolutions of the board of directors of Borrower, authorizing the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other documents contemplated
hereby, and authorizing the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder,
and authorizing specific officers of Borrower to execute the same on behalf of
Borrower, in each case certified by the Secretary or other acceptable officer of
Borrower as of the Closing Date.

     5.11 TAXES.  Coast shall have received evidence from Borrower that Borrower
has complied with all tax withholding and Internal Revenue Service regulations,
in form and substance satisfactory to Coast in its sole and absolute discretion.

     5.12 DUE DILIGENCE.  Coast shall have completed its due diligence with
respect to Borrower.

     5.13 OTHER DOCUMENTS AND AGREEMENTS.  Coast shall have received such other
agreements, instruments and documents as Coast may require in connection with
the transactions contemplated hereby, all in form and substance satisfactory to
Coast in Coast's sole and absolute discretion, and in form for filing in the
appropriate filing office, including, but not limited to, those documents listed
in Section 5 of the Schedule.  

6.   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER.

     In order to induce Coast to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans,
Borrower represents and warrants to Coast as follows, and Borrower covenants
that the following representations will continue to be true, and that Borrower
will at all times comply with all of the following covenants:

     6.1  EXISTENCE AND AUTHORITY.  Borrower is and will continue to be, duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its organization.  Borrower is and will continue to be qualified
and licensed to do business in all jurisdictions in which any failure to do so
would have a Material Adverse Effect.  The execution, delivery and performance
by Borrower of 

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

this Agreement, and all other documents contemplated hereby (a) have been 
duly and validly authorized, (b) are enforceable against Borrower in 
accordance with their terms (except as enforcement may be limited by 
equitable principles and by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, 
moratorium or similar laws relating to creditors' rights generally), and (c) 
do not violate Borrower's articles or certificate of incorporation, or 
Borrower's by-laws, or any law or any material agreement or instrument which 
is binding upon Borrower or its property, and (d) do not constitute grounds 
for acceleration of any material indebtedness or obligation under any 
material agreement or instrument which is binding upon Borrower or its 
property.

     6.2  NAME; TRADE NAMES AND STYLES.  The name of Borrower set forth in the
heading to this Agreement is its correct name.  Listed on the Schedule are all
prior names of Borrower and all of Borrower's present and prior trade names. 
Borrower shall give Coast thirty (30) days' prior written notice before changing
its name or doing business under any other name.  Borrower has complied, and
will in the future comply, with all laws relating to the conduct of business
under a fictitious business name.

     6.3  PLACE OF BUSINESS; LOCATION OF COLLATERAL.  The address set forth in
the heading to this Agreement is Borrower's chief executive office.  In
addition, Borrower has places of business and Collateral is located only at the
locations set forth on the Schedule.  Borrower will give Coast at least thirty
(30) days' prior written notice before opening any additional place of business,
changing its chief executive office, or moving any of the Collateral to a
location other than Borrower's Address or one of the locations set forth on the
Schedule.

     6.4  TITLE TO COLLATERAL; PERMITTED LIENS.  Borrower is now, and will at
all times in the future be, the sole owner of all the Collateral, except for
items of Equipment which are leased by Borrower.  The Collateral now is and will
remain free and clear of any and all liens, charges, security interests,
encumbrances and adverse claims, except for Permitted Liens.  Coast now has, and
will continue to have, a first-priority perfected and enforceable security
interest in all of the Collateral, subject only to the Permitted Liens, and
Borrower will at all times defend Coast and the Collateral against all claims of
others.  None of the Collateral now is or will be affixed to any real property
in such a manner, or with such intent, as to become a fixture.  Borrower is not
and will not become a lessee under any real property lease pursuant to which the
lessor may obtain any rights in any of the Collateral and no such lease now
prohibits, restrains, impairs or will prohibit, restrain or impair Borrower's
right to remove any Collateral from the leased premises.  Whenever any
Collateral is located upon premises in which any third party has an interest
(whether as owner, mortgagee, beneficiary under a deed of trust, lien or
otherwise), Borrower shall, whenever requested by Coast, use its best efforts to
cause such third party to execute and deliver to Coast, in form acceptable to
Coast, such waivers and subordinations as Coast shall specify, so as to ensure
that Coast's rights in the Collateral are, and will continue to be, superior to
the rights of any such third party.  Borrower will keep in full force and
effect, and will comply with all the terms of, any lease of real property where
any of the Collateral now or in the future may be located.

     6.5  MAINTENANCE OF COLLATERAL.  Borrower will maintain the Collateral in
good working condition, subject to normal wear and tear in the ordinary course
of business, and Borrower will not use the Collateral for any unlawful purpose. 
Borrower will immediately advise Coast in writing of any material loss or damage
to the Collateral.

     6.6  BOOKS AND RECORDS.  Borrower has maintained and will maintain at
Borrower's Address complete and accurate books and records, comprising an
accounting system in accordance with GAAP.

     6.7  FINANCIAL CONDITION, STATEMENTS AND REPORTS.  All financial statements
now or in the future delivered to Coast have been, and will be, prepared in
conformity with GAAP (except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for
the absence of footnotes and subject to normal year-end adjustments) and now and
in the future will fairly reflect the financial condition of Borrower, at the
times and for the periods therein stated.  Between the last date covered by any
such statement provided to Coast and the date hereof, there has been no Material
Adverse Effect.  Borrower is now and will continue to be Solvent.

     6.8  TAX RETURNS AND PAYMENTS; PENSION CONTRIBUTIONS.  Borrower has timely
filed, and will timely file, all tax returns and reports required by foreign,
federal, state and local law, and Borrower has timely paid, and will timely pay,
all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and
contributions now or in the future owed by Borrower.  Borrower may, however,
defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (i) in good faith
contests Borrower's obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings
promptly and diligently instituted and 

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

conducted, (ii) notifies Coast in writing of the commencement of, and any 
material development in, the proceedings, and (iii) posts bonds or takes any 
other steps required to keep the contested taxes from becoming a lien upon 
any of the Collateral.  As of the date hereof, Borrower is unaware of any 
claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower's prior tax years which 
could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower.  
Borrower has paid, and shall continue to pay all amounts necessary to fund 
all present and future pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation 
plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not and will not 
withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or 
permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which 
could result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the 
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other 
governmental agency. Borrower shall, at all times, utilize the services of an 
outside payroll service providing for the automatic deposit of all payroll 
taxes payable by Borrower.

     6.9  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  Borrower has complied, and will comply, in all
material respects, with all provisions of all material foreign, federal, state
and local laws and regulations relating to Borrower, including, but not limited
to, the Fair Labor Standards Act, and those relating to Borrower's ownership of
real or personal property, the conduct and licensing of Borrower's business, and
environmental matters.

     6.10 LITIGATION.  Except as disclosed in the Schedule, there is no claim,
suit, litigation, proceeding or investigation pending or (to best of Borrower's
knowledge) threatened by or against or affecting Borrower in any court or before
any governmental agency (or any basis therefor known to Borrower) which may
result, either separately or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect. 
Borrower will promptly inform Coast in writing of any claim, proceeding,
litigation or investigation in the future threatened or instituted by or against
Borrower involving an amount set forth on the Schedule.

     6.11 USE OF PROCEEDS.  All proceeds of all Loans shall be used solely for
lawful business purposes.  Borrower is not purchasing or carrying any "margin
stock" (as defined in Regulation G of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System) and no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase
or carry any "margin stock" or to extend credit to others for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying any "margin stock." 

7.   RECEIVABLES.

     7.1  REPRESENTATIONS RELATING TO RECEIVABLES.  Borrower represents and
warrants to Coast as follows:  Each Receivable with respect to which Loans are
requested by Borrower shall, on the date each Loan is requested and made,
represent an undisputed bona fide existing unconditional obligation of the
Account Debtor  (subject to the Account Debtor's right to make a warranty claim
under any written warranty given by Borrower in the ordinary course of its
business and disclosed to Coast prior to the creation of the Receivable),
created by the sale, delivery and acceptance of goods or the rendition of
services in the ordinary course of Borrower's business.

     7.2  REPRESENTATIONS RELATING TO DOCUMENTS AND LEGAL COMPLIANCE.  Borrower
represents and warrants to Coast as follows:  All statements made and all unpaid
balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing
the Receivables are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices,
instruments and other documents and all of Borrower's books and records are and
shall be genuine and in all respects what they purport to be.  All sales and
other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Receivable shall fully
comply with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations.  All
signatures and indorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements
relating to all Receivables are and shall be genuine, and all such documents,
instruments and agreements are and shall be legally enforceable in accordance
with their terms.

     7.3  SCHEDULES AND DOCUMENTS RELATING TO RECEIVABLES.  Borrower shall
deliver to Coast via facsimile, unless otherwise directed by Coast, at such
locations and at such intervals as Coast may request, transaction reports and
loan requests, schedules of Receivables, and schedules of collections, all on
Coast's standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower's failure to execute
and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Coast's security interest and
other rights in all of Borrower's Receivables, nor shall Coast's failure to
advance or lend against a specific Receivable affect or limit Coast's security
interest and other rights therein.  Loan requests received after 10:30 A.M. Los
Angeles, California time, will not be considered by Coast until the next
Business Day.  Together with each such schedule, or later if requested by Coast,
Borrower shall furnish Coast with copies (or, at Coast's request, originals) of
all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all original
shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence 

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such 
Receivables, and Borrower warrants the genuineness of all of the foregoing. 
Borrower shall also furnish to Coast an aged accounts receivable trial 
balance in such form and at such intervals as Coast shall request.  In 
addition, Borrower shall deliver to Coast the originals of all instruments, 
chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and 
property evidencing or securing any Receivables, upon receipt thereof and in 
the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, all of which 
shall be with recourse.  Borrower shall also provide Coast with copies of all 
credit memos promptly after the creation thereof.

     7.4  COLLECTION OF RECEIVABLES.  Borrower shall have the right to collect
all Receivables, unless and until an Event of Default has occurred.  Borrower
shall hold all payments on, and proceeds of, Receivables in trust for Coast, and
Borrower shall deliver all such payments and proceeds to Coast within one (1)
Business Day after receipt by Borrower, in their original form, duly endorsed to
Coast, to be applied to the Obligations in such order as Coast shall determine. 
Coast may, in its discretion, require that all proceeds of Collateral be
deposited by Borrower into a lockbox account, or such other "blocked account" as
Coast may specify, pursuant to a blocked account agreement in such form as Coast
may specify.  Coast or its designee may, at any time, notify Account Debtors
that Coast has been granted a security interest in the Receivables.

     7.5  REMITTANCE OF PROCEEDS.  All proceeds arising from the disposition of
any Collateral shall be delivered to Coast within one (1) Business Day after
receipt by Borrower, in their original form, duly endorsed to Coast, to be
applied to the Obligations in such order as Coast shall determine.  Borrower
agrees that it will not commingle proceeds of Collateral with any of Borrower's
other funds or property, but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from
such other funds and property and in an express trust for Coast.  Nothing in
this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth
elsewhere in this Agreement.

     7.6  DISPUTES.  Borrower shall notify Coast promptly of all disputes or
claims relating to Receivables.  Borrower shall not forgive (completely or
partially), compromise or settle any Receivable for less than payment in full,
or agree to do any of the foregoing, except that Borrower may do so, provided
that: (a) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner,
in the ordinary course of business, and in arm's length transactions, which are
reported to Coast on the regular reports provided to Coast; (b) no Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (c) taking into account all
such discounts settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Loans will not
exceed the Credit Limit.  Coast may, at any time after the occurrence of an
Event of Default, settle or adjust disputes or claims directly with Account
Debtors for amounts and upon terms which Coast considers advisable in its
reasonable credit judgment and, in all cases, Coast shall credit Borrower's Loan
account with only the net amounts received by Coast in payment of any
Receivables.

     7.7  RETURNS.  Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower in the ordinary course
of its business, Borrower shall promptly determine the reason for such return
and promptly issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate
amount.  In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence of any
Event of Default, Borrower shall (a) hold the returned Inventory in trust for
Coast, (b) segregate all returned Inventory from all of Borrower's other
property, (c) conspicuously label the returned Inventory as subject to Coast's
security interest, and (d) immediately notify Coast of the return of any
Inventory, specifying the reason for such return, the location and condition of
the returned Inventory, and on Coast's request deliver such returned Inventory
to Coast.

     7.8  VERIFICATION.  Coast may, from time to time, verify directly with the
respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to
the Receivables, by means of mail, telephone or otherwise, either in the name of
Borrower or Coast or such other name as Coast may choose.

     7.9  NO LIABILITY.  Coast shall not under any circumstances be responsible
or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction
of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to a
Receivable, or for any error, act, omission or delay of any kind occurring in
the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any
Receivable, or for settling any Receivable in good faith for less than the full
amount thereof, nor shall Coast be deemed to be responsible for any of
Borrower's obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to a
Receivable.  Nothing herein shall, however, relieve 

                                     -10-
<PAGE>

Coast from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

8.   ADDITIONAL DUTIES OF THE BORROWER.

     8.1  FINANCIAL AND OTHER COVENANTS.  Borrower shall at all times comply
with the financial and other covenants set forth in the Schedule.

     8.2  INSURANCE.  Borrower shall, at all times insure all of the tangible
personal property Collateral and carry such other business insurance, with
insurers reasonably acceptable to Coast, in such form and amounts as Coast may
reasonably require, and Borrower shall provide evidence of such insurance to
Coast, so that Coast is satisfied that such insurance is, at all times, in full
force and effect.  All liability insurance policies of Borrower shall name Coast
as an additional insured, and all property casualty and related insurance
policies of Borrower shall name Coast as a loss payee thereon and Borrower shall
cause a lender's loss payee endorsement in form reasonably acceptable to Coast. 
Upon receipt of the proceeds of any such insurance, Coast shall apply such
proceeds in reduction of the Obligations as Coast shall determine in its sole
discretion, except that, provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing, Coast shall release to Borrower insurance proceeds with
respect to Equipment totaling less than the amount set forth in Section 8 of the
Schedule, which shall be utilized by Borrower for the replacement of the
Equipment with respect to which the insurance proceeds were paid.  Coast may
require reasonable assurance that the insurance proceeds so released will be so
used.  If Borrower fails to provide or pay for any insurance, Coast may, but is
not obligated to, obtain the same at Borrower's expense.  Borrower shall
promptly deliver to Coast copies of all reports made to insurance companies.

     8.3  REPORTS.  Borrower, at its expense, shall provide Coast with the
written reports set forth in Section 8 of the Schedule, and such other written
reports with respect to Borrower (including budgets, sales projections,
operating plans and other financial documentation), as Coast shall from time to
time reasonably specify.

     8.4  ACCESS TO COLLATERAL, BOOKS AND RECORDS.  At reasonable times but not
less frequently than quarterly and on one (1) Business Day's notice, Coast, or
its agents, shall have the right to perform Audits.  Coast shall take reasonable
steps to keep confidential all confidential information obtained in any Audit,
but Coast shall have the right to disclose any such information to its auditors,
regulatory agencies, and attorneys, and pursuant to any subpoena or other legal
process.  The Audits shall be at Borrower's expense and the charge for the
Audits shall be Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($750) per person per day (or such
higher amount as shall represent Coast's then current standard charge for the
same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.  Borrower will not enter into any
agreement with any accounting firm, service bureau or third party to store
Borrower's books or records at any location other than Borrower's Address,
without first notifying Coast of the same and obtaining the written agreement
from such accounting firm, service bureau or other third party to give Coast the
same rights with respect to access to books and records and related rights as
Coast has under this Loan Agreement.

     8.5  NEGATIVE COVENANTS.  Borrower shall not, without Coast's prior written
consent, do any of the following:

          (a)  merge or consolidate with another entity, except in a transaction
in which (i) the owners of the Borrower hold at least fifty percent (50%) of the
ownership interest in the surviving entity immediately after such merger or
consolidation, and (ii) the Borrower is the surviving entity;

          (b)  acquire any assets, except (i) in the ordinary course of
business, or (ii) in a transaction or a series of transactions not involving the
payment of an aggregate amount in excess of the amount set forth in Section 8 of
the Schedule;

          (c)  enter into any other transaction outside the ordinary course of
business;

          (d)  sell or transfer any Collateral, except for the sale of finished
Inventory in the ordinary course of Borrower's business, and except for the sale
of obsolete or unneeded Equipment in the ordinary course of business;

          (e)  store any Inventory or other Collateral with any warehouseman or
other third party, except for Inventory stored at Sun Denki;

          (f)  sell any Inventory on a sale-or-return, guaranteed sale,
consignment, or other contingent basis;

          (g)  make any loans of any money or other assets, except (i) advances
to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business, (ii) travel
advances, employee relocation 

                                     -11-
<PAGE>

loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of 
business, and (iii) loans to employees, officers and directors for the 
purpose of purchasing equity securities of the Borrower;

          (h)  incur any debts, outside the ordinary course of business, which
would have a Material Adverse Effect;

          (i)  guarantee or otherwise become liable with respect to the
obligations of another party or entity;

          (j)  pay or declare any dividends or distributions on the ownership
interests in Borrower (except for dividends or distributions payable solely in
stock form of ownership interests in Borrower);

          (k)  make any change in Borrower's capital structure which would have
a Material Adverse Effect; or 

          (l)  dissolve or elect to dissolve.

     Transactions permitted by the foregoing provisions of this Section are only
permitted if no Default or Event of Default is continuing or would occur as a
result of such transaction.

     8.6  LITIGATION COOPERATION.  Should any third-party suit or proceeding be
instituted by or against Coast with respect to any Collateral or relating to
Borrower, Borrower shall, so long as the interests of Borrower and Coast in such
proceeding or suit are not adverse, without expense to Coast, make available
Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower's books and
records, to the extent that Coast may deem them reasonably necessary in order to
prosecute or defend any such suit or proceeding.

     8.7  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Borrower agrees, at its expense, on request by
Coast, to execute all documents and take all actions, as Coast, may deem
reasonably necessary or useful in order to perfect and maintain Coast's
perfected security interest in the Collateral, and in order to fully consummate
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

9.   TERM.

     9.1  MATURITY DATE.  This Agreement shall continue in effect until the
Maturity Date; provided that the Maturity Date shall automatically be extended,
and this Agreement shall automatically and continuously renew, for successive
additional terms of one year each, unless one party gives written notice to the
other, not less than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the Maturity Date or
the next Renewal Date, that such party elects to terminate this Agreement
effective on the Maturity Date or such next Renewal Date.  If this Agreement is
renewed under this Section 9.1, Borrower shall pay to Coast a Renewal Fee in the
amount shown in Section 3 of the Schedule.  The Renewal Fee shall be due and
payable on the Renewal Date and thereafter shall bear interest at a rate equal
to the rate applicable to the Receivable Loans.

     9.2  EARLY TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated prior to the
Maturity Date as follows:  (a) by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days
after written notice of termination is given to Coast; or (b) by Coast at any
time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, without notice, effective
immediately.  If this Agreement is terminated by Borrower or by Coast under this
Section 9.2, Borrower shall pay to Coast an Early Termination Fee in the amount
shown in Section 3 of the Schedule.  The Early Termination Fee shall be due and
payable on the effective date of termination and thereafter shall bear interest
at a rate equal to the rate applicable to the Receivable Loans.

     9.3  PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS.  On the Maturity Date or on any earlier
effective date of termination, Borrower shall pay and perform in full all
Obligations, whether evidenced by installment notes or otherwise, and whether or
not all or any part of such Obligations are otherwise then due and payable. 
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if on the Maturity Date, the
Renewal Date, or on any earlier effective date of termination, there are any
outstanding Letters of Credit issued by Coast or issued by another institution
based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part
of Coast, then on such date Borrower shall provide to Coast cash collateral in
an amount equal to the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all
interest, fees and costs due or to become due in connection therewith, to secure
all of the Obligations relating to said Letters of Credit, pursuant to Coast's
then standard form cash pledge agreement.  Notwithstanding any termination of
this Agreement, all of Coast's security interests in all of the Collateral and
all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force
and effect until all Obligations have been paid and performed in full; provided
that, without limiting the fact that Loans are subject to the discretion of
Coast, Coast may, in its sole discretion, refuse to make any further 

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

Loans after termination.  No termination shall in any way affect or impair 
any right or remedy of Coast, nor shall any such termination relieve Borrower 
of any Obligation to Coast, until all of the Obligations have been paid and 
performed in full.  Upon payment and performance in full of all the 
Obligations and termination of this Agreement, Coast shall promptly deliver 
to Borrower termination statements, requests for reconveyances and such other 
documents as may be required to fully terminate Coast's security interests.

10.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

     10.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The  occurrence of any of the following events
shall constitute an "Event of Default" under this Agreement, and Borrower shall
give Coast immediate written notice thereof:

          (a)  Any warranty, representation, statement, report or certificate
made or delivered to Coast by Borrower or any of Borrower's officers, employees
or agents, now or in the future, shall be untrue or misleading and results in a
Material Adverse Effect; or

          (b)  Borrower shall fail to pay when due any Loan or any interest
thereon or any other monetary Obligation; or

          (c)  the total Loans and other Obligations outstanding at any time
shall exceed the Credit Limit; or

          (d)  Borrower shall fail to deliver the proceeds of Collateral to
Coast as provided in Section 7.5 above, or shall fail to give Coast access to
its books and records or Collateral as provided in Section 8.4 above, or shall
breach any negative covenant set forth in Section 8.5 above; or

          (e)  Borrower shall fail to comply with the financial covenants (if
any) set forth in the Schedule or shall fail to perform any other non-monetary
Obligation which by its nature cannot be cured; or

          (f)  Borrower shall fail to perform any other non-monetary Obligation,
which failure is not cured within five (5) Business Days after the date due; or

          (g)  Any levy, assessment, attachment, seizure, lien or encumbrance
(other than a Permitted Lien) is made on all or any part of the Collateral which
is not cured within ten (10) days after the occurrence of the same; or

          (h)  any default or event of default occurs under any obligation
secured by a Permitted Lien, which is not cured within any applicable cure
period or waived in writing by the holder of the Permitted Lien; or

          (i)  Borrower breaches any material contract or obligation, which has
or may reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

          (j)  Dissolution, termination of existence, or insolvency of Borrower
or any guarantor of any of the Obligations; or appointment of a receiver,
trustee or custodian, for all or any part of the property of, assignment for the
benefit of creditors by, or the commencement of any proceeding by Borrower or
any guarantor of any of the Obligations under any reorganization, bankruptcy,
insolvency, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or
statute of any jurisdiction, now or in the future in effect; or

          (k)  the commencement of any proceeding against Borrower or any
guarantor of any of the Obligations under any reorganization, bankruptcy,
insolvency, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or
statute of any jurisdiction, now or in the future in effect, which is (i) not
timely controverted, or (ii) not cured by the dismissal thereof within thirty
(30) days after the date commenced; or

          (l)  revocation or termination of, or limitation or denial of
liability upon, any guaranty of the Obligations or any attempt to do any of the
foregoing, or commencement of proceedings by any guarantor of any of the
Obligations under any bankruptcy or insolvency law; or

          (m)  revocation or termination of, or limitation or denial of
liability upon, any pledge of any certificate of deposit, securities or other
property or asset of any kind pledged by any third party to secure any or all of
the Obligations, or any attempt to do any of the foregoing, or commencement of
proceedings by or against any such third party under any bankruptcy or
insolvency law; or

          (n)  Borrower or any guarantor of any of the Obligations makes any
payment on account of any indebtedness or obligation which has been subordinated
to the Obligations, other than as 

                                       -13-
<PAGE>

permitted in the applicable subordination agreement, or if any Person who has 
subordinated such indebtedness or obligations terminates or in any way limits 
his subordination agreement; or

          (o)  Except as permitted under Section 8.5(a), Borrower shall suffer
or experience any Change of Control without Coast's prior written consent, which
consent shall be in the discretion of Coast in the exercise of its reasonable
business judgment; or

          (p)  Borrower shall generally not pay its debts as they become due, or
Borrower shall conceal, remove or transfer any part of its property, with intent
to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors, or make or suffer any transfer of any
of its property which may be fraudulent under any bankruptcy, fraudulent
conveyance or similar law; or

          (q)  there shall be any Material Adverse Effect.

Coast may cease making any Loans or extending any credit hereunder during any of
the above cure periods.

     10.2 REMEDIES.  Upon the occurrence, and during the continuance, of any
Event of Default, Coast, at its option, and without notice or demand of any kind
(all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower), may do any one or more
of the following:

          (a)  Cease making Loans or otherwise extending credit to Borrower
under this Agreement or any other document or agreement;

          (b)  Accelerate and declare all or any part of the Obligations to be
immediately due, payable and performable, notwithstanding any deferred or
installment payments allowed by any instrument evidencing or relating to any
Obligation;

          (c)  Take possession of any or all of the Collateral wherever it may
be found, and for that purpose Borrower hereby authorizes Coast without judicial
process to enter onto any of Borrower's premises without interference to search
for, take possession of, keep, store or remove any of the Collateral, and remain
on the premises or cause a custodian to remain on the premises in exclusive
control thereof, without charge for so long as Coast deems it reasonably
necessary in order to complete the enforcement of its rights under this
Agreement or any other agreement; provided, however, that should Coast seek to
take possession of any of the Collateral by Court process, Borrower hereby
irrevocably waives:

               (i)   any bond and any surety or security relating thereto
     required by any statute, court rule or otherwise as an incident to such
     possession;

               (ii)  any demand for possession prior to the commencement of any
     suit or action to recover possession thereof; and

               (iii) any requirement that Coast retain possession of, and
     not dispose of, any such Collateral until after trial or final judgment;

          (d)  Require Borrower to assemble any or all of the Collateral and
make it available to Coast at places designated by Coast which are reasonably
convenient to Coast and Borrower, and to remove the Collateral to such locations
as Coast may deem advisable;

          (e)  Complete the processing, manufacturing or repair of any
Collateral prior to a disposition thereof and, for such purpose and for the
purpose of removal, Coast shall have the right to use Borrower's premises,
vehicles, hoists, lifts, cranes, equipment and all other property without
charge.  Coast is hereby granted a license or other right to use, without
charge, Borrower's labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade
secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any
property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing
production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and Borrower's
rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Coast's
benefit;

          (f)  Sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral, in its
condition at the time Coast obtains possession of it or after further
manufacturing, processing or repair, at one or more public and/or private sales,
in lots or in bulk, for cash, exchange or other property, or on credit, and to
adjourn any such sale from time to time without notice other than oral
announcement at the time scheduled for sale.  Coast shall have the right to
conduct such disposition on Borrower's premises without charge, for such time or
times as Coast deems reasonable, or on Coast's premises, or elsewhere and the
Collateral need not be located at the place of disposition.  Coast may directly
or through any affiliated company purchase or lease any 

                                       -14-
<PAGE>

Collateral at any such public disposition, and if permissible under 
applicable law, at any private disposition.  Any sale or other disposition of 
Collateral shall not relieve Borrower of any liability Borrower may have if 
any Collateral is defective as to title or physical condition or otherwise at 
the time of sale;

          (g)  Demand payment of, and collect any Receivables and General
Intangibles comprising Collateral and, in connection therewith, Borrower
irrevocably authorizes Coast to endorse or sign Borrower's name on all
collections, receipts, instruments and other documents, to take possession of
and open mail addressed to Borrower and remove therefrom payments made with
respect to any item of the Collateral or proceeds thereof, and, in Coast's 
discretion reasonably exercised, to grant extensions of time to pay, compromise
claims and settle Receivables and the like for less than face value; and

          (h)  Demand and receive possession of any of Borrower's federal and
state income tax returns and the books and records utilized in the preparation
thereof or referring thereto.

     All attorneys' fees, expenses, costs, liabilities and obligations incurred
by Coast (including attorneys' fees and expenses incurred in connection with
bankruptcy) with respect to the foregoing shall be due from the Borrower to
Coast on demand. Coast may charge the same to Borrower's loan account, and the
same shall thereafter bear interest at the same rate as is applicable to the
Receivable Loans.  Without limiting any of Coast's rights and remedies, from and
after the occurrence of any Event of Default, the interest rate applicable to
the Obligations shall be increased by an additional three percent per annum.

     10.3 STANDARDS FOR DETERMINING COMMERCIAL REASONABLENESS.  Borrower and
Coast agree that a sale or other disposition (collectively, "sale") of any
Collateral which complies with the following standards will conclusively be
deemed to be commercially reasonable:

          (a)  Notice of the sale is given to Borrower at least five (5) days
prior to the sale, and, in the case of a public sale, notice of the sale is
published at least five (5) days before the sale in a newspaper of general
circulation in the county where the sale is to be conducted;

          (b)  Notice of the sale describes the collateral in general, 
non-specific terms;

          (c)  The sale is conducted at a place designated by Coast, with or
without the Collateral being present;

          (d)  The sale commences at any time between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m Los
Angeles, California time;

          (e)  Payment of the purchase price in cash or by cashier's check or
wire transfer is required; and

          (f)  With respect to any sale of any of the Collateral, Coast may (but
is not obligated to) direct any prospective purchaser to ascertain directly from
Borrower any and all information concerning the same.

     Coast shall be free to employ other methods of noticing and selling the
Collateral, in its discretion, if they are commercially reasonable.

     10.4 POWER OF ATTORNEY.  Borrower grants to Coast an irrevocable power of
attorney coupled with an interest, authorizing and permitting Coast (acting
through any of its employees, attorneys or agents) at any time, at its option,
but without obligation, with or without notice to Borrower, and at Borrower's
expense, to do any or all of the following, but solely to enforce Coast's rights
and remedies hereunder or in connection with the preservation, protection or
collection of any of the Collateral, in Borrower's name or otherwise, but Coast
agrees to exercise the following powers in a commercially reasonable manner:

          (a)  Execute on behalf of Borrower any documents that Coast may, in
its sole discretion, deem advisable in order to perfect and maintain Coast's
security interest in the Collateral, or in order to exercise a right of Borrower
or Coast, or in order to fully consummate all the transactions contemplated
under this Agreement, and all other present and future agreements;

          (b)  Execute on behalf of Borrower any document exercising,
transferring or assigning any option to purchase, sell or otherwise dispose of
or to lease (as lessor or lessee) any real or personal property which is part of
Coast's Collateral or in which Coast has an interest;

          (c)  Execute on behalf of Borrower, any invoices relating to any
Receivable, any draft against any Account Debtor and any notice to any Account
Debtor, any proof of claim in bankruptcy, any Notice of Lien, claim of
mechanic's, 

                                       -15-
<PAGE>

materialman's or other lien, or assignment or satisfaction of mechanic's, 
materialman's or other lien;

          (d)  Take control in any manner of any cash or non-cash items of
payment or proceeds of Collateral; endorse the name of Borrower upon any
instruments, or documents, evidence of payment or Collateral that may come into
Coast's possession;

          (e)  Endorse all checks and other forms of remittances received by
Coast;

          (f)  Pay, contest or settle any lien, charge, encumbrance, security
interest and adverse claim in or to any of the Collateral, or any judgment based
thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same;

          (g)  Grant extensions of time to pay, compromise claims and settle
Receivables and General Intangibles for less than face value and execute all
releases and other documents in connection therewith;

          (h)  Pay any sums required on account of Borrower's taxes or to secure
the release of any liens therefor, or both;

          (i)  Settle and adjust, and give releases of, any insurance claim that
relates to any of the Collateral and obtain payment therefor;

          (j)  Instruct any third party having custody or control of any books
or records belonging to, or relating to, Borrower to give Coast the same rights
of access and other rights with respect thereto as Coast has under this
Agreement; and

          (k)  Take any action or pay any sum required of Borrower pursuant to
this Agreement and any other present or future agreements.

     Any and all sums paid and any and all costs, expenses, liabilities,
obligations and attorneys' fees incurred by Coast (including attorneys' fees and
expenses incurred pursuant to bankruptcy) with respect to the foregoing shall be
added to and become part of the Obligations, and shall be payable on demand. 
Coast may charge the foregoing to Borrower's loan account and the foregoing
shall thereafter bear interest at the same rate applicable to the Receivable
Loans.  In no event shall Coast's rights under the foregoing power of attorney
or any of Coast's other rights under this Agreement be deemed to indicate that
Coast is in control of the business, management or properties of Borrower. 
Borrower shall pay, indemnify, defend, and hold Coast and each of its officers,
directors, employees, counsel, agents, and attorneys-in-fact (each, an
"Indemnified Person") harmless (to the fullest extent permitted by law) from and
against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, investigations,
proceedings, and damages, and all attorneys fees and disbursements and other
costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith (as and when they
are incurred and irrespective of whether suit is brought), at any time asserted
against, imposed upon, or incurred by any of them in connection with or as a
result of or related to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance, and
administration of this Agreement and any other Loan Documents or the
transactions contemplated herein, and with respect to any investigation,
litigation, or proceeding related to this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or
the use of the proceeds of the credit provided hereunder (irrespective of
whether any Indemnified Person is a party thereto), or any act, omission, event
or circumstance in any manner related thereto (all the foregoing, collectively,
the "Indemnified Liabilities").  Borrower shall have no obligation to any
Indemnified Person hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liability that a
court of competent jurisdiction finally determines to have resulted from the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person.  This
provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of
the Obligations.

     10.5 APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS.  All proceeds realized as the result of any
sale of the Collateral shall be applied by Coast first to the costs, expenses,
liabilities, obligations and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by Coast in the
exercise of its rights under this Agreement, second to the interest due upon any
of the Obligations, and third to the principal of the Obligations, in such order
as Coast shall determine in its sole discretion.  Any surplus shall be paid to
Borrower or other persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable
to Coast for any deficiency.  If, Coast, in its sole discretion, directly or
indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any
purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Coast shall have the option, exercisable at
any time, in its sole discretion, of either reducing the Obligations by the
principal amount of purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations
until the actual receipt by Coast of the cash therefor.

                                       -16-
<PAGE>

     10.6 REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.  In addition to the rights and remedies set forth
in this Agreement, Coast shall have all the other rights and remedies accorded a
secured party in equity, under the Code, and under all other applicable laws,
and under any other instrument or agreement now or in the future entered into
between Coast and Borrower, and all of such rights and remedies are cumulative
and none is exclusive.  Exercise or partial exercise by Coast of one or more of
its rights or remedies shall not be deemed an election, nor bar Coast from
subsequent exercise or partial exercise of any other rights or remedies.  The
failure or delay of Coast to exercise any rights or remedies shall not operate
as a waiver thereof, but all rights and remedies shall continue in full force
and effect until all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and
performed.

11.  GENERAL PROVISIONS.

     11.1 INTEREST COMPUTATION.  In computing interest on the Obligations, all
checks, wire transfers and other items of payment received by Coast (including
proceeds of Receivables and payment of the Obligations in full) shall be deemed
applied by Coast on account of the Obligations three (3) Business Days after
receipt by Coast of immediately available funds, and, for purposes of the
foregoing, any such funds received after 10:30 AM Los Angeles, California time,
on any day shall be deemed received on the next Business Day.  Coast shall be
entitled to charge Borrower's account for such three (3) Business Days of
"clearance" or "float" at the rate(s) set forth in Section 3 of the Schedule on
all checks, wire transfers and other items received by Coast, regardless of
whether such three (3) Business Days of "clearance" or "float" actually occur,
and shall be deemed to be the equivalent of charging three (3) Business Days of
interest on such collections.  This across-the-board three (3) Business Day
clearance or float charge on all collections is acknowledged by the parties to
constitute an integral aspect of the pricing of Coast's financing of Borrower. 
Coast shall not, however, be required to credit Borrower's account for the
amount of any item of payment which is unsatisfactory to Coast in its sole
discretion, and Coast may charge Borrower's loan account for the amount of any
item of payment which is returned to Coast unpaid.

     11.2 APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS.  Subject to Section 7.5 hereof, all payments
with respect to the Obligations may be applied, and in Coast's sole discretion
reversed and re-applied, to the Obligations, in such order and manner as Coast
shall determine in its sole discretion.

     11.3 CHARGES TO ACCOUNTS.  Coast may, in its discretion, require that
Borrower pay monetary Obligations in cash to Coast, or charge them to Borrower's
Loan account, in which event they will bear interest from the date due to the
date paid at the same rate applicable to the Loans.

     11.4 MONTHLY ACCOUNTINGS.  Coast shall provide Borrower monthly with an
account of advances, charges, expenses and payments made pursuant to this
Agreement.  Such account shall be deemed correct, accurate and binding on
Borrower and an account stated (except for reverses and reapplications of
payments made and corrections of errors discovered by Coast), unless Borrower
notifies Coast in writing to the contrary within thirty (30) days after each
account is rendered, describing the nature of any alleged errors or omissions.

     11.5 NOTICES.  All notices to be given under this Agreement shall be in
writing and shall be given either personally or by reputable private delivery
service or by regular first-class mail, facsimile or certified mail return
receipt requested, addressed to Coast or Borrower at the addresses shown in the
heading to this Agreement, or at any other address designated in writing by one
party to the other party.  Notices to Coast shall be directed to the Commercial
Finance Division, to the attention of the Division Manager or the Division
Credit Manager.  All notices shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery in
the case of notices personally delivered, faxed (at time of confirmation of
transmission), or at the expiration of one (1) Business Day following delivery
to the private delivery service, or two (2) Business Days following the deposit
thereof in the United States mail, with postage prepaid.

     11.6 SEVERABILITY.  Should any provision of this Agreement be held by any
court of competent jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable, such defect shall
not affect the remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue in full force
and effect.

     11.7 INTEGRATION.  This Agreement and such other written agreements,
documents and instruments as may be executed in connection herewith are the
final, entire and complete agreement between Borrower and Coast and supersede
all prior and contemporaneous negotiations and oral representations and
agreements, all of which are merged and integrated in this Agreement.  THERE ARE
NO ORAL UNDERSTANDINGS, REPRESENTATIONS OR AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES WHICH
ARE NOT SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN OTHER WRITTEN 

                                       -17-
<PAGE>

AGREEMENTS SIGNED BY THE PARTIES IN CONNECTION HEREWITH.

     11.8  WAIVERS.  The failure of Coast at any time or times to require
Borrower to strictly comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement or any
other present or future agreement between Borrower and Coast shall not waive or
diminish any right of Coast later to demand and receive strict compliance
therewith.  Any waiver of any Default shall not waive or affect any other
Default, whether prior or subsequent, and whether or not similar.  None of the
provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement now or in the future
executed by Borrower and delivered to Coast shall be deemed to have been waived
by any act or knowledge of Coast or its agents or employees, but only by a
specific written waiver signed by an authorized officer of Coast and delivered
to Borrower.  Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest and notice of
default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, release, compromise,
settlement, extension or renewal of any commercial paper, instrument, account,
General Intangible, document or guaranty at any time held by Coast on which
Borrower is or may in any way be liable, and notice of any action taken by
Coast, unless expressly required by this Agreement.

     11.9  NO LIABILITY FOR ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE.  Neither Coast, nor any of its
directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or any other Person affiliated
with or representing Coast shall be liable for any claims, demands, losses or
damages, of any kind whatsoever, made, claimed, incurred or suffered by Borrower
or any other party through the ordinary negligence of Coast, or any of its
directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or any other Person affiliated
with or representing Coast, but nothing herein shall relieve Coast from
liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

     11.10 AMENDMENT.  The terms and provisions of this Agreement may not be 
waived or amended, except in a writing executed by Borrower and a duly 
authorized officer of Coast.

     11.11 TIME OF ESSENCE.  Time is of the essence in the performance by 
Borrower of each and every obligation under this Agreement.

     11.12 ATTORNEYS FEES, COSTS AND CHARGES.  Borrower shall reimburse Coast 
for all attorneys' fees (including attorneys' fees and expenses incurred 
pursuant to bankruptcy) and all filing, recording, search, title insurance, 
appraisal, audit, and other costs incurred by Coast, pursuant to, or in 
connection with, or relating to this Agreement (whether or not a lawsuit is 
filed), including, but not limited to, any attorneys' fees and costs 
(including attorneys' fees and expenses incurred pursuant to bankruptcy) 
Coast incurs in order to do the following: prepare and negotiate this 
Agreement and the documents relating to this Agreement; obtain legal advice 
in connection with this Agreement or Borrower; enforce, or seek to enforce, 
any of its rights; prosecute actions against, or defend actions by, Account 
Debtors; commence, intervene in, or defend any action or proceeding; initiate 
any complaint to be relieved of the automatic stay in bankruptcy; file or 
prosecute any probate claim, bankruptcy claim, third-party claim, or other 
claim; examine, audit, copy, and inspect any of the Collateral or any of 
Borrower's books and records; protect, obtain possession of, lease, dispose 
of, or otherwise enforce Coast's security interest in, the Collateral; and 
otherwise represent Coast in any litigation relating to Borrower.  If either 
Coast or Borrower files any lawsuit against the other predicated on a breach 
of this Agreement, the prevailing party in such action shall be entitled to 
recover its costs and attorneys' fees (including attorneys' fees and expenses 
incurred pursuant to bankruptcy), including (but not limited to) attorneys' 
fees and costs incurred in the enforcement of, execution upon or defense of 
any order, decree, award or judgment.  Borrower shall also pay Coast's 
standard charges for returned checks and for wire transfers, in effect from 
time to time.  All attorneys' fees, costs and charges (including attorneys' 
fees and expenses incurred pursuant to bankruptcy) and other fees, costs and 
charges to which Coast may be entitled pursuant to this Agreement may be 
charged by Coast to Borrower's loan account and shall thereafter bear 
interest at the same rate as the Receivable Loans.

     11.13 BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be 
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors, assigns, 
heirs, beneficiaries and representatives of Borrower and Coast; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, that Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights under 
this Agreement without the prior written consent of Coast, and any prohibited 
assignment shall be void.  No consent by Coast to any assignment shall 
release Borrower from its liability for the Obligations.  Coast may assign 
its rights and delegate its duties hereunder by the sale of assignment or 
participation interests, all without the consent of Borrower.

     11.14 PUBLICITY.  Coast is hereby authorized, at its expense, to issue 
appropriate press 


                                       -18-
<PAGE>

releases and to cause a tombstone to be published announcing the consummation 
of this transaction and the aggregate amount thereof.

     11.15     PARAGRAPH HEADINGS; CONSTRUCTION.  Paragraph headings are only
used in this Agreement for convenience.  Borrower and Coast acknowledge that the
headings may not describe completely the subject matter of the applicable
paragraph, and the headings shall not be used in any manner to construe, limit,
define or interpret any term or provision of this Agreement.  The term
"including", whenever used in this Agreement, shall mean "including (but not
limited to)".  This Agreement has been fully reviewed and negotiated between the
parties and no uncertainty or ambiguity in any term or provision of this
Agreement shall be construed strictly against Coast or Borrower under any rule
of construction or otherwise.

     11.16     GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; VENUE.  This Agreement and all acts
and transactions hereunder and all rights and obligations of Coast and Borrower
shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of California, without
regard to its conflicts of law principles.  As a material part of the
consideration to Coast to enter into this Agreement, Borrower (a) agrees that
all actions and proceedings relating directly or indirectly to this Agreement
shall, at Coast's option, be litigated in courts located within California, and
that the exclusive venue therefor shall be Los Angeles County; (b) consents to
the jurisdiction and venue of any such court and consents to service of process
in any such action or proceeding by personal delivery or any other method
permitted by law; and (c) waives any and all rights Borrower may have to object
to the jurisdiction of any such court, or to transfer or change the venue of any
such action or proceeding.

     11.17     MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  BORROWER AND COAST EACH HEREBY
WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED UPON, ARISING
OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER PRESENT OR FUTURE
INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN COAST AND BORROWER, OR ANY CONDUCT, ACTS OR
OMISSIONS OF COAST OR BORROWER OR ANY OF THEIR DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES,
AGENTS, ATTORNEYS OR ANY OTHER PERSONS AFFILIATED WITH COAST OR BORROWER, IN ALL
OF THE FOREGOING 

                                       -19-
<PAGE>

CASES, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE.

BORROWER:

PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.


By           /s/ Richard B. Gold  
  -----------------------------------------------
         President or Vice President



COAST:

COAST BUSINESS CREDIT,
a division of Southern Pacific
Bank


By   
  -----------------------------------------------
Title:    
      -------------------------------------------

                                       -20-
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT "1"

(See attached exhibit)






                                       -1-
<PAGE>

[LOGO]


                                 SCHEDULE TO
                         LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


BORROWER: PACIFIC MONOLITHICS

ADDRESS:  1308 MOFFET  PARK DRIVE
          SUNNYVALE, CALIFORNIA 94089

DATE:     NOVEMBER____, 1997

This Schedule forms an integral part of the Loan and Security Agreement 
between Coast Business Credit, a division of Southern Pacific Bank, and the 
above-borrower of even date.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECTION 2 - CREDIT FACILITIES


SECTION 2.1 - CREDIT LIMIT: Loans in a total amount at any time outstanding not
                            to exceed the lesser of a total of Eight Million
                            Dollars ($8,000,000) at any one time outstanding
                            (the "Maximum Dollar Amount"), or the sum of (a),
                            (b) and (c) below:

                            (a)  Receivable Loans in an amount not to exceed
                                 85% of the amount of Borrower's Eligible
                                 Receivables (as defined in Section 1 of the
                                 Agreement), so long as dilution of the
                                 Eligible Receivables (as determined by Coast
                                 in its discretion reasonably exercised) does
                                 not exceed 5%. If dilution exceeds 5%, the
                                 advance rate against Eligible Receivables
                                 shall not exceed 80% but may be further
                                 reduced in the discretion of Coast, reasonably
                                 exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                                 advances against Eligible Foreign Receivables
                                 which are otherwise uninsured shall be up to
                                 80% or which are insured by insurance other
                                 than CEFO or EXIM but otherwise acceptable to
                                 Coast, advances against Eligible Foreign
                                 Receivables which are insured by CEFO or EXIM
                                 shall be up to 90% of the net insured amount
                                 (provided all credit insurance shall have been
                                 assigned to Coast), and advances against
                                 Eligible Foreign Receivables which are backed
                                 by a letter of credit assigned to and
                                 otherwise acceptable to Coast in its
                                 discretion shall be up to 90%, plus

                            (b)  Inventory Loans in an amount not to exceed the
                                 lesser of:

                                 (1)  up to 45% of the value of Borrower's
                                      Eligible Inventory (as defined in Section
                                      1 of the Agreement), located at
                                      Borrower's Sunnyvale facility, calculated
                                      at the lower of cost or market value and
                                      determined on a first in, first out
                                      basis. 

                                       -21-
<PAGE>

COAST BUSINESS CREDIT                    SCHEDULE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      Notwithstanding the foregoing, advances 
                                      against Eligible Inventory will be 
                                      determined on a category basis and the
                                      advance rate up to 45% will apply only to
                                      MMDS finished goods, MMDS/special
                                      finished goods and against Capitalized
                                      Overhead of the MMDS category. Advances
                                      against other specific categories of
                                      Inventory will be less than 45% as
                                      determined by Coast and, in any event,
                                      no advance against Inventory shall exceed
                                      80% of the orderly liquidation value of
                                      the Eligible Inventory based on an
                                      appraisal in form and substance
                                      acceptable in the discretion of Coast, or


                                 (2)  Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000)
                                      increasing to $3,000,000 if no Event of
                                      Default has occurred and is continuing
                                      and Borrower has been in compliance (and
                                      continues in compliance) for at least two
                                      consecutive fiscal quarters with all of
                                      the terms and conditions herein
                                      including, without limitation, all
                                      financial covenants and has achieved for
                                      two consecutive fiscal quarters and
                                      maintained a Tangible Net Worth of at
                                      least $7,500,000; provided that in no
                                      event shall the outstanding Inventory
                                      Loans exceed the outstanding Receivable
                                      Loans, plus

                            (c)  Equipment Acquisition Loans in minimum
                                 advances of One Hundred Thousand Dollars
                                 ($100,000) in a total amount not to exceed the
                                 lesser of:

                                 (1)  eighty percent (80%) of the cost of new
                                      Equipment (after subtracting taxes and
                                      installation charges), or up to eighty
                                      (80%) of the appraised forced liquidation
                                      value of used Equipment acquired by
                                      Borrower (after subtracting taxes and
                                      installation charges); and

                                 (2)  Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars
                                      ($750,000). Each draw hereunder shall be
                                      repayable over the lesser of 48 months or
                                      the useful life of the Equipment. No
                                      advances shall be available hereunder
                                      unless Borrower has achieved and
                                      maintains at the time of the advance a
                                      EBITDA Debt Service Coverage Ratio (as
                                      defined below) of at least 1.20:1.

                                      "EBITDA Debt Service Coverage Ratio" 
                                 shall mean for any period, the quotient of 
                                 (x) EBITDA, DIVIDED BY (y) the sum of (A) 
                                 all principal, interest and other payments 
                                 made or required to be made by Borrower on 
                                 indebtedness during such period, including 
                                 any fees and charges owed by Borrower in 
                                 connection with any such indebtedness, (B) 
                                 all capital expenditures permitted hereunder 
                                 and actually made, except any portion 
                                 thereof financed through indebtedness 
                                 permitted hereunder, (C) all taxes paid 
                                 during such period, and (D) all capitalized 
                                 lease payments made or required to be made 
                                 by Borrower during such period.

                                      "EBITDA" shall mean, for any period, 
                                 the net income for such period of Borrower 
                                 determined in accordance with GAAP 
                                 (excluding any extraordinary income items, 
                                 including, without limitation, gain on sale 
                                 of assets, income relating to foreign

                                       22
<PAGE>

COAST BUSINESS CREDIT                    SCHEDULE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 exchange, swap or other derivative 
                                 transactions and changes in GAAP), PLUS the 
                                 following items, to the extent deducted from 
                                 the revenues of Borrower in the calculation 
                                 of net income or loss: (i) depreciation, 
                                 (ii) amortization of intangibles and any 
                                 other non-cash items, (iii) cash interest 
                                 expense (excluding any interest 
                                 paid-in-kind) and (iv) tax expense. 

SECTION 2.2 - LETTER OF     
              CREDIT        Sublimit: Five Hundred Thousand Dollars 
                            ($500,000)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECTION 3 - INTEREST AND FEES

SECTION 3.1 - INTEREST      A rate equal to the Prime Rate plus 2.25% per
              RATE:         annum, calculated on the basis of a 360-day year
                            for the actual number of days elapsed. The rate
                            shall be reduced to Prime Rate plus 1.75% if
                            Borrower achieves and maintains a Tangible Net
                            Worth of a least $8,500,000 for at least two
                            consecutive fiscal quarters and no Event of Default
                            has occurred and is continuing. The interest rate
                            applicable to all Loans shall be adjusted monthly
                            as of the first day of each month, and the interest
                            to be charged for each month shall be based on the
                            highest Prime Rate in effect during the prior
                            month, but in no event shall the rate of interest
                            charged on any Loans in any month be less than 9%
                            per annum.

SECTION 3.1 - MINIMUM       forty percent (40%) of the Maximum Dollar Amount
              MONTHLY       based on a daily average
              INTEREST:

SECTION 3.2 - LOAN FEE:     .75% of the Maximum Dollar Amount shall be payable
                            on the Closing Date. An additional .50% of the
                            Maximum Dollar Amount shall be due and payable of
                            the first anniversary of the Closing Date and an
                            additional .25% of the Maximum Dollar Amount shall
                            be due and payable on the second anniversary of the
                            Closing Date. All fees hereunder shall be deemed
                            earned on the Closing Date and shall not be
                            refundable for any reason whatsoever. 

SECTION 3.2 - FACILITY      $2,200 per calendar quarter, payable on the Closing
              FEE:          Date (prorated for any partial quarter at the
                            beginning of the term of this Agreement) and
                            continuing on the first day of each subsequent
                            quarter thereafter.

SECTION 3.2 - LETTER OF     .50% of all outstanding Letters of Credit per
              CREDIT FEES:  calendar month, plus bank charges and fees.

SECTION 9.1 - RENEWAL FEE:  .50% of the Maximum Dollar Amount per year.

SECTION 9.2 - EARLY         An amount equal to three percent (3%) of the
              TERMINATION   Maximum Dollar Amount (as defined in the Schedule),
              FEE:          if termination occurs on or before the first
                            anniversary of the effective date of this
                            Agreement; two percent (2%) of the Maximum Dollar
                            Amount, if termination occurs after the first
                            anniversary and on or before the second anniversary
                            of the effective date of this Agreement; and one
                            percent (1%) of the Maximum Dollar Amount, if
                            termination occurs after the second anniversary of
                            this Agreement.

                                      23
<PAGE>

COAST BUSINESS CREDIT                    SCHEDULE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECTION 5 - CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

SECTION 5.2 - MINIMUM       $250,000 at funding
              AVAILABILITY:

SECTION 5.13 - OTHER        1.   UCC-1 financing statements, fixture filings
               DOCUMENTS         and termination statements; and
               AND 
               AGREEMENTS:

                            2.   Security Agreements (including those covering
                                 copyrights, patents and trademarks).

OTHER CONDITIONS PRECEDENT  1.   All taxes shall be current.
  
                            2.   All remittances and collections shall be
                                 received through a blocked account in form
                                 and substance acceptable to Coast in its
                                 discretion.

                            3.   All shareholder and other subordinated notes
                                 shall be subordinated to Coast, in form and
                                 substance satisfactory to Coast, as reflected
                                 in the Intercreditor and Subordination
                                 Agreement forms delivered by Coast to
                                 Borrower.

                            4.   Coast shall have received and approved, in its
                                 discretion, an inventory appraisal by an
                                 appraiser chosen by Coast. 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECTION 6 - REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS 

SECTION 6.2 - PRIOR NAMES OF         None
              BORROWER:

SECTION 6.2 - PRIOR TRADE NAMES      None
              OF BORROWER:

SECTION 6.2 - EXISTING TRADE NAMES   None
              OF BORROWER:

SECTION 6.3 - OTHER LOCATIONS AND    None
              ADDRESSES:

SECTION 6.10 - MATERIAL ADVERSE      Claim of Praegitzer Corporation for 
               LITIGATION:           approximately $140,000.

SECTION 6.10 - FUTURE CLAIMS AND     Borrower will promptly inform Coast in 
               LITIGATION:           writing of any claim, proceeding, 
                                     litigation or investigation in the future
                                     threatened or instituted by or against 
                                     Borrower involving any single claim of
                                     Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) or more,
                                     or involving One Hundred Thousand Dollars
                                     ($100,000) or more in the aggregate.

                                       24
<PAGE>

COAST BUSINESS CREDIT                    SCHEDULE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 8 - ADDITIONAL DUTIES OF BORROWER

SECTION 8.1 - OTHER PROVISIONS:

            NET WORTH COVENANT:    Borrower shall maintain at all times Tangible
                                   Net Worth which has been subordinated to 
                                   Coast pursuant to a subordination agreement
                                   executed by the creditor and Coast, of not 
                                   less than $5,750,000.

SECTION 8.2 - INSURANCE:           Subject to the limitations set forth in 
                                   Section 8.2 of the Agreement, Coast shall 
                                   release to Borrower insurance proceeds with
                                   respect to Equipment totaling less than Fifty
                                   Thousand Dollars ($50,000).

SECTION 8.3 - REPORTING:           Borrower shall provide Coast with the 
                                   following: 

                                   1.  Monthly Receivable agings, aged by 
                                   invoice and due date, within ten (10) days 
                                   after the end of each month.

                                   2. Monthly accounts payable agings, aged by 
                                   invoice and due date, and outstanding or held
                                   check registers within ten (10) days after 
                                   the end of each month. 

                                   3. Monthly perpetual inventory reports for 
                                   the Inventory  valued on a first-in, 
                                   first-out basis at the lower of cost or 
                                   market (in accordance with GAAP) or such 
                                   other inventory reports as are reasonably 
                                   requested by Coast, all within ten (10) days 
                                   after the end of each month. 

                                   4. Monthly internally prepared financial
                                   statements, as soon as available, and in any 
                                   event within thirty (30) days after the end 
                                   of each month. 

                                   5. Quarterly internally prepared financial
                                   statements, as soon as available, and in any 
                                   event within forty-five (45) days after the 
                                   end of each fiscal quarter of Borrower. 

                                   6. Quarterly customer lists, including 
                                   customer name, address, and phone number. 

                                   7. Annual financial statements, as soon as
                                   available, and in any event within ninety 
                                   (90) days following the end of Borrower's  
                                   fiscal year, containing the unqualified 
                                   opinion of, and certified by, an independent
                                   certified public accountant acceptable to 
                                   Coast. 

                                   8. Weekly inventory/borrowing base reporting 
                                   in form requested by Coast.

SECTION 8.5 - NEGATIVE COVENANTS   Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000)
              (ACQUIRED ASSETS):       
 
                                       25
<PAGE>

COAST BUSINESS CREDIT                    SCHEDULE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 9 - TERM

SECTION 9.1 - MATURITY DATE:       November 30, 2000 subject to automatic 
                                   renewal as provided in Section 9.1 of the 
                                   Agreement, and early termination as provided
                                   in Section 9.2 of the Agreement.



                                       26

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.27


                                EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     This Employment Agreement (this "AGREEMENT") is entered into as of March 
31, 1998 between HYBRID NETWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the 
"Company"), and RICHARD B. GOLD ("Gold").

     The parties hereby agree as follows:

     1.   TERM OF EMPLOYMENT; POSITION.  Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to employ Gold on a full-time basis as
the Company's President and Chief Operating Officer during the two year period
commencing on the "CLOSING DATE" (as defined in the Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization dated March 19, 1998, by and among the Company, Pacific
Monolithics, Inc. and HN Acquisition Corp.) and expiring on the second
anniversary of the Closing Date (such time period is hereinafter called the
"EMPLOYMENT TERM") unless Gold's employment and the Employment Term are sooner
terminated in accordance with the provision of Section 4 below.  Gold hereby
agrees to such employment.  

     2.   GOLD'S DUTIES; NONCOMPETITION.  Gold will be responsible for serving
the Company as its President and Chief Operating Officer in accordance with the
Company's Bylaws and subject to the direction of the Company's Chairman and CEO.
His office will be in the Company's headquarters building.  During the
Employment Term, Gold will not, without the prior written consent of the
Company, engage in, or provide services to, any organization, association or
business that is in competition with or detrimental to the business of the
Company.

     3.   COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

          3.1  SALARY AND BONUSES.  During the Employment Term, the Company will
pay Gold, in equal semi-monthly installments, a salary at the rate of $240,000
per year.  In addition, Gold will be eligible each year of the Employment Term
for a target bonus of $120,000, based on targeted personal and Company
performance.

          3.2  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS.  Gold will be entitled to participate in all
benefit programs that the Company establishes and makes available to its
employees generally.  

          3.3  WITHHOLDING.  The Company will withhold from all payments of
salary and other compensation to Gold, payroll withholding taxes and other
amounts that the Company is required to withhold from such payments under
applicable law.

     4.   TERMINATION.  During the Employment Term, the Company will not
terminate Gold's employment other than for Cause (as defined in Section 4.2). 
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Employment Term, the
employment of Gold by the Company and this Agreement may be terminated in
accordance with the following:

          4.1  EXPIRATION.  Immediately, upon expiration of the Employment Term
in accordance with Section 1 hereof.

<PAGE>

          4.2  FOR CAUSE.  By the Company, immediately for Cause (as defined in
this Section 4.2).  For the purposes of this Agreement, the term "CAUSE" will be
deemed to exist upon:  (a) a good faith finding by the Company that Gold has
willfully failed to perform his lawful assigned duties for the Company or
abandoned his employment with the Company in any manner; (b) a good faith
finding by the Company of dishonesty, gross negligence or intentional misconduct
on the part of Gold (including but not limited to misappropriation of
intellectual property of the Company or of others); or (c) the conviction of
Gold of any felony (other than a felony involving the operation of a motor
vehicle).

          4.3  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  Immediately, upon Gold's resignation from
the Company or any other voluntary termination by Gold of his employment with
the Company (a "VOLUNTARY TERMINATION").

          4.4  DEATH.  Immediately, upon the death of Gold.  

          4.5  DISABILITY.  By the Company, immediately after 30 days' notice,
upon the disability of Gold.  As used in this Agreement, the term 'DISABILITY"
will mean the material inability of Gold, due to a physical or mental
disability, to perform the services and duties of Gold contemplated by this
Agreement for a period of at least 90 days (whether or not such 90 days are
consecutive) during any twelve-month period.  The Company will promptly notify
Gold in writing if it determines that Gold's employment has been terminated due
to disability.

     5.   EFFECT OF TERMINATION.  

          5.1  TERMINATION FOR CAUSE; VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  If the Company
terminates Gold's employment for Cause or if Gold effects a Voluntary
Termination, then the Company will pay to Gold the salary and benefits accrued
and otherwise payable to him under Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 through the
effective date of such termination.  

          5.2  TERMINATION NOT FOR CAUSE.  If the Company terminates Gold's
employment other than for Cause, then the Company will pay Gold the salary and
benefits accrued and otherwise payable to him under Section 3.1 and Section 3.2
through the remainder of the Employment Term, including a pro rata portion of
the target bonus, if any, that becomes payable at the end of the reporting
period in which such termination becomes effective.

          5.3  SURVIVAL.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Agreement, all obligations of the Company and Gold under this Agreement which,
according to the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed after
termination or expiration or this Agreement, will survive termination or
expiration of this Agreement, and such surviving obligations of a party will
remain enforceable against that party.

     6.   PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AGREEMENT.  Nothing in this Agreement will
affect or modify the terms of Gold's Employment Proprietary Information and
Inventions Agreement with the Company, which will remain in full force and
effect.

     7.   MISCELLANEOUS.

          7.1  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and
supersedes all prior or concurrent 

<PAGE>

agreements, understandings, representations or warranties, whether written or 
oral, between the Company and Gold.

          7.2  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a
written instrument executed by both the Company and Gold.

          7.3  GOVERNING LAW; SEVERABILITY.  This Agreement will be construed,
interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California
as applied to agreements entered into in California by California residents
without reference to principles of conflict of laws or choice of law.  In case
any provision of this Agreement will be invalid, illegal or otherwise
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions will in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

          7.4  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement will be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and
assigns, including any corporation with which or into which the Company may be
merged or which may succeed to its assets of business; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
the obligations of Gold hereunder are personal and will not be assigned by him. 

          7.5  WAIVER.  No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any
right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of that or any other right. 
A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion will be effective
only in that instance and will be construed as a bar or wavier of any right on
any other occasion.

          7.6  CAPTIONS.  The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or
substance of any section of this Agreement.

          7.7  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which
together will be one instrument.

     8.   ADVISE TO SEEK COUNSEL.  GOLD ACKNOWLEDGES TO THE COMPANY THAT HE HAS
BEEN ADVISED BY THE COMPANY TO RETAIN AN INDEPENDENT ATTORNEY TO ADVISE HIM
REGARDING HIS RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND INTERESTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date and year first set forth above.

HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.                  GOLD
a Delaware corporation


By:  /s/ Carl S. Ledbetter             By:  /s/ Richard B. Gold 
     ---------------------------            ----------------------------
     Carl S. Ledbetter                      Richard B. Gold
     President and Chief
     Executive Officer
                                          
                      [SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]


<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.28

                              NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT

     This NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT (this "AGREEMENT") is made this 31st day of
March, 1998 by and between Hybrid Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("HYBRID"), and Richard B. Gold, a California resident ("EMPLOYEE").

                                     RECITALS

     WHEREAS, Employee has been an officer of Pacific Monolithics, Inc., a
California corporation ("PACIFIC"), and is the owner of shares of capital stock
of Pacific; and

     WHEREAS, Pacific is a party to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the
"REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT") dated March 19, 1998 by and among Hybrid, Pacific
and HN Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary
of Hybrid ("NEWCO"), pursuant to which Newco is to merge with and into Pacific
(the "MERGER"); and

     WHEREAS, the parties hereto recognize that Employee has unique knowledge
and experience regarding Pacific's business, and the Hybrid desires to be
assured that confidential information pertaining to Pacific's business and the
goodwill of Pacific will be preserved and protected and will inure to the
benefit of Hybrid; and

     WHEREAS, execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition precedent
to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Reorganization Agreement
(the "CLOSING");

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
of the parties contained herein, and further as an inducement to Hybrid to enter
into the Reorganization Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

     1.   COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE.

          (a)  For the two (2) year period following the "CLOSING DATE" as
defined in the Reorganization Agreement, Employee shall not, anywhere in the
world, including without limitation counties in the State of California listed
in Exhibit A hereto:

               (i) (A) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity
as a sole proprietor, partner, beneficial shareholder, officer, director,
employee, agent, or consultant of, for, or with, (B) work for, consult, found,
or enter into any license agreement with, or (C) be involved in any way with,
any entity or person engaged in the design, research, development, marketing,
sale, or licensing of any wireless or wired cable modems product, including any
product similar to the Downconverter or the CypherPoint lines of products,
created, distributed, 

<PAGE>

or known by Employee to be under development by Pacific prior to the 
termination of Employee's employment with Hybrid (a "COMPETITIVE BUSINESS"); 
and

               (ii) actively solicit for employment any Pacific employees who
continue to be employed by Hybrid or Pacific after the Closing.

          (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee may own, directly or
indirectly, up to 2% of any class of "publicly traded securities," and up to 5%
of the outstanding securities that are not "publicly traded securities," of any
Competitive Business.  For the purposes of this Section 1, the term "publicly
traded securities" shall mean securities that are traded on a national
securities exchange or listed on the Nasdaq National Market.

     2.   CONSIDERATION; AGREEMENT REASONABLE.  Employee acknowledges and agrees
that (a) this Agreement is being entered into as a condition to the consummation
of the Reorganization Agreement; (b) as a shareholder of Pacific, he is
receiving a substantial benefit for the consummation of the Reorganization
Agreement, including shares of unregistered Hybrid Common Stock, which benefit
constitutes adequate consideration for the covenants set forth in this
Agreement, and (c) the covenants provided for in this Agreement, including
without limitation the term and scope of the covenant not to compete, are
necessary and reasonable in order to protect Hybrid in the conduct of its
business.  

     3.   ENFORCEABILITY OF RESTRICTION.  The foregoing restriction may be
enforced throughout the world.  The foregoing restriction shall be deemed to be
a series of separate covenants as to increasing degrees of scope and duration. 
If any of such covenants shall be held invalid or unenforceable by reason of
being unreasonably broad as to duration, geographic scope, or otherwise, such
covenants shall be deemed eliminated to that extent and the remaining covenants
shall be enforced to the broadest extent deemed reasonable.  The parties hereto
expressly agree that the restrictions as so amended shall be valid and binding
as though such invalid or unenforceable covenant had not been included herein.

     4.   REFORMATION.  In the event that the provisions of this Agreement
should ever be deemed to exceed the scope, time, geographic, or other
limitations of applicable law regarding covenants not to compete, then such
provisions shall be reformed to the maximum scope, time, geographic, or other
limitations, as the case may be, permitted by applicable laws.

     5.   DAMAGES.  In the event that Employee breaches any covenant or
agreement set forth in this Agreement, it is expressly agreed between the
parties that monetary damages would be inadequate to compensate Hybrid for any
such breach.  Accordingly, Employee acknowledges and agrees that any such
violation or threatened violation will cause irreparable injury to Hybrid and
that, in addition to any other remedies which may be available, Hybrid shall be
entitled to obtain injunctive relief against the threatened breach of the
covenant or agreement set forth in this Agreement or the continuation of any
such breach.

     6.   ASSIGNMENT.  This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder
shall not be assignable by any party without the written consent of the other
party, other than an assignment from Hybrid to any subsidiary, its parent, or
any subsidiary of its parent.  The rights 

<PAGE>

and obligations of each party under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit 
of and shall be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of such 
party.

     7.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the
parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.  It may not be
changed orally but only by an agreement in writing, signed by the party against
which or whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, extension, or
discharge is sought.

     8.   APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance
with the laws of the State of California, without regard to such State's
conflicts of law rules.

     9.   COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one instrument.




                       [REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this
Noncompetition Agreement as of the date first written above.


                                       HYBRID NETWORKS, INC.


                                       By: /s/ Carl S. Ledbetter
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Carl S. Ledbetter
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer




                                       EMPLOYEE

                                       /s/ Richard B. Gold 
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Richard B. Gold






                     SIGNATURE PAGE TO NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT

<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT A

                                CALIFORNIA COUNTIES

1.   Alameda
2.   Alpine
3.   Amador
4.   Butte
5.   Calaveras
6.   Colusa
7.   Contra Costa
8.   Del Norte
9.   El Dorado
10.  Fresno
11.  Glenn
12.  Humboldt
13.  Imperial
14.  Kern
15.  Kings
16.  Lake
17.  Lassen
18.  Los Angeles
19.  Madera
20.  Marin
21.  Mariposa
22.  Mendocino
23.  Merced
24.  Modoc
25.  Mono
26.  Monterey
27.  Napa
28.  Nevada
29.  Orange
30.  Placer
31.  Plumas
32.  Riverside
33.  Sacramento
34.  San Benito
35.  San Bernadino
36.  San Diego
37.  San Francisco
38.  San Joaquin
39.  San Luis Obispo
40.  San Mateo
41.  Santa Barbara

<PAGE>

                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
                                       
                       1986 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN
                       (AS LAST AMENDED MARCH 15, 1994)

     1.   PURPOSES OF THIS PLAN.   The purposes of this 1986 Incentive Stock 
Option Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel, to 
provide additional incentive to the Employees of the Company, to promote the 
success of the Company's business and to enable the Employees to share in the 
growth and prosperity of the Company by providing them with an opportunity to 
purchase stock in the Company.

     Options granted hereunder may be either Incentive Stock Options or 
Nonstatutory Stock Options, at the discretion of the Board and as reflected 
in the terms of the written stock option agreement.

     2.   DEFINITIONS.   As used herein, the following definitions shall 
apply:

          (a)  "BOARD" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (b)  "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as 
amended.

          (c)  "COMMON STOCK" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, 
without par value.

          (d)  "COMPANY" shall mean Pacific Monolithics, Inc., a California 
corporation.

          (e)  "COMMITTEE" shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board in 
accordance with Section 4 of this Plan, if one is appointed.

          (f)  "CONTINUOUS EMPLOYMENT" or "CONTINUOUS STATUS AS AN EMPLOYEE" 
shall mean the absence of any interruption or termination of employment or 
service as an Employee or to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the 
Company which now exists or is hereafter organized or acquired by or acquires 
the Company.  Continuous Employment shall not be considered interrupted in 
the case of sick leave, military leave or any other leave of absence approved 
by the Board or in the event of transfers between locations of the Company or 
between the Company, its Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or its successors.

          (g)  "DISABILITY" shall mean the inability of the Optionee to 
engage in employment with the Company by reason of any medically determinable 
physical or mental impairment.

          (h)  "DISINTERESTED PERSON" shall mean a director who is a
"disinterested person," as such term is defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(i)
promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act and any applicable releases and
opinions or the Securities and Exchange 


                                       1

<PAGE>

Commission.

          (i)  "EMPLOYEE" shall mean any person, including officers 
directors, employed by the Company, its Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or 
its successors; or, for purposes of eligibility for Nonstatutory Stock 
Options, any person employed by the Company, including officers and 
directors, or any consultant to, or director of, the Company, or any Parent 
or Subsidiary of the Company, whether or not such consultant or director is 
an employee of such entities.
          
          (j)  "EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
as amended, or any successor legislation.
          
          (k)  "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" shall mean an Option intended to 
qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the 
Code.
          
          (1)  "NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION" shall mean an Option which is not 
an Incentive Stock Option.
          
          (m)  "OPTION" shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to this 
Plan.
          
          (n)  "OPTION AGREEMENT" shall mean a written agreement in such form 
or forms as the Board (subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan) may 
from time to time approve, evidencing an Option.
          
          (o)  "OPTIONED STOCK" shall mean the Common Stock subject to an 
Option.
          
          (p)  "OPTIONEE" shall mean an Employee who is granted an Option.
          
          (q)  "PARENT" shall mean a "parent corporation," whether now or 
hereafter existing, as de fined in Sections 425(e) and (g) of the Code.
          
          (r)  "PLAN" shall mean this 1986 Stock Option Plan.
          
          (s)  "REGISTRATION DATE" shall mean the effective date of the first 
registration statement which is filed by the Company and declared effective 
pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act; with respect to any class of 
the Company's securities.
          
          (t)  "SHARE" or "SHARES" shall mean the Common Stock, as adjusted 
in accordance with Section 11 of this Plan.
          
          (u)  "STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT" shall mean an agreement in such 
form or forms as the Board (subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan) 
may from time to time approve, which is to be executed as a condition of 
purchasing Optioned Stock upon exercise of an Option.

                                       2

<PAGE>

          (v)  "SUBSIDIARY" shall mean a subsidiary corporation, whether now 
or hereafter existing, as defined in Sections 425(f) and (g) of the Code.

     3.   STOCK SUBJECT TO THIS PLAN.  Subject to the provisions of Section 
11 of this Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned 
and sold under this Plan is Three Million Five Hundred Thousand (3,500,000) 
Shares. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued or reacquired Shares other 
than reacquired shares delivered pursuant to Section 7(c)(iv) hereof as 
payment of consideration in the exercise of an option.

     If (a) an Option should expire or become unexercisable for any reason 
without having been exercised in full or (b) if the Company repurchases 
Shares from the Optionee pursuant to the terms of a Stock Purchase Agreement 
(provided that the Optionee did not receive benefits of ownership, such as 
dividends, which would destroy the exemption from the provisions of Section 
16(b) of the Exchange Act provided by Rule 16b-3 promulgated pursuant to the 
Exchange Act), the unpurchased Shares or repurchased Shares, respectively, 
which were subject thereto shall, unless this Plan shall have been 
terminated, return to this Plan and become available for other Options under 
this Plan.

     The Company intends that as long as it is not subject to the reporting 
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and is not an 
investment company registered or required to be registered under the 
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, all offers and sales of Options 
and Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any Option shall be exempt from 
registration under the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act, and 
this Plan shall be administered in such a manner so as to preserve such 
exemption.  The Company intends for this Plan to constitute a written 
compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701(b) of 17 CFR Section 
230.701 ("Rule 701") promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission 
pursuant to such Act.  Unless otherwise designated by the Committee at the 
time an Option is granted, all options granted under this Plan by the 
Company, and the issuance of any Shares upon exercise thereof, are intended 
to be granted in reliance on Rule 701.

     4.   ADMINISTRATION OF THIS PLAN.

          (a)  PROCEDURE.  This Plan shall be administered by the Board.  The
Board may appoint a Committee consisting of two (2) or more members of the
Board (or such greater number as is required to qualify for the exemption from
the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act provided by Rule 16b-3
promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act) to administer this Plan on behalf of
the Board, subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe.
Once appointed, the Committee shall continue to serve until otherwise directed
by the Board.  From time to time, the Board may increase the size of the
Committee and appoint additional members of the Board thereto, remove members
(with or without cause) and appoint new members of the Board in substitution
therefor, fill vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the
Committee and, thereafter, directly administer this Plan.  Members of the Board
or Committee who are either eligible for Options or have been granted Options
may vote on any matters affecting the administration of this Plan or the grant
of Options pursuant to this Plan, except that no such member shall act upon the
granting of an Option to such person nor 

                                       3

<PAGE>

shall any such members presence at a meeting of the Board of Directors 
establish the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board or the 
Committee during which action is taken with respect to the granting of an 
Option to him.

          (b)  PROCEDURE AFTER REGISTRATION DATE.  Notwithstanding the 
provisions of subsection (a), after the Registration Date this Plan shall be 
administered either by: (i) the full Board, provided that at all times each 
member of the Board is a Disinterested Person; or (ii) a Committee which at 
all times consists solely of Board members who are Disinterested Persons.  
After the Registration Date, the Board shall take all action necessary to 
administer this Plan in accordance with the then-effective provisions of Rule 
16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, provided that any amendment to this 
Plan required for compliance with such provisions shall be made in accordance 
with Section 13 of this Plan.

          (c)  POWERS OF THE BOARD AND/OR COMMITTEE.  Subject to the 
provisions of this Plan, the Committee or the Board, as appropriate, shall 
have the authority, in its discretion: (i) to grant Incentive Stock Options 
and Nonstatutory Stock Options; (ii) to determine, upon review of relevant 
information and in accordance with Section 7 of this Plan, the fair market 
value per Share; (iii) to determine the exercise price of the Options, which 
exercise price and type of consideration shall be determined in accordance 
with Section 7 of this Plan; (iv) to determine the Employees to whom, and the 
time or times at which, Options shall be granted, and the number of Shares to 
be subject to each Option; (v) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and 
regulations relating to this Plan; (vi) to determine the terms and provisions 
of each Option Agreement and each Stock Purchase Agreement (each of which 
need not be identical with the terms of other Option Agreements and Stock 
Purchase Agreements) and, with the consent of the holder thereof, to modify 
or amend each Option Agreement and Stock Purchase Agreement; (vii) to 
determine whether a stock repurchase agreement or other agreement will be 
required to be executed by any Employee as a condition to the exercise of an 
Option, and to determine the terms and provisions of any such agreement 
(which need not be identical with the terms of any other such agreement) and, 
with the consent of the Optionee, to amend any such agreement; (viii) to 
interpret this Plan, the Option Agreements, the Stock Purchase Agreements or 
any agreement entered into with respect to the grant or exercise of Options; 
(ix) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any 
instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Option previously granted 
by the Board or to take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate 
with respect to the Company's rights pursuant to Options or agreements 
relating to the grant or exercise thereof; and (x) to make such other 
determinations and establish such other procedures as it deems necessary or 
advisable for the administration of this Plan.

          (d)  EFFECT OF THE BOARD'S OR COMMITTEE'S DECISION.  All decisions, 
determinations and interpretations of the Board or the Committee shall be 
final and binding on all Optionees and any other holders of Options.

     5.   ELIGIBILITY.  Options may be granted only to Employees.  An 
Employee who has been granted an Option may, if such Employee is otherwise 
eligible, be granted additional Options.

                                       4

<PAGE>

     6.   TERM OF PLAN.  This Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to 
occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by vote of a majority of 
the outstanding shares of the Company's capital stock entitled to vote on the 
adoption of this Plan.  This Plan shall continue in effect for a term of ten 
(10) years unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms and 
provisions of this Plan.

     7.   OPTION PRICE AND CONSIDERATION.

          (a)  EXERCISE PRICE.  The exercise price per Share for the Shares 
to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be such price as is 
determined by the Board; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such price shall in no event 
be less than eighty-five percent (85%) with respect to Nonstatutory Stock 
Options, and one hundred percent (100%) with respect to Incentive Stock 
Options, of the fair market value per Share on the date of grant.  In the 
case of an Option granted to an Employee who, at the time the Option is 
granted, owns stock (as determined under Section 425(d) of the Code) 
constituting more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power 
of all classes of stock of the Company or its Parent or Subsidiaries, the 
exercise price per Share shall be no loss than one hundred ten percent (110%) 
of the fair market value per Share on the date of grant.

          (b)  FAIR MARKET VALUE.  The fair market value per Share on the 
date of grant shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion, 
exercised in good faith; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that where there is a public 
market for the Common Stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the 
average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock on the date 
of grant, as reported in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL (or, if not so reported, as 
otherwise reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers 
Automated Quotations ("NASDAQ") System), or, in the event the Common Stock is 
listed on a stock exchange or on the NASDAQ System, the fair market value per 
Share shall be the closing price on the exchange or on the NASDAQ System as 
of the date of grant of the Option, as reported in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL.

          (c)  PAYMENT OF CONSIDERATION.  The consideration to be paid for 
the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of 
payment, shall be determined by the Board and may consist entirely of cash, 
check, promissory notes, Shares held by the Optionee for the requisite period 
necessary to avoid a charge to the Company's earnings for financial reporting 
purposes which have a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to the 
aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be 
exercised, or any combination of such methods of payment.  Subject to 
subparagraphs (i) through (iv) hereto, utilization of Shares as the method of 
payment may be completed by the tender of Shares then held by the Optionee.  
In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the 
Board shall consider if acceptance of such consideration is deemed to be such 
as may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

               (i)  If the consideration for the exercise of an Option is a
promissory note, it shall be a full recourse promissory note executed by the
Optionee, bearing interest at a rate which shall be sufficient to preclude the
imputation of interest under the applicable provisions of the Code.  Until such
time as the promissory note has been paid in full, the 

                                       5

<PAGE>

Company may retain the Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option in escrow 
as security for payment of the promissory note.

               (ii)      If the consideration for the exercise of an Option 
is the surrender of previously acquired and owned Shares, the Optionee will 
be required to make representations and warranties satisfactory to the 
Company regarding his title to the Shares used to effect the purchase, 
including, without limitation, representations and warranties that the 
Optionee has good and marketable title to such Shares free and clear of any 
and all liens, encumbrances, charges, equities, claims, security interests, 
options or restrictions and has full power to deliver such Shares without 
obtaining the consent or approval of any person or governmental authority 
other than those which have already given consent or approval in a form 
satisfactory to the Company.  The value of the Shares used to effect the 
purchase shall be the fair market value of those Shares as determined by the 
Board in its sole discretion, exercised in good faith.

               (iii)     If the consideration for the exercise of an Option 
is to be paid through a broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure, the 
Optionee shall provide (1) irrevocable written instructions to a designated 
brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and to 
remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement 
date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate option price payable for the 
purchased shares plus all applicable Federal and State income and employment 
taxes required to be withheld by the Company in connection with such purchase 
and (2) written instructions to the Company to deliver the certificates for 
the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the 
sale transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Optionees subject to the 
short-swing profit limitation of Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall have 
the right to deliver irrevocable written instructions to effect the exercise 
of an option through the foregoing broker-dealer sale arid remittance 
procedure (a) six months or more prior to the date such transaction is to be 
effected" and/or (b) prior to the date such transaction is to be effected and 
within a "window period" specified in Rule 16b-3(3)(iii) promulgated pursuant 
to the Exchange Act.

               (iv)      If an Optionee is permitted to exercise an Option by 
delivering shares of the Company's Common Stock, the option agreement 
covering such Option may include provisions authorizing the Optionee to 
exercise the Option, in whole or in part, by delivering whole shares of the 
Company's Common Stock previously owned by such Optionee (whether or not 
acquired through the prior exercise of a stock option) having a fair market 
value equal to the option price.  Shares of the Company's Common Stock so 
delivered or withheld shall be valued at their fair market value on the date 
of exercise of the Option, as determined by the Committee and/or the Board, 
as appropriate.  Any balance of the exercise price shall be paid in cash or 
by check or a promissory note, each in accordance with the terms of this 
Section 7.

     8.   OPTIONS.

          (a)  TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF OPTIONS.  As provided in Section 4 of
this Plan and subject to any limitations specified herein, the Board and/or
Committee shall have the authority to determine the terms and provisions of any
Option granted under this Plan or any agreement required to be executed in
connection with the grant or exercise of an Option.  Each 

                                       6

<PAGE>

Option grants pursuant to this Plan shall be evidenced by an Option 
Agreement.  Options granted pursuant to this Plan are conditioned upon the 
Company obtaining any required permit or order from appropriate governmental 
agencies authorizing the Company to issue such Options and Shares issuable 
upon exercise thereof.

          (b)  TERM OF OPTION.  The term of each Option may be up to ten (10) 
years from the date of grant thereof as determined by the Board upon the 
grant of the Option and specified in the Option Agreement, except that the 
term of an Option granted to an Employee who, at the time the Option is 
granted, owns stock comprising more than ten percent (10%) of the total 
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its Parent or 
Subsidiaries, shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such 
shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

          (c)  EXERCISE OF OPTION.

               (i)  PROCEDURE FOR EXERCISE: RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER.  Any 
Option shall be exercisable at such times, in such installments and under 
such conditions as may be determined by the Board and specified in the Option 
Agreement, including performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or 
the Optionee, and as shall be permissible under the terms of this Plan.

          An Option may be exercised in accordance with the provisions of 
this Plan as to all or any portion of the Shares then exercisable under an 
Option, from time to time during the term of the Option.  An Option may not 
be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

          An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of 
such exercise has been given to the Company at its principal business office 
in accordance with the terms of the Option Agreement by the person entitled 
to exercise the Option and, except when the broker-dealer sale and remittance 
procedure described in Section 7(c)(iii) hereto is used, full payment for the 
Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the 
Company, accompanied by an executed Stock Purchase Agreement and any other 
agreements required by the terms of this Plan and/or the Option Agreement. 
Full payment may consist of such consideration and method of payment 
allowable under Section 7 of this Plan.  Until the Option is properly 
exercised in accordance with the terms of this paragraph, no right to vote or 
receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder exist with respect to 
the Optioned Stock.  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other 
right for which the record date is prior to the date the Option is exercised, 
except as provided in Section 11 of this Plan.

          As soon as practicable after any proper exercise of an Option in
accordance with the provisions of this Plan, the Company shall, without
transfer or issue tax to the Optionee, deliver to the Optionee at the principal
executive office of the Company or such other place as shall be mutually agreed
upon between the Company and the Optionee, a certificate or certificates
representing the Shares for which the Option shall have been exercised.  The
time of issuance and delivery of the certificate(s) representing the Shares for
which the Option shall have been exercised may be postponed by the Company for
such period as may be required by the 

                                       7

<PAGE>

Company, with reasonable diligence, to comply with any applicable listing 
requirements of any national or regional securities exchange or any law or 
regulation applicable to the issuance or delivery of such Shares.  No Option 
may be exercised unless this Plan has been duly approved by the shareholders 
of the Company in accordance with applicable law.  Notwithstanding anything 
to the contrary herein, the terms of a Stock Purchase Agreement required to 
be executed and delivered in connection with the exercise of an Option may 
require the certificate or certificates representing the Shares purchased 
upon exercise of an Option to be delivered and deposited with the Company as 
security for the Optionee's faithful performance of the terms of his Stock 
Purchase Agreement.

          Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in 
the number of Shares which thereafter may be available, both for purposes of 
this Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which 
the Option is exercised.

               (ii)      TERMINATION OF STATUS AS AN EMPLOYEE.  If an 
Optionee ceases to serve as an Employee for any reason other than death or 
Disability and thereby terminates his Continuous Status as an Employee, such 
Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option at any time within 
thirty (30) days (or such other period of time not exceeding three (3) months 
as is determined by the Board at the time of granting the Option), following 
the date such Optionee ceases his Continuous Status as an Employee of the 
Company to the extent that such Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option 
at the date of such termination; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Option shall be 
exercisable after the expiration of the term set forth in the Option 
Agreement.  To the extent that such Optionee was not entitled to exercise the 
Option at the date of such termination, or if such Optionee does not exercise 
such Option (which such Optionee was entitled to exercise) within the time 
specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

               (iii)     DEATH OR DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE.  If an Optionee 
ceases to serve as an Employee due to death or Disability and thereby 
terminates his Continuous Status as an Employee, the Option may be exercised 
at any time within six (6) months following the date of death or termination 
of employment due to Disability, in the case of death, by the Optionee's 
estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by 
bequest or inheritance, or, in the case of Disability, by the Optionee, but 
in any case only to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise the 
Option at the date of his termination of employment by death or Disability; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration 
of the Option term set forth in the Option Agreement.  To the extent that 
such Optionee was not entitled to exercise such Option at the date of his 
termination of employment by death or Disability or if such Option is not 
exercised (to the extent it could be exercised) within the time specified 
herein, the Option shall terminate.

               (iv)      EXTENSION OF TIME TO EXERCISE.  Notwithstanding 
anything to the contrary in this Section 8, the Board may at any time and 
from time to time prior to the termination of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, 
with the consent of the Optionee, extend the period of time during which the 
Optionee may exercise his Nonstatutory Stock Option following the date the 
Optionee ceases such Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, that (1) the maximum period of time during which a Nonstatutory 
Stock Option shall be exercisable 

                                       8

<PAGE>

following such termination date shall not exceed an aggregate of six (6) 
months, (2) the Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not become exercisable after 
the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option 
Agreement as a result of such extension, and (3) notwithstanding any 
extension of time during which the Nonstatutory Stock Option may be 
exercised, such Option, unless otherwise amended by the Board, shall only be 
exercisable to the extent to which the Optionee was entitled to exercise it 
on the date Optionee ceased Continuous Status as an Employee.  To the extent 
that such Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of 
such termination, or if such Optionee does not exercise an Option which 
Optionee was entitled to exercise within the time specified herein, the 
Option shall terminate.

     9.   LIMIT ON VALUE OF OPTIONED STOCK.  No Incentive Stock Option may be 
granted to an Employee if, as a result of such grant, the aggregate fair 
market value (determined at the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted) of 
the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for 
the first time by an Optionee during any calendar year under all incentive 
stock option plans of the Company, its Parents or its Subsidiaries, if any, 
exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

     10.  NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.  Options granted under this Plan may 
not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, gifted, transferred or disposed 
of in any manner, either voluntarily or involuntarily by operation of law, 
other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, and may be 
exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by such Optionee.

     11.  ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION OR MERGER.

          (a)  Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the 
Company, the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option, and the 
number of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under this Plan but 
as to which no Options have yet been granted or which have been returned to 
this Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or repurchase of 
shares front an Optionee upon termination of employment or service, as well 
as the exercise or purchase price per Share covered by each such outstanding 
Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the 
number of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, 
combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or the payment of a 
stock dividend (but only on the Common Stock) or any other increase or 
decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without 
receipt of consideration by the Company (other than stock bonuses to 
Employees, including, without limitation, officers and directors); PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, that the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company 
shall not be deemed to have been effected without the receipt of 
consideration.  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose 
determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.  Except 
as expressly provided herein, no issue by the Company of shares of stock of 
any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall 
affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, 
the number or price of Shares subject to this Plan or an Option.

          (b)  In the event of the merger, consolidation or reorganization of 
the Company with or into another corporation as a result of which the Company 
is not the surviving 

                                       9

<PAGE>

corporation or as a result of which the outstanding Shares are exchanged for 
or converted into cash or property or securities not of the Company, the 
Board may (i) make provision for the assumption of all outstanding Options by 
the successor corporation or a Parent or a Subsidiary thereof, or (ii) 
declare that outstanding Options shall terminate as of a date fixed by the 
Board which is at least thirty (30) days after the notice thereof to the 
Optionee, unless such thirty (30) day period is waived by the Optionee.  In 
the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company or the sale of all 
or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Company's outstanding 
Options shall terminate as to an Optionee upon termination of Continuous 
Status as an Employee.

          (c)  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issuable on 
account of any action described in this Section, and the aggregate number of 
shares into which Shares then covered by the Option, when changed as the 
result of such action, shall be reduced to the largest number of whole shares 
resulting from such action, unless the Board, in its sole discretion, shall 
determine to issue scrip certificates in respect to any fractional shares, 
which scrip certificates, in such event, shall be in a form and have such 
terms and conditions as the Board in its discretion shall prescribe.

     12.  TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS.  The date of grant of an Option shall be 
the date on which the Board makes the determination granting such Option; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Board determines that such grant shall be as 
of some future date, the date of grant shall be such future date.  Notice of 
the determination shall be given to each Employee to whom an Option is so 
granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

     13.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THIS PLAN.

          (a)  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.  The Board may amend or terminate 
this Plan from time to time in such respects as the Board may deem advisable 
and shall make any amendments which may be required so that Options intended 
to be Incentive Stock Options shall at all times continue to be Incentive 
Stock Options for the purpose of the Code, except that, without approval of 
the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company's capital 
stock, no such revision or amendment shall:

               (i)  Increase the number of Shares subject to this Plan, other 
than in connection with an adjustment under Section 11 of this Plan;

               (ii) Materially change the designation of the class of 
Employees eligible to be granted Options;

               (iii)     Remove the administration of this Plan from the 
Board (other than to the Committee);

               (iv)      Materially increase the benefits accruing to 
participants under this Plan; or

                                       10

<PAGE>

               (v)  Extend the term of this Plan.

          (b)  EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.  Except as otherwise 
provided in Section 11, any amendment or termination of this Plan shall not 
affect Options already granted and such Options shall remain in full force 
and effect as if this Plan had not been amended or terminated, unless 
mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Company, which 
agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

     14.  CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

          (a)  Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an 
Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of 
such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of 
law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, 
the Exchange Act, applicable state securities laws, the rules and regulations 
promulgated thereunder, and the requirement of any stock exchange upon which 
the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval 
of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

          (b)  As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Board may 
require the person exercising such Option to execute an agreement with, 
and/or may require the person exercising such Option to make any 
representation and warranty to, the Company as may in the judgment of counsel 
to the Company be required under applicable law or regulation, including but 
not limited to a representation and warranty that the Shares are being 
purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or 
distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a 
representation is appropriate under any of the aforementioned relevant 
provisions of law.

     15.  RESERVATION OF SHARES.  The Company, during the term of this Plan, 
at all times shall reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall 
be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Plan.

     The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall use diligent efforts to 
seek to obtain from appropriate regulatory agencies any requisite 
authorization in order to issue and sell such number of Shares as shall be 
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Plan.  The inability of the 
Company to obtain the requisite authorization(s) deemed by the Company's 
counsel to be necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares 
hereunder, or the inability of the Company to confirm to its satisfaction 
that any issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder will meet applicable legal 
requirements, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect to the 
failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority 
shall not have been obtained.

     16.  STOCK OPTION AND STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENTS.  Options shall be 
evidenced by written stock option agreements in such form or forms as the 
Board shall approve from time to time.  Upon the exercise of an Option, the 
Optionee shall sign and deliver to the Company a Stock Purchase Agreement (if 
required to be executed and delivered to the Company by an 

                                       11

<PAGE>

Optionee as a condition to the exercise of an Option) in such form or forms 
as the Board shall approve from time to time.

     17.  SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL.  Continuance of this Plan shall be subject to 
approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before 
or after the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.  If such shareholder 
approval is obtained at a duly held shareholders' meeting, it may be obtained 
by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding 
shares of the Company entitled to vote thereon.  All Options granted prior to 
shareholder approval of this Plan are subject to such approval, and if such 
approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months before or after the date 
this Plan is adopted by the Board all such Options shall expire and shall be 
of no further force or effect.

     18.  TAXES, FEES, EXPENSES AND WITHHOLDING OF TAXES.

          (a)  The Company shall pay all original issue and transfer taxes 
(but not income taxes, if any) with respect to the grant of Options and/or 
the issue and transfer of Shares pursuant to the exercise thereof, and all 
other fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Company in connection 
therewith, and will from time to time use diligent efforts to comply with all 
laws and regulations which, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, shall 
be applicable thereto.

          (b)  The grant of Options hereunder and the issuance of Shares 
pursuant to the exercise thereof is conditioned upon the Company's 
reservation of the right to withhold, in accordance with any applicable law, 
from any compensation payable to the Optionee any taxes required to be 
withheld by federal, state or local law as a result of the grant or exercise 
of such Option or the sale of the Shares issued upon exercise thereof.  To 
the extent that compensation or other amounts, if any, payable to the 
Optionee are insufficient to pay any taxes required to be so withheld, the 
Company may, in its sole discretion, require the Optionee, as a condition of 
the exercise of an Option, to pay in cash to the Company an amount sufficient 
to cover such tax liability or otherwise to make adequate provision for the 
Company's satisfaction of its withholding obligations under federal and state 
law.

          (c)  The Board or any Committee may, in its discretion and upon 
such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate (including the 
applicable safe-harbor provisions of SEC Rule 16b-3 and interpretations 
thereof by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission) provide any 
or all holders of outstanding option grants under this Plan with the election 
(a "Withholding Election") to have the Company withhold, from the shares of 
Common Stock otherwise issuable upon the exercise of such options, one or 
more of such shares with an aggregate fair market value equal to the 
designated percentage (any multiple of 5% specified by the optionee) of the 
Federal and State income taxes ("Taxes") incurred in connection with the 
acquisition of such Shares.  In lieu of such direct withholding, one or more 
optionees may also be granted the right to deliver shares of Common Stock to 
the Company in satisfaction of such Taxes.  The withheld or delivered shares 
shall be valued at the Fair Market Value on the applicable determination date 
for such Taxes (the "Tax Date") or such other date required by the applicable 
safe-harbor provisions of SEC Rule 16b-3.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, 
Optionees 

                                       12

<PAGE>

subject to the short-swing profit limitations of Section 16 of the Exchange 
Act shall have the right to elect to deliver previously owned stock or make a 
Withholding Election: (a) six months or more prior to the Tax Date and/or (b) 
prior to the Tax Date and within a "window period": specified in Rule 
16(b)-3(e)(iii) promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act.

     19.  LIABILITY OF COMPANY.  The Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary 
which is in existence or hereafter comes into existence shall not be liable 
to an Optionee or other person if it is determined for any reason by the 
Internal Revenue Service or any court having jurisdiction that any Options 
intended to be Incentive Stock Options granted hereunder do not qualify as 
incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

     20.  INFORMATION TO OPTIONEE.  The Company shall provide without charge 
at least annually to each Optionee during the period his Option is 
outstanding a balance sheet and income statement of the Company.  In the 
event that the Company provides annual reports or periodic reports to its 
shareholders during the period in which an Optionee's Option is outstanding, 
the Company shall provide to each Optionee a copy of each such report.

     21.  NOTICES.  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given 
in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or 
upon deposit in the United States mail, as first class, registered or 
certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid and addressed (i) if to the 
Company, at its principal place of business, attention: Secretary, or (ii) if 
to the Optionee at his address as set forth on the signature page of his 
Option Agreement, or at such other address as either party may from time to 
time designate in writing to other.  It shall be the obligation of each 
Optionee and each transferee holding Shares purchased upon exercise of an 
Option to provide the Secretary of the Company, by letter mailed as provided 
hereinabove, with written notice of his direct mailing address.

     22.  NO ENLARGEMENT OF EMPLOYEE RIGHTS.  This Plan is purely voluntary 
on the part of the Company, and the continuance of this Plan shall not be 
deemed to constitute a contract between the Company and any Employee, or to 
be consideration for or a condition of the employment or service of any 
Employee. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed to give any Employee 
the right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company, its Parent, 
Subsidiary or a successor corporation, or to interfere with the right of the 
Company or any such corporations to discharge or retire any Employee at any 
time with or without cause and with or without notice.  No Employee shall 
have any right to or interest in Options authorized hereunder prior to the 
grant thereof to such Employee, and upon such grant such Employee shall have 
only such rights and interests as are expressly provided herein, subject, 
however, to all applicable provisions of the Company's Articles of 
Incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.

     23.  LEGENDS ON CERTIFICATES.

          (a)  FEDERAL LAW.  Unless an appropriate registration statement is 
filed pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the 
Options and Shares issuable under this Plan, each document or certificate 
representing such Options or Shares shall 

                                       13

<PAGE>

be endorsed thereon with a legend substantially as follows:

          "THIS OPTION AND THE SECURITIES WHICH MAY BE PURCHASED
          UPON EXERCISE OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
          UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND HAVE
          BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR
          IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF.  NO
          SALE, TRANSFER OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN
          EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO OR AN
          OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH
          REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED."

          (b)  CALIFORNIA LEGEND.  If required by the California Commissioner 
of Corporations, each document or certificate representing the Options or 
Shares issuable under this Plan shall be endorsed thereon with a legend 
substantially as follows:

          "IT IS UNLAWFUL TO CONSUMMATE A SALE OR TRANSFER OF THIS
          OPTION AND THE SECURITIES WHICH MAY BE PURCHASED UPON
          EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, OR TO
          RECEIVE ANY CONSIDERATION THEREFOR, WITHOUT THE PRIOR
          WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF
          THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED IN THE
          COMMISSIONER'S RULES."

          (c)  ADDITIONAL LEGENDS.  Each document or certificate representing 
the Options or Shares issuable under this Plan shall also contain legends as 
may be required under applicable blue sky laws or by any Stock Purchase 
Agreement or other agreement the execution of which is a condition to the 
exercise of an Option under this Plan.

     24.  AVAILABILITY OF PLAN.  A copy of this Plan shall be delivered to 
the Secretary of the Company and shall be shown by him to any eligible person 
making reasonable inquiry concerning it.

     25.  COMPLIANCE WITH EXCHANGE ACT RULE 16b-3.  With respect to persons 
subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, transactions under this Plan are 
intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3, promulgated 
pursuant to the Exchange Act, or its successors.  To the extent any provision 
of this Plan or action by the Board or any Committee fails so to comply, it 
shall be deemed null and void to the extent permitted by law and deemed 
advisable by the Board or any Committee.

                                       14

<PAGE>

     26.  INVALID PROVISIONS.  In the event that any provision of this Plan 
is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable under any applicable law, 
such invalidity or unenforceability shall not be construed as rendering any 
other provisions contained herein as invalid or unenforceable, and all such 
other provisions shall be given full force and effect to the same extent as 
though the invalid or unenforceable provision was not contained herein.

     27.  APPLICABLE LAW.  This Plan shall be governed by and construed in 
accordance with the laws of the State of California.

                                       15


<PAGE>

                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
                                       
                          1996 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

                           As Adopted March 25, 1996


     1.   PURPOSE.  The purpose of the Plan is to provide incentives to
attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential
contributions are important to the success of the Company, its Parent,
Subsidiaries and Affiliates, by offering them an opportunity to participate in
the Company's future performance through awards of Options, Restricted Stock
and Stock Bonuses.  Capitalized terms not defined in the text are defined in
Section 24.

     2.   SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

          2.1  NUMBER OF SHARES AVAILABLE.  Subject to Sections 2.2 and 18, the
total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant
to the Plan shall be 3,000,000 Shares.  Subject to Sections 2.2 and 18, Shares
shall again be available for grant and issuance in connection with future
Awards under the Plan that:  (a) are subject to issuance upon exercise of an
Option but cease to be subject to such Option for any reason other than
exercise of such Option, (b) are subject to an Award granted hereunder but are
forfeited, or (c) are subject to an Award that otherwise terminates without
Shares being issued.

          2.2  ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.  In the event that the number of
outstanding Shares is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock
split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or
similar change in the capital structure of the Company without consideration,
then (a) the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (b) the
Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options, and 
(c) the number of Shares subject to other outstanding Awards shall be
proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the
shareholders of the Company and compliance with applicable securities laws;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that fractions of a Share shall not be issued but shall
either be paid in cash at Fair Market Value or shall be rounded up to the
nearest Share, as determined by the Committee.

     3.   ELIGIBILITY.  ISOs (as defined in Section 5 below) may be granted
only to employees (including officers and directors who are also employees) of
the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.  All Awards may be
granted to employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors of the
Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company; PROVIDED such
consultants and advisors render bona fide services not in connection with the
offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction.  A person may be
granted more than one Award under the Plan.

     4.   ADMINISTRATION.

          4.1  COMMITTEE AUTHORITY.  The Plan shall be administered by the
Committee or the Board acting as the Committee.  Subject to the general
purposes, terms and conditions of 
                                       
<PAGE>

the Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee shall have full 
power to implement and carry out the Plan.  The Committee shall have the 
authority to:

               (a)  construe and interpret the Plan, any Award Agreement and
                    any other agreement or document executed pursuant to the
                    Plan;
               
               (b)  prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating
                    to the Plan;
               
               (c)  select persons to receive Awards;
               
               (d)  determine the form and terms of Awards;
               
               (e)  determine the number of Shares or other consideration
                    subject to Awards;
               
               (f)  determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in
                    combination, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as
                    alternatives to, other Awards under the Plan or any other
                    incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any
                    Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company;
               
               (g)  grant waivers of Plan or Award conditions;
               
               (h)  determine the vesting, exercisability and payment of
                    Awards;
               
               (i)  correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any
                    inconsistency in the Plan, any Award or any Award
                    Agreement;
               
               (j)  determine whether an Award has been earned; and
               
               (k)  make all other determinations necessary or advisable for
                    the administration of the Plan.
               
          4.2  COMMITTEE DISCRETION.  Any determination made by the Committee
with respect to any Award shall be made in its sole discretion at the time of
grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan
or Award, at any later time, and such determination shall be final and binding
on the Company and all persons having an interest in any Award under the Plan.
The Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority
to grant an Award under the Plan to Participants who are not Insiders of the
Company.

          4.3  EXCHANGE ACT REQUIREMENTS.  If the Company is subject to the
Exchange Act, the Company will take appropriate steps to comply with the
disinterested director requirements of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act,
including but not limited to, the appointment by the Board of a Committee
consisting of not less than two persons (who are members of the Board), each of
whom is a Disinterested Person.


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

     5.   OPTIONS.  The Committee may grant Options to eligible persons and
shall determine whether such Options shall be Incentive Stock Options within
the meaning of the Code ("ISOS") or Nonqualified Stock Options ("NQSOS"), the
number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the
period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms and
conditions of the Option, subject to the following:

          5.1  FORM OF OPTION GRANT.  Each Option granted under the Plan shall
be evidenced by an Award Agreement which shall expressly identify the Option as
an ISO or NQSO ("STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT"), and be in such form and contain such
provisions (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee
shall from time to time approve, and which shall comply with and be subject to
the terms and conditions of the Plan.

          5.2  DATE OF GRANT.  The date of grant of an Option shall be the date
on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, unless
otherwise specified by the Committee.  The Stock Option Agreement and a copy of
the Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after
the granting of the Option.

          5.3  EXERCISE PERIOD.  Options shall be exercisable within the times
or upon the events determined by the Committee as set forth in the Stock Option
Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Option shall be exercisable after the
expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted, and provided
further that no Option granted to a person who directly or by attribution owns
more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes
of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company
("TEN PERCENT SHAREHOLDER") shall be exercisable after the expiration of five
(5) years from the date the Option is granted.  The Committee also may provide
for the exercise of Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to
time, periodically or otherwise, in such number or percentage as the Committee
determines.

          5.4  EXERCISE PRICE.  The Exercise Price shall be determined by the
Committee when the Option is granted and may be not less than 85% of the Fair
Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant; provided that (i) the Exercise
Price of an ISO shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the
Shares on the date of grant and (ii) the Exercise Price of any Option granted
to a Ten Percent Shareholder shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market
Value of the Shares on the date of grant.  Payment for the Shares purchased may
be made in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan.

          5.5  METHOD OF EXERCISE.  Options may be exercised only by delivery
to the Company of a written stock option exercise agreement  (the
"EXERCISE AGREEMENT") in a form approved by the Committee (which need not be
the same for each Participant), stating the number of Shares being purchased,
the restrictions imposed on the Shares, if any, and such representations and
agreements regarding Participant's investment intent and access to information
and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to
comply with applicable securities laws, together with payment in full of the
Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased.


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

          5.6  TERMINATION.  Notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in
the Stock Option Agreement, exercise of an Option shall always be subject to
the following:

               (a)  If the Participant is Terminated for any reason except
                    death or Disability, then Participant may exercise such
                    Participant's Options only to the extent that such Options
                    would have been exercisable upon the Termination Date no
                    later than three (3) months after the Termination Date (or
                    such shorter time period as may be specified in the Stock
                    Option Agreement), but in any event, no later than the
                    expiration date of the Options.
               
               (b)  If the Participant is terminated because of death or
                    Disability (or the Participant dies within three months of
                    such termination), then Participant's Options may be
                    exercised only to the extent that such Options would have
                    been exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date and
                    must be exercised by Participant (or Participant's legal
                    representative or authorized assignee) no later than twelve
                    (12) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter
                    time period as may be specified in the Stock Option
                    Agreement), but in any event no later than the expiration
                    date of the Options; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event
                    of termination due to Disability other than as defined in
                    Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, any ISO that remains
                    exercisable after 90 days after the date of termination
                    shall be deemed a NQSO.
               
          5.7  LIMITATIONS ON EXERCISE.  The Committee may specify a reasonable
minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option,
provided that such minimum number will not prevent Participant from exercising
the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.

          5.8  LIMITATIONS ON ISOS.  The aggregate Fair Market Value
(determined as of the date of grant) of Shares with respect to which ISOs are
exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under
the Plan or under any other incentive stock option plan of the Company or any
Affiliate, Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) shall not exceed $100,000.  If
the Fair Market Value of Shares on the date of grant with respect to which ISOs
are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year
exceeds $100,000, the Options for the first $100,000 worth of Shares to become
exercisable in such calendar year shall be ISOs and the Options for the amount
in excess of $100,000 that become exercisable in that calendar year shall be
NQSOs.  In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder
are amended after the Effective Date of the Plan to provide for a different
limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to ISOs, such
different limit shall be automatically incorporated herein and shall apply to
any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.

          5.9  MODIFICATION, EXTENSION OR RENEWAL.  The Committee may modify,
extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in
substitution therefor, provided that any such action may not, without the
written consent of Participant, impair any of 


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

Participant's rights under any Option previously granted.  Any outstanding 
ISO that is modified, extended, renewed or otherwise altered shall be treated 
in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code.  The Committee may reduce the 
Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of Participants 
affected by a written notice to them; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Exercise 
Price may not be reduced below the minimum Exercise Price that would be 
permitted under Section 5.4 of the Plan for Options granted on the date the 
action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price.

          5.10  NO DISQUALIFICATION.  Notwithstanding any other provision in
the Plan, no term of the Plan relating to ISOs shall be interpreted, amended or
altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be
exercised, so as to disqualify the Plan under Section 422 of the Code or,
without the consent of the Participant affected, to disqualify any ISO under
Section 422 of the Code.

     6.   RESTRICTED STOCK.  A Restricted Stock Award is an offer by the
Company to sell to an eligible person Shares that are subject to restrictions.
The Committee shall determine to whom an offer will be made, the number of
Shares the person may purchase, the price to be paid (the "PURCHASE PRICE"),
the restrictions to which the Shares shall be subject, and all other terms and
conditions of the Restricted Stock Award, subject to the following:

          6.1  FORM OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD.  All purchases under a
Restricted Stock Award made pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award
Agreement ("RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT") that shall be in such form
(which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee shall from
time to time approve, and shall comply with and be subject to the terms and
conditions of the Plan.  The offer of Restricted Stock shall be accepted by the
Participant's execution and delivery of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement
and full payment for the Shares to the Company within thirty (30) days from the
date the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is delivered to the person.  If
such person does not execute and deliver the Restricted Stock Purchase
Agreement along with full payment for the Shares to the Company within thirty
(30) days, then the offer shall terminate, unless otherwise determined by the
Committee.

          6.2  PURCHASE PRICE.  The Purchase Price of Shares sold pursuant to a
Restricted Stock Award shall be determined by the Committee and shall be at
least 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date the Restricted
Stock Award is granted, except in the case of a sale to a Ten Percent
Shareholder, in which case the Purchase Price shall be 100% of the Fair Market
Value.  Payment of the Purchase Price may be made in accordance with Section 8
of the Plan.

          6.3  RESTRICTIONS.  Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to such
restrictions as the Committee may impose.  The Committee may provide for the
lapse of such restrictions in installments and may accelerate or waive such
restrictions, in whole or part, based on length of service, performance or such
other factors or criteria as the Committee may determine.

     7.   STOCK BONUSES.

          7.1  AWARDS OF STOCK BONUSES.  A Stock Bonus is an award of Shares
(which may consist of Restricted Stock) for services rendered to the Company or
any Parent, Subsidiary 


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

or Affiliate of the Company.  A Stock Bonus may be awarded for past services 
already rendered to the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of 
the Company pursuant to an Award Agreement (the "STOCK BONUS AGREEMENT") that 
shall be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as 
the Committee shall from time to time approve, and shall comply with and be 
subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.  A Stock Bonus may be 
awarded upon satisfaction of such performance goals as are set out in advance 
in Participant's individual Award Agreement (the "PERFORMANCE STOCK BONUS 
AGREEMENT") that shall be in such form (which need not be the same for each 
Participant) as the Committee shall from time to time approve, and shall 
comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.  Stock 
Bonuses may vary from Participant to Participant and between groups of 
Participants, and may be based upon the achievement of the Company, Parent, 
Subsidiary or Affiliate and/or individual performance factors or upon such 
other criteria as the Committee may determine; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that 
performance-based bonuses shall be restricted to individuals earning at least 
$60,000 per year and of adequate sophistication and sufficiently empowered to 
achieve the performance goals.

          7.2  TERMS OF STOCK BONUSES.  The Committee shall determine the
number of Shares to be awarded to the Participant and whether such Shares shall
be Restricted Stock.  If the Stock Bonus is being earned upon the satisfaction
of performance goals pursuant to a Performance Stock Bonus Agreement, then the
Committee shall determine:  (a) the nature, length and starting date of any
period during which performance is to be measured (the "PERFORMANCE PERIOD")
for each Stock Bonus; (b) the performance goals and criteria to be used to
measure the performance, if any; (c) the number of Shares that may be awarded
to the Participant; and (d) the extent to which such Stock Bonuses have been
earned.  Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate
simultaneously with respect to Stock Bonuses that are subject to different
Performance Periods and different performance goals and other criteria.  The
number of Shares may be fixed or may vary in accordance with such performance
goals and criteria as may be determined by the Committee.  The Committee may
adjust the performance goals applicable to the Stock Bonuses to take into
account changes in law and accounting or tax rules and to make such adjustments
as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the impact of
extraordinary or unusual items, events or circumstances to avoid windfalls or
hardships.

          7.3  FORM OF PAYMENT.  The earned portion of a Stock Bonus may be
paid currently or on a deferred basis with such interest or dividend
equivalent, if any, as the Committee may determine.  Payment may be made in the
form of cash, whole Shares, including Restricted Stock, or a combination
thereof, either in a lump sum payment or in installments, all as the Committee
shall determine.

          7.4  TERMINATION DURING PERFORMANCE PERIOD.  If a Participant is
Terminated during a Performance Period for any reason, then such Participant
shall be entitled to payment (whether in Shares, cash or otherwise) with
respect to the Stock Bonus only to the extent earned as of the date of
Termination in accordance with the Performance Stock Bonus Agreement, unless
the Committee shall determine otherwise.

     8.   PAYMENT FOR SHARE PURCHASES.


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

          8.1  PAYMENT.  Payment for Shares purchased pursuant to the Plan may
be made in cash (by check) or, where expressly approved for the Participant by
the Committee and where permitted by law:

               (a)  by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the
                    Participant;
               
               (b)  by surrender of Shares that either:  (1) have been owned by
                    Participant for more than six (6) months and have been paid
                    for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares
                    were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory
                    note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such
                    Shares); or (2) were obtained by Participant in the public
                    market;
               
               (c)  by tender of a full recourse promissory note having such
                    terms as may be approved by the Committee and bearing
                    interest at a rate sufficient to avoid imputation of income
                    under Sections 483 and 1274 of the Code; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
                    that Participants who are not employees of the Company
                    shall not be entitled to purchase Shares with a promissory
                    note unless the note is adequately secured by collateral
                    other than the Shares.
               
               (d)  by waiver of compensation due or accrued to Participant for
                    services rendered;
               
               (e)  by tender of property;
               
               (f)  with respect only to purchases upon exercise of an Option,
                    and provided that a public market for the Company's stock
                    exists:
               
                    (1)  through a "same day sale" commitment from Participant
                         and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National
                         Association of Securities Dealers (an "NASD DEALER")
                         whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise
                         the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so
                         purchased to pay for the Exercise Price, and whereby
                         the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of
                         such Shares to forward the Exercise Price directly to
                         the Company; or
                    
                    (2)  through a "margin" commitment from Participant and an
                         NASD Dealer whereby Participant irrevocably elects to
                         exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so
                         purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as
                         security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount
                         of the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer
                         irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to
                         forward the exercise price directly to the Company;


                                       -7-
<PAGE>
                    
                    or
                    
               (g)  by any combination of the foregoing.
               
          8.2  LOAN GUARANTEES.  The Committee may help the Participant pay for
Shares purchased under the Plan by authorizing a guarantee by the Company of a
third-party loan to the Participant.

     9.   WITHHOLDING TAXES.

          9.1  WITHHOLDING GENERALLY.  Whenever Shares are to be issued in
satisfaction of Awards granted under the Plan, the Company may require the
Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal,
state and local withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any
certificate or certificates for such Shares.  Whenever, under the Plan,
payments in satisfaction of Awards are to be made in cash, such payment shall
be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local withholding
tax requirements.

          9.2  STOCK WITHHOLDING.  When, under applicable tax laws, a
Participant incurs tax liability in connection with the exercise or vesting of
any Award that is subject to tax withholding and the Participant is obligated
to pay the Company the amount required to be withheld, the Committee may allow
the Participant to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation by electing
to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued that number of Shares
having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld,
determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be
determined (the "TAX DATE").  All elections by a Participant to have Shares
withheld for this purpose shall be made in writing in a form acceptable to the
Committee and shall be subject to the following restrictions:

               (a)  the election must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax
                    Date;
               
               (b)  once made, then except as provided below, the election
                    shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares as to
                    which the election is made;
               
               (c)  all elections shall be subject to the consent or
                    disapproval of the Committee;
               
               (d)  if the Participant is an Insider and if the Company is
                    subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act:  (1) the
                    election may not be made within six (6) months of the date
                    of grant of the Award, except as otherwise permitted by SEC
                    Rule 16b-3(e) under the Exchange Act, and (2) either 
                    (A) the election to use stock withholding must be 
                    irrevocably made at least six (6) months prior to the Tax 
                    Date (although such election may be revoked at any time at 
                    least six (6) months prior to the Tax Date) or (B) the 
                    exercise of the Option or election to use stock withholding
                    must be made in the ten (10) day period beginning on the 
                    third day 


                                       -8-
<PAGE>

                    following the release of the Company's quarterly or annual
                    summary statement of sales or earnings; and
               
               (e)  in the event that the Tax Date is deferred until six (6)
                    months after the delivery of Shares under Section 83(b) of
                    the Code, the Participant shall receive the full number of
                    Shares with respect to which the exercise occurs, but such
                    Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender
                    back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax
                    Date.
               
     10.  PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP.

          10.1 VOTING AND DIVIDENDS.  No Participant shall have any of the
rights of a shareholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued
to the Participant.  After Shares are issued to the Participant, the
Participant shall be a shareholder and have all the rights of a shareholder
with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all
dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares;
PROVIDED, that if such Shares are Restricted Stock, then any new, additional or
different securities the Participant may become entitled to receive with
respect to such Shares by virtue of a stock dividend, stock split or any other
change in the corporate or capital structure of the Company shall be subject to
the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock.

          10.2 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The Company shall provide financial
statements to each Participant prior to such Participant's purchase of Shares
under the Plan, and to each Participant annually during the period such
Participant has Awards outstanding; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the Company shall not be
required to provide such financial statements to Participants whose services in
connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

     11.  TRANSFERABILITY.  Awards granted under the Plan, and any interest
therein, shall not be transferable or assignable by Participant, and may not be
made subject to execution, attachment or similar process, otherwise than by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as consistent with the
specific Plan and Award Agreement provisions relating thereto.  During the
lifetime of the Participant an Award shall be exercisable only by the
Participant, and any elections with respect to an Award, may be made only by
the Participant.

     12.  RESTRICTIONS ON SHARES.  At the discretion of the Committee, the
Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) in the Award Agreement a
right of first refusal to purchase all Shares that a Participant (or a
subsequent transferee) may propose to transfer to a third party.

     13.  CERTIFICATES.  All certificates for Shares or other securities
delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stock transfer orders,
legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or
advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or
foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the
SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares
may be listed.


                                       -9-
<PAGE>

     14.  ESCROW; PLEDGE OF SHARES.  To enforce any restrictions on a
Participant's Shares that are not Vested (as defined in the Award Agreement),
the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates
representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of
transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the
Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such
restrictions have lapsed or terminated (provided, however, that such Shares may
be retained in escrow so long as such Shares secure any debts to the Company),
and the Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions
to be placed on the certificates.  Any Participant who is permitted to execute
a promissory note as partial or full consideration for the purchase of Shares
under the Plan shall be required to pledge and deposit with the Company all or
part of the Shares so purchased as collateral to secure the payment of
Participant's obligation to the Company under the promissory note; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Committee may require or accept other or additional forms of
collateral to secure the payment of such obligation and, in any event, the
Company shall have full recourse against the Participant under the promissory
note notwithstanding any pledge of the Participant's Shares or other
collateral.  In connection with any pledge of the Shares, Participant shall be
required to execute and deliver a written pledge agreement in such form as the
Committee shall from time to time approve.  The Shares purchased with the
promissory note may be released from the pledge on a prorata basis as the
promissory note is paid.

     15.  EXCHANGE AND BUYOUT OF AWARDS.  The Committee may, at any time or
from time to time, authorize the Company, with the consent of the respective
Participants, to issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and
cancellation of any or all outstanding Awards.  The Committee may at any time
buy from a Participant an Award previously granted with payment in cash, Shares
(including Restricted Stock) or other consideration, based on such terms and
conditions as the Committee and the Participant shall agree.

     16.  SECURITIES LAW AND OTHER REGULATORY COMPLIANCE.  An Award shall not
be effective unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable federal and
state securities laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the
requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the
Shares may then be listed, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the
Award and also on the date of exercise or other issuance.  Notwithstanding any
other provision in the Plan, the Company shall have no obligation to issue or
deliver certificates for Shares under the Plan prior to (a) obtaining any
approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary
or advisable, and/or (b) completion of any registration or other qualification
of such shares under any state or federal law or ruling of any governmental
body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable.  The Company
shall be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect
compliance with the registration, qualification or listing requirements of any
state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the
Company shall have no liability for any inability or failure to do so.

     17.  NO OBLIGATION TO EMPLOY.  Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted
under the Plan shall confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right
to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the
Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or limit in any
way the right of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary 


                                       -10-
<PAGE>

or Affiliate of the Company to terminate Participant's employment or other 
relationship at any time, with or without cause.

     18.  CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.

          18.1 ASSUMPTION OR REPLACEMENT OF AWARDS BY SUCCESSOR.  In the event
of (a) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving
corporation (other than a merger or consolidation with a wholly-owned
subsidiary, a reincorporation of the Company in a different jurisdiction, or
other transaction in which there is no substantial change in the shareholders
of the Company and the Awards granted under the Plan are assumed or replaced by
the successor corporation, which assumption shall be binding on all
Participants), (b) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (c) the sale of
substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (d) any other transaction
which qualifies as a "corporate transaction" under Section 424(a) of the Code
wherein the shareholders of the Company give up all of their equity interest in
the Company (EXCEPT for the acquisition, sale or transfer of all or
substantially all of the outstanding shares of the Company), any or all
outstanding Awards may be assumed or replaced by the successor corporation (if
any), which assumption or replacement shall be binding on all Participants.  In
the alternative, the successor corporation may substitute equivalent Awards or
provide substantially similar consideration to Participants as was provided to
shareholders (after taking into account the existing provisions of the Awards).
The successor corporation may also issue, in place of outstanding Shares of the
Company held by the Participant, substantially similar shares or other property
subject to repurchase restrictions no less favorable to the Participant.

          In the event such successor corporation (if any) refuses to assume or
substitute Awards, as provided above, pursuant to a transaction described in
this Subsection 18.1, such Awards shall expire on such transaction at such time
and on such conditions as the Board shall determine.

          18.2 OTHER TREATMENT OF AWARDS.  Subject to any greater rights
granted to Participants under the foregoing provisions of this Section 18, in
the event of the occurrence of any transaction described in Section 18.1, any
outstanding Awards shall be treated as provided in the applicable agreement or
plan of merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation, sale of assets or
other "corporate transaction."

          18.3 ASSUMPTION OF AWARDS BY THE COMPANY.  The Company, from time to
time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another
company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or
otherwise, by either (a) granting an Award under the Plan in substitution of
such other company's award, or (b) assuming such award as if it had been
granted under the Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to
an Award granted under the Plan.  Such substitution or assumption shall be
permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been
eligible to be granted an Award under the Plan if the other company had applied
the rules of the Plan to such grant.  In the event the Company assumes an award
granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award shall remain
unchanged (EXCEPT that the exercise price and the number and nature of Shares
issuable upon exercise of any such option will be adjusted appropriately
pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code).  In the event the Company elects to
grant a new Option rather than 


                                       -11-
<PAGE>

assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly 
adjusted Exercise Price.

     19.  ADOPTION AND SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL.  The Plan shall become effective
on the date that it is adopted by the Board (the "EFFECTIVE DATE").  The Plan
shall be approved by the shareholders of the Company (excluding Shares issued
pursuant to this Plan), consistent with applicable laws, within twelve months
before or after the Effective Date.  Upon the Effective Date, the Board may
grant Awards pursuant to the Plan; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that: (a) no Option may
be exercised prior to initial shareholder approval of the Plan; (b) no Option
granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Board
shall be exercised prior to the time such increase has been approved by the
shareholders of the Company; and (c) in the event that shareholder approval is
not obtained within the time period provided herein, all Awards granted
hereunder shall be cancelled, any Shares issued pursuant to any Award shall be
cancelled and any purchase of Shares hereunder shall be rescinded.  After the
Company becomes subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Company will
comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 (or its successor), as amended, with
respect to shareholder approval.

     20.  TERM OF PLAN.  The Plan will terminate ten (10) years from the
Effective Date or, if earlier, the date of shareholder approval.

     21.  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN.  The Board may at any time
terminate or amend the Plan in any respect, including without limitation
amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant
to the Plan; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Board shall not, without the approval
of the shareholders of the Company, amend the Plan in any manner that requires
such shareholder approval pursuant to the Code or the regulations promulgated
thereunder as such provisions apply to ISO plans or pursuant to the Exchange
Act or Rule 16b-3 (or its successor), as amended, thereunder.

     22.  NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN.  Neither the adoption of the Plan by the
Board, the submission of the Plan to the shareholders of the Company for
approval, nor any provision of the Plan shall be construed as creating any
limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation
arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the
granting of stock options and bonuses otherwise than under the Plan, and such
arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific
cases.

     23.  DEFINITIONS.  As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the
following meanings:

          "AFFILIATE" means any corporation that directly, or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under
common control with, another corporation, where "control" (including the terms
"controlled by" and "under common control with") means the possession, direct
or indirect, of the power to cause the direction of the management and policies
of the corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise.

          "AWARD" means any award under the Plan, including any Option,
Restricted Stock or Stock Bonus.


                                       -12-
<PAGE>

          "AWARD AGREEMENT" means, with respect to each Award, the signed
written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the
terms and conditions of the Award.

          "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          "COMMITTEE" means the committee appointed by the Board to administer
the Plan, or if no committee is appointed, the Board.

          "COMPANY" means Pacific Monolithics, Inc., a corporation organized
under the laws of the State of California, or any successor corporation.

          "DISABILITY" means a disability, whether temporary or permanent,
partial or total, as determined by the Committee.

          "DISINTERESTED PERSON" means a director who has not, during the
period that person is a member of the Committee and for one year prior to
service as a member of the Committee, been granted or awarded equity securities
pursuant to the Plan or any other plan of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary
or Affiliate of the Company, except in accordance with the requirements set
forth in Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(i) (and any successor regulation thereto) as
promulgated by the SEC under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as such rule is
amended from time to time and as interpreted by the SEC.

          "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          "EXERCISE PRICE" means the price at which a holder of an Option may
purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.

          "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, as of any date, the value of a share of
the Company's Common Stock determined as follows:

               (a)  if such Common Stock is then quoted on the Nasdaq National
                    Market, its last reported sale price on the Nasdaq National
                    Market or, if no such reported sale takes place on such
                    date, the average of the closing bid and asked prices;
               
               (b)  if such Common Stock is publicly traded and is then listed
                    on a national securities exchange, the last reported sale
                    price or, if no such reported sale takes place on such
                    date, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on
                    the principal national securities exchange on which the
                    Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading;


                                       -13-
<PAGE>
               
               (c)  if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is not quoted
                    on the Nasdaq National Market nor listed or admitted to
                    trading on a national securities exchange, the average of
                    the closing bid and asked prices on such date, as reported
                    by The Wall Street Journal, for the over-the-counter
                    market; or
               
               (d)  if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Board of
                    Directors of the Company in good faith.
               
          "INSIDER" means an officer or director of the Company or any other
person whose transactions in the Company's Common Stock are subject to Section
16 of the Exchange Act.

          "OPTION" means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to
Section 5.

          "PARENT" means any corporation (other than the Company) in an
unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if at the time of the
granting of an Award under the Plan, each of such corporations other than the
Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of
all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

          "PARTICIPANT" means a person who receives an Award under the Plan.

          "PLAN" means this Pacific Monolithics, Inc. 1996 Equity Incentive
Plan, as amended from time to time.

          "RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD" means an award of Shares pursuant to 
Section 6.

          "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          "SHARES" means shares of the Company's Common Stock reserved for
issuance under the Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2 and 15, and any
successor security.

          "STOCK BONUS" means an award of Shares, or cash in lieu of Shares,
pursuant to Section 7.

          "SUBSIDIARY" means any corporation (other than the Company) in an
unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of
granting of the Award, each of the corporations other than the last corporation
in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such
chain.

          "TERMINATION" or "TERMINATED" means, for purposes of the Plan with
respect to a Participant, that the Participant has ceased to provide services
as an employee, director, consultant or adviser, to the Company or a Parent,
Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, except in the case of sick leave,
military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Committee,
PROVIDED, that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, or


                                       -14-
<PAGE>

reinstatement upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or
statute.  The Committee shall have sole discretion to determine whether a
Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the
Participant ceased to provide services (the "TERMINATION DATE").


                                       -15-


<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 LEASE AGREEMENT



                                 by and between



                          AETNA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,
                                   as Landlord



                                       and



                           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.,
                                    as Tenant



                            Dated as of June 12, 1995

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                 LEASE AGREEMENT
                             BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                              <C>
Lease Date:                      June 12, 1995

Landlord:                        AETNA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,
                                 a Connecticut corporation

Landlord's Address:              c/o Aetna Investment Group
                                 1740 Technology Drive, Suite 600
                                 San Jose, California 95110

Tenant:                          Pacific Monolithics, Inc.
                                 a California corporation

Tenant's Address:                PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT DATE:

                                 245 Santa Ana Court
                                 Sunnyvale, California 94086

                                 FROM AND AFTER COMMENCEMENT DATE:

                                 1308 Moffett Park Drive
                                 Sunnyvale, California 94089

Premises:                        Premises located at 1308 Moffett Park Drive,
                                 Sunnyvale, California, containing approximately
                                 seventy five thousand five hundred forty-eight
                                 (75,548) rentable square feet

Months of Term:                  Sixty (60) months

Monthly Base Rent:                               Monthly
                                 Months            Rent
                                 ------         ----------
                                 1-12           $43,800.00
                                 13-36          $56,661.00
                                 37-48          $58,188.00
                                 49-60          $60,438.00

Prepaid Rent:                    Forty Three Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars
                                 ($43,800.00)


                                        i

<PAGE>

MONTH TO WHICH PREPAID RENT      FIRST (1ST) MONTH OF TERM
APPLIED:

Security Deposit:                Sixty Thousand Four Hundred Thirty-Eight
                                 Dollars ($60,438.00)

Permitted Use:                   General office use and engineering,
                                 manufacturing and warehousing of electronic
                                 products

Broker(s):                       CPS
                                 Cornish & Carey Commercial

Tenant Improvements              One Million Five Hundred Ten Thousand Nine
Allowance:                       Hundred Sixty Dollars ($1,510,960.00)

Tenant Improvements Loan:        Not to exceed Three Hundred Seventy Seven
                                 Thousand Seven Hundred Forty Dollars
                                 ($377,740.00)

Exhibits: Exhibit A              Diagram of the Premises
          Exhibit B              Tenant Improvements
          Exhibit B-1            Final Plans and Specifications for Tenant
                                 Improvements
          Exhibit C              Commencement Date Memorandum
</TABLE>


                                       ii
<PAGE>

                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

     THIS LEASE AGREEMENT is made and entered into by and between Landlord and
Tenant on the Lease Date.  The defined terms used in this Lease which are
defined in the Basic Lease Information attached to this Lease Agreement ("Basic
Lease Information") shall have the meaning and definition given them in the
Basic Lease Information.  The Basic Lease Information, the exhibits, and this
Lease Agreement are and shall be construed as a single instrument and are
referred to herein as the "Lease".

     1.    DEMISE: In consideration for the rents and all other charges and
payments payable by Tenant, and for the agreements, terms and conditions to be
performed by Tenant in this Lease, LANDLORD DOES HEREBY LEASE TO TENANT, AND
TENANT DOES HEREBY HIRE AND TAKE FROM LANDLORD, the Premises described below
(the "Premises"), upon the agreements, terms and conditions of this Lease for
the Term hereinafter stated.

     2.    PREMISES: The Premises demised by this Lease is the building
specified in the Basic Lease Information (the "Building"), which Building
contains the square footage specified in the Basic Lease Information.  The
location and dimensions of the Premises are depicted on EXHIBIT A which is
attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.  Tenant shall have
the non-exclusive right to use the parking and other common areas on the real
property on which the Premises are situated (the "Property").  No easement for
light or air is incorporated in the Premises.

     The Premises demised by this Lease shall also include the Tenant
Improvements (as that term is defined in EXHIBIT B, attached hereto and
incorporated herein by this reference) to be constructed by Landlord within the
interior of the Premises.  Landlord shall construct the Tenant Improvements on
the terms and conditions set forth in EXHIBIT B.  Landlord and Tenant agree to
and shall be bound by the terms and conditions of EXHIBIT B.

     3.   TERM: The term of this Lease (the "Term") shall be for the period of
months specified in the Basic Lease Information, commencing on the earliest to
occur of the following dates (the "Commencement Date"):

          (a)  The date the Tenant Improvements are approved by the appropriate
governmental agency as being in accordance with its building code and the
building permit issued for such improvements, as evidenced by the issuance of a
final building inspection approval; or

          (b)  The date Landlord's architect and general contractor have both
certified in writing to Tenant that the Tenant Improvements have been
substantially completed in accordance with the plans and specifications
therefor; provided, however, that if the date determined pursuant to Paragraph 3
(a) above or this Paragraph 3 (b) falls within the period commencing on
September 16, 1995 and continuing through and including September 30, 1995, then
subject to Paragraph 3(c) below, the Commencement Date shall be automatically
extended to, and shall be deemed to be, October 1, 1995; or


                                        1
<PAGE>

          (c)  The date Tenant commences occupancy of the Premises; provided,
however, that Tenant shall not be deemed to have commenced occupancy of the
Premises if Tenant enters upon the Premises solely for the purpose of installing
its telephone equipment and preparing the Premises for occupancy in accordance
with Paragraph 7(c) below; when the Commencement Date has been determined
pursuant to the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute a
Commencement Date Memorandum in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT C.

               The date on which the Term of this Lease expires shall be
referred to herein as the "Expiration Date."

     4.   RENT:

          (a)  BASE RENT.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in advance on the first
day of each month, without further notice or demand and without offset or
deduction, the monthly installments of rent specified in the Basic Lease
Information (the "Base Rent").

          Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Prepaid
Rent specified in the Basic Lease Information to be applied toward Base Rent for
the month of the Term specified in the Basic Lease Information.

          (b)  ADDITIONAL RENT.  This Lease is intended to be a net Lease; and
subject to Paragraph 12(c) below, the Rent owing hereunder is to be paid by
Tenant absolutely net of all costs and expenses relating to Landlord's ownership
of the Property and the Building.  The provisions of this Paragraph 4(b) for the
payment of Expenses (as hereinafter defined) by Tenant are intended to pass on
to Tenant all such costs and expenses.  In addition to the Base Rent, Tenant
shall pay to Landlord, in accordance with this Paragraph 4, all costs and
expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the management,
operation, maintenance and repair of the Property and the Building (the
"Expenses"), including, without limitation, all the following items related to
the Building, the Property, and/or theOutside Areas (as defined in Paragraph
4(b)(3)) (the "Additional Rent"):

                    (1)  TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS.  All real estate taxes and
assessments.  Real estate taxes and assessments shall include any form of
assessment, license, fee, tax, levy, penalty (if a result of Tenant's
delinquency), or tax (other than net income, estate, succession, inheritance,
transfer or franchise taxes), imposed by any authority having the direct or
indirect power to tax, or by any city, county, state or federal government or
any improvement or other district or division thereof, whether such tax is
(i) determined by the area of the Premises or the Property, or any part thereof,
or the Rent and other sums payable hereunder by Tenant or by other tenants,
including, but not limited to, any gross income or excise tax levied by any of
the foregoing authorities with respect to receipt of Rent or other sums due
under this Lease; (ii) upon any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the
Premises or the Property, or any part thereof; (iii) upon this transaction or
any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest in
the Premises or the Property; (iv) levied or assessed in lieu of, in
substitution for, or in addition to, existing or additional taxes against the
Premises or the Property, whether or not now customary or within the
contemplation of the parties; or (v) surcharged against the parking area;
provided, however, that all special assessments which can


                                        2

<PAGE>

be paid by Landlord in installments shall be paid by Landlord in the maximum
number of installments permitted by law and shall not be included within the
definition of real property taxes except the installment shall be included in
the calendar year in which such installment is actually paid.  Tenant and
Landlord acknowledge that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State
of California in the June, 1978 election and that assessments, taxes, fees,
levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such purposes as
fire protection, street, sidewalk, road, utility construction and maintenance,
refuse removal and for other governmental services which may formerly have been
provided without charge to property owners or occupants.  It is the intention of
the parties that all new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies and
charges due to Proposition 13 or any other cause are to be included within the
definition of real property taxes for purposes of this Lease.  Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, subject to the prior written consent of
Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, Tenant shall have
the right to contest or object to the amount of any real estate taxes and
assessments assessed against the Premises by appropriate legal proceedings so
long as (A) Tenant notifies Landlord of Tenant's intent to contest such real
estate taxes and assessments, (B) Tenant furnishes Landlord with security
reasonably satisfactory to Landlord to pay such contested real estate taxes and
assessments, and (C) upon any final determination of such contest which is not
appealable or is not being appealed by Tenant, Tenant pays such real estate
taxes and assessments then due.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, among
other reasons, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to
Tenant's contest rights if Landlord elects to conduct such contest on its own.
Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any
and all cost, loss or liability resulting from any such contest undertaken by or
on behalf of Tenant.

                    (2)  INSURANCE.  All insurance premiums, including premiums
for "all risk" fire and extended coverage (including earthquake and flood
endorsements) insurance for the Premises, public liability insurance, other
insurance as Landlord deems necessary, and any deductibles paid under policies
of any such insurance.

                    (3)  OUTSIDE AREAS EXPENSES.  All costs to maintain, repair,
replace, supervise, insure (including provision of public liability insurance)
and administer the areas outside of the Premises ("Outside Areas"), including
parking areas, landscaping (including maintenance contracts), sprinkler systems,
sidewalks, driveways, curbs, lighting systems, and utilities for Outside Areas.

                    (4)  PARKING CHARGES.  Any parking charges or other costs
levied, assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from
statutes or regulations, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any
governmental authority or insurer in connection with the use or occupancy of the
Premises, the Outside Areas and/or the Property.

                    (5)  MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF PREMISES.  Except for the
costs which are the responsibility of Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 12(c)
below, all costs to maintain, repair, and replace the Premises, including,
without limitation, the structural portions of the roof, the roof coverings, the
foundation, the floor slab, the load bearing walls, and the exterior walls
(including the painting thereof) of the Premises, the heating, ventilation, and
air conditioning ("HVAC") systems


                                        3

<PAGE>

serving the Premises (including the cost of maintenance contracts), and all
costs to maintain, repair and replace all utility and plumbing systems, fixtures
and equipment serving the Premises but which are located in the Outside Areas.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, with respect
to :all sums payable by Tenant as Additional Rent hereunder (including, without
limitation, Outside Area expenses and costs to maintain and repair the Premises
pursuant to Paragraph 12 hereof) for the repair or replacement of any item in
connection with the physical operation of the Premises (i.e., HVAC, roof
membrane or coverings, plumbing, electrical and utility systems and parking
area) which is a capital item the repair or replacement of which property would
be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied, Tenant shall be required to pay only the prorata share of the cost of
the item falling due within the term (including any Renewal Term) based upon the
amortization of the same over the useful life of such item, as reasonably
determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied.

                    (6)  MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION.  All costs for
management and administration of the Premises and the Property, including a
property management fee, accounting, auditing, billing, postage, employee
benefits, payroll taxes, etc.

                    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Section 4(b), "Expenses" shall not include any of the following costs:

                    (1)  LOSSES CAUSED BY LANDLORD.  Costs occasioned by the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Koll Management Services,
Inc. ("Koll");

                    (2)  REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES.  Costs for which Landlord is
separately reimbursed in full by third parties;

                    (3)  RESERVES.  Reserves established by Landlord to fund
future capital or operating expenses;

                    (4)  MORTGAGES.  Debt service payments on mortgages and
deeds of trust encumbering the Property and/or the Building, and rental payments
under ground leases affecting the Property;

                    (5)  HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.  Costs incurred to investigate the
presence of, and to remediate or remove from the Property Hazardous Materials
brought on, released or otherwise introduced on to the Property by any person
other than Tenant or its Agents (as hereinafter defined);

                    (6)  VIOLATION OF LAWS.  Penalties (as opposed to costs of
compliance) assessed against Landlord as a result of the intentional violation
by Landlord of any laws applicable to the Premises that are regularly being
enforced by the City of Sunnyvale or other appropriate governmental agencies;
and


                                        4

<PAGE>

                    (7)  CONSTRUCTION DEFECTS  Costs incurred by Landlord
correcting or remedying defects in the construction of the Tenant Improvements,
but solely to the extent that such costs are actually covered by construction
warranties held by Landlord.

               (c)  PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL RENT.

                    (1)  Upon commencement of this Lease, Landlord shall submit
to Tenant an estimate of monthly Additional Rent for the period between the
Commencement Date and the following December 31 and Tenant shall pay such
estimated Additional Rent on a monthly basis concurrently with the payment of
the Base Rent.  Tenant shall continue to make said monthly payments until
notified by Landlord of a change therein.  By March 1 of each calendar year,
Landlord shall endeavor to provide to Tenant a statement (the "Expense
Statement") showing the actual Additional Rent due to Landlord for the prior
calendar year, prorated from the Commencement Date during the first year.  If
the total of the monthly payments of Additional Rent that Tenant has made for
the prior calendar year is less than the actual Additional Rent chargeable to
Tenant for such prior calendar year, then Tenant shall pay the difference in a
lump sum within twenty (20) days after receipt of such statement from Landlord.
Any overpayment by Tenant of Additional Rent for the prior calendar year shall
be credited towards the Additional Rent next due, or, if the overpayment is
calculated after termination of this Lease, promptly returned by Landlord to
Tenant.

                    (2)  The actual Additional Rent for the prior calendar year
shall be used for purposes of calculating Tenant's monthly payment of estimated
Additional Rent for the current year, subject to adjustment as provided above,
except that in any year in which resurfacing of the parking area or material
roof repairs are planned, then subject to (A) the last sentence of Paragraph
4(b)(5) and (B) the repair and maintenance obligations of Landlord under
Paragraph 12(c) which pursuant to such Paragraph 12(c) are the sole
responsibility and expense of Landlord and are not reimbursable by Tenant,
Landlord may include the estimated cost of such work in the estimated monthly
Additional Rent.  Landlord shall make the final determination of Additional Rent
for the year in which this Lease terminates as soon as possible after
termination of such year.  Tenant shall remain liable for payment of any amount
due to Landlord in excess of the estimated Additional Rent previously paid by
Tenant, and, conversely, Landlord shall promptly return to Tenant any
overpayment, even though the Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the
Premises.  Failure of Landlord to submit statements as called for herein shall
not be deemed a waiver of Tenant's obligation to pay Additional Rent as herein
provided.

               (d)  GENERAL PAYMENT TERMS.  The Base Rent, Additional Rent and
all other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder are referred to as the
"Rent".  All Rent shall be paid without deduction, offset or abatement in lawful
money of the United States of America.  Checks are to be made payable to Koll
Management Services, Inc. and shall be mailed to: Koll Management Services,
Inc., Agents for Sunnyvale Pension, Dept. No. 66169, El Monte, California 91735,
or to such other person or place as Landlord may, from time to time, designate
to Tenant in writing.  Rent for any partial month during the Term shall be
prorated for the portion thereof falling due within the Term.


                                        5

<PAGE>

               (e)  RIGHT TO AUDIT.  Notwithstanding anything in Paragraph 4(c)
above to the contrary, following the delivery by Landlord of each Expense
Statement, Tenant shall have a period of ninety (90) days to review and audit
Landlord's books and records regarding such Expense Statement, such review or
audit to take place during normal business hours in Landlord's offices and to be
completed within seven (7) days after the commencement thereof.  If Tenant does
not so review or audit Landlord's books and records, Landlord's Expense
Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant.  In the event that Tenant
determines on the basis of its review of Landlord's books and records that the
amount of Expenses paid by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 4 for the period
covered by such Expense Statement is less than or greater than the actual amount
properly payable by Tenant under the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly
pay any deficiency to Landlord or Landlord shall promptly refund any excess
payment to Tenant, as the case may be; provided, however, that if Landlord
disagrees with the results of Tenant's audit, the dispute shall be submitted to
an independent nationally recognized accounting firm mutually agreed upon by
Landlord and Tenant and the determination of such accounting firm shall be
binding upon the parties.  If the independent accounting firm determines that
the amount of Tenant's payments of Expenses for such period is less than or
greater than the actual amount properly payable by Tenant under the terms of
this Lease, Tenant shall promptly pay any deficiency to Landlord or Landlord
shall promptly refund any excess payment to Tenant, as the case may be.  Tenant
shall pay the cost of its audit of Landlord's books, and records.  The costs of
any independent accounting firm shall be paid by Tenant unless such firm
determines that the overpayment of Expenses by Tenant, if any, equals five
percent (5%) or more of the actual Expenses payable by Tenant for the period
covered by the audit, in which case Landlord shall pay the costs of such
independent accounting firm.

     5.   LATE CHARGE:  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease,
Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment to Landlord of Rent, or other
amounts due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by
this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain.
If any Rent or other sums due from Tenant are not received by Landlord or by
Landlord's designated agent within ten (10) days after their due date, then
Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such
overdue amount, plus any attorneys, fees incurred by Landlord by reason of
Tenant's failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder.  Landlord
and Tenant hereby agree that such late charges represent a fair and reasonable
estimate of the cost that Landlord will incur by reason of Tenant's late
payment.  Landlord's acceptance of such late charges shall not constitute a
waiver of Tenant's default with respect to such overdue amount or estop Landlord
from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted under this Lease.

     Initials:      Landlord  /s/ JEG             Tenant /s/ CJW
                             --------------              -------------

     6.   SECURITY DEPOSIT:   Concurrently with Tenant's execution of the Lease,
Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Security Deposit specified in the Basic
Lease Information as security for the full and faithful performance of each and
every term, covenant and condition of this Lease.  Landlord may use, apply or
retain the whole or any part of the Security Deposit as may be reasonably
necessary (a) to remedy Tenant's default in the payment of any Rent, (b) to
repair damage to the Premises caused by Tenant, (c) to clean the Premises upon
termination of this Lease, (d) to reimburse


                                        6

<PAGE>

Landlord for the payment of any amount which Landlord may reasonably spend or be
required to spend by reason of Tenant's default, or (e) to compensate Landlord
for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant's
default.  Should Tenant faithfully and fully comply with all of the terms,
covenants and conditions of this Lease, within thirty (30) days following the
expiration of the Term, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be
returned to Tenant or, at the option,of Landlord, to the last assignee of
Tenant's interest in this Lease.  Landlord shall not be required to keep the
Security Deposit separate from its general funds and Tenant shall not be
entitled to any interest on such deposit.  If Landlord so uses or applies all or
any portion of said deposit, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor
Tenant shall deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the
Security Deposit to the full extent of the above amount, and Tenant's failure to
do so shall be a default under this Lease.  In the event Landlord transfers its
interest in this Lease, Landlord shall transfer the then remaining amount of the
Security Deposit to Landlord's successor in interest, and thereafter Landlord
shall have no further liability to Tenant with respect to such Security Deposit.

     7.   POSSESSION:

          (a)  TENANT'S RIGHT OF POSSESSION.  Subject to Paragraph 7(b), Tenant
shall be entitled to possession of the Premises upon commencement of the Term.

          (b)  DELAY IN DELIVERING POSSESSION.  If for any reason whatsoever,
Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant at the commencement
of the Term, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord, or
Landlord's agents, be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting
therefrom.  Tenant shall not be liable for Rent until Landlord delivers
possession of the Premises to Tenant.  The expiration date of the Term shall be
extended by the same number of days that Tenant's possession of the Premises was
delayed.

          (c)  EARLY ACCESS.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
in Paragraph 7(a), Tenant shall have the right to enter upon the Premises at
such times as shall be acceptable to Landlord during the thirty (30) day period
preceding the Commencement Date to install telephones in the Premises and to
otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant's occupancy, provided, however, that
Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or its employees or agents for any loss
or damage to property, or injury to person, arising from or related to the
construction of the Tenant Improvements.  Tenant shall take all reasonable
precautions to protect against such loss, damage or injury during the
construction of the Tenant Improvements, and shall not interfere with such
construction.  Tenant shall cooperate with all reasonable directives of Landlord
in order to minimize any disruption or delay in completion of the Tenant
Improvements.  Tenant's entry upon the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7(c)
shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, excepting
only the covenant to pay Rent.

     8.   USE OF PREMISES:

          (a)   PERMITTED USES.  The Premises shall be used for the Permitted
Uses specified in the Basic Lease Information and for no other use.  The
Premises shall not be used to create any


                                        7

<PAGE>

nuisance or trespass, for any illegal purpose, for any purpose not permitted by
applicable laws and regulations, or for any purpose that would vitiate the
insurance or increase the premiums for insurance on the Premises.  Tenant agrees
not to overload the floor(s) of the Premises.

          (b)  COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS.  Tenant shall, at
Tenant's expense, faithfully observe and comply with all municipal, state and
federal statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, requirements, and orders, now
in force or which may hereafter be in force pertaining to the Premises or
Tenant's use thereof, whether substantial in cost or otherwise, and all recorded
covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Property ("Private
Restrictions") now in force or which may hereafter be in force; provided,
however, that Tenant shall not be required to make structural changes to the
Premises (including, without limitation installing fire sprinkler systems,
reinforcing the Premises to seismic standards or removing asbestos) not related
to Tenant's specific use of the Premises unless the requirement for such changes
is imposed as a result of any improvements or additions made or proposed to be
made at Tenant's request.  The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction,
or the admission of Tenant in any action or proceeding against Tenant, whether
Landlord be a party thereto or not, that Tenant has violated any such rule,
regulation, ordinance, statute or Private Restrictions, shall be conclusive of
that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

     9.   ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES:  By entry hereunder, Tenant accepts the
Premises as suitable for Tenant's intended use and as being in good and sanitary
operating order, condition and repair, AS IS, and without representation or
warranty by Landlord as to the condition, use or occupancy which may be made
thereof.  Any exceptions to the foregoing must be by written agreement executed
by Landlord and Tenant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant's acceptance of
the Premises or submission of a "punch list" shall not be deemed a waiver of
Tenant's right to have defects in the Tenant Improvements or the Premises
repaired by the Contractor (as defined in EXHIBIT B hereto).

     10.  SURRENDER:  Tenant agrees that on the last day of the Term, or on the
sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to
Landlord (a) in good condition and repair (damage by Acts of God, fire,
casualty, condemnation, and normal wear and tear excepted), but with all
interior walls painted or cleaned so they appear painted, any carpets cleaned,
and with all floors cleaned and waxed, together with all Alterations (as
hereinafter defined) which may have been made in or on the Premises; except that
Tenant shall remove trade fixtures put in at the expense of Tenant and any
Alterations as to which Landlord has requested removal in an Advice Notice (as
hereinafter defined) given pursuant to Paragraph 11(c) below or as to which
Landlord otherwise requests removal at the expiration or termination of this
Lease in accordance with said Paragraph 11(c); and (b) otherwise in accordance
with Paragraph 32(f).  Tenant shall repair all damage caused by such removal and
otherwise restore the Premises in accordance with the preceding sentence at
Tenant's sole cost and expense.  On or before the expiration or sooner
termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of Tenant's personal property
from the Premises.  All property of Tenant not so removed, unless such non-
removal is consented to by Landlord, shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant,
provided that in such event Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for all costs
incurred in storing and disposing of such abandoned property of Tenant.  If the
Premises are not surrendered at


                                        8

<PAGE>

the end of the Term or sooner termination of this Lease, and in accordance with
the provisions of this Paragraph 10 and of Paragraph 32(f), Tenant shall
indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss
or liability resulting from delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises,
including, without limitation, any loss or liability resulting from any claim
against Landlord made by any succeeding tenant founded on or resulting from such
delay and losses to Landlord due to lost opportunities to lease any portion of
the Premises to succeeding tenants, together with, in each case, actual
attorneys, fees and costs.

     11.  ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS:

          (a)  Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any alteration or
addition (collectively, "Alteration") to the Premises, or any part thereof,
without the prior written consent of Landlord, such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall
have the right without the consent of Landlord to make nonstructural and
nonmechanical Alterations: not exceeding Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) in cost
on an individual basis or Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) in the aggregate in any
calendar year (collectively, "Permitted Alterations"), provided that (A) Tenant
shall not move or alter any walls in the Premises in connection with the making
of such Permitted Alterations, (B) such Permitted Alterations shall not affect
the HVAC, plumbing, electrical, fire protection, life safety, security and other
mechanical, electrical and communications systems of the Building, and (C) such
Permitted Alterations shall not be visible from the exterior of the Premises.

          (b)  Any Alteration (including, without limitation, any Permitted
Alteration) to the Premises shall be at Tenant's sole cost and expense, in
compliance with all applicable laws and requirements requested by Landlord, and,
except for any Permitted Alterations, in accordance with plans and
specifications approved in writing by Landlord.

          (c)  In the event Tenant requests Landlord's consent to a proposed
Alteration, Tenant shall concurrently request in writing that Landlord advise
Tenant in writing (any such writing shall be herein referred to as an "Advice
Notice") whether or not such proposed Alteration shall be required to be removed
at the expiration or termination of this Lease.  If Tenant fails to request such
advice in writing from Landlord, or if Tenant makes a Permitted Alteration
without the consent of Landlord in accordance with Paragraph 11(a) above, then
Landlord shall have the right at the end of the Term, or on the sooner
termination of this Lease, to either require Tenant to remove such Alteration
(or Permitted Alteration) from the Premises or to surrender such Alteration (or
Permitted Alteration) to Landlord with the Premises, without compensation to
Tenant, at the expiration or termination of this Lease.  All Alterations,
including, but not limited to, heating, lighting, electrical, air conditioning,
fixed partitioning, drapery, wall covering and paneling, built-in cabinet work
and carpeting installations made by Tenant, together with all property that has
become an integral part of the Premises, shall at once be and become the
property of Landlord, and shall not be deemed trade fixtures.

          (d)  Tenant agrees not to proceed to make any Alterations,
notwithstanding consent from Landlord to do so, until five (5) days after
Tenant's receipt of such consent (or, in the


                                        9

<PAGE>

case of Permitted Alterations, five (5) days after Tenant's written notice to
Landlord of its intent to make such Permitted Alterations) in order that
Landlord may post appropriate notices to avoid any liability to contractors or
material suppliers for payment for Tenant's improvements.  Tenant will at all
times permit such notices to be posted and to remain posted until the completion
of work.

     12.  MAINTENANCE OF PREMISES:

               (a)  MAINTENANCE BY TENANT.  Subject to the provisions of
Paragraphs 22 and 23, throughout the Term, Tenant shall, at its sole expense,
(1) keep and maintain in good order and condition, repair, and replace the
Premises, and every part thereof, including glass, windows, window frames,
skylights, interior and exterior doors and door frames, and the interior of the
Premises, (excepting only those portions of the Premises to be maintained by
Landlord, as provided in Paragraph 12(c) below), (2) keep and maintain in good
order and condition, repair, and replace all utility and plumbing systems,
fixtures and equipment, including without limitation, electricity, gas, water,
and sewer, located in or on the Premises, and furnish all expendables, including
light bulbs, paper goods and soaps, used in the Premises, (3) repair all damage
to the Premises or the Outside Areas caused by the negligence or willful
misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees.  Tenant
shall not do anything to cause any damage, deterioration or unsightliness to the
Premises and the Outside Areas.

               (b)  LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO MAINTAIN AND REPAIR AT TENANT'S EXPENSE.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Tenant fails to maintain the
Premises in accordance with Paragraph 12(a) above and further fails to cure such
default prior to the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods
provided under this Lease (except in the case of an emergency, in which event no
notice or cure period shall be required) , Landlord shall have the right, but
not the obligation, at Tenant's expense, to enter the Premises and perform
Tenant's maintenance, repair and replacement work.  Within twenty (20) days
after invoice therefor from Landlord, Tenant shall pay all costs and expenses
incurred by Landlord in connection with such maintenance, repair and replacement
work.

               (c)  MAINTENANCE BY LANDLORD.  Subject to the provisions of
Paragraphs 12(a), 22 and 23, and further subject to Tenant's obligation under
Paragraph 4 to reimburse Landlord, in the form of Additional Rent, for the cost
and expense of the following items, and further subject to the limitations set
forth in the last sentence of Paragraph 4(b)(5), Landlord agrees to repair and
maintain the following items: subject to Paragraph 1 of EXHIBIT B hereto, the
roof coverings (provided that Tenant installs no additional air conditioning or
other equipment on the roof that damages the roof coverings); the HVAC systems
serving the Premises; the utility and plumbing systems, fixtures, and equipment
located outside the Premises; and the parking areas, pavement, landscaping,
sprinkler systems, sidewalks, driveways, curbs, and lighting systems in the
Outside Areas.  Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 12(a), 22 and 23,
Landlord, at its own cost and expense, and without the obligation of Tenant to
reimburse Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 4, agrees to repair and maintain the
following items: the structural portions of the roof, provided that Tenant
installs no additional air conditioning or other equipment on the roof that
damages structural portions of the roof (and specifically excluding the roof
coverings), the foundation, the footings, the floor slab, the load bearing
walls, and the exterior walls (excluding any glass therein) of the Premises.
Landlord shall not be


                                       10

<PAGE>

required to repair or maintain conditions created due to any act, negligence or
omission of Tenant or its agents, contractors, employees or invitees.
Landlord's obligation hereunder to repair and maintain is subject to the
condition precedent that Landlord shall have received written notice of the need
for such repairs and maintenance.  Tenant shall promptly report in writing to
Landlord any defective condition known to it which Landlord is required to
repair, and failure to so report such defects shall make Tenant responsible to
Landlord for any liability incurred by Landlord by reason of such condition.

               (d)  TENANT'S WAIVER OF RIGHTS.  Tenant hereby expressly waives
all rights to make repairs at the expense of Landlord or to terminate this
Lease, as provided for in California Civil Code Sections 1941 and 1942, and
1932(l), respectively, and any similar or successor statute or law in effect or
any amendment thereof during the Term.

     13.  LANDLORD'S INSURANCE:  Landlord shall purchase and keep in force fire,
extended coverage and "all risk" insurance covering the Premises in an amount
deemed prudent by Landlord in its sole discretion.  Tenant shall, at its sole
cost and expense, comply with any and all reasonable requirements pertaining to
the Premises of any insurer necessary for the maintenance of reasonable fire and
public liability insurance, covering the Premises and appurtenances.  Landlord,
at Tenant's cost, may maintain "Loss of Rents" insurance, insuring that the Rent
will be paid in a timely manner to Landlord for a period of at least twelve (12)
months if the Premises are destroyed or rendered unusable or inaccessible by any
cause insured against under this Lease.

     14.  TENANT'S INSURANCE:

          (a)  PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE.  Tenant shall, at Tenant's expense,
secure and keep in force a "broad form" public liability insurance and property
damage policy covering the Premises and the Outside Areas, insuring Tenant, and
naming Landlord and its lenders as additional insureds against any liability
arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and
all Outside Areas.  The minimum limit of coverage of such policy shall be in the
amount of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) for injury or
death of one person in any one accident or occurrence and in the amount of not
less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) for injury or death of more than
one person in any one accident or occurrence, shall include an extended
liability endorsement providing contractual liability coverage (which shall
include coverage for Tenant's indemnification obligations in this Lease), and
shall contain a severability of interest clause or a cross liability
endorsement.  Such insurance shall further insure Landlord and Tenant against
liability for property damage of at least Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00).
The limit of any insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant hereunder.
No policy shall be cancellable or subject to reduction of coverage without at
least ten (10) days' prior written notice to Landlord, and loss payable clauses
shall be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval.  Such policies of insurance
shall be issued as primary policies and not contributing with or in excess of
coverage that Landlord may carry, by an insurance company authorized to do
business in the State of California for the issuance of such type of insurance
coverage and rated A: IX or better in Best's Key Rating Guide.  A copy of said
policy or a certificate evidencing to Landlord's reasonable satisfaction that
such insurance is in effect shall be


                                       11

<PAGE>

delivered to Landlord upon commencement of the Term, and thereafter whenever
Landlord shall reasonably request.

          (b)  PERSONAL PROPERTY INSURANCE.  Tenant shall maintain in full force
and effect on all of its fixtures, equipment, machinery and personal property on
the Premises (collectively, "Tenant's Property"), a policy or policies of fire
and extended coverage insurance with standard coverage endorsement to the extent
of the full replacement cost thereof.  Such insurance shall include, without
limitation, a policy or policies of flood insurance covering Tenant's Property.
During the term of this Lease the proceeds from any such policy or policies of
insurance shall be used for the repair or replacement of Tenant's Property so
insured.  Landlord shall have no interest in the insurance upon Tenant's
Property and will sign all documents reasonably necessary in connection with the
settlement of any claim or loss by Tenant.  Landlord will not carry insurance,
including, without limitation, flood insurance, on Tenant's Property.  Tenant
shall furnish Landlord with a certificate evidencing to Landlord's reasonable
satisfaction that such insurance is in effect, and whenever required, shall
satisfy Landlord that such policy is in full force and effect.  Tenant
understands and acknowledges that Federal Emergency Management Agency has
designated significant portions of Santa Clara County to be in a flood plain.

     15.  INDEMNIFICATION:

          (a)  OF LANDLORD.  Except to the extent caused by the gross negligence
or willful misconduct of Landlord or its Agents, Tenant shall indemnify and hold
harmless Landlord and agents, employees, partners, shareholders, directors,
invitees, and independent contractors (collectively "Agents") of Landlord
against and from any and all claims, liabilities, judgments, costs, demands,
causes of action and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable
attorneys' fees) arising from (1) Tenant's use of the Premises or from any
activity done, permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises or the
Property, and (2) any act, neglect, fault, willful misconduct or omission of
Tenant, or Tenant's Agents or from any breach or default in the terms of this
Lease by Tenant, and (3) any action or proceeding brought on account of any
matter in items (1) or (2).  If any action or proceeding is brought against
Landlord by reason of any such claim, upon notice from Landlord,Tenant shall
defend the same at Tenant's expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to
Landlord.  As a material pArt of the consideration to Landlord, Tenant hereby
assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in or about the
Premises from any cause whatsoever (except to the extent caused by the gross
negligence or willful misconduct by Landlord or its Agents or by the failure of
Landlord to observe any of the terms and conditions of this Lease, if such
failure has persisted for an unreasonable period of time after written notice of
such failure), and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against
Landlord.  The obligations of Tenant under this Paragraph 15 shall survive any
termination of this Lease.  Nothing contained in this Paragraph 15(a) shall be
deemed a waiver of any rights Tenant might hereafter have against Koll resulting
from or arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Koll.

          (b)  OF TENANT.  Landlord shall indemnify and hold harmless Tenant and
its Agents against and from any and all claims, liabilities, judgments, costs,
demands, causes of action and expenses (including, without limitation,
reasonable attorneys' fees) arising from the (1) gross


                                       12

<PAGE>

negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, and (2) failure of Landlord to
observe any of the terms and conditions of this Lease, if such failure has
persisted for an unreasonable period of time after written notice of such
failure, and (3) any action or proceeding brought on account of any matter in
items (1) and (2).  If any action or proceeding is brought against Tenant by
reason of any such claim, upon notice from Tenant, Landlord shall defend the
same at Landlord's expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Tenant.

          (c)  NO IMPAIRMENT OF INSURANCE.  The foregoing indemnity shall not
relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under any policies required to
be carried by either party pursuant to this Lease, to the extent that such
policies cover the peril or occurrence that results in the claim that is subject
to the foregoing indemnity.

     16.  SUBROGATION:  Landlord and Tenant hereby mutually waive any claim
against the other during the Term for any injury to person or loss or damage to
any of their property located on or about the Premises or the Property that is
caused by or results from perils covered by insurance carried by the respective
parties, to the extent of the proceeds of such insurance actually received with
respect to such injury, loss or damage, whether or not due to the negligence of
the other party or its agents.  Because the foregoing waivers will preclude the
assignment of any claim by way of subrogation to an insurance company or any
other person, each party now agrees to immediately give to its insurer written
notice of the terms of these mutual waivers and shall have their insurance
policies endorsed to prevent the invalidation of the insurance coverage because
of these waivers.  Nothing in this Paragraph shall relieve a party of liability
to the other for failure to carry insurance required by this Lease.

     17.  ABANDONMENT:  Tenant shall not abandon the Premises at any time during
the Term; provided, however, that the Premises shall not be deemed abandoned if
vacant for less than fifteen (15) consecutive days.  In the event of
abandonment, combined with Tenant's failure to pay Rent, the rights and remedies
of Tenant and Landlord shall be determined in accordance with the applicable
California statutes in effect at the time of abandonment.

     18.  FREE FROM LIENS:  Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Property free
from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished, or
obligations incurred by or for Tenant.

     19.  ADVERTISEMENTS AND SIGNS:  Tenant shall not place or permit to be
placed in, upon, or about the Premises or the Property any signs, advertisements
or notices without obtaining Landlord's prior written consent, which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld, or without complying with applicable law and
Landlord's signage program for the Property, and will not conduct, or permit to
be conducted, any sale by auction on the Premises or otherwise on the Property.
Tenant shall remove any sign, advertisement or notice placed on the Premises by
Tenant upon the expiration of the Term or sooner termination of this Lease, and
Tenant shall repair any damage or injury to the Premises or the Property caused
thereby, all at Tenant's expense.  If any signs are not removed, or necessary
repairs not made, Landlord shall have the right to remove the signs and repair
any damage or injury to the Premises or the Property at Tenant's sole cost and
expense.


                                       13

<PAGE>

     20.  UTILITIES: Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power,
telephone service and all other materials and services supplied to the Premises.
If Tenant fails to pay for any of the foregoing when due, Landlord may pay the
same and add such amount to the Rent.

     21.  ENTRY BY LANDLORD:  Tenant shall permit Landlord and its Agents to
enter into and upon the Premises at all reasonable times, upon twenty-four (24)
hours' prior notice (except in the case of an emergency, for which no notice
shall be required), and subject to Tenant's reasonable security arrangements,
for the purpose of inspecting the same or showing the Premises to prospective
purchasers, lenders or tenants or to alter, improve, maintain and repair the
Premises as required or permitted of Landlord under the terms hereof, without
any rebate of Rent and without any liability to Tenant for any loss of
occupation or quiet enjoyment of the Premises thereby occasioned (except for
actual damages resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord
or its Agents); and Tenant shall permit Landlord to post notices of
nonresponsibility and ordinary "for sale" or "for lease" signs, provided that
Landlord may post such "for lease" signs and exhibit the Premises to prospective
tenants only during the six (6), months prior to termination of this Lease.  No
such entry shall be construed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a
detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises.  Tenant
shall have the right to have an employee accompany Landlord or its Agents at all
times that Landlord or its Agents are present on the Premises.

     22.  DESTRUCTION AND DAMAGE:

          (a)  If the Premises are damaged by fire or other perils covered by
extended coverage insurance, Landlord shall, at Landlord's option:

               (1)  In the event of total destruction (which shall mean
destruction or damage in excess of thirty-three percent (33%) of the full
insurable value thereof) of the Premises, elect either to commence promptly to
repair and restore the Premises and prosecute the same diligently to completion,
in which event this Lease shall remain in full forte and effect; or not to
repair or restore the Premises, in which event this Lease shall terminate.
Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its intention within sixty (60)
days after the occurrence of such destruction.  If Landlord elects not to
restore the Premises, this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the
date of such total destruction.

               (2)  In the event of a partial destruction (which shall mean
destruction or damage to an extent not exceeding thirty-three percent (33%) of
the full insurable value thereof) of the Premises for which Landlord will
actually receive insurance proceeds sufficient to covet the cost to repair and
restore such partial destruction (or for which Landlord would have actually
received insurance proceeds sufficient to cover the cost to repair and restore
such partial destruction but for Landlord's intentional failure to maintain the
insurance required to be carried pursuant to Paragraph 13 above) and, if the
damage thereto is such that the Premises may be substantially repaired or
restored to its condition existing immediately prior to such damage or
destruction within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of such
destruction, Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of
repair and restoration, in which event the Lease shall continue in full force
and effect.  If such repair and restoration requires longer than one hundred
eighty (180) days or if the


                                       14

<PAGE>

insurance proceeds therefor (plus any amounts Tenant may elect or is obligated
to contribute) are not sufficient to cover the cost of such repair and
restoration, Landlord may elect either to so repair and restore, in which event
the Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or not to repair or restore,
in which event the Lease shall terminate; provided, however, that if the
insurance proceeds actually collected by Landlord, if any, are not sufficient to
cover the cost of repair and restoration solely due to the intentional failure
of Landlord to maintain the insurance required to be carried under Paragraph 13
above, and if Landlord would have actually collected sufficient insurance
proceeds to cover such repair and restoration if Landlord had maintained such
insurance in accordance with Paragraph 13, then for purposes of this Paragraph
22(a)(2), Landlord shall be deemed to have received sufficient insurance
proceeds to cover the cost of repair and restoration.  In either case, Landlord
shall give written notice to Tenant of its intention within sixty (60) days
after the destruction occurs.  If Landlord elects not to restore the Premises,
this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date of such partial
destruction.

               (3)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Paragraph, in the event of damage to the Premises occurring during the last
twelve (12) months of the Term, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease by
written notice of such election given to Tenant within thirty (30) days after
the damage occurs.

          (b)  If the Premises are damaged by any peril not covered by extended
coverage insurance, and the cost to repair such damage exceeds any amount Tenant
may agree to contribute, Landlord may elect either to commence promptly to
repair and restore the Premises and prosecute the same diligently to completion,
in which event this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; or not to
repair or restore the Premises, in which event this Lease shall terminate.
Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its intention within sixty (60)
days after the occurrence of such damage.  If Landlord elects not to restore the
Premises, this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date on which
Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises to Landlord, except that if the
damage to the Premises materially impairs Tenant's ability, in Tenant's
reasonable opinion, to continue its business operations in the Premises, then
this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date such damage
occurred.

          (c)  In the event of repair and restoration as herein provided, the
monthly installments of Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be abated
proportionately in the ratio which Tenant's use of the Premises is impaired
during the period of such repair or restoration, to the extent of rental
abatement insurance proceeds received by Landlord.  Tenant shall not be entitled
to any compensation or damages for loss of use of the whole or any part of the
Premises and/or any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such damage, repair
or restoration.

          (d)  If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair or restore as
herein provided, Landlord shall repair or restore only those portions of the
Premises which were originally provided at Landlord's expense, substantially to
their condition existing immediately prior to the occurrence of the damage or
destruction; and Tenant shall promptly repair and restore, at Tenant's expense,
Tenant's fixtures, improvements, alterations and additions in and to the
Premises which were not provided at Landlord's expense.


                                       15

<PAGE>

          (e)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Section 22, if the Premises are damaged by any peril and Landlord does not elect
to terminate this Lease or is not entitled to terminate this Lease pursuant to
its terms, then as soon as reasonably practicable, Landlord shall furnish Tenant
with a written opinion of Landlords architect or construction consultant as to
when the restoration work required of Landlord may be completed.  Tenant shall
have the option to terminate the Lease in the event any of the following occurs,
which option may be exercised by delivery to Landlord of a written notice of
election to terminate within ten (10) days after Tenant receives from Landlord
the estimate of the time needed to complete such restoration: (i) the Premises,
with reasonable diligence, cannot be substantially repaired by Landlord within
two hundred seventy (270) days after the damage or destruction, or (ii) if the
Premises are damaged by any peril within the last twelve (12) months of the
Term.

          (f)  Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code
Section 1932(2) and Section 1933(4) which permit termination of a lease upon
destruction of the leased premises, and the provisions of any similar law now or
hereinafter in effect, and the provisions of this Paragraph 22 shall govern
exclusively in case of such destruction.

     23.  CONDEMNATION:  If thirty-three percent (33%) or more of the Premises
or the parking area for the Premises is taken for any public or quasi-public
purpose by any lawful governmental power or authority, by exercise of the right
of appropriation, inverse condemnation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold
to prevent such taking (each such event being referred to as a "Condemnation"),
Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease as of the date title vests in
the condemning party.  If the Premises after any Condemnation and any repairs by
Landlord would be untenantable for the conduct of Tenant's business operations,
Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date title vests
in the condemning party.  If either party elects to terminate this Lease as
provided herein, such election shall be made by written notice to the other
party given within thirty (30) days after the nature and extent of such
Condemnation have been finally determined.  Tenant shall not because of such
taking assert any claim against Landlord.  Landlord shall be entitled to receive
the proceeds of all Condemnation awards, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord
all of its interest in such awards.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall
be entitled to all sums separately awarded by the condemning authority to cover
Tenant's moving costs, relocation expenses, good will or the unamortized cost of
any Alterations installed at Tenant's cost.  If less than thirty-three percent
(33%) of the Premises or the parking area is taken, Landlord at its option may
terminate this Lease.  If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to terminate this
Lease to the extent permitted above, Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore
the Premises, to the extent of any Condemnation award received by Landlord, to
substantially the same condition as existed prior to such Condemnation, allowing
for the reasonable effects of such Condemnation, and a proportionate abatement
shall be made to the Base Rent and Additional Rent corresponding to the time
during which, and to the portion of the floor area of the Premises (adjusted for
any increase thereto resulting from any reconstruction) of which, Tenant is
deprived on account of such Condemnation and restoration.  The provisions of
California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130, which allows either party
to petition the Superior Court to terminate the Lease in the event of a partial
taking of the Premises, and any other applicable law now or hereafter enacted,
are hereby waived by Landlord and Tenant.


                                       16

<PAGE>

     24.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING:

          (a)  Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law, (1)
mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber this Lease or any interest herein, (2)
assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, sublease the Premises or
any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or allow any
other person (the employees, agents and invitees of Tenant excepted) to occupy
or use the Premises, or any portion thereof, without first obtaining the written
consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably.  When
Tenant requests Landlord's consent to such assignment or subletting, it shall
notify Landlord in writing of the name and address of the proposed assignee or
subtenant and the nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee
or subtenant and shall provide current financial statements for the proposed
assignee or subtenant prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.  Tenant shall also provide Landlord with a copy of the proposed
sublease or assignment agreement, including all material terms and conditions
thereof.  Landlord shall have the option, to be exercised within ten (10) days
of receipt of the foregoing, to (1) cancel this Lease as of the commencement
date stated in the proposed sublease or assignment, (2) acquire from Tenant the
interest, or any portion thereof, in this Lease and/or the Premises that Tenant
proposes to assign or sublease, on the same terms and conditions as stated in
the proposed sublet or assignment agreement, provided that Tenant shall be
released from its obligations under this Lease with respect to the interest
acquired by Landlord, (3) consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, or (4)
refuse its consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, providing that such
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if Landlord notified Tenant of its intent to exercise its
cancellation or termination rights, Tenant may withdraw its request for
assignment or subletting within ten (10) days thereafter, and this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect.

          (b)  Without otherwise limiting the criteria upon which Landlord may
withhold its consent, Landlord may take into account the reputation and credit
worthiness of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the character of the business
proposed to be conducted in the Premises or portion thereof sought to be
subleased, and the potential impact of the proposed assignment or sublease on
the economic value of the Premises.  In any event, Landlord may withhold its
consent to any assignment or sublease, if (1) the actual use proposed to be
conducted in the Premises or portion thereof conflicts with the provisions of
Paragraph 8(a) or (b) above, or (2) the proposed assignment or sublease requires
alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or portions thereof;
provided, however, that if the actual use proposed to be conducted in the
Premises conflicts with the provisions of Paragraph 8(a) above, Landlord will
not unreasonably withhold its consent to such proposed use, provided that such
use is consistent with other R&D uses in Moffett Park, will not lead or
foreseeably lead in the future to a violation of Paragraph 32 below, and will
not result or foreseeably result in the future in a diminution in value of the
Premises, all as reasonably determined by Landlord; and, provided further, that
if the proposed assignment or sublease requires alterations, improvements or
additions to the Premises, Landlord will not unreasonably withhold its consent
to such alterations, improvements or additions, provided that (i) the same (A)
are generally consistent with alterations and improvements made to and then
existing in Comparable Buildings (as hereinafter defined), and (B) will not
result or foreseeably result in the future in a diminution in value of the
Premises, in each case as reasonably determined by Landlord, and
(ii) notwithstanding anything to the


                                       17


<PAGE>

contrary contained in this Lease, the proposed assignee or subtenant expressly
agrees in writing that, upon the request of Landlord given at any time prior to
the scheduled expiration of the assignment or sublease, it shall, upon such
expiration or termination date, remove such alterations, improvements or
additions from the Premises and restore the Premises to the condition existing
on the date of such assignment or sublease.

          (c)  If Landlord approves an assignment or subletting as herein
provided, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, fifty percent (50%)
of the difference, if any, between (1) the Base Rent plus Additional Rent
allocable to that part of the Premises affected by such assignment or sublease
pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, and (2) the rent and any additional
rent payable by the assignee or sublessee to Tenant, after deducting the costs
incurred by Tenant in connection with any such assignment or sublease.  The
assignment or sublease agreement, as the case may be, after approval by
Landlord, shall not be amended without Landlord's prior written consent, and
shall contain a provision directing the assignee or subtenant to pay the rent
and other sums due thereunder directly to Landlord upon receiving written notice
from Landlord that Tenant is in default under this Lease with respect to the
payment of Rent.  Landlord's collection of such rent and other sums shall not
constitute an acceptance by Landlord of attornment by such assignee or
subtenant.  A consent to one assignment, subletting, occupation or use shall not
be deemed to be a consent to any other or subsequent assignment, subletting,
occupation or use, and consent to any assignment or subletting shall in no way
relieve Tenant of any liability under this Lease.  Any assignment or subletting
without Landlord's consent shall be void, and shall, at the option of Landlord,
constitute a Default under this Lease.

          (d)  Tenant shall pay Landlord's reasonable fees (including, without
limitation, the reasonable fees of Landlord's counsel) incurred in connection
with Landlord's review and processing of documents regarding any proposed
assignment or sublease, not to exceed One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars
($1,500.00) per request.

          (e)  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions, conditions
and limitations imposed by this Paragraph 24 on Tenant's ability to assign or
transfer this Lease or any interest herein, to sublet the Premises or any part
thereof, to transfer or assign any right or privilege appurtenant to the
Premises, or to allow any other person to occupy or use the Premises or any
portion thereof, are, for the purposes of California Civil Code Section 1951.4,
as amended from time to time, and for all other purposes, reasonable at the time
that the Lease was entered into, and shall be deemed to be reasonable at the
time that Tenant seeks to assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein,
to sublet the Premises or any part thereof, to transfer or assign any right or
privilege appurtenant to the Premises, or to allow any other person to occupy or
use the Premises or any portion thereof.

          (f)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Paragraph 24, Tenant, without Landlord's prior written consent, may sublet the
Premises or assign this Lease to (i) a successor corporation related to Tenant
by merger, consolidation, non-bankruptcy reorganization or government action, or
(ii) a purchaser of substantially all of Tenant's assets, so long as, in either
event, the successor corporation or purchaser has (A) a net worth, calculated in
accordance with


                                       18

<PAGE>

generally accepted accounting principles, substantially equal to or greater than
the net wroth of Tenant on the date of this Lease or at the time of the sublease
or assignment, whichever is higher, and (B) sufficient business experience in
the industry in which it operates and reasonable financial prospects, as
reasonably determined by Landlord in its good faith business judgment.  For the
purpose of this Lease, a sale of a noncontrolling portion of Tenant's capital
stock through any public exchange shall not be deemed an assignment, subletting
or other transfer of this Lease or the Premises requiring Landlord's consent.
No sublease or assignment entered into by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph
24(f) shall release Tenant from any liability under this Lease.

     25.  TENANT'S DEFAULT:  The occurrence of any one of the following events
shall constitute an event of default on the part of Tenant ("Default"):

          (a)  The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant for a period in excess
of fourteen (14) days, while Tenant fails to pay Rent;

          (b)  Failure to pay any installment of Rent or any other monies due
and payable hereunder, said failure continuing for a period of three (3) days
after the same is due;

          (c)  A general assignment by Tenant for the benefit of creditors;

          (d)  The filing of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy by Tenant, the
filing of a voluntary petition for an arrangement, the filing of a petition,
voluntary or involuntary, for reorganization, or the filing of an involuntary
petition by Tenant's creditors, said involuntary petition remaining undischarged
for a period of sixty (60) days;

          (e)  Receivership, attachment, or other judicial seizure of
substantially all of Tenant's assets on the Premises, such attachment or other
seizure remaining undismissed or undischarged for a period of sixty (60) days
after the levy thereof;

          (f)  Failure of Tenant to execute and deliver to Landlord any estoppel
certificate, subordination agreement, or lease amendment within the time periods
and in the manner required by Paragraph 30 or 31 or 42;

          (g)  An assignment or sublease, or attempted assignment or sublease,
of this Lease or the Premises by Tenant contrary to the provision of Paragraph
24, unless such assignment or sublease is expressly conditioned upon Tenant
having received Landlord's consent thereto;

          (h)  Failure of Tenant to restore the Security Deposit to the amount
and within the time period provided in Paragraph 6 above;

          (i)  Failure in the performance of any of Tenant's covenants,
agreements or obligations hereunder (except those failures specified as events
of Default in other Paragraphs of this Paragraph 25, which shall be governed by
such other Paragraphs), which failure continues for thirty (30) days after
written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant provided that, if Tenant has
exercised


                                       19

<PAGE>

reasonable diligence to cure such failure and such failure cannot be cured
within such thirty (30) day period despite reasonable diligence, Tenant shall
not be in default under this subparagraph unless Tenant fails thereafter
diligently and continuously to prosecute the cure to completion; and

          (j)  Chronic delinquency by Tenant in the payment of Rent, or any
other periodic payments required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease.
"Chronic delinquency" shall mean failure by Tenant to pay Rent, or any other
payments required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease within three (3) days
after written notice thereof for any three (3) months (consecutive or
nonconsecutive) during any twelve (12) month period.  In the event of a Chronic
Delinquency, in addition to Landlord's other remedies for Default provided in
this Lease, at Landlord's option, Landlord shall have the right to require that
Rent be paid by Tenant quarterly, in advance.

          Tenant agrees that any notice given by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph
25(i) or (j) above shall satisfy the requirements for notice under California
Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161, and Landlord shall not be required to give
any additional notice in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer
proceeding.

     26.  LANDLORD'S REMEDIES:

          (a)  TERMINATION.  In the event of any Default by Tenant, then in
addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and
under this Lease, Landlord shall have the immediate option to terminate this
Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder by giving written notice of such
intention to terminate.  In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate
this Lease then Landlord may recover from Tenant:

               (1)  the worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent and any
other sums due and payable which have been earned at the time of such
termination; plus

               (2)  the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the
unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable which would have been earned
after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss
Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

               (3)  the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the
unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable for the balance of the term of
this Lease after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that
Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

               (4)  any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all
the detriment proximately caused by Tenant's failure to perform its obligations
under this Lease or which in the ordinary course would be likely to result
therefrom, including, without limitation, any costs or expenses incurred by
Landlord (i) in retaking possession of the Premises; (ii) in maintaining,
repairing, preserving, restoring, replacing, cleaning, altering or
rehabilitating the Premises or any portion thereof, including such acts for
reletting to a new tenant or tenants; (iii) for leasing commissions; or (iv) for
any other costs necessary or appropriate to relet the Premises; plus


                                       20

<PAGE>

               (5)  such reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by Landlord as a
result of a Default, and costs in the event suit is filed by Landlord to enforce
such remedy; and plus

               (6)  at Landlord's election, such other amounts in addition to or
in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable
law.

As used in subparagraphs (1) and (2) above, the "worth at the time of award" is
computed by allowing interest at an annual rate equal to ten percent (10%) per
annum, or the maximum rate permitted by law, whichever is less.  As used in
subparagraph (3) above, the "worth at the time of award" is computed by
discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San
Francisco at the time of award, plus one percent (1%).  Tenant waives redemption
or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174
and 1179, or under any other present or future law in the event Tenant is
evicted or Landlord takes possession of the Premises by reason of any Default of
Tenant hereunder.


          (b)  CONTINUATION OF LEASE.  In the event of any Default by Tenant,
then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity
and under this Lease, Landlord shall have the remedy described in California
Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after
Tenant's Default and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, provided
Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable
limitations).

          (c)  RE-ENTRY.  In the event of any Default by Tenant, Landlord shall
also have the right, with or without terminating this Lease, in compliance with
applicable law, to re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and property
from the Premises; such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse
or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant.

          (d)  RELETTING.  In the event of the abandonment of the Premises by
Tenant or in the event that Landlord shall elect to re-enter as provided in
Paragraph 26(c) or shall take possession of the Premises pursuant to legal
proceeding or pursuant to any notice provided by law, then if Landlord does not
elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Paragraph 26(a), Landlord may from
time to time, without terminating this Lease, relet the Premises or any part
thereof for such term or terms and at such rental or rentals and upon such other
terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may deem advisable with
the right to make alterations and repairs to the Premises.  In the event that
Landlord shall elect to so relet, then rentals received by Landlord from such
reletting shall be applied in the following order: (1) to reasonable attorneys'
fees incurred by Landlord as a result of a Default and costs in the event suit
is filed by Landlord to enforce such remedies; (2) to the payment of any
indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; (3) to the
payment of any costs of such reletting; (4) to the payment of the costs of any
alterations and repairs to the Premises; (5) to the payment of Rent due and
unpaid hereunder; and (6) the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and
applied in payment of future Rent and other sums payable by Tenant hereunder as
the same may become due and payable hereunder.  Should that portion of such
rentals received from such reletting during any month, which is applied to the
payment of Rent hereunder, be less than the Rent payable during the month by
Tenant hereunder, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord.  Such
deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly.  Tenant shall also pay to
Landlord, as soon as


                                       21

<PAGE>

ascertained, any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in such reletting or in
making such alterations and repairs not covered by the rentals received from
such reletting.

          (e)  TERMINATION.  No re-entry or taking of possession of the Premises
by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 26 shall be construed as an election to
terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to
Tenant or unless the termination thereof is decreed by a court of competent
jurisdiction.  Notwithstanding any reletting without termination by Landlord
because of any Default by Tenant, Landlord may at any time after such reletting
elect to terminate this Lease for any such Default.

          (f)  CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.  The remedies herein provided are not
exclusive and Landlord shall have any and all other remedies provided herein or
by law or in equity.

          (g)  NO SURRENDER.  No act or conduct of Landlord, whether consisting
of the acceptance of the keys to the Premises, or otherwise, shall be deemed to
be or constitute an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises by Tenant prior
to the expiration of the Term, and such acceptance by Landlord of surrender by
Tenant shall only flow from and must be evidenced by a written acknowledgment of
acceptance of surrender signed by Landlord.  The surrender of this Lease by
Tenant, voluntarily or otherwise, shall not work a merger unless Landlord elects
in writing that such merger take place, but shall operate as an assignment to
Landlord of any and all existing subleases, or Landlord may, at its option,
elect in writing to treat such surrender as a merger terminating Tenant's estate
under this Lease, and thereupon Landlord may terminate any or all such subleases
by notifying the sublessee of its election so to do within five (5) days after
such surrender.

     27.  ATTORNEY'S FEES:  If either party hereto fails to perform any of its
obligations under this Lease or if any dispute arises between the parties hereto
concerning the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Lease, then
the defaulting party or the party not prevailing in such dispute, as the case
may be, shall pay any and all costs and expenses incurred by the other party on
account of such default and/or in enforcing or establishing its rights
hereunder, including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys'
fees and disbursements.  Any such attorneys' fees and other expenses incurred by
either party in enforcing a judgment in its favor under this Lease shall be
recoverable separately from and in addition to any other amount included in such
judgment, and such attorneys' fees obligation is intended to be severable from
the other provisions of this Lease and to survive and not be merged into any
such judgment.

     28.  TAXES:  Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay, prior to
delinquency, all taxes levied against personal property and trade or business
fixtures of Tenant.  If any alteration, addition or improvement installed by
Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 11, or any personal property, trade fixture or
other property of Tenant, is assessed and taxed with the Property, Tenant shall
pay such taxes to Landlord within twenty (20) days after delivery to Tenant of a
statement therefor, but in any event prior to delinquency.

     29.  EFFECT OF CONVEYANCE:  The term "Landlord" as used in this Lease,
means only the owner for the time being of the Property containing the Premises,
so that, in the event of any


                                       22

<PAGE>

sale of the Property or the Premises, Landlord shall be and hereby is entirely
freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder
accruing from and after the transfer, and it shall be deemed and construed,
without further agreement between the parties and the purchaser at any such
sale, that the purchaser of the Property or the Premises has assumed and agreed
to carry out any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder.
Notwithstanding anything in this Paragraph 29 to the contrary, Landlord shall
not be relieved of its obligations under this Lease unless and until any
assignee of or successor to Landlord's interest in this Lease or in the Building
assumes in writing the obligations of Landlord accruing on and after the
effective date of the assignment.

     30.  TENANT'S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE:  From time to time, upon written
request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord
or its designee, a written certificate stating (a) the date this Lease was
executed, the Commencement Date of the Term and the date the Term expires; (b)
the date Tenant entered into occupancy of the Premises; (c) the amount of Rent
and the date to which such Rent has been paid; (d) that this Lease is in full
force and effect and has not been assigned, modified, supplemented or amended in
any way (or, if assigned, modified, supplemented or amended, specifying the date
and terms of any agreement so affecting this Lease); (e) that this Lease
represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to Tenant's
right to use and occupy the Premises (or specifying such other agreements, if
any); (f) that all obligations under this Lease to be performed by Landlord as
of the date of such certificate have been satisfied (or specifying those as to
which Tenant claims that Landlord has yet to perform); (g) that all required
contributions by Landlord to Tenant on account of Tenant's improvements have
been received (or stating exceptions thereto); (h) that on such date there exist
no defenses or offsets that Tenant has against the enforcement of this Lease by
Landlord (or stating exceptions thereto); (i) that no Rent or other sum payable
by Tenant hereunder has been paid more than one (1) month in advance (or stating
exceptions thereto); (j) that security has been deposited with Landlord, stating
the amount thereof; and (k) any other matters evidencing the status of this
Lease that reasonably may be required either by a lender making a loan to
Landlord to be secured by a deed of trust covering the Premises or by a
purchaser of the Premises.  Any such certificate delivered pursuant to this
Paragraph 30 may be relied upon by a prospective purchaser of Landlord's
interest or a mortgagee of Landlord's interest or assignee of any mortgage upon
Landlord's interest in the Premises.  If Tenant shall fail to provide such
certificate within ten (10) business days of receipt by Tenant of a written
request by Landlord as herein provided, such failure shall, at Landlord's
election, constitute a Default under this Lease, and Tenant shall be deemed to
have given such certificate as above provided without modification and shall be
deemed to have admitted the accuracy of any information supplied by Landlord to
a prospective purchaser or mortgagee.

     31.  SUBORDINATION:   Landlord shall have the right to cause this Lease to
be and remain subject and subordinate to any and all mortgages, deeds of trust
and ground leases, if any ("Encumbrances") that are now or may hereafter be
executed covering the Premises, or any renewals, modifications, consolidations,
replacements or extensions thereof, for the full amount of all advances made or
to be made thereunder and without regard to the time or character of such
advances, together with interest thereon and subject to all the terms and
provisions thereof; provided only, that in the event of termination of any such
ground lease or upon the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed of trust, so
long as Tenant is not in default, the holder thereof ("Holder") shall agree to


                                       23

<PAGE>

recognize in writing, upon terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Tenant
("Nondisturbance Agreement"), Tenant's rights under this Lease as long as Tenant
shall pay the Rent and observe and perform all the provisions of this Lease to
be observed and performed by Tenant.  Within ten (10) business days after
Landlord's written request, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver any
and all reasonable documents required by Landlord or the Holder to effectuate
such subordination.  If Tenant fails to do so, such failure shall constitute a
Default by Tenant under this Lease.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
set forth in this Paragraph 31, Tenant hereby attorns and agrees to attorn to
any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring the Premises at any sale
or other proceeding or pursuant to the exercise of any other rights, powers or
remedies under such Encumbrance, provided only that if this Lease had been
subordinate to such Encumbrance prior to such sale or proceeding, then on or
before the date of such sale or proceeding, the holder of such Encumbrance shall
have delivered to Tenant a Nondisturbance Agreement.

     32.  ENVIRONMENTAL COVENANTS:

          (a)  As used in this Lease, the term "Hazardous Materials" shall mean
and include any substance that is or contains (a) any "hazardous substance" as
now or hereafter defined in Section 101(14) of the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended ("CERCLA") (42
U.S.C. Section 9601 ET SEQ.) or any regulations promulgated under CERCLA; (b)
any "hazardous waste" as now or hereafter defined in the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act, as amended ("RCRA") (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 ET SEQ.) or any
regulations promulgated under RCRA; (c) any substance now or hereafter regulated
by the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended ("TSCA") (15 U.S.C. Section 2601
ET SEQ.) or any regulations promulgated under TSCA; (d) petroleum, petroleum
by-products, gasoline, diesel fuel, or other petroleum hydrocarbons; (e)
asbestos and asbestos-containing material, in any form, whether friable or  non-
friable; (f) polychlorinated biphenyls; (g) lead and lead-containing materials;
or (h) any additional substance, material or waste (A) the presence of which on
or about the Premises (i) requires reporting, investigation or remediation under
any Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined), (ii) causes or threatens to
cause a nuisance on the Premises or any adjacent property or poses or threatens
to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on the Premises or any
adjacent property, or (iii) which, if it emanated or migrated from the Premises,
could constitute a trespass, or (B) which is now or is hereafter classified or
considered to be hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Laws.

          (b)  As used in this Lease, the term "Environmental Laws" shall mean
and include (a) CERCLA, RCRA and TSCA; and (b) any other federal, state or local
laws, ordinances, statutes, codes, rules, regulations, orders or decrees now or
hereinafter in effect relating to (i) pollution, (ii) the protection or
regulation of human health, natural resources or the environment, (iii) the
treatment, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials, or (iv) the emission,
discharge, release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials into the
environment.

          (c)  Tenant agrees that during its use and occupancy of the Premises
it will (a) not (i) permit Hazardous Materials to be present on or about the
Premises except in a manner and quantity necessary for the ordinary performance
of Tenant's business and except for normal office products (such as cleaning
solvents and toner fluid for copy machines) stored and used on the


                                       24

<PAGE>

Premises in full compliance with Environmental Laws, or (ii) release, discharge
or dispose of any Hazardous Materials on, in, at, under, or emanating from, the
Premises or the Property; (b) comply with all Environmental Laws relating to the
Premises and the use of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises and not
engage in or permit others to engage in any activity at the Premises in
violation of any Environmental Laws; and (c) immediately notify Landlord of (i)
any inquiry, test, investigation or enforcement proceeding by any governmental
agency or authority against Tenant, Landlord or the Premises relating to any
Hazardous Materials or under any Environmental Laws or (ii) the occurrence of
any event or existence of any condition that would cause a breach of any of the
covenants set forth in this Paragraph 32.

          (d)  If Tenant's use of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises
results in a release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials on, in, at,
under, or emanating from, the Premises or the Property, Tenant agrees to
investigate, clean up, remove or remediate such Hazardous Materials in full
compliance with (a) the requirements of (i) all Environmental Laws and (ii) any
governmental agency or authority responsible for the enforcement of any
Environmental Laws; and (b) any additional requirements of Landlord that are
reasonably necessary to protect the value of the Premises or the Property.

          (e)  Upon reasonable notice to Tenant, Landlord may inspect the
Premises for the purpose of determining whether there exists on the Premises any
Hazardous Material or other condition or activity that is in violation of the
requirements of this Lease or of any Environmental Laws.  Tenant will supply to
Landlord such historical and operational information regarding the Premises as
may be reasonably requested to facilitate any such inspection and will make
available for meetings appropriate personnel having knowledge of such matters.
Tenant agrees to give Landlord at least sixty (60) days, prior notice of its
intention to vacate the Premises so that Landlord will have an opportunity to
perform such an inspection prior to such vacation.  The right granted to
Landlord herein to perform inspections shall not create a duty on Landlord's
part to inspect the Premises, or liability on the part of Landlord for Tenant's
use, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials, it being understood that Tenant
shall be solely responsible for all liability in connection therewith.  Any such
inspection shall be at Landlord's sole cost and expense, provided that if such
inspection reveals the presence of Hazardous Materials released, discharged or
disposed of in, on or about the Premises by Tenant or its Agents, or any other
condition or activity caused by or on the part of Tenant or its Agents that is
in violation of the requirements of this Lease or any Environmental Laws, then
Tenant shall pay the costs and expenses of such inspection.

          (f)  Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, prior or
subsequent to a Default by Tenant under this Lease, without in any way limiting
Landlord's other rights and remedies under this Lease, to enter upon the
Premises, or to take such other actions as it deems necessary or advisable, to
investigate, clean up, remove or remediate any Hazardous Materials or
contamination by Hazardous Materials present on, in, at, under, or emanating
from, the Premises or the Property in violation of Tenant's obligations under
this Lease or under any Environmental Laws.  Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Lease, Landlord shall also have the right, at its election, in its own
name or as Tenant's agent, to negotiate, defend, approve and appeal, at Tenant's
expense, any action taken or order issued by any governmental agency or
authority with regard to any such


                                       25

<PAGE>

Hazardous materials or contamination by Hazardous Materials.  All costs and
expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in the exercise of the rights set forth in
this Subsection 32(f) shall be payable by Tenant upon demand.

          (g)  Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord upon the
expiration or earlier termination of this Lease free of debris, waste or
Hazardous Materials placed on or about the Premises by Tenant or its agents,
employees, contractors or invitees, and in a condition which complies with all
Environmental Laws.

          (h)  Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and
against any and all claims, losses (including, without limitation, loss in value
of the Premises or the Property, liabilities and expenses (including attorney's
fees) sustained by Landlord attributable to (i) any Hazardous Materials placed
on or about the Premises by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or
invitees or (ii) Tenant's breach of any provision of this Paragraph 32.

          (i)  Nothing contained in this Paragraph 32 shall be deemed or
construed to require Tenant to remediate or clean up any Hazardous Materials
which are brought on, released or otherwise introduced on to the Property by any
person other than Tenant or its Agents.

          (j)  The provisions of this Paragraph 32 shall survive the expiration
or earlier termination of this Lease.

     33.  NOTICES:  All notices and demands which may or are to be required or
permitted to be given to either party by the other hereunder shall be in writing
and shall be sent by United States mail, postage prepaid, certified, or by
personal delivery or overnight courier, addressed to the addressee at the
address for such addressee as specified in the Basic Lease Information, or to
such other place as such party may from time to time designate in a notice to
the other party given as provided herein, or by telex or telecopy at the number
therefor designated by the addressee in a written notice given as provided
herein.  Notice shall be deemed given upon the earlier of actual receipt or the
third day following deposit in the United States mail in the manner described
above.

     34.  WAIVER:  The waiver of any breach of any term, covenant or condition
of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or
condition or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or
condition herein contained.  The subsequent acceptance of Rent by Landlord shall
not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant, other than the
failure of Tenant to pay the particular rental so accepted, regardless of
Landlord's knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such
Rent.  No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord
on any Default by Tenant shall impair such a right or remedy or be construed as
a waiver.  Any waiver by Landlord of any Default must be in writing and shall
not be a waiver of any other Default concerning the same or any other provisions
of this Lease.

     35.  HOLDING OVER:  Any holding over after the expiration of the Term,
without the express written consent of Landlord, shall constitute a Default and,
without limiting Landlord's remedies provided in this Lease, such holding over
shall be construed to be a tenancy at sufferance, at


                                       26

<PAGE>

a rental rate of one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Base Rent last
due in this Lease, plus Additional Rent, and shall otherwise be on the terms and
conditions herein specified, so far as applicable.

     36.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS:  The terms, covenants and conditions of this
Lease shall, subject to the provisions as to assignment, apply to and bind the
heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of all of the parties
hereto.  If Tenant shall consist of more than one entity or person, the
obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

     37.  TIME:  Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and every term,
condition and provision herein.

     38.  BROKERS:  Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the
other that neither it nor its officers or agents nor anyone acting on its behalf
has dealt with any real estate broker except the Broker(s) specified in the
Basic Lease Information in the negotiating or making of this Lease, and each
party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other from any claim or claims,
and costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred by the indemnified
party in conjunction with any such claim or claims of any other broker or
brokers to a commission in connection with this Lease as a result of the actions
of the indemnifying party.  Landlord shall be responsible for the commission, if
any is due, payable to CPS in connection with this Lease pursuant to the terms
of a separate written agreement between Landlord and CPS.  CPS shall be
responsible for the payment of any commission owed to Cornish & Carey Commercial
in connection with this Lease.

     39.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY: Tenant agrees that, in the event of any
default or breach by Landlord with respect to any of the terms of the Lease to
be observed and performed by Landlord (a) Tenant shall look solely to the estate
and property of Landlord or any a successor in interest in the Property and the
Premises, for the satisfaction of Tenant's remedies for the collection of a
judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord;
(b) no other property or assets of Landlord, its partners, shareholder,
officers, directors or any successor in interest shall be subject to levy,
execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant's
remedies; (c) no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable
against Landlord's partners or successors in interest (except to the extent
permitted in (a) above), or against Landlord's shareholders, officers or
directors, or their respective partners, shareholders, officers, directors or
successors in interest; and (d) no judgment will be taken against any partner,
shareholder, officer or director of Landlord.  The provisions of this section
shall apply only to the Landlord and the parties herein described, and shall not
be for the benefit of any insurer nor any other third party.

     40.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:  Within thirty (30) days after Landlord's
request (which request shall not be made more than one (1) time during each
calendar year prior to a Default by Tenant hereunder), Tenant shall deliver to
Landlord the then current financial statements of Tenant (including interim
periods following the end of the last fiscal year for which annual statements
are available), prepared or compiled by a certified public accountant, including
a balance sheet and profit and loss statement for the most recent prior year,
all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied.  Any financial statements supplied to Landlord pursuant to


                                       27

<PAGE>

this Paragraph 40 shall be kept confidential by Landlord, provided that Landlord
shall have the right to disclose such financial statements to Landlord's
accountants, attorneys and other professional advisors and to current and
prospective lenders and purchasers of the property, and otherwise as required by
legal process or applicable law.

     41.  RULES AND REGULATIONS:  Tenant agrees to comply with such reasonable
rules and regulations as Landlord may adopt from time to time for the orderly
and proper operating of the Premises and parking and other common areas,
provided that such rules do not materially and adversely interfere with Tenant's
use of the Premises.  Such rules may include but shall not be limited to the
following: (a) restriction of employee parking to a limited, designated area or
areas; and (b) regulation of the removal, storage and disposal of Tenant's
refuse and other rubbish at the sole cost and expense of Tenant.  The rules and
regulations shall be binding upon Tenant upon delivery of a copy of them to
Tenant.  Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the failure of any
other person to observe and abide by any of said rules and regulations.

     42.  MORTGAGEE PROTECTION:

          (a)  MODIFICATIONS FOR LENDER.  If, in connection with obtaining
financing for the Premises or any portion thereof, Landlord's lender shall
request reasonable modifications to this Lease as a condition to such financing,
Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent to such
modifications, provided such modifications do not materially adversely affect
Tenant's rights or increase Tenant's obligations under this Lease.

          (b)  RIGHTS TO CURE.  Tenant agrees to give to any trust deed or
mortgage holder ("Holder") , by registered mail, at the same time as it is given
to Landlord, a copy of any notice of default given to Landlord, provided that
prior to such notice Tenant has been notified, in writing, (by way of notice of
assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Holder.
Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default
within the time provided for in this Lease, then the Holder shall have an
additional twenty (20) days after expiration of such period, or after receipt of
such notice from Tenant (if such notice to the Holder is required by this
Paragraph 42(b)), whichever shall last occur, within which to cure such default
or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time
as may be necessary if within such twenty (20) days, any Holder has commenced
and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default
(including but not limited to commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if
necessary to effect such cure), in which event this Lease shall not be
terminated.

     43.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT:  This Lease, including the Exhibits and any Addenda
attached hereto, which are hereby incorporated herein by this reference,
contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto, and no representations,
inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, between the parties, not
embodied herein or therein, shall be of any force and effect.  Any modification
to this Lease shall be effective only if contained in a written amendment
executed by both parties.


                                       28


<PAGE>

     44.  INTEREST:  Any installment of Rent and any other sum due from Tenant
under this Lease which is not received by Landlord within ten (10) days from
when the same is due shall bear interest from such tenth (10th) day until paid
at an annual rate equal to the maximum rate of interest permitted by law.
Payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any Default by Tenant.  In
addition, Tenant shall pay all costs and attorneys' fees incurred by Landlord in
collection of such amounts.

     45.  CONSTRUCTION:  This Lease shall be construed and interpreted in
accordance with the laws of the State of California.  The parties acknowledge
and agree that no rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to
be resolved against the drafting party shall be employed in the interpretation
of this Lease, including the Exhibits and any Addenda attached hereto.  All
captions in this Lease are for reference only and shall not be used in the
interpretation of this Lease.  Whenever required by the context of this Lease,
the singular shall include the plural, the masculine shall include the feminine,
and vice versa.  If any provision of this Lease shall be determined to be
illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect any other
provision of this Lease and all such other provisions shall remain in full force
and effect.

     46.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF TENANT:  Tenant hereby makes the
following representations and warranties, each of which is material and being
relied upon by Landlord, is true in all respects as of the date of this Lease,
and shall survive the expiration or termination of the Lease.

          (a)  If Tenant is an entity, Tenant is duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization
and the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant have the full right and
authority to execute this Lease on behalf of Tenant and to bind Tenant without
the consent or approval of any other person or entity.  Tenant has full power,
capacity, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Lease and to
perform all of its obligations hereunder.  This Lease is a legal, valid and
binding obligation of Tenant, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

          (b)  Tenant has not (1) made a general assignment for the benefit of
creditors, (2) filed any voluntary petition in bankruptcy or suffered the filing
of an involuntary petition by any creditors, (3) suffered the appointment of a
receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of its assets, (4)
suffered the attachment or other judicial seizure of all or substantially all of
its assets, (5) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come
due, or (6) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its
creditors generally.

     47.  RENEWAL OPTION.  Tenant shall have one (1) option (the "Renewal
Option") to extend the Term for an additional period of three (3) years beyond
the Expiration Date (the "Renewal Term").  The Renewal Option shall be effective
only if Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, nor has any event occurred
which with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would
constitute a Default hereunder, either at the time of exercise of the Renewal
Option or the time of commencement of the Renewal Term.  The Renewal option must
be exercised, if at all, by written notice from Tenant to Landlord given not
more than nine (9) months nor less than four (4) months


                                       29

<PAGE>

prior to the expiration of the initial Term.  Any such notice given by Tenant to
Landlord shall be irrevocable.  If Tenant fails to exercise the Renewal Option
in a timely manner as provided for above, the Renewal Option shall be void.  The
Renewal Term shall be upon the same terms and conditions as the initial Term,
except that (i) the annual Base Rent during the Renewal Term shall be equal to
the higher of (A) the Base Rent payable hereunder immediately prior to the
Expiration Date, or (B) the prevailing market rate for space in well located,
high visibility buildings in Moffett Park comparable to the Premises in size,
condition, quality and type, and with a comparable landlord (taking into
account, among other things, the availability of tenant improvement dollars)
(collectively, "Comparable Buildings"), at the commencement of the Renewal Term,
and (ii) Tenant shall pay to Landlord in monthly installments throughout the
Renewal Term Tenant's prorata share of the HVAC Costs (as defined in EXHIBIT B
hereto) falling due within the Renewal Term, as calculated under Paragraph 8(f)
of said EXHIBIT B.  As used herein, the term "prevailing market rate" shall mean
the base annual rental for such comparable space, taking into account any
additional rental and all other payments and escalations payable hereunder and
by tenants under leases of such comparable space.  If Tenant disputes Landlord's
determination of the prevailing market rate, Tenant shall so notify the Landlord
within ten (10) days following Landlord's notice to Tenant of the prevailing
market rate and such dispute shall be resolved as follows:

          (a)  Within twenty (20) days following Tenant's notice to Landlord of
Tenant's dispute of Landlord's determination of the prevailing market rate,
Landlord and Tenant shall meet no less than two (2) times, at a mutually
agreeable time and place, to attempt to resolve any such disagreement.

          (b)  If within this twenty (20) day period Landlord and Tenant cannot
reach agreement as to the prevailing market rate, they shall each select one
appraiser to determine the prevailing market rate.  Each such appraiser shall
arrive at a determination of the prevailing market rate and submit his
conclusions to Landlord and Tenant within twenty (20) days of the expiration of
the twenty (20) day consultation period described in paragraph (a) above.

          (c)  If only one appraisal is submitted within the requisite time
period, it shall be deemed to be the prevailing market rate.  If both appraisals
are submitted within such time period, and if the two appraisals so submitted
differ by less than ten (10) percent of the higher, of the two, the average of
the two shall be the prevailing market rate.  If the two appraisals differ by
more than ten (10) percent of the higher of the two, then the two appraisers
shall immediately select a third appraiser who will within twenty (20) days of
his selection make a determination of the prevailing market rate and submit such
determination to Landlord and Tenant.  This third appraisal will then be
averaged with the closer of the two previous appraisals and the result shall be
the prevailing market rate.

          (d)  All appraisers specified pursuant hereto shall be licensed real
estate brokers in the State of California with not less than five (5) years'
experience appraising commercial and industrial properties in the County of
Santa Clara, provided that no appraiser selected pursuant to this Paragraph 47
shall be the listing broker for the Premises.  Each party shall pay the cost of
the


                                       30

<PAGE>

appraiser selected by such party and one-half (1/2) of the cost of the third
appraiser plus one-half (1/2) of any other costs incurred in connection with the
appraisal.


     48.  PRIMARILY EXPANSION OPTION.

          (a)  Tenant shall have a one time option (the "Primary Expansion
Option") to lease the adjacent building commonly known as 1309 Moffett Park
Drive, consisting of approximately 35,026 rentable square feet (the "Primary
Expansion Building"), subject, however, to the rights of the existing tenant
(the "Existing Tenant") of the Primary Expansion Building.  Subject to Paragraph
48(b) below, the Primary Expansion Option shall be exercised, if at all, by
written notice (the "Primary Expansion Notice") from Tenant to Landlord given no
later than June 13, 1997.  In the event Tenant fails to exercise the Primary
Expansion Option in a timely manner as provided herein, the Primary Expansion
option shall be null and void and of no further force or effect.  If Tenant
exercises the Primary Expansion Option, then (i) subject to Paragraphs 48(b) and
(c) below, possession of the Primary Expansion Building shall be delivered to
Tenant on October 14, 1997 (the "Primary Expansion Commencement Date"),
(ii) Tenant's lease of the Primary Expansion Building shall be coterminus with
the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease (including any Renewal Term),
and (iii) the Primary Expansion Building shall be leased to Tenant upon the same
terms and conditions as contained in this Lease, except that the economic terms
applicable to the lease of the Primary Expansion Building (including, without
limitation, the annual Base Rent for the Primary Expansion Building and the
Tenant Improvement Allowance, if any, to be provided to Tenant) shall be equal
to the then prevailing market terms being offered by landlords of Comparable
Buildings.  Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of Landlord's
determination of such prevailing market terms reasonably promptly after
Landlord's receipt of the Primary Expansion Notice.  In the event Tenant
disputes Landlord's determination of such prevailing market terms, then Landlord
and Tenant shall have a period of twenty (20) days (the "Negotiation Period") to
attempt to agree upon the prevailing market terms for the Primary Expansion
Building, such agreement to be evidenced by a letter of intent executed by
Landlord and Tenant; if Landlord and Tenant fail to agree on such prevailing
market terms within the Negotiation Period, then the provisions of Paragraphs
47(a) through (d) shall apply.  Any Primary Expansion Notice given by Tenant to
Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 48 shall be irrevocable.  Following Tenant's
exercise of the Primary Expansion Option and the determination of the prevailing
market terms as provided above, the parties shall immediately execute an
amendment to this Lease reflecting the lease by Tenant of the Primary Expansion
Building.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Default (or an event which with
the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default
hereunder) exists either at the time Tenant delivers the Primary Expansion
Notice or at any time thereafter prior to the Primary Expansion Commencement
Date, Landlord shall have, in addition to all of Landlord's other rights and
remedies provided in this Lease, the right to terminate the Primary Expansion
Option by written notice to Tenant.

          (b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Paragraph
48(a) above, in the event the Existing Tenant consummates a buyout of its lease
(the "Existing Lease") prior to the scheduled expiration date thereof (the
"Scheduled Expiration Date") or otherwise agrees with Landlord to an early
termination of the Existing Lease, then with respect to the exercise of the


                                       31

<PAGE>

Primary Expansion option and the timing of the Primary Expansion Commencement
Date, the terms of this Paragraph 48 (b) shall control:

               (i)     Landlord shall apply the Termination Consideration (as
hereinafter defined), if any, actually received by Landlord from the Existing
Tenant against the installments of base rent which would have come due under the
Existing Lease from and after the early termination date (the "Early Termination
Date") through the Scheduled Expiration Date, such Termination Consideration to
be applied against such installments in the order in which they accrue until the
Termination Consideration has been fully applied as aforesaid.  The date on
which the Termination Consideration has been fully applied against the
installments of base rent as provided herein shall be hereinafter referred to as
the "Final Application Date." Landlord shall give Tenant reasonable advance
notice of the Final Application Date.  As used herein, "Termination
Consideration" means the sum, if any, paid by the Existing Tenant to Landlord as
consideration for the early termination of the Existing Lease.

               (ii)    Provided that the Termination Consideration is
sufficient, when applied in the manner described in clause (i) above, to cover
at least four (4) monthly installments of base rent coming due after the Early
Termination Date, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
Paragraph 48(a) above, Tenant shall have the right to exercise the Primary
Expansion Option, if at all, only by delivering a Primary Expansion Notice to
Landlord on or before the date (the "Alternate Notice Date") that is four (4)
months before the Final Application Date.  In the event Tenant delivers a
Primary Expansion Notice to Landlord in accordance with this clause (ii), then
(A) Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant of the prevailing market terms for the
Primary Expansion Building and, if Tenant disputes Landlord's determination, the
prevailing market terms shall be determined, if at all, in the manner described
in Paragraph 48(a) above, and (B) the Primary Expansion Commencement Date shall
be the date which is forty five (45) days after Landlord provides written notice
of such initial determination to Tenant, provided, however, that if the
prevailing market terms include the construction of tenant improvements by
Landlord in the Primary Expansion Building, then the Primary Expansion
Commencement Date shall be the earlier of the date on which such tenant
improvements have been substantially completed (as determined in accordance with
Paragraphs 3(a) and (b) above) or the date Tenant commences occupancy of the
Premises.

               (iii)   If the Termination Consideration is not sufficient, when
applied in the manner described in clause (i) above, to cover at least four (4)
monthly installments of base rent coming due after the Early Termination Date,
then promptly upon the consummation of a buyout of the Existing Lease by the
Existing Tenant as contemplated under this Paragraph 48(b), Landlord shall
notify Tenant of the availability of the Primary Expansion Building and of the
prevailing market terms for the Primary Expansion Building.  In the event
Landlord provides such notice to Tenant, then notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in Paragraphs 48 (a) or 48 (b) (ii) above, Tenant shall have
the right to exercise the Primary Expansion Option, if at all, only by
delivering a Primary Expansion Notice to Landlord within seven (7) days after
Tenant's receipt of Landlord's notice.  If Tenant exercises the Primary
Expansion Option in a timely manner as aforesaid and if Tenant disputes
Landlord's determination of such prevailing market terms, the prevailing market
terms shall be determined, if at all, in the manner described in Paragraph 48
(a) above.  If Landlord and Tenant


                                       32

<PAGE>

mutually agree on the prevailing market terms, the Primary Expansion
Commencement Date shall be the date which is forty five (45) days after Landlord
provides written notice of such initial determination to Tenant, provided,
however, that if the prevailing market terms include the construction of tenant
improvements by Landlord in the Primary Expansion Building, then the Primary
Expansion Commencement Date shall be the earlier of the date on which such
tenant improvements have been substantially completed (as determined in
accordance with Paragraphs 3(a) and (b) above) or the date Tenant commences
occupancy of the Premises.

          (c)  If for any reason whatsoever, Landlord cannot deliver possession
of the Primary Expansion Building to Tenant on the Primary Expansion
Commencement Date, (i) this Lease shall not be void or voidable, (ii) the
Expiration Date shall not be extended, and (iii) neither Landlord nor Landlord's
agents shall be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom.
Tenant shall not be liable for Rent attributable to the Primary Expansion
Building until Landlord delivers possession of the Primary Expansion Building to
Tenant.

          (d)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Paragraph 48, Landlord (as opposed to Landlord's Agents or real estate brokers)
shall not initiate or actively solicit a buyout of the Existing Lease from the
Existing Tenant.  Promptly following the execution of this Lease by Landlord and
Tenant, Landlord shall notify the current listing agent and property manager of
the Premises in writing of the terms of this Paragraph 48(e) and shall instruct
the listing agent and property manager not to initiate or actively solicit a
buyout of the Existing Lease, provided, however, that Landlord shall not be
liable or responsible for any failure of such listing agent or property manager
to comply with such instructions.

     49.  SECONDARY EXPANSION OPTION.

          (a)  In the event the Existing Tenant consummates a buyout of the
Existing Lease or otherwise agrees with Landlord to an early termination of the
Existing Lease prior to the Scheduled Expiration Date in accordance with
Paragraph 48(b) above, and if Tenant elects not to exercise the Primary
Expansion Option at the time the Primary Expansion Option becomes available in
accordance with Paragraph 48(b); then Tenant shall have a one-time option (the
"Secondary Expansion Option") to lease the building commonly known as 395 Java
Drive, Sunnyvale, California (the "Secondary Expansion Building"), upon the
expiration or sooner termination of the lease (the "Java Lease") presently
covering such Secondary Expansion Building.  Upon the earlier of (i) the date
which is ninety (90) days prior to the scheduled expiration of the Java Lease,
or (ii) the date the tenant under the Java Lease (the "Java Tenant") notifies
Landlord of its election (the "Termination Election") to exercise the
termination option contained in the Java Lease, Landlord shall notify Tenant in
writing of the availability of the Secondary Expansion Building and of the
prevailing market terms (determined as described below) for the lease of the
Secondary Expansion Building (such written notice being herein referred to as
the "Availability Notice").  Tenant shall thereafter have the right to exercise
the Secondary Expansion option by written notice (the "Secondary Expansion
Notice") to Landlord given not later than ten (10) days after Tenant's receipt
of the Availability Notice.


                                       33

<PAGE>

          (b)  In the event Tenant fails to exercise the Secondary Expansion
Option in a timely manner as provided herein, the Secondary Expansion option
shall be null and void and of no further force or effect.  If Tenant exercises
the Secondary Expansion Option, then (i) Tenant's lease of the Secondary
Expansion Building shall commence on the date (the "Secondary Expansion
Commencement Date") which is one hundred (100) days after Tenant's receipt of
the Availability Notice, provided, however, that if the prevailing market terms
include the construction of tenant improvements by Landlord in the Secondary
Expansion Building, then the Secondary Expansion Commencement Date shall be the
earlier of the date on which such tenant improvements have been substantially
completed (as determined in accordance with Paragraphs 3(a) and (b) above) or
the date Tenant commences occupancy of the Secondary Expansion Building,
(ii) Tenant's lease of the Secondary Expansion Building shall be coterminus with
the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease (including any Renewal Term),
and (iii) the Secondary Expansion Building shall be leased to Tenant upon the
same terms and conditions as contained in this Lease, except that the economic
terms applicable to the lease of the Secondary Expansion Building (including,
without limitation, the annual Base Rent for the Secondary Expansion Building
and the Tenant Improvement Allowance, if any, to be provided to Tenant) shall be
equal to the then prevailing market terms being offered by landlords of
Comparable Buildings.  In the event Tenant exercises the Secondary Expansion
Option as aforesaid but disputes Landlord's determination of such prevailing
market terms, then Tenant shall so notify Landlord in writing concurrently with
the delivery of the Secondary Expansion Notice and the prevailing market terms
shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Paragraphs 47(a)
through (d) above.  Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, any
Secondary Expansion Notice given by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this
Paragraph 49 shall be irrevocable.  Following Tenant's exercise of the Secondary
Expansion Option and the determination of the prevailing market terms as
provided above, the parties shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease
reflecting the lease by Tenant of the Secondary Expansion Building.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Default (or an event which with the giving
of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default hereunder)
exists either at the time Tenant delivers the Secondary Expansion Notice or at
any time thereafter prior to the Secondary Expansion Commencement Date, Landlord
shall have, in addition to all of Landlord's other rights and remedies provided
in this Lease, the right to terminate the Secondary Expansion Option by written
notice to Tenant.

          (c)  If for any reason whatsoever, Landlord cannot deliver possession
of the Secondary Expansion Building to Tenant on the Secondary Expansion
Commencement Date, (i) this Lease shall not be void or voidable, (ii) the
Expiration Date shall not be extended, and (iii) neither Landlord nor Landlord's
agents shall be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom.
Tenant shall not be liable for Rent attributable to the Secondary Expansion
Building until Landlord delivers possession of the Secondary Expansion Building
to Tenant.

          (d)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Secondary
Expansion Option granted hereunder is expressly made subject to the prior sale
of the Secondary Expansion Building by Landlord.  In the event Landlord sells or
otherwise transfers or conveys the Secondary Expansion Building to a third party
prior to Tenant's exercise of the Secondary Expansion option, then the Secondary
Expansion Option shall thereafter be null and void and of no further force or
effect.


                                       34

<PAGE>

          Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this Lease as of the
Lease Date specified in the Basic Lease Information.


LANDLORD:                               TENANT:

AETNA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,           PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.,
a Connecticut corporation               a California corporation


By: /s/ Joseph E. Gaukler               By:  /s/ Christopher J. Weseloh
   ---------------------------------       -----------------------------------
Print                                   Print
Name:  Joseph E. Gaukler                Name:  Christohper J. Weseloh
Its:   Asst. Vice President             Its:    President & CEO
    --------------------------------        ----------------------------------


                                        By:
                                           -----------------------------------
                                        Print
                                        Name:
                                             ---------------------------------

                                        Its:
                                            ----------------------------------


                                       35

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A



                             DIAGRAM OF THE PREMISES

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                               TENANT IMPROVEMENTS


     This exhibit, entitled "Tenant Improvements", is and shall constitute
EXHIBIT B to the Lease Agreement, dated as of the Lease Date, by and between
Landlord and Tenant for the Premises.  The terms and conditions of this EXHIBIT
B are hereby incorporated into and are made a part of the Lease.  Capitalized
terms used, but not otherwise defined, in this EXHIBIT B have the meanings
ascribed to such terms in the Lease.

     1.   LANDLORD'S WORK.  In addition to the Tenant Improvements (as defined
in Paragraph 3 below) to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to this
Exhibit B, prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord shall, at its sole cost and
expense, (i) install a new roof membrane on the Building acceptable to Landlord
and (ii) upgrade the landscaping surrounding the Building in a manner
satisfactory to Landlord (collectively, "Landlord's Work").  Landlord shall
consult with Tenant from time to time concerning the selection of the upgraded
landscaping, but Landlord shall have the right to make the final decision
regarding the selection of such landscaping and the same shall not be subject to
the approval of Tenant.  The cost of Landlord's Work shall be paid for with
Landlord's own funds and shall not be applied against or otherwise decrease the
Tenant Improvements Allowance (as defined in Paragraph 6 below) or the Tenant
Improvements Loan (as defined in Paragraph 7 below), or treated as reimbursable
by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 4 of the Lease.

     2.   TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.  In addition to Landlord's Work described in
Paragraph 1 above, Landlord agrees, subject to the conditions set forth below,
to construct certain Tenant Improvements in the Premises pursuant to the terms
of this EXHIBIT B.

     3.   DEFINITION.  "Tenant Improvements" as used in the Lease and this
EXHIBIT B shall include only those improvements within (i) the interior portions
of the Premises, (ii) the exterior storage area adjacent to the Premises, and
(iii) the patio area outside the Building and adjacent to the lunch room, in
each case solely to the extent such improvements are depicted on the Final Plans
and Specifications (hereafter defined in Paragraph 4) or described hereinbelow.
"Tenant Improvements" shall specifically not include Landlord's Work to be
performed pursuant to Paragraph 1 above or any alterations, additions, or
improvements installed or constructed by Tenant, and any of Tenant's personal
property or trade fixtures.

          The Tenant Improvements may include:

          (a)  Space plans, working drawings, and architectural, engineering and
final plans.

          (b)  Partitioning, doors, floor coverings, finishes, ceilings, wall
coverings and painting, millwork and similar items.


                                       B-1

<PAGE>

          (c)  Electrical wiring, lighting fixtures, outlets and switches, and
other electrical work, but specifically excluding wiring of modular partitions
and built-in furniture.

          (d)  The HVAC Units (as hereinafter defined).

          (e)  Duct work, terminal boxes, diffusers and accessories required for
the completion of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems serving
the Premises, including the cost of meter and key control for after-hour air
conditioning.

          (f)  Any additional Tenant requirements including, but not limited to
odor control, special heating, ventilation and air conditioning, noise or
vibration control or other special systems.

          (g)  All fire and life safety control systems such as fire walls,
sprinklers, halon, fire alarms, including piping, wiring and accessories
installed within and serving the Premises.

          (h)  All plumbing, fixtures, pipes, and accessories to be installed
within and serving the Premises.

          Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, "Tenant Improvements"
shall specifically exclude the following:

          (a)  Security systems;

          (b)  Wiring for data communications and telephone systems; and

          (c)  Repairs to any emergency generators located in or on the
Premises.

     4.   PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.  Landlord shall retain an architect selected
by Landlord ("Architect") for the preparation of preliminary and final working
architectural and engineering plans and specifications for the Tenant
Improvements ("Final Plans and Specifications").  Tenant shall cooperate
diligently with the Architect and shall furnish within ten (10) days after
request therefor, all information required by the Architect for completion of
the Final Plans and Specifications, and shall provide (in writing, if requested
by Landlord), not later than three (3) business days after request therefor, any
approval or disapproval of preliminary or Final Plans and Specifications which
Tenant is permitted to give under this EXHIBIT B.  Any written disapproval of
Tenant shall set forth Tenant's specific objections thereto.  If Tenant
disapproves any matters subject to its review and approval, Landlord and Tenant,
within three (3) business days after Landlord's receipt of such objections,
shall meet and confer and negotiate in good faith to resolve such disputed
matters.  Landlord and Tenant shall indicate their approval of the Final Plans
and Specifications by initialing them and attaching them to the Lease as EXHIBIT
B-1.  Upon completion of the Final Plans and Specifications and approval thereof
by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord will obtain subcontractor trade bids and
furnish a cost breakdown to Tenant.  At Tenant's request, the Final Plans and
Specifications may be revised once as a result of Tenant's review of the cost
breakdown, at Tenant's sole cost and expense.  Any such revisions shall be
subject to Landlord's reasonable approval, and the amended Final Plans and
Specifications, as approved by Landlord and Tenant, shall thereafter be deemed
to be the Final Plans and Specifications for the Tenant Improvements.  The
amended Final Plans and Specifications shall be approved by Tenant (in writing,
if requested by Landlord) not later than three (3) business days after
Landlord's request therefor.  Landlord shall thereafter submit such amended
Final Plans and


                                       B-2

<PAGE>

Specifications to its contractor and subcontractor for re-bidding, and shall
furnish a cost breakdown to Tenant.  If the estimated Tenant Improvements Cost,
as determined by the bids based on the amended Final Plans and Specifications
and the reasonably anticipated costs of other items constituting the Tenant
Improvements Cost, result in an Excess Tenant Improvements Cost, then Tenant
shall pay such Excess Tenant Improvements Cost as and when required by Paragraph
9.A.  Tenant's failure to approve or disapprove any matters which Tenant shall
be entitled to approve or disapprove pursuant to this Paragraph 4 shall be
conclusively deemed to be approval of same by Tenant.

     5.   LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR TO CONSTRUCT IMPROVEMENTS.  When the Final Plans
and Specifications (as amended, if required by Paragraph 4 above) have been
approved by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall submit such Final Plans and
Specifications to all governmental authorities having rights of approval over
the Tenant Improvement work and shall apply for all governmental approvals and
building permits.  Subject to satisfaction of all conditions precedent and
subsequent to its obligations under this EXHIBIT B, and further subject to the
provisions of Paragraph 9.A., Landlord shall thereafter cause its contractor
(the "Contractor") to commence and proceed to complete construction of the
Tenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner.  Within fifteen (15) days
after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to submit a written
"punch list" to Landlord, setting forth any defective item of construction, and
provided that Landlord agrees with such "punch list," Landlord shall promptly
cause the items specified therein to be corrected.

     6.   TENANT IMPROVEMENTS ALLOWANCE.  Landlord shall provide an allowance
for the planning, design and construction of the Tenant Improvements in the
amount specified in the Basic Lease Information ("Tenant Improvements
Allowance").  Subject to Paragraph 7, the Tenant Improvements Allowance shall be
the maximum contribution by Landlord for the Tenant Improvements Cost, as
defined in Paragraph 8. Should the actual cost of planning, design and
constructing those Tenant Improvements depicted on the Final Plans and
Specifications be less than the Tenant Improvements Allowance, the Tenant
Improvements Allowance shall be reduced to an amount equal to said actual cost.

     7.   TENANT IMPROVEMENTS LOAN.  In addition to the Tenant Improvements
Allowance, Landlord agrees to loan to Tenant up to Three Hundred Seventy Seven
Thousand Seven Hundred Forty Dollars ($377,740.00) for Tenant Improvements (the
"Tenant Improvements Loan").  The Tenant Improvements Loan shall be repayable by
Tenant to Landlord in substantially equal self-amortizing installments over the
initial term of the Lease, together with interest on the balance outstanding
from time to time at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum; provided,
however, that in the event the Lease shall terminate for any reason prior to the
scheduled expiration thereof, the Tenant Improvements Loan and all accrued and
unpaid interest thereon shall immediately become due and payable in full.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Lease shall terminate prior to the
scheduled


                                       B-3

<PAGE>

expiration date as a result of a casualty or condemnation event affecting the
Premises, then Tenant shall be relieved of its obligation to repay the Tenant
Improvements Loan solely to the extent that Landlord actually collects insurance
proceeds or a condemnation award, as appropriate, sufficient in amount to fully
reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the
design, preparation, approval and construction of the Tenant Improvements.  In
furtherance of the foregoing, the parties agree that any such proceeds or award
received by Landlord shall be allocated first to Landlord's interest in the
Property and the Premises (excluding the Tenant Improvements) and then to the
Tenant Improvements, and that any amounts allocated to the Tenant Improvements
shall be first applied against the Tenant Improvements Allowance until the same
has been repaid in full and then against the Tenant Improvements Loan.

     8.   TENANT IMPROVEMENTS COST.  The Tenant Improvements Cost ("Tenant
Improvements Cost") shall include all costs and expenses associated with the
design, preparation, approval and construction of the Tenant Improvements,
including, but not limited, to the following:

          (a)  All costs of preliminary and final architectural and engineering
plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements, and engineering costs
associated with completion of the State of California energy utilization
calculations under Title 24 legislation; provided, however, that "Tenant
Improvements Cost" shall not include, and Landlord shall be solely liable for,
the costs of the space plans of the Premises prepared by CAS, to the extent such
space plans are dated as of, and were actually delivered to Landlord and Tenant
an or before, April 20, 1995.

          (b)  All costs of obtaining building permits and other necessary
authorizations from local governmental authorities;

          (c)  All costs of interior design and finish schedule plans and
specifications including as-built drawings;

          (d)   All direct and indirect costs of procuring, constructing and
installing the Tenant Improvements in the Premises, including, but not limited
to, the construction fee for overhead and profit and the cost of all on-site
supervisory and administrative staff, office, equipment and temporary services
rendered by Landlord's contractor in connection with construction of the Tenant
Improvements;

          (e)  All fees payable to the Architect and Landlord's engineering firm
if they are required by Tenant to redesign any portion of the Tenant
Improvements following Tenant's approval of the Final Plans and Specifications;

          (f)  Tenant's prorata share of all costs (the "HVAC Costs") to
purchase and install new HVAC units weighing up to an aggregate of two hundred
(200) tons (the "HVAC Units") on the roof of the Premises; for purposes of this
Paragraph 8(f), Tenant's prorata share of the HVAC Costs shall be the portion of
such costs falling due within the initial Term of the Lease based upon the
amortization of such HVAC Costs over a useful life of fifteen (15) years.
Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the intent of this Paragraph 8(f) is to
include within the Tenant Improvements Cost


                                       B-4

<PAGE>

and to fund out of the Tenant Improvements Allowance Tenant's prorata share of
the HVAC Costs, amortized as aforesaid and falling due within the initial Term
of the Lease.  In addition to the foregoing, in the event Tenant exercises the
Renewal Option provided under Paragraph 47 of the Lease, then Tenant shall pay
to Landlord, in substantially equal monthly installments throughout the Renewal
Term, Tenant's prorata share of the HVAC Costs falling due within the Renewal
Term of the Lease based upon the amortization of such costs over the aforesaid
fifteen (15) year useful life.  Such installments shall be payable by Tenant to
Landlord at the same time Tenant pays Base Rent under Paragraph 4(a) of the
Lease and shall be deemed "Rent" for all purposes of the Lease; and

          (g)  Utility connection fees.

In no event shall the Tenant Improvements Cost include any costs of Landlord's
Work or any costs of procuring, constructing or installing in the Premises any
of Tenant's personal property or trade fixtures.

     9.   EXCESS TENANT IMPROVEMENTS COST.  If the Tenant Improvements Cost is
more than the sum of the Tenant Improvements Allowance and the Tenant
Improvements Loan, then the difference between the Tenant Improvements Cost and
the sum of the Tenant Improvements Allowance and the Tenant Improvements Loan
("Excess Tenant Improvements Cost") shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord in cash
within ten (10) days of delivery of statements from Landlord to Tenant therefor.
If construction of the Tenant Improvements will result in Excess Tenant
Imnrovements Cost, Landlord shall not be obligated to commence construction of
the Tenant Improvements if payment of the Excess Tenant Improvements Costs by
Tenant is not received within ten (10) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant
of a statement therefor; provided, however, that Landlord may, at its option,
commence construction of the Tenant Improvements, in which event Tenant shall
pay the Excess Tenant Improvements Cost within ten (10) days after delivery by
Landlord to Tenant of the statement therefor.  If Landlord so elects to commence
construction of the Tenant Improvements or has already commenced construction of
the Tenant Improvements when there occurs an Excess Tenant Improvements Cost,
then Landlord shall be entitled to suspend or terminate construction of the
Tenant Improvements if payment by Tenant to Landlord of the Excess Tenant
Improvement Costs has not been received within ten (10) days after delivery by
Landlord to Tenant of a statement therefor.

     10.  CHANGE REQUEST.  When the Final Plans and Specifications have been
approved by Landlord, there shall be no changes without Landlord and Tenant's
prior written consent, except for (a) necessary on-site installation variations
or minor changes necessary to comply with building codes and other governmental
regulations; and (b) changes approved in writing by both parties.  Any costs
related to such governmentally required or requested and approved changes shall
be added to the Tenant Improvements Cost and, to the extent such cost results in
Excess Tenant Improvements Cost, shall be paid for by Tenant as and with any
Excess Tenant Improvements Cost as set forth in Paragraph 9.A.  The billing for
such additional costs to Tenant shall be accompanied by evidence of the amounts
billed as is customarily used in the business.  Costs related to changes shall
include, without limitation, any architectural or design fees, and Landlord's
general contractor's price for effecting the change.


                                       B-5

<PAGE>

     11.  CONSTRUCTION DEFECTS.  In the event Landlord determines during the
Term that the Tenant Improvements have been constructed in a manner which is
materially inconsistent with the Final Plans and Specifications or in material
violation of a law, code or ordinance applicable to the Premises, and if such
defects or violations are covered by construction warranties obtained by
Landlord in connection with the Tenant Improvements, then Landlord shall, at its
discretion, either enforce such warranties against the parties providing the
same or assign such warranties to Tenant and permit Tenant to enforce the same.

     12.  TERMINATION.  If the Lease is terminated prior to completion of the
Tenant Improvements, for any reason due to the Default of Tenant under the
Lease, in addition to any other damages available to Landlord, Tenant shall pay
to Landlord, within five (5) days of receipt of a statement therefor, all costs
incurred by Landlord through the date of termination in connection with the
Tenant Improvements.  Landlord shall have the right to terminate the Lease, upon
written notice to Tenant, if Landlord is unable to obtain a building permit for
the Tenant Improvements within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date the
Lease is mutually executed.

     13.  INTEREST.  Any payments required to be made by Tenant hereunder which
are not paid when due shall bear interest at the maximum rate permitted by law
from the due date therefor until paid.

     14.  DISCLAIMER.  Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant in the event
construction of the Tenant Improvements is delayed or prevented due to any cause
beyond Landlord's reasonable control.  If Tenant is entitled or permitted to
enter the Premises prior to completion of the Tenant improvements, Landlord
shall not be liable to Tenant or its employees or agents for any loss or damage
to property, or injury to person, arising from or related to construction of the
Tenant Improvements.  Tenant shall take all reasonable precautions to protect
against such loss, damage or injury during construction of the Tenant
Improvements, and shall not interfere with the conduct of the Tenant Improvement
work.  Tenant shall cooperate with all reasonable directives of Landlord and
Landlord's contractor in order to minimize any disruption or delay in completion
of the Tenant Improvements work.



                                       B-6

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT B-1


                         FINAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS


     Reference is hereby made to that certain Lease Agreement dated June 12,
1995 by and between Aetna Life Insurance Company, a Connecticut corporation, as
landlord ("Landlord"), and Pacific Monolithics, Inc., a California corporation,
as tenant ("Tenant") ("Lease Agreement").

     The Final Plans and Specifications (as defined in Exhibit B to the Lease
Agreement) consists of the following described drawings, specifications and
other documents:


     Title of Drawing, Specification
          or Other Document                                   Date
- ---------------------------------------------   -------------------------------







     The Final Plans and Specifications have been initialed by both Landlord and
Tenant and are on file with Landlord.



     Initials:       Landlord                          Tenant
                              -------------------             -------------

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C


                          COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM


LANDLORD:      AETNA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

TENANT:        PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.

LEASE DATE:    June 12,  1995

PREMISES:      1308 Moffett Park Drive
               Sunnyvale, California

     Tenant hereby accepts the Premises as being in the condition required under
the Lease, with all Tenant Improvements completed (except for minor punchlist
items which Landlord agrees to complete).
     The Commencement Date of the above referenced Lease is hereby established
as __________________________, 1995

                                        TENANT:

                                        PACIFIC MONOLITHICS, INC.
                                        a California corporation


                                        By:
                                           -----------------------------------
                                        Print
                                        Name:
                                             ---------------------------------

                                        Its:
                                            ----------------------------------
Approved and Agreed:

AETNA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,
a Connecticut corporation

By:
   ---------------------------------
Print
Name:
     -------------------------------
Its:
    --------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 21.01



                         LIST OF REGISTRANT'S SUBSIDIARIES


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Percentage Owned by 
Name                     Country of Organization    Hybrid Networks, Inc.
- ----                     -----------------------    ---------------------
<S>                      <C>                        <C>
HN Acquisition Corp.     Delaware, United States             100%
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.02
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
    We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of
our report dated January 20, 1998, except for Note 16, for which the date is
March 19, 1998, on our audits of the Financial Statements and Financial
Statement Schedule of Hybrid Networks, Inc.
 
    We also consent to the reference to our firm under the headings "Experts"
and "Selected Historical Financial Data of Hybrid" in such Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND LLP
 
San Jose, California
May 6, 1998

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.03
 
                        CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
    We consent to use in this Registration Statement of Hybrid Networks, Inc. on
Form S-4 of our report dated November 28, 1997 (March 19, 1998 as to Note 10)
insofar as such report relates to the financial statements of Pacific
Monolithics, Inc. as of September 30, 1997 and 1996 and for the three years in
the period ended September 30, 1997, appearing in the Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement.
 
    We also consent to the reference to us under the headings "Selected
Historical Financial Data of Pacific" and "Experts" in such Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
San Jose, California
 
May 6, 1998

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 23.04



                    CONSENT OF PERSON TO BE NAMED AS A DIRECTOR
                                          
                                          
                                          
I hereby consent to the reference to me as a person who has agreed to become a
director under the heading "Management of the Combined Company" in the
prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement on Form S-4.



                                       /s/ Richard B. Gold 
                                       --------------------------------
                                       Richard B. Gold



Sunnyvale, California
May 6, 1998

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.05



                    CONSENT OF PERSON TO BE NAMED AS A DIRECTOR
                                          
                                          
                                          
I hereby consent to the reference to me as a person who has agreed to become a
director under the heading "Management of the Combined Company" in the
prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement on Form S-4.



                                   /s/ Matthew D. Miller    
                                   -------------------------------------
                                   Matthew D. Miller
                                   
                                   
                                   
Sunnyvale, California
May 6, 1998


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM HYBRID
NETWORKS, INC. AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1998
<CASH>                                           7,248
<SECURITIES>                                    12,753
<RECEIVABLES>                                   12,153
<ALLOWANCES>                                     2,307
<INVENTORY>                                      5,582
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                35,798
<PP&E>                                           3,229
<DEPRECIATION>                                   1,461
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  39,194
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            3,813
<BONDS>                                          6,087
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                            10
<OTHER-SE>                                      29,284
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    39,194
<SALES>                                          3,528
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 3,528
<CGS>                                            2,897
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    3,959
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   450
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 224
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (3,778)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  0
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (3,700)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (.36)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (.36)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission